New

Engineering and Technology 1

This publication is available in Open Access under the Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 IGO
(CC-BY-SA 3.0 IGO) licence (http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/igo/).
By using the content of this publication, the users accept to be bound by the terms
of use of the license.

The present licence applies exclusively to the text content of the publication. For the
use of any material not clearly identified as belonging to the National Universities
Commission, prior permission shall be requested from:
[email protected]

This publication can be referenced as: Core Curriculum and Minimum Academic
Standards (CCMAS) for Nigerian Universities

For more information, please contact:

Executive Secretary, National Universities Commission
26 Aguiyi Ironsi Street, P.M.B. 237 Garki GPO, Maitama, Abuja, Nigeria
Telephone:+2348027455412,+234054407741.Email: [email protected].
Website: www.nuc.edu.ng

Lead Consultant: Peter A. Okebukola

Coordinating NUC Director: Dr. Noel Biodun Saliu

Formally unveiled by
His Excellency, Professor Yemi Osinbajo, SAN, GCON
Vice President, Federal Republic of Nigeria

New
Engineering and Technology 2
Board of the National Universities Commission
(During the period of development of the CCMAS)

Emeritus Professor Ayo Banjo (Chairman)

Professor Abubakar A. Rasheed (Executive Secretary)
Chief Johnson Osinugo
Hon. Ubong Donald Etiebet
Dr. Dogara Bashir
Dr. Babatunde M. Olokun
Alh. Abdulsalam Moyosore
Mr. Yakubu Aliyu
Professor Rahila Plangnan Gowon
Professor Sunday A. Bwala
Professor Mala Mohammed Daura
Professor Joseph Atubokiki Ajienka
Professor Anthony N. Okere
Professor Hussaini M. Tukur
Professor Afis Ayinde Oladosu
Professor I. O. Smith
Perm. Sec. Fed. Min. of Education
Perm. Sec. Fed. Min. of Finance
Perm. Sec. Fed. Min. of Health
Perm. Sec. Fed. Min. of Women Affairs & Soc. Dev.
Perm. Sec. Service Policies & Strategies Office, OHCSF

NUC Management
(During the period of development of the CCMAS)

Professor Abubakar A. Rasheed (Executive Secretary and Chairman)

Dr. Suleiman Ramon-Yusuf (Deputy Executive Secretary)
Mr. Sam M. Onazi (Director, Finance and Accounts) (now Deputy ES, Management Services)
Dr. Noel B. Saliu (Director, Academic Planning)
Mr. Chris J. Maiyaki (Director, Executive Secretary’s Office) (now Deputy ES, Administration)
Mrs. Constance Goddy-Nnadi (Director, Establishment of Private Universities)
Mr. Ibrahim U. Yakasai (Director, Public Affairs)
Dr. (Mrs.) Maryam Sali (now late) (Director, Accreditation)
Mr. Boniface C. Odum (Director, Human Resources)
Mrs. Lauretta N. Achor (Ag. Director, Students)
Mal. Lawal M. Faruk (Ag. Director, Research, Innovation and Information Technology)
Engr. Kayode S. Odedina (Ag. Director, Open, Distance and e-Learning)
Mr. Ashafa Ladan (Ag. Director, Skills Development and Entrepreneurship)
Mrs. Lydia Imoroa (Ag. Director, Inspection and Monitoring) (now substantive Director)
Mr. Jide Olukoju (Deputy Director, Physical Planning and Development)
Mr. Musa Zamuna (Deputy Director, Internationalization)
Mal. Kabiru Abdullahi (Deputy Director, Establishment Matters)
Mrs. Rita U. Kenny-Ogwu (Deputy Director, Audit)
Engr. Adamu H. Yakasai (Deputy Director, Procurement)
Arc. Ikani Samuel (Deputy Director, Programme Accreditation)
Barr. S.S. Adejoh (Director, Resource and Strategic Planning)
Mr. Lawal Haruna Ajo (Deputy Director, Information)
Mr. Mustapha Rasheed (Deputy Director, Master Plan and Infrastructure)
Mrs. Margaret Oyedele (Deputy Director, IWES)

New
Engineering and Technology 3
Mr. Obi Ukwuagu (Deputy Director, Information and Communication Technology)
Mrs. Alissabatu Balogun (Deputy Director, Federal University Monitoring)
Barr. Paschal Eruaga (Chief Legal Officer)

NUC Strategy Advisory Committee

Professor Peter Okebukola, OFR - Chairman

Professor Ruqayyatu Ahmed Rufa’i, OON - Member
Professor Gambo Laraba Abdullahi - Member
Professor Nimi Briggs, OON - Member
Professor Michael Faborode - Member
Professor Attahiru Jega, OFR - Member
Professor Chiedu F. Mafiana - Member
Mr. Tope Toogun - Member
Dr. Suleiman Ramon-Yusuf - Member
Dr. Noel Biodun Saliu - Member
Mr. Christopher Maiyaki - Member
Dr. Maryam Sali (late) - Member
Dr. Joshua Atah - Secretary

New
Engineering and Technology 4
List of Reviewers
Title Surname First Name Institution Programme
Professor FABORODE Michael O. Obafemi Awolowo Discipline
University, Ile-Ife Chairman
Professor OLOCHE O. B. University of Abuja, Mechanical
Abuja Engineering
Professor EKECHUKWU Onyemaechi University of Mechanical
Valentine Nigeria, Nsukka Engineering
Engineer ALI Kashim COREN Mechanical
Engineering &
Professor General Discipline
OLORUNMAIYE John Adesiji University of Ilorin,
Lt. Col. IMAM A.S. Nigerian Defence Mechatronics
Dr Academy, Kaduna Engineering
Professor ASERE Abraham Elizade University, Automotive
Ilara-Mokin. Engineering
Professor EDOKPIA Raphael University of Benin, Industrial and
Olumese Benin-City Production
Engineering
Professor FUBARA- Isoteim Rivers State Marine and Offshore
MANUEL University, Port Engineering
Harcourt
Professor FAKINLEDE O. A. University of Systems
Lagos, Lagos Engineering
Professor OGBONNA Chibueze Babcock University, Computer
Achimba Ilishan Remo Engineering
Professor BOYI Jimoh Ahmadu Bello Electrical
University, Zaria Engineering
Professor ADEDIRAN Yinusa University of Ilorin Electrical and
Ademola Electronic
Engineering
Professor AZUBOGU Augustine Nnamdi Azikiwe Electronic
Chukwuemeka University, Awka Engineering
O.
Professor NYITAMEN Dominic Nigerian Defence Telecommunication
Saaityo Academy, Kaduna Engineering
Professor LETON Tambari University of Port Environmental
Gladson Harcourt Engineering
Professor ITODO Isaac Nathaniel Joseph Sarwan Agricultural and
Tarka University, Biosystems
Makurdi Engineering
Professor OKAFOR Gabriel Ifeanyi University of Food Science and
Nigeria Nsukka Technology
Professor HASSAN Suleiman Bolaji University of Materials and
Lagos, Lagos Metallurgical
Engneering
Professor AJAYI John Ade Federal University Metallurgical
of Technology, Engineering, Mineral
Akure Processing and
Chemical

New
Engineering and Technology 5
 Title Surname First Name Institution Programme
Metallurgical
Engineering
Professor IKHU- Daniel Benson Idahosa Chemical
OMOREGBE University, Benin- Engineering
City
Professor ADEMILUYI Falilat Taiwo Rivers State Petrochemical
University, Port Engineering
Harcourt
Professor ONYEKONWU Mike University of Port Petroleum
Harcourt Engineering
Professor IKIENSIKIMAMA Sunday Sunday University of Port Petroleum and Gas
Harcourt Engineering
Professor JOEL Ogbonna University of Port Petroleum and Gas
Friday Harcourt Engineering
Professor YELEBE Zakieni Robert Niger Delta Natural Gas
University, Bayelsa Engineering
Professor WAZIRI Baba Shehu University of Water Resources
Maiduguri Engineering
Professor AIYESIMOJU Kola Oluyomi University of Lagos Civil Engineering
Professor OGUNTI Erastus O. Federal University Structural
of Technology, Engineering
Akure
Professor OLUFEMI Babalola Federal University Wood Products
of Technology, Engineering
Akure
Professor AISIEN Felix A. University of Benin, Biomedical
Benin-City Engineering
Professor ODETUNDE Christopher Augustine Aerospace
University, Illara, Engineering
Epe.
Professor ATAYERO Aderemi A. Covenant Information and
university, Ota Communication
Engineering
Professor AIBINU Musa Abiodun Federal University Information and
of Technology, Communication
Minna Engineering
Doctor ABDULFATAI Adinoyi Murana Ahmadu Bello Railway Engineering
University, Zaria
Professor OBE Simon University of Nuclear Engineering
Nigeria, Nsukka
Professor ADELEKE Abraham Federal University Materials
of Technology, Engineering
Akure
Professor ALONGE Folarin University of Uyo, Food Engineering
Uyo

New
Engineering and Technology 6
List of NUC Representatives
Title Surname First Name Programme
Mr MALLAM Gambo Electronics Engineering, Industrial and
Production Engineering, Food
Engineering, Materials Engineering,
Mineral Processing and Chemical
Metallurgical Engineering, Railway
Engineering; Discipline
Representative
Dr MMEKA Esther Nuclear Engineering
Mr WACHUKWU Obinna Mechanical Engineering
Mr OHANME Bartholomew Mechatronics Engineering &
Petrochemical Engineering
Mrs EMMANUEL Chinenye Automotive Engineering & Agricultural
Augustine and Biosystems Engineering
Mr EMENEM Chinweokwu Marine and Offshore Engineering
Mrs AKAUBA Vivian System Engineering
Mr AKINOLA Akinlabi Computer Engineering
Mr NWAGWU James Chile Electrical Engineering
Miss ADENIJI Yemisi Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Mr WADA Arome J. Telecommunication Engineering
Mrs ABIMBOLA Oni Environmental Engineering
Mrs OKPEKU Omoh Food Science and Technology
Mr OSEMEKE Bright Materials and Metallurgical Engineering
Mr ZAMUNA Musa Metallurgical Engineering
Mr ADEBAYO Ibrahim Mining Engineering/ Aerospace
Engineering
Mrs ZANG Aara A. Chemical Engineering
Mrs EYO Esther Petroleum Engineering
Mr MUHAMMAD Adam Petroleum and Gas Engineering( Oil and
Ibrahim Gas)
Mr AHMED Nakaka Petroleum and Gas Engineering( Oil and
Gas)
Mr ABORELE Gabriel Natural Gas Engineering
Mr OGUNNUSI Afolabi Water Resources Engineering
Mrs MADU Happiness Civil Engineering
Ozichi
Mrs AGBAJI Stella Ene Structural Engineering
Mrs OPARAUGO Lilian N. Wood Products Engineering
Mrs EFFIONG Itoro Biomedical Engineering
Mr NKESHITA Valentine Information and Communication
Engineering

New
Engineering and Technology 7
Foreword
In furtherance of the “change” mantra of the present administration, I published a roadmap
to guide my Ministry on ways of addressing the multiple problems that faced the education
sector of the country shortly after my assumption of office in 2016. Known as “Education
for Change: Ministerial Strategic Plan – 2016-2019” (updated to 2018-2022), the
content of the document reaffirms government’s commitment to strengthening institutional
structures and establishing innovative approaches that would quickly revamp the education
sector.

The nations’ universities hold a pride of place in the execution of such a strategy, being at the
peak of the educational system and charged in an overall manner, with the responsibility of
catalysing the sustainable and inclusive growth and prosperity that the “change” mantra
envisions. Thus, a “rapid revitalization of the Nigerian university system”, which is proceeding
apace, became imperative. Improvement in research, teaching and learning facilities,
deepening ICT penetration and the provision of enhanced power supply in our university
campuses are some of the areas receiving stringent attention. In the same vein, the need was
felt to radically review the curricula which universities had used for more than a decade so as
to put in place one that would more directly address local issues, meet international standards
and is fit for purpose for the training of 21st century graduates.

The National Universities Commission has concluded the review of the former Benchmark
Minimum Academic Standards (BMAS) of 14 disciplines into those of Core Curriculum and
Minimum Academic Standards (CCMAS) of 17 disciplines. I am therefore pleased to present
these documents to the universities, the general public and the international community as I
am sure that their application would tremendously uplift scholarship in our universities. I thank
all and sundry who worked assiduously to bring this seminal enterprise to fruition.

Malam Adamu Adamu

Honourable Minister of Education

New
Engineering and Technology 8
Preface
Section 10 (1) of the Education (National Minimum Standards and Establishment of
Institutions) Act, Cap E3, Laws of the Federation of Nigeria 2004, empowers the National
Universities Commission to lay down minimum standards for all universities and other degree
awarding institutions of higher learning in the Federation and the accreditation of their degrees
and other academic awards. The earliest efforts at giving effect to this legal framework in the
Nigerian University System (NUS) started in 1989 following the collaboration between the
Commission and Nigerian Universities, which led to the development of the Minimum
Academic Standards (MAS) for all programmes in Nigerian universities. The MAS documents
were subsequently approved by the Federal Government for use as a major instrument for
quality assurance in the Nigerian University System (NUS). The documents were employed in
the accreditation of programmes in the NUS for over a decade.

In 2001, the Commission initiated a process to revise the documents because the said MAS
documents were essentially content-based and merely prescriptive. In 2004, the Commission
developed outcome-based benchmark statements for all the programmes through a workshop
that allowed for exhaustive deliberations by relevant stakeholders. Following comments and
feedback from the universities to the effect that the Benchmark-style Statements were too
sketchy to meaningfully guide the development of curriculum and inadequate for the purpose
of accreditation, the Commission, in 2007 put in place a mechanism for the merger of the
Benchmark-style Statements and the revised Minimum Academic Standards, which birthed the
Benchmark Minimum Academic Standards (BMAS). The resultant BMAS, an amalgam of the
outcome-based Benchmark statements and the content-based MAS clearly articulated the
Learning Outcomes and competencies expected of graduates of each academic programme
in Nigerian Universities without being overly prescriptive while at the same time providing the
requisite flexibility and innovativeness consistent with institutional autonomy. In all, the BMAS
documents were developed for the thirteen existing disciplines namely, Administration and
Management, Agriculture, Arts, Basic Medical Sciences, Education, Engineering
and Technology, Environmental Sciences, Law, Medicine and Dentistry,
Pharmaceutical Science, Sciences, Social Sciences and Veterinary Medicine.

The Commission, in 2016, in its sustained commitment to make the NUS adaptable to global
trends in higher education, constituted a group of relevant academic experts to develop a
BMAS in Computing, thus increasing the number of disciplines in Nigerian Universities to
fourteen.

In keeping with its mandate of making university education in Nigeria more responsive to the
needs of the society, the National Universities Commission commenced the journey to
restructure the BMAS in 2018, introducing in its place, the Core Curriculum and Minimum
Academic Standards (CCMAS), to reflect the 21st Century realities, in the existing and new
disciplines and programmes in the Nigerian University System.

The new CCMAS is a product of sustained stakeholder interactions over two years. The
composition of each panel took into consideration, the triple helix model, as a unique feature.
This involved a blend of academic experts, academies, government (represented by NUC),
professional bodies and of course, the private sector represented by the Nigerian Economic
Summit Group (NESG). In order to enrich the draft documents, copies of each discipline were
forwarded to all critical stakeholders including the relevant academic units in Nigerian
Universities, the private sector, professional bodies and the academies for their comments
and input. These inputs along with the curriculum of programmes obtained from some foreign

New
Engineering and Technology 9
and renowned universities served as major working materials for the various panels
constituted for that purpose.

Bearing in mind the need to adhere to covid-19 protocol as prescribed by the National Centre
for Disease Control (NCDC), the Commission was compelled by prevailing circumstances to
finalize the curriculum virtually. General Assemblies were also held via Zoom, comprising, the
NUC Strategic Advisory Committee (STRADVCOM), Chairpersons/Co-Chairpersons of the
various disciplines and Panel Members of the respective programmes. Each Discipline and
Programme had NUC representatives who assisted panellists with all the tools and working
materials. Several online meetings were held at programmes level, where the real business of
developing the CCMAS took place. The products of the various programme-based virtual
meetings were submitted to the corresponding discipline group and then to the National
Universities Commission. These documents were further scrutinized and fine-tuned by a
smaller group of versatile subject matter specialists and relevant private sector practitioners.

In line with the dynamism in higher education provisioning, the Commission took cognizance
of complaints by the universities on the high number of General Studies (GST) courses in the
BMAS, and was subsequently streamlined. Entrepreneurship courses such as Venture Creation
and Entrepreneurship, and innovation found generous space. In addition, the new curriculum
unbundled the Bachelor of Agriculture, Bachelor of Science in Mass Communication and the
Bachelor of Architecture Programmes, while establishing some emerging specializations in
these fields as obtained globally. This is in furtherance of the goal of producing fit for purpose
graduates. The Allied Health Sciences was also carved out as a new Discipline from the
existing Basic Medical Sciences discipline.

Preceding the completion of the curriculum review content and language editing, a 3-day
validation workshop (face-to-face mode) involving critical stakeholders, including
STRADVCOM, Vice-Chancellors and Directors of Academic Planning of Nigerian Universities,
as well as the Nigerian Economic Summit Group (NESG) was organized by the Commission to
validate the CCMAS documents, and to engender ownership for ease of implementation.

Consequent upon the afore-mentioned processes, seventeen CCMAS documents were

produced for the following academic disciplines in the NUS:

1. Administration and Management

2. Agriculture
3. Allied Health Sciences
4. Architecture
5. Arts
6. Basic Medical Sciences
7. Computing
8. Communication and Media Studies
9. Education
10. Engineering and Technology
11. Environmental Sciences
12. Law
13. Medicine and Dentistry
14. Pharmaceutical Science
15. Sciences
16. Social Sciences
17. Veterinary Medicine

New
Engineering and Technology 10
The CCMAS documents are uniquely structured to provide for 70% of core courses for each
programme, while allowing universities to utilise the remaining 30% for other innovative
courses in their peculiar areas of focus. In addition to the overall Learning Outcomes for each
discipline, there are also Learning Outcomes for each programme and course. In general,
programmes are typically structured such that a student does not carry less than 30 credit
units or more than 48 credit units per session.

Consequently, the Commission is optimistic that the 2022 CCMAS documents will serve as a
guide to Nigerian Universities in the design of curriculum for their programmes with regards
to the minimum acceptable standards of input and process, as well as, measurable benchmark
of knowledge, 21st century skills and competences expected to be acquired by an average
graduate of each of the academic programmes, for self, national and global relevance.

Professor Abubakar Adamu Rasheed, mni, MFR, FNAL, HLR

Executive Secretary

New
Engineering and Technology 11
 Contents
Foreword .................................................................................................................. 8
Preface ..................................................................................................................... 9
Introduction ............................................................................................................. 20
Preamble ................................................................................................................. 25
B.Eng. Aerospace Engineering ................................................................................... 35
Overview ....................................................................................................................................... 35
Philosophy ..................................................................................................................................... 35
Objectives...................................................................................................................................... 35
Employability Skills ........................................................................................................................ 35
21st Century Skills .......................................................................................................................... 36
Unique Features of the Programme ............................................................................................. 36
Admission and Graduation Requirements .................................................................................... 36
Global Course Structure ................................................................................................................ 37
Minimum Academic Standards ..................................................................................................... 67
B.Eng. Agricultural and Biosystems Engineering........................................................... 75
Overview ....................................................................................................................................... 75
Philosophy ..................................................................................................................................... 75
Objectives...................................................................................................................................... 76
Employability Skills ........................................................................................................................ 76
Unique Features of the Programme ............................................................................................. 77
Admission and Graduation Requirements .................................................................................... 77
Graduation Requirements ............................................................................................................ 78
Global Course Structure ................................................................................................................ 79
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................... 108
B.Eng. Automotive Engineering ................................................................................ 120
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 120
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 120
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 120
Employability Skills ...................................................................................................................... 121
21st Century Skills ........................................................................................................................ 121
Admission and Graduation Requirements .................................................................................. 121
Graduation Requirements .......................................................................................................... 121
Global Course Structure .............................................................................................................. 122
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................... 148
B.Eng. Biomedical Engineering ................................................................................. 155
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 155
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 155
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 155
Employability Skills ...................................................................................................................... 156
21st Century Skills ........................................................................................................................ 157
Unique Features of the Programme ........................................................................................... 157
Admission and Graduation Requirements .................................................................................. 157
Graduation Requirements .......................................................................................................... 158
Global Course Structure .............................................................................................................. 159
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................... 190
B.Eng. Chemical Engineering ................................................................................... 198

New
Engineering and Technology 12
 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 198
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 198
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 198
Unique Features of the Programmme ........................................................................................ 199
Employability Skills ...................................................................................................................... 199
21st Century Skills ........................................................................................................................ 200
Admission and Graduation Requirements .................................................................................. 200
Graduation Requirements .......................................................................................................... 200
Global Course Structure .............................................................................................................. 201
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................... 229
B.Eng. Civil Engineering .......................................................................................... 232
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 232
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 232
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 233
Employability Skills ...................................................................................................................... 233
21st Century Skills ........................................................................................................................ 233
Unique Features of the Programme ........................................................................................... 234
Admission and Graduation Requirements .................................................................................. 234
Graduation Requirements .......................................................................................................... 234
Global Course Structure .............................................................................................................. 235
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................... 263
B.Eng. Computer Engineering .................................................................................. 269
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 269
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 270
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 270
Unique Features of the Programme ........................................................................................... 271
Employability Skills ...................................................................................................................... 271
21st Century Skills ....................................................................................................................... 272
Admission and Graduation Requirements .................................................................................. 272
Graduation Requirements .......................................................................................................... 272
Global Course Structure .............................................................................................................. 273
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................... 303
B.Eng. Electrical Engineering ................................................................................... 309
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 309
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 309
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 309
Unique Features of the Programme ........................................................................................... 310
Employability Skills ...................................................................................................................... 310
21st Century Skills ........................................................................................................................ 311
Admission and Graduation Requirements .................................................................................. 311
Graduation Requirements .......................................................................................................... 311
Global Course Structure .............................................................................................................. 312
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................... 344
B.Eng. Electronic Engineering .................................................................................. 350
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 350
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 350
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 350
Unique Features of the Programme ........................................................................................... 350

New
Engineering and Technology 13
 Employability Skills ...................................................................................................................... 351
21st Century Skills ....................................................................................................................... 351
Admission and Graduation Requirements .................................................................................. 351
Graduation Requirements .......................................................................................................... 352
Global Course Structure .............................................................................................................. 352
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................... 381
B.Eng. Electrical and Electronic Engineering .............................................................. 386
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 386
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 386
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 387
Employability Skills ...................................................................................................................... 387
21st Century Skills ........................................................................................................................ 387
Unique Features of the Programme ........................................................................................... 388
Admission and Graduation Requirements .................................................................................. 389
Graduation Requirements .......................................................................................................... 389
Global Course Structure .............................................................................................................. 390
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................... 414
B.Eng. Environmental Engineering ............................................................................ 418
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 418
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 419
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 419
Employability Skills ...................................................................................................................... 419
21st Century Skills ....................................................................................................................... 420
Unique Features of the Programme ........................................................................................... 420
Admission and Graduation Requirements .................................................................................. 420
Graduation Requirements .......................................................................................................... 420
Global Course Structure .............................................................................................................. 421
B.Eng. Food Engineering ......................................................................................... 453
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 453
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 453
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 454
Unique Features of the Programme .......................................................................................... 454
Employability Skills ...................................................................................................................... 455
21st Century Skills ....................................................................................................................... 455
Admission and Graduation Requirement ................................................................................... 456
Global Course Structure .............................................................................................................. 457
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................... 491
B.Sc. Food Science and Technology .......................................................................... 499
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 499
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 499
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 500
Unique Features of the Programme ........................................................................................... 500
Employability Skills ...................................................................................................................... 500
21st Century Skills ....................................................................................................................... 501
Admission and Graduation Requirements .................................................................................. 501
Graduation Requirements .......................................................................................................... 501
Global Course Structure .............................................................................................................. 502
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................... 531

New
Engineering and Technology 14
 B.Eng. Information and Communication Engineering .................................................. 539
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 539
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 539
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 539
Unique Features of the Programme ........................................................................................... 539
Employability Skills ...................................................................................................................... 539
21st Century Skills ....................................................................................................................... 540
Admission and Graduation Requirements .................................................................................. 540
Graduation Requirements .......................................................................................................... 540
Global Course Structure .............................................................................................................. 541
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................... 572
B.Eng. Industrial and Production Engineering ............................................................ 575
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 575
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 575
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 576
Employability Skills ...................................................................................................................... 576
21st Century Skills ....................................................................................................................... 576
Unique Features of the Programme ........................................................................................... 577
Admission and Graduation Requirements ................................................................................. 577
Graduation Requirements .......................................................................................................... 577
Global Course Structure .............................................................................................................. 578
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................... 608
B.Eng. Marine and Offshore Engineering ................................................................... 611
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 611
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 611
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 611
Employability Skills Emphasized ................................................................................................. 613
21st Century Skills ....................................................................................................................... 614
Unique Features of The Programmes ......................................................................................... 614
Admission and Graduation Requirements .................................................................................. 615
Graduation Requirements .......................................................................................................... 615
Global Course Structure .............................................................................................................. 616
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................... 651
B.Eng. Materials and Metallurgical Engineering .......................................................... 656
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 656
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 656
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 656
Employability Skills ...................................................................................................................... 657
21st Century Skills ....................................................................................................................... 657
Unique Features of the Programme ........................................................................................... 657
Admission and Graduation Requirements .................................................................................. 657
Graduation Requirements .......................................................................................................... 658
Global Course Structure .............................................................................................................. 659
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................... 688
B.Eng. Mineral Processing and Chemical Metallurgical Engineering .............................. 692
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 692
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 693
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 693

New
Engineering and Technology 15
 Employability Skills ...................................................................................................................... 694
21st Century Skills ....................................................................................................................... 694
Unique Features of the Programme ........................................................................................... 695
Admission and Graduation Requirements .................................................................................. 695
Global Course Structure .............................................................................................................. 696
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................... 730
B.Eng. Mechanical Engineering ................................................................................ 735
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 735
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 735
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 735
Unique Features of the Programme ........................................................................................... 736
Employability Skills ...................................................................................................................... 736
21st Century Skills ........................................................................................................................ 736
Admission and Graduation Requirements .................................................................................. 737
Graduation Requirements .......................................................................................................... 737
Global Course Structure .............................................................................................................. 738
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................... 767
B.Eng. Mechatronics Engineering ............................................................................. 773
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 773
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 773
Objectives ................................................................................................................................... 773
Unique Features of the Programme ........................................................................................... 774
Employability Skills ...................................................................................................................... 774
21st Century Skills ........................................................................................................................ 775
Admission and Graduation Requirements .................................................................................. 775
Graduation Requirements .......................................................................................................... 775
Global Course Structure .............................................................................................................. 776
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................... 806
B.Eng. Metallurgical Engineering .............................................................................. 811
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 811
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 812
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 812
Employability skills ...................................................................................................................... 812
21st Century Skills ........................................................................................................................ 813
Admission and Graduation Requirements .................................................................................. 813
Graduation Requirements .......................................................................................................... 813
Global Course Structure .............................................................................................................. 814
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................... 847
B.Eng. Materials Engineering .................................................................................. 855
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 855
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 856
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 856
Employability Skills ...................................................................................................................... 857
21st Century Skills ....................................................................................................................... 857
Unique Features of the Programme ........................................................................................... 857
Admission and Graduation Requirements .................................................................................. 857
Global Course Structure .............................................................................................................. 859
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................... 886

New
Engineering and Technology 16
 List of Minimum Equipment ....................................................................................................... 886
B.Eng. Mining Engineering ....................................................................................... 891
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 891
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 891
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 891
Employability Skills ...................................................................................................................... 891
21st Century Skills ........................................................................................................................ 892
Unique Features of the Programme ........................................................................................... 892
Admission and Graduation Requirements .................................................................................. 892
Graduation Requirements .......................................................................................................... 892
Global Course Structure .............................................................................................................. 893
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................... 924
B.Eng. Natural Gas Engineering ............................................................................... 932
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 932
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................... 932
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 932
Unique Features of the Programme ........................................................................................... 932
Employability Skills ...................................................................................................................... 933
21st Century Skills Emphasised ................................................................................................... 933
Admission and Graduation Requirements .................................................................................. 934
Global Course Structure .............................................................................................................. 935
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................... 962
B.Eng. Nuclear Engineering ..................................................................................... 967
Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 967
Objectives.................................................................................................................................... 967
Employability skills ...................................................................................................................... 968
21st Century skills ....................................................................................................................... 969
Unique features of the programme ............................................................................................ 969
Admission and Graduation Requirements .................................................................................. 970
Global Course Structure .............................................................................................................. 971
Global Course Structure .............................................................................................................. 972
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................. 1000
B.Eng. Petrochemical Engineering .......................................................................... 1004
Overview ................................................................................................................................... 1004
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................. 1004
Objectives.................................................................................................................................. 1004
Employability skills .................................................................................................................... 1004
21st Century Skills ...................................................................................................................... 1005
Unique Features of the Programme ......................................................................................... 1005
Admission and Graduation Requirements ................................................................................ 1006
Graduation Requirements ........................................................................................................ 1006
Global Course Structure ............................................................................................................ 1007
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................. 1040
B.Eng. Petroleum and Gas Engineering ................................................................... 1044
Overview ................................................................................................................................... 1044
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................. 1044
Objectives.................................................................................................................................. 1044
Unique Features of the Programme ......................................................................................... 1045

New
Engineering and Technology 17
 Employability Skills .................................................................................................................... 1045
21st Century Skills ...................................................................................................................... 1045
Admission and Graduation Requirements ................................................................................ 1046
Global Course Structure ............................................................................................................ 1047
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................. 1077
B.Eng. Petroleum Engineering ................................................................................ 1082
Overview ................................................................................................................................... 1082
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................. 1082
Objectives.................................................................................................................................. 1082
Unique Features of the Programme ......................................................................................... 1083
Employability Skills .................................................................................................................... 1083
21st Century Skills ..................................................................................................................... 1084
Admission and Graduation Requirements ................................................................................ 1084
Graduation Requirements ........................................................................................................ 1084
Global Course Structure ............................................................................................................ 1085
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................. 1113
B.Eng. Railway Engineering ................................................................................... 1118
Overview ................................................................................................................................... 1118
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................. 1118
Objectives.................................................................................................................................. 1118
Employability Skills .................................................................................................................... 1120
21st Century Skills ..................................................................................................................... 1121
Unique Features of the Programme ......................................................................................... 1121
Admission and Graduation Requirements ................................................................................ 1122
Global Course Structure ............................................................................................................ 1123
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................. 1153
B.Eng. Structural Engineering ................................................................................ 1158
Overview ................................................................................................................................... 1158
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................. 1158
Objectives.................................................................................................................................. 1158
Employability Skills .................................................................................................................... 1159
21st Century Skills ...................................................................................................................... 1160
Unique Features of the Programme ......................................................................................... 1160
Admission and Graduation Requirements ................................................................................ 1161
Graduation Requirements ........................................................................................................ 1161
Global Course Structure ............................................................................................................ 1162
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................. 1190
B.Eng. Systems Engineering .................................................................................. 1195
Overview ................................................................................................................................... 1195
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................. 1195
Objectives.................................................................................................................................. 1195
Employability Skills .................................................................................................................... 1195
21st Century Skills ..................................................................................................................... 1196
Unique Features of the Programme ......................................................................................... 1196
Admission and Graduation Requirements ................................................................................ 1196
Graduation Requirements ........................................................................................................ 1196
Global Course Structure ............................................................................................................ 1197
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................. 1226

New
Engineering and Technology 18
 B.Eng. Telecommunications Engineering ................................................................. 1229
Overview ................................................................................................................................... 1229
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................. 1229
Objectives.................................................................................................................................. 1229
Unique Features of the Programme ......................................................................................... 1230
Employability Skills .................................................................................................................... 1230
21st Century Skills ...................................................................................................................... 1230
Admission and Graduation Requirements ................................................................................ 1231
Graduation Requirements ........................................................................................................ 1231
Global Course Structure ............................................................................................................ 1232
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................. 1260
B.Eng. Water Resources Engineering ...................................................................... 1266
Overview ................................................................................................................................... 1266
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................. 1266
Objectives.................................................................................................................................. 1266
Unique Features of the Programme ......................................................................................... 1266
Employability Skills .................................................................................................................... 1267
21st Century Skills ...................................................................................................................... 1267
Admission and graduation requirements ................................................................................. 1267
Graduation Requirements ........................................................................................................ 1268
Global Course Structure ............................................................................................................ 1269
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................. 1295
B.Eng. Wood Products Engineering......................................................................... 1299
Overview ................................................................................................................................... 1299
Philosophy ................................................................................................................................. 1299
Objectives.................................................................................................................................. 1299
Employability Skills .................................................................................................................... 1300
21st Century skills ...................................................................................................................... 1300
Unique Features of the Programmme ...................................................................................... 1300
Admission and Graduation Requirements ................................................................................ 1300
Graduation Requirements ........................................................................................................ 1300
Global Course Structure ............................................................................................................ 1301
Minimum Academic Standards ................................................................................................. 1329

New
Engineering and Technology 19
Introduction
Two Acts provide the legal framework for the quality assurance and regulatory mandates of
the National Universities Commission. The first is the National Universities Commission
Act No. N81 Laws of Federation Nigeria (L.F.N.) 2011.

This Act sets up the National Universities Commission as a body corporate charged
with the responsibility of advising the Federal and State Governments of all aspects of
university education and the general development of universities in Nigeria.

The second, Education (National Minimum Standard and Establishment of

Institutions) Act No. E3 L.F.N. 2004,

empowers the National Universities Commission to lay down minimum standards for
all universities and other institutions of higher learning in the Federation and the
accreditation of their degrees and other academic awards in formal consultation with
the universities for that purpose, after obtaining prior approval therefor through the
Minister, from the President.

Following the enactment of NUC Act No. E3 L.F.N. 2004, the National Universities Commission
developed the first set of Minimum Academic Standards (MAS) in 1989 for all the academic
programmes existing in the Nigerian University System (NUS) at that time under the 13 major
disciplines of Administration, Agriculture, Arts, Education, Engineering and Technology,
Environmental Sciences, Law, Medicine and Dentistry, Management Sciences, Pharmaceutical
Sciences, Sciences, Social Sciences and Veterinary Medicine. The Minimum Academic
Standard served as the reference documents for the first accreditation of programmes
conducted in NUS in 1990.

In its bid to review the Minimum Academic Standard documents, which was predicated on the
fact that they were prescriptive, the Commission decided to develop the outcome-based
Benchmark Statements for all programmes in the Nigerian University System in line with
contemporary global practice in 1999. In the first comprehensive review of the Minimum
Academic Standards by NUC, which was in 2004, the Commission decided to merge the
Benchmark Statements and the revised Minimum Academic Standards into a new document
called Benchmark Minimum Academic Standards (BMAS). These documents were approved
for use in Nigerian universities in 2007. A second attempt at reviewing the BMAS was in 2011.
It must however be noted that stand alone BMAS for new programmes were at different times
developed by the Commission on request from some Nigerian universities.

The Current Review of the BMAS

The journey of the current curriculum review efforts commenced in 2018, when the National
Universities Commission circulated the 2018 draft BMAS to all Nigerian universities and other
stakeholders for their comments. In addition to the harvested comments, the curriculum of
different programmes of some world-class universities were downloaded. The draft 2018
BMAS, compiled comments of Nigerian universities and other stakeholders and the
downloaded curriculum of some foreign universities served as the working documents for the
curriculum review panels.

A multi-stakeholder approach was deployed in constituting the panels for the curriculum
review exercise. The constituted panels included:

New
Engineering and Technology 20
a. academic staff of Nigerian universities;
b. representatives of the Academies;
c. representatives of Professional bodies/associations; and
d. representatives of the private sector.

In addition to the reviewers working individually and in consultation with their subject area
peers, over 512 cumulative online meetings of the general assembly (Vice-Chancellors,
Discipline Chairmen/Chairpersons, programme-specific reviewers and Heads/representatives
of international quality assurance agencies and institutions); Discipline groups; and
programme groups were held between March and November, 2021. Physical meetings were
also held to finalise the curriculum review exercise.

The reviewers carried out their assignments with a view to producing a curriculum for their
respective programmes that will reflect both national and international expectations.
Specifically, the reviewers focused on ensuring that the emerging curriculum will be adequate
to train Nigerian university students in the 21st Century. By implication and in addition to
current trends in the various programmatic areas, the curriculum will be ICT oriented, promote
Artificial Intelligence, enhance skills acquisition (including soft skills), inculcate and sharpen
entrepreneurship mindset of students and capable of steering the deployment of evolving
technologies to deliver its content.

The Core Curriculum Minimum Academic Standards (CCMAS)

The major highlights of the new curriculum are:

1. Change of nomenclature from Benchmarks Minimum Academic Standards (BMAS)
to Core Curriculum and Minimum Academic Standards (CCMAS);

2. The curriculum provides for 70% minimum core courses requirements for graduation.
Nigerian universities are expected to provide the remaining 30%;

3. In consonance with global best practice, the curriculum is to stimulate blended learning in
its delivery;

4. Mass Communication has been unbundled to create a distinct discipline of Communications

comprising degree programmes in Advertising, Broadcasting, Development
Communication Studies, Film and
Multimedia, Information and Media Studies, Journalism and Media Studies, Mass
Communication, Public Relations and Strategic Communication;

5. Agriculture has been unbundled into programmes in its contributing components of B.Sc
Agricultural Economics, B.Sc. Animal Science, B.Sc. Crop Science and B.Sc. Soil Science;

6. The unbundling of Architecture and introduction of Architecture as a new discipline with

programmes like Architecture, Architectural Technology, Furniture Design, Interior
Architecture Design, Landscape Architecture and Naval architecture;

7. The split of the Basic Medical Sciences discipline into two – Basic Medical Sciences and
Allied Health Science;

8. Reduction of the General Studies (GST) course from 36 credit units to 12 credit units of 6
courses as follows:

New
Engineering and Technology 21
 i. Communication in English;
ii. Nigerian People and Culture;
iii. Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence;
iv. Entrepreneurship and Innovation;
v. Venture creation; and
vi. Peace and Conflict resolution.

9. Entrepreneurship has been repackaged with the introduction of programme-specific

entrepreneurship;

10. The number of academic disciplines has been increased from 14 to 17 as follows:

i. Administration and Management

ii. Agriculture
iii. Allied Health Sciences
iv. Architecture
v. Arts
vi. Basic Medical Sciences
vii. Communications and Media Studies
viii. Computing
ix. Education
x. Engineering and Technology
xi. Environmental Sciences
xii. Law
xiii. Medicine and Dentistry
xiv. Pharmacy
xv. Science
xvi. Social Science
xvii. Veterinary Medicine

Having reviewed the curriculum of Nigerian universities, the next steps will include training
and retraining of academic staff of Nigerian universities to effectively deliver the content of
the curriculum.

Glossary of Course Codes

These are the 3-letter codes for the identification of courses offered in the various
programmes in the Engineering and Technology discipline as well as courses offered in other
disciplines covered in the CCMAS for the Nigerian University System. They are in three
categories dictated by the sources of courses involved:

Category A: Course codes for courses offered in programmes outside the Engineering and
Technology Discipline
Category B: Course codes for the general and foundation courses offered by all students
registered in the various programmes in the Engineering and Technology
Discipline.
Category C: Course codes for courses offered by the various programmes in the
Engineering and Technology Discipline.

New
Engineering and Technology 22
Category A:

The Programme offering the Courses Course Code

Chemistry Programme in the Science Discipline CHM

Mathematics Programme in the Science Discipline MTH
Physics Programme in the Science Discipline PHY
Biology Programme in the Science Discipline BIO
Agriculture Programme in the Agriculture, Forestry, AGR
Fisheries and Home Economics Discipline

Category B:

The Programme offering the Courses Course Code

General Studies courses offered at the University Level for GST

students registered for GSTs in all the disciplines in the
university.
Entrepreneurship courses offered at the University Level for ENT
students registered for ENTs in all the disciplines in the
university.
Foundation courses for all the programmes in the GET
Engineering and Technology Discipline

Category C:

The Programme offering the Courses Course Code

Aerospace Engineering AAE

Agricultural and Biosystems Engineering ABE
Automotive Engineering TAE
Biomedical Engineering/Technology BME
Chemical Engineering TCH
Civil Engineering CEE
Computer Engineering CPE
Electrical Engineering TEL
Electrical and Electronics Engineering EEE
Electronics Engineering ELE
Environmental Engineering EVE
Food Engineering FDE
Food Science and Technology FST
Industrial and Production Engineering IPE
Information and Communication Engineering ICE
Marine and Offshore Engineering MAR
Materials Engineering MSE
Materials and Metallurgical Engineering MME
Mechanical Engineering MEE
Mechatronics Engineering MCE
Metallurgical Engineering MTE
Mineral Processing & Chemical-Metallurgical MPE
Engineering

New
Engineering and Technology 23
 Mining Engineering MNE
Natural Gas Engineering GNG
Nuclear Engineering NUE
Petrochemical Engineering PCE
Petroleum Engineering PEE
Petroleum and Gas Engineering PGE
Railway Engineering RWE
Structural Engineering STE
Systems Engineering SYE
Telecommunications Engineering TEE
Water Resources Engineering WRE
Wood Products Engineering WPE

New
Engineering and Technology 24
Preamble
These Core Curriculum Minimum Academic Standards (CCMAS) are designed for the
education and training of undergraduate students wishing to obtain first degrees in the
different areas of Engineering and Technology in the Nigerian University System. Presented
in this Section are the basic operational elements that serve to define the minimum academic
standards required to achieve the cardinal goal of producing graduates in Engineering and
Technology with sufficient academic background and practical exposure to face the
challenges of a developing economy in an increasingly globalised world economy.

It is pertinent to note that this CCMAS Document is expected to guide institutions in the
design of curricula for their engineering and technology programmes by stipulating the
minimum requirements. Being such, institutions are encouraged to take due cognizance of
the CCMAS while bringing necessary innovation into the content and delivery of their
programmes towards achieving the overall goals of engineering education and training in
the country.

Programmes and Degrees

Presented in Table 1.1 is the list of programmes and the degrees in view covered in the
CCMAS Document An attempt has been made to cover not only the programmes being
currently run in various Faculties of Engineering and Technology, but, also, proposed new
programmes in response to the local and global dynamics of the requisite knowledge and
skills of products of engineering and technology. Overall, it is expected to serve the needs
of existing faculties contemplating minor or major programme review and also new
institutions seeking to chart a new path away from the existing programmes in the system.

Table 1.1: List of Programme(s) and Degree(s) in View

S/N PROGRAMME DEGREE(S) IN VIEW

1. Aerospace Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.

2. Agricultural and Biosystems Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
3. Automotive Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
4. Biomedical Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
5. Chemical Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
6. Civil Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
7. Computer Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
8. Electrical Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
9. Electrical and Electronic Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
10. Electronic Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
11. Environmental Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
12. Food Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
13. Food Science and Engineering/Technology B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
14. Industrial and Production Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
15. Information and Communication Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
16. Marine and Offshore Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
17. Materials Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
18. Materials and Metallurgical Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
19. Mechanical Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.

New
Engineering and Technology 25
 20. Mechatronics Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
21. Metallurgical Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
22. Mineral Processing & Chemical-Metallurgical B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
Engineering
23. Mining Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
24. Natural Gas Engineering B.Eng/B. Tech/B.Sc.
25. Nuclear Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
26. Petrochemical Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
27. Petroleum Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
28. Petroleum and Gas Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
29. Railway Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
30. Structural Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
31. Systems Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
32. Telecommunications Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
33. Water Resources Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.
34. Wood Products Engineering B.Eng./B. Tech./B.Sc.

The above programmes are designed, in general, to be broad-based to equip the graduates
with the diverse tools of the profession. However, where it is considered absolutely essential
to reflect the various areas of specialization in a programme, such area can be indicated
appropriately in the degree title.

Philosophy
The Philosophy and Mission Statement underlying the programmes in Engineering and
Technology are aimed at achieving the goals and objectives of the National Policy on
Industrialisation and Self-Reliance. This is to be achieved through:

1. broad–based foundation in Engineering and Technology as well as specialized knowledge

and practice in a particular discipline therein;
2. practical exposure to application of Engineering and Technology to problem solution;
3. adequate training in human behaviour and organisational management;
4. developing in the students, entrepreneurial knowledge, a sense of public responsibility
and a spirit of self-reliance;
5. nurturing of partnership between the institution and industry for effective programme
delivery;
6. creating an awareness and understanding of the moral, ethical, legal, and professional
obligations needed to function as part of a professional enterprise while protecting
human health and welfare and the environment in a global society; and
7. creating an awareness and understanding of the need to develop leadership and team
building skills to maximize the benefits of an engineering education and its application
to solving problems.

The general philosophy therefore is to produce graduates with high academic and ethical
standards and adequate practical exposure for self-employment as well as being of
immediate value to industry and the community in general.

Objectives
The general goal and objectives of Engineering and Technology education and training
should be in consonance with the realisation of national needs and aspirations vis-à-vis

New
Engineering and Technology 26
industrial development and technological emancipation. The graduates must therefore be
knowledgeable, creative, resourceful and able to perform the following functions:

1. application of the knowledge of mathematics, basic and engineering sciences, and

proficiency in using standards, codes, and modern information and communication
technology tools in engineering practice;
2. design engineering projects and supervise their implementation;
3. design and implement components, machines, equipment and engineering systems;
4. design and develop new products and production techniques in industries;
5. conceptualize, implement and maintain complex engineering systems for optimal
performance in our environment;
6. adapt and adopt exogenous technology in order to solve local engineering problems;
7. ability to consider ethics, the environment and sustainability in the solutions to complex
engineering problems;
8. exercise original thought, have good professional judgment and be able to take
responsibility for the execution of important tasks;
9. improve on indigenous technology for deployment to the solution of engineering
problems; and
10. demonstration of emotional stability, and endowment with critical multidisciplinary and
team-work, goal-getting and life survival capabilities and skills, necessary in managing
people, funds, materials, equipment and technologies.

Admission and Graduation Requirements

Admission Requirements
Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in any of the following two ways:
1. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
2. Direct Entry(DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

For the five-year degree propgramme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate Examination (SSCE) in at least five subjects, which must includes
English Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at
not more than two sittings.

Direct Entry (DE) Mode

For four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit passes
which must include English Language, Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry, candidates with
at least two passes in relevant subjects (Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry) at the GCE
Advanced Level or IJMB or JUPEB may be considered for admission. Candidates who have
good National Diploma (ND) result in relevant Engineering Technology programmes may also
be considered for admission into 200 level. Holders of upper credit pass and above at Higher
National Diploma (HND) level, are eligible for consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:
1. candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of 150
and maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5–year engineering degree programme.
Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters;

New
Engineering and Technology 27
2. candidates admitted through the Direct Entry mode shall have registered for a minimum
of 120 and a maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4–year engineering degree
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic semesters;
3. candidates admitted through the Direct Entry mode at 300-Level shall have registered for
a minimum of 90 and a maximum of 120 units of courses during a 3–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of 6 academic
semesters;

4. The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units respectively;
5. a student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by the
university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00; and
6. a student shall also have earned the 11 credit units of Students Industrial Work Experience
Scheme (SIWES), 8 credit units of University General Study courses and four credit units
of Entrepreneurship courses.

For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered,
whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the
computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it
or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each and all
attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.

Prerequisite courses must be taken and passed before a particular course at a higher level.
Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME, 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 200-Level
and 11 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 300-Level.

Course System
All Engineering and Technology programmes shall be run on a modularised system, commonly
referred to as Course Unit System. All courses are therefore be sub-divided into more or less
self-sufficient and logically consistent packages that are taught within a semester and
examined at the end of that particular semester. Credits are weights attached to a
course. One credit is equivalent to one hour per week per semester of 15 weeks of lectures
or three hours of laboratory/studio/workshop work per week per semester of 15 weeks.

Definition of Course System

This should be understood to mean a quantitative system of organization of the curriculum in
which subject areas are broken down into unit courses which are examinable and for which
students earn credit(s) if passed. The courses are arranged in levels of academic progress.
There shall be five levels of courses numbered 101-199, 201-299, 301-399, 401-499 and 501-
599. For ease of identification, course numbers can be prefixed by a three-character
programme/subject code. Thus, the course code is in the form: DEP LNJ (where the three-
letter code DEP identifies the programme, ‘L’ in LNJ represents the level of the course (1 or 2
or 3 or 4 or 5 for all undergraduate courses), N represents the sub-subject area while J
represent the semester the course is offered some hierarchical code. Thus, for example, MEE
207 is a 200-Level course with number 0 say for labs and 7 indicating 1st semester, offered
in the mechanical engineering programme. The glossary of all the course codes are presented
earlier under Glossary of Codes.

New
Engineering and Technology 28
The second aspect of the system is that courses are assigned weights allied to Units.
Units: Consist of specified number of student-teacher contact hours per week per
semester. Units are used in two complementary ways: one, as a measure of course weighting,
and the other, as an indicator of student work load:
1. As a measure of course weighting for each unit course e.g. the credit unit to be earned
for satisfactorily completing the course is specified; thus a 2-credit unit course may mean
two 1-hour lecture per week per semester or one 1-hour lecture plus 3-hour practical per
week per semester.
2. As a measure of work load, “One Credit Unit” means one hour of lecture or one hour of
tutorial per week per semester. For other forms of teaching requiring student teacher
contact, the following equivalents may apply: two hours of seminar: three hours of
laboratory or field work, Clinical practice/practicum, studio practice or stadium sporting
activity, six hours of teaching practice; four weeks of industrial attachment where
applicable.

Normally, in the Course Credit System, courses are mounted all year round, thus enabling
students to participate in examinations in which they are unsuccessful or unable to participate
on account of ill health or for other genuine reasons. In such a system, no special provisions
are made for re-sit examinations.

The minimum number of credit units for the award of a degree in engineering and technology
is 150 units, for a 5-year programme subject to the usual Department and Faculty
requirements. A student shall therefore qualify for the award of a degree when he has met
the conditions.The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units
respectively.

For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative GPA (CGPA) in order to determine the
class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered, whether
compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the computation.
Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it or substitutes
another course for a failed optional course. Grades scored at each and all attempts shall be
included in the computation of the GPA. Pre - requisite courses must be taken and passed
before a particular course at a higher level.

Grading of Courses
Grading of courses shall be done by a combination of percentage marks and letter grades
translated into a graduated system of Grade Point as shown in Table 1.2.

Table 1.2: Grade Point System

Mark % Letter Grade Grade Point
70 – 100 A 5
60 – 69 B 4
50 – 59 C 3
45 – 49 D 2
40 – 44 E 1
< 40 F 0

Grade Point Average and Cumulative Grade Point Average

For the purpose of determining a student’s standing at the end of every semester, the Grade
Point Average (GPA) system shall be used. The GPA is computed by dividing the total

New
Engineering and Technology 29
number of Units x Grade Point (TUGP) by the total number of units (TNU) for all the courses
taken in the semester as illustrated in Table 1.3.

The Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) over a period of semesters is calculated in the
same manner as the GPA by using the grade points of all the courses taken during the
period.

Table 1.3: Calculation of GPA or CGPA

Course Units Grade Point Unit x Grade Point (UGP)

C1 U1 GP1 U1 x GP1
C2 U2 GP2 U2 x GP2
- - - -
- - - -
Ci Ui GPi Ui x GPi
- - - -
- - - -
CN UN GPN UN x GPN
TOTAL TNU TUGP

N N
TUGP
TNU  Ui TUGP  U i * GPi C GPA 
i1 i1 TNU

Degree Classifications
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of an honours degree.
1. Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for at least 150 units
of courses during the 5-year degree programme.
2. Candidates must have registered and passed all the compulsory courses specified for
the programme.

The determination of the class of degree shall be based on the Cumulative Grade Point
Average (CGPA) earned at the end of the programme. The CGPA shall be used in the
determination of the class of degree as summarized in Table 1.4. It is important to note that
the CGPA shall be calculated and expressed correct to two decimal places.

Table 1.4: Degree Classification

Cumulative Grade Point Class of Degree
Average (CGPA)
4.50 – 5.00 1st Class Honours
3.50 – 4.49 2nd Class Honours (Upper Division)
2.40 – 3.49 2nd Class Honours (Lower Division)
1.50 – 2.39 3rd Class Honours
1.00 - 1.49 Pass

Students who transfer from other departments/programmes or universities shall be credited

with only those courses deemed relevant to the programmes, which they have already
passed prior to their transfer. Such students shall however be required to pass the minimum
number of units specified for graduation for the number of sessions he/she has spent in the
Faculty; provided that no student shall spend less than two sessions (4 semesters) in order
to earn a degree. Students who transfer from another programme in the Faculty or other

New
Engineering and Technology 30
faculties for any approved reason shall be credited with those units passed that are within
the curriculum of the programme to which he/she has transferred. Appropriate decisions
on transfer cases shall be subjected to the approval of Senate on the recommendation of
the Faculty.

Probation
A student whose Cumulative Grade Point Average is below 1.00 at the end of a particular
year of study, earns a period of probation for one academic session. A student on probation
is allowed to register for courses at the next higher level in addition to his/her probation
level courses provided that:
1. the regulation in respect of student work-load is complied with; and
2. the pre-requisite courses for the higher-level courses have been passed.

Withdrawal
A candidate whose Cumulative Grade Point Average is below 1.0 at the end of a particular
year of probation should be required to withdraw from the programme. However, in order
to minimize waste of human resources, consideration should be given to withdrawal from
programme of study and possible transfer to other programmes within the same University.

Evaluation
Techniques of Student Assessment
Practicals
By the nature of the programmes in Engineering and Technology, laboratory practicals are
very important in the training of students. To reflect the importance of practical work, a
minimum of 9 hours per week or 135 hours per semester (equivalent to 3 units) should be
spent on students’ laboratory practical’s. Consequently, some of the courses have both
theory and practical components. Thus, in the description of courses to be taken in any
programme, as presented in Sections 2 and 3, the number of lecture hours (LH) and the
number of practical hours (PH) per semester are indicated. The overall performance of
students in such courses is to be based on the evaluation of the performance in written
examination (which tests theory) and also the performance in the laboratory work (based
on actual conduct of experiments and the reports).

The experiments to achieve the practical’s components of the courses must be designed in
quality and quantity to enrich the grasp of the theoretical foundations of the courses. It is
left for the department to organize all the experiments in the best way possible. One of the
ways to achieve this is to lump all the laboratory practical’s under a course, which the
student must pass.

Tutorials
The timetable for courses shall be designed to make provision for tutorials of at least one
hour for every four hours of lecture. Thus a 3-unit course of 45 hours per semester should
attract about 10 hours of tutorials. Postgraduate students are normally employed to help in
giving tutorials to undergraduate students. This is a veritable training ground for academic
career.

Continuous Assessments
Continuous assessment shall be done through essays, tests, and practical exercises.
1. Scores from continuous assessment shall normally constitute 30 per cent of the full
marks for courses which are primarily theoretical.
2. For courses which are partly practical and partly theoretical, scores from continuous
assessment shall constitute 40% of the final marks.

New
Engineering and Technology 31
3. For courses that are entirely practical, continuous assessment shall be based on a
student’s practical work or reports and shall constitute 100% of the final marks.

Examinations
In addition to continuous assessment, final examinations should normally be given for every
course at the end of each semester. All courses shall be graded out of a maximum of 100
marks comprising:

Final Examination: 60% - 70%

Continuous assessment (Quizzes, Homework, Tests, Practical’s): 30% - 40%
Each course shall normally be completed and examined at the end of the semester in which
it is offered.

External Examiner System

The external examiner system should continue. This system should be used only in the final
year of the undergraduate programme to assess final year courses and projects, and to
certify the overall performance of the graduating students, as well as the quality of facilities
and teaching in the faculty. Furthermore, the existing practice of using different External
Examiners for major subject areas in professional programmes, such as Engineering and
Technology, should be continued.

SIWES Rating and Assessment

In engineering education, industrial attachment is very crucial. The minimum duration of
the Students Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) should be 33 weeks accomplished
in 3 modules.

SIWES I : (3 Units) 9 weeks during long vacation at the end of 200-Level session
SIWES II : (4 Units) 12 weeks during the long vacation at the end of the 300-Level
SIWES III: (4 Units) 12 weeks from second semester of 400-Level to the beginning of the
following session.

SIWES is an important aspect of the education and training of engineering students in the
universities organised for exposure to some elements of industrial art as articulated below
under the Students Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) and the Technical Support
Unit (TSU). This is being emphasised herein in view of the rather poor handling of SIWES, in
particular, in most existing faculties of engineering and technology in the country. It should
be noted that Industrial Training as a course involves the following: working successfully in
the industry or an industrial setting for the specified period; submitting of a Work Report to
the Industrial Training Coordinating Centre at the end of the training period; and presentation
of seminar on the industrial training experience.

Faculties of Engineering in universities are expected to organise Students Industrial Work

Experience Scheme (SIWES) or what most commonly refer to as Industrial Training.
Universities are expected to establish a Unit to coordinate SIWES not only for engineering
programmes, but also programmes in other faculties that have SIWES component. The SIWES
Unit is to shoulder the following responsibilities: soliciting co-operative placements (jobs) in
business, industry, government or service agencies depending upon the needs and
qualifications of the student, and placing students on such training assignments after
analysing the technical contents; need to establish firm strategy to ensure students get
placements and options when they cannot get places; coordinating and supervising the co-
operative employment of students in such a way that students have the opportunity of

New
Engineering and Technology 32
learning useful engineering and technological skills on real jobs and under actual working
conditions; conducting follow-up activities regarding all placements by checking regularly each
student's job performance through company visits and individual student's interview;
assembling individual inventory records of students and employers for the purposes of
placements and supervision in addition to maintaining functional departmental and personal
records and reports; providing necessary advice to students as to the relevance of their chosen
field to the industrial requirements of the country; organizing and conducting students'
seminars on Work Reports; and Liaison with NUC, ITF, other agencies and industries on
student industrial training programme of the University.

All the 11 experiential units of SIWES, the two units of GET 402: Engineering Project I and
the two units of GET 404: Engineering Valuation, will be credited towards the overall
assessment for graduation/award of the degree. The Grading template for SIWES will be:

SIWES Supervision Continuous Assessment (from Industry) 25%

SIWES Supervision/Log Book Grading (by University Supervisor) 25%

SIWES Comprehensive Report 25%

Seminar: Oral presentation (defense) of SIWES activity 25%

(i) and (ii) will be scored for each SIWES upon completion and the weighted average for each
student computed. However, the consolidated report for all industrial experience will be
submitted for seminar and assessment at the end of the 400-level SIWES. The overall grade
will then be collated with the 400-level CGPA. This scoring system requires hard work, and
adequate funding to sustain the interest of lecturers and industry supervisors, whose capacity
must also be enhanced through industry and reverse immersion programmes respectively.

The Committee of Deans of Engineering and Technology (CODET) is assigned the statutory
role of leading the coordination and mobilization of resources, infrastructure and the triple-
helix partnership for ensuring effective SIWES, while all engineering and technology
departments prioritize SIWES assignments with utmost dedication. The triple-helix partnership
will involve the following MDAs and Stakeholders: (i) Federal Ministry of Education, (ii) Federal
Ministry of Science and Technology, (iii) Federal Ministry of Investment, Trade and Industry,
(iv) Federal Ministry of Finance and FIRS, (v) Industrial Training Fund (ITF), (vi) NUC, (vii)
NBTE, (viii) TETFund, (ix) COREN and NSE, (x) Nigerian Content Board, (xi) SMEDAN, (xii)
MAN, (xiii) NESG, (xiv) Chambers of Commerce and Industry, (xv) Vice Chancellors and
Councils of Universities, (xvi) Committee of Vice Chancellors (CVC) and Pro-chancellors (CPC),
and others as the prevailing context demands.

Reverse Exchange Programmes

There will be well organized and remunerated industry immersion exchange programmes for
university staff during the vacations and industrial training periods. Similarly, there must be a
reverse immersion period for industry staff, as academic associates/senior associates engaged
in teaching and practical assignments in universities. CODET to propose appropriate funding
guidance for this scheme. CODET should also collate and document innovations and other
Intellectual Property Products (IPPs) that emerge from these novel initiatives.

Industrial Parks and Tech Incubation Centers

Universities that offer engineering and technology courses are encouraged to establish
Industrial Parks, Innovation hubs and Tech Incubation Centers. The Federal Government and

New
Engineering and Technology 33
relevant MDAs should facilitate the establishment of 6 regional Industrial Parks and Tech
Incubation Centres to be located in partnership with a university in each of the 6 geo-political
zones for a start and ultimately in each state. These parks shall be, to a large extent, private
sector driven and only facilitated by government to limit bureaucracy. Government should
provide detailed incentives for companies that establish within the Industrial Parks and Tech
Incubation Centres, such as tax rebate, tax moratorium for a few years of establishment and
operation.

Performance Evaluation Criteria

The accreditation of the Engineering and Technology degree programme means a system
of recognising educational institutions (universities and programmes offered by them) for a
level of performance, integrity and quality which entitles them to the confidence of the
educational and professional community, the public they serve, and employers of labour and
services.

The objectives of the accreditation exercise are to:

1. ensure that at least the provisions of the minimum academic benchmark statements are
attained, maintained and enhanced;
2. assure employers and other members of the community that graduates of these
institutions have attained an acceptable level of competence in their areas of
specialisation; and
3. certify to the international community that the programmes offered in these universities
are of high standards and that their graduates are adequate for employment and for
further studies.

Engineering Design Project and Engineering Valuation

Engineering Project is mandatory for all engineering students, traditionally in their final year.
However, under the CCMAS, the need for emphasis on hands-on practical engagements and
industry collaboration is reflected in the new paradigm to commence the project in the 2nd
Semester of 400–Level to enable the student integrate the project with SIWES III and
develop a project concept that has industry contribution in its conceptipon and utility as part
of the industrial immersion, thereby enriching the practical content, industrial/society
relevance of the project. The intent is to ingrain in the student real-life engineering practice
in their project design, conception and management capabilities, as indicated in the course
content. Hence, GET 402: Engineering Project I is now commenced in the 2nd Semester of
400-level, along with the hands-on 2-unit GET 404: Engineering Valuation, which is also
taken simultaneously. Altogether, these innovations are to strengthen the professional and
practical competence of the Nigerian engineering graduates, hence their capability in
handling real-life challenges.

New
Engineering and Technology 34
B.Eng. Aerospace Engineering
Overview
The Aerospace Engineering curriculum provides a strong fundamental background
in Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics (STEM) along with the ability to apply
this fundamental knowledge to the analysis and design of future air- and space-
craft. Aerospace engineering curriculum spills into other tangential areas such as delivery of
medical equipment and medication to remote and often undulating landscapes. As far as
Nigeria is concerned, there is a need to invest in Aerospace industries for manufacturing of
aircraft standard parts with knowledge of software engineering and artificial intelligence.

Aerospace engineering also prepares students for lifelong learning and the attainment of their
career goals in the field of aerospace engineering and in a wide range of other areas where
the students can later man our Aerospace industries maintaining both quality, standards and
the ethics of the industry. By the necessity of the industry, there is a need to introduce the
concepts of system design early in the curriculum that will culminate in the yearlong senior
capstone design experience in some of the specific courses offered, in which students work in
teams to respond to a design challenge from industry, government, or a professional
engineering society. We suggest a total of 20 hours of technical and free electives which will
allow students pursue an individualized program of study be embarked upon.

Philosophy
The philosophy of the programme is to produce graduates with high academic standards and
adequate practical background who can contribute to the development and expansion of
Nigeria’s economy in aerospace and associated spin-off industries.

Objectives
The main objectives of the programme are to:
1. train and make graduates of the programme functional in the aerospace engineering
industry;
2. provide a broad-based training in aeronautical/astronautical engineering such that the
products of the program can perform effectively in design, analysis and project
management areas of the industry;
3. produce graduates that can easily be upgraded through postgraduate training to
undertake teaching and research in institutions of higher learning and undertake
consulting services in all aspects of the aeronautical and astronautical industries;
4. be capable of developing and contributing to a sound aerospace industry in Nigeria; and
5. generate knowledge into new technological possibilities through research and
development in order to improve technical services to the aerospace and automobile
industries.
Employability Skills
Graduates of Aerospace Engineering have several career industry-path options open to them
such as: Aircraft production and design; robotics and mechanical engineering; mechatronics,
rocket and missile designs; unmanned aerial vehicles (UAV); drones; air and space-based
telecommunication, aircraft maintenance; aviation management; research industries which
Nigeria must engage in; military service and other related technology-intensive fields.

New
Engineering and Technology 35
21st Century Skills
Aerospace in the present 21st century gets into communication and IT, functioning in the
metrological world, be comfortable in both civil and defense industries; capable of
development of skills necessary to improve the economy of scale, leading to nation building
and advancement of global economy. In addition to the basic scientific, engineering and
professional skills acquired, the aerospace engineer trained under this programme must have
and be able to apply 21st century skills such as:

1. problem-solving;
2. critical thinking;
3. leadership ability required for supervision of mechanical and aerospace projects;
4. high professional and ethical standards;
5. deep understanding of the social, political, and economic realities of different cultures,
countries, and indigenous peoples where he is going to function as the aerospace is
global;
6. ability to work effectively in interdisciplinary teams;
7. development and use of software packages for acquisition, interpreting and presenting
aviation related data, creating 3-D model of a full aircraft, missiles and rockets and be
able to participate in space related experiments; and
8. consulting expertise in services of global status in all specialisations of aerospace
engineering.

Unique Features of the Programme

This programme compares very well in content to similar programmes in other universities
around the world, some of which have been running Aerospace Engineering programme for
over a century and are top-ranking among institutions for higher learning worldwide. However,
unlike the programmes of some of those institutions which present partial knowledge in favour
of narrower specialisation of the profession, this curriculum presents a holistic body of
knowledge of the profession (the extractive industry) and yet allows for focus toward
specialisation and development of 21st century skills. NUC has refocused aerospace to practical
application instead of wholly theoretical, as it should. Thus, this new approach to aerospace
engineering will lead to products of this bachelor programme to fit competently into any area
of the aerospace engineering profession upon graduation.

Admission and Graduation Requirements

Admission Requirements

Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
1. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
2. Direct Entry (DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

For the five-year degree programme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must includes English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

Direct Entry Mode

For four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit passes
which must include English Language, Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry, candidates with
at least two passes in relevant subjects (Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry) at the GCE

New
Engineering and Technology 36
Advanced Level or IJMB or JUPEB may be considered for admission. Candidates who have
good National Diploma (ND) result in relevant Engineering Technology programmes may also
be considered for admission into 200 level. Holders of upper credit pass and above at Higher
National Diploma (HND) level, are eligible for consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:
1. Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of 150
and maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5–year engineering degree programme.
Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters.
2. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode shall have registered for a minimum
of 120 and a maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4–year engineering degree
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic semesters.
3. Candidates admitted through the Direct Entry mode at 300-Level shall have registered for
a minimum of 90 and a maximum of 120 units of courses during a 3–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of 6 academic
semesters.
4. The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units respectively.
5. A student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by the
university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.
6. A student shall also have earned the 11 credit units of Students Industrial Work Experience
Scheme (SIWES), 8 credit units of University General Study courses and 4 credit units of
Entrepreneurship courses.

For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered,
whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the
computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it
or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each and all
attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.

Prerequisite courses must be taken and passed before a particular course at a higher level.
Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME, 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 200Level
and 11 semesters in the case of students who entered at 300Level.
Global Course Structure
Year GST/ENT Basic GET AAE SIWES & Total
Science Courses Courses Engineering
Valuation
100 4 16 3 2 - 25
200 4 - 20 4 3 31
300 4 - 18 0 4 26
400 - - 02 09 6 17
500 - - 5 14 - 19
Total 12 16 50 29 13* 105

* All 11 SIWES units and 2 units of Engineering valuation courses are credited for GPA
computation in the 2nd Semester of the 400 Level, and not included in the CCMAS credit units.

New
Engineering and Technology 37
100 Level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 15 45
GST 112 Nigerian Peoples and Cultures 2 C 30 -
CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C 30 -
CHM 102 General Chemistry II 2 C 30 -
CHM 107 General Practical Chemistry I 1 C - 45
CHM 108 General Practical Chemistry II 1 C - 45
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 2 C 30 -
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C 30 -
PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C 30 -
PHY 103 General Physics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 107 General Practical Physics I 1 C - 45
PHY 108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45
GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C 15 -
GET 102 Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling 2 C 15 45
I
AAE 101 Introduction to Aerospace Engineering 2 C 30 -
Total 25

200 Level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence 2 C 30 -
ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and Innovation 2 C 30 -
GET 202 Engineering Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 204 Students Workshop Practice 2 C 15 45
GET 205 Fundamental of Fluid Mechanics 3 C 45 -
GET 206 Fundamentals of Thermodynamics 3 C 45 -
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 45 -
GET 210 Engineering Mathematics II 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing and Software Engineering 3 C 30 45
AAE 201 Introduction to Aerospace Systems 2 C 15 45
Engineering II
AAE 202 MATLAB Application to Aerospace 2 C 30 -
Engineering
AAE 204 Aircraft Flight Principle/Flight Mechanics 2 C 30 -
*GET 299 SIWES I : Students Industrial Work 3 C 9 weeks
Experience I
Total 31

* SIWES credited in 2nd Semeter of 400 Level; E - Elective

300 Level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GST 312 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 30 -

New
Engineering and Technology 38
 ENT 312 Venture Creation 2 C 15 45
GET 301 Engineering Mathematics III 3 C 45 -
GET 302 Engineering Mathematics IV 3 C 45 -
GET 304 Technical Writing and Communication 3 C 45 -
GET 305 Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics 3 C 45 -
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems and Technology 3 C 30 45
GET 307 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence & 3 C 45 -
Machine Learning and Convergent
Technologies
AAE 301 Aircraft Structural Materials and Fracture 2 C 30 -
AAE 302 Aerospace Technology Lab II 2 C 15 45
*GET 399 SIWES II: Students Work Experience 4 C 12 weeks
Scheme (12 Weeks)
Total 26

400 Level
Course Course Title Unit Status LH PH
Code
AAE 401 Aircraft/Spacecraft Conceptual Design (Group 2 C 30 -
Project)
AAE 403 Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing 2 C 30 -
AAE 405 Aircraft/Rocket Propulsion Technology 3 C 45 -
AAE 407 Aerodynamics Experiment Methods, 2 C - 90
Instrumentation and Propulsion Lab
GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 C 90
GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Costing 2 C 30
*GET 499 SIWES III: Students Work Experience Scheme 4 C 12 weeks
Total 17

SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

500 Level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GET 501 Engineering Project Management 3 C 45 -
GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -

New
Engineering and Technology 39
 AAE 501 Aircraft/Spacecraft Design 2 C - 90
AAE 503 Aerodynamics of V/STOL Aircraft 3 C 45
AAE 504 Aircraft Maintenance Management 2 C 15 45
AAE 505 Computational Fluid Mechanics and Mass 3 C 45
Transfer I
AAE 506 Engineering Project II 4 C 180
Total 19

Course Contents and Learning Outcomes

100 Level

GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.

Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology); English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations); major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional); grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality). Reading
and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking; reasoning
methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy, generalisation and
explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements. Writing activities,
pre-writing (brainstorming and outlining), writing (paragraphing, punctuation and expression),
post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing (summary, essays, letter, curriculum
vitae, report writing, note-making). Mechanics of writing. Information and Communication
Technology in modern language learning. Language skills for effective communication. The
art of public speaking.

GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;
2. identify and list the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
3. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political entity;
4. analyse the concepts of trade and economic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation to
national development;
5. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian state regarding nation building;
6. analyse the role of the judiciary in upholding fundamental human rights
7. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria; and
8. list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems.

New
Engineering and Technology 40
Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and cultures;
peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria; nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system; indigenous apprenticeship system among
Nigerian peoples; trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justice and national
development (definition and classification of law); Judiciary and fundamental rights.
Individuals, norms and values (basic Nigerian norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition; citizenship and civic responsibilities; indigenous languages, usage and
development; negative attitudes and conducts [Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices]). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3Rs – Reconstruction, Rehabilitation
and Re-orientation; re-orientation strategies: Operation Feed the Nation (OFN), Green
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline and Corruption (WAIC), Mass
Mobilization for Self-Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery (MAMSER), National
Orientation Agency (NOA). Current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria.

CHM 101: General Chemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. define atom, molecules and chemical reactions;
2. discuss the modern electronic theory of atoms;
3. write electronic configurations of elements on the periodic table;
4. rationalise the trends of atomic radii, ionisation energies, electronegativity of the elements,
based on their position in the periodic table;
5. identify and balance oxidation–reduction equation and solve redox titration problems;
6. draw shapes of simple molecules and hybridised orbitals;
7. identify the characteristics of acids, bases and salts, and solve problems based on their
quantitative relationship;
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using Le Chatelier’s principle to
predict the effect of concentration, pressure and temperature changes on equilibrium
mixtures;
9. analyse and perform calculations with the thermodynamic functions, enthalpy, entropy and
free energy; and
10.determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and temperature.

Course Contents
Atoms, molecules, elements and compounds, and chemical reactions. Modern electronic
theory of atoms. Electronic configuration, periodicity and building up of the periodic table.
Hybridisation and shapes of simple molecules. Valence forces; Structure of solids. Chemical
equations and stoichiometry; chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, kinetic theory of
matter. Elementary thermochemistry; rates of reaction, equilibrium and thermodynamics.
Acids, bases and salts. Properties of gases. Redox reactions and introduction to
electrochemistry. Radioactivity.

New
Engineering and Technology 41
CHM 102: General Chemistry II (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the importance and development of organic chemistry;
2. define fullerenes and its applications;
3. discuss electronic theory;
4. determine the qualitative and quantitative of structures in organic chemistry;
5. state rules guiding nomenclature and functional group classes of organic chemistry;
6. determine the rate of reaction to predict mechanisms of reaction;
7. identify classes of organic functional group with brief description of their chemistry;
8. discuss comparative chemistry of group 1A, IIA and IVA elements; and
9. describe basic properties of transition metals.

Course Contents
Historical survey of the development and importance of organic chemistry; fullerenes as fourth
allotrope of carbon, uses as nanotubules, nanostructures, nanochemistry. Electronic theory in
organic chemistry. Isolation and purification of organic compounds; determination of
structures of organic compounds including qualitative and quantitative analysis in organic
chemistry; nomenclature and functional group classes of organic compounds. Introductory
reaction mechanism and kinetics. Stereochemistry. The chemistry of alkanes, alkenes,
alkynes, alcohols, ethers, amines, alkyl halides, nitriles, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids
and derivatives. The chemistry of selected metals and non-metals. Comparative chemistry of
group IA, IIA and IVA elements. Introduction to transition metal chemistry.

CHM 107: General Practical Chemistry I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correct carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. state the differences between primary and secondary standards;
5. perform redox titration;
6. record observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions.

Course Contents
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.

CHM 108: General Practical Chemistry II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correctly carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. identify and carry out preliminary tests which include ignition, boiling point, melting point,
test on known and unknown organic compounds;

New
Engineering and Technology 42
5. carry out solubility tests on known and unknown organic compounds;
6. carry out elemental tests on known and unknown compounds; and
7. carry out functional group/confirmatory test on known and unknown compounds which
could be acidic/basic/ neutral organic compounds.

Course Contents
Continuation of CHM 107. Additional laboratory experiments to include functional group
analysis, quantitative analysis using volumetric methods.

MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:
1. define and explain set, subset, union, intersection, complements, and demonstrate the
use of Venn diagrams;
2. solve quadratic equations;
3. solve trigonometric functions;
4. identify various types of numbers; and
5. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers. Mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.

MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
2. recognise and understand the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and
continuity;
3. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes;
4. solve function of a real variable, plot relevant graphs, identify limits and idea of continuity;
5. identify the derivative as limit of rate of change;
6. identify techniques of differentiation and perform extreme curve sketching;
7. identify integration as an inverse of differentiation;
8. identify methods of integration and definite integrals; and
9. perform integration application to areas, volumes.

Course Contents
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative, as limit of
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve sketching,
integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes (including
approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule).

PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes

New
Engineering and Technology 43
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular momentum;
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

Course Contents
Space and time; units and dimension, vectors and scalars, differentiation of vectors:
displacement, velocity and acceleration; kinematics; Newton’s laws of motion (inertial frames,
impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation); relative motion; application
of Newtonian mechanics; equations of motion; conservation principles in physics,
conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy, system of particles, centre of mass; rotational motion; torque, vector product,
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum. Polar coordinates; conservation
of angular momentum; circular motion; moments of inertia, gyroscopes and precession;
gravitation: Newton’s law of gravitation, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion, gravitational
potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits.

PHY 103: General Physics III (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing macroscopic
behaviour;
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Contents
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.

PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes

New
Engineering and Technology 44
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Contents
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity, etc. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis
should be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data
collection, analysis, and deduction.

PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs;
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.

Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction.

GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs); and
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.

Course Contents
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.

New
Engineering and Technology 45
GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple everyday and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength and cost;
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical and
other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the analytical
nature of the courses they take; and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.

Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete terms.
Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3D objects.
Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and perspectives.
Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection and rendering.
This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid works, solid edge
or equivalent.

AAE 101: Introduction to Aerospace Engineering (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. use and incorporate fundamental principles from mathematics, basic science and
physics, and computer science to solve general fundamental problems associated with
the broad field of aerospace systems;
2. appreciate the various interconnected and interrelated disciplines of the aeronautic or
space track within the department;
3. apply the fundamental principles and concepts of engineering to formulate one or more
approaches or models to a new problem and to suggest solutions or solution procedures
to solve the problem; and
4. communicate knowledge and understanding in written reports and oral presentations.

Course Contents
This course introduces new Aerospace Engineering students to the field of AE and to the
curriculum. An overview of aerospace engineering from a design perspective. Job role for
maintenance staff. Training opportunities and job progression. Introductory aerodynamics,
lift, drag and the standard atmosphere. Aircraft performance. History of aviation,
meteorology and astronomy.
200 Level

GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)

New
Engineering and Technology 46
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge; and
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.

Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding.

ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence;
4. engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
5. identify key elements in innovation;
6. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
7. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
8. state the basic principles of e-commerce.

Course Contents
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).

New
Engineering and Technology 47
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.

GET 202: Engineering Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to :
1. demonstrate the role of atoms and molecules (aggregates of atoms) in the building of
solid/condensed matter known as engineering materials, the electrons quantum numbers
and how the electrons are arranged in different atomic elements, and explain the role of
electronic configuration and valence electrons in bonding;
2. define metals, alloys and metalloids, demonstrate mental picture of the solid mineral
resources development as a relay race among four ‘athletes’: geologist, mining engineer,
mineral processing technologist, process metallurgical engineer, and classify metallurgical
engineering into 3Ps: process, physical and production;
3. explain the relationship between structure and properties of materials, characteristics,
components and compositions of phase diagrams and phase transformations of solid
solutions;
4. define ceramics, glass and constituents of glasses and understand application of ceramics
in mining, building, art and craft industries;
5. define and classify polymers as a class of engineering materials and polymeric materials,
demonstrate polymerisation reactions, their types and mechanism, and applications of
polymers;
6. define properties, types and application of composite materials and fibres (synthetic and
natural);
7. define and classify nanomaterials, demonstrate applications of nanomaterials, concept,
design and classification of fracture mechanics, corrosion classification, including the five
principal ways of controlling corrosion and metal finishing processes such as sherardising,
galvanising and anodizing; and
8. identify factors affecting the performance and service life of engineering
materials/metals and metallography of metals/materials (materials anatomy), which
enables metallurgical and materials engineers to prescribe appropriate solutions to test
metals/materials fitness in service through structure-property-application relationships.

Course Contents
Basic material science; atomic structure, atomic bonding and crystal structures. Engineering
materials situating metals and alloys; metals and alloys, classifications of metals, metal
extraction processes using iron and steel (ferrous) and aluminium (nonferrous) as examples,
phase diagrams/iron carbon diagrams, and mechanical workings of metals. Selection and
applications of metals and alloys for specific applications in oil, aerospace, construction,
manufacturing and transportation industries, among others. Ceramics (including glass);
definition, properties, structure and classifications of ceramics. Bioactive and glass – ceramics.
Toughing mechanism for ceramics. Polymers; definition of polymers as engineering materials,
chemistry of polymeric materials, polymer crystallisation, polymer degradation and aging.
Thermoplastic and thermosetting polymers and concepts of copolymers and homopolymers.
Composites; definition, classification, characterisation, properties and composite. Applications
of composites. Nanomaterials; definition, classification and applications of nanomaterials as
emerging technology. Processing of nanomaterials including mechanical grinding, wet
chemical synthesis, gas phase synthesis, sputtered plasma processing, microwave plasma

New
Engineering and Technology 48
processing and laser ablation. Integrity assessment of engineering materials; effect of
engineering design, engineering materials processing, selection, manufacturing and
assembling on the performance and service life of engineering materials. Metallography and
fractography of materials. Mechanical testing (destructive testing) of materials such as
compressive test, tensile test, hardness test, impact test, endurance limit and fatigue test.
Non-destructive test (NDT) such as dye penetrant, X-ray and eddy current.

GET 204: Students Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify various basic hands and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement devices
and instruments, and acquire skills in their effective use and maintenance;
2. practically apply basic engineering technologies, including metrology, casting, metal
forming and joining, materials removal, machine tooling (classification, cutting tool action,
cutting forces, non-cutting production) and CNC machining technology;
3. master workshop and industrial safety practices, accident prevention and ergonomics;
4. physically recognise different electrical & electronic components like resistances,
inductances, capacitances, diodes, transistors and their ratings;
5. connect electric circuits, understand different wiring schemes, and check ratings of
common household electrical appliances and their basic maintenance; and
6. determine household and industrial energy consumption, and understand practical energy
conservation measures.

Course Contents
The course comprises general, mechanical and electrical components: supervised hands-on
experience in safe usage of tools and machines for selected tasks; Use of measuring
instruments (calipers, micrometers, gauges, sine bar, wood planners, saws, sanders, and
pattern making). Machine shop: lathe work shaping, milling, grinding, reaming, metal
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry
practice.Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting
processes. Metal forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging, press-
tool work, spinning, etc.). Metal joining processes(welding, brazing and soldering). Heat
treatment. Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory of
metal cutting. Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines.
Supervised identification, use and care of various electrical and electronic components such
as resistors, inductors, capacitors, diodes and transistors. Exposure to different electric
circuits, wiring schemes, analogue and digital electrical and electronic measurements.
Household and industrial energy consumption measurements. Practical energy conservation
principles.

GET 205: Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to
1. explain the properties of fluids;
2. determine forces in static fluids and fluids in motion;
3. determine whether a floating body will be stable;
4. determine the effect of various pipe fittings (valves, orifices, bends and elbows) on fluid
flow in pipes;
5. measure flow parameters with venturi meters, orifice meters, weirs;
6. perform calculations based on principles of mass, momentum and energy conservation;

New
Engineering and Technology 49
7. perform dimensional analysis and simple fluid modelling problems; and
8. specify the type and capacity of pumps and turbines for engineering applications

Course Contents
Fluid properties, hydrostatics, fluid dynamics using principles of mass, momentum and energy
conservation from a control volume approach. Flow measurements in pipes, dimensional
analysis, and similitude, 2-dimensional flows. Hydropower systems.

GET 206: Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe basic concepts of thermodynamics, quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second
and third laws;
2. define and explain system, surrounding, closed and open system, control volume and
control mass, extensive and intensive properties;
3. calculate absolute and gage pressure, and absolute temperature, calculate changes in
kinetic, potential, enthalpy and internal energy;
4. evaluate the properties of pure substances i.e. evaluate the state of the pure substances
such as compressed liquid, saturated liquid-vapour mixture and superheated vapour using
property diagrams and tables; arrange the ideal and real gas equations of state,
5. formulate the first law of thermodynamics for a closed system i.e. organize the change in
energy in the closed systems via heat and work transfer;
6. distinguish heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation, and calculate the
amount of heat energy transferred;
7. calculate the changes in moving boundary work, spring work, electrical work and shaft
work in closed systems;
8. apply the first law of thermodynamics for closed systems and construct conservation of
mass and energy equations;
9. formulate the first law of thermodynamics to the open systems i.e. describe steady-flow
open system, apply the first law of thermodynamics to the nozzles, diffusers, turbines,
compressors, throttling valves, mixing chambers, heat exchangers, pipe and duct flow;
10. construct energy and mass balance for unsteady-flow processes;
11. evaluate thermodynamic applications using second law of thermodynamics;
12. calculate thermal efficiency and coefficient of performance for heat engine, refrigerators
and heat pumps; and
13. restate perpetual-motion machines, reversible and irreversible processes.

Course Contents
Basic concepts, definitions and laws (quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second and third
laws of thermodynamics). Properties of pure substances: the two-property rule (P-V-T
behaviour of pure substances and perfect gases); state diagrams. The principle of
corresponding state; compressibility relations; reduced pressure; reduced volume;
temperature; pseudo-critical constants. The ideal gas: specific heat, polytropic processes.
Ideal gas cycles; Carnot; thermodynamic cycles, turbines, steam and gas, refrigeration. The
first law of thermodynamics – heat and work, applications to open and closed systems. The
steady flow energy equation (Bernoulli’s equation) and application. Second law of
thermodynamics, heat cycles and efficiencies.
GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 50
1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and Green’s
theorem;
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical model
of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation, etc., as well as fourier series, initial conditions and its
applications to different engineering processes

Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.

GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);
2. explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically solve
a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types;
3. numerically solve differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;
4. perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,
curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of
several variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;
5. solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex numbers;
6. apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations
and of results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the theory
of conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
7. evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.

Course Contents
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and
vector-valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary
complex analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity. Derivatives,
differentiation rules and differentiation of integrals. Cauchy-Riemann equation, harmonic
functions, basic theory of conformal mapping, transformation and mapping and its
applications to engineering problems. Special functions.

GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes

New
Engineering and Technology 51
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project
through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas.

Course Contents
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.

GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.

Course Contents
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or
special centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant
practical/industrial working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major.
The students are exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance
of tools, equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production
of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation (8-10 weeks during the long
vacation following 200 level).

NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of programme-specific

activities for their students.

AAE 201: Introduction to Aerospace Systems Engineering

New
Engineering and Technology 52
 (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Design and conducts experiment;
2. Analyse and interpret data;
3. design system, component or process to meet needs;
4. function on multi-disciplinary systems design teams;
5. identify, formulate and solve aerospace engineering problems;
6. demonstrate understanding of the priciples of aircraft performance, stability, control,
propulsion and rocket/spacecraft trajectories and orbits; and
7. employ techniques, skills and tools in aerospace engineering practice.

Course Contents
Overview of aerospace engineering from a design and systems perspective. Introductory
aerodynamics, lift, drag and the standard atmosphere. Aircraft performance, stability and
control. Propulsion. Structures. Rocket and spacecraft trajectories and orbits.

AAE 202: MATLAB Applications to Aerospace Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. use MATLAB as a calculator both for scalars and matrices;
2. use elementary functions and define variables, and construct simple scripts and functions;
3. use control structures (if-statements, for- and while-loops) in simple examples;
4. visualise the results of computations and data sets by self-explaining graphics; and
5. use the help system to learn new functions.

Course Contents
The name MATLAB is an acronym for MATrix LABoratory. MATLAB was written originally to
provide easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK (linear system package)
and EISPACK (Eigen system package) projects. MATLAB integrates computation,
visualisation, programing environment and it has sophisticated data structures, contains
built-in editing and debugging tools, and supports object-oriented programming. These
factors make MATLAB an excellent tool for teaching and research. MATLAB has many
advantages compared to conventional computer languages such as C, FORTRAN which are
employed for solving technical problems. It is also an interactive system whose basic data
element is an array that does not require dimensioning. Engineering students in our
universities can use the software package as a standard tool to meet the 21st century
industry worldwide needs. Students will use MATLAB’s powerful built-in routines that are
cable of enabling a very wide variety of computations and easy-to-use graphic commands
capable of making the visualisation of results immediately available. Students need to be
conversant with the toolboxes required for signal processing, symbolic computation, control
theory, simulation, optimisation and several other fields of applied science and engineering.

AAE 204: Aircraft Flight Principle/Flight Mechanics (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. discuss kinematics and dynamics of a 3D rigid body;
2. formulate and provide numerical solution of flight dynamics equations of motion;
3. explain the concepts of static and dynamic stability of aerospace systems;

New
Engineering and Technology 53
4. locate of the elastic axis vs aerodynamic center;
5. explain the concepts of divergence and stability with a single DOF model;
6. highlight sweep effects;
7. explain the concept of flutter with a pitch/plunge model; and
8. manage relevant applications to aerospace systems.

Course Contents
An introduction to airplane flight mechanics. Airframe anatomy. Engine anatomy. Equations
of motion. Trajectory analysis. Stability and control. Aircraft sizing and simulation. 3DOF
equations of motion: Assumptions and coordinate systems; kinematic equations; dynamic
equations; weight equation; discussion of 3DOF equations; quasi-steady flight; three-
dimensional flight; flight over a spherical earth; and flight in a moving atmosphere.
Atmosphere: standard atmosphere and exponential atmosphere.

300 Level

GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in peace
building.

Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes and others. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,
community leaders and others). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict
dynamics assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework:
Concepts of Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace
mediation and peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local
levels). Agents of conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution
and Imperatives. Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation,
collaboration). The roles of international organizations in conflict resolution ((a) The United
Nations, UN and its conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council
(c) ECOWAS in peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building.
Managing post-conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs);the
role of NGOs in post-conflict situations/crises.

ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes

New
Engineering and Technology 54
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
1. describe the key steps in venture creation;
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.

Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy. Digital business and e-commerce strategies).

GET 301: Engineering Mathematics III (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate a clear understanding of the course content, that is, possess a breadth of
knowledge in the area covered;
2. possess an in-depth knowledge upon which a solid foundation can be built in order to
demonstrate a depth of understanding in advanced mathematical topics;
3. develop simple algorithms and use computational proficiency;
4. write simple proofs for theorems and their applications; and
5. communicate the acquired mathematical knowledge effectively in speech, writing and
collaborative groups..

Course Contents
Linear Algebra. Elements of Matrices, Determinants, Inverses of Matrices. Theory of Linear
Equations. Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors. Analytical Geometry. Coordinate Transformation.
Solid Geometry. Polar, cylindrical and spherical coordinates. Elements of functions of several
variables. Surface Variables. Ordinary Integrals. Evaluation of Double Integrals, Triple
Integrals, Line Integrals and Surface Integrals. Derivation and Integrals of Vectors. The
gradient of scalar quantities. Flux of Vectors. The curl of a vector field, Gauss, Greens and

New
Engineering and Technology 55
Stoke’s theorems and applications. Singular Valued Functions. Multivalued Functions.
Analytical Functions. Cauchy Riemann’s Equations. Singularities and Zeroes. Contour
Integration including the use of Cauchy’s Integral Theorems. Bilinear transformation.

GET 302: Engineering Mathematics IV (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve second order differential equations;
2. solve partial differential equations;
3. solve linear integral equations;
4. relate integral transforms to solution of differential and integral equations;
5. explain and apply interpolation formulas; and
6. apply Runge-Kutta and other similar methods in solving ODE and PDEs.

Course Contents
Series solution of second order linear differential equations with variable coefficients. Bessel
and Legendre equations. Equations with variable coefficients. Sturm-Liouville boundary value
problems. Solutions of equations in two and three dimensions by separation of variables. Eigen
value problems. Use of operations in the solution of partial differential equations and Linear
integral equations. Integral transforms and their inverse including Fourier, Laplace, Mellin and
Handel Transforms. Convolution integrals and Hilbert Transforms. Calculus of finite
differences. Interpolation formulae. Finite difference equations. RungeKutta and other
methods in the solutions of ODE and PDEs. Numerical integration and differentiation.

GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.
Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis and structure Fog Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A,B,C,D,E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills(steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports(competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and

New
Engineering and Technology 56
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.

GET 305: Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. work with data from the point of view of knowledge convergence, machine learning, and
intelligence augmentation, which significantly raises their standard for engineering
analysis (the approach forces them to learn statistics in an actionable way that helps them
to see the holistic importance of data analytics in modern engineering and technology);
2. anticipate the future with Artificial Intelligence while fulfilling the basic requirements of
conventional engineering statistical programming consistent with their future careers;
3. perform, with proficiency, statistical inference tasks with language or programming
toolboxes such as R, Python, Mathematica or MATLAB, and Design Expert to summarise
analysis and interpretation of industry engineering data, and make appropriate conclusions
based on such experimental and/or real-life industrial data;
4. construct appropriate graphical displays of data and highlight the roles of such displays in
data analysis, particularly the use of statistical software packages;
5. plan and execute experimental programmes to determine the performance of programme-
relevant industrial engineering systems, and evaluate the accuracy of the measurements
undertaken; and
6. demonstrate mastery of data analytics and statistical concepts by communicating the
results of experimental and industry-case investigations, critically reasoned scientific and
professional analysis through written and oral presentation.

Course Contents
Descriptive statistics, frequency distribution, populations and sample, central tendency,
variance data sampling, mean, median, mode, mean deviation, percentiles and many others.
Probability. Binomial, Poisson hyper-geometric, normal distributions. Statistical inference
intervals, test hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big
data analytics and cloud computing applications. Introduction to the R language; R as a
calculator; Vectors, matrices, factors, data frames and other R collections. Iteration and
looping control structures. Conditionals and other controls. Designing, using and extending
functions. The Apply Family. Statistical modelling and inference in R.
GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the types, uses and advantages of renewable energy in relation to climate change;
2. design for use the various renewable energy systems;
3. recognise and analyse the current energy systems in Nigeria, their impacts on
development and the global energy demand and supply scenarios;
4. appreciate the environmental impact of energy exploitation and utilisation, and pursue the
sustainable development of renewable energy for various applications; and
5. recognise the exploitation, excavation, production, and processing of fossil fuels such as
coal, petroleum and natural gas, and discuss the sources, technology and contribution to
future energy demands of renewable energy.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 57
Current and potential future energy systems in Nigeria and globally - resources, extraction,
concepts in energy conversion systems; parallels and differences in various conversion
systems and end-use technologies, with emphasis on meeting 21st-century national, regional
and global energy needs in a sustainable manner. Various energy technologies in each fuel
cycle stage for fossil (oil, gas, synthetic), nuclear (fission and fusion) and renewable (solar,
biomass, wind, hydro, and geothermal). Energy types, storage, transmission and
conservation. Analysis of energy mixes within an engineering, economic and social context.
Sustainable energy; emphasise sustainability in general and in the overall concept of
sustainable development and the link this has with sustainable energy as the fundamental
benefit of renewable energy.

Practical Contents
Simple measurement of solar radiation, bomb calorimeter determination of calorific value of
fuels and biomass; measurement of the velocity of wind, waves and the energy that abound
in them; laboratory production of biogas and determination of energy available in it; simple
conversion of solar energy to electricity; transesterification of edible oil into biodiesel;
simulation of geothermal energy; Geiger-Muller or Scintillation Counters’ determination of
uranium or thorium energy; simple solid or salt storage of energy; hybrid application of
renewable energy.

GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and Convergent

Technologies (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:
1. explain the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications and effects of artificial
intelligence;
2. explain the fundamental concepts of machine learning, deep learning and convergent
technologies;
3. demonstrate the difference between supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised
learning;
4. demonstrate proficiency in machine learning workflow and how to implement the steps
effectively;
5. explain natural languages, knowledge representation, expert systems and pattern
recognition;
6. describe distributed systems, data and information security and intelligent web
technologies;
7. explain the concept of big data analytics, purpose of studying it, issues that can arise with
a data set and the importance of properly preparing data prior to a machine learning
exercise; and
8. explain the concepts, characteristics, models and benefits, key security and compliance
challenges of cloud computing.

Course Contents
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence paradigms;
search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired algorithms – such
as their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding natural
languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation, mathematical and logic
foundations of AI; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition; distributed
systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent technologies

New
Engineering and Technology 58
– definition, significance and engineering applications. Neural networks and deep learning.
Introduction to python AI libraries.

AAE 301: Aircraft Structural Materials and Fracture (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate knowledge of modern aerospace structural materials and their selection for
various aircraft components;
2. exhibit ability to use engineering science tools such as advanced mathematics and stress
analysis;
3. show ability to perform stress and deformation analysis on common structural forms
found on aerospace structures;
4. demonstrate knowledge of failure criteria for engineering materials; and
5. ahow ability to design simple aerospace structures to support mechanical loads.

Course Contents
General concepts of stress and strain. One, two- and three-dimensional stress and strain.
Elastic deformation of metals: principles of stresses and strains in metals. Complex stresses
on two planes at right angles. Mohr’s circle. Principal stresses and strains. Maximum shear
stresses. Distortion energy and yield criteria. Application of Mohr’s circle for analysis of stress
and strain. Tensor analysis of stresses and strains. Tensile response of materials; simple
tensile and shear structures.Introduction to mechanical properties of materials commonly
used in the aircraft structures, materials failure and structure inspections. Properties of
aluminum alloys, titanium steels, composite materials, fractures, fatigues, corrosions and
NDT. At the end of the course, students are expected to have basic knowledge on choosing
materials for aircraft structures.

AAE 302: Aerospace Technology Lab II (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to function and set up the following
laboratories:
1. Computational aerodynamic;
2. Aircraft stability and control;
3. Aircraft systems;
4. Aircraft structures;
5. Fluid mechanic and combustion; and
6. Strength of materials.

Course Contents
Experiments in measurement systems, aerodynamics, aerospace structures, dynamics and
control, propulsion, cockpit layout, flight simulator, technical report writing and
presentations.

GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience Scheme II (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three softwares in their chosen career choices;
2. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;

New
Engineering and Technology 59
3. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;
4. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work;
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers; and
7. write a general report at the end of the training.

The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work
experience i.e. 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged
in the more advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use
in the industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a
report at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and
encouraged to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities
and experiences to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits
include:

Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine

operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts,
gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, andwooden furniture making processes.

Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solidworks: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with SolidWorks, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solidWorks drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, IBM SPSS.

A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project.

Examples of projects should include the following:

a. design of machine components;
b. product design and innovation;
c. part modelling and drafting in solidworks; and
d. technical report writing.

400 Level

GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units C: PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 60
1. complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme; and
2. demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.

Course Contents
In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies;
2. describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to
the society;
3. demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices;
4. prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review;
5. discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation; and
6. determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

Course Content
Objectives of valuation work/ valuer's primary duty and responsibility. Valuer's obligation to
his or her client, to other valuers, and to the society. Valuation methods and practices.
Valuation reports. Expert witnessing. Ethics in valuation. Valuation standards. Price, cost and
value. Depreciation and obsolescence. Valuation terminology. Real asset valuation; personal
asset valuation. Machinery and equipment valuation. Oil and gas facilities valuation. Mines
and quarries valuation. Appraisal reporting and review.

AAE 401: Aircraft / Spacecraft Conceptual Design I (Group Project)

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate good understanding of aircraft design and the role of knowledge-based
engineering, so that a good overall picture is obtained and a sound engineering approach
to developing new designs linked to industrial operations is developed, through experience
of a realistic design project.

Course Contents
Introduction to the principles and techniques of aircraft design. Design methodology.
Preliminary design: Problem definition; information retrieval; aircraft requirements;
configuration options; initial baseline sizing; baseline evaluation; refining the initial layout;

New
Engineering and Technology 61
refined baseline design; parametric and trade studies; final baseline configuration and type
specification. Case studies. Prerequisite(s) or Concurrent(s): AAE 321, AAE 312, AAE 351 or
consent of instructor.

AAE 403: Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. take active role in product design and development process as well as prototyping;
2. model 3D part and assemblies using solidworks programme;
3. analyze the part design using one of the computational methods (e.g. stress analysis);
and
4. demonstrate understanding of the concepts of computer-aided manufacturing and a
number of applied associated processes.

Course Contents
Computer aided manufacturing: operation and sequence, planning, machine definition, NC
sequences and post processing. Finite element analysis: mesh types, constraints, loads,
processing and interpretation of results. Data transfer. Manufacturing techniques. Maximum
metal conditions, limits, and fits – MMC, BC 308 conventions, assembly drawings and parts
list. Computer aided design: production drawings created from 2D and 3D CAD systems
covering solid and surface modelling, mass properties, finite element analysis, rapid
prototyping and computer aided manufacturing software.

AAE 405: Aircraft/Rocket Propulsion Technology (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. make design choices between jet and rocket propulsion systems based on performance
issues;
2. calculate energy release such as adiabatic flame temperatures and equilibrium
composition of gases at known temperature and pressure;
3. analyse the thermodynamic performance of jet engine cycles and compute relevant
performance parameters;
4. perform and report preliminary design calculations to size jet engines to meet specific
performance goals;
5. analyze the thermodynamic performance of simple chemical and electrical rocket cycles
and compute relevant performance parameters; and
6. characterise the performance and operating/design constraints for inlets, compressors,
combustors, turbines and nozzles.

Course Contents
The theories and principles of jet and rocket propulsion. Thermodynamic cycles. The
mechanics and thermodynamics of combustion. Turbine engine and rocket performance
characteristics. Component and cycle analysis of jet engines and turbomachinery.

AAE 407: Aerodynamics Experiment Methods, Instrumentation and Propulsion

Lab (2 Units C: PH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe the applications of the fundamental principles taught in aerodynamics courses;

New
Engineering and Technology 62
2. exhibit basic knowledge related to experimental aerodynamics and measurements
techniques;
3. become proficient in the use of basic equipment representative of aerospace engineering
practice;
4. explain how to design experiments and how to conduct experiments;
5. discuss how to analyse and evaluate experimental data;
6. write good laboratory reports;
7. gain more laboratory experiences to get “hands-on” lab training; and
8. gain experiences to promote the spirit of team-work among the engineering students.

Course Contents
The laboratories introduce undergraduate students to experimental methods in
aerodynamics and propulsion. Experiments include subsonic wind tunnel tests of the forces
and pressures on aircraft models, wings, cylinders, spheres and spheroids. They also include
design and execution of flat plate boundary layer measurement as a team effort. Gas turbine
engine teaching kits are used to illustrate the principles of propulsion. Introductory topics
include: wind tunnel design and layout; measurement principles for subsonic and supersonic
flows. Prerequisite(s) or Concurrent(s): AAE 308, AAE 430 or consent of instructor.

GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:
1. be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
2. bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work
methods and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways
of safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;
3. experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work and
the environment seamlessly,and expose them to contacts for eventual job placements
after graduation;
4. be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place
of engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them;
and
5. exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.

Course Contents
On- the -job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not
necessarily limited to the student’s major (12 weeks from the end of the first semester at
400-Level to the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second
semester at 400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a
programme related industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc, for a period of 6
months under the guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised
by an academic staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits
the completed Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also, there will be a
comprehensive report covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences
(GET 299, GET 399 and GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department
for overall assessment.

500 Level

New
Engineering and Technology 63
GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
4. possess the skills needed for project management; and
5. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.

Course Contents
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons – functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.
Project planning, control and timeliness;decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.

GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions;
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications; and
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principles undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically
present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an
expert witness.

Course Contents
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication

New
Engineering and Technology 64
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.
Termination/ancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.

AAE 501: Aircraft/Spacecraft Design (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. provide senior engineering students a capstone experience in spacecraft design;
2. offer an opportunity for going beyond a paper product (design report) into actual
manufacturing and launching of microsatellites;
3. develop creative abilities in solving open-ended, spacecraft design problems;
4. develop an appreciation of the interrelationships between aerodynamics, propulsion,
structures, flight mechanics, stability & control, manufacturing, maintenance and cost in
an integrated spacecraft design;
5. develop students' engineering judgment as well as their confidence in making and
accepting responsibility for design decisions;
6. develop students' oral and written communication skills, necessary to describe the
assumptions, methods, and results of engineering analysis, synthesis and decision- making
associated with spacecraft design;
7. be aware of the importance of teamwork in the design of a spacecraft and provide them
with an opportunity to develop team and leadership skills;
8. be aware of their professional and ethical responsibilities as practicing engineers; and
9. discuss the role of identity, equality, social actions and culture in aerospace
10. engineering practice (Integration of area S and engineering).

Course Contents
Introduction to the principles and techniques of the detailed design of the constituent
subsystems and related support systems for an aircraft/spacecraft. Aircraft/spacecraft
systems engineering: aircraft/spacecraft programme phases; system engineering
techniques; design drivers; trade-offs and budgets. Reliability analysis. Case studies.
Prerequisite(s) or concurrent(s): AAE 401, AAE 407 or consent of instructor.

AAE 503: Aerodynamics of V/STOL Aircraft (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. discuss the fundamentals of rotor aerodynamics;
2. explain blade element analysis;
3. discuss blade motion and rotor control;
4. describe basic helicopter performance;
5. describe the conceptual design of helicopters; and
6. explain unsteady aerodynamics, dynamic stall and rotor akes.

Course Contents
Introduction to rotary wing aircrafts: Vertical take-off and landing aircraft and short take-off
and landing aircraft. The course includes elaborate discussion on helicopter aerodynamics.

New
Engineering and Technology 65
Rotor in vertical flight: momentum theory and wake analysis. Rotor in vertical flight: blade
element theory. Rotor mechanisms for forward flight. Rotor aerodynamics in forward flight.
Rotor aerodynamic design. Prerequisite(s) or concurrent(s): AAE 321, AAE 312 or consent
of instructor.

AAE 504: Aircraft Maintenance Management (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. be competent in aeronautics, airframe and powerplant, aircraft instruments,
communication and navigation systems, aircraft manufacturing techniques and operation,
component repair and replacement, advanced maintenance and troubleshooting;
2. have knowledge of laboratory and on-the-job training and apprenticeship experiences
associated with aircraft engineering technology, construction, operation, maintenance,
repair and overhaul of aircraft systems and components;
3. have the basic knowledge and skills necessary to pursue technical and professional careers
in aviation industry; and
4. have leadership and membership opportunities associated with appropriate professional
organisations.

Course Contents
Maintenance program: requirement and purpose of maintenance. Maintenance review board
and MSG-2 and logic applied to aircraft system, power plant and structures, hard-time, on-
condition and condition monitored maintenance. Data collection, component history and
statistical information sources. Reporting procedures, occurrence reporting and corrective
action methodology. Minimum equipment list and acceptable deferred defects. Production
of maintenance schedules and programmes. Aircraft maintenance and reliability:
airworthiness requirements and documentation. Safety standards and safety assessment,
including reliability assessment. Failure modes and failure analysis. Reliability mathematics
directly associated with aircraft maintenance. Predicting system, engine and structural
reliability and effect on reliability of scheduling: maintenance facilities. Provisioning and
supply systems. Maintenance task, task development and analysis, downtime, repair,
replacement, rectification and modification. Use of project planning methods such as CPM,
PERT and computer programs to allocate timely physical and human resources. Special
considerations when planning and scheduling maintenance for geriatric aircraft.
Technological aids to maintenance. Future of aircraft maintenance, third party maintenance
and whole life maintenance packages. Human factors in aircraft maintenance: effect on
maintenance planning of human performance and limitations. Analysing human errors in
aircraft management, case studies and safety considerations. Investigation of the SHEL and
reason models of human interaction. Production of a management plan designed to limit
human error in the execution of aircraft maintenance activities.

AAE 505: Computational Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. derive and demonstrate understanding of the physics of the theoretical relations in heat
transfer;
2. use the simplified engineering solution methods that are used in heat transfer in order to
make a quick approximation of the heat transfer for academic and industrial applications;

New
Engineering and Technology 66
3. use numerical solution methods for heat transfer in order to make a detailed approximation
of the heat transfer for academic and industrial applications, and to gain a physical
understanding of how heat transfer occurs;
4. analyse and compare the results from different solution methods and make a quick
judgment of the validity of the results;
5. explain how the theory describes the flow and temperature distributions in academic and
industrial applications;
6. do project work;
7. make an oral presentation;
8. write a good report; and
9. use a mesh generation code and a CFD code.

Course Contents
Finite difference method, error and stability analysis. Applications to model equations and
further developments: matrix methods, etc. Prerequisite(s) or concurrent(s): AAE 466, AAE
587 or consent of instructor.

Minimum Academic Standards

Equipment
The department must have adequate office accommodation for all the staff and
laboratory/workshop for practical work. Some of the lecture spaces, auditoriums, drawing
rooms, laboratories and workshop are shared with other departments.

Laboratories and Workshops

The department should meet the required minimum laboratory/workshop for the program such as:
1. Material testing laboratory
2. Thermodynamics/fluid laboratory
3. Metrology laboratory
4. General workshop
5. Solid mechanics laboratory
6. Computational fluid dynamic laboratory
7. Automobile workshop
8. Foundry workshop
9. Drawing room

Laboratory equipment required for AAE department

S/N Description of Equipment

Aerodynamics Laboratory
1. Open air wind tunnel
2. Modular airflow bench
3. Embedded electronic development boards

Thermo-Fluids Laboratory
4. Free and forced vortex apparatus
5. Loss-in-piping system apparatus

New
Engineering and Technology 67
6. Hydraulic flow bench
7. Linear heat transfer conduction apparatus
8. Small engine test set
9. Refrigeration and air-conditioning training kit
10. Flat plate solar energy collector with data acquisition accessories
11. Focusing (curved plate) solar energy collector with data acquisition accessories
12. Tubular heat exchanger
13. Plate heat exchanger
14. Flow meter calibration
15. Modified 4-stroke diesel engine
16. 4-stroke petrol engine
17. VDAS (Bench mounted version)
18. Thermal expansion apparatus
19. Thermal conductivity apparatus
20. Francis turbine(H18)
21. Computer-based thermal expansion
22. Thermal radiation system
23. Ideal gas law apparatus
24. Venturimeter
25. Ideal gas law stirling
26. Adiabatic gas law apparatus
27. Reynolds apparatus
28. Halogen lamp
29. Stirling engine
30. Drop wise and film wise condensation
31. Centrifugal pump
32 Pelton turbine
33. Hand manual pump
34. Orifice
35. Compressor igniter
36. Exhaust gas analyser

Material Testing Laboratory

37. Lesker Nano 36 thermal vacuum deposition system for thin film fabrication
38. Laurell spin-coater
39. Electro-spinner

New
Engineering and Technology 68
40. Furnace
41. UV-Vis-NIR spectrophotometer (for solid & liquid samples)
42. Scanning electron microscope
43. Instron testing machine
44. Magnetic stirrer
45. Microscopes (fluorescence & inverted microscope)
46. Environment chamber
47. Fume cupboard
48. Ultrasonicator
49. Water bath

General Aeronautical and Astronautical Workshop

50. Lathe machines
51. Drilling and milling machines
52. Grinding machines
53. Worktables
54. Vice, toolboxes
55. Rotary furnace
56. Crusher
57. Heat resistance electric furnace
58. Electric tubular furnace
59. 3-in-1 planner, circular sawing and mortising machine
60. Lift out furnace
61. Trowel and masonry tools set, and rammer tongs
62, Work bench
63, Woodwork vices
64. Woodwork planer

Metrology Laboratory
65. Channel temperature recorder
66. Photo\contact tachometer
67. Vibration meter
68. Digital sound level meter
69. Infrared thermal imager
70. Hand crank generator
71. Stroboscope

New
Engineering and Technology 69
72. Function generator/counter
73. Manometer
74. Pressure sensor absolute
75. Thermistor sensor
76. Viscometer
77. Crank angle shaft encoder
78. Absolute pressure/temperature sensor
79. Motion sensor
80. Energy transfer generator
81. 850 universal interface
82. Potentiometer box
83. Humidity\barometer/data recorder
84. Multimeter
85. Digital anemometer
86. Thermometer
87. Fuel flow meter
88. Micrometre screw gauge
89. Digital Micrometre screw gauge
90. Venier calliper
91. Sine wave generator
92. Comparator

Materials Testing laboratory

93. Lesker Nano 36 thermal vacuum deposition system for thin film fabrication
94. Laurel spin-coater
95. Electro-spinner
96. Furnace
97. UV-Vis-NIR spectrophotometer (for solid & liquid samples)
98. Scanning electron microscope
99. Instron testing machine
100. Magnetic stirrer
101. Microscopes (fluorescence & inverted microscope)
102. Environment chamber
103. Fume cupboard
104. Ultrasonicator
105. Water bath

New
Engineering and Technology 70
 Automobile Workshop
106 Automotive engine test set
107 Toyota engine anatomy teaching model
108 Toolbox

Solid Mechanics Laboratory

109 Mass and hanger set
110 Material structure beam adapter
111 Static and dynamic balancing apparatus
112 Material photo elasticity accessory
113 Universal testing machine
114 Bridge set

Computational Fluid Dynamics Laboratory

115 Computer workstations
116 High speed computers for CFD & CAD

Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalent
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15 Units per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practicals
and supervision of projects.

NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees, hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personnel

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practicals
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.

Administrative Support Staff

The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.

New
Engineering and Technology 71
Technical Support Personnel
The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation and
maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.

Minimum Number of Staff

Subject to the general standards specified by NUC:
1. there should be a minimum of two PhDs and four M.Eng degree holders full-time academic
staff to mount the programme;
2. each workshop or laboratory should have an adequate number of staff with the right mix,
such that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run efficiently; and
3. there should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate calibre for
the office of the Head of Department to run.

Student/Staff Ratio

The minimum staff-to-student ratio should be 1:15 from 200 level to 500 level.

Library
In addition to the university and faculty libraries, the programme must have a departmental
library well equipped with specialised books and journals in both physical collections and e-
collections (e-resources) of various types. Various field and research reports of the programme
must also be available in the library for staff, students and researchers.

The library must be connected to subscribed repository of the following:

1. Institutions (national and international)
2. Open access sources
3. Professional bodies’ e-learning platforms
4. Relevant international organisations

The library must also have adequate facilities:

1. For reading;
2. Provisions for lending; and
3. Reservation unit for specialised materials.

Classrooms, Laboratories, Workshops, Clinics and Offices

Although other laboratories and workshops not listed here will be shared with many
other departments in the faculty and university in general, the laboratories and facilities
listed in the table below should be provided and equipped specifically for every
aerospace engineering programme.

Laboratories & Workshop Required for the Programme

Laboratory/
S/N Requirements Required Size (m)
Workshop

New
Engineering and Technology 72
 Should provide equipment and
tools for practical experiments,
tests (laboratory and field) and
research in aerospace
Aeronautical and 18.5 x 10 x HRM*
engineering, computer systems,
1 Astronautical (with Technologist’s
relevant softwares and hardwares
Laboratory office and a store).
with supply of consumables
should be provided for preparation
of models and heat, and
thermodynamic experiments.
Should have physical models
Aero/Astro, good size wind tunnel
and other aerospace systems for
research and demonstration.
Computer systems and
appropriate software packages for
aerospace design and simulation 18.5 x 10 x HRM
Aerospace Design
2 such as Cathia, Fluent and (with Technologist’s
Laboratory
OpenFoam. Provisions should office and a store)
also be made in this laboratory for
other hardwares, equipment and
tools for avionic design. There
should also be provisions for data
processing, analyses and
presentation.
This laboratory should have
equipment and tools such as jack
hammer (electric, mechanical or
fluid powered) for drilling;
physical models or table-top
Drilling and drilling rig. Tools such as hand 50 x 20 x HRM
3 Explosives augers. Models of explosives (With Technologist’s
Laboratory magazine and facilities for safe office and a store).
preparation of ANFO. Samples of
the various initiation and
detonation devices and large
posters of various equipment for
teaching aid.
At Nigeria’s stage of independent
existence, she should be thinking
of space exploration. To this end,
there must be a specialised lab for 50 x 20 x HRM
4 Rocket Laboratory rocket and missile designs. Such (with Technologist’s
lab must have provisions for office and a store).
polishing, mounting and finishing
for teaching and research in all
areas of engineering.

* The headroom (HRM) will depend on the particular laboratory but must be sufficient to
accommodate any equipment requiring high head.
The NUC recommends the following physical space requirement:

New
Engineering and Technology 73
 Academic m2

Professor’s Office 18.50

Head of Department’s Office 18.50

Tutorial Teaching Staff Space 13.50

Other Teaching Staff Space 7.00

Technical Staff Space 7.00

Science Staff Research Laboratory 16.50

Engineering Staff Research Laboratory 14.50

Seminar Space per student 1.85

Drawing Office Space (A.O. Board) (Per Student) 4.60

Drawing Office Space (A.I. Board) (Per Student) 3.70

Laboratory Space 7.50

Non-Academic

Secretarial Space 7.00

Office Facilities
S/No Office No in Facilities
Room

1. HOD 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,

computer unit, Secretary and facilities.

2. Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,

computer unit, Secretary and facilities.

3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,

computer unit.

4. Senior 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,

Lecturer computer unit.

5. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.

6. Lecturer II 3 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves

New
Engineering and Technology 74
B.Eng. Agricultural and Biosystems
Engineering
Overview
This new Agricultural and Biosystems engineering curriculum contain courses that will produce
Agricultural and Biosystems Engineers that will be globally competitive in a world that is now
dictated by a knowledge-based economy. The desired and required competences in biological
systems, process instrumentation and control, application of robots and drones to agriculture,
irrigation and drainage, machine development, renewable energy and food process systems
are supported by this new curriculum. The curriculum emphasises courses such as artificial
intelligence, machine learning, renewable energy technologies, drone and robot technologies,
project management, software engineering and design of machines and structural elements.
Other courses include livestock production, aquaculture and, agroponic, instrumentation and
measurement, greenhouse technology, biosystems engineering, solid modelling and
environmental and social impact analysis. Agricultural and Biosystems Engineers will now have
the skills to be gainfully employed as Design Engineers, Test Engineers, Product Engineers,
Quality Control Engineers, Energy Engineers and Advisors, Machinery Maintenance Engineers,
Waste Management Engineers, Diary Engineers, and Irrigation and Drainage Engineers. The
new curriculum compares well with those of top global agricultural and biosystems engineering
institutions. The synopsis of each of these courses have been made elaborate with indicated
learning outcomes. In all, the new features of agricultural engineering and its transition to
biosystems engineering are captured in this curriculum.
The major areas of Agricultural and Biosystems Engineering are:
1. farm power and machinery engineering;
2. soil and water resources engineering;
3. crop processing, storage and agro-industrial engineering;
4. farm structures, rural electrification and environmental control engineering;
5. forestry and wood products engineering; and
6. food process engineering.

It is pertinent to make a clarification. Global development in recent years have seen the
adoption of various nomenclatures, world-wide, to define and describe the old Agricultural
Engineering Programme. These include Agricultural and Biosystems, Agricultural and
Environmental, Agricultural and Bioresources, Agricultural and Biological, Bioresources and
Biological Engineering. The revised curriculum here applies to all these variants and is precisely
adopting the name ‘Agricultural and Biosystems Engineering (ABE)”. This new Core Curriculum
and Minimum Academic Standards (CCMAS) is a product of wide consultation with the
agricultural engineering community (academic and field Agricultural Engineers) through the
Nigerian Institution of Agricultural Engineers (NIAE), comparison with top universities of the
world, alignment with the Council for the Regulation of Engineering (COREN) curriculum and
the National Universities Commission (NUC) guidelines

Philosophy
Agricultural and Biosystems engineering encompasses the application of all engineering
knowledge to solving problems encountered in agricultural production, handling and
processing of biological materials for food, feed, fibre and fuel. The programme is designed
to prepare students for careers in machine systems: design and provision of power for
agricultural machines including renewable energies and design of machines for crop and
livestock production; processing systems for food, biofuels and other by-products: crop
processing and storage and post-harvest handling; natural resources system: irrigation and

New
Engineering and Technology 75
drainage, erosion control and water conservation; environmental system: farm structures,
waste remediation and farm electrification; biological system: sensors, controls and computer
models to monitor biological processes and conversion of bio-based resources to food, fuel
and others. It is thus very wide and all encompassing.

Objectives
The objectives of the programme are to train engineers that are equipped with appropriate
knowledge and skills to play the following roles:
1. increase and sustain agricultural (crop and livestock), aquacultural and forest production;
2. maintain a high level of agricultural production without damage or distortion to the
environment;
3. minimise the drudgery associated with agricultural production by use of appropriate
machinery;
4. improve rural infrastructures by providing desirable amenities for communities;
5. convert bio-based resources to food, fuel and other renewable products;
6. design new generation of devices or processes for agricultural and biological systems;
7. control agricultural and biological systems for natural resource protection, waste
remediation and eco-system restoration;
8. develop sensors, control systems and computer models to monitor and control biological
processes in industries or the environment; and
9. develop innovative green products and industries.

Employability Skills
This curriculum emphasises skills that can gainfully employ Agricultural and Biosystems
Engineers in all agricultural, biosystems, environmental, rural and industrial environments as
Design Engineers, Test Engineers, Product Engineers, Plant Engineers, Quality Control
Engineers, Process Engineers, Energy Engineers and Advisers, Consulting Engineers and
Environmental Engineers. They can also be employed as Irrigation and Drainage Engineers,
Waste Management Engineers, Machinery Maintenance Engineers and Dairy Engineers among
others.
In addition to competence and savviness in problem-solving technical, technological and
modern digital skills, the programme equips the students with appropriate cognitive, critical
analytical and innovative skills, emotional and behavioural skills including communication,
interpersonal, continuous and life-long learning capabilities that will make them to be
conscious of their importance, and the need for sustainability in relation to the consequences
of their professional activities on the human environment and ecosystem.

21st Century Skills

A graduate of the Agricultural and Biosystems Engineering programme is expected to have
ability to:
1. Collaboration (teamwork and ethics);
2. Citizenship (local and global);
3. Learning to learn/metacognition;
4. integrate knowledge of areas of mechanical, electrical, environmental and civil
engineering, construction technology, hydraulics and soil mechanics in a variety of
agricultural and biological applications;
5. problem solving/decision making/computational thinking;
6. proffer sustainable solutions for addressing society’s challenges in agriculture, food,
energy, water and other natural resources by applying acquired technical, creativity and
innovative thinking and modern digital skills, which they are able to communicate lucidly;
and

New
Engineering and Technology 76
7. create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources and convergent technologies,
including ICT tools, artificial intelligence, machine learning, robotics, modelling, cognitive
science, biotechnology, genetic engineering, nanotechnology, GIS and optimisation to
agricultural, food, energy and water problems.
8. manage resources well.

Unique Features of the Programme

1. This programme compared to that of the North Dakota State University, USA, McGill
University, Canada and Auburn University, Alabama, USA showed close similarity; most
of the courses in the new curriculum are also offered in at least one of the world’s top
university, and in some cases in three of these universities.
2. This new programme has courses that support emerging engineering practices in
agriculture such as the use of drones and robots, the overriding intervention of renewable
energy in agriculture, the engineering of livestock and fisheries, need to deepen the
design thinking and creative skills of students and the gradual shift from agricultural
engineering to biosystems engineering as well as reflecting the impact of climate change
on agricultural technology applications. Some of these courses are:

ABE 102: Introduction to Agricultural and Biosystems Engineering (2) units

GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling (2) units
GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3) units
GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and Convergent
Technologies (3) units
ABE 307: Biosystems Engineering (2) units
ABE 401: Instrumentation and Measurement in Agricultural and Biosystems Engineering
ABE 501: Environmental and Social Impact Analyses (2) units
ABE 502: Aquaculture and Agroponics Engineering (2) units
ABE 503: Livestock Production Engineering (2) units
ABE 504: Greenhouse Technology (2) units
ABE 505: Drone and Robot Technology in Agriculture (2) units

3. The synopsis of most of the courses have been enriched to reflect the current practices
of agricultural engineering.
4. The synopsis of the programme-based courses indicates the relevant excursion,
laboratory and field practical to be undertaken by students.
5. The learning outcomes of each course is contained in this curriculum.

Admission and Graduation Requirements

Admission Requirements

Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
1. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
2. Direct Entry (DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

For the five-year degree programme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must include English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

New
Engineering and Technology 77
Direct Entry (DE) Mode
For four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit passes
which must include English Language, Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry, candidates with
at least two passes in relevant subjects (Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry) at the GCE
Advanced Level or IJMB or JUPEB may be considered for admission. Candidates who have
good National Diploma (ND) result in relevant Engineering Technology programmes may also
be considered for admission into 200 level. Holders of upper credit pass and above at Higher
National Diploma (HND) level, are eligible for consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:

1. Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of 150
and maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5–year engineering degree programme.
Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters.
2. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode at 200 level, shall register for a
minimum of 120 and a maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic
semesters.
3. Candidates admitted through the Direct Entry mode at 300-Level shall have registered for
a minimum of 90 and a maximum of 120 units of courses during a 3–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of 6 academic
semesters.
4. HND holders who enter as Direct Entry candidates at 300 level shall register for a minimum
of 90 units of courses and a maximum of 120 units of courses.
5. The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units respectively.
6. A student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by the
university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.
7. A student shall also have earned the 11 credit units of Students Industrial Work Experience
Scheme (SIWES), 8 credit units of University General Study courses and 4 credit units of
Entrepreneurship courses.

For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered,
whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the
computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it
or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each and all
attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.

Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME and 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 200Level
and 11 semesters in the case of students who entered at 300Level.

New
Engineering and Technology 78
Global Course Structure
Level GST ENT Basic Faculty Programme SIWES & Total
Sciences (GET) (ABE) Engineering
Valuation
100 4 0 16 3 2 0 25
200 2 2 0 23 0 3 30
300 2 2 0 12 18 4 34
400 - 0 0 2 2 6 10
500 - 0 0 5 14 0 19
Total 8 4 16 43 34 13* 105
* Not added to CCMAS credit units

100 level
Course Course title Units Status LH PH
Code
GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 15 45
GST 112 Nigerian People and Culture 2 C 30 -
CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C 30 -
CHM 102 General Chemistry II 2 C 30 -
CHM 107 General Practical Chemistry I 1 C - 45
CHM 108 General Practical Chemistry II 1 C - 45
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 2 C 30 -
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C 30 -
PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C 30 -
PHY 103 General Physics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 107 General Practical Physics I 1 C - 45
PHY 108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45
GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C 15 -
GET 102 Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I 2 C 15 45
ABE 102 Introduction to Agricultural and Biosystem 2 C 30 -
Engineering
Total 25

200 Level
Course Course title Units Status LH PH
Code
GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence 2 C 30 -
ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and Innovation 2 C 30 -
GET 201 Applied Electricity I 3 C 45 -
GET 202 Engineering Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 204 Students Workshop Practice 2 C 15 45
GET 205 Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 3 C 45 -
GET 206 Fundamentals of Thermodynamics 3 C 45 -
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 45 -
GET 210 Engineering Mathematics II 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing and Software Engineering 3 C 45 -
*GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 Weeks
Total 30

New
Engineering and Technology 79
300 Level
Course Course title Units Status LH PH
Code
ENT 312 Venture Creation 2 C 15 45
GST 312 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 30 -
GET 304 Technical Writing and Communication 3 C 45
-
GET 305 Engineering Statistics and Data Analysis 3 C 45 -
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems and 3 C 30 45
Technologies
GET 307 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, 3 C 45 -
Machine Learning and Convergent
Technologies
ABE 301 Design of Machine and Structural 2 C 15 45
Elements
ABE 302 Animal Production 2 C 30 -
ABE 303 Crop Production 2 C 30 -
ABE 304 Farm Management, Rural Sociology and 2 C 30 -
Agricultural Extension
ABE 305 Soil Science 2 C 30 -
ABE 306 Land Surveying and Geographic 2 C 15 45
Information System
ABE 307 Biosystems Engineering 2 C 30 -
ABE 308 Rural Infrastructural Engineering 2 E 30 -
*GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
Total 34

400 Level
Course Course title Units Status LH PH
Code
ABE 401 Instrumentation and Measurement in 2 C 15 45
Agricultural and Biosystems
Engineering
GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 C 90
GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Costing 2 C 30
*GET 499 SIWES III 4 C - 12
weeks
Total 10

SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

New
Engineering and Technology 80
 500 Level
Course Course title Units Status LH PH
Code
GET 501 Engineering Project Management 3 C 45 -
GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -
ABE 501 Environmental and Social Impact 2 C 30 -
Analysis
ABE 502 Aquaculture and Agroponics 2 C 30 -
Engineering
ABE 503 Livestock Production Engineering 2 C 30 -
ABE 504 Greenhouse Technology 2 C 30 -
ABE 505 Drone and Robot Technology in 2 C 15 45
Agriculture
ABE 599 Final Year Project 4 C - 180
Total 19

Course Contents and Learning Outcomes

100 Level

GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.

Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology); English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations); major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional); grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality). Reading
and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking; reasoning
methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy, generalisation and
explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements. Writing activities
(pre-writing(brainstorming and outlining), writing (paragraphing, punctuation and
expression), post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing (summary, essays,
letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making). Mechanics of writing. Information and
Communication Technology in modern language learning. Language skills for effective
communication. The art of public speaking.

GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;

New
Engineering and Technology 81
2. identify and list the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
3. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political entity;
4. analyse the concepts of trade and economic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation to
national development;
5. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian state regarding nation building;
6. analyse the role of the judiciary in upholding fundamental human rights
7. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria; and
8. list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems.

Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and cultures;
peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria; nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system; indigenous apprenticeship system among
Nigerian peoples; trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justice and national
development (definition and classification of law); Judiciary and fundamental rights.
Individuals, norms and values (basic Nigerian norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition; citizenship and civic responsibilities; indigenous languages, usage and
development; negative attitudes and conducts [Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices]). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3Rs – Reconstruction, Rehabilitation
and Re-orientation; re-orientation strategies: Operation Feed the Nation (OFN), Green
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline and Corruption (WAIC), Mass
Mobilization for Self-Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery (MAMSER), National
Orientation Agency (NOA). Current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria.

CHM 101: General Chemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. define atom, molecules and chemical reactions;
2. discuss the modern electronic theory of atoms;
3. write electronic configurations of elements on the periodic table;
4. rationalise the trends of atomic radii, ionisation energies, electronegativity of the elements,
based on their position in the periodic table;
5. identify and balance oxidation–reduction equation and solve redox titration problems;
6. draw shapes of simple molecules and hybridised orbitals;
7. identify the characteristics of acids, bases and salts, and solve problems based on their
quantitative relationship;
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using Le Chatelier’s principle to
predict the effect of concentration, pressure and temperature changes on equilibrium
mixtures;
9. analyse and perform calculations with the thermodynamic functions, enthalpy, entropy
and free energy; and
10. determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and temperature.

Course Contents
Atoms, molecules, elements and compounds, and chemical reactions. Modern electronic
theory of atoms. Electronic configuration, periodicity and building up of the periodic table.
Hybridisation and shapes of simple molecules. Valence forces; Structure of solids. Chemical

New
Engineering and Technology 82
equations and stoichiometry; chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, kinetic theory of
matter. Elementary thermochemistry; rates of reaction, equilibrium and thermodynamics.
Acids, bases and salts. Properties of gases. Redox reactions and introduction to
electrochemistry. Radioactivity.

CHM 102: General Chemistry II (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the importance and development of organic chemistry;
2. define fullerenes and its applications;
3. discuss electronic theory;
4. determine the qualitative and quantitative of structures in organic chemistry;
5. state rules guiding nomenclature and functional group classes of organic chemistry;
6. determine the rate of reaction to predict mechanisms of reaction;
7. identify classes of organic functional group with brief description of their chemistry;
8. discuss comparative chemistry of group 1A, IIA and IVA elements; and
9. describe basic properties of transition metals.

Course Contents
Historical survey of the development and importance of organic chemistry; fullerenes as fourth
allotrope of carbon, uses as nanotubules, nanostructures, nanochemistry. Electronic theory in
organic chemistry. Isolation and purification of organic compounds; determination of
structures of organic compounds including qualitative and quantitative analysis in organic
chemistry; nomenclature and functional group classes of organic compounds. Introductory
reaction mechanism and kinetics. Stereochemistry. The chemistry of alkanes, alkenes,
alkynes, alcohols, ethers, amines, alkyl halides, nitriles, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids
and derivatives. The chemistry of selected metals and non-metals. Comparative chemistry of
group IA, IIA and IVA elements. Introduction to transition metal chemistry.

CHM 107: General Practical Chemistry I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correct carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. state the differences between primary and secondary standards;
5. perform redox titration;
6. record observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions.

Course Contents
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.

CHM 108: General Practical Chemistry II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;

New
Engineering and Technology 83
2. collect scientific data and correctly carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. identify and carry out preliminary tests which include ignition, boiling point, melting point,
test on known and unknown organic compounds;
5. carry out solubility tests on known and unknown organic compounds;
6. carry out elemental tests on known and unknown compounds; and
7. carry out functional group/confirmatory test on known and unknown compounds which
could be acidic/basic/ neutral organic compounds.

Course Contents
Continuation of CHM 107. Additional laboratory experiments to include functional group
analysis, quantitative analysis using volumetric methods.

MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:
1. define and explain set, subset, union, intersection, complements, and demonstrate the
use of Venn diagrams;
2. solve quadratic equations;
3. solve trigonometric functions;
4. identify various types of numbers; and
5. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers. Mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.

MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
2. recognise and understand the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and
continuity;
3. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes;
4. solve function of a real variable, plot relevant graphs, identify limits and idea of continuity;
5. identify the derivative as limit of rate of change;
6. identify techniques of differentiation and perform extreme curve sketching;
7. identify integration as an inverse of differentiation;
8. identify methods of integration and definite integrals; and
9. perform integration application to areas, volumes.

Course Contents
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative, as limit of
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve sketching,

New
Engineering and Technology 84
integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes (including
approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule).

PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular momentum;
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

Course Contents
Space and time; units and dimension, vectors and scalars, differentiation of vectors:
displacement, velocity and acceleration; kinematics; Newton’s laws of motion (inertial frames,
impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation); relative motion; application
of Newtonian mechanics; equations of motion; conservation principles in physics,
conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy, system of particles, centre of mass; rotational motion; torque, vector product,
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum. Polar coordinates; conservation
of angular momentum; circular motion; moments of inertia, gyroscopes and precession;
gravitation: Newton’s law of gravitation, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion, gravitational
potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits.

PHY 103: General Physics III (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing macroscopic
behaviour;
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Contents
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and

New
Engineering and Technology 85
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.

PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Contents
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity, etc. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis
should be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data
collection, analysis, and deduction.

PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs;
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.

Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction.

GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs); and
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 86
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.

GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple everyday and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength and cost;
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical and
other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the analytical
nature of the courses they take; and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.

Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete terms.
Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3D objects.
Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and perspectives.
Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection and rendering.
This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid works, solid edge
or equivalent.

ABE 102: Introduction to Agricultural and Biosystems Engineering

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
The course exposes fresh students to:
1. the contents of agricultural and biosystems engineering;
2. the diverse role and relevance of the agricultural engineering profession;
3. the career opportunities; and
4. appreciate the strategic importance of agricultural engineering in supporting and
sustaining agricultural production.
tent

Course Contents
Philosophy and evolution of agricultural and biosystems engineering. The role of Agricultural
and Biosystems Engineers in the society and human development. The relationship between
agricultural and biosystems engineering and the other engineering disciplines. Significance of
agricultural and biosystems engineering. Introduction to agricultural and biosystems

New
Engineering and Technology 87
engineering: farm power and machinery engineering; soil and water engineering; crop
processing and storage engineering; farm structures and environment engineering;
biosystems engineering. ABE and sustainable development. The global development goals
(SDGs). Climate change impacts on agriculture, adaptation and mitigation measures; Climate
smart agriculture. Career opportunities in agricultural and biosystems engineering.
200 Level

GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge, and
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.

Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding, etc.

ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence;
4. engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
5. identify key elements in innovation;
6. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
7. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
8. state the basic principles of e-commerce.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 88
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.

GET 201: Applied Electricity I (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Course Learning Outcomes

Students will be able to:
1. discuss the fundamental concepts of electricity and electrical d.c. circuits;
2. state, explain and apply the basic d.c. circuit theorems;
3. explain the basic a.c. circuit theory and
4. apply to solution of simple circuits.

Course contents
Fundamental concepts: Electric fields, charges, magnetic fields. current, B-H curves Kirchhoff’s
laws, superposition. Thevenin, Norton theorems, Reciprocity, RL, RC, RLC circuits. DC, AC
bridges, Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance measurement, Transducers, Single phase
circuits, Complex j - notation, AC circuits, impedance, admittance, susceptance.

GET 202: Engineering Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to :
1. demonstrate the role of atoms and molecules (aggregates of atoms) in the building of
solid/condensed matter known as engineering materials, the electrons quantum numbers
and how the electrons are arranged in different atomic elements, and explain the role of
electronic configuration and valence electrons in bonding;
2. define metals, alloys and metalloids, demonstrate mental picture of the solid mineral
resources development as a relay race among four ‘athletes’: geologist, mining engineer,
mineral processing technologist, process metallurgical engineer, and classify metallurgical
engineering into 3Ps: process, physical and production;
3. explain the relationship between structure and properties of materials, characteristics,
components and compositions of phase diagrams and phase transformations of solid
solutions;
4. define ceramics, glass and constituents of glasses and understand application of ceramics
in mining, building, art and craft industries;
5. define and classify polymers as a class of engineering materials and polymeric materials,
demonstrate polymerisation reactions, their types and mechanism, and applications of
polymers;
6. define properties, types and application of composite materials and fibres (synthetic and
natural);

New
Engineering and Technology 89
7. define and classify nanomaterials, demonstrate applications of nanomaterials, concept,
design and classification of fracture mechanics, corrosion classification, including the five
principal ways of controlling corrosion and metal finishing processes such as sherardising,
galvanising and anodising; and
8. identify factors affecting the performance and service life of engineering
materials/metals and metallography of metals/materials (materials anatomy), which
enables metallurgical and materials engineers to prescribe appropriate solutions to test
metals/materials fitness in service through structure-property-application relationships.

Course Contents
Basic material science; atomic structure, atomic bonding and crystal structures. Engineering
materials situating metals and alloys; metals and alloys, classifications of metals, metal
extraction processes using iron and steel (ferrous) and aluminium (nonferrous) as examples,
phase diagrams/iron carbon diagrams, and mechanical workings of metals. Selection and
applications of metals and alloys for specific applications in oil, aerospace, construction,
manufacturing and transportation industries, among others. Ceramics (including glass);
definition, properties, structure and classifications of ceramics. Bioactive and glass – ceramics.
Toughing mechanism for ceramics. Polymers; definition of polymers as engineering materials,
chemistry of polymeric materials, polymer crystallisation, polymer degradation and aging.
Thermoplastic and thermosetting polymers and concepts of copolymers and homopolymers.
Composites; definition, classification, characterisation, properties and composite. Applications
of composites. Nanomaterials; definition, classification and applications of nanomaterials as
emerging technology. Processing of nanomaterials including mechanical grinding, wet
chemical synthesis, gas phase synthesis, sputtered plasma processing, microwave plasma
processing and laser ablation. Integrity assessment of engineering materials; effect of
engineering design, engineering materials processing, selection, manufacturing and
assembling on the performance and service life of engineering materials. Metallography and
fractography of materials. Mechanical testing (destructive testing) of materials such as
compressive test, tensile test, hardness test, impact test, endurance limit and fatigue test.
Non-destructive test (NDT) such as dye penetrant, x-ray and eddy current.

GET 204: Students Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify various basic hands and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement devices
and instruments, and acquire skills in their effective use and maintenance;
2. practically apply basic engineering technologies, including metrology, casting, metal
forming and joining, materials removal, machine tooling (classification, cutting tool action,
cutting forces, non-cutting production) and CNC machining technology;
3. master workshop and industrial safety practices, accident prevention and ergonomics;
4. physically recognise different electrical & electronic components like resistances,
inductances, capacitances, diodes, transistors and their ratings;
5. connect electric circuits, understand different wiring schemes, and check ratings of
common household electrical appliances and their basic maintenance; and
6. determine household and industrial energy consumption, and understand practical energy
conservation measures.

Course Contents
The course comprises general, mechanical and electrical components: supervised hands-on
experience in safe usage of tools and machines for selected tasks; Use of measuring
instruments (calipers, micrometers, gauges, sine bar, wood planners, saws, sanders, and

New
Engineering and Technology 90
pattern making). Machine shop: lathe work shaping, milling, grinding, reaming, metal
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry
practice.Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting
processes. Metal forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging, press-
tool work, spinning, etc.). Metal joining processes(welding, brazing and soldering). Heat
treatment. Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory of
metal cutting. Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines.
Supervised identification, use and care of various electrical and electronic components such
as resistors, inductors, capacitors, diodes and transistors. Exposure to different electric
circuits, wiring schemes, analogue and digital electrical and electronic measurements.
Household and industrial energy consumption measurements. Practical energy conservation
principles.

GET 205: Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to :
1. explain the properties of fluids;
2. determine forces in static fluids and fluids in motion;
3. determine whether a floating body will be stable;
4. determine the effect of various pipe fittings (valves, orifices, bends and elbows) on fluid
flow in pipes;
5. measure flow parameters with venturi meters, orifice meters, weirs, etc;
6. perform calculations based on principles of mass, momentum and energy conservation;
7. perform dimensional analysis and simple fluid modelling problems; and
8. specify the type and capacity of pumps and turbines for engineering applications

Course Contents
Fluid properties, hydrostatics, fluid dynamics using principles of mass, momentum and energy
conservation from a control volume approach. Flow measurements in pipes, dimensional
analysis, and similitude, 2-dimensional flows. Hydropower systems.

GET 206: Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe basic concepts of thermodynamics, i.e., quantitative relations of Zeroth, first,
second and third laws;
2. define and explain system, surrounding, closed and open system, control volume and
control mass, extensive and intensive properties;
3. calculate absolute and gage pressure, and absolute temperature, calculate changes in
kinetic, potential, enthalpy and internal energy;
4. evaluate the properties of pure substances i.e. evaluate the state of the pure substances
such as compressed liquid, saturated liquid-vapour mixture and superheated vapour using
property diagrams and tables; arrange the ideal and real gas equations of state,
5. formulate the first law of thermodynamics for a closed system i.e. organize the change in
energy in the closed systems via heat and work transfer;
6. distinguish heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation, and calculate the
amount of heat energy transferred;
7. calculate the changes in moving boundary work, spring work, electrical work and shaft
work in closed systems;

New
Engineering and Technology 91
8. apply the first law of thermodynamics for closed systems and construct conservation of
mass and energy equations;
9. formulate the first law of thermodynamics to the open systems i.e. describe steady-flow
open system, apply the first law of thermodynamics to the nozzles, diffusers, turbines,
compressors, throttling valves, mixing chambers, heat exchangers, pipe and duct flow;
10. construct energy and mass balance for unsteady-flow processes;
11. evaluate thermodynamic applications using second law of thermodynamics;
12. calculate thermal efficiency and coefficient of performance for heat engine, refrigerators
and heat pumps; and
13. restate perpetual-motion machines, reversible and irreversible processes.

Course Contents
Basic concepts, definitions and laws (quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second and third
laws of thermodynamics). Properties of pure substances: the two-property rule (P-V-T
behaviour of pure substances and perfect gases); state diagrams. The principle of
corresponding state; compressibility relations; reduced pressure; reduced volume;
temperature; pseudo-critical constants. The ideal gas: specific heat, polytropic processes.
Ideal gas cycles; Carnot; thermodynamic cycles, turbines, steam and gas, refrigeration. The
first law of thermodynamics – heat and work, applications to open and closed systems. The
steady flow energy equation (Bernoulli’s equation) and application. Second law of
thermodynamics, heat cycles and efficiencies.

GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank etc;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and Green’s
theorem;
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical model
of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation, etc., as well as fourier series, initial conditions and its
applications to different engineering processes

Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.

GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);

New
Engineering and Technology 92
2. explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically solve
a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types; 3. numerically solve
differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;
3. perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,
curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of
several variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;
4. solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex numbers;
5. apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations
and of results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the theory
of conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
6. evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.

Course Contents
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and
vector-valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary
complex analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity. Derivatives,
differentiation rules and differentiation of integrals. Cauchy-Riemann equation, harmonic
functions, basic theory of conformal mapping, transformation and mapping and its
applications to engineering problems. Special functions.

GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project
through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas.

Course Contents
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.

New
Engineering and Technology 93
GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:

1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.

Course Contents
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or
special centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant
practical/industrial working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major.
The students are exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance
of tools, equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production
of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation, etc. (8-10 weeks during the long
vacation following 200 level).

NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of programme-specific

activities for their students.

300 level

GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in peace
building.

Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes, etc. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,
community leaders). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and

New
Engineering and Technology 94
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents of
conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and Imperatives.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation, collaboration). The
roles of international organizations in conflict resolution (a) The United Nations, UN and its
conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council (c) ECOWAS in
peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building. Managing post-
conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs);the role of NGOs in
post-conflict situations/crises.

ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
1. describe the key steps in venture creation;
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.

Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy, etc. Digital business and e-commerce strategies).

GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;

New
Engineering and Technology 95
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.
Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis and structure Fog Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A,B,C,D,E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills(steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports(competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.

GET 305: Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. work with data from the point of view of knowledge convergence, machine learning, and
intelligence augmentation, which significantly raises their standard for engineering
analysis (the approach forces them to learn statistics in an actionable way that helps them
to see the holistic importance of data analytics in modern engineering and technology);
2. anticipate the future with Artificial Intelligence while fulfilling the basic requirements of
conventional engineering statistical programming consistent with their future careers;
3. perform, with proficiency, statistical inference tasks with language or programming
toolboxes such as R, Python, Mathematica or MATLAB, and Design Expert to summarise
analysis and interpretation of industry engineering data, and make appropriate conclusions
based on such experimental and/or real-life industrial data;
4. construct appropriate graphical displays of data and highlight the roles of such displays in
data analysis, particularly the use of statistical software packages;
5. plan and execute experimental programmes to determine the performance of programme-
relevant industrial engineering systems, and evaluate the accuracy of the measurements
undertaken; and
6. demonstrate mastery of data analytics and statistical concepts by communicating the
results of experimental and industry-case investigations, critically reasoned scientific and
professional analysis through written and oral presentation.

Course Contents
Descriptive statistics, frequency distribution, populations and sample, central tendency,
variance data sampling, mean, median, mode, mean deviation, percentiles, etc. Probability.
Binomial, Poisson hyper-geometric, normal distributions, etc. Statistical inference intervals,

New
Engineering and Technology 96
test hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big data analytics
and cloud computing applications. Introduction to the R language; R as a calculator; Vectors,
matrices, factors, data frames and other R collections. Iteration and looping control structures.
Conditionals and other controls. Designing, using and extending functions. The Apply Family.
Statistical modelling and inference in R.
GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technologies (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the types, uses and advantages of renewable energy in relation to climate change;
2. design for use the various renewable energy systems;
3. recognise and analyse the current energy systems in Nigeria, their impacts on
development and the global energy demand and supply scenarios;
4. appreciate the environmental impact of energy exploitation and utilisation, and pursue the
sustainable development of renewable energy for various applications; and
5. recognise the exploitation, excavation, production, and processing of fossil fuels such as
coal, petroleum and natural gas, and discuss the sources, technology and contribution to
future energy demands of renewable energy.

Course Contents
Current and potential future energy systems in Nigeria and globally - resources, extraction,
concepts in energy conversion systems; parallels and differences in various conversion
systems and end-use technologies, with emphasis on meeting 21st-century national, regional
and global energy needs in a sustainable manner. Various energy technologies in each fuel
cycle stage for fossil (oil, gas, synthetic), nuclear (fission and fusion) and renewable (solar,
biomass, wind, hydro, and geothermal). Energy types, storage, transmission and
conservation. Analysis of energy mixes within an engineering, economic and social context.
Sustainable energy; emphasise sustainability in general and in the overall concept of
sustainable development and the link this has with sustainable energy as the fundamental
benefit of renewable energy.

Practical Content: Simple measurement of solar radiation, bomb calorimeter determination

of calorific value of fuels and biomass; measurement of the velocity of wind, waves and the
energy that abound in them; laboratory production of biogas and determination of energy
available in it; simple conversion of solar energy to electricity; transesterification of edible oil
into biodiesel; simulation of geothermal energy; Geiger-Muller or Scintillation Counters’
determination of uranium or thorium energy; simple solid or salt storage of energy; hybrid
application of renewable energy.

GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and Convergent

Technologies (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:
1. explain the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications and effects of artificial
intelligence;
2. explain the fundamental concepts of machine learning, deep learning and convergent
technologies;
3. demonstrate the difference between supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised
learning;
4. demonstrate proficiency in machine learning workflow and how to implement the steps
effectively;

New
Engineering and Technology 97
5. explain natural languages, knowledge representation, expert systems and pattern
recognition;
6. describe distributed systems, data and information security and intelligent web
technologies;
7. explain the concept of big data analytics, purpose of studying it, issues that can arise with
a data set and the importance of properly preparing data prior to a machine learning
exercise; and
8. explain the concepts, characteristics, models and benefits, key security and compliance
challenges of cloud computing.

Course Contents
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence paradigms;
search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired algorithms –
examples, their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding
natural languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation, mathematical and logic
foundations of AI; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition; distributed
systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent technologies
– definition, significance and engineering applications. Neural networks and deep learning.
Introduction to python AI libraries.

GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three softwares in their chosen career choices;
2. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;
3. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;,
4. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work;
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers;
7. write a general report at the end of the training.

The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work
experience i.e. 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged
in the more advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use
in the industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a
report at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and
encouraged to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities
and experiences to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits
include:

Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine

operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts,

New
Engineering and Technology 98
gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, and wooden furniture making processes.

Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solid works: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with Solid Works, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solid Works drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.

A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project.

Examples of projects should include the following:

a. Design of machine components;
b. Product design and innovation;
c. Part modelling and drafting in Solid Works; and
d. Technical report writing.

ABE 301: Design of Machine and Structural Elements (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students will be able to:
1. Explain the theories of failure of machine components;
2. Analyse the loads on machine and structural elements;
3. Apply shear force, bending moment, torsion, bending stresses in designing machine
and structural elements;
4. Design machine components such as belt drives, shafts, chain drives, gears;
5. Design beams and columns;
6. Select fasteners such as nut and bolts, studs, bearings, etc. in designing machines; and
7. Use computer software and empirical methods in designing machine and structural
elements.urse Content

Course Contents
Design of machine elements: Theories of failure. Design of shafts, belt and pulley drives,
gears, sprockets, bolts and nuts, keys and keyways; selection of bearings. Practical session:
Use of computer software in machine design.
Design of structural elements: Definitions. Hooke’s law. Stress and strain due to loading.
Torsion of circular members. Shear force. Bending moment and bending stresses in beams
with symmetrical and combined loadings. Stress and strain transformation equations. Mohr
cycle. Elastic buckling of columns. Design of beams using empirical methods and computer
software. Design of columns using empirical methods and computer software. Group design
assignment of machine or structural elements or complete system.

ABE 302: Animal Production (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. appreciate the basic science of animal production;
2. apply various engineering interventions in livestock housing, waste management, diary
production; and

New
Engineering and Technology 99
3. implement mechanization strategies in livestock production.course Content

Course Contents
Types of livestock (for eggs, milk, meat, wool, etc). distribution of livestock in Nigeria.
Livestock housing. Livestock processing equipment.

ABE 303: Crop Production (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Appreciate the various farming systems in agriculture with emphasis on Nigerian small
farm holding including the impact of climate change;
2. Describe the various farm machinery used in crop production;
3. Implement mechanical operations in crop production;
4. Establish small, medium and large-scale mechanize farms;
5. Undertake the application of fertilizer types for different crops;
6. Plan and implement irrigated agriculture; and
7. Undertake some post-harvest crop processing activities.

Course Contents
Classification and ecology of crops in Nigeria. Nutrient requirements and mineral nutrition
of plants. Manures and fertilizers. Plant growth and development. Growth stages. Tillage
and weed control. Other cultural practices. Cropping sequences and rotation. Farming
systems. Production practices for specified crops. Conservation agriculture and sustainability
in tropical agriculture.

ABE 304: Farm Management, Rural Sociology and Agricultural Extension

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. Apply extension strategies to adopt technologies on Nigerian small rural farms from the
understanding of rural sociology;
2. Apply appropriate financial system to account for farm activities with a view to practicing
profitable agriculture; and
3. Take decisions appropriate to a farm establishment on staffing and machinery inputs.

Course Contents
Management decision making. Functions of management planning, organisation, staffing,
directing and controlling. Financial management. Principles of extension: diffusion, adoption
and rejection of innovations. Communication and leadership in agricultural extension.

ABE 305: Soil Science (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
After taking this course, this course, the students should be able to:
1. apply the knowledge acquired in soil pedagogy, nutrient and nutrient exchange to
managing soil fertility;
2. apply the different fertilizer types (organic and inorganic) appropriately to different soil
types;
3. explain and describe the paedology, mineralogy and classification of soils;
4. undertake soil survey and mapping; and
5. manage soils for agricultural production.

New
Engineering and Technology 100
Course Contents
Origin and formation of soils. Physical properties of soils. Basic concept of soil paedology.
Soil colloids; soil reaction; soil mineralogy. Soil organic matter. Soil survey and mapping.
Soil classification. Soil fertility and fertilizers. Particle size distribution analysis/sieve analysis.
Properties and management of Nigerian soils.

ABE 306: Land Surveying and Geographical Information System

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. Undertake cadastral, levelling and topographic surveys essential for anti-soil erosion
intervention;
2. Conduct levelling survey for road construction and farmstead planning; and
3. Use GIS to do contour mapping for contour farming and reclamation of gullies.

Course Contents
Definitions. Measurement of distances. Ise of minor instruments. Random errors. Chain
surveying. Bearing of lines. Levelling. Topographic surveys. Traversing. Theodolite
traversing. Plane table surveying. Triangulation. Land shaping and earthwork. Map reading.
Photogrammetry. Aerial photography. Geographical Information System.

ABE 307: Biosystems Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Upon completing this course, students will be able to:
1. appreciate biological engineering processes;
2. analyse biosystems such as waste treatment systems;
3. design the various gadgets involved in unit operations in biological processes such as
bio-reactors;
4. develop biosystems for energy production, municipal waste treatment; and
5. apply computer to biological systems.
Course Content

Course Contents
Definitions. Modelling and design of fermentation systems. Microbial growth kinetics. Design
of bio-reactors. Heat and mass transfer. Bioremediation of wastes. design of anaerobic and
aerobic systems. Energy from biological systems. Monitoring and control of biological
systems. Application of computer to biological processes.

ABE 308: Rural Infrastructural Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
After taking this course, students should be able to:
1. Identify the various engineering infrastructures for a rural community;
2. Plan and design rural infrastructures such as roads, earth dams, electricity projects and
irrigation projects; and
3. Develop and implement a rural water scheme.

Course Contents
Concept of integrated rural development (planning and implementation). Overview of the
problems of rural infrastructures. Review of agricultural construction survey. Rural road

New
Engineering and Technology 101
network. Rural road design, construction and maintenance; erosion of earth roads; minor
road crossing. Small scale irrigation; rural electricity; rural water supplies; rural sanitation.
Practical contents: A levelling survey exercise for road construction. Excursion: Visit to an
earth dam site and an irrigation project.

400 level

GET 402 ENGINEERING Project I (2 Units: C; PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme.
2. Demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.

Course Contents

In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units: C; LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies.
2. Describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to
the society.
3. Demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices.
4. Prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review
5. Discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation.
6. Determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

Course Content
Objectives of valuation work/ valuer's primary duty and responsibility. Valuer's obligation to
his or her client, to other valuers, and to the society. Valuation methods and practices.
Valuation reports. Expert witnessing. Ethics in valuation. Valuation standards. Price, cost and
value. Depreciation and obsolescence. Valuation terminology. Real asset valuation; personal
asset valuation. Machinery and equipment valuation. Oil and gas facilities valuation. Mines
and quarries valuation. Appraisal reporting and review.

New
Engineering and Technology 102
ABE 401: Instrumentation and Measurement in Agricultural and Biosystems
Engineering (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
This course will help students to:
1. identify the appropriate instruments for measuring parametres relevant to agricultural
activities;
2. manage the acquisition, transmission, recording, analysing and computing of data; and
3. apply these instruments, particularly for research in agricultural and biosystems
engineering.

Course Contents
Motion, force, torque and shaft power, pressure and sound flux; humidity measurement;
application of primary sensing element; data manipulation, computing and compensating
devices; data transmission and recording.

GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:
1. be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
2. bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work
methods and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways
of safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;
3. experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work and
the environment seamlessly,and expose them to contacts for eventual job placements
after graduation;
4. be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place
of engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them;
and
5. exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not
necessarily limited to the student’s major (12 weeks from the end of the first semester at
400-Level to the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second
semester at 400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a
programme related industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc, for a period of 6
months under the guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised
by an academic staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits
the completed Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also, there will be a
comprehensive report covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences
(GET 299, GET 399 and GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department
for overall assessment.

500 Level

GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)

New
Engineering and Technology 103
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
4. possess the skills needed for project management; and
5. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.

Course Contents
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons – functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.
Project planning, control and timeliness;decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.

GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions;
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications; and
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principles undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically
present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an
expert witness.
Course Contents
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.
Termination/cancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of

New
Engineering and Technology 104
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.

ABE 501: Environmental and Social Impact Analysis (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
After taking this course, students should be able to:
1. determine the impact and consequences of agricultural projects on the environment and
measure them;
2. explain the environmental policies and regulations of their locality;
3. analysis projects and take decisions as to whether it will have a positive or negative
impact on the environment; and
4. design the remediation of projects with negative impact.

Course Contents
Concept of environmental and social consequences/dimensions of development projects.
Methods of impact analysis. Physical, sociological, legal, economic, environmental and public
health implications of human activities. Effects of changed environments on man. Examples
of impact assessment with particular reference to developing countries. Role of
environmental engineering in preventing or reducing environmental stress. Environmental
and social management plans (ESMP); Planning and policy, administration and organisation
of natural resources development and public health. Land use planning and landscape
design. Monitoring and evaluation of projects for ESIA compliance. Practical content:
Students are expected to undertake an environmental and social impact analysis of an on-
going project on campus.

ABE 502: Aquaculture and Agroponic Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will after taking this course have the capacity to:
1. appreciate fish farming, the machinery involved and integration of fish farming aspect
to the other crop and livestock enterprises on a farm;
2. design mechanized fish ponds, conserve water, manage the wastes from the ponds;
3. design and construct efficient fish drying kilns; and
4. explain the benefits, practice and management of agroponic agriculture.

Course Contents
Aquaculture: Types of fish ponds. Design and construction of fish ponds. Integrated fish
farming. Water quality for fish farming. Water conservation. Machinery for fish farms.
Pollution control. Ecological re-use and disposal of water. Product harvesting, sorting and
processing. Design of fish kilns. Agroponics: Agroponic farming systems. Prospects of
agroponic agriculture in Nigeria. Soil and water management in agroponic systems.
Economics of agroponic systems. Modern aquaponics and hydroponics systems design and
use. Practical content: Each student is expected to plant a yam seedling in a bag of sand
and monitor its growth until harvest during the semester. Excursion: Visit to a commercial
fish farm site or the university fish farm.

ABE 503: Livestock Production Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
After taking this course, the students will be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 105
1. Explain the various rearing systems including the transhumance system of rearing;
2. Describe the production systems in the livestock enterprise;
3. Design livestock housing types;
4. Identify the various engineering interventions in the livestock enterprise, which include
the machinery for feeding, sanitation of the livestock housing, milking, irrigation of the
pastures in a ranch;
5. Plan, design and implement a ranch;
6. Select appropriate machinery for various operations; and
7. Manage livestock wastes for energy production.

Course Contents
Production systems: rearing, fattening and milk production systems. Rearing systems:
objectives; nomadic, transhumant, sedentary, scavenging and industrial (ranching) –
organisation, personnel and infrastructures. Design, construction and equipment for housing
for pigs, sheep, goats, domestic fowls, cattle and dairy cattle. Fattening production systems:
Grass and intensive fattening. Milk production systems: factors limiting tropical milk
production; milking bail; milking parlour: selection, design and types.
Environmental requirements for animals. Environmental impact on animal growth and
reproduction on their general physiology. Assessment of thermal comfort. Parametres
affecting thermal comfort of animals. ASHRAE comfort charts. Ventilation systems: natural
and automated. Aerodynamics of animal buildings. Building design methodology.
Integrating animals with their environment through building designs.
Disease control: Causes, factors favouring transmission. Design of buildings to control
diseases. Animal waste management: Characteristics of animal wastes. Objectives of waste
treatment; aerobic and anaerobic treatment of waste; manure disposal equipment.
Excursion: Visit to a functional biogas plant.

ABE 504: Greenhouse Technology (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students are expected to be able to:
1. Define greenhouse and associated technologies;
2. Describe the types of greenhouses;
3. Analyse the thermal profile of greenhouses;
4. Determine the influence of the climate on the control and implementation of the
environment in greenhouses;
5. Undertake climate control and cultivate plants in greenhouses; and
6. Design and construct low cost and effective greenhouses for crop cultivation.

Course Contents
Definition of greenhouse. Meaning of greenhouse technology and controlled environment
agriculture (CEA). History and present scenario of greenhouse cultivation. Importance of
greenhouse crop cultivation. Types of greenhouses. Types of covering materials and thermal
screens for greenhouses. Planning of greenhouses. Importance of different climatic and
non-climatic factors in selecting proper greenhouse technology. Measuring systems required
for greenhouse. Design, construction and cost estimate of a greenhouse. The bamboo
greenhouse technology. Control mechanisms for different climatic conditions: light,
temperature, humidity, precipitation and carbon dioxide. Special methods of crop husbandry
in greenhouse cultivation.
Excursion: Visit to a commercial farm with greenhouse facility.

ABE 505: Drone and Robot Technology in Agriculture (2 Units C: LH 30)

New
Engineering and Technology 106
Learning Outcomes
This course will enable students know control, tools, programming languages, sensors and
actuators involved in automation; design and use of robots and drones in agriculture.
Students are expected to be able to:
1. Identify and explain the forms of automation and its control systems, automation tools
and various computer programming languages;
2. Explain the types and application of sensors;
3. Design and select sensors and actuators;
4. Describe and explain the types, classification and architecture of drones;
5. Explain the types, characteristics and advantages of agricultural robots;
6. Apply drones and robots in agriculture; and
7. Evaluate the performance, accuracy and repeatability of robots.

Course Contents
Automation: Introduction to automation. Control systems: open-loop and closed-loop,
feedback control, logic control, on-off control and linear control systems. Control actions:
discrete control (on/off); PID controller; sequential control and logical sequence or system
state control; computer control. Automation tools: artificial neural network (ANN);
distributed control system (DCS); human machine interface (HMI); robotic process
automation (RPA); supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA); programmable logic
controller (PLC); instrumentation; motion control; robotics. Programming languages:
introduction to programming language; Matlab programming, R programming, C, C# and
C++ programming, Java and Java Script programming and Python programming. Sensors
and actuators: introduction to sensors, types and applications. Design and selection of
sensors. Introduction to actuators, types and applications. Design and selection of actuators.
Drones or Unmanned Aerial Vehicles (UAVs): Introduction, types and classification of
drones. Architecture (components) of a drone: flight controller; electronic speed controller
(ESC); battery; radio transmitter/receiver; antenna; propellers; electric motor; camera and
its accessories.; ground station; intelligent sensors; intelligent battery; GNSS and RTK
module. Advantages and disadvantages of drones. Design and selection of drones. Working
principles of a drone. Performance considerations criteria of a drone. Application of drones
in agriculture.
Robots: Introduction, types and characteristics of agricultural robots (Agribot). Primary
areas of robotics: operator interface; mobility or locomotion; manipulators and effectors;
programming; sensing and perception. Advantages and disadvantages of robots. Robot
design process. Design of components of agricultural robots: end effectors; grippers;
manipulators. Operating principles of an agricultural robot. Performance evaluation of
robots: productive time, overhead time and working efficiency index. Accuracy and
repeatability of a robot. Application of robot to agriculture.

ABE 599: Final Year Project (3 Units C: 15 LH; PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
The project will enable students to:
1. Synthesis all that was learnt in the programme to develop a technology or obtain data
that can be deployed to solving a major agricultural and biosystems engineering problem.

Course Contents
Individual student project to deepen knowledge, strengthen practical experience and
encourage creativity and independent work. The project ends in a comprehensive written
report.

New
Engineering and Technology 107
Minimum Academic Standards
Equipment

Minimum Laboratories, Workshops and Studios

Category Minimum Requirement
Farm Power and Machinery Engineering
Laboratories Soil and Water Engineering
Agricultural Processing and Storage Engineering
Farm Structures and Environmental Control Engineering
Workshops Farm Mechanics
Machinery Maintenance
Studio Engineering Graphics and Drawing

List of Laboratories/Workshops/Equipment/Instruments/Tools
Farm Power and Machinery Laboratory
S/No. Equipment
1 Tractors for field operation
2 Disc and moldboard ploughs
3 Disc ridger
4 Disc harrow-offset and tandem
5 Planter with fertilizer unit
6 Seed drill
7 Hydraulic boom and hand sprayers
8 Grain combine harvester
9 Agricultural trailer
10 Conveyor test belt
11 Knapsack sprayer test rig
12 Tillage and traction model study unit
13 Single cylinder engine test bed
14 Variable compression ration petrol engine test bed
15 Tractor power take-off dynamometre
16 Exhaust calorimetre heat exchanger
17 Fuel consumption measurement system for engine testing
18 Lubricating oil rig
19 Hydraulic power pack
20 Tractor model showing working parts
21 Six speed gear box
22 Tractor real axle section
23 Tractor electrical system
24 Basic transducers for measuring torque, pressure, temperature, etc.
25 Tachometre
26 Single Axle Tractor
27 Blacksmith Furnace
28 Soil Bin for traction Studies
29 PTO 3-pt linkage Dynamometre
30 Drawbar Dynamometre
31 Ergometre (Hand, Bicycle)
32 Stethoscope
33 Oxygen metre

New
Engineering and Technology 108
 34 Four-cylinder engine test bed
35 Soil cone penetrometer
36 Solar PV modules
37 Inverters
38 Charge controllers
39 Deep cycle batteries
40 Solar PV training kits
41 Gas chromatograph analyseanalyser for biogas
42 Laboratory anaerobic digester systems
43 Laboratory wind turbine
44 Laboratory wind energy conversion kit
45 Laboratory hydro-power kit
46 Mechanical tool box
47 Electrical tool box
48 Solarimetres
49 Sun metres

Soil and Water Laboratory

S/No. Equipment
1 General Purpose Theodolite
2 Liquid prismatic compass
3 Surveyor’s umbrella
Stereoscope
4
5 Nylon-coated steel tapes-50m
6 Leveling staff
7 Abney level
8 Planimetres
9 Physical Survey Basic Set (Pocket Altimetre, range finder, automatic level set,
double prismatic square, ranging rods, land chains-30m, chain, arrows,
clinometres)
10 Soil Sampling Augers
11 Soil Texture set
12 Sieve sets with shaking machine
13 Centrifuge
14 Weighing balance
15 Tension metres
16 Double ring Infiltrometre
17 Various types of flumes
18 Current Metres
19 Pump test set
20 Pump impeller display panel
21 Laboratory infiltration apparatus
22 Sprinkler irrigation set
23 Drip irrigation set
24 Rainfall simulator
25 Rain gauges
26 Hydrological cycle apparatus
27 Constant head permeametres
28 Falling head permeametres

New
Engineering and Technology 109
 29 Oven
30 Irrigation pipes
31 Beakers
32 Funnels
33 Measuring cylinders-10ms
34 Plain roller
35 Thermometres
36 Hydrometres
37 Rammers
38 Compaction mould
39 Spatula
40 Soil scoops
41 Tensiometre
42 Permeametre
43 Penetrometre/Penetro-logger
44 Soil auger
45 Soil extruder
46 Portable soil metre
47 Analytical balance
48 Electrical balance (3kg)
49 Timer (electric)
50 Stopwatch
51 Liquid limit device machine
52 Glass plate for plastic limit
53 Proctor mould
54 Density bottle
55 High speed stirrer
56 Automatic soil compactor
57 Shrinkage limit apparatus
58 Neutron probe
59 Lysimetres

Agricultural Processing and Storage Laboratory

S/No. Equipment
1 Standard Rheometres (Digital)
2 Standard Rheometres (Analogue)
3 Muffler furnace
4 Refrigeration and air conditioning cycles kits impact test apparatus (ACV)
5 Elastic behaviours test kits standing hydraulic press
6 Portable crane hoist
7 Vernier calipers
8 Micrometre screw gauges
9 Extrusion press
10 Strain gauges
11 Steam boilers
12 Assorted measuring tools
13 Assorted woodwork tools
14 Assorted carpentry tools
15 Various hand tools
16 Assorted instruments

New
Engineering and Technology 110
 17 Assorted tools for maintenance, repairs
18 Gas calorimetres
19 Bomb calorimetres
20 Power jack
21 Stroboscope
22 Grading machine
23 Laboratory gravity separator
24 Hammer mills with kit
25 Burr mill with kit
26 Sets of Tyler sieves
27 Métier Electronic (digital readout) balance Universal testing machine)
28 CBR machine (digital)
29 Wind Tunnel (terminal velocity equipment)
30 Drum-type mixers
31 Vibrators
32 Thermocouple print thermometres
33 Crack detection microscopes
34 Ordinary microscopes
35 Modulus of elasticity kit
36 Electronic extensometer
37 Pendulum impact tester
38 Dry-ice maker
39 Hydraulic extruder
40 Dry shrinkage test machine
41 Colour standard test
42 Laboratory air compressors
43 Moisture determination balance
44 Stop watches, omega
45 Conductivity metre (Wind tunnel for TV)
46 Magnetic stirrers
47 pH-metre (Digital)
48 Laboratory trolley wheel barrows portable digital press
49 Dry mixers
50 Muffle oven
51 Infra-red moisture metre
52 Dryers
53 Drying test apparatus
54 Centrifugal fans
55 Axial fans
56 Cold storage cabins
57 Cabinet refrigerators
58 Deep freezers
59 Humidity measuring equipment
60 Incubations
61 Microwave ovens
62 Air conditioning units
63 Tachometre
64 Robin mixers
65 Tensiometre
66 Silos

New
Engineering and Technology 111
 67 Shelling machine
68 Centrifuge, standing type
69 Planimetres
70 Stabilizers
71 Laboratory air cleaning machine
72 Laboratory sorting machines
73 Laboratory grading machines
74 Laboratory gravity separators
75 Grain storage bins
76 Centrifugal fans
77 Axial flow fans
78 Grain moisture metres
79 Compression testing machine
80 Tension test machine
81 C.B.R Marshall Tester
82 C.B.R Mould and accessories
83 Feed mill (complete)
84 Apparatus for tensile tests
85 Apparatus for compression tests
86 Bulk density measuring machine
87 Portable water pumps
88 Grain storage bins
89 Thermometres
90 Sieve shakers
91 Digital weighing balances
92 Standard floor weighing machine, 1000kg
93 Top loading electronic balance
94 Sunshine recorders
95 Standard drawing boards sets
96 Coefficient of friction test apparatus
97 Table top inclination plane (Adjustable)
98 Standard inclination plane (Adjustable)
99 Electrical motor- 10hp
100 Thermographs
101 Pre-cleaners
102 Oil expellers
103 Juice extractor
104 Desiccators
105 Stop watches/clocks
106 Rotary evaporators
107 Gas chromatograph
108 pH-metres
109 Egg incubator
110 Glassware (Assorted)
111 Standard generator
112 Individual computer set
113 Laptops
114 Printers
115 Special computer tables
116 Complete public address sets, high voltage, high frequency

New
Engineering and Technology 112
 117 Projectors
118 Field vehicles
119 Photocopiers
120 Laboratory chairs, tables, and complete form work

Farm Structure and Environmental Control Laboratory

S/No. Equipment
Load Measurement Equipment
1 Compression testing machine
2 Integral boss load measuring rings on compression and tension application
3 100-kN compression/500-kN tension machine
4 33-kN flexural and transverse machine
5 100kN heavy beam flexural and transverse machine
6 Drying and weighing:
7 General purpose electric laboratory oven
8 Incubators
9 Electronic weighing machine
10 Semi-automatic balance
11 Counter flat form scale
12 Mettle weighing machine
13 Spring balance
Soil Equipment
1 Melting pot
2 Extruder (big and small)
3 Sample mixer
4 Liquid limit device machine
5 Grooving tools
6 Spatulas (big and small)
7 Measuring cans
8 Glass plate for plastic limit
9 Shrinkage limit apparatus
10 Density bottle
11 High speed stirrer
12 Hydrometre (big and small)
13 Standard compaction rammer
14 Automatic soil compactor
15 Procter mould
16 Compaction mould
17 C.B.R -Marshall Tester
18 C.B.R -Mould and accessories
19 Sand cone
20 Trays (big and small)
21 Scoops
22 Desiccators
23 Field density tools
24 Field density spoons
25 Field rubber headed mailer
26 Field club hammers
27 Field density chisel
28 Field metal dibber tool

New
Engineering and Technology 113
 29 Field scrappers
30 Field density hand pick
31 Field steel pointed rod
32 Glass jar
33 Mortar
34 Rubber headed pestle
35 Glass evaporating dish
36 Filter paper
37 Conical beaker
Concrete Equipment
1 Slip test apparatus
2 Compacting factor apparatus
3 Penetrometre
4 100mm cube mould
5 150mm cube mould
6 Bean mould
7 Cylinder mould
8 Standard curing tank
9 Three-gang mould for 50mm mortal cube
10 Hand steel float
11 Head pans
12 Wheel barrows
13 Diggers
14 Band trowel
Sand Aggregates and Fillers Equipment
1 Aggregate impact value apparatus abrasion machine
2 Metal measurement (115mm x 180mm deep)
3 Asphalt Equipment
4 Thermometre
5 Laboratory thermometer
6 Surface thermometer
7 Muffler furnace
8 General Equipment
9 Distiller
10 Measuring tapes
11 Refrigerator
12 Stain gauge indicators
13 Sieve shakers
14 Sets of sieves
15 Set of 200mm diametre (various sizes)
16 Set of 300mm diametre (various sizes)
17 Set of 450mm diametre (various sizes)
18 Vanier caliper
19 Shear box
20 Oedometre (Consolidometre)
21 AAS
22 Automatic weather station
23 Current metre
24 Geometre
25 High performance liquid chromatography (HPLC)

New
Engineering and Technology 114
Agricultural Engineering Workshops
Farm Mechanics Workshop
S/No. Equipment
Measuring Tools and Instruments
1 Pocket rule with belt clip (235m)
2 Steel measuring tape caliper rule
3 Procession external micrometre
4 Universal measuring instrument for depth measurement
5 Procession inside micrometre
6 Dial indicator
7 Outside spring caliper
8 Inside spring caliper
9 Metal bar divider
10 Precision tri square
11 Metric threading gauge
12 Wielding and soldering accessories
13 Wielding shield
14 Wielding helmet
15 Goggle clear
16 Wielding goggle
17 Electrode holder
18 Earth clamp
19 Wielding hammer
20 Wire brush
21 Wielding and cutting touches set oxygen acetylene hoses
22 Safety helmet
23 Working and wielding gloves
24 Blowlamp with butane
25 Electrode-All sizes
26 Soldering iron (all sizes light-heavy duty)
27 Soldering lead wire (2mm)
28 Soldering lead in rod
Workshop Hand Tools (Technicians)
1 Hacksaw frame
2 Hacksaw blades high speed steel Tube cutter 3 – 32mm; 3 – 16mm
3 Steel wire brush
4 Clip plier for external clip
5 Clip plier for internal clip
6 Combination of plier (160, 180mm)
7 Heavy duty diagonal cutter constructed steel cutter (800mm)
8 Universal grip plier (250mm)
9 Welding grip plier (280mm)
10 Riveting tool set
11 Engineering hammer (200g – 250g)
12 Sledge hammer
13 Rubber hammer
14 Clipping chisel (150 – 250mm)
15 Welding hammer
16 Standard ring spanners

New
Engineering and Technology 115
 17 Combination spanner set
18 Scrapper
19 Hand gloves
20 Centre punch set (120x12) mm
21 Chisel set
22 Flat file (150-300) mm
23 Square file (150-300) mm
24 Half round file (150-300) mm
25 Round file (150-300) mm
26 Blacksmith tong (150-300) mm
27 All steel vices (100-175) mm
28 Pipe cutter (10-60) mm; (42-10) mm
29 Anvil with two horns (100 kos)
30 Technician tool box (empty)
Woodwork Equipment
1 Band saw-table size-700 x 980mm - 3hp
2 Radial arm saw 3hp (with extra blade)
3 Circular saw-blade dia-400mm with external blades
4 Universal woodworker combined-4hp seven works model
5 Single cylinder planner-4hp (surface planner with extra blades)
6 Vertical Motorize-chain motorise-3hp with extra bits
7 Router drilling machine-3hp
8 Combined tennoning and scribing machine
9 Belt sanding machine-2hp (with extra sanding paper reels)
Hand Tools (Carpentry)
1 Marking gauge
2 Mortise gauge
3 B. spirit level universal
4 Motorize chisel-(6.4, 9.6, 12.7, 16) mm
5 Flat chisel-(6.4, 9.6, 12.7, 16) mm
6 Bevel edge chisel – (6.4, 9.6, 12.7, 16) mm
7 Round chisel (6.4, 9.6, 12.7, 16) mm
8 Smooth plane-jack plane, plough plane
9 Wood rasp
10 Hand saw or panel saw
11 Ripsaw, crosscut
12 C- Clamp
13 F- Clamp
14 Wood bench vice
15 Jack plane
16 Hand drilling machine/rachet brazed bits
17 Sanding machine-heavy duty
18 Surface and thickness (100-150) mm blade
19 Extra knives carpentry machine planner and thicknesser
20 Air compressor-tank capacity 500 litres complete with accessories-type spray
gun and air blow-gun
21 Hydraulic garage jack (1, 2, 6 ton)
22 Hydraulic workshop crane (2.5 tones)
23 Battery tester, cell tester, acid tester
24 Battery fast and slow charger (6-24V,20Λ)

New
Engineering and Technology 116
 25 Battery service equipment
26 Spark plug tester and cleaner
27 Hydraulic mobile crane (1.5 – 5tons)
28 Wire rope winch- (1500 – 3000kg)
29 Chain host
30 Pedal operated grease gun
31 Hand lever grease gun
32 Exhaust gas tester
33 Standard tool box mechanics
34 Standard tool box for electricians
35 Electric hand drill 100mm
36 Electric two speed drill 23mm
37 Electric hand drill 13mm
38 Straight electric hand grinder 125mm
39 Angle electric hand grinder 230mm

Machinery Maintenance Base

S/No. Equipment
1 Hydraulic trolley
2 Wheel alignment gauge
3 Electrical/Electronic kit
4 Clutch alignment gauge
5 Vacuum tester
6 Battery charging equipment
7 Injector repair machine
8 Carburetor service kit
9 Hydraulic press
10 Vulcanizing set
11 Oxyacetylene equipment
12 Nozzle testing outfit
13 Tool boxes
14 Complete set of various maintenance kits

Engineering Graphics and Design Studio

S/No. Equipment
1 50 Computer work stations with design and graphic software from the
AutoCad suite (FUSION 360, etc.), 3-D printers and accessories.
2 50 drawing boards and T-squares
3 Large screen and projector
Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalent of
Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 18 credits per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practical
and supervision of projects. Each workshop or laboratory should have adequate number of
staff with the right mix, so that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run
efficiently.

New
Engineering and Technology 117
NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees, hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personnel

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practical’s
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.

Administrative Support Staff

The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staffs that are computer literate.

Technical Support Personnel

The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation and
maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.

Minimum Number of Staff

Subject to the general standards specified by NUC:
1. there should be a minimum of two PhDs and four M.Eng degree holders full-time academic
staff to mount the programme;
2. each workshop or laboratory should have an adequate number of staff with the right mix,
such that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run efficiently; and
3. there should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate caliber for
the office of the Head of Department to run.

Library
There must be adequate library facilities to cater for the interest of all the programmes in the
faculty. These include current journals, handbooks, textbooks, manuals, codes of practice,
standards and specifications in sufficient numbers.

Classrooms, Laboratories, Workshops, Clinics and Offices

The NUC recommends the following physical space requirement:

Academic m2
Professor’s Office 18.50
Head of Department’s Office 18.50
Tutorial Teaching Staff Space 13.50
Other Teaching Staff Space 7.00
Technical Staff Space 7.00
Science Staff Research Laboratory 16.50

New
Engineering and Technology 118
 Engineering Staff Research Laboratory 14.50
Seminar Space per student 1.85
Drawing Office Space (A.O. Board) (Per Student) 4.60
Drawing Office Space (A.I. Board) (Per Student) 3.70
Laboratory Space 7.50
Non-Academic
Secretarial Space 7.00

Office Facilities

S/No Office No in Room Facilities

1. HOD 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
unit, Secretary and facilities.
2. Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
unit, Secretary and facilities.
3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
unit.
4. Senior Lecturer 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
unit.
5. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.

6. Lecturer II 3 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves

New
Engineering and Technology 119
B.Eng. Automotive Engineering
Overview
The Automotive Engineering curriculum contains courses that will produce automotive
engineers that are competent in the mechanics of auto-engines, its design, fabrication and
maintenance. This will help in providing solutions to vehicular problems where existing artisans
are not capable of diagnosing or solving the problem. The world is moving away from the
combustion of conventional fossil fuel to power vehicular engines into a new era of the
application of various renewable energy sources. This generation of automotive engineers will
be the ones to bring this about. The new curriculum, therefore, contains courses such as:
Automotive Internal Combustion Engines; Fuels and Fuel Sources – fossil and renewable;
Renewable Energy Systems and Technology; Artificial Intelligence Machine Learning; Theory
of Machines; Dynamics and Control; Automobile System Design; Applied Thermodynamics,
Applied Aerodynamics; Automotive Vehicle Dynamics and Safety; CFD for Engineering;
Advanced Computer Aided engineering; Mechatronics.

Philosophy
The programme philosophy is to produce graduates who are capable of handling any brand
of vehicle manufactured anywhere in the world; and to produce graduates who are able to
design, fabricate and assemble vehicles using locally available materials, and switch to new
waves of existing and emerging renewable energies in propelling vehicular motion. It is aimed
that the graduates of this new curriculum should be able to combine sound theoretical
background with practical skills to enable them to take up challenging positions in the
automotive and manufacturing industries; and stand on their own in the auto-industry,
employing their skills in Entrepreneurship, Engineering Management and Engineering Law to
create auto-companies that create jobs and become employers of labour.

Objectives
In consonance with the philosophy, the Automotive Engineering Programme is designed to
produce graduates who can;
1. employ fundamental concepts of science, engineering mathematics and entrepreneurship
in automotive engineering.
2. plan, design and fabricate modern internal combustion engines which are capable of being
used for short and long distance transportation;
3. plan, design and fabricate durable engines for long and heavy-duty transportation;
4. have capacity to come up with good chassis vehicles that will be able to withstand the
harsh nature of the roads in Nigeria and other similar terrains elsewhere in the world;
5. plan, design, fabricate and assemble vehicles with good aerodynamic stability on any
terrain in the world;
6. design, fabricate and assemble auto-vehicles which are capable of employing different
sources of renewable energy as a power source;
7. employ computer software to develop vehicles and other auto-engines that will be capable
of being used on land and water;
8. employ knowledge of mechatronics dynamics control, advance aerodynamics to develop
potable vehicles that have the capacity to be used on land and air;
9. have the capability to maintain various brands of vehicles employing diagnostic tools and
the computer to detect and provide solutions to engine faults; and
10. be sufficiently practically oriented to be self-employed.

New
Engineering and Technology 120
Employability Skills
Graduates of this Automotive Engineering curriculum will have strong career prospects in both
public and private sectors. In the public sector, they will be readily employed in all parastatals
of government as vehicle pools engineers or as auto-mobile maintenance engineers. They will
equally be employed in almost all fields of engineering that require mechanical engineers. In
the public sector, they can be employed in virtually all engineering environments where there
is need for transportation, aerospace maintenance, marine propulsion, petroleum, chemical
application and, most especially, automotive skills . In the private sector they will also be
engaged as design engineers, Internal combustion engineers, chassis engineers, auto-
production engineers, simulation maintenance engineers, vehicle sales or purchasing
engineers, auto-materials parts specialists, auto-diagnostic engineers, internal combustion
engine development engineers, auto-business managers, power generating plant
professionals, and railway and metro-line service providers.

21st Century Skills

The graduates of Automotive Engineering Programme are able to have the capacity to:
1. critical thinking/problem solving/decision making;
2. creativity and innovation;
3. learning to learn/metacognition;
4. communication;
5. collaboration (teamwork and ethics);
6. computational thinking;
7. information literacy; and
8. citizenship (local and global.
9. design modern auto-engines, employing various software and CAD/CAM System to

Admission and Graduation Requirements

Admission Requirements
Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
1. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
2. Direct Entry (DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

For the five-year degree propgramme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must include English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

Direct Entry (DE) Mode

For four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit passes
which must include English Language, Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry, candidates with
at least two passes in relevant subjects (Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry) at the GCE
Advanced Level or IJMB or JUPEB may be considered for admission. Candidates who have
good National Diploma (ND) result in relevant Engineering Technology programmes may also
be considered for admission into 200 level. Holders of upper credit pass and above at Higher
National Diploma (HND) level, are eligible for consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:

New
Engineering and Technology 121
1. Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of 150
and maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5–year engineering degree programme.
Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters.
2. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode shall have registered for a minimum
of 120 and a maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4–year engineering degree
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic semesters.
3. Candidates admitted through the Direct Entry mode at 300-Level shall have registered for
a minimum of 90 and a maximum of 120 units of courses during a 3–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of 6 academic
semesters.
4. The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units respectively.
5. A student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by the
university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.
6. A student shall also have earned the 11 credit units of Students Industrial Work Experience
Scheme (SIWES), 8 credit units of University General Study courses and four credit units
of Entrepreneurship courses.

For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered,
whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the
computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it
or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each and all
attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.

Prerequisite courses must be taken and passed before a particular course at a higher level.
Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME and 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 200Level
and 11 semesters in the case of students who entered at 300Level.

Global Course Structure

Year GST/ENT Basic GET Programme SIWES Total
Sciences Courses Courses Courses
1 4 18 3 2 - 27
2 4 26 0 3 33
3 4 18 3 4 29
4 - 2 10 6 18
5 - 5 6 - 11
Total 12 18 56 22 13* 105

100 Level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 15 45
GST 112 Nigerian People and Culture 2 C 30 -
CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C 30 -
CHM 102 General Chemistry II 2 C 30 -
CHM 107 General Practical Chemistry I 1 C - 45

New
Engineering and Technology 122
 CHM 108 General Practical Chemistry II 1 C - 45
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 2 C 30 -
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C 30 -
MTH 103 Elementary Mathematics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C 30 -
PHY 103 General Physics III 2 C 30 -
PHY107 General Practical Physics I 1 C - 45
PHY108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45
GET 101 Engineering in Society 1 C 15 -
GET 102 Engineering Graphics and Solid 2 C 15 45
Modelling
TAE 102 Introduction to Automotive Engineering 2 C 15 -
Total 27

200 Level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and Innovation 2 C 30 -
GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence 2 C 30 -
GET 201 Applied Electricity I 3 C 45 -
GET 202 Engineering Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 204 Students Workshop Practice 2 C 15 45
GET 205 Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 3 C 45 -
GET 206 Fundamentals of Thermodynamics 3 C 45 -
GET 208 Strength of Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 45 -
GET 210 Engineering Mathematics II 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing and Software Engineering 3 C 30 45
*GET 299 SIWES I: SWEP 3 C 9 Weeks
Total 33

300 Level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GST 312 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 30 -
ENT 312 Venture Creation 2 C 15 45
GET 301 Engineering Mathematics III 3 C 45 -
GET 302 Engineering Mathematics IV 3 C 45 -
GET 304 Technical Writing and 3 C 45 -
Communication
GET 305 Engineering Statistics and Data 3 C 45 -
Analytics
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems and 3 C 30 45
Technologies
GET 307 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, 3 C 45 -
Machine Learning and
Convergent Technologies
TAE 302 Automotive Internal Combustion 3 C 30 45
Engines

New
Engineering and Technology 123
 *GET 399 SIWES I: Students Work Experience 4 C 12 Weeks
Scheme
Total 29

400 Level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
code
GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 C 90
GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Costing 2 C 30
TAE 403 Automobile System Design 3 C 30 45
TAE 405 Finite Element Analysis of Structures 2 C 30 -
TAE 407 Applied Aerodynamics 3 C 45 -
TAE 409 Dynamics and Control 2 C 30 -
*GET 499 SIWES III: Students Work Experience Scheme 4 C 12 Weeks
Total 18

SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

500 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 501 Engineering Project Management 3 C 45 -

GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -
TAE 502 Automotive Materials and Structures 2 C 30 -
TAE 505 Automobile Vehicle Dynamics and Safety 2 E 30 -
TAE 555 Project 4 C - 180
Total 11

Course Contents and Learning Outcomes

100 Level

GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;

New
Engineering and Technology 124
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.

Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology); English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations); major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional); grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality). Reading
and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking; reasoning
methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy, generalisation and
explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements. Writing activities
(pre-writing[brainstorming and outlining], writing (paragraphing, punctuation and
expression), post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing (summary, essays,
letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making). etc. Mechanics of writing. Information
and Communication Technology in modern language learning. Language skills for effective
communication.The art of public speaking.

GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;
2. identify and list the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
3. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political entity;
4. analyse the concepts of trade and economic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation to
national development;
5. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian state regarding nation building;
6. analyse the role of the judiciary in upholding fundamental human rights
7. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria; and
8. list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems.

Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and cultures;
peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria; nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system; indigenous apprenticeship system among
Nigerian peoples; trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justice and national
development (definition and classification of law); Judiciary and fundamental rights.
Individuals, norms and values (basic Nigerian norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition; citizenship and civic responsibilities; indigenous languages, usage and
development; negative attitudes and conducts [Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices]). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3Rs – Reconstruction, Rehabilitation
and Re-orientation; re-orientation strategies: Operation Feed the Nation (OFN), Green
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline and Corruption (WAIC), Mass
Mobilization for Self-Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery (MAMSER), National
Orientation Agency (NOA). Current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria.

New
Engineering and Technology 125
CHM 101: General Chemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:

1. define atom, molecules and chemical reactions;

2. discuss the modern electronic theory of atoms;
3. write electronic configurations of elements on the periodic table;
4. rationalise the trends of atomic radii, ionisation energies, electronegativity of the elements,
based on their position in the periodic table;
5. identify and balance oxidation–reduction equation and solve redox titration problems;
6. draw shapes of simple molecules and hybridised orbitals;
7. identify the characteristics of acids, bases and salts, and solve problems based on their
quantitative relationship;
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using LeChatelier’s principle to
predict the effect of concentration, pressure and temperature changes on equilibrium
mixtures;
9. analyse and perform calculations with the thermodynamic functions, enthalpy, entropy
and free energy; and
10. determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and temperature.

Course Contents
Atoms, molecules, elements and compounds, and chemical reactions. Modern electronic
theory of atoms. Electronic configuration, periodicity and building up of the periodic table.
Hybridisation and shapes of simple molecules. Valence forces; Structure of solids. Chemical
equations and stoichiometry; chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, kinetic theory of
matter. Elementary thermochemistry; rates of reaction, equilibrium and thermodynamics.
Acids, bases and salts. Properties of gases. Redox reactions and introduction to
electrochemistry. Radioactivity.

CHM 102: General Chemistry II (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the importance and development of organic chemistry;
2. define fullerenes and its applications;
3. discuss electronic theory;
4. determine the qualitative and quantitative of structures in organic chemistry;
5. state rules guiding nomenclature and functional group classes of organic chemistry;
6. determine the rate of reaction to predict mechanisms of reaction;
7. identify classes of organic functional group with brief description of their chemistry;
8. discuss comparative chemistry of group 1A, IIA and IVA elements; and
9. describe basic properties of transition metals.

Course Contents
Historical survey of the development and importance of organic chemistry; fullerenes as fourth
allotrope of carbon, uses as nanotubules, nanostructures, nanochemistry. Electronic theory in
organic chemistry. Isolation and purification of organic compounds; determination of
structures of organic compounds including qualitative and quantitative analysis in organic
chemistry; nomenclature and functional group classes of organic compounds. Introductory
reaction mechanism and kinetics. Stereochemistry. The chemistry of alkanes, alkenes,

New
Engineering and Technology 126
alkynes, alcohols, ethers, amines, alkyl halides, nitriles, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids
and derivatives. The chemistry of selected metals and non-metals. Comparative chemistry of
group IA, IIA and IVA elements. Introduction to transition metal chemistry.

CHM 107: General Practical Chemistry I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correct carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. state the differences between primary and secondary standards;
5. perform redox titration;
6. record observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions.

Course Contents
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.

CHM 108: General Practical Chemistry II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correctly carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. identify and carry out preliminary tests which include ignition, boiling point, melting point,
test on known and unknown organic compounds;
5. carry out solubility tests on known and unknown organic compounds;
6. carry out elemental tests on known and unknown compounds; and
7. carry out functional group/confirmatory test on known and unknown compounds which
could be acidic/basic/ neutral organic compounds.

Course Contents
Continuation of CHM 107. Additional laboratory experiments to include functional group
analysis, quantitative analysis using volumetric methods.

MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:
1. define and explain set, subset, union, intersection, complements, and demonstrate the
use of Venn diagrams;
2. solve quadratic equations;
3. solve trigonometric functions;
4. identify various types of numbers; and
5. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 127
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers. Mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.

MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
2. recognise and understand the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and
continuity;
3. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes;
4. solve function of a real variable, plot relevant graphs, identify limits and idea of continuity;
5. identify the derivative as limit of rate of change;
6. identify techniques of differentiation and perform extreme curve sketching;
7. identify integration as an inverse of differentiation;
8. identify methods of integration and definite integrals; and
9. perform integration application to areas, volumes.

Course Contents
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative, as limit of
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve sketching,
integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes (including
approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule).

MTH 103: Elementary Mathematics III (Vectors, Geometry and Dynamics)

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. solve some vectors in addition and multiplication;
2. calculate force and momentum; and
3. solve differentiation and integration of vectors.

Course Contents
(Pre-requisite –MTH 101)
Geometric representation of vectors in 1-3 dimensions, components, direction cosines.
Addition, scalar, multiplication of vectors, linear independence. Scalar and vector products of
two vectors. Differentiation and integration of vectors with respect to a scalar variable. Two-
dimensional co-ordinate geometry. Straight lines, circles, parabola, ellipse, hyperbola.
Tangents, normals. Kinematics of a particle. Components of velocity and acceleration of a
particle moving in a plane. Force, momentum, laws of motion under gravity, projectiles and
resisted vertical motion. Elastic string and simple pendulum. Impulse, impact of two smooth
spheres and a sphere on a smooth surface.

PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;

New
Engineering and Technology 128
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular momentum;
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

Course Contents
Space and time; units and dimension, vectors and scalars, differentiation of vectors:
displacement, velocity and acceleration; kinematics; Newton’s laws of motion (inertial frames,
impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation); relative motion; application
of Newtonian mechanics; equations of motion; conservation principles in physics,
conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy, system of particles, centre of mass; rotational motion; torque, vector product,
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum. Polar coordinates; conservation
of angular momentum; circular motion; moments of inertia, gyroscopes and precession;
gravitation: Newton’s law of gravitation, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion, gravitational
potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits.

PHY 103: General Physics III (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing macroscopic
behaviour;
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Contents
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.

PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;

New
Engineering and Technology 129
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Contents
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity, etc. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis
should be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data
collection, analysis, and deduction.

PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs;
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.

Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction.

GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs); and
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.

Course Contents
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.

GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

New
Engineering and Technology 130
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple everyday and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength and cost;
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical and
other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the analytical
nature of the courses they take; and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.

Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete
terms. Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3D
objects. Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and
perspectives. Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection
and rendering. This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid
works, solid edge or equivalent.
TAE 102 : Introduction to Automotive Engineering (2 Unit C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. activate students’ interest in automotive engineering;
2. make them understand their significance to the national economy; and
3. enable them to appreciate the use of automotive engineering in public and private sectors.

Course Contents
Definition of automotive engineering. History of automotive engineering. The automotive
engineer; automotive engines and its growth; the role of automotive engine and engineer in
transportation. Automotive engine and parts maintenance. Areas of automotive engineer’s
employment. General automotive business.

200 Level

GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;

New
Engineering and Technology 131
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge, and
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.

Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding, etc.

ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence;
4. engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
5. identify key elements in innovation;
6. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
7. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
8. state the basic principles of e-commerce.

Course Contents
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.

GET 201: Applied Electricity I (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Course Learning Outcomes

New
Engineering and Technology 132
Students will be able to:
1. discuss the fundamental concepts of electricity and electrical d.c. circuits;
2. state, explain and apply the basic d.c. circuit theorems;
3. explain the basic a.c. circuit theory and
4. apply to solution of simple circuits.

Course contents
Fundamental concepts: Electric fields, charges, magnetic fields. current, B-H curves Kirchhoff’s
laws, superposition. Thevenin, Norton theorems, Reciprocity, RL, RC, RLC circuits. DC, AC
bridges, Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance measurement, Transducers, Single phase
circuits, Complex j - notation, AC circuits, impedance, admittance, susceptance.

GET 202: Engineering Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to :
1. demonstrate the role of atoms and molecules (aggregates of atoms) in the building of
solid/condensed matter known as engineering materials, the electrons quantum numbers
and how the electrons are arranged in different atomic elements, and explain the role of
electronic configuration and valence electrons in bonding;
2. define metals, alloys and metalloids, demonstrate mental picture of the solid mineral
resources development as a relay race among four ‘athletes’: geologist, mining engineer,
mineral processing technologist, process metallurgical engineer, and classify metallurgical
engineering into 3Ps: process, physical and production;
3. explain the relationship between structure and properties of materials, characteristics,
components and compositions of phase diagrams and phase transformations of solid
solutions;
4. define ceramics, glass and constituents of glasses and understand application of ceramics
in mining, building, art and craft industries;
5. define and classify polymers as a class of engineering materials and polymeric materials,
demonstrate polymerisation reactions, their types and mechanism, and applications of
polymers;
6. define properties, types and application of composite materials and fibres (synthetic and
natural);
7. define and classify nanomaterials, demonstrate applications of nanomaterials, concept,
design and classification of fracture mechanics, corrosion classification, including the five
principal ways of controlling corrosion and metal finishing processes such as sherardising,
galvanising and anodising; and
8. identify factors affecting the performance and service life of engineering
materials/metals and metallography of metals/materials (materials anatomy), which
enables metallurgical and materials engineers to prescribe appropriate solutions to test
metals/materials fitness in service through structure-property-application relationships.

Course Contents
Basic material science; atomic structure, atomic bonding and crystal structures. Engineering
materials situating metals and alloys; metals and alloys, classifications of metals, metal
extraction processes using iron and steel (ferrous) and aluminium (nonferrous) as examples,
phase diagrams/iron carbon diagrams, and mechanical workings of metals. Selection and
applications of metals and alloys for specific applications in oil, aerospace, construction,
manufacturing and transportation industries, among others. Ceramics (including glass);
definition, properties, structure and classifications of ceramics. Bioactive and glass – ceramics.
Toughing mechanism for ceramics. Polymers; definition of polymers as engineering materials,

New
Engineering and Technology 133
chemistry of polymeric materials, polymer crystallisation, polymer degradation and aging.
Thermoplastic and thermosetting polymers and concepts of copolymers and homopolymers.
Composites; definition, classification, characterisation, properties and composite. Applications
of composites. Nanomaterials; definition, classification and applications of nanomaterials as
emerging technology. Processing of nanomaterials including mechanical grinding, wet
chemical synthesis, gas phase synthesis, sputtered plasma processing, microwave plasma
processing and laser ablation. Integrity assessment of engineering materials; effect of
engineering design, engineering materials processing, selection, manufacturing and
assembling on the performance and service life of engineering materials. Metallography and
fractography of materials. Mechanical testing (destructive testing) of materials such as
compressive test, tensile test, hardness test, impact test, endurance limit and fatigue test.
Non-destructive test (NDT) such as dye penetrant, x-ray and eddy current.

GET 204: Students Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify various basic hands and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement devices
and instruments, and acquire skills in their effective use and maintenance;
2. practically apply basic engineering technologies, including metrology, casting, metal
forming and joining, materials removal, machine tooling (classification, cutting tool action,
cutting forces, non-cutting production) and CNC machining technology;
3. master workshop and industrial safety practices, accident prevention and ergonomics;
4. physically recognise different electrical & electronic components like resistances,
inductances, capacitances, diodes, transistors and their ratings;
5. connect electric circuits, understand different wiring schemes, and check ratings of
common household electrical appliances and their basic maintenance; and
6. determine household and industrial energy consumption, and understand practical energy
conservation measures.

Course Contents
The course comprises general, mechanical and electrical components: supervised hands-on
experience in safe usage of tools and machines for selected tasks; Use of measuring
instruments (calipers, micrometers, gauges, sine bar, wood planners, saws, sanders, and
pattern making). Machine shop: lathe work shaping, milling, grinding, reaming, metal
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry practice.
Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting processes. Metal
forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging, press-tool work,
spinning, etc.). Metal joining processes(welding, brazing and soldering). Heat
treatment. Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory of
metal cutting. Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines.
Supervised identification, use and care of various electrical and electronic components such
as resistors, inductors, capacitors, diodes and transistors. Exposure to different electric
circuits, wiring schemes, analogue and digital electrical and electronic measurements.
Household and industrial energy consumption measurements. Practical energy conservation
principles.

GET 205: Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to :
1. explain the properties of fluids;

New
Engineering and Technology 134
2. determine forces in static fluids and fluids in motion;
3. determine whether a floating body will be stable;
4. determine the effect of various pipe fittings (valves, orifices, bends and elbows) on fluid
flow in pipes;
5. measure flow parameters with venturi meters, orifice meters, weirs, etc;
6. perform calculations based on principles of mass, momentum and energy conservation;
7. perform dimensional analysis and simple fluid modelling problems; and
8. specify the type and capacity of pumps and turbines for engineering applications

Course Contents
Fluid properties, hydrostatics, fluid dynamics using principles of mass, momentum and energy
conservation from a control volume approach. Flow measurements in pipes, dimensional
analysis, and similitude, 2-dimensional flows. Hydropower systems.

GET 206: Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe basic concepts of thermodynamics, quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second
and third laws;
2. define and explain system, surrounding, closed and open system, control volume and
control mass, extensive and intensive properties;
3. calculate absolute and gage pressure, and absolute temperature, calculate changes in
kinetic, potential, enthalpy and internal energy;
4. evaluate the properties of pure substances i.e. evaluate the state of the pure substances
such as compressed liquid, saturated liquid-vapour mixture and superheated vapour using
property diagrams and tables; arrange the ideal and real gas equations of state,
5. formulate the first law of thermodynamics for a closed system i.e. organize the change in
energy in the closed systems via heat and work transfer;
6. distinguish heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation, and calculate the
amount of heat energy transferred;
7. calculate the changes in moving boundary work, spring work, electrical work and shaft
work in closed systems;
8. apply the first law of thermodynamics for closed systems and construct conservation of
mass and energy equations;
9. formulate the first law of thermodynamics to the open systems i.e. describe steady-flow
open system, apply the first law of thermodynamics to the nozzles, diffusers, turbines,
compressors, throttling valves, mixing chambers, heat exchangers, pipe and duct flow;
10. construct energy and mass balance for unsteady-flow processes;
11. evaluate thermodynamic applications using second law of thermodynamics;
12. calculate thermal efficiency and coefficient of performance for heat engine, refrigerators
and heat pumps; and
13. restate perpetual-motion machines, reversible and irreversible processes.
Course Contents
Basic concepts, definitions and laws (quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second and third
laws of thermodynamics). Properties of pure substances: the two-property rule (P-V-T
behaviour of pure substances and perfect gases); state diagrams. The principle of
corresponding state; compressibility relations; reduced pressure; reduced volume;
temperature; pseudo-critical constants. The ideal gas: specific heat, polytropic processes.
Ideal gas cycles; Carnot; thermodynamic cycles, turbines, steam and gas, refrigeration. The
first law of thermodynamics – heat and work, applications to open and closed systems. The

New
Engineering and Technology 135
steady flow energy equation (Bernoulli’s equation) and application. Second law of
thermodynamics, heat cycles and efficiencies.

GET 208: Strength of Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. recognise a structural system that is stable and in equilibrium;
2. determine the stress-strain relation for single and composite members based on Hooke's
law;
3. estimate the stresses and strains in single and composite members due to temperature
changes;
4. evaluate the distribution of shear forces and bending moments in beams with distributed
and concentrated loads;
5. determine bending stresses and their use in identifying slopes and deflections in beams;
6. use Mohr's circle to evaluate the normal and shear stresses in a multi-dimensional stress
system and transformation of these stresses into strains;
7. evaluate the stresses and strains due to torsion on circular members; and
8. determine the buckling loads of columns under various fixity conditions at the ends.

Course Contents
Consideration of equilibrium; composite members, stress-strain relation. Generalised Hooke's
law. Stresses and strains due to loading and temperature changes. Torsion of circular
members. Shear force, bending moments and bending stresses in beams with symmetrical
and combined loadings. Stress and strain transformation equations and Mohr’s circle. Elastic
buckling of columns.

GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank etc;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and Green’s
theorem;
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical model
of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation, etc., as well as fourier series, initial conditions and its
applications to different engineering processes

Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.

New
Engineering and Technology 136
GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);
2. explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically solve
a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types;
3. numerically solve differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;
4. perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,
curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of
several variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;
5. solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex numbers;
6. apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations
and of results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the theory
of conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
7. evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.

Course Contents
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and
vector-valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary
complex analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity. Derivatives,
differentiation rules and differentiation of integrals. Cauchy-Riemann equation, harmonic
functions, basic theory of conformal mapping, transformation and mapping and its
applications to engineering problems. Special functions.

GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project
through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas;

Course Contents
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components

New
Engineering and Technology 137
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.

GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.

Course Contents
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or
special centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant
practical/industrial working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major.
The students are exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance
of tools, equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production
of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation. (8-10 weeks during the long
vacation following 200 level).

NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of programme-specific

activities for their students.

300 Level

GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in peace
building.

Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,

New
Engineering and Technology 138
community leaders). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents of
conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and Imperatives.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation, collaboration, etc).
The roles of international organizations in conflict resolution (a) The United Nations, UN and
its conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council (c) ECOWAS in
peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building. Managing post-
conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs);the role of NGOs in
post-conflict situations/crises.

ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
1. describe the key steps in venture creation;
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.

Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy. Digital business and e-commerce strategies).

GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 139
1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.

Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis and structure Fog Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A,B,C,D,E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills(steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports(competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.

GET 305: Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. work with data from the point of view of knowledge convergence, machine learning, and
intelligence augmentation, which significantly raises their standard for engineering
analysis (the approach forces them to learn statistics in an actionable way that helps them
to see the holistic importance of data analytics in modern engineering and technology);
2. anticipate the future with Artificial Intelligence while fulfilling the basic requirements of
conventional engineering statistical programming consistent with their future careers;
3. perform, with proficiency, statistical inference tasks with language or programming
toolboxes such as R, Python, Mathematica or MATLAB, and Design Expert to summarise
analysis and interpretation of industry engineering data, and make appropriate conclusions
based on such experimental and/or real-life industrial data;
4. construct appropriate graphical displays of data and highlight the roles of such displays in
data analysis, particularly the use of statistical software packages;
5. plan and execute experimental programmes to determine the performance of programme-
relevant industrial engineering systems, and evaluate the accuracy of the measurements
undertaken; and
6. demonstrate mastery of data analytics and statistical concepts by communicating the
results of experimental and industry-case investigations, critically reasoned scientific and
professional analysis through written and oral presentation.

New
Engineering and Technology 140
Course Contents
Descriptive statistics, frequency distribution, populations and sample, central tendency,
variance data sampling, mean, median, mode, mean deviation, percentiles, etc. Probability.
Binomial, Poisson hyper-geometric and normal distributions. Statistical inference intervals,
test hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big data analytics
and cloud computing applications. Introduction to the R language; R as a calculator; Vectors,
matrices, factors, data frames and other R collections. Iteration and looping control structures.
Conditionals and other controls. Designing, using and extending functions. The Apply Family.
Statistical modelling and inference in R.
.
GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technologies (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the types, uses and advantages of renewable energy in relation to climate change;
2. design for use the various renewable energy systems;
3. recognise and analyse the current energy systems in Nigeria, their impacts on
development and the global energy demand and supply scenarios;
4. appreciate the environmental impact of energy exploitation and utilisation, and pursue the
sustainable development of renewable energy for various applications; and
5. recognise the exploitation, excavation, production, and processing of fossil fuels such as
coal, petroleum and natural gas, and discuss the sources, technology and contribution to
future energy demands of renewable energy.

Course Contents
Current and potential future energy systems in Nigeria and globally - resources, extraction,
concepts in energy conversion systems; parallels and differences in various conversion
systems and end-use technologies, with emphasis on meeting 21st-century national, regional
and global energy needs in a sustainable manner. Various energy technologies in each fuel
cycle stage for fossil (oil, gas, synthetic), nuclear (fission and fusion) and renewable (solar,
biomass, wind, hydro, and geothermal). Energy types, storage, transmission and
conservation. Analysis of energy mixes within an engineering, economic and social context.
Sustainable energy; emphasise sustainability in general and in the overall concept of
sustainable development and the link this has with sustainable energy as the fundamental
benefit of renewable energy.

New
Engineering and Technology 141
Practical Contents
Simple measurement of solar radiation, bomb calorimeter determination of calorific value of
fuels and biomass; measurement of the velocity of wind, waves and the energy that abound
in them; laboratory production of biogas and determination of energy available in it; simple
conversion of solar energy to electricity; transesterification of edible oil into biodiesel;
simulation of geothermal energy; Geiger-Muller or Scintillation Counters’ determination of
uranium or thorium energy; simple solid or salt storage of energy; hybrid application of
renewable energy.

GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and Convergent

Technologies (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:
1. explain the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications and effects of artificial
intelligence;
2. explain the fundamental concepts of machine learning, deep learning and convergent
technologies;
3. demonstrate the difference between supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised
learning;
4. demonstrate proficiency in machine learning workflow and how to implement the steps
effectively;
5. explain natural languages, knowledge representation, expert systems and pattern
recognition;
6. describe distributed systems, data and information security and intelligent web
technologies;
7. explain the concept of big data analytics, purpose of studying it, issues that can arise with
a data set and the importance of properly preparing data prior to a machine learning
exercise; and
8. explain the concepts, characteristics, models and benefits, key security and compliance
challenges of cloud computing.

Course Contents
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence paradigms;
search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired algorithms –
examples, their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding
natural languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation, mathematical and logic
foundations of AI; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition; distributed
systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent technologies
– definition, significance and engineering applications. Neural networks and deep learning.
Introduction to python AI libraries.

GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three softwares in their chosen career choices;
2. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;
3. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;,

New
Engineering and Technology 142
4. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work;
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers; and
7. write a general report at the end of the training.

The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work
experience i.e. 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged
in the more advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use
in the industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a
report at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and
encouraged to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities
and experiences to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits
include:

Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine

operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts,
gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, and wooden furniture making processes.

Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solid works: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with Solid Works, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solid Works drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.

A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project.

Examples of projects should include the following:

a. Design of machine component;
b. Product design and innovation;
c. Part modelling and drafting in Solid Works; and
d. Technical report writing.

TAE 302: Automotive Internal Combustion Engines (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify internal combustion engines;
2. describe all types of fuels available for combustion in the internal combustion engines,
efficiency of the combustion and the relation this has with pressure ratio;
3. state the environmental impact of the combustion of the fuels due to exhaust emission;
and

New
Engineering and Technology 143
4. state the implications of design on the combustion efficiency of internal combustion
engines.

Course Contents
This course introduces students to internal combustion engines, their efficiency and pollutants
emission. It looks at the various emerging power technologies in the automotive industry and
the current and alternative fuels and combustion processes. Choice of fuel and the design of
efficient engine operating parameters and their by-products will also be discussed.

400 Level

GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units C: PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme; and
2. demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.

Course Contents
In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies;
2. describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to
the society;
3. demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices;
4. prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review;
5. discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation; and
6. determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

Course Content
Objectives of valuation work/ valuer's primary duty and responsibility. Valuer's obligation to
his or her client, to other valuers, and to the society. Valuation methods and practices.
Valuation reports. Expert witnessing. Ethics in valuation. Valuation standards. Price, cost and
value. Depreciation and obsolescence. Valuation terminology. Real asset valuation; personal
asset valuation. Machinery and equipment valuation. Oil and gas facilities valuation. Mines
and quarries valuation. Appraisal reporting and review.

New
Engineering and Technology 144
TAE 403: Automobile System Design (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. carry out the design of engine block;
2. identify the chassis;
3. develop steering system; and
4. explain mechanical transmission system.

Course Contents
Auto engine design; design of steering systems; design of transmission systems.

TAE 405: Finite Element Analysis of Structures (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. use finite element;
2. explain solid works soft-ware and other soft-wares in the design and
3. identify simulation of engineering problems in automotive engineering.

Course Contents
Finite element analysis to solve problems related to solid mechanics, dynamics and heat-
transfer. In particular, students will have hands-on experience in using finite element analysis
software ANSYS and MSC Nastran to solve realistic engineering problems.

TAE 407: Applied Aerodynamics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
This course will introduce students to;
1. the fundamentals and practical aspects of incompressible and compressible flows;
2. the design and operation of flow systems; and
3. including pipe networks, automobiles and flight vehicles.

Course Contents
Flow of inviscid and viscous fluids. Laminar and turbulent flow in pipes and boundary layers.
Losses in pipe systems. Lift and drag forces on moving bodies and aerofoil theory.
Incompressible-flow machines. Fundamentals of compressible flow. 1-D pipe flow.
Compressible flow nozzles. Rayleigh flow. Fanno flow. external compressible flow around
bodies including transonic and supersonic vehicles. Design considerations. Experimental
techniques.

TAE 409: Dynamics and Control (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the implication of vibration in automotive engineering; and
2. and the significance of its control.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 145
Dynamic systems are found everywhere, from musical instruments to transportation vehicles
such as automobiles and aircraft. Even static civil structures such as bridges and buildings
exhibit a dynamic response, which must be considered during design and construction of such
systems. This course introduces the fundamental concepts of vibrating dynamical systems,
from single degree of freedom systems through to continuous and multi-degree of freedom
systems. Design of vibration control devices, such as vibration isolators and vibration
absorbers, is also considered. Concurrently with the introduction to vibratory systems
described above, this course also addresses how to control such dynamic systems using
modern state-space control. This involves time domain descriptions of dynamic systems using
state-space system models. The characteristics responsible for the dynamic response (poles,
zeros, eigenvalues) are presented. Control laws using state-space are introduced, including
specification of controller characteristics, controller design using pole placement and optimal
(LQR) control (introduction). State observers are presented, including observer design using
both pole placement and optimal (Kalman) observers (introduction). Finally, a computer aided
control system design methodology is applied to a real MIMO aerospace platform and several
other unstable MIMO systems.

GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:
1. be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
2. bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work
methods and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways
of safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;
3. experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work and
the environment seamlessly,and expose them to contacts for eventual job placements
after graduation;
4. be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place
of engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them;
and
5. exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (12 weeks from the end of the first semester at 400-Level to
the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second semester at
400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a programme related
industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc, for a period of 6 months under the
guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised by an academic
staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits the completed
Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also, there will be a comprehensive report
covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences (GET 299, GET 399 and
GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department for overall assessment.

500 Level

GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)

New
Engineering and Technology 146
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
4. possess the skills needed for project management; and
5. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.

Course Contents
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons – functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.
Project planning, control and timeliness;decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.

GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions;
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications; and
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principles undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically
present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an
expert witness.

Course Contents
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.
Termination/cancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on

New
Engineering and Technology 147
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.

TAE 502: Automotive Materials and Structures (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify practically materials available for automotive parts; and
2. to enable them decide to accurately make the right selection in material.

Course Contents
Examination of different materials used in the automotive industry, including metals, ceramics
and composites. Discussion of selection of the appropriate material for a variety of applications
in terms of the materials’ properties, ease of manufacture and performance in the anticipated
service environment. Case studies of selected materials in the design application of each of
these materials for automotive parts. The course develops an understanding of the mechanics
of complex practical situations through the establishment and solution of an appropriate
boundary value problem.

TAE 505: Automotive Vehicle Dynamics & Safety (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. appreciate the aerodynamic stability of vehicle during use; and
2. help students in ergonomics and vehicle stability design.

Course Contents
Automotive vehicle dynamics and safety; dynamics of vehicles on the road during normal
operation as well as during impact and other crash scenarios; and discuss specific topics
including vehicle handling, stability and control, tyre dynamics, suspension design, braking
performance, automotive safety, impact dynamics, road safety engineering and safety
regulations.

TAE 506: Automobile Maintenance and Testing (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
Show enhanced capability of students in handling day-to-day maintenance of vehicles.

Course Contents
Check spark plugs, injectors, air filters, water level, engine oil level, engine oil viscosity, air
filter, transmission fluid level, coolant water level, tire gauge and wear, wheel balancing,
exhaust catalytic system, pipe and holes damage.

Minimum Academic Standards

Equipment
Laboratories
Properties of air-fuel mixtures;
Effect of mixture strength on ignition and flame;

New
Engineering and Technology 148
Formation, flame velocity, combustion rate, peak pressure and temperature; and
Engine emission and omission control.
Automobile systems and vehicle dynamics laboratory
Performance and reliability of brake systems
Carburetors and injection nozzles
Performance characteristics of components of ignition system
Performance of batteries, alternators, voltage regulators, etc
Performance characteristic of power transmission system
Vehicle body shape and air resistance
Factors affecting tyre wear rate
Effect of tyre pressure on road traction (fuel consumption) and maneuverability
Maneuverability of vehicles
Automobile systems design maintenance and testing laboratory
Design of system components for production
Testing of models and prototypes
Testing of vehicles for off-design performance
Schedules for preventive maintenance for various automobile components, taking local
conditions into consideration.
Calibration and operation of test equipment
Crank shaft grinder
Cam shaft grinder
Valve grinder
Pedestal grinder
Cylinder boring machine
Hydraulic ramp
Portable crane
Compressor
Mechanical press
Plug re-conditioning machine
Battery charger
Beam setter
Centre lathe 349
Chain block
Torque wrench (various)
Tool kit, stock and dies
Dynamic performance testing unit
Automobile workshop
Auto pit
Auto engine rigs
Auto transmission systems
Wheel balancing and alignment equipment
Panel beating apparatus
Welding equipment
Production facilities for simple automobile parts
Apparatus set-up for fault tracing and repair of automobile systems including engine overhaul
Lubricating oil tester
Laboratory Equipment
Petrol engine with dynamometer
Diesel engine with dynamometer
3000oC electric furnace
Computer controlled super service wind tunnel (3 blades)
Computer controlled aerodynamic tunnel 50x250mm

New
Engineering and Technology 149
Aerodynamic tunnel 50x250mm
Flow visualization aerodynamic tunnel
Wind tunnel flight unit
Aerodynamic testing demonstration bench
Two-shaft gas turbine/jet engine
Computer controlled steam motor & engine conversion unit
Computer controlled steam power plant adjustable up to 20kw
Computer controlled jet propulsion study unit
Computer controlled test bench for single cylinder engine (7.5 kw)
Computer controlled exhaust gas calorimeter
Exhaust gas Analyser
Computer controlled test bench for hybrid engine
Unit to study sample drive assembly
Acceleration of gear system unit
Unit to study combined drive assembly
Unit to study gear train assembly
Braking & accelerating force unit
Plate clutch
Single hydraulic unit
Geared study unit
Gear box
Epicyclic gear unit (1 Element)
Epicyclic gear unit (2 Element)
Epicyclic gear unit (3 Element)
Borg-warner automatic transmission
Differential crown-wheel & pinion
Overdrive unit
Static & dynamic balancing unit
Computer controlled test bench for 4-cylinder engine (75 kw)
Drum brake unit
Disk brake unit
Digital engine diagnostic equipment
Crank shaft grinder
Cam shaft grinder
Valve grinder
Pedestal grinder
Cylinder boring machine
Hydraulic ramp
Portable crane
Workshop service compressor
Mechanical (Manual table) press
Plug re-conditioning machine
Plug re-conditioning machine
Battery charger
Beam setter
Centre lathe 349
Chain block
Torque wrench (various)

New
Engineering and Technology 150
Tool kit, stock and dies
Dynamic performance testing unit
Standard auto-service pit
Auto engine rigs
Auto transmission systems
Wheel balancing (dynamic type) and alignment equipment (digital type)
Panel beating apparatus
Welding equipment
Production facilities for simple automobile parts
Apparatus set-up for fault tracing and repair of automobile systems including engine
overhaul
Lubricating oil tester
Hydraulic press (100 tonne)
Hydraulic jack
Brake testing equipment with control panel
Electric vulcanizer
Work benches
Bench vices
Pneumatic tyre removal equipment
Injector pump test bench
Master cylinder test equipment
Universal battery charger
Engine mounting stand
Hydro-meters
Trolley jacks
Foot operated grease dispenser
Electric hand drill
Airline pressure gauge
Portable tyre inflator (manual)
Tyre repair kit
Heavy duty tyre changer
Tachometer
Exhaust gas analyser
Lubrication equipment
Dynamometer
Cylinder boring machine
Steam cleaner
Diesel fuel pump test stand
Carburettor service kit
Chain wrench (for removing oil filter)
Portable vehicle hoist
Battery coil tester
Ignition coil tester
Snychroscope (distributor tester)
Spark plug tester
Pullers (various sizes)
Grease gun
Cylinder ridge remover

New
Engineering and Technology 151
Engine sump drainer
Honing machine
Head light tester
Oil can
2 stroke diesel engines
4-cylinder diesel engine
6-cylinder petrol engine
Clutch testing machine
Life and dead vehicles
66 spanners of assorted types and sizes
Transparent engine and gear boxes (for demonstration)
Automotive engine test bed
Type K thermocouples for temperatures 0oC -1200oC
Steering geometry measuring device
Vibration meter
Electrolytic tester
Fuel consumption measuring system
Test rig for electric fuel injector (petrol)
Fire extinguishers, water, foam, dry powder and sand buckets
Wind tunnel
Flow visualization aerodynamics tunnel
Gas calorimeter
Steam power plant
Gas turbine

Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalent
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15 Units per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practicals
and supervision of projects.
NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees, hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personnel

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practicals
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.

Administrative Support Staff

The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.
Technical Support Personnel

New
Engineering and Technology 152
The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation and
maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.

Minimum Number of Staff

Subject to the general standards specified by NUC:
1. there should be a minimum of two PhDs and four M.Eng degree holders full-time academic
staff to mount the programme;
2. each workshop or laboratory should have an adequate number of staff with the right mix,
such that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run efficiently; and
3. there should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate calibre for
the office of the Head of Department to run.

Student/Staff Ratio
The minimum staff-to-student ratio should be 1:15 from 200 level to 500 level.

Library
There must be adequate library facilities to cater for the interest of all the programmes in the
faculty. These include current journals, handbooks, textbooks, manuals, codes of practice,
standards and specifications in sufficient numbers.

Classrooms, Laboratories, Workshops, Clinics and Offices

Academic and Non-Academic Spaces

The NUC recommends the following physical space requirement:
Academic m2
Professor’s Office 18.50
Head of Department’s Office 18.50
Tutorial Teaching Staff Space 13.50
Other Teaching Staff Space 7.00
Technical Staff Space 7.00
Science Staff Research Laboratory 16.50
Engineering Staff Research Laboratory 14.50
Seminar Space per student 1.85
Drawing Office Space (A.O. Board) (Per Student) 4.60
Drawing Office Space (A.I. Board) (Per Student) 3.70
Laboratory Space 7.50
Non-Academic
Secretarial Space 7.00

Office Facilities
The requirements for office accommodation are:
1. 13 academic offices on paper
2. 1 professorial type in the department. Size: each of the office is about 13.5 m

S/No Office No in Room Facilities

1. HOD 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer

unit, Secretary and facilities.

New
Engineering and Technology 153
 Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
2. unit, Secretary and facilities.
3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
unit.
4. Senior Lecturer 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
unit.

5. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.

6. Lecturer II 3 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves

New
Engineering and Technology 154
B.Eng. Biomedical Engineering
Overview
Biomedical Engineering applies physical science principles and engineering designs, concepts
and problem-solving techniques to biology and medicine to improve healthcare. In biomedical
engineering, many aspects of electrical engineering, mechanical engineering, chemical
engineering, materials science and engineering, chemistry, mathematics and, computer
science and engineering are integrated with human biology to improve human health.
Biomedical engineering started as an interdisciplinary field and has grown into a multi-
specialty profession. A wide range of specialties and sub-specialties currently exists in
biomedical engineering. The major sub-specialties include:
1. Bioengineering
2. Biomedical informatics
3. Bio-process engineering
4. Biotechnology
5. Clinical engineering
6. Dental engineering
7. Medical engineering
8. Neural and regeneration engineering
9. Pharmaceutical engineering
10. Rehabilitation engineering

Philosophy
The philosophy of the training in biomedical engineering is to produce biomedical engineering
graduates with high academic and ethical standards, and adequate practical exposure to solving
societal problems in the areas of healthcare and social well-being.

Objectives
The objectives of biomedical engineering education and training are to:
1. conduct investigations into complex biomedical engineering problems;
2. design biomedical engineering projects, systems, machines and equipment, and supervise
their implementation;
3. design and develop new products and production techniques in the biomedical industries;
4. install and maintain complex biomedical engineering systems for optimal performance in
our environment;
5. adapt and adopt exogenous biomedical technology to solve local engineering/technical
problems;
6. exercise original thoughts, have good professional judgments and take responsibility for
executing essential tasks;
7. manage people, funds, materials, and equipment in the biomedical engineering industries;
8. be conversant with all the materials, components, machines, equipment, production
techniques and systems in different specialties of biomedical engineering;
9. man and maintain specific production equipment in different areas of the biomedical
engineering;
10. plan, manage, and be responsible for the quality control of biomedical engineering
products and systems;
11. be proficient in using standards, codes, and modern information and communication
technology tools in biomedical engineering practice;

New
Engineering and Technology 155
12. have the ability to consider the human, social, environmental, and sustainability
dimensions in finding solutions to complex biomedical engineering problems;
13. have a good knowledge of the ethics of the biomedical engineering profession and be able
to apply the knowledge;
14. have the ability for independent and team work, especially for operating in a
multidisciplinary and multispecialty team, and have good oral and written communication
skills; and
15. to engage in lifelong learning for continuous self-improvement in the practice of biomedical
engineering.

Employability Skills
Biomedical engineers are employed in various capacities according to their specialisations.
There are currently about seven broad career prospects for every first degree graduate of
biomedical engineering. These are outlined as follows:
1. The clinical area refers to the general, specialist, and teaching hospitals, federal medical
centres, and other health centres where a biomedical engineer tackles day-to-day
challenges in their professional career. Biomedical/clinical/ rehabilitation engineers work
seriously in orthopaedic, psychiatric, general medicine clinics and specialist and teaching
hospitals where they design, re-design, and maintain in-house medical equipment, and
train medical personnel to use and operate medical devices. Biomedical informatics
engineers can work in the medical records department of hospitals and clinics.
2. Still in the clinical area, some biomedical engineers also have advanced training in other
fields. For example, some engineers also have MD degree and they combine an
understanding of advanced technology with direct patient care and clinical research. They
may also build customized devices for special healthcare or research needs.
3. Biomedical engineers supervise laboratory equipment in research and development
establishments and, participate in or direct research activities with other researchers in
medicine, physiology and nursing in many health-related research institutions. Some
biomedical engineers are technical advisors in marketing departments of large biomedical
companies and some are in management positions. Biomedical engineering research is
ongoing in some medical science institutes, biotechnology outfits and other research
institutes in Nigeria's Ministries of Health, Science and Technology, and Agriculture.
4. In Nigeria, universities, polytechnics, colleges, and schools of health technology train
graduates in biomedical engineering who are awarded certificates, diplomas, bachelor
degrees in science, engineering or technology, master’s degrees in science and engineering
and doctorates in in biomedical engineering and technology. Biomedical engineering
graduates can function as academic and technical staff members in these areas – the
academia.
5. Biomedical engineers create designs where in-depth understandings of living systems and
technology are essential. They may be involved in performance testing of new or proposed
biomedical products; design and redesign of proprietary and customised brands of
biomedical devices; sales and marketing of biomedical devices and software development
of medical apps in bio-IT industries. They can also be deployed as bio-engineers and tissue-
engineers in the various chemical, food, pharmaceutical, biotechnology industries.
6. In ministries and other government agencies, biomedical engineers are often engaged as
officers for product testing and safety officers who ascertain safety standards for devices
in agencies like NAFDAC, NSO and the like. Biomedical engineers can be engaged to
formally certify and accredit professionals, professional societies and academic institutions
as COREN does presently. They can also be employed in the Ministries of Health, Science,

New
Engineering and Technology 156
 and Technology to undertake day-to-day implementation of government policies on
biomedical engineering.
7. With the re-invigoration of entrepreneurship in the universities and its incorporation into all
the undergraduate courses in biomedical engineering, graduates are prepared to become
biomedical engineering entrepreneurs. In this case, biomedical engineers can start by
undertaking medical equipment repairs and maintenance in hospitals where they had
goodwill, while undertaking industrial training or serving the country under the National
Youth Service Corps (NYSC). This, though, requires a level of technical skills, competencies
as well as courage. Biomedical engineers can build their entrepreneurial skills through these
efforts.

21st Century Skills

The 21st century skills includes:
1. creativity and innovation: the ability to create new ways of thinking and solve
problems by being innovative;
2. critical thinking and problem-solving: the capacity to apply higher-order thinking to
new problems and issues;
3. communication: the capability to communicate effectively in various forms and
contexts for a wide range of purposes;
4. collaboration: the ability to work in teams to effectively generate, share and use
ideas;
5. information literacy: the faculty to access, evaluate, synthesize and share information
from multi-specialty/inter-disciplinary sources;
6. technology usage: the skill to identify appropriate technology tools and use them
efficiently, ethically, and effectively;
7. career/life Skills: the ability to become independent and self-directed learners who
can adapt to change, manage projects, take responsibility, lead others and produce
results; and
8. personal/Social responsibility: the capacity to develop cultural competence in working
with others and diverse cultural and social backgrounds.

Unique Features of the Programme

Some of the unique features of biomedical engineering are that it:
1. has a formidable influence on healthcare delivery;
2. employs the knowledge of modern biological principles in engineering design processes;
3. is a blend of science and technology that advances the healthcare industry;
4. often combines an aptitude for problem-solving and technical know-how focused on
medicine, healthcare, and helping others; and
5. it is unique for its hybridisation which has led to innovations in healthcare delivery and the
advancement of human well-being.

Admission and Graduation Requirements

Admission Requirements
Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
1. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
2. Direct Entry (DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

New
Engineering and Technology 157
For the five-year degree programme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must include English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

Direct Entry (DE) Mode

For four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit passes
which must include English Language, Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry, candidates with
at least two passes in relevant subjects (Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry) at the GCE
Advanced Level or IJMB or JUPEB may be considered for admission. Candidates who have
good National Diploma (ND) result in relevant Engineering Technology programmes may also
be considered for admission into 200 level. Holders of upper credit pass and above at Higher
National Diploma (HND) level, are eligible for consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:
1. Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of 150
and maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5–year engineering degree programme.
Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters.
2. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode shall have registered for a minimum
of 120 and a maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4–year engineering degree
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic semesters.
3. Candidates admitted through the Direct Entry mode at 300-Level shall have registered for
a minimum of 90 and a maximum of 120 units of courses during a 3–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of 6 academic
semesters.
4. The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units respectively.
5. A student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by the
university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.
6. A student shall also have earned the 15 credit units of Students Industrial Work Experience
Scheme (SIWES), 8 credit units of University General Study courses and four credit units
of Entrepreneurship courses.

For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered,
whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the
computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it
or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each and all
attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.
Prerequisite courses must be taken and passed before a particular course at a higher level.
Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME and 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 200Level
and 11 semesters in the case of students who entered at 300Level.

New
Engineering and Technology 158
Global Course Structure
Level GST/ENT Basic Discipline Programme SIWES Total
Science GET (BME) Courses*
100 4 16 3 2 - 25
200 4 - 14 8 3 29
300 4 - 10 10 4 28
400 - - 2 8 6 16
500 - - 5 15 - 20
Total 12 16 32 45 (13)* 105

* All 11 SIWES units and 2 units of Engineering valuation courses are credited for GPA
computation in the 2nd Semester of the 400 Level, and not included in the CCMAS credit units.

100 Level
Course Code. Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 15 45
GST 112 Nigerian People and Culture 2 C 30 -
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 2 C 30 -
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C 30 -
PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C 30 -
PHY 103 General Physics III 2 C 30
PHY 107 General Practical Physics I 1 C - 45
PHY 108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45
CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C 45 -
CHM 107 General Practical Chemistry I 1 C - 45
BIO 101 General Biology I 2 C 45 -
BIO 107 General Practical Biology I 1 C - 45
GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C 15 -
GET 102 Engineering Graphics and Solid 2 C 15 45
Modelling
BME 102 Introduction to Biomedical engineering 2 C 30 -
Total 25

200 Level
Course Code. Course Title Units Status LH PH
ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and Innovation 2 C 30 -
GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and Human 2 C 30 -
Existence
GET 201 Applied Electricity I 3 C 45 -
GET 202 Engineering Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 204 Students Workshop Practice 2 C 15 45
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 30 -
GET 211 Computer and Software Engineering 3 C 30 45
BME 214 General Biochemistry I 2 C 30 -
BME 215 Human Genetic I 2 C 30 -
BME 211 Human Anatomy I 2 C 30 -
BME 213 Human Physiology I 2 C 30 -
*GET 299 SIWES I: Students Work Experience 3 C 9 Weeks
Scheme

New
Engineering and Technology 159
 Total 29

300 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

ENT 312 Venture Creation 2 C 15 45

GST 312 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 30 -
GET 304 Technical Writing and 3 C 45 -
Communication
GET 305 Engineering Statistics and Data 3 C 45 -
Analysis
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems and 3 C 30 45
Technology
GET 307 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, 3 C 45 -
Machine Language and Convergent
Technologies
BME 334 Biomedical Instrumentation 2 C 30 -
BME 351 Biomaterials Engineering 2 C 30 -
BME 332 Biomedical Electronics 2 C 30 -
BME 316 General Pharmacology 2 C 30 -
*GET 399 SIWES I: Students Work Experience 4 C 12 Weeks
Scheme
Total 28

400 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 C 90

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Costing 2 C 30
BME 401 Biomedical Systems Analysis 2 C 30 -
BME 435 Biomedical Informatics 2 C 30 -
BME 453 Human Biotechnology 2 C 30 -
BME 461 Clinical Engineering 2 C 30 -
BME 481 Rehabilitation Engineering 2 E 30 -
*GET 499 SIWES II: Students Work Experience 4 C 12 Weeks
Scheme
Total 16

SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

New
Engineering and Technology 160
500 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 501 Engineering Project Management 3 C 45 -

GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -
BME 521 Biomedical Engineering Design 3 C 45 -
BME 526 Computer-Aided Design of Biomedical 3 C 45 -
Systems
BME 522 Equipment Reliability and Safety 3 C 45 -
Technology
BME 523 Biomedical Imaging Systems 3 C 45 -
BME 524 Biomedical Signal Processing 3 C 45 -
Total 20

Course Contents and Learning Outcomes

100 Level

GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.

Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology); English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations); major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional); grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality). Reading
and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking; reasoning
methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy, generalisation and
explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements. Writing activities
(pre-writing (brainstorming and outlining), writing (paragraphing, punctuation and
expression), post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing (summary, essays,
letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making, etc. Mechanics of writing. Information
and Communication Technology in modern language learning. Language skills for effective
communication. The art of public speaking.

GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;

New
Engineering and Technology 161
1. identify and list the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
2. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political entity;
3. analyse the concepts of trade and economic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation to
national development;
4. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian state regarding nation building;
5. analyse the role of the judiciary in upholding fundamental human rights
6. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria; and
7. list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems.

Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and cultures;
peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria; nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system; indigenous apprenticeship system among
Nigerian peoples; trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justice and national
development (definition and classification of law); Judiciary and fundamental rights.
Individuals, norms and values (basic Nigerian norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition; citizenship and civic responsibilities; indigenous languages, usage and
development; negative attitudes and conducts [Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices]). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3Rs – Reconstruction, Rehabilitation
and Re-orientation; re-orientation strategies: Operation Feed the Nation (OFN), Green
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline and Corruption (WAIC), Mass
Mobilization for Self-Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery (MAMSER), National
Orientation Agency (NOA). Current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria.

CHM 101: General Chemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. define atom, molecules and chemical reactions;
2. discuss the modern electronic theory of atoms;
3. write electronic configurations of elements on the periodic table;
4. rationalise the trends of atomic radii, ionisation energies, electronegativity of the elements,
based on their position in the periodic table;
5. identify and balance oxidation–reduction equation and solve redox titration problems;
6. draw shapes of simple molecules and hybridised orbitals;
7. identify the characteristics of acids, bases and salts, and solve problems based on their
quantitative relationship;
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using LeChatelier’s principle to
predict the effect of concentration, pressure and temperature changes on equilibrium
mixtures;
9. analyse and perform calculations with the thermodynamic functions, enthalpy, entropy
and free energy; and
10. determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and temperature.

Course Contents
Atoms, molecules, elements and compounds, and chemical reactions. Modern electronic
theory of atoms. Electronic configuration, periodicity and building up of the periodic table.
Hybridisation and shapes of simple molecules. Valence forces; Structure of solids. Chemical

New
Engineering and Technology 162
equations and stoichiometry; chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, kinetic theory of
matter. Elementary thermochemistry; rates of reaction, equilibrium and thermodynamics.
Acids, bases and salts. Properties of gases. Redox reactions and introduction to
electrochemistry. Radioactivity.

New
Engineering and Technology 163
CHM 107: General Practical Chemistry I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correct carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. state the differences between primary and secondary standards;
5. perform redox titration;
6. record observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions.

Course Contents
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.

MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:
1. define and explain set, subset, union, intersection, complements, and demonstrate the
use of Venn diagrams;
2. solve quadratic equations;
3. solve trigonometric functions;
4. identify various types of numbers; and
5. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers. Mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.

MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
2. recognise and understand the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and
continuity;
3. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes;
4. solve function of a real variable, plot relevant graphs, identify limits and idea of continuity;
5. identify the derivative as limit of rate of change;
6. identify techniques of differentiation and perform extreme curve sketching;
7. identify integration as an inverse of differentiation;
8. identify methods of integration and definite integrals; and
9. perform integration application to areas, volumes.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 164
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative, as limit of
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve sketching,
integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes (including
approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule).

MTH 103: Elementary Mathematics III (Vectors, Geometry and Dynamics)

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. solve some vectors in addition and multiplication;
2. calculate force and momentum; and
3. solve differentiation and integration of vectors.

Course Contents
(Pre-requisite –MTH 101)
Geometric representation of vectors in 1-3 dimensions, components, direction cosines.
Addition, scalar, multiplication of vectors, linear independence. Scalar and vector products of
two vectors. Differentiation and integration of vectors with respect to a scalar variable. Two-
dimensional co-ordinate geometry. Straight lines, circles, parabola, ellipse, hyperbola.
Tangents, normals. Kinematics of a particle. Components of velocity and acceleration of a
particle moving in a plane. Force, momentum, laws of motion under gravity, projectiles and
resisted vertical motion. Elastic string and simple pendulum. Impulse, impact of two smooth
spheres and a sphere on a smooth surface.

PHY 101: General Physics I(Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular momentum;
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

Course Contents
Space and time; units and dimension, vectors and scalars, differentiation of vectors:
displacement, velocity and acceleration; kinematics; Newton’s laws of motion (inertial frames,
impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation); relative motion; application
of Newtonian mechanics; equations of motion; conservation principles in physics,
conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy, system of particles, centre of mass; rotational motion; torque, vector product,
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum. Polar coordinates; conservation
of angular momentum; circular motion; moments of inertia, gyroscopes and precession;

New
Engineering and Technology 165
gravitation: Newton’s law of gravitation, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion, gravitational
potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits.

PHY 103: General Physics III (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing macroscopic
behaviour;
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Contents
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.

PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Contents
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity, etc. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis
should be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data
collection, analysis, and deduction.

PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;

New
Engineering and Technology 166
4. plot and analyse graphs;
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.

Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction.

BIO 101: General Biology (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students should be able to:
1. explain the characteristics of living and non-living things;
2. outline the taxonomy of living organisms – microbes, plants including field and herbarium
methods, animals including vertebrates and invertebrates;
3. describe the scientific methods to biology concepts;
4. explain the cell concepts, structure, organisation, functions, and chemical and physical
characteristics; and
5. state the elements of biological chemistry, and of ecology and types of herb.

Course Contents
Characteristics of living and non-living things. Scientific methods to biology concepts.
Taxonomy of living organisms – microbes, plants including field and herbarium methods,
animals including vertebrates and invertebrates. Morphology and life cycles of phyla and plant
kingdoms. Cell concepts, structure, organization, functions, and chemical and physical
characteristics. Cells, tissues and organ systems, and organisms. Elements of biological
chemistry – cellular metabolism - aspects of organic, inorganic and physical chemistry relevant
to biology. Elements of ecology and types of habitats

BIO 107: General Practical Biology (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. conduct experiments on microscopes and microscopy;
2. conduct experiments on food test, enzyme activities, osmosis and diffusion;
3. identify and evaluate external morphology of the herbaceous plant, and cytological
techniques;
4. make observations of experiments made; and
5. draw conclusions from experimental and numerical analysis of data.

Course Contents
Experiment on microscopes and microscopy, food test, enzyme activities, osmosis and
diffusion, external morphology of the herbaceous plant and cytological techniques.

New
Engineering and Technology 167
GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs); and
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.

Course Contents
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.

GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple everyday and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength and cost;
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical and
other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the analytical
nature of the courses they take; and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.

Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete terms.
Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3D objects.
Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and perspectives.
Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection and rendering.
This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid works, solid edge
or equivalent.

New
Engineering and Technology 168
 BME 102: Introduction to Biomedical (2 Units C: LH 30)
Enginering

Learning Outcomes
Students should, at the conclusion of the course:
1. know how fundamental physics, biological and chemical principles are applied to human
body functions;
2. explain the impacts of technology on knowledge of biology, medicine and areas of general
chemistry such as electronic configuration, atoms, chemical bonds, metals and non-
metals, acids and bases, carbon and covalent bond and, water and its properties
3. know about cells, tissues, organs, and organisms; amino acids, proteins; carbohydrates;
fatty acids and lipids; nucleic acids and nucleotides; genes and genetic information
transcription and translation;
4. assess forces experienced by bones, joints, and muscles during exercise osteo-kinematics
and arthro-kinematics; and
5. apply fundamental principles in physics, biology, and chemistry to human body functions.

Course Contents
Bio- and Medical Engineering: impacts of technology on biology and medicine. Biomedical
engineering: definition, history, and components. Biomedical engineering, health technology,
and human system: man, as a living machine; human system and instrumentation research,
development, education, training, certification, and practice of biomedical engineering and
health technology; problems and prospects of biomedical engineering and health technology
in Nigeria and Africa.

200 Level

GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge, and
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.

Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,

New
Engineering and Technology 169
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding.

ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence;
4. engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
5. identify key elements in innovation;
6. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
7. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
8. state the basic principles of e-commerce.

Course Contents
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.

GET 201: Applied Electricity I (3 Units C: LH 30, PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. discuss the fundamental concepts of electricity and electrical d.c. circuits;
2. state, explain and apply the basic d.c. circuit theorems;
3. explain the basic a.c. circuit theory and
4. apply to solution of simple circuits.

Course contents
Fundamental concepts: Electric fields, charges, magnetic fields. current, B-H curves Kirchhoff’s
laws, superposition. Thevenin, Norton theorems, Reciprocity, RL, RC, RLC circuits. DC, AC
bridges, Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance measurement, Transducers, Single phase
circuits, Complex j - notation, AC circuits, impedance, admittance, susceptance.

New
Engineering and Technology 170
GET 202: Engineering Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to :
1. demonstrate the role of atoms and molecules (aggregates of atoms) in the building of
solid/condensed matter known as engineering materials, the electrons quantum numbers
and how the electrons are arranged in different atomic elements, and explain the role of
electronic configuration and valence electrons in bonding;
2. define metals, alloys and metalloids, demonstrate mental picture of the solid mineral
resources development as a relay race among four ‘athletes’: geologist, mining engineer,
mineral processing technologist, process metallurgical engineer, and classify metallurgical
engineering into 3Ps: process, physical and production;
3. explain the relationship between structure and properties of materials, characteristics,
components and compositions of phase diagrams and phase transformations of solid
solutions;
4. define ceramics, glass and constituents of glasses and understand application of ceramics
in mining, building, art and craft industries;
5. define and classify polymers as a class of engineering materials and polymeric materials,
demonstrate polymerisation reactions, their types and mechanism, and applications of
polymers;
6. define properties, types and application of composite materials and fibres (synthetic and
natural);
7. define and classify nanomaterials, demonstrate applications of nanomaterials, concept,
design and classification of fracture mechanics, corrosion classification, including the five
principal ways of controlling corrosion and metal finishing processes such as sherardising,
galvanising and anodising; and
8. identify factors affecting the performance and service life of engineering
materials/metals and metallography of metals/materials (materials anatomy), which
enables metallurgical and materials engineers to prescribe appropriate solutions to test
metals/materials fitness in service through structure-property-application relationships.

Course Contents
Basic material science; atomic structure, atomic bonding and crystal structures. Engineering
materials situating metals and alloys; metals and alloys, classifications of metals, metal
extraction processes using iron and steel (ferrous) and aluminium (nonferrous) as examples,
phase diagrams/iron carbon diagrams, and mechanical workings of metals. Selection and
applications of metals and alloys for specific applications in oil, aerospace, construction,
manufacturing and transportation industries, among others. Ceramics (including glass);
definition, properties, structure and classifications of ceramics. Bioactive and glass – ceramics.
Toughing mechanism for ceramics. Polymers; definition of polymers as engineering materials,
chemistry of polymeric materials, polymer crystallisation, polymer degradation and aging.
Thermoplastic and thermosetting polymers and concepts of copolymers and homopolymers.
Composites; definition, classification, characterisation, properties and composite. Applications
of composites. Nanomaterials; definition, classification and applications of nanomaterials as
emerging technology. Processing of nanomaterials including mechanical grinding, wet
chemical synthesis, gas phase synthesis, sputtered plasma processing, microwave plasma
processing and laser ablation. Integrity assessment of engineering materials; effect of
engineering design, engineering materials processing, selection, manufacturing and
assembling on the performance and service life of engineering materials. Metallography and
fractography of materials. Mechanical testing (destructive testing) of materials such as

New
Engineering and Technology 171
compressive test, tensile test, hardness test, impact test, endurance limit and fatigue test.
Non-destructive test (NDT) such as dye penetrant, x-ray and eddy current.

GET 204: Students Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:

1. identify various basic hands and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement devices
and instruments, and acquire skills in their effective use and maintenance;
2. practically apply basic engineering technologies, including metrology, casting, metal
forming and joining, materials removal, machine tooling (classification, cutting tool action,
cutting forces, non-cutting production) and CNC machining technology;
3. master workshop and industrial safety practices, accident prevention and ergonomics;
4. physically recognise different electrical & electronic components like resistances,
inductances, capacitances, diodes, transistors and their ratings;
5. connect electric circuits, understand different wiring schemes, and check ratings of
common household electrical appliances and their basic maintenance; and
6. determine household and industrial energy consumption, and understand practical energy
conservation measures.

Course Contents
The course comprises general, mechanical and electrical components: supervised hands-on
experience in safe usage of tools and machines for selected tasks; Use of measuring
instruments (calipers, micrometers, gauges, sine bar, wood planners, saws, sanders, and
pattern making). Machine shop: lathe work shaping, milling, grinding, reaming, metal
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry
practice.Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting
processes. Metal forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging, press-
tool work, spinning, etc.). Metal joining processes(welding, brazing and soldering). Heat
treatment. Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory of
metal cutting. Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines.
Supervised identification, use and care of various electrical and electronic components such
as resistors, inductors, capacitors, diodes and transistors. Exposure to different electric
circuits, wiring schemes, analogue and digital electrical and electronic measurements.
Household and industrial energy consumption measurements. Practical energy conservation
principles.

GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank etc;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and Green’s
theorem;

New
Engineering and Technology 172
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical model
of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation, as well as fourier series, initial conditions and its
applications to different engineering processes

Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.

GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project
through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas.

Course Contents
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.

GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and

New
Engineering and Technology 173
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.

Course Contents
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or
special centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant
practical/industrial working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major.
The students are exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance
of tools, equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production
of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation. (8-10 weeks during the long
vacation following 200 level).

NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of Programme-specific

activities for their students.

BME 211: Human Anatomy I (2 Units C: LH 30))g

Outomes
Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion, students should be able to:
1. recognise and describe the major structures of the human body;
2. discuss the structural organisation and functions of each system of the human body;
3. apply their knowledge of human anatomy to solve questions regarding function and
disease;
4. identify clinical scenarios, the concepts and knowledge of the general terminology, cell
structure and function, histology, and gross anatomy of several organ systems
(integumentary, skeletal, muscular, and nervous);
5. analyse and critically evaluate various sources of information related to these systems to
discern reliable scientific information from unsourced information and pseudoscience;
6. demonstrate how human organ systems are interrelated, to apply a holistic approach to
human health; and
7. develop research skills, including critical analysis, interpretation, synthesis, and
communication of scientific data.

Course Contents
An overview of cell biology; tissue structures and human histology; basic structure of the
human body; body planes and positions; the skeleton; regional anatomy of the upper limb,
lower limb, thorax and abdomen.

BME 213: Human Physiology I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students should be able to:
1. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of terminology, concepts, and relationships in
human anatomy and physiology;
2. utilise a broad foundation of anatomical relationships and physiological principles in
analysis, application, and synthesis related to human physiology and pathophysiology;
3. evaluate scientific information to help make decisions concerning personal health, clinical
applications, and research in human physiology;
4. describe how physiological parameters are measured in humans and animal preparations
5. achieve thorough insight into homeostatic mechanisms and the functions of the various
organs and organ systems in humans;
6. interpret basic physiological data; and

New
Engineering and Technology 174
7. apply the basic physiological principles explored to understand how their bodies work and
carry that knowledge into their specific professional areas.

Course Contents
Basic concepts in Human physiology; cellular physiology; homeostasis; musculoskeletal
system; Cardiovascular System; Respiratory System; Urinary System.

BME 214: General Biochemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students should be able to:
1. demonstrate an understanding of fundamental biochemistry principles, including topics
specific to chemistry and biochemistry;
2. explain the properties and biological functions of the major biomolecules;
3. locate, critically analyze, interpret and discuss data, hypotheses, results, theories, and
explanations found in the primary literature;
4. design, carry out, and record the results of chemical and biochemical experiments using
classical techniques, modern instruments, and computers, then analyze those results to
draw reasonable, accurate conclusions;
5. communicate biochemical concepts and experimental results through effective written and
oral communication; and
6. appreciate the structure and function of the main biochemical molecules (sugars, proteins,
lipids, and nucleic acids), metabolic pathways of animal eukaryotic cells, and their
regulation.

Course Contents
Review of general chemistry: chemical elements and the periodic table; electronic
configuration, electronic orbital, valency of atoms, and types of chemical bonds; metals and
non-metals; acids and bases, highlighting Lewis Conception; carbon, sp3 hybridization, the
tetrahedron and covalent bond; functional groups; water and its special properties.
Introduction of the cell and hierarchy of organisation of living things: macromolecules,
organelles, cells, tissues; organs, systems and organism.
Amino acids, proteins; the peptide bond and polypeptides; proteins as biological catalysts,
immune agents and structural molecules.
Carbohydrates; the glycosidic bond; relationship of photosynthesis and tissue respiration;
carbohydrate as storage molecule of easily accessible metabolic energy.
Fatty acids and lipids: the ester bond of lipids and triglycerides; fat as efficient energy storage
molecule.
Nucleic acids and nucleotides: DNA and RNA as polymers of nucleotides; the phosphodiester
bond; gene and genetic information transcription and translation.

BME 215: Human Genetic I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students should be able to:
1. exhibit a sound knowledge of basic genetics principles;
2. recognise important concepts related to human genetic diversity and inheritance;
3. identify the appropriate clinical applications of specific genetic techniques;
4. explain the basic concepts of human genetics as the basis of genetic engineering;
5. apply the simple technique of DNA fingerprinting;
6. discuss how these principles can be applied to fight disease; and
7. demonstrate the application of genetic engineering in fighting diseases.

New
Engineering and Technology 175
Course Contents
Human Heredity: haploid and diploid chromosome, DNA, trait, genes, blood group. The
Human Genome: Definition of Genome; History of Human Genome Project; Gene Sequencing;
Molecular organization and gene content; Genetic Coding Genomic variation in humans.
Genetic disorders: Albinism, Cystic Fibrosis, Dwarfism, Sickle Cell Disease, Color Blindness,
Hemophilia, Duschenne Muscular dystrophy.

300 Level

GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in peace
building.

Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes, etc. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,
community leaders). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents of
conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and Imperatives.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation, collaboration). The
roles of international organizations in conflict resolution (a) The United Nations, UN and its
conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council (c) ECOWAS in
peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building. Managing post-
conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs);the role of NGOs in
post-conflict situations/crises.

ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
1. describe the key steps in venture creation;
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;

New
Engineering and Technology 176
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.

Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy, etc. Digital business and e-commerce strategies).

GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.

Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis, structure Fog and Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A,B,C,D,E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills(steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports(competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and

New
Engineering and Technology 177
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.

GET 305: Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. work with data from the point of view of knowledge convergence, machine learning, and
intelligence augmentation, which significantly raises their standard for engineering
analysis (the approach forces them to learn statistics in an actionable way that helps them
to see the holistic importance of data analytics in modern engineering and technology);
2. anticipate the future with Artificial Intelligence while fulfilling the basic requirements of
conventional engineering statistical programming consistent with their future careers;
3. perform, with proficiency, statistical inference tasks with language or programming
toolboxes such as R, Python, MathematicaL or MATLAB, and Design Expert to summarise
analysis and interpretation of industry engineering data, and make appropriate conclusions
based on such experimental and/or real-life industrial data;
4. construct appropriate graphical displays of data and highlight the roles of such displays in
data analysis, particularly the use of statistical software packages;
5. plan and execute experimental programmes to determine the performance of programme-
relevant industrial engineering systems, and evaluate the accuracy of the measurements
undertaken; and
6. demonstrate mastery of data analytics and statistical concepts by communicating the
results of experimental and industry-case investigations, critically reasoned scientific and
professional analysis through written and oral presentation.

Course Contents
Descriptive statistics, frequency distribution, populations and sample, central tendency,
variance data sampling, mean, median, mode, mean deviation, percentiles, etc. Probability.
Binomial, Poisson hyper-geometric, normal distributions, etc. Statistical inference intervals,
test hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big data analytics
and cloud computing applications. Introduction to the R language; R as a calculator; Vectors,
matrices, factors, data frames and other R collections. Iteration and looping control structures.
Conditionals and other controls. Designing, using and extending functions. The Apply Family.
Statistical modelling and inference in R.

.GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the types, uses and advantages of renewable energy in relation to climate change;
2. design for use the various renewable energy systems;
3. recognise and analyse the current energy systems in Nigeria, their impacts on
development and the global energy demand and supply scenarios;
4. appreciate the environmental impact of energy exploitation and utilisation, and pursue the
sustainable development of renewable energy for various applications; and
5. recognise the exploitation, excavation, production, and processing of fossil fuels such as
coal, petroleum and natural gas, and discuss the sources, technology and contribution to
future energy demands of renewable energy.

New
Engineering and Technology 178
Course Contents
Current and potential future energy systems in Nigeria and globally - resources, extraction,
concepts in energy conversion systems; parallels and differences in various conversion
systems and end-use technologies, with emphasis on meeting 21st-century national, regional
and global energy needs in a sustainable manner. Various energy technologies in each fuel
cycle stage for fossil (oil, gas, synthetic), nuclear (fission and fusion) and renewable (solar,
biomass, wind, hydro, and geothermal). Energy types, storage, transmission and
conservation. Analysis of energy mixes within an engineering, economic and social context.
Sustainable energy; emphasise sustainability in general and in the overall concept of
sustainable development and the link this has with sustainable energy as the fundamental
benefit of renewable energy.

Practical Content: Simple measurement of solar radiation, bomb calorimeter determination

of calorific value of fuels and biomass; measurement of the velocity of wind, waves and the
energy that abound in them; laboratory production of biogas and determination of energy
available in it; simple conversion of solar energy to electricity; transesterification of edible oil
into biodiesel; simulation of geothermal energy; Geiger-Muller or Scintillation Counters’
determination of uranium or thorium energy; simple solid or salt storage of energy; hybrid
application of renewable energy.

GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and Convergent

Technologies (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:
1. explain the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications and effects of artificial
intelligence;
2. explain the fundamental concepts of machine learning, deep learning and convergent
technologies;
3. demonstrate the difference between supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised
learning;
4. demonstrate proficiency in machine learning workflow and how to implement the steps
effectively;
5. explain natural languages, knowledge representation, expert systems and pattern
recognition;
6. describe distributed systems, data and information security and intelligent web
technologies;
7. explain the concept of big data analytics, purpose of studying it, issues that can arise with
a data set and the importance of properly preparing data prior to a machine learning
exercise; and
8. explain the concepts, characteristics, models and benefits, key security and compliance
challenges of cloud computing.

Course Contents
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence paradigms;
search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired algorithms –
examples, their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding
natural languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation, mathematical and logic
foundations of AI; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition; distributed
systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent

New
Engineering and Technology 179
technologies – definition, significance and engineering applications. Neural networks and
deep learning. Introduction to python AI libraries.

GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three softwares in their chosen career choices;
2. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;
3. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;,
4. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work;
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers; and
7. write a general report at the end of the training.

The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work
experience i.e. 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged
in the more advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use
in the industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a
report at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and
encouraged to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities
and experiences to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits
include:

Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine

operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts,
gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, and wooden furniture making processes.

Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solid works: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with Solid Works, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solid Works drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.

A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project.

Examples of projects should include the following:

a. Design of machine components;
b. Product design and innovation;

New
Engineering and Technology 180
c. Part modelling and drafting in SolidWorks; and
d. Technical report writing.

BME 316: General Pharmacology (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students should be able to:
1. demonstrate an understanding of basic pharmacological principles and mechanism of
action and classification of drugs;
2. describe fundamental concepts of drug-receptor interactions;
3. display an understanding of the processes involved in absorption, distribution, metabolism,
and excretion of toxicants, including an understanding of the toxicokinetic behavior of
toxicants in mammals;
4. identify molecular targets and pathways that are druggable and those for which there are
already drugs available;
5. justify the main pharmacodynamic and pharmacokinetic principles and apply them to
particular drugs;
6. integrate the principles of pharmacology in the process of drug evaluation (efficacy, safety,
and quality); and
7. apply the principles of drug evaluation to specific situations: generics and biosimilar.

Course Contents
General Pharmacology: Historical development of pharmacology; divisions of pharmacology
and their applications; definitions of terms and abbreviations: concept and nature of drugs.
Pharmacodynamics; pharmacokinetics; classification of drugs and their importance. Drug
abuse and control; drug noncompliance or misuse. Toxicology: Introduction to toxicology and
its importance; general principles of poison managements.

BME 321: Human Biomechanics (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of this course, students should be able to:
1. outline the principles of the study of human movement;
2. describe the range of factors that influence the initiation, production, and control of human
movement;
3. define and list the types of forces and describe the relationship between forces and
movement, body balance and control;
4. employ the role of biomechanics in the analysis of fitness activities such as strength,
power, endurance, flexibility, and cardiovascular training;
5. locate the body's lever systems and their relationship to basic joint movement and
classification;
6. demonstrate an understanding of kinetic concepts including inertia, force, torque, and
impulse;
7. identify the major factors involved in the angular kinematics of human movement; and
8. apply biomechanics knowledge in tissues such as bone, ligaments, skeletal muscle, cardiac
muscle, and cartilages.

New
Engineering and Technology 181
Course Contents
Fundamental Principles of mechanics applied to study the physiology of biological systems.
Introduction to the basic concepts of continuum mechanics-tensors, finite deformation
kinematics, stress, conservation laws of mass, momentum and energy applied to deformable
continua; rigid body kinematics in the context of applications in biomechanics.
Application of biomechanics in tissues such as bone, ligaments, skeletal muscle, cardiac
muscle and cartilages. Skeletal muscle and mechanism of movement; biomechanical
implications of the sliding filament theory; velocity-force curves; lever mechanics; types of
muscle fibres.

BME 332: Biomedical Electronics (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students should be able to:
1. discuss the history of biomedical electronics;
2. describe standard biomedical electronic devices and systems;
3. explain necessary the precautions against hazards involved in electromedical devices;
4. acknowledge biomedical signals and their requirements for detection and processing;
5. identify and understand the required building blocks for a given biomedical system;
6. design circuits and systems for a given biomedical system specification; and
7. perform safety testing and troubleshooting of electromedical equipment.

Course Contents
General overview of biomedical electronics; history of biomedical electronics; biomedical
electronics as composing of bioelectronics and medical electronics; intersection areas in
biomedical electronics. Introduction to bioelectronics. Introduction to medical electronics.
Study of common biomedical electronic equipment and systems such as thermometers,
stethoscopes, pulse oximeters, patient monitors, telemetry systems, ambulatory systems.
Hazards of electro-medical devices: physiological effects of electricity; tests and safety checks
of medical devices; electrical safety testing. Troubleshooting of electro-medical equipment.
Design of biomedical circuits. Computer applications in biology and medicine.

BME 334: Biomedical Instrumentation (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will have demonstrated the ability to:
1. explain the physical and medical principles of biomedical instrumentation;
2. describe different types of electrical medical equipment;
3. analyse and solve problems related to the design of biomedical measurement instruments;
4. describe the underlying physical phenomena, architecture, employed materials,
operational modes device/instrumentation;
5. identify and use basic biomedical instrumentation;
6. classify medical instruments based on different principles with application viz - (diagnostic,
therapeutic, Imaging, analytical), physiological parameter and biopotential, biological
system, in other departments in the hospital;
7. illustrate the different types of medical transducers used in medical instruments for body
temperature, blood pressure, and respiration rate; and
8. comprehend the physics of various biomedical transducers, such as electrodes,
displacement transducers, thermocouples, thermistors, and flow meters.

New
Engineering and Technology 182
Course Contents
Introduction to biomedical instrumentation: basic biomedical instrumentation system. General
considerations in the design of biomedical instrumentation systems. Biomedical
measurements: errors in measurement. Biological signals: bioelectric signals. Biomedical
sensors and transducers-types and forms. Physiological measurements: audiology; cardiac
physiology; gastrointestinal tract physiology; neurophysiology; ophthalmic and vision science;
respiratory physiology; urodynamic physiology; vascular technology; blood pressure
measurement; blood flow measurements; measurement of the respiratory system; ECG
measurement systems.
Clinical laboratory instrumentation. Electrical safety in instrumentation. Introduction to
Biomedical signal processing.

BME 351: Biomaterials Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students should be able to:
1. comprehend biomaterials and tissue engineering terminology;
2. list different material types used in biomaterials and tissue engineering;
3. demonstrate a broad knowledge of materials science and engineering in biomedical
applications;
4. examine physical properties, including degradation and mechanical properties of different
kinds of biomaterials;
5. analyse biocompatibility and tissue-material interaction for different kinds of biomaterials;
6. determine the engineering properties of biomaterials;
7. apply the knowledge of engineering properties in the design of biomaterials for implants,
prosthesis, and artificial organs;
8. explain what the application of biomaterials in biology and medicine means to
biocompatibility and tissue-material interactions; and
9. ascertain what host response is to biomaterials and biomaterials failure.

Course Contents
Introduction to Engineering properties of biomaterials: fatigue of biomaterials applications of
materials in medicine-cardiovascular, surgical, dental, ophthalmologic, orthopaedic
applications.
Bioelectrodes and bio (medical) sensors. Artificial organs: heart, teeth, limbs and kidney.
Compatibility of biomaterials: tissue-material interactions; host response to biomaterials;
biomaterials failure.

400 Level

GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units C: PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme; amd
2. demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 183
In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies;
2. describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to
the society;
3. demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices;
4. prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review;
5. discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation; and
6. determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

BME 401: Biomedical System Analysis (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students should be able to:
1. demonstrate the knowledge of the mathematical concepts applied in biomedical
engineering, including linear relations and functions, systems of inequalities;
2. apply the best mathematical method for addressing a particular bioengineering problem;
3. formulate bioengineering problems in terms of appropriate mathematical modelling
methods;
4. analyse biological data using appropriate mathematical methods;
5. evaluate the output of the mathematical modelling methods concerning the underlying
biological processes;
6. manipulate experimental data using mathematical methods; and
7. assess the output of the mathematical analysis of a bioengineering problem.

Course Contents
Advanced mathematical concepts: linear relations and functions; systems of equations and
inequalities; polar coordinates and complex numbers; exponential and logarithmic functions;
iteration; statistics and data Analysis; limits, derivatives and integrals: applications of
differentiation and integration. Mathematical methods and Models: numerical methods; finite
differences; solutions of differential equations; role and application of models in biology and
medicine. Computer simulations: Development of computer simulation techniques to study
physiological system.

BME 435: Biomedical Informatics (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 184
1. apply knowledge and awareness of the basic principles and concepts of biology, computer
science, and mathematics;
2. design, deploy and use the various electronic health information systems;
3. simulate biomedical systems experimentation and design with the aid of computer
systems;
4. explore the massive biological data available and their manipulation with the computer
systems;
5. utilise existing software effectively to extract information from large databases and to use
this information in computer modeling; and
6. develop problem-solving skills, including the ability to develop new algorithms and analysis
methods.

Course Contents
Introduction to biomedical informatics; components of biomedical informatics. Bioinformatics:
What is bioinformatics; components of bioinformatics; biological data; information complexity;
bioinformatics applications? Medical informatics: Management Information Systems in biology
and medicine-data acquisition, data storage and retrieval, data processing; components of
Health Information Systems; types of Health Information Systems. Computer networking in
the hospitals: the concept of computer networking, telemetry; e-Health. Software
development in biology and medicine. Computer applications in medical diagnosis and
therapy. Computer-aided simulation and experimentation.

BME 453: Human Biotechnology (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students should be able to:
1. apprehend the general principle and practice of biotechnology;
2. explain the structure and function of cell organelles and cellular transport;
3. describe the science of biotechnology and identify its product domains;
4. comprehend the concepts in human genetics and its applications;
5. identify the various natural and laboratory based modifications of DNA;
6. apply human biotechnology in solving human health problems;
7. use molecular biology techniques genetically engineer the animals to improve
sustainability, productivity and suitability for pharmaceutical, agricultural and industrial
applications; and
8. explain how scientific methodologies are used to conduct experiments and develop
products.

Course Contents
Introduction to Biotechnology: Historical background; types, their examples and applications
Biotechnology and human health: pharmaceuticals, diagnosis, vaccines, gene therapy, organ
replacement therapy, nutrition, environmental health, health prevention, etc. Introduction to
Genetic Engineering: history of genetic engineering; cloning; DNA fingerprinting; polymerase
chain reaction; summary of DNA fingerprinting; application of GE in fighting diseases.
Introduction to Tissue Engineering: basic biological concept– cells, organelles; tissue
organisation; tissue dynamics, representative tissue; case studies; barriers to tissue
engineering adoptions.

BME 461: Clinical Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 185
1. recognise the need and significance of technical support in hospital environments;
2. learn the basic skills for troubleshooting hospital equipment;
3. appreciate the challenges of technology management and its importance to good
healthcare delivery;
4. design and implement the complete process of technology management;
5. conduct an economic analysis of medical technologies during acquisition processes (cost-
benefit analysis);
6. facilitate a better understanding between biomedical engineers and medical doctors; and
7. acknowledge the role of clinical engineers in the healthcare environment.

Course Contents
Evolution of clinical engineering. The health care environment. Equipment planning. Clinical
engineering education. Quality assurance. Equipment replacement project. The role of clinical
engineering in hospital organisation and enhancing patient’s safety. Healthcare facilities
planning; A model clinical engineering department; careers, roles, and responsibilities of
clinical engineers.

BME 481: Rehabilitation Engineering (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Upon completion of the subject, students should be able to:
1. apprehend the clinical fundamentals of injuries and dysfunctions;
2. recognise and apply fundamental knowledge of engineering in the rehabilitation of clients
suffering from selected injury and body dysfunction;
3. use analytical skills to assess and evaluate the needs of the end-user requiring
rehabilitation and assistive devices;
4. conduct patient/technology evaluation via the use of modern instrumentation;
5. apply rehabilitation engineering technology to help individuals with disabilities; and
6. appreciate safe working practices in rehabilitation engineering.

Course Contents
Introduction to rehabilitation engineering: technology and disability. Assistive technologies:
implants, prostheses, and artificial organs in rehabilitation; Wheelchair and others.
Rehabilitation robotics: aids for physically handicapped people. Rehabilitation in Special areas:
Rehabilitation in Sports; Physiotherapeutic technologies; Psychiatric devices; orthopaedic
devices, etc.

GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (8 Units C: 24 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:

1. be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
2. bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work
methods and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways
of safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;
3. experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work and
the environment seamlessly,and expose them to contacts for eventual job placements
after graduation;

New
Engineering and Technology 186
4. be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place
of engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them;
and
5. exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.

Course Contents
On the job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (24 weeks from the end of the first semester at 400-Level to
the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second semester at
400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a programme related
industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc, for a period of 6 months under the
guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised by an academic
staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits the completed
Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also, there will be a comprehensive report
covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences (GET 299, GET 399 and
GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department for overall assessment.

500 Level
GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
4. possess the skills needed for project management; and
5. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.

Course Contents
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons – functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.
Project planning, control and timeliness;decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.

New
Engineering and Technology 187
GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions;
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications; and
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principles undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically
present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an
expert witness.

Course Contents
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.
Termination/cancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.

BME 521: Biomedical Engineering Design (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students should be able to:
1. employ techniques and tools for the design of biomedical equipment, including innovative
ones;
2. utilise engineering tools and software to develop and communicate design concepts;
3. use appropriate standard guidelines to define design inputs for a biomedical device design;
4. explain the design process and use it to develop a design concept for problem-solving;
5. recognise the classical engineering design process;
6. apply the design process in the design of biomedical devices;
7. fabricate biomedical devices applying standard scientific methodologies; and
8. discuss the importance of ethics in biomedical engineering.

Course Contents
Overview of Engineering Design: classical steps in engineering design - identify the need,
research the problem, develop possible solutions, select the most promising solution, construct
a prototype, test and evaluate the prototype, communicate the design, and redesign.
Biomedical Devices: Introduction to biomedical devices; overview of biomedical device
design. Biomedical Engineering Design methodology: design tools; design (project) team
management; the design process; project definition; project design specification; materials
selection. Biomedical engineering manufacturing: prototyping in biomedical device design;
testing and optimisation of biomedical design; product documentation; project presentation;
manufacturing and quality control. Ethico-legal issues in Biomedical Engineering Design:
intellectual property management; regulation of biomedical devices.

New
Engineering and Technology 188
BME 522: Equipment Reliability and Safety Technology (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students should be able to:
1. monitor equipment and assess its accuracy and reliability;
2. discern equipment reliability to equipment design;
3. employ all safety procedures to design and fabricate biomedical devices;
4. apply safety in the instrumentation of equipment; and
5. acknowledge quality assurance in equipment design.

Course Contents
Equipment reliability: Manufacturing and quality control; equipment (project) reliability;
equipment maintainability and availability. Equipment safety: Safety consideration in
equipment design – reliable equipment earthing reduction of leakage current and operation
at low voltage. Safe instrumentation: Physiological effects of electricity, shock hazards,
electrical safety codes and standards, power distribution protection, electric system testing.
Quality assurance in equipment design.

BME 523: Biomedical Imaging Systems (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
The student should be able to:
1. describe the relevant basic methods in applied medical image processing;
2. develop an understanding of biomedical imaging instruments to measure signals from
biological systems.
3. appreciate the fundamental principles of advanced imaging concepts in fluorescence and
nanoscale imaging to study molecular dynamics in living cells;
4. analyse and compare imaging systems for different biological levels: organs, tissues, cells,
and molecules, justifying the pros and cons of each technique;
5. critique the design factors that contribute to the construction of advanced bioimaging
systems with numerical calculations and physical concepts;
6. design and realise image processing algorithms for a range of applications, including noise
cancellation, filtering, segmentation, and rendering;
7. demonstrate their knowledge of characteristics and applications of X-Rays, CT, NMRI, and
ultrasound technology; and
8. apply the knowledge of biomedical imaging in medical therapy and rehabilitation.

Course Contents
Introduction to Radiation: review of physical concepts of radiation-atomic and nuclear
structures, electromagnetic spectrum, x-ray production, radioactive decay; ionizing and non-
ionizing radiation; X-ray interaction. Radiation & Imaging Systems: X-rays - characteristics
and applications; computerized tomography; technology and applications; gamma camera;
nuclear magnetic resonance imaging; systems and applications; ultrasound imaging. Basic
radiobiology: radiation dosimetry and protection; Legislation and regulations for radiation
protection.

BME 524: Biomedical Signal Processing (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Upon completion of the subject, students should be able to:
1. extract useful information from a biomedical signal;

New
Engineering and Technology 189
2. demonstrate an understanding of signal representation and processing across a range of
biomedical devices;
3. apply advanced knowledge in biomedical image processing to develop and implement
biomedical algorithms for processing biomedical images and critically interpret their
success;
4. appreciate the mathematical principles of continuous and digital signal processing;
5. apply specific mathematical techniques to solve problems in the area of biomedical signals;
and
6. describe the origin, properties, and suitable models of important biological signals such as
ECG, EEG.

Course Contents
Signals: What is a signal? History; categories; application fields. Biomedical Signals: nature,
sources, types and examples. Signal Processing: Definition, Stochastic and deterministic
signals, Discrete signals, Linear time invariant systems, Duality of time and frequency domain,
Hypotheses testing. Biomedical signal Processing: Brain signals-local field potentials (LFP),
electrocorticogram, (ECG), electroencephalogram (EEG), and magnetoencephalogram (MEG);
Heart signals - Electrocardiogram, Heart rate variability, Fetal ECG; Electromyogram; Gastro-
intestinal signals; Acoustic signals. Modeling Biomedical Systems.

BME 526: Computer-Aided Design of Biomedical Systems (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students should be able to:
1. apply the computer to generate a graphical representation of the human body;
2. use the medium of drawing in engineering communications;
3. describe the general principles involved in the use of engineering drawing;
4. demonstrate skills in computer-aided draughting to produce detailed 2D and 3Ddrawings;
5. design biomedical engineering products using CAD tools, with engineering drawings as the
medium of effective communication;
6. demonstrate skills in interpreting and producing engineering drawing accurately and
efficiently; and
7. comprehend the applications of CAD in medical imaging, diagnosis of diseases, etc.

Course Contents
Computer Aided Design (CAD): Introduction; basic principles of CAD; CAD hardware and
software; the drawing tools; design management; introduction to 3-dimensional (3-D) design;
3D modeling; the printing and plotting process. Design of biomedical systems: Use of CAD in
the design of medical equipment. Practical applications - Biomedical applications of CAD:
applications in medical imaging; applications in medical diagnosis of various diseases e.g. lung
diseases, breast cancer, stroke, sleep disorder, epilepsy, liver cancer, microcalcifications, and
artery disease.

Minimum Academic Standards

Equipment

The professional skills necessary to practise biomedical engineering can be acquired first and
foremost from the training using institutional facilities designed and equipped to stimulate the
practice of the profession. It should, therefore, be adequate in quality and quantity.The
number of laboratories each department has will depend on the number of biomedical
engineering specialty options offered. As an example:

New
Engineering and Technology 190
1. A-one- option department is expected to have one standard multi-specialty workshop and
one standard inter-disciplinary laboratory.
2. A two- option department is expected to have one standard multi-specialty workshop and
two standard specialty laboratories (reflecting the two options).
3. A three- option department is expected to have one standard multi-specialty workshop
and three standard specialty laboratories (reflecting the three options).

List of Workshops/Laboratories/Equipment/Instruments/Tools

General Biomedical Engineering Workshop

1. Lathe machine;
2. Hand tools;
3. Drilling machine;
4. Hand machine;
5. Grinding machine;
6. Folding machine;
7. Work tables and table vices;
8. Standard toolbox for mechanics, electricians and biomedics;
9. Gas and arc welding machines and accessories, and casting facilities;
10. Saw: hack, radial, circular, panel, rip - blade diametre- 400mm with external blades;
11. Marking gauge;
12. Chisel: dicferent sets;
13. Clamp: C-, F- etc;
14. Extra knives carpentry machine planner and thicknesser;
15. Air compressor – for spraying; tank capacity 500 litres complete with accessories - type
spray gun and air blow-gun;
16. Battery: tester, charger and service equipment

Bioengineering/Biotechnology Laboratory Bioinstrumentation Unit

1. CFX96 real-time PCR;
2. Protein/nucleic acid electrophoresis system;
3. UV/VIS spectrophotometre with nanovette;
4. Differential scanning calorimetre (DSC);
5. Semi-dry blotting system with power supply;
6. Impedance aAnalyseAnalyser system with PC;
7. Wet blotting system;
8. Molecular imager;
9. Analog/digital multimetre;
10. Signal generator;
11. Multiple input oscilloscopes; and
12. Relevant analysis software and hardware

Biorheology Unit
1. Spectrophotometre;
2. Turbid, pH metre;
3. Conductivity metre, colourimetre;
4. Digital rotary, viscometre, thermogravimetric aAnalyseAnalyser;
5. Digital thermometre (-50 - 1000°C) with asphalt needle probe 3 comm long;
6. Ion chromatograph equipment;
7. Solid/liquid extraction unit (complete);
8. Filtration unit with plate and frame filter unit Ffuid bed dryer, digital;
9. Film and dropwise equipment;

New
Engineering and Technology 191
10. Fractional distillation column;
11. Laboratory scale spray dryer;
12. Distillation column (computer interfaced distillation column);
13. Water bath;
14. Autoclave; and
15. Centrifuge.

Biomedical Informatics Laboratory

Digital Unit
1. Digital oscilloscope;
2. Logical circuit EX board A, B;
3. Logic tutor EX board;
4. Basic electrical and electronic application EX board B;
5. Digital system;
6. Project board; and
7. Digital data formatting

Computer Networks Unit

1. TCP/IP trainer kit;
2. Licensed software, e.g., OPNET, NS2, assembler, multiSim MATLAB and so on;
3. Networking accessories, e.g., UTP cable, socket, splitter, patch panels, reuters/switches;
and
4. Database management software (MySQL)

Software Development Unit

1. Sufficient number of desktop computers with appropriately licensed software
packages installed in them.

Modeling and Simulation Laboratory

1. High-Performance Server
2. Workstations
3. Software licenses-fluent, comsol, etc
4. Routers
5. Switches
6. Servers
7. Large format printer

Computer-Aided Design Unit

1. Computation tool on finite elements such as CATIA; NASTRAN; ABAQUS; IDEAS;
2. MATLAB; ANSYS, PDMS;
3. Workstations (at least one (1) workstation to five (5) students);
4. Printer;
5. Multimedia facilities;
6. Most importantly, the laboratory is expected to install software packages such as AutoCAD
for drawing and other specialised packages for virtual laboratory.

Computer-Aided Manufacture
1. CNC machines (lathe, milling, drilling, etc)

Bioprocess Engineering Laboratory

Bioinstrumentation Unit Equipment

New
Engineering and Technology 192
1. CFX96 real-time PCR;
2. Protein electrophoresis system;
3. UV/VIS spectrophotometre with nanovette;
4. Nucleic acids electrophoresis system;
5. Differential scanning calorimetre (DSC);
6. Wet/semi-dry blotting system with power supply;
7. Impedance Analyseanalyser system with PC;
8. Impedance Analyseanalyser system with PC;
9. CO2 incubator;
10. Molecular imager;
11. Analog/digital voltmetre;
12. Signal generator;
13. Multiple input oscilloscopes; and
14. Relevant analysis software and hardware.

Clinical Engineering/Medical Engineering/Dental Engineering

Instrumentation Laboratory
1. Control and instrumentation principles(FULL KIT);
2. Analogue andand digital control board;
3. Transducers kit: electromechanical, heat, light, etc;
4. Measurement equipment;
5. Precision Modular Servo Control System;
6. Input/Output Potentiometre Unit;
7. Operational Amplifier Unit;
8. Power supply unit;
9. Function/signal generators;
10. Software upgrade to MATLAB 7.XX;
11. Nl: cable assembly, interface card;
12. PID unit;
13. Wattmetre;
14. Transfer function analyser;
15. Logic probe /pulser;
16. Resistance /capacitance box

Control Laboratory
1. Process control simulation apparatus
2. Pressure control apparatus

Digital Unit
1. Digital logic analyser
2. Smart logic design experimental kit
3. Digital logic circuit design experiment kit microcomputer trainer
4. AM/FM transmitters and receivers system trainer
5. Programmable logic controller system trainer
6. Analog/digital storage colour display 2/4-channel oscilloscope
7. Arbitrary waveform and Digital Synthesized function Generator
8. Digital spectrum Analyseanalyser (9kHz -3GHz)
9. Instrumentation trainer using transducers complete set
10. Analog/digital communication system trainer
11. Electrical and electronic system trainer
12. Power electronic training system

New
Engineering and Technology 193
13. Training kit universal EPROM programmable (48 pins)
14. Bench digital multi-metre digit (various digit ranges)
15. Advanced frequency modulation and demodulation train
16. Decade box: resistance, capacitance, inductance
17. Photo/contact tachometre
18. Portable DC potentiometre
19. PCB Fabrication equipment complete set

Fluid Mechanics Unit

1. Manometres
2. Apparatus for hydrostatic forces on plane and curved surfaces
3. Forced vortex apparatus
4. Stability of floating bodies
5. Hydraulic test benches
6. Apparatus for head losses in pipe fittings
7. Apparatus for the flow of fluid around bodies
8. Hydraulic power circuitory and measurement units
9. Centrifugal pump system
10. Calibration and performance of flow measurement devices

Neural, Regeneration, and Rehabilitation Engineering

Biomechanics Unit
1. Cleve lab virtual instruments
2. Human arm model with angle sensors
3. Gonoimetre(probe + velero straps)
4. Conductivity sensor and dissolved oxygen
5. Respiration rate sensors
6. Bicycle ergometre

Tissue and Regeneration Medicine Unit

Equipment (Cell Culture Lab)

1. Biosafety (laminar flow hoods) cabinet Type All with stands
2. Incubators
3. Inverted microscopes with digital cameras and PC + cell counting sets
4. Orbital shaker, vortexer, water baths, pH metre, micropipettes, balance
5. Nano ure water system, autoclave liquid N2 storage, microplate reader, and - 80 freezer
6. Protein eectrophoresis system
7. Nucleic acids electrophoresis system
8. Cryotome
9. Lab fluoroscopic imaging microscopes
10. Support equipment employed in cell culture and Analysis

Pharmaceutical Engineering
1. Automated biochemical Analyseanalyser
2. Automated cell counter
3. Cell harvesting system
4. Gel electrophoresis instrument
5. Flow cytometry
6. Gas chromatograph mass spectrometre / GC MS instrument

New
Engineering and Technology 194
PCR Technology
1. DNA thermal cycler / PCR instrument
2. Gradient PCR machine
3. PCR workstation / PCR cabinet
4. PH transmitter
5. Pharmaceutical tablet testing equipment
6. Disintegration tester /disintegration apparatus
7. Dissolution media preparation system
8. Dissolution sampler/issolution sampling system
9. Electrophysiology equipment
10. Portable laboratory equipment/field testing equipment
11. Handheld XRF Analyseanalyser
12. Portable balances.

Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalent
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15 Units per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practicals
and supervision of projects.

NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees, hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personnel

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practicals
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.

Administrative Support Staff

The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.

Technical Support Personnel

The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation and
maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.

Minimum Number of Staff

Subject to the general standards specified by NUC:
1. there should be a minimum of two PhDs and four M.Eng degree holders full-time academic
staff to mount the programme;

New
Engineering and Technology 195
2. each workshop or laboratory should have an adequate number of staff with the right mix,
such that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run efficiently; and
3. there should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate calibre for
the office of the Head of Department to run.

Student/Staff Ratio
The minimum staff-to-student ratio should be 1:15 from 200 level to 500 level.

Library
There should be:
1. a section for biomedical engineering books, journals and other resource materials in the
University library;
2. an electronic library section with some online databases relevant to the biomedical
engineering degree programme in the University library;
3. a departmental library with books journals, and other resource materials for biomedical
engineering.

Classrooms, Laboratories,Workshops, Clinics and Offices

The NUC recommends the following physical space requirement:

Academic m2
Professor’s Office 18.50
Head of Department’s Office 18.50
Tutorial Teaching Staff Space 13.50
Other Teaching Staff Space 7.00
Technical Staff Space 7.00
Science Staff Research Laboratory 16.50
Engineering Staff Research Laboratory 14.50
Seminar Space per student 1.85
Drawing Office Space (A.O. Board) (Per Student) 4.60
Drawing Office Space (A.I. Board) (Per Student) 3.70
Laboratory Space 7.50
Non-Academic
Secretarial Space 7.00

Office Facilities
S/No Office No in Room Facilities
1. HOD 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
2. Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit.
4. Senior 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
Lecturer computer unit.
5. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.
6. Lecturer II 3 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves

1. At least three (3) adequate and dedicated classrooms;

2. Two (2) lecture theatres;
3. Two (2) laboratories and one (1) biomedical engineering workshop;
4. One (1) affiliated hospital clinic;

New
Engineering and Technology 196
5. Four (4) senior lecturers’, three (3) other lecturers’, two (2) technologists’, one (1)
technician’s, and one (1) administrative offices are the minimum required.

New
Engineering and Technology 197
B.Eng. Chemical Engineering
Overview
The B.Eng. Chemical Engineering Core Curriculum and Minimum Academic Standards (CCMAS)
is the new curriculum approved by the National Universities Commission (NUC) for use in all
Nigerian universities for the educational training of chemical engineers. It is the efforts of all
the universities in Nigeria and experts who worked together to develop it. It is an improvement
over the B.Eng. Chemical engineering Benchmark Minimum Academic Standards (BMAS),
which was in use from 2007 until the approval of the present CCMAS. The B.Eng. Chemical
Engineering CCMAS compares significantly well with any B.Eng. as this CCMAS provides a
unique basis upon which specialisation and uniqueness of individual institution can be built.

The aim is to produce graduates that meet the needs of today’s process industries by providing
a thorough understanding of the subject, technical competence, and transferable skills
required for the 21st Century knowledge-based and digital economy. The B.Eng Chemical
Engineering CCMAS contains 105 Units of core courses in Basic Sciences, General Engineering
and Chemical Engineering Sciences. The course content for all the courses as well as learning
outcomes for individual courses in the CCMAS are outlined as a guide for content delivery.
The balance of the 150 units required for graduation are to be designed by the University to
suit its purpose. The aim is to produce Chemical Engineers with generic skills, competencies
and attitudes fit for the 21st Century and the 4th Industrial Revolution.

Philosophy
The general philosophy of the Chemical Engineering CCMAS is to produce graduates with high
academic and soft skills competence, capable to adequately participate, transform, impact on
the engineering and allied industries in consonance with National and Global community
values, including National Policy on Industrialisation and Self-Reliance.
Chemical Engineering is a very diverse profession that finds application in many knowledge
areas such as science, technology, finance, management and ICT. In Science, there are
applications in areas from Biology to Chemistry and Mathematics and Engineering Science.
The skills needed in process industries even in cutting edge ones such as Environment,
Biotechnology, Nanotechnology, etc. are found in chemical engineers. These industries
depend on chemical engineers to make their products and processes a reality. Hence an
appropriate CCMAS must establish a broad knowledge base upon which the required skills can
be built. This begins with foundational knowledge in chemistry, biology, physics, and
mathematics. From this foundation, a core expertise in engineering is developed in areas such
as thermodynamics, transfer and separation processes, chemical reaction, process modelling
and simulation. To be equipped for the challenges of the 21st Century complex and real-
national and world problems, chemical engineers must develop engineering problem-solving
skills, strong synthetic and analytical skills. The modern-day chemical engineer must thus find
relevance in the application of these knowledge and skills to create innovative solutions to the
21st Century industrial and societal problems in areas such as environmental responsibilities,
clean energy sources, sustainable system, and discovery, processing and production of new
materials and products.

Objectives
The objectives of the programme are, among others, to:
1. apply knowledge of Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics (STEM)
fundamentals to the solution of Chemical Engineering related problems;

New
Engineering and Technology 198
2. design solutions for Chemical Engineering problems and design systems, components or
processes that meet specified needs with appropriate consideration for public health and
safety, cultural, societal, environmental and other ethical considerations;
3. conduct investigations of complex problems using research-based knowledge and research
methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data and synthesis
of information to provide valid conclusions;
4. create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources and modern engineering and
IT tools: including prediction and modeling, to complex engineering activities, with an
understanding of the limitations;
5. function effectively both as an individual and as a team member or leader in diverse and
in multi-disciplinary settings;
6. communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering
community and with society at large;
7. apply the knowledge and understanding of engineering and management principles in
managing multi-disciplinary projects;
8. create awareness and understanding of the moral, ethical, legal, and professional
obligations needed to function as part of a professional enterprise while protecting human
health and welfare and the environment in a global society; and
9. develop entrepreneurial skills and knowledge, in addition to adequate training in human
and organisational with a spirit of self-reliance so that they can set up their own
businesses.

Unique Features of the Programmme

There are a number of features that characterise the CCMAS curriculum:
1. more student-directed learning;
2. limitation of classroom contact time by minimising student work load;
3. increased application of computer and computer software in both teaching and learning;
4. early introduction into Engineering discipline and Chemical Engineering;
5. development of creative and innovative skills;
6. development of entrepreneurial skill;
7. specialisation to define uniqueness of programme; and
8. provision for combination with emerging and cutting-edge technologies.

Employability Skills
A Chemical Engineer to be able to function adequately in the 21st century national and global
industrial, economic and societal environment must possess certain skills such as:
1. application of Fundamental and Specialist knowledge;
2. engineering Design;
3. investigations, experiments and data analysis;
4. engineering methods, skills, tools and information technology;
5. professional and technical communication;
6. impact of Engineering activity;
7. individual, team and multi-disciplinary working;
8. independent learning ability;
9. responsibility for Decisions;
10. management of Engineering Activities;
11. professionalism; and
12. effective Communication.

New
Engineering and Technology 199
21st Century Skills
The B.Eng. Chemical Engineering CCMAS has the capability of inculcating into the graduate
engineers skills essential for the 4th industrial revolution such as:
1. problem solving skills;
2. computing and data management skills;
3. modelling and simulation skills;
4. information and Communication skills;
5. Self-reliance and ability to take initiative;
6. critical, innovative and creative thinking abilities;
7. collaborative and team-working skills;
8. leadership skills and responsibility; and
9. analysis, interpretation and synthesis of information.

Admission and Graduation Requirements

Admission Requirements
Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
1. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
2. Direct Entry (DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

For the five-year degree programme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must include English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

Direct Entry (DE) Mode

For four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit passes
which must include English Language, Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry, candidates with
at least two passes in relevant subjects (Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry) at the GCE
Advanced Level or IJMB or JUPEB may be considered for admission. Candidates who have
good National Diploma (ND) result in relevant Engineering Technology programmes may also
be considered for admission into 200 level. Holders of upper credit pass and above at Higher
National Diploma (HND) level, are eligible for consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:
1. Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of 150
and maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5–year engineering degree programme.
Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters.
2. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode shall have registered for a minimum
of 120 and a maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4–year engineering degree
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic semesters.
3. Candidates admitted through the Direct Entry mode at 300-Level shall have registered for
a minimum of 90 and a maximum of 120 units of courses during a 3–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of 6 academic
semesters.
4. The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units respectively.
5. A student shall have completed and passed all the courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective and optional courses as may be specified by the

New
Engineering and Technology 200
 university/faculty or department and obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.
6. A student shall also have earned the 15 credit units of Students Industrial Work Experience
Scheme (SIWES), 8 credit units of University General Study courses and four credit units
of Entrepreneurship courses.
For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered,
whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the
computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it
or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each and all
attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.

Prerequisite courses must be taken and passed before a particular course at a higher level.
Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME and 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 200Level
and 11 semesters in the case of students who entered at 300Level.

Global Course Structure

Year GST ENT Basic General Chemical SIWES Total
Science Enginering Engineering
1 4 - 16 3 2 - 25
2 2 2 17 3 3 32
3 2 2 - 7 14 4 29
4 - - 2 13 6 19
5 - - 5 8 - 13
Total 8 4 16 34 40 13* 105

* All 11 SIWES units and 2 units of Engineering valuation courses are credited for GPA
computation in the 2nd Semester of the 400 Level, and not included in the CCMAS credit units.

100 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 15 45

GST 112 Nigerian People and Culture 2 C 30 -
GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C 15
GET 102 Engineering Graphics and 2 C 15 45
Solid Modelling I
CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C 30 -
CHM 102 General Chemistry II 2 C 30 -
CHM 107 General Practical Chemistry I 1 C - 45
CHM 108 General Practical Chemistry II 1 C - 45
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 2 C 30 -
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C 30 -
PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C 30 -
PHY 103 General Physics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 107 General Practical Physics I 1 C - 45
PHY 108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45

New
Engineering and Technology 201
 TCH 101 Introduction to Chemical 2 C 30 -
Engineering
Total 25

200 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and Human 2 C 30 -
Existence
ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and 2 C 30 -
Innovation
GET 204 Students Workshop Experience 2 C 90
GET 205 Fundamentals of Fluid 3 C 45 -
Mechanics
GET 206 Fundamentals of 3 C 45 -
Thermodynamics
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 45 -
GET 210 Engineering Mathematics II 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing and Software 3 C 30 45
Engineering
TCH 201 Chemical Engineering 3 C 45 -
Fundamentals
TCH 202 Material Science 3 C 45 -
TCH 206 Statistics for Chemical 2 C 30
Engineers
*GET 299 SIWES I: Students Work 3 C 9 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 32

300 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 312 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 30
ENT 312 Venture and Creation 2 C 15 45
GET 304 Technical Writing and 3 C 45 -
Communication
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems 3 C 30 45
and Technologies
GET 307 Introduction to Artificial 2 C 30 -
Intelligence, Machine Learning
and Convergent Technologies
TCH 301 Transfer Processes I 2 C 15 TUT
15
TCH 302 Chemical Engineering 2 C 30
Thermodynamics
TCH 303 Separation Processes I 2 C 30
TCH 304 Process Instrumentation 2 C 30
TCH 305 Chemical Engineering 1 C - 45
Laboratories I
TCH 307 Biochemical Engineering 2 C 30

New
Engineering and Technology 202
 TCH 308 Numerical Methods in Chemical 2 C 30
Engineering
*GET 399 SIWES II: Students Work 4 C 12 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 29
400 Level

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 C 90

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Costing 2 C 30
TCH 401 Chemical Product Design 3 C 15 90
TCH 402 Chemical Reaction Engineering I 3 C 45 -
TCH 404 Plant Design and Economics 3 C 15 90
TCH 405 Process Control 2 C 30 -
TCH 406 Process Modelling and Simulation 2 E 30 -
*GET 499 SIWES III: Students Work Experience 4 C 12 Weeks
Scheme
Total 19

SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

500 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GET 501 Engineering Management 3 C 45 -
GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -
TCH 501 Plant Design II 4 C 15 135
TCH 555 Chemical Engineering 4 C - 180
Research Project
Total 13

RECOMMENDATION: TCH 555 – Chemical Engineering Research Project be

taken/taught over the two semesters of the final year.

Course Contents and Learning Outcomes

100 Level

New
Engineering and Technology 203
GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.

Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology); English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations); major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional); grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality). Reading
and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking; reasoning
methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy, generalisation and
explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements. Writing activities
(pre-writing (brainstorming and outlining), writing (paragraphing, punctuation and
expression), post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing (summary, essays,
letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making). etc. Mechanics of writing. Information
and Communication Technology in modern language learning. Language skills for effective
communication. The art of public speaking.

GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;
2. identify and list the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
3. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political entity;
4. analyse the concepts of trade and economic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation to
national development;
5. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian state regarding nation building;
6. analyse the role of the judiciary in upholding fundamental human rights
7. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria; and
8. list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems.

Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and cultures;
peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria; nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system; indigenous apprenticeship system among
Nigerian peoples; trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justice and national
development (definition and classification of law); Judiciary and fundamental rights.
Individuals, norms and values (basic Nigerian norms and values, patterns of citizenship

New
Engineering and Technology 204
acquisition; citizenship and civic responsibilities; indigenous languages, usage and
development; negative attitudes and conducts [Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices]). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3Rs – Reconstruction, Rehabilitation
and Re-orientation; re-orientation strategies: Operation Feed the Nation (OFN), Green
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline and Corruption (WAIC) Mass
Mobilization for Self-Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery (MAMSER), National
Orientation Agency (NOA). Current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria.
GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs); and
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.

Course Contents
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.

GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple everyday and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength and cost;
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical and
other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the analytical
nature of the courses they take; and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.

Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete terms.
Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3D objects.
Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and perspectives.
Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection and rendering.

New
Engineering and Technology 205
This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid works, solid edge
or equivalent.

CHM 101: General Chemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. define atom, molecules and chemical reactions;
2. discuss the modern electronic theory of atoms;
3. write electronic configurations of elements on the periodic table;
4. rationalise the trends of atomic radii, ionisation energies, electronegativity of the elements,
based on their position in the periodic table;
5. identify and balance oxidation–reduction equation and solve redox titration problems;
6. draw shapes of simple molecules and hybridised orbitals;
7. identify the characteristics of acids, bases and salts, and solve problems based on their
quantitative relationship;
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using LeChatelier’s principle to
predict the effect of concentration, pressure and temperature changes on equilibrium
mixtures;
9. analyse and perform calculations with the thermodynamic functions, enthalpy, entropy
and free energy; and
10. determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and temperature.

Course Contents
Atoms, molecules, elements and compounds, and chemical reactions. Modern electronic
theory of atoms. Electronic configuration, periodicity and building up of the periodic table.
Hybridisation and shapes of simple molecules. Valence forces; Structure of solids. Chemical
equations and stoichiometry; chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, kinetic theory of
matter. Elementary thermochemistry; rates of reaction, equilibrium and thermodynamics.
Acids, bases and salts. Properties of gases. Redox reactions and introduction to
electrochemistry. Radioactivity.

CHM 102: General Chemistry II (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the importance and development of organic chemistry;
2. define fullerenes and its applications;
3. discuss electronic theory;
4. determine the qualitative and quantitative of structures in organic chemistry;
5. state rules guiding nomenclature and functional group classes of organic chemistry;
6. determine the rate of reaction to predict mechanisms of reaction;
7. identify classes of organic functional group with brief description of their chemistry;
8. discuss comparative chemistry of group 1A, IIA and IVA elements; and
9. describe basic properties of transition metals.

Course Contents
Historical survey of the development and importance of organic chemistry; fullerenes as fourth
allotrope of carbon, uses as nanotubules, nanostructures, nanochemistry. Electronic theory in
organic chemistry. Isolation and purification of organic compounds; determination of
structures of organic compounds including qualitative and quantitative analysis in organic
chemistry; nomenclature and functional group classes of organic compounds. Introductory

New
Engineering and Technology 206
reaction mechanism and kinetics. Stereochemistry. The chemistry of alkanes, alkenes,
alkynes, alcohols, ethers, amines, alkyl halides, nitriles, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids
and derivatives. The chemistry of selected metals and non-metals. Comparative chemistry of
group IA, IIA and IVA elements. Introduction to transition metal chemistry.

CHM 107: General Practical Chemistry I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correct carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. state the differences between primary and secondary standards;
5. perform redox titration;
6. record observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions.

Course Contents
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.

CHM 108: General Practical Chemistry II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correctly carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. identify and carry out preliminary tests which include ignition, boiling point, melting point,
test on known and unknown organic compounds;
5. carry out solubility tests on known and unknown organic compounds;
6. carry out elemental tests on known and unknown compounds; and
7. carry out functional group/confirmatory test on known and unknown compounds which
could be acidic/basic/ neutral organic compounds.

Course Contents
Continuation of CHM 107. Additional laboratory experiments to include functional group
analysis, quantitative analysis using volumetric methods.

MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:
1. define and explain set, subset, union, intersection, complements, and demonstrate the
use of Venn diagrams;
2. solve quadratic equations;
3. solve trigonometric functions;
4. identify various types of numbers; and
5. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

New
Engineering and Technology 207
Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers. Mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.

MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
2. recognise and understand the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and
continuity;
3. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes;
4. solve function of a real variable, plot relevant graphs, identify limits and idea of continuity;
5. identify the derivative as limit of rate of change;
6. identify techniques of differentiation and perform extreme curve sketching;
7. identify integration as an inverse of differentiation;
8. identify methods of integration and definite integrals; and
9. perform integration application to areas, volumes.

Course Contents
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative, as limit of
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve sketching,
integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes (including
approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule).

MTH 103: Elementary Mathematics III (Vectors, Geometry and Dynamics)

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. solve some vectors in addition and multiplication;
2. calculate force and momentum; and
3. solve differentiation and integration of vectors.

Course Contents
(Pre-requisite –MTH 101)
Geometric representation of vectors in 1-3 dimensions, components, direction cosines.
Addition, scalar, multiplication of vectors, linear independence. Scalar and vector products of
two vectors. Differentiation and integration of vectors with respect to a scalar variable. Two-
dimensional co-ordinate geometry. Straight lines, circles, parabola, ellipse, hyperbola.
Tangents, normals. Kinematics of a particle. Components of velocity and acceleration of a
particle moving in a plane. Force, momentum, laws of motion under gravity, projectiles and
resisted vertical motion. Elastic string and simple pendulum. Impulse, impact of two smooth
spheres and a sphere on a smooth surface.

New
Engineering and Technology 208
PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units: C, LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular momentum;
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

Course Contents
Space and time; units and dimension, vectors and scalars, differentiation of vectors:
displacement, velocity and acceleration; kinematics; Newton’s laws of motion (inertial frames,
impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation); relative motion; application
of Newtonian mechanics; equations of motion; conservation principles in physics,
conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy, system of particles, centre of mass; rotational motion; torque, vector product,
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum. Polar coordinates; conservation
of angular momentum; circular motion; moments of inertia, gyroscopes and precession;
gravitation: Newton’s law of gravitation, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion, gravitational
potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits.

PHY 103: General Physics III (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing macroscopic
behaviour;
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Contents
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.

New
Engineering and Technology 209
PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Contents
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity, etc. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis
should be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data
collection, analysis, and deduction.

PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs;
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.

Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction.

TCH 101: Introduction to Chemical Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. appreciate the role of the chemical engineer in the industry and society;
2. be able to use basic engineering units in both SI and imperial systems in solving problems;
3. develop problem solving skills and engage more effectively in solving different types of
problems;
4. formulate and solve basic steady state material balances for single units; and
5. perform stoichiometry analysis for chemical conversions and apply it to material balance.

Course Contents
The role of the chemical engineer. Units and dimensions. The mole unit. Conventions in the
method of analysis and measurement. Temperature. Pressure. Physical and chemical
properties and measurement. Techniques of solving problems. The chemical equation
stoichiometry, material balances in single units, recycle, bypass, purge. This course will be

New
Engineering and Technology 210
supported with guest lectures from senior chemical engineers in industries, government and
academia.

200 Level

GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge, and
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.

Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding, etc.

ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence;
4. engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
5. identify key elements in innovation;
6. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
7. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
8. state the basic principles of e-commerce.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 211
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.

GET 204: Students Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify various basic hands and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement devices
and instruments, and acquire skills in their effective use and maintenance;
2. practically apply basic engineering technologies, including metrology, casting, metal
forming and joining, materials removal, machine tooling (classification, cutting tool action,
cutting forces, non-cutting production) and CNC machining technology;
3. master workshop and industrial safety practices, accident prevention and ergonomics;
4. physically recognise different electrical & electronic components like resistances,
inductances, capacitances, diodes, transistors and their ratings;
5. connect electric circuits, understand different wiring schemes, and check ratings of
common household electrical appliances and their basic maintenance; and
6. determine household and industrial energy consumption, and understand practical energy
conservation measures.

Course Contents
The course comprises general, mechanical and electrical components: supervised hands-on
experience in safe usage of tools and machines for selected tasks; Use of measuring
instruments (calipers, micrometers, gauges, sine bar, wood planners, saws, sanders, and
pattern making). Machine shop: lathe work shaping, milling, grinding, reaming, metal
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry
practice.Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting
processes. Metal forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging, press-
tool work, spinning). Metal joining processes(welding, brazing and soldering). Heat
treatment. Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory of
metal cutting. Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines.
Supervised identification, use and care of various electrical and electronic components such
as resistors, inductors, capacitors, diodes and transistors. Exposure to different electric
circuits, wiring schemes, analogue and digital electrical and electronic measurements.
Household and industrial energy consumption measurements. Practical energy conservation
principles.

GET 205: Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes

New
Engineering and Technology 212
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the properties of fluids;
2. determine forces in static fluids and fluids in motion;
3. determine whether a floating body will be stable;
4. determine the effect of various pipe fittings (valves, orifices, bends and elbows) on fluid
flow in pipes;
5. measure flow parameters with venturi meters, orifice meters, weirs, etc;
6. perform calculations based on principles of mass, momentum and energy conservation;
7. perform dimensional analysis and simple fluid modelling problems; and
8. specify the type and capacity of pumps and turbines for engineering applications

Course Contents
Fluid properties, hydrostatics, fluid dynamics using principles of mass, momentum and energy
conservation from a control volume approach. Flow measurements in pipes, dimensional
analysis, and similitude, 2-dimensional flows. Hydropower systems.

GET 206: Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe basic concepts of thermodynamics, quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second
and third laws;
2. define and explain system, surrounding, closed and open system, control volume and
control mass, extensive and intensive properties;
3. calculate absolute and gage pressure, and absolute temperature, calculate changes in
kinetic, potential, enthalpy and internal energy;
4. evaluate the properties of pure substances i.e. evaluate the state of the pure substances
such as compressed liquid, saturated liquid-vapour mixture and superheated vapour using
property diagrams and tables; arrange the ideal and real gas equations of state,
5. formulate the first law of thermodynamics for a closed system i.e. organize the change in
energy in the closed systems via heat and work transfer;
6. distinguish heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation, and calculate the
amount of heat energy transferred;
7. calculate the changes in moving boundary work, spring work, electrical work and shaft
work in closed systems;
8. apply the first law of thermodynamics for closed systems and construct conservation of
mass and energy equations;
9. formulate the first law of thermodynamics to the open systems i.e. describe steady-flow
open system, apply the first law of thermodynamics to the nozzles, diffusers, turbines,
compressors, throttling valves, mixing chambers, heat exchangers, pipe and duct flow;
10. construct energy and mass balance for unsteady-flow processes;
11. evaluate thermodynamic applications using second law of thermodynamics;
12. calculate thermal efficiency and coefficient of performance for heat engine, refrigerators
and heat pumps; and
13. restate perpetual-motion machines, reversible and irreversible processes.

Course Contents
Basic concepts, definitions and laws (quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second and third
laws of thermodynamics). Properties of pure substances: the two-property rule (P-V-T
behaviour of pure substances and perfect gases); state diagrams. The principle of
corresponding state; compressibility relations; reduced pressure; reduced volume;
temperature; pseudo-critical constants. The ideal gas: specific heat, polytropic processes.

New
Engineering and Technology 213
Ideal gas cycles; Carnot; thermodynamic cycles, turbines, steam and gas, refrigeration. The
first law of thermodynamics – heat and work, applications to open and closed systems. The
steady flow energy equation (Bernoulli’s equation) and application. Second law of
thermodynamics, heat cycles and efficiencies.

GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank etc;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and Green’s
theorem;
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical model
of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation, etc., as well as fourier series, initial conditions and its
applications to different engineering processes

Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.

GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);
2. explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically solve
a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types;
3. numerically solve differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;
4. perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,
curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of
several variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;
5. solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex numbers;
6. apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations
and of results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the theory
of conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
7. evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.

Course Contents
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and

New
Engineering and Technology 214
vector-valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary
complex analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity. Derivatives,
differentiation rules and differentiation of integrals. Cauchy-Riemann equation, harmonic
functions, basic theory of conformal mapping, transformation and mapping and its
applications to engineering problems. Special functions.

GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project
through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas.

Course Contents
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.

GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.

Course Contents
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or
special centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant
practical/industrial working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major.

New
Engineering and Technology 215
The students are exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance
of tools, equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production
of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation, (8-10 weeks during the long
vacation following 200 level).

NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of programme-specific

activities for their students.

TCH 201: Chemical Engineering Fundamentals (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. formulate and solve closed steady state material balances on multi-stage systems with
and without a recycle and purge;
2. formulate and solve closed steady state Material balances on multi-stage systems that
include single and multiple chemical reactions;
3. formulate and solve closed steady state material balances on multi-stage systems that
include complete and incomplete conversions;
4. formulate and solve problems involving species and elements for reacting and non-
reacting systems;
5. formulate and solve energy balances; and
6. formulate and solve combined material and energy balances.

Course Contents
Analysis of material balances for multiple systems. Analysis of material balances problems with
direct solutions. Material balances using algebraic techniques control surface and stage
balances for open and closed system. Problems involving species and elements for reacting
and non-reacting systems. Material balances in process flow sheets. Energy balances
procedures; energy balances for reactive and non-reactive processes; combined mass and
energy systems. Computer aided balance calculations.

TCH 202: Material Science (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning outcome
On completion students should be able to:
1. explain the basic concepts and mechanism of atomic structure, configuration, inter-
atomic bonding, crystals and microstructure;
2. explain/discuss the relationship between structure and properties of materials;
3. explain the characteristics of phase diagrams and phase transformations of solid
solutions (alloys);
4. determine the components and compositions of phase diagrams and phase
transformations of solid solutions (alloys);
5. discuss the different types, causes and effects of corrosion and methods of its
prevention and mitigation; and
6. discuss the basic principles of nanotechnology, nanomaterials and engineering
applications.

Course Contents
Introduction to electronic configuration, atomic structures, inter-atomic bonding
mechanisms, crystal and microstructure. Relationships between structure and properties of
metals, alloys, ceramics and polymers. Principles of the behaviour of materials in common
environments. Phase diagrams and phase transformations of metal solutions. Effect of

New
Engineering and Technology 216
engineering design, engineering materials processing, selection, manufacturing and
assembling on the performance and service life of engineering materials. Corrosion: types,
causes and effects of corrosion, corrosion prevention and mitigation. Fabrication processes
and applications. Basic nanotechnology, nanomaterials and engineering applications.

TCH 206: Statistics for Chemical Engineers (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. construct appropriate graphical displays of data and understand the role of such displays
in data analysis;
2. perform statistical inference tasks using software and understand the calculations involved
in such tasks and be aware of assumptions necessary for the validity of results;
3. use and interpret statistical software package such as MINITAB, Design Expert to
summarise and analyse industry data;
4. make appropriate conclusions based on experimental results;
5. plan and execute an experimental program to determine the performance of a chemical
engineering system;
6. evaluate the accuracy of the measurements taken; and
7. communicate the results of the investigation in a number of ways.

Course Contents
Chemical engineers must have an appreciation of the accuracy and reliability of
measurements. This course provides a broad introductory knowledge of statistical techniques
used in data analysis. It also seeks to link the measurement of various quantities with
statistics to enable the analysis of the accuracy of the measurements. Statistical inference
intervals, tests hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big
data analytics and cloud computing applications. Students to have weekly or fortnightly
computer laboratory-based assignments.

300 Level

GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in peace
building.

Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,

New
Engineering and Technology 217
community leaders). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents of
conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and Imperatives.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation, collaboration). The
roles of international organizations in conflict resolution (a) The United Nations, UN and its
conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council (c) ECOWAS in
peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building. Managing post-
conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs);the role of NGOs in
post-conflict situations/crises.

ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
1. describe the key steps in venture creation;
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.

Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy. Digital business and e-commerce strategies).

GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 218
1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.

Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis, structure Fog and Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A,B,C,D,E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills(steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports(competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.

GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the types, uses and advantages of renewable energy in relation to climate change;
2. design for use the various renewable energy systems;
3. recognise and analyse the current energy systems in Nigeria, their impacts on
development and the global energy demand and supply scenarios;
4. appreciate the environmental impact of energy exploitation and utilisation, and pursue the
sustainable development of renewable energy for various applications; and
5. recognise the exploitation, excavation, production, and processing of fossil fuels such as
coal, petroleum and natural gas, and discuss the sources, technology and contribution to
future energy demands of renewable energy.

Course Contents
Current and potential future energy systems in Nigeria and globally - resources, extraction,
concepts in energy conversion systems; parallels and differences in various conversion
systems and end-use technologies, with emphasis on meeting 21st-century national, regional
and global energy needs in a sustainable manner. Various energy technologies in each fuel
cycle stage for fossil (oil, gas, synthetic), nuclear (fission and fusion) and renewable (solar,
biomass, wind, hydro, and geothermal). Energy types, storage, transmission and
conservation. Analysis of energy mixes within an engineering, economic and social context.
Sustainable energy; emphasise sustainability in general and in the overall concept of

New
Engineering and Technology 219
sustainable development and the link this has with sustainable energy as the fundamental
benefit of renewable energy.

Practical Contents
Simple measurement of solar radiation, bomb calorimeter determination of calorific value of
fuels and biomass; measurement of the velocity of wind, waves and the energy that abound
in them; laboratory production of biogas and determination of energy available in it; simple
conversion of solar energy to electricity; trans-esterification of edible oil into biodiesel;
simulation of geothermal energy; Geiger-Muller or Scintillation Counters’ determination of
uranium or thorium energy; simple solid or salt storage of energy; hybrid application of
renewable energy.

GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and Convergent

Technologies (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:
1. explain the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications and effects of artificial
intelligence;
2. explain the fundamental concepts of machine learning, deep learning and convergent
technologies;
3. demonstrate the difference between supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised
learning;
4. demonstrate proficiency in machine learning workflow and how to implement the steps
effectively;
5. explain natural languages, knowledge representation, expert systems and pattern
recognition;
6. describe distributed systems, data and information security and intelligent web
technologies;
7. explain the concept of big data analytics, purpose of studying it, issues that can arise with
a data set and the importance of properly preparing data prior to a machine learning
exercise; and
8. explain the concepts, characteristics, models and benefits, key security and compliance
challenges of cloud computing.

Course Contents
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence paradigms;
search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired algorithms –
examples, their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding
natural languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation, mathematical and logic
foundations of AI; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition; distributed
systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent technologies
– definition, significance and engineering applications. Neural networks and deep learning.
Introduction to python AI libraries.

GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three software in their chosen career choices;

New
Engineering and Technology 220
2. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;
3. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;
4. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work;
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers; and
7. write a general report at the end of the training.

The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work
experience i.e. 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged
in the more advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use
in the industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a
report at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and
encouraged to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities
and experiences to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits
include:

Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine

operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts,
gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, andwooden furniture making processes.

Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solid works: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with Solid works, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solid works drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.

A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project.

Examples of projects should include the following:

a. design of machine components;
b. product design and innovation;
c. part modelling and drafting in solidworks; and
d. technical report writing.

TCH 301: Transfer Processes I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 221
1. derive the heat diffusion equation and use it to predict temperature profiles across solid
bodies transferring heat by conduction;
2. derive equations of heat transfer by convection and use them to predict the rate of heat
loss under steady state natural and forced convection;
3. derive the equations of heat loss by radiation, and use them to predict the rate of heat
loss under steady state conditions;
4. perform a procedural design of a heat exchanger for defined process requirements;
5. derive equations of mass transfer by molecular diffusion and use these to predict the flow
rates and composition of output streams from a mass transfer operation under steady
state conditions;
6. determine the performance and size of a given heat exchanger using different methods;
and
7. perform pressure drop calculations and procedural design of different heat exchangers
according to defined process requirements.

Course Contents
Steady State Conduction. Forced and Natural Convection. Reynolds' Analogy. Heat Transfer
Film Coefficient Correlations. LMTD Heat Transfer Design. Fouling Factors. Radiation;
Blackbody Radiation, Emission from Real Surfaces. Kirchoff’s Law. Unsteady-State
Conduction. 2-D Conduction. Fundamentals of Mass Transfer. Similarity of Momentum, Heat
and Mass Transfer. Convective Mass Transfer. General, Molecular and Turbulent Diffusion
Equations. Fick’s Law for Diffusion. Molecular Diffusion in Gases, Liquids and Solids. Diffusion
Coefficients in Gases. Liquids. Shell and Tube Heat Exchangers. LMTD Correction Factors.
Heat Transfer and Pressure Drop Correlations. HX Design and Performance (Kern’s and NTU
Methods for Multipass and Cross-Flow HX). Compact Heat Exchangers. Plate Heat
Exchangers.Operating Principles, Series and Parallel Combination, Use and Limitations.
Comparison with Shell and Tube Heat Exchangers.

TCH 302: Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. perform calculations for various heat effects on industrial reactions as functions of
temperature and with or without phase change;
2. use enthalpy-concentration and related diagrams in the analysis of heat effect on industrial
reactions;
3. perform calculations of equilibrium constants of reversible reactions; and
4. perform calculations on the effect of temperature and pressure on equilibrium constants
and conversions for gas phase, liquid phase and heterogeneous reactions.

Course Contents
Heat Effects. Heat capacities as a function of temperature, specific heats of liquids and solids;
Heat effects accompanying phase change Clasius-Clapeyron equation, standard heats of
reaction, formation and combustion effect of temperature on heat reaction. Heat of mixing
and solution, Enthalpy concentration diagrams for H2SO4, H2O, etc., partial enthalpies.
Chemical Reaction Equilibria; Standard free energy change and equilibrium constant,
Evaluation of equilibrium constants. Effects of temperature and pressure on equilibrium
constants; calculation of conversion; Gas phase reactions, Percentage conversion; Liquid
phase reaction Heterogeneous reactions.

TCH 303: Separation Processes I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

New
Engineering and Technology 222
Learning outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:

1. identify, analyze and solve engineering problems involving phase separation;

2. estimate stage requirements for absorption, stripping, and liquid-liquid extraction systems;
and
3. estimate the number of stages, feed plate, product rates, reflux ratios for binary distillation
systems using mccabe-thiele, ponchon-savarit methods.

Course Contents
Stage-wise and continuous contact equipment. Isothermal gas absorption. Binary distillation,
flash distillation; distillation systems - types of condensers and reboilers, plate versus packed
columns, reflux ratio, Distillation of binary mixture - McCabe Thiele method: rectifying and
stripping section, feed plate; Ponchon-Savarit method.

TCH 304: Process Instrumentation (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the principles of various flow, temperature, pressure and liquid level
measurements;
2. explain the principles of some analytical instruments use in physical and chemical
characterisation of materials;
3. identify appropriate instruments applicable for particular characterisation; and
4. interpret and analyse data obtained from analytical instruments.

Course Contents
Measuring instruments for level, pressure, flow, temperature and physical properties.
Chemical composition analysers. Measurement. Gas chromatograph. Mass Spectrometer.
Sampling systems. Description and use of current instrumentation such as atomic
spectroscopy, infra-Red spectroscopy, High Performance Liquid Chromatography, Scanning
Electron Microscope (SEM)

TCH 305: Chemical Engineering Laboratory I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. locate (or identify) relevant literature sources to support/contradict theoretical arguments,
and to find data;
2. demonstrate theoretical principles by means of experiments;
3. propose theoretical models of experimental data; or
4. evaluate the accuracy of prescribed theoretical models; and
5. communicate (or describe) technical information and arguments in a professional manner.

Course Contents
Laboratory experiments in transport phenomena. Kinetics and separation process

TCH 307: Biochemical Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 223
1. explain the basic concepts of macromolecules and their building blocks, and their relevance
to chemical engineering;
2. interpret the fundamental of microbial growth, the principles of enzyme and cell kinetics;
3. calculate cell growth, and enzyme kinetics; and
4. perform mass balance on cell and enzyme systems

Course Contents
Introduction to microbiology and biochemistry. Classification and growth characteristics of
micro-organisms. Enzymes Engineering: including enzyme kinetics, aerobic and anaerobic
respirations, metabolic pathways, cell growth kinetics and models

TCH 308: Numerical Methods in Chemical Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. apply numerical method techniques to solve problems arising from heat and mass transfer,
chemical reactions, thermodynamics, fluid mechanics and molecular simulations;
2. apply numerical method techniques to solve different categories of mathematical
equations;
3. apply numerical methods such as navier-stokes, runge kutta, newton-raphson, taylor’s
series etc to solve ODES and PDES; and
4. perform numerical integrations and differentiation.

Course Contents
Numerical methods for solving problems arising in heat and mass transfer, fluid mechanics,
chemical reaction engineering, and molecular simulation. Topics: numerical linear algebra,
solution of nonlinear algebraic equations and ordinary differential equations, solution of partial
differential equations (e.g., Navier-Stokes), numerical methods in molecular simulation
(dynamics, geometry optimization). Runge Kutta and other methods in the solutions of ODE
and PDEs. Numerical integration and differentiation. All methods are presented within the
context of chemical engineering problems.

400 Level

GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units C: PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme; and
2. demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.

Course Contents
In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

New
Engineering and Technology 224
GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies;
2. describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to
the society;
3. demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices;
4. prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review;
5. discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation; and
6. determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

TCH 401: Chemical Product Design (3 Units C: LH 15; PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify a chemical process or product that is of relevance and of value that will involve
application of student knowledge of chemical engineering principles;
2. develop a strategy for the design and production of this process/product including
milestones;
3. develop the project budget and market analysis of the process/product;
2. write a proposal for the development/production of the process or product;
3. apply principles of starting up a chemical engineering business successfully;
4. Package the product for market where possible; and
5. Present process orally and in writing.

Course Contents
Chemical Engineering open-ended problems/projects that require students to design a
chemical process or product. Each team generates and filters ideas; identifies use cases and
objectives; evaluates and selects a design strategy; develops a project budget; schedules
milestones and tasks; and writes a proposal with supporting documentation. Each project
must meet specified requirements for societal impact, budget, duration, person hours,
environmental impact, safety, and ethics. Principles of chemical engineering business start-
ups.

TCH 402: Chemical Reaction Engineering I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. calculate conversion in batch and flow systems;
2. size single batch, continuous-stirred tank, and plug flow reactors;
3. size real reactors in different flow regimes, packed bed reactors catalytic reactors and
unsteady state reactors;
4. identify and determine the parameters in kinetic rate expressions for homogeneous
reactions;
5. maximise product selectivity for systems involving multiple reactions;
6. use residence time distributions to find conversions for non-ideal mixing; and
7. use computer software packages to assist in sizing reactors.

New
Engineering and Technology 225
Course Contents
Introduction to chemical kinetics; concentration versus time equations for single, irreversible
reactions; concentration versus time equations for reversible reaction; design of the ideal PFR,
CSTR; batch and semi-batch reactors and CSTRs in series.
Real tubular reactors in laminar flow; Real tubular reactors in turbulent flow; packed bed
reactors; unsteady reactors; residence time distribution functions for non-ideal flow reactors.

TCH 404: Plant Design and Economics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. calculate stream data and present on a process flow-sheet from process descriptions;
2. explain the general principles of design, the techniques specific to particular products and
processes and the characteristics of engineering materials and components;
3. prepare and present findings of engineering design tasks;
4. plan and produce process flow sheet for a specified industry or product;
5. perform mechanical design of process units and piping;
6. perform basic costing and economic evaluation of process units and systems; and
7. use CAD software to perform design activities.

Course Contents
Presentation and discussion of real process design problems; sources of design data; process
and engineering flow diagram; process outline charts incorporating method study and critical
examination; mechanical design of process vessels and piping. Environmental considerations
site considerations; process services. Costing of design Process. Formulation of feasibility
report evaluation. Economics and safety consideration must be stresses. Computer aided
Design; application of software packages in design.

TCH 405: Process Control (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be albe to:
1. explain the importance of process control in chemical engineering industry and classify
chemical process variables;
2. solve first order and second order ODE’s analytically and using Laplace transform;
3. determine the transfer function of chemical processes; and
4. determine the stability of chemical processes from their transfer function.

Course Contents
Process dynamics. Transfer functions. Frequency response analysis. Discrete events. Control
system design. Cascade control. Feed forward and feedback control. Introduction to multi-
variable control. The control valves.

TCH 406: Process Modelling and Simulation (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. generate and solve mathematical models involving chemical process systems such as
transfer processes, separation processes, chemical reactions and thermodynamics;
2. use appropriate software to simulate various aspects of process systems including but not
limited to flow sheets, vessels, piping, instrumentations, etc.;

New
Engineering and Technology 226
3. use appropriate software to simulate material and energy balances for process plants; and
4. use appropriate software to simulate and solve process models.

Course Contents
Use of computational tools to solve models and implicit equations covering transfer,
separation, chemical reactions and thermodynamic systems involving steady and unsteady
state. Process simulation using the HYSYS software or any other process simulation software,
including ASPEN, MATLAB, Geogebra, Winplot, ESES.

GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (8 Units C: 24 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:
1. be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
2. bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work
methods and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways
of safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;
3. experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work and
the environment seamlessly,and expose them to contacts for eventual job placements
after graduation;
4. be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place
of engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them;
and
5. exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.

Course Contents
On the job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (24 weeks from the end of the first semester at 400-Level to
the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second semester at
400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a programme related
industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc, for a period of 6 months under the
guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised by an academic
staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits the completed
Log book on the experience at the establishment. Also, there will be a comprehensive report
covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences (GET 299, GET 399 and
GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department for overall assessment.

500 Level

GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
4. possess the skills needed for project management; and

New
Engineering and Technology 227
5. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.

Course Contents
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons – functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.
Project planning, control and timeliness;decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.

GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions;
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications; and
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principles undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically
present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an
expert witness.

Course Contents
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.
Termination/cancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.

TCH 501: Plant Design II (4 Units C: LH 15; PH 135)

Learning Outcomes

New
Engineering and Technology 228
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. analyse existing process and carry-out process retrofitting;
2. perform flowsheet of the operating principles of reacting, pumping & piping, plant control,
and utilities systems and execute the design of the systems;
3. analyse product/process design options and produce flow diagrams to obtain most
suitable option;
4. perform process design of some units;
5. plan, produce and implement process calculations using software;
6. prepare and present findings of engineering design tasks;
7. perform process economics and determine process profitability, carry-out safety and
environmental studies; and
8. present final design orally and in writing.

Course Contents
A design problem involving the study of a process. It should consist of preparation of flow
sheet and heat and mass balances of the process and a detailed design of plant or unit
operation equipment used in the process. Due consideration must be given to economics and
safety. Each student is expected to submit and orally defend a bound copy of
technological/engineering design project. A design project should consist of introduction,
literature review, process design, detailed design of some of the units of the process,
specification of the equipment required, specification of materials of construction, basic
mechanical design and drawings, inclusion of process control, modern drawings of the process
equipment including a good flow chart, economic and environmental considerations.
TCH 555: Chemical Engineering Research Project (4 Units C: PH 180)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. identify the problem or hypothesis to research or tests;
2. identify resources and constraints;
3. identify the best option (Research method, process);
4. carry out research;
5. present data and conclusions according to the nature of research;
6. evaluate techniques and outcomes and suggest improvements; and
7. present the final report (orally and in writing).

Course Contents
Individual research projects under the supervision of an academic staff. Projects should focus
on national and state industrial problems.

Minimum Academic Standards

Equipment
Pilot Plants
1. Continuous distillation pilot plant –
2. Liquid-liquid extraction pilot plant
3. Reaction pilot plant -
4. Multi-stage evaporation unit

Laboratory Scale Teaching Units

1. Shell and tube heat exchanger
2. Heat conduction and radiation apparatus – heat transfer
3. Unit operation lab: rotary, tray, fluidized bed and pneumatic dryers

New
Engineering and Technology 229
4. Drying ovens and furnace, incubators, fridges, freezers
5. Chemical Reactors – CSTR, plug flow, batch reactors
6. Refrigeration experimentation units
7. Multifunction Process Control Teaching System
8. Cooling tower for humidification and heat transfer studies
9. Absorption column
10. Flooding and loading bench apparatus
11. Vapour-liquid equilibrium measurement apparatus
12. Adsorption columns
13. Rheometer for rheological investigation of non-Newtonian fluids in fluid mechanics
14. Sieve shakers and a set of sieve plates

General Apparatus
Assorted glasswares, balances, water baths,
Utilities
Boiler, compressor and vacuum pump
Analytical Equipment
Gas chromatograph, HPLC (High Performance Liquid Chromatograph), bomb calorimeter,
spectrophotometer, centrifuges.

Computer Laboratories with Enough Computers dedicated to the Program and

Available to Students

Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalent
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15 Units per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practicals
and supervision of projects.

NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees, hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personnel

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practicals
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.

Administrative Support Staff

The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.

Technical Support Personnel

The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent

New
Engineering and Technology 230
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation and
maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.

Minimum Number of Staff

Subject to the general standards specified by NUC:
1. there should be a minimum of two PhDs and four M.Eng degree holders full-time academic
staff to mount the programme;
2. each workshop or laboratory should have an adequate number of staff with the right mix,
such that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run efficiently; and
3. there should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate calibre for
the office of the Head of Department to run.

Student/Staff Ratio
The minimum staff-to-student ratio should be 1:15 from 200 level to 500 level.

Library
Each course should be supported by at least 2 prescribed textbooks and 3 recommended
textbooks which must be available in the library.
Below is a list of some useful textbooks. These are some of the textbooks commonly found in
Chemical Engineering Library.
Most of these books and a whole lot more are available in electronic library. Most of the
popular and international journals are available in the electronic library. Institutions are
advised to subscribe to at least 3 databases that host these textbooks and journals.

List of Textbooks
1. Unit operations by McCabe & Smith
2. Introduction to Chemical Engineering by Badger & Banchero Unit Processes by Groggins
3. Chemical Technology by Dryden
4. Chemical Process Industries by Foust et al.
5. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics by Dodge
6. Introduction to Chemical Engineering by Thompson & Ceckler
7. Mass Trasfer Operations by Treyball
8. Chemical Reactions Engineering by Levenspiel
9. Perry's Chemical Engineer's Handbook11
10. Coulson and Richardson (Vol.-1 to Vol.-6)
11. Transport Processes and unit operations by Christie Geankoplis
12. Introduction to Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics by J.M. Smith
13. Heat transfer principles by B.K. Dutta
14. Basic Principles and Calculations in Chemical Engineering by David M Himmelblau
15. Introduction to Material and Energy Balances by G.V. Reklaitis
16. Bioprocess Engineering by Michael L Shuler and Fikret Kargi

Academic and Non-Academic Spaces

The NUC recommends the following physical space requirement:
Academic m2
Professor’s Office 18.50
Head of Department’s Office 18.50
Tutorial Teaching Staff Space 13.50
Other Teaching Staff Space 7.00
Technical Staff Space 7.00

New
Engineering and Technology 231
 Science Staff Research Laboratory 16.50
Engineering Staff Research Laboratory 14.50
Seminar Space per student 1.85
Drawing Office Space (A.O. Board) (Per Student) 4.60
Drawing Office Space (A.I. Board) (Per Student) 3.70
Laboratory Space 7.50
Non-Academic
Secretarial Space 7.00

Office Accommodation

S/N Office No in Room Facilities

1. HOD 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer

unit, Secretary and facilities.
2. Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
unit, Secretary and facilities.
3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
unit.
4. Senior Lecturer 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
unit.
5. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.

6. Lecturer II 3 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.

B.Eng. Civil Engineering

Overview
Civil engineers plan, design and supervise construction of many essential facilities and
structures such as bridges, dams, roads, buildings, ports, etc. Included in the study of civil
engineering are courses in water resources and environmental engineering that are directly
related to the solution of hazardous waste and pollution problems, providing potable and
economical water supply systems, and maintaining a safe environment.

Philosophy
The Bachelor of Engineering and Technology B.Eng/B.Tech degree programme in Civil
Engineering is based on the philosophy that the rate at which a nation progresses
technologically is determined to a great extent by the size, quality, motivation and orientation
of its science and engineering workforce. The programme should, thus, seek to train civil
engineers who can best contribute to national development. For this, they must be equipped
with the tools to understand, analyse, design and construct and maintain all possible physical
facilities that can possibly promote appropriate development by conceiving and adapting
techniques, processes and materials as necessary.

New
Engineering and Technology 232
In consequence of the above, the programme is structured in such a way that students will
have opportunity to take courses that will provide a basic understanding of all areas of civil
engineering practice.

Objectives
The objectives of the Civil Engineering programme is to train civil engineers who are equipped
with a broad-based experience ranging from engineering analysis and design to laboratory
testing and experimentation in all areas of Civil Engineering with further concentration in the
later years on, at least, several of the specialities. They would be equipped with:
1. a good grounding in basic engineering courses;
2. a good grasp of the essential application and utility courses;
3. a thorough understanding of the experimental and practical bases for the relevant
theoretical engineering principles;
4. a good knowledge of all the various branches of civil engineering with further
specialisation;
5. construction engineering and management skills (combining engineering and
management skills to complete construction projects designed by other engineers and
architects);
6. geotechnical engineering skills (analysis of soils and rock in support of engineering
projects/applications - building foundations, earthen structures, underground facilities,
dams, tunnels, roads.);
7. structural engineering skills (design of all types of stationary structures - buildings, bridges,
dams);
8. surveying skills (measure/map the earth’s surface in support of engineering design and
construction projects and for legal purposes - locating property lines.);
9. transportation engineering skills (design of all types of transportation facilities/systems –
streets/highways, airports, railroads, other mass transit, harbours/ports);
10. water resource skills (control and use of water, focusing on flood control, irrigation, raw
water supply, and hydroelectric power applications);
11. environmental engineering (air pollution control, hazardous waste treatment and disposal,
recycling and solid waste disposal, sanitary engineering (municipal and industrial water
and wastewater treatment);
12. substantial practical skills for tackling real life engineering problems; and
13. knowledge of entrepreneurial and management principles upon which enterprising
professional careers can be built.

Employability Skills
1. ability to apply scientific and engineering principles to plan, design and supervise civil
engineering projects;
2. skills to convey technical material persuasively to clients, colleagues and subordinates;
3. knowledge of contemporary issues and ability to keep up with emerging technologies
relevant to executing civil engineering projects; and
4. capacity to utilise the skills acquired in government (including regulatory and executing
agencies), industry (including consulting, construction organisations) and academia.

21st Century Skills

The 21st century skills includes the innovative skills:
1. creativity and innovation;
2. critical thinking/problem solving/decision making;
3. communication;
4. collaboration (team work);

New
Engineering and Technology 233
5. learning to learn/metacognition;
6. citizenship 9local and global);
7. general computer literacy and mastery of relevant information technology;

Unique Features of the Programme

1. sound exposure to all areas of civil engineering, including environmental engineering;
2. good exposure to allied areas such as law, economics and management;
3. Familiarity with general knowledge, including philosophy, entrepreneurial skills and
history;
4. ability to communicate ideas effectively using modern tools involving computers, internet
and telecommunication; and
5. capacity of graduates to establish their own businesses and go into paid employment with
government or in industry; or pursue further studies.

Admission and Graduation Requirements

Admission Requirements
Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
1. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
2. Direct Entry (DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

For the five-year degree programme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must include English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

Direct Entry (DE) Mode

For four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit passes
which must include English Language, Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry, candidates with
at least two passes in relevant subjects (Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry) at the GCE
Advanced Level or IJMB or JUPEB may be considered for admission. Candidates who have
good National Diploma (ND) result in relevant Engineering Technology programmes may also
be considered for admission into 200 level. Holders of upper credit pass and above at Higher
National Diploma (HND) level, are eligible for consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:
1. Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of 150
and maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5–year engineering degree programme.
Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters.
2. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode shall have registered for a minimum
of 120 and a maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4–year engineering degree
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic semesters.
3. Candidates admitted through the Direct Entry mode at 300-Level shall have registered for
a minimum of 90 and a maximum of 120 units of courses during a 3–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of 6 academic
semesters.

New
Engineering and Technology 234
4. HND holders who enter the degree programme at 300 level should register for a minimum
of 90 units of courses and a maximum of 120 units of courses.
5. The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units respectively.
6. A student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by the
university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.
7. A student shall also have earned the 15 credit units of Students Industrial Work Experience
Scheme (SIWES), 8 credit units of University General Study courses and four credit units
of Entrepreneurship courses.

For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered,
whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the
computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it
or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each and all
attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.

Prerequisite courses must be taken and passed before a particular course at a higher level.
Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME and 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 200Level
and 11 semesters in the case of students who entered at 300Level.

Global Course Structure

Level GST/ENT Basic Discipline/ Programme SIWES* Total
Science GET (CEE) Units
100L 4 18 3 2 - 25
200L 4 - 24 2 3 33
300L 4 - 18 7 4 33
400L - - 2 3 6 11
500L - - 5 9 - 14
Total 12 18 52 23 13* 105

*Not included in Total 105 units of 70% NUC CCMAS Component

100 Level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code

GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 15 45

GST 112 Nigerian Peoples and Culture 2 C 30 -

CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C 30
CHM 102 General Chemistry II 2 C 30 -
CHM 107 General Practical Chemistry I 1 C - 45
CHM 108 General Practical Chemistry II 1 C - 45

New
Engineering and Technology 235
 GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C 15 -
GET 102 Engineering Graphics and Solid 2 C 15 45
Modelling I
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 2 C 30 -
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C 30 -
PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C 30 -
PHY 103 General Physics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 107 General Practical Physics I 1 C - 45
PHY 108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45
CEE101 Introduction to Civil 2 C 15
Engineering
Total 25

200 Level -
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and Human 2 C 30 -

Existence
ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and 2 C 30 -
Innovation
GET 201 Applied Electricity I 3 C 45 -
GET 202 Engineering Materials 3 C 45
GET 204 Students Workshop Practice 2 C 15 45
GET 205 Fundamentals of Fluid 3 C 45 -
Mechanics
GET 206 Fundamentals of 3 C 45 -
Thermodynamics
GET 208 Strength of Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 45 -
GET 210 Engineering Mathematics II 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing and Software 3 C 30 45
Engineering
CEE 201 Civil Engineering Drawing 2 C 15 45
*GET 299 SIWES I: Students Work 3 C 9 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 33

300 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

ENT 312 Venture Creation 2 C 15 30

GST 312 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 30 -
GET 301 Engineering Mathematics III 3 C 45 -
GET 302 Engineering Mathematics IV 3 C 45 -
GET 304 Engineering Communication, 3 C 45 -
Technical Writing and
Presentation
GET 305 Engineering Statistics and Data 3 C 45 -
Analytics

New
Engineering and Technology 236
 GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems and 3 C
Technology
GET 307 Introduction to Artificial 3 C 45 -
Intelligence, Machine Learning
and Convergent Technologies
CEE 301 Fluid Mechanics 3 C 30 45
CEE 303 Engineering Geology 2 E 15 45
CEE 304 Civil Engineering materials 3 E 30 45
CEE 307 Structural Mechanics I 2 2 30 -
CEE 308 Engineering Surveying and 2 C 15 45
Photogrammetry I
*GET 399 SIWES II: Students Work Experience 4 C 12 Weeks
Scheme
Total 33

400 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 C 90

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Costing 2 C 30
CEE 406 Engineering Surveying and Photo-
grammetry II 3 C 30 45
*GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 Weeks
Total 11

SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

500 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GET 501 Engineering Project Management 3 C 45 -
GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -
CEE 506 Construction Engineering 3 C 30 45
CEE 599 Project 6 C - 270
Total 14

Course Contents and Learning Outcomes

New
Engineering and Technology 237
100 Level

GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.

Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology). English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations). major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional). grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality). Reading
and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking; reasoning
methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy, generalisation and
explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements. Writing activities
(pre-writing (brainstorming and outlining). writing (paragraphing, punctuation and
expression). post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing (summary, essays,
letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making). Mechanics of writing. Information and
Communication Technology in modern language learning. Language skills for effective
communication. The art of public speaking.

GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;
2. identify and list the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
3. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political entity;
4. analyse the concepts of trade and economic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation to
national development;
5. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian state regarding nation building;
6. analyse the role of the judiciary in upholding fundamental human rights
7. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria; and
8. list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems.

Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and cultures;
peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria; nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system; indigenous apprenticeship system among
Nigerian peoples; trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justice and national

New
Engineering and Technology 238
development (definition and classification of law); Judiciary and fundamental rights.
Individuals, norms and values (basic Nigerian norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition; citizenship and civic responsibilities; indigenous languages, usage and
development; negative attitudes and conducts [Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices]). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3Rs – Reconstruction, Rehabilitation
and Re-orientation; re-orientation strategies: Operation Feed the Nation (OFN), Green
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline (WAIC), Mass Mobilization for Self-
Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery (MAMSER), National Orientation Agency
(NOA). Current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria.

CHM 101: General Chemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. define atom, molecules and chemical reactions;
2. discuss the modern electronic theory of atoms;
3. write electronic configurations of elements on the periodic table;
4. rationalise the trends of atomic radii, ionisation energies, electronegativity of the elements,
based on their position in the periodic table;
5. identify and balance oxidation–reduction equation and solve redox titration problems;
6. draw shapes of simple molecules and hybridised orbitals;
7. identify the characteristics of acids, bases and salts, and solve problems based on their
quantitative relationship;
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using LeChatelier’s principle to
predict the effect of concentration, pressure and temperature changes on equilibrium
mixtures;
9. analyse and perform calculations with the thermodynamic functions, enthalpy, entropy
and free energy; and
10. determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and temperature.

Course Contents
Atoms, molecules, elements and compounds, and chemical reactions. Modern electronic
theory of atoms. Electronic configuration, periodicity and building up of the periodic table.
Hybridisation and shapes of simple molecules. Valence forces; Structure of solids. Chemical
equations and stoichiometry; chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, kinetic theory of
matter. Elementary thermochemistry; rates of reaction, equilibrium and thermodynamics.
Acids, bases and salts. Properties of gases. Redox reactions and introduction to
electrochemistry. Radioactivity.

CHM 102: General Chemistry II (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the importance and development of organic chemistry;
2. define fullerenes and its applications;
3. discuss electronic theory;
4. determine the qualitative and quantitative of structures in organic chemistry;
5. state rules guiding nomenclature and functional group classes of organic chemistry;
6. determine the rate of reaction to predict mechanisms of reaction;
7. identify classes of organic functional group with brief description of their chemistry;
8. discuss comparative chemistry of group 1A, IIA and IVA elements; and

New
Engineering and Technology 239
9. describe basic properties of transition metals.

Course Contents
Historical survey of the development and importance of organic chemistry; fullerenes as fourth
allotrope of carbon, uses as nanotubules, nanostructures, nanochemistry. Electronic theory in
organic chemistry. Isolation and purification of organic compounds; determination of
structures of organic compounds including qualitative and quantitative analysis in organic
chemistry; nomenclature and functional group classes of organic compounds. Introductory
reaction mechanism and kinetics. Stereochemistry. The chemistry of alkanes, alkenes,
alkynes, alcohols, ethers, amines, alkyl halides, nitriles, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids
and derivatives. The chemistry of selected metals and non-metals. Comparative chemistry of
group IA, IIA and IVA elements. Introduction to transition metal chemistry.

CHM 107: General Practical Chemistry I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correct carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. state the differences between primary and secondary standards;
5. perform redox titration;
6. record observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions.

Course Contents
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.

CHM 108: General Practical Chemistry II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correctly carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. identify and carry out preliminary tests which include ignition, boiling point, melting point,
test on known and unknown organic compounds;
5. carry out solubility tests on known and unknown organic compounds;
6. carry out elemental tests on known and unknown compounds; and
7. carry out functional group/confirmatory test on known and unknown compounds which
could be acidic/basic/ neutral organic compounds.

Course Contents
Continuation of CHM 107. Additional laboratory experiments to include functional group
analysis, quantitative analysis using volumetric methods.

MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 240
1. define and explain set, subset, union, intersection, complements, and demonstrate the
use of Venn diagrams;
2. solve quadratic equations;
3. solve trigonometric functions;
4. identify various types of numbers; and
5. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers. Mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.

MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
2. recognise and understand the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and
continuity;
3. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes;
4. solve function of a real variable, plot relevant graphs, identify limits and idea of continuity;
5. identify the derivative as limit of rate of change;
6. identify techniques of differentiation and perform extreme curve sketching;
7. identify integration as an inverse of differentiation;
8. identify methods of integration and definite integrals; and
9. perform integration application to areas, volumes.

Course Contents
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative, as limit of
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve sketching,
integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes (including
approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule).

PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular momentum;
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

New
Engineering and Technology 241
Course Contents
Space and time; units and dimension, vectors and scalars, differentiation of vectors:
displacement, velocity and acceleration; kinematics; Newton’s laws of motion (inertial frames,
impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation); relative motion; application
of Newtonian mechanics; equations of motion; conservation principles in physics,
conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy, system of particles, centre of mass; rotational motion; torque, vector product,
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum. Polar coordinates; conservation
of angular momentum; circular motion; moments of inertia, gyroscopes and precession;
gravitation: Newton’s law of gravitation, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion, gravitational
potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits.

PHY 103: General Physics III (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing macroscopic
behaviour;
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Contents
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.
PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Contents
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis should
be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection,
analysis, and deduction.

New
Engineering and Technology 242
PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs;
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.

Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and
deduction.

GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs); and
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.

Course Contents
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.

GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple everyday and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength and cost;

New
Engineering and Technology 243
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical and
other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the analytical
nature of the courses they take; and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.

Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete terms.
Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3D objects.
Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and perspectives.
Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection and rendering.
This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid works, solid edge
or equivalent.

CEE 101: Introduction to Civil Engineering (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
Upon the successful completion of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the profession of civil engineering and
2. the roles played by civil engineers.

Course Contents
History of civil engineering. Branches of civil engineering. Roles of civil engineers in
government, industry and academia. Allied professionals and their interaction with civil
engineers. Career oppoturnities in civil engineering, professional and regulatory bodies.

200 Level

GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge, and
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.

Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of

New
Engineering and Technology 244
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding.

ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence;
4. engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
5. identify key elements in innovation;
6. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
7. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
8. state the basic principles of e-commerce.
Course Contents
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.

GET 201: Applied Electricity I (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. discuss the fundamental concepts of electricity and electrical d.c. circuits;
2. state, explain and apply the basic d.c. circuit theorems;
3. explain the basic a.c. circuit theory and
4. apply to solution of simple circuits.

Course contents
Fundamental concepts: Electric fields, charges, magnetic fields. current, B-H curves Kirchhoff’s
laws, superposition. Thevenin, Norton theorems, Reciprocity, RL, RC, RLC circuits. DC, AC
bridges, Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance measurement, Transducers, Single phase
circuits, Complex j - notation, AC circuits, impedance, admittance, susceptance.

New
Engineering and Technology 245
GET 202: Engineering Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate the role of atoms and molecules (aggregates of atoms) in the building of
solid/condensed matter known as engineering materials, the electrons quantum numbers
and how the electrons are arranged in different atomic elements, and explain the role of
electronic configuration and valence electrons in bonding;
2. define metals, alloys and metalloids, demonstrate mental picture of the solid mineral
resources development as a relay race among four ‘athletes’: geologist, mining engineer,
mineral processing technologist, process metallurgical engineer, and classify metallurgical
engineering into 3Ps: process, physical and production;
3. explain the relationship between structure and properties of materials, characteristics,
components and compositions of phase diagrams and phase transformations of solid
solutions;
4. define ceramics, glass and constituents of glasses and understand application of ceramics
in mining, building, art and craft industries;
5. define and classify polymers as a class of engineering materials and polymeric materials,
demonstrate polymerisation reactions, their types and mechanism, and applications of
polymers;
6. define properties, types and application of composite materials and fibres (synthetic and
natural);
7. define and classify nanomaterials, demonstrate applications of nanomaterials, concept,
design and classification of fracture mechanics, corrosion classification, including the five
principal ways of controlling corrosion and metal finishing processes such as sherardising,
galvanising and anodising; and
8. identify factors affecting the performance and service life of engineering
materials/metals and metallography of metals/materials (materials anatomy), which
enables metallurgical and materials engineers to prescribe appropriate solutions to test
metals/materials fitness in service through structure-property-application relationships.

Course Contents
Basic material science; atomic structure, atomic bonding and crystal structures. Engineering
materials situating metals and alloys; metals and alloys, classifications of metals, metal
extraction processes using iron and steel (ferrous) and aluminium (nonferrous) as examples,
phase diagrams/iron carbon diagrams, and mechanical workings of metals. Selection and
applications of metals and alloys for specific applications in oil, aerospace, construction,
manufacturing and transportation industries, among others. Ceramics (including glass);
definition, properties, structure and classifications of ceramics. Bioactive and glass – ceramics.
Toughing mechanism for ceramics. Polymers; definition of polymers as engineering materials,
chemistry of polymeric materials, polymer crystallisation, polymer degradation and aging.
Thermoplastic and thermosetting polymers and concepts of copolymers and homopolymers.
Composites; definition, classification, characterisation, properties and composite. Applications
of composites. Nanomaterials; definition, classification and applications of nanomaterials as
emerging technology. Processing of nanomaterials including mechanical grinding, wet
chemical synthesis, gas phase synthesis, sputtered plasma processing, microwave plasma
processing and laser ablation. Integrity assessment of engineering materials; effect of
engineering design, engineering materials processing, selection, manufacturing and
assembling on the performance and service life of engineering materials. Metallography and
fractography of materials. Mechanical testing (destructive testing) of materials such as

New
Engineering and Technology 246
compressive test, tensile test, hardness test, impact test, endurance limit and fatigue test.
Non-destructive test (NDT) such as dye penetrant, x-ray and eddy current.

GET 204: Student Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify various basic hands and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement devices
and instruments, and acquire skills in their effective use and maintenance;
2. practically apply basic engineering technologies, including metrology, casting, metal
forming and joining, materials removal, machine tooling (classification, cutting tool action,
cutting forces, non-cutting production) and CNC machining technology;
3. master workshop and industrial safety practices, accident prevention and ergonomics;
4. physically recognise different electrical & electronic components like resistances,
inductances, capacitances, diodes, transistors and their ratings;
5. connect electric circuits, understand different wiring schemes, and check ratings of
common household electrical appliances and their basic maintenance; and
6. determine household and industrial energy consumption, and understand practical energy
conservation measures.

Course Contents
The course comprises general, mechanical and electrical components: supervised hands-on
experience in safe usage of tools and machines for selected tasks; Use of measuring
instruments (calipers, micrometers, gauges, sine bar, wood planners, saws, sanders, and
pattern making). Machine shop: lathe work shaping, milling, grinding, reaming, metal
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry
practice.Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting
processes. Metal forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging, press-
tool work, spinning, etc.). Metal joining processes(welding, brazing and soldering). Heat
treatment. Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory of
metal cutting. Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines.
Supervised identification, use and care of various electrical and electronic components such
as resistors, inductors, capacitors, diodes and transistors. Exposure to different electric
circuits, wiring schemes, analogue and digital electrical and electronic measurements.
Household and industrial energy consumption measurements. Practical energy conservation
principles.

GET 205: Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to :
1. explain the properties of fluids;
2. determine forces in static fluids and fluids in motion;
3. determine whether a floating body will be stable;
4. determine the effect of various pipe fittings (valves, orifices, bends and elbows) on fluid
flow in pipes;
5. measure flow parameters with venturi meters, orifice meters, weirs, etc;
6. perform calculations based on principles of mass, momentum and energy conservation;
7. perform dimensional analysis and simple fluid modelling problems; and
8. specify the type and capacity of pumps and turbines for engineering applications.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 247
Fluid properties, hydrostatics, fluid dynamics using principles of mass, momentum and energy
conservation from a control volume approach. Flow measurements in pipes, dimensional
analysis, and similitude, 2-dimensional flows. Hydropower systems.

GET 206: Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe basic concepts of thermodynamics, quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second
and third laws;
2. define and explain system, surrounding, closed and open system, control volume and
control mass, extensive and intensive properties;
3. calculate absolute and gage pressure, and absolute temperature, calculate changes in
kinetic, potential, enthalpy and internal energy;
4. evaluate the properties of pure substances i.e. evaluate the state of the pure substances
such as compressed liquid, saturated liquid-vapour mixture and superheated vapour using
property diagrams and tables; arrange the ideal and real gas equations of state,
5. formulate the first law of thermodynamics for a closed system i.e. organize the change in
energy in the closed systems via heat and work transfer;
6. distinguish heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation, and calculate the
amount of heat energy transferred;
7. calculate the changes in moving boundary work, spring work, electrical work and shaft
work in closed systems;
8. apply the first law of thermodynamics for closed systems and construct conservation of
mass and energy equations;
9. formulate the first law of thermodynamics to the open systems i.e. describe steady-flow
open system, apply the first law of thermodynamics to the nozzles, diffusers, turbines,
compressors, throttling valves, mixing chambers, heat exchangers, pipe and duct flow;
10. construct energy and mass balance for unsteady-flow processes;
11. evaluate thermodynamic applications using second law of thermodynamics;
12. calculate thermal efficiency and coefficient of performance for heat engine, refrigerators
and heat pumps; and
13. restate perpetual-motion machines, reversible and irreversible processes.

Course Contents
Basic concepts, definitions and laws (quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second and third
laws of thermodynamics). Properties of pure substances: the two-property rule (P-v-T
behaviour of pure substances and perfect gases); state diagrams. The principle of
corresponding state; compressibility relations; reduced pressure; reduced volume;
temperature; pseudo-critical constants. The ideal gas: specific heat, polytropic processes.
Ideal gas cycles; Carnot; thermodynamic cycles, turbines, steam and gas, refrigeration. The
first law of thermodynamics – heat and work, applications to open and closed systems. The
steady flow energy equation (Bernoulli’s equation) and application. Second law of
thermodynamics, heat cycles and efficiencies.

GET 208: Strength of Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. recognise a structural system that is stable and in equilibrium;
2. determine the stress-strain relation for single and composite members based on Hooke's
law;

New
Engineering and Technology 248
3. estimate the stresses and strains in single and composite members due to temperature
changes;
4. evaluate the distribution of shear forces and bending moments in beams with distributed
and concentrated loads;
5. determine bending stresses and their use in identifying slopes and deflections in beams;
6. use Mohr's circle to evaluate the normal and shear stresses in a multi-dimensional stress
system and transformation of these stresses into strains;
7. evaluate the stresses and strains due to torsion on circular members; and
8. determine the buckling loads of columns under various fixity conditions at the ends.

Course Contents
Consideration of equilibrium; composite members, stress-strain relation. Generalised Hooke's
law. Stresses and strains due to loading and temperature changes. Torsion of circular
members. Shear force, bending moments and bending stresses in beams with symmetrical
and combined loadings. Stress and strain transformation equations and Mohr’s circle. Elastic
buckling of columns.

GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank etc;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and Green’s
theorem;
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical model
of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation, etc., as well as fourier series, initial conditions and its
applications to different engineering processes

Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.

GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);
2. explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically solve
a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types;
3. numerically solve differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;

New
Engineering and Technology 249
4. perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,
curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of
several variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;
5. solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex numbers;
6. apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations
and of results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the theory
of conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
7. evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.

Course Contents
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and
vector-valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary
complex analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity. Derivatives,
differentiation rules and differentiation of integrals. Cauchy-Riemann equation, harmonic
functions, basic theory of conformal mapping, transformation and mapping and its
applications to engineering problems. Special functions.

New
Engineering and Technology 250
GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project
through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas;

Course Contents
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.

GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.

Course Contents
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or
special centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant
practical/industrial working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major.
The students are exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance
of tools, equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production
of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation. (8-10 weeks during the long
vacation following 200 level).

New
Engineering and Technology 251
NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of programme-specific
activities for their students.

CEE 201: Civil Engineering Drawing (2 Units E: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. capable of drawing and detailing (by hand and using computer-aided-design skills) civil
engineering structures; and
2. identify building structures, highways, pipelines, bridges, dams, foundations and so on
using appropriate symbols and conventions.

Course Contents
Drawing and detailing (by hand and using computer-aided-design skills) of civil engineering
structures,for example building structures, highways, pipelines, bridges, dams, foundations,
etc. utilizing standard symbols and conventions, dimensions, notes, titles, etc. Relationship to
specifications.

300 Level

GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
6. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
7. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
8. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
9. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
10. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in peace
building.

Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes, etc. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,
community leaders, etc.). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents of
conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and Imperatives.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation, collaboration, etc).
The roles of international organizations in conflict resolution ((a) The United Nations, UN and
its conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council (c) ECOWAS in
peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building. Managing post-
conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs);the role of NGOs in
post-conflict situations/crises.

New
Engineering and Technology 252
ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
1. describe the key steps in venture creation;
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.

Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy, etc. Digital business and e-commerce strategies).

GET 301: Engineering Mathematics III (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. possess an in-depth knowledge upon which a solid foundation can be built in order to
demonstrate a depth of understanding in advanced mathematical topics;
2. develop simple algorithms and use computational proficiency;
3. write simple proofs for theorems and their applications;; and
4. communicate the acquired mathematical knowledge effectively in speech, writing and
collaborative groups..

Course Contents
Linear Algebra. Elements of Matrices, Determinants, Inverses of Matrices. Theory of Linear
Equations. Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors. Analytical Geometry. Coordinate Transformation.
Solid Geometry. Polar, cylindrical and spherical coordinates. Elements of functions of several
variables. Surface Variables. Ordinary Integrals. Evaluation of Double Integrals, Triple

New
Engineering and Technology 253
Integrals, Line Integrals and Surface Integrals. Derivation and Integrals of Vectors. The
gradient of scalar quantities. Flux of Vectors. The curl of a vector field, Gauss, Greens and
Stoke’s theorems and applications. Singular Valued Functions. Multivalued Functions.
Analytical Functions. Cauchy Riemann’s Equations. Singularities and Zeroes. Contour
Integration including the use of Cauchy’s Integral Theorems. Bilinear transformation.

GET 302: Engineering Mathematics IV (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve second order differential equations;
2. solve partial differential equations;
3. solve linear integral equations;
4. relate integral transforms to solution of differential and integral equations;
5. explain and apply interpolation formulas; and
6. apply Runge-Kutta and other similar methods in solving ODE and PDEs.

Course Contents
Series solution of second order linear differential equations with variable coefficients. Bessel
and Legendre equations. Equations with variable coefficients. Sturm-Liouville boundary value
problems. Solutions of equations in two and three dimensions by separation of variables. Eigen
value problems. Use of operations in the solution of partial differential equations and Linear
integral equations. Integral transforms and their inverse including Fourier, Laplace, Mellin and
Handel Transforms. Convolution integrals and Hilbert Transforms. Calculus of finite
differences. Interpolation formulae. Finite difference equations. RungeKutta and other
methods in the solutions of ODE and PDEs. Numerical integration and differentiation.

GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.

Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis and structure Fog Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A,B,C,D,E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills(steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.

New
Engineering and Technology 254
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports(competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.

GET 305: Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. work with data from the point of view of knowledge convergence, machine learning, and
intelligence augmentation, which significantly raises their standard for engineering
analysis (the approach forces them to learn statistics in an actionable way that helps them
to see the holistic importance of data analytics in modern engineering and technology);
2. anticipate the future with Artificial Intelligence while fulfilling the basic requirements of
conventional engineering statistical programming consistent with their future careers;
3. perform, with proficiency, statistical inference tasks with language or programming
toolboxes such as R, Python, Mathematica or MATLAB, and Design Expert to summarise
analysis and interpretation of industry engineering data, and make appropriate conclusions
based on such experimental and/or real-life industrial data;
4. construct appropriate graphical displays of data and highlight the roles of such displays in
data analysis, particularly the use of statistical software packages;
5. plan and execute experimental programmes to determine the performance of programme-
relevant industrial engineering systems, and evaluate the accuracy of the measurements
undertaken; and
6. demonstrate mastery of data analytics and statistical concepts by communicating the
results of experimental and industry-case investigations, critically reasoned scientific and
professional analysis through written and oral presentation.

Course Contents
Descriptive statistics, frequency distribution, populations and sample, central tendency,
variance data sampling, mean, median, mode, mean deviation and percentiles. Probability.
Binomial, Poisson hyper-geometric and normal distributions. Statistical inference intervals,
test hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big data analytics
and cloud computing applications. Introduction to the R language; R as a calculator; Vectors,
matrices, factors, data frames and other R collections. Iteration and looping control structures.
Conditionals and other controls. Designing, using and extending functions. The Apply Family.
Statistical modelling and inference in R.

GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and

Convergent Technologies (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:
1. explain the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications and effects of artificial
intelligence;
2. explain the fundamental concepts of machine learning, deep learning and convergent
technologies;
3. demonstrate the difference between supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised
learning;

New
Engineering and Technology 255
4. demonstrate proficiency in machine learning workflow and how to implement the steps
effectively;
5. explain natural languages, knowledge representation, expert systems and pattern
recognition;
6. describe distributed systems, data and information security and intelligent web
technologies;
7. explain the concept of big data analytics, purpose of studying it, issues that can arise with
a data set and the importance of properly preparing data prior to a machine learning
exercise; and
8. explain the concepts, characteristics, models and benefits, key security and compliance
challenges of cloud computing.

Course Contents
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence paradigms;
search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired algorithms –
examples, their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding
natural languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation, mathematical and logic
foundations of AI; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition; distributed
systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent technologies
– definition, significance and engineering applications. Neural networks and deep learning.
Introduction to python AI libraries.

GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three softwares in their chosen career choices;
2. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;
3. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;
4. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work;
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers; and
7. write a general report at the end of the training.

The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work
experience i.e. 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged
in the more advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use
in the industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a
report at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and
encouraged to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities
and experiences to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits
include:

New
Engineering and Technology 256
Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine
operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts,
gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, and wooden furniture making processes.

Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solid works: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with Solid Works, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solid works drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.

A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project.

Examples of projects should include the following:

a. Design of machine components;
b. Product design and innovation;
c. Part modelling and drafting in SolidWorks; and
d. Technical report writing.

CEE 301: Fluid Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 30; PH45)

Learning Outcomes
Upon completion of the course, students should be able to:
1. distinguish laminar from transitional and turbulent flows using the concept of Reynolds
Number;
2. utilise boundary layer theory to estimate Lift and Drag;
3. derive the distribution of velocity and shear stress in laminar and turbulent flows
respectively past flat plates and in circular conduits, and utilisation to obtain total flow,
head loss, etc;
4. undertake similitude, development of physical hydraulic models, and scaling of the results
from model to prototype;
5. analyse ideal fluid flow into sources from sinks, past circular and ellipsoidal bodies
concerning doublets and flow nets;
6. analyse flow in pipes in series, parallel and any network, which may include pumps; and
7. obtain simplified estimates of forces exerted by flow in pipes due to rapid closing or
opening of valves, and the use of surge tanks to reduce these forces.

Course Contents
Introduction to incompressible viscous flow, laminar and turbulent flows, Reynolds number;
boundary layer flow, lift and drag. Laminar flow – in pipes, between parallel plates. Turbulent
flows – along a plate, in ducts and pipes. Physical hydraulic models. Interconnected pipes and
pipe network analysis. Potential flows and application to flow nets. steady and unsteady flow
in closed conduits; water hammer, surge tanks.

New
Engineering and Technology 257
CEE 302: Strength of Structural Materials (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Upon completion of the course, students should be able to:
1. utilise bending theory to obtain stress distribution across a bending section, as well as the
slope and deflection at a section given any bending moment and shear force distribution
along the beam;
2. determine whether a point in a material subjected to multidimensional stress will fail
according to any failure theory;
3. explain the concepts of creep, fatigue and their implications in the use of structural
materials;
4. analyse motion and stresses in springs;
5. determine the stresses and strains due to internal pressure on thin and thick cylinder walls;
and
6. determine the stresses and strains induced in rotating disks and the implications.

Course Contents
Advanced topics on axial, lateral, and torsional loading of shafts and beams; slope and
deflection of beams; unsymmetrical bending and shear centre; applications. Springs. Creep,
fatigue, fracture and stress concentration. Stresses in thin and thick cylinders, and rotating
disks. Multi-dimensional stress systems, Mohr's circle and failure theories.

CEE 303: Engineering Geology (2 Units E: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Upon completion of the course, students should be able to:
1. describe the engineering properties of rock and soil materials;
2. identify the geological factors affecting the performance and functioning of a facility on
and in the soil and/or rock;
3. conduct engineering geological investigations; and
4. explain the importance of engineering geology-related technical issues during
construction.

Course Content
Geology structures and mapping; rocks and minerals; stratigraphy - time scale - fossils and
their importance with special reference to Nigeria. Introduction to the geology of Nigeria;
engineering applications - water supply, site investigations for dams, dykes and so on.

CEE 304: Civil Engineering Materials (3 Units E: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Upon completion of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the suitability of the use of the following as civil engineering materials: concrete,
structural steel (and other important structural metals), timber, masonry;
2. conduct tests of engineering properties on civil engineering materials and utilise these for
quality control;
3. explain the limitations of these materials under various uses; and
4. characterise variability and uncertainty associated with these materials.

Course Contents
Concrete Technology - types of cements, aggregates and their properties; concrete mix
design, properties and their determination. Steel technology – production, fabrication and

New
Engineering and Technology 258
properties, corrosion and its prevention. Tests on steel and quality control. Timber technology
- types of wood, properties, defects, stress grading, preservation and fire protection, timber
products. Rubber, plastics, asphalt, tar, glass, lime, bricks and applications to buildings, roads
and bridges.

CEE 305: Soil Mechanics I (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Upon the completion of the course, students should be capable of:
1. measuring soil properties in the laboratory;
2. interpreting and summarising the data;
3. classifying soils;
4. determining the optimum conditions for the compaction of soils and the ultimate amount
achievable; and
5. estimating the settlement of soils due to compaction and consolidation.

Course Contents
Mineralogy of soils and soil structures. Formation of soils, soil classification, engineering
properties of soils. Soil in water relationships - void ratio, porosity, specific gravity,
permeability and other factors. Atterberg limits, particle size distribution, Shear strength of
soils and Mohr’s stress circle. Compaction and soil stabilisation, settlement, theory of
consolidation. Laboratory work.

CEE 306: Design of Structures I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Upon completion of the course, students should be capable of:
1. applying fundamental mechanics to the design of reinforced concrete structural elements
using elastic design and limit state principles.

Course Contents
Fundamentals of design process, materials selection, building regulations and codes of
practice; design philosophy. Elastic design, limit state design, of structural elements in
reinforced concrete.

CEE 307: Structural Mechanics I (2 Units E: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Upon completion of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the concept of statical determinacy of structures;
2. estimate the forces and deflections in statically determinate trusses;
3. estimate the shear forces, bending moments, slopes and deflection in statically
determinate beams and portal frames; and
4. derive the influence lines for moving loads on trusses and beams.

Course Contents
Analysis of determinate structures - beams, trusses; structural analysis theorems, graphical
methods; application to simple determinate trusses. Influence lines. Williot-Mohr diagram.
Deflection of statically determinate structures - unit load, moment-area methods, strain
energy methods. Introduction to statically indeterminate structures.

New
Engineering and Technology 259
CEE 308: Engineering Surveying and Photogrammetry I (2 Units E: LH15; PH45)

Learning Outcomes
Upon completion of the course, students should be able to:
1. survey sites using chain surveying and compass;
2. obtain the levels at any location on a site and produce a contour map of the area;
3. conduct a traverse to establish the boundaries of a site; and
4. explain the principles of geodetic levelling and photogrammetry.

Course Contents
Chain surveying. Compass surveying methods. Contours and their uses. Traversing - methods
and applications. Levelling - geodetic levelling - errors and their adjustments; applications.
Tachometry- methods, substance heighting, self-adjusting and electromagnetic methods.
Introduction to photogrammetry.

400 Level

GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units C: PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme; and
2. demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.

Course Contents
In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies;
2. describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to the
society;
3. demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices;
4. prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review;
5. discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation; and
6. determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

New
Engineering and Technology 260
GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (8 Units C: 24 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:
1. be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
2. bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work
methods and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways
of safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;
3. experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work and
the environment seamlessly,and expose them to contacts for eventual job placements
after graduation;
4. be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place
of engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them;
and
5. exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not
necessarily limited to the student’s major (24 weeks from the end of the first semester at
400-Level to the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second
semester at 400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a
programme related industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc, for a period of 6
months under the guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised
by an academic staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits
the completed Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also, there will be a
comprehensive report covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences
(GET 299, GET 399 and GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department
for overall assessment.

CEE 406: Engineering Surveying and Photogrammetry II

(3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students, upon completion of this course, should be able to:
1. use photogrammetry for surveying;
2. use topographical survey in preparation of contour maps;
3. use contour maps;
4. compute areas and volumes of earthwork; and
5. set out engineering works.

Course Contents
Further work on contours and contouring - methods of contouring, contour interpolation and
uses of contour plants and maps, areas and volumes. Setting out of engineering works.
Elementary topographical surveying. Elements of Photogrammetry, photogrammetric
equipment and errors of measurements.

500 Level

New
Engineering and Technology 261
GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
4. possess the skills needed for project management; and
5. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.

Course Contents
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons – functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.
Project planning, control and timeliness;decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.

GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions;
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications; and
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principles undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically
present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an
expert witness.

Course Contents
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.

New
Engineering and Technology 262
Termination/cancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.

CEE 506: Construction Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. plan construction activities incorporating the most appropriate combination of equipment
and manpower;
2. manage construction to achieve quality construction at minimum cost and in least time;
and
3. procure appropriate finance and insurance for construction projects at the least cost for
the expected benefit.

Course Contents
Construction practices and professional relations. Earth-works. Construction equipment and
techniques. Form-work design, component assembly. Improvement of productivity and
construction practices. Safety. Capital outlay and operating cost, project financing, insurance
and bonding, contract terms. Solutions to job site and engineering problems in buildings and
heavy construction in Nigeria.

CEE 599: Project (6 Units C: PH 270)

Learning Outcomes
Upon completion of this course, students should be able to:
1. initiate worthwhile projects of a research or professional nature;
2. analyse the project problem and develop creative proposals for the solution;
3. execute the proposal for the solution to the problem; and
4. clearly and persuasively communicate solutions orally and in writing

Course Contents
For proper guidance of the students, projects will depend on the available academic staff
expertise and interest but the projects should be preferably of investigatory nature.
Preferably, students should be advised to choose projects in the same area as their option
subjects.

Minimum Academic Standards

Equipment
List of Laboratories/Workshop and Equipment

Structural Engineering
1. Civil Engineering Materials Laboratory
2. Structures Laboratory:
Routine testing
Models and prototype testing
Studio/design office

New
Engineering and Technology 263
Geotechnical Engineering
Field soil survey and testing (including sub-soil investigation and drilling)
Laboratory soil/rock testing

Geodetic Engineering and Photogrammetry

1. Laboratory equipment stores
2. Photogrammetry and Remote sensing Laboratory

Water Resources and Environmental Engineering

1. Hydraulics Laboratory
2. Hydrology Laboratory
3. (iii)Environmental Health Laboratory

Highway and Transportation Engineering

1. Highway Materials Testing Laboratory
2. Pavement Laboratory.

Major Equipment

Structural Engineering Laboratory

1. Universal Testing Machine with accessories for tension, compression,
2. transverse 180o cold bend, double shear, punching and brunel hardness tests. Capacity –
10000KN; Transverse beam – 500KN.
3. Proto-type tests facilities for testing of proto-type in structural elements, i.e. beams,
frames, trusses, etc. Accessories for the purpose include 1000KN, 250KN load rings,
electronic load cells, faculty workshop facilities, DEMEC High accuracy gauges, hydraulic
jacks, etc.
4. Compression testing machine and transverse flexural testing frame: suitable for standard
compression, flexural tensile tests and split cylinder tests on standard concrete and wood
specimens to BS 1881 and CP 112 respectively. Shear rig can be manufactured and
attached to this machine for testing shear strength of wood and glued wood joints.
Capacity of the machine is 2500KN.
5. Routine testing and demonstration equipment: This includes armfield extensometres, arch
frames, suspension bridge frame and pin-jointed frame work.
6. Concrete batching and making equipment:
Multi-flow mixers, 112 Dm3 (4ft3) and 56 Dm3(2ft3) capacities 200-240V.
Test BS sieves of various sizes
Semi-automatic scale 25kg capacity
Automatic scale 500kg capacity
Standard moulds of various sizes and tamping rods
Vibrating table
7. Concrete quality and workability equipment:
Slump cone apparatus to BS 1881 ASTM CI43
Compacting factor apparatus to BS 1881 (2 sizes)
Vibro Consistometre to BS 1881
Vicat apparatus
Air entrainment metre

Water Resources and Environmental Engineering Laboratory

1. Laminar/turbulent pipe flow apparatus
2. Radial flow pump

New
Engineering and Technology 264
3. Radial flow turbine
4. Surges in pipes apparatus
5. Surge tower
6. Water hammer apparatus
a. Evaporating dish
7. Steam bath or infrared lamp
8. Drying oven
9. Desiccator
10. Analytical balance
11. Reagents – Sodium hydroxide, in distilled
12. Water, phosphate buffer solution, magnesium
13. Sulphate solution, calcium chloride solution, ferric chloride solution, acid and alkali
solution, etc
14. Laboratory flow channel
15. Fibre glass
16. Thermometres
17. Funnels
18. Test Tubes

Geotechnical Engineering/Highway and Transportation Engineering Laboratory:

1. Tri-axial testing machine complete with transducers cells and accessories
2. Motorized direct/residual shear box machine complete with load rings, set of weights and
accessories
3. CBR Testing machine complete with moulds, load ring gauges and accessories
4. Consolidation apparatus complete with cells, gauges and set of weights
5. Laboratory vane test apparatus complete with set of springs and motorizing attachment
6. Large capacity floor-mounting electric ovens 40oC to 16oC
7. Hotplates with Simmersat heat control unit 220–240V, 2000 W
8. Mettler top-loading balance with optical scale 100 g, Readability 0.01 g, capacity1.3 kg
9. Graduated twine beam scale complete with two stainless steel pans 0 to 200 g x10g
10. Semi-automatic balances, 25kg capacity complete with scoope and set of counter weights
11. Autographic unconfined compression apparatus complete with platens springs
12. Unconfined compression apparatus complete with platens and strain gauge mounting
assembly and dial gauge
13. Automatic sieve shaker for up to 200 mm diametre sieve
14. BS sieves 212 mm to 8 mm and 200mm diametres
15. Simple hand boring sampling augers complete with accessories
16. Portable drilling unit with two-stroke petrol engine and two pairs of handles complete with
extension rods
17. Atterberg limits determination apparatus complete with liquid limit device and accessories
18. High-speed stirrer complete with cup and baffler
19. Constant temperature bath complete with hydrometre jars, watt heater, thermostat, etc
20. CBR Marshall tester complete with breaking head stability mould and flow metre dial gauge
21. Compaction pedestal complete with hammer and mould body
22. Constant head permeability apparatus complete with cells and accessories
23. Standard proctor compaction mould, 1000 cm3 capacity complete with rammers and
accessories
24. GEONOR swelling test apparatus complete with cells and accessories
25. Riffle boxes complete with three rigid metal containers
26. Wax melting pot with thermostatic control up to 150oC range
27. Hand-operated extruder – screw type sample extruder for 38mm dia. Complete with built-
in sample tube supports

New
Engineering and Technology 265
28. Proctor/core cutter extruder comprising a frame and a 15-KN hydraulic jack
29. Universal extruder comprising a frame and a 15-KN hydraulic jack
30. Bench-moulding mixer with three-speed gear box complete with stainless steel bowl 7.5
dm3 capacity
31. Long stem soil hydrometre graduated 0.995 to 1.030 g/ml
32. Sieving extractor complete with clamps and clamming ring for use with sieves of 200mm
dia
33. Minor centrifuge complete with 8-place angle head, 8 x 50 ml metal buckets and caps
34. Ductilometre for testing 4 specimens complete with briquette moulds and base plate
35. Flash and fire-points apparatus gas heated.

Geodetic Engineering and Photogrammetry Laboratory:

1. Theodolites
2. Levels
3. Compasses
4. Umbrellas
5. Protractors
6. Steel tapes
7. Engineer’s chains
8. Ranging rods
9. Surveyor’s scales
10. Theodolites
11. Levels
12. Compasses
13. Umbrellas
14. Protractors
15. Steel tapes
16. Engineer’s chains
17. Ranging rods
18. Surveyor’s scales
a. Various graph paper
b. French curves
c. Log tables
19. Planimetres
20. Plumbulbs
21. Arrows
22. Field books
23. Modern survey equipment as affordable e.g. Total Station, Global Positioning System
(GPS), Terrestrial Laser Scanner (TLS).

Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalents
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15 Units per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practical’s
and supervision of projects.

NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees; hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are

New
Engineering and Technology 266
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personne

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practical’s
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.

Administrative Support Staff

The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.

Technical Support Personnel

The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation and
maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.

Student/Staff Ratio

The minimum staff-to-student ratio should be 1:15 from 200 level to 500 level.

Library
There must be adequate library facilities to cater for the interest of all the programmes in the
faculty. These include current journals, handbooks, textbooks, manuals, codes of practice,
standards and specifications etc. in sufficient numbers.

Library Facilities
The following facilities should be provided to enable users make maximum use of library
services:

1. Reading Rooms
2. Visually Impaired Resource Centre
3. Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) Security gate for theft detection
4. RFID tags for book tagging
5. Notebook computers for loan service
6. Over two hundred computers distributed at the various service points for Database search
at the University library and Faculty Libraries
7. Workstations at the Faculty Libraries for Database search
8. Projectors and Screens for presentations
9. Photocopying machines
10. Scanners
11. Visually Impaired Resource Centre
12. Information display screen
13. E-Library (postgraduate and undergraduate sections)
14. Discussion Rooms

New
Engineering and Technology 267
Types of Laboratories
Chemistry and Reaction laboratory
Unit Operations laboratories – at least 3
Instrumentation laboratory
Thermodynamics and Heat transfer laboratory

Physical space requirement:

Academic m2
Professor’s Office 18.50
Head of Department’s Office 18.50
Tutorial Teaching Staff Space 13.50
Other Teaching Staff Space 7.00
Technical Staff Space 7.00
Science Staff Research Laboratory 16.50
Engineering Staff Research Laboratory 14.50
Seminar Space per student 1.85
Drawing Office Space (A.O. Board) (Per Student) 4.60
Drawing Office Space (A.I. Board) (Per Student) 3.70
Laboratory Space 7.50
Non-Academic
Secretarial Space 7.00

Office Accommodation

S/No Office No in Facilities

Room
1. HOD 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
unit, Secretary and facilities.
2. Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
unit, Secretary and facilities.
3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
unit.
4. Senior Lecturer 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
unit.
5. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.

6. Lecturer II 3 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.

New
Engineering and Technology 268
B.Eng. Computer Engineering
Overview
The Computer Engineering programme is designed to prepare the computer engineering
graduate to acquire the requisite skills in the learning, literacy and life domains. The learning
domain highlights critical thinking, creativity, collaboration and communication while literacy
focuses on information, media, and technology complemented by the life skills that
demonstrate flexibility, leadership, initiative, productivity and social balance. The Computer
Engineering programme is conceived to produce engineers who can work with all aspects of
computers (software and hardware) and other engineering professionals in a world in which
high-level language software, complex programmes and smart hardware are complementing
and progressively replacing human effort in solving societal problems.

The programme, therefore, prepares the students towards the design, analysis, and
application of computers and computer-based systems in the development and production of
peripheral and remote devices/computer systems to manage all economic sectors including
services, energy, infrastructure, health, environment, entertainment, sports and security.
Furthermore, the programme is designed to prepare the learner for the increasing need for
Human-Computer Interface (HCI) requiring higher levels of automation and control of all
aspects of the cyber physical environment engendered by the expanding age of Internet of
Things and People (IoTP).

The Computer Engineering Programme includes several courses in Computation, Computer

Science (such as data structures and operating systems) and Electrical and Electronics
Engineering (such as circuits and electronics). Graduates are expected to have a sound
knowledge of the fundamentals in electrical or computer engineering that allows them to
analyse and solve technical problems, apply hardware and software tools to problem solving,
and create, develop and manage complex computer-based technologies, products and
services. The primary areas of specialisation are:

1. Artificial Intelligence (developing computers that simulate human learning and reasoning
abilities)
2. Computer Architecture (designing new computer instruction sets, and combining electronic
or optical components to yield powerful computing systems)
3. Computer Design and Engineering (designing new computer circuits, microchips, and
other electronic computer components and devices)
4. Computer Theory (investigating the fundamental theories of how computers solve
problems, and applying the results to other areas of computer engineering)
5. Information Technology (developing and managing information systems that support
high-volume/speed data acquisition, processing, storage and retrieval for businesses and
other organisations)
6. Operating Systems and Networks (developing the basic software used by computers to
supervise themselves or to communicate with other computers, devices, humans and the
environment)
7. Robotics (designing computer-controlled machines or robots for performing high-precision
and high-speed repetitive industrial tasks and processes)
8. Software Applications (developing software to solve problems in multiple areas such as
education, finance, space, medicine, infrastructure, etc.) and
9. Software Engineering (developing computer algorithms for solving complex problems of
computation and analysis using different data forms).

New
Engineering and Technology 269
This B.Eng./B.Sc./B.Tech. Computer Engineering Core Curriculum and Minimum Academic
Standards (CCMAS) are approved by the National Universities Commission (NUC) for use in
all Nigerian universities for the education and training of Computer Engineers. It is the product
of the collaborative work of subject matter experts (SMEs) in the Nigerian universities and
industry professionals/practitioners and regulators. It constitutes the latest revision to the
National Universities Commission’s (NUC’s) B.Eng./B.Sc./B.Tech. Computer Engineering
Benchmark Minimum Academic Standards (BMAS) which debuted in 2007. This new CCMAS
contains many similarities with, as well as improvements over, equivalent programmes
globally while also making allowance for individual Universities to create specialisation niches
derived from environmental (local, international, industrial) need-based product
differentiation.

Philosophy
The general philosophy of the Computer Engineering CCMAS is to produce graduates with
hard, soft and research skills that are useful in analysing, evaluating, designing, developing,
manufacturing, procuring, marketing, managing and maintaining the computing, electronics,
communication, information processing, and operating systems embedded in computer
hardware and devices used by individuals, and private and public organisations.

Objectives
The broad objective is to produce graduates that have the requisite knowledge, skills and
emotional disposition needed for a 21st century world that increasingly demands greater, more
advanced, efficient, sustainable and client-centric technological solutions. Specific objectives
include:

1. applying the knowledge gained from courses in mathematics, science (social and basic),
computing, and algorithmic reasoning to resolve Computer Engineering challenges
individually or within multidisciplinary groups/teams;
2. understanding and applying discrete mathematics and computation;
3. defining complex engineering problems, collecting, analysing data and problems as well
as developing models and implementing solutions for engineering problems;
2. analysing, designing and optimally managing the hardware/software computer system
requirements of organisations with constrained resources;
3. using modern computer engineering models, tools, and information technologies to
develop computer hardware;
4. undertaking research, and laboratory and real-life and real-time experiments by using
computers and computer-based devices/systems and having the ability to acquire,
analyse, and interpret data and to solve engineering and other problems locally and
globally;
5. working on interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary concepts with teams as well as
individually in developing new computer engineering knowledge, products, and services
needed for the seamless functioning and well-being of society;
6. appreciating and using life-long learning to improve self-employability as well as adapting
to future professional and ethical responsibilities in an efficient, effective, fair, responsible
and competitive manner;
7. practising in different roles as engineering managers, project managers, innovators,
entrepreneurs, quality controllers, researchers/knowledge creators and managers in the
computer engineering field; and
8. having an understanding of contemporary as well as legal and ethical issues impinging on
computer engineering solutions deployed in society.

New
Engineering and Technology 270
Unique Features of the Programme
There are a number of unique features that characterise this computer engineering CCMAS
curriculum:
1. a conscious duality focus in terms of preparing the students to ethically advance scientific
knowledge as academics/researchers/trainers, and as culturally, environmentally
sensitive and competent industry professionals;
2. more student directed learning, and reduction in classroom contact time by reducing each
semester credits to between 15 – 18;
3. increased application of the computer system and computer software in the programme
in both teaching and learning;
4. early familiarization of the students with the computer engineering discipline in terms of
knowledge, skills and role expectations/responsibilities via an introductory course as
early as the second semester of the first year of the programme;
5. ‘signature Courses’ (SCs): an allowance of 30% of total credits required for graduation to
be used by individual Universities to introduce ‘signature’ courses/programmes pursuant
to developing in-demand/industry-relevant knowledge/skills /technologies that target
specific industry groups so as to drive innovation and entrepreneurship, research (R&D)
funding by associated industry groups, minimise educational tourism/brain drain;
deliberately create knowledge/skill/product/service differentiation among computer
engineering programmes in Nigerian Universities thereby leading to deeper specialisation,
wider and global recognition, emergence of Centers of Excellence and Influence (CEIs)
and increased economic growth and development;
6. recommendation, and in some instances, outright prescription of cooperative or co-
teaching for a course by resource persons from other disciplines/faculties in order to
maximise learning;
7. recommendation of the use of more real-life/real-time simulation/demonstration
approaches and qualified/certified industry-based facilitators for the delivery of courses
in order to deepen learning, approximate industry contexts as well as engender more
town and gown (R&D) and funding collaboration; and
8. capacity for increased skills in innovation, creativity and productive entrepreneurship
orientation through the introduction of a capstone engineering business development and
management course in the final year of the programme.

Employability Skills
Based on this CCMAS, the Computer Engineering programme graduate will acquire requisite
skills that will enable them to:
1. apply knowledge of mathematics, science and computer engineering to the solution of
local and global engineering problems;
2. identify, formulate, research literature and analyse computer engineering problems and
proffer informed, efficient and effective theoretical and practical solutions;
3. design, develop and deploy computer-based systems, devices or processes to meet
specified computer engineering needs;
4. apply critical reasoning and logic in resolving engineering problems using research-based
knowledge and research methods including the set-up of experiments, analysis and
interpretation of data, and distilling of information to create new knowledge, products
and services;
5. create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources and modern engineering and
ICT tools, including prediction, modelling and optimisation to developmental and complex
engineering activities, with a clear understanding of the theoretical and practical
limitations;
6. apply ethical principles at all times in practice as a subject matter expert and professional;

New
Engineering and Technology 271
7. function effectively as an individual and as a reliable collaborator, partner, team member
or leader;
8. communicate effectively on developmental or complex engineering activities;
9. demonstrate knowledge of the principles of organisation, engineering, management,
corporate social responsibility and finance; and
10. exhibit evidence of independent and lifelong learning and community service.

21st Century Skills

The B.Eng./B.Tech./B.Sc. Computer Engineering CCMAS has the capability of inculcating into
the graduate engineer skills essential for the 4th industrial revolution such as:
1. critical thinking and problem solving
2. creativity and innovation
3. collaboration and team work
4. communication and information literacy
5. media literacy
6. computation and data management
7. technology literacy
8. flexibility
9. leadership and ethical responsibility
10. initiative

Admission and Graduation Requirements

Admission Requirements
Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
1. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
2. Direct Entry (DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

For the five-year degree programme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must include English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

Direct Entry (DE) Mode

For four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit passes
which must include English Language, Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry, candidates with
at least two passes in relevant subjects (Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry) at the GCE
Advanced Level or IJMB or JUPEB may be considered for admission. Candidates who have
good National Diploma (ND) result in relevant Engineering Technology programmes may also
be considered for admission into 200 level. Holders of upper credit pass and above at Higher
National Diploma (HND) level, are eligible for consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
The degree title to be awarded under this CCMAS shall be a Bachelor of Engineering (B.Eng)
or Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) or Bachelor of Technology (B.Tech.) in Computer Engineering,
as may be approved by the awarding University’s Senate.
Candidates must have registered and passed all the compulsory courses specified for the
programme.
Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for, at least, 150 units of
courses during the 5-year (cumulative residency) degree programme

New
Engineering and Technology 272
The Computer Engineering programme shall be run according to the modularised course unit
philosophy of this NUC CCMAS. All courses should, therefore, be sub-divided into more or
less stand-alone but logically consistent and progressive learning packages that are taught
within a semester and examined at the end of the particular semester with the appropriate
composite practical/field/project work, as may be the case. Credits are weights attached to a
course. One credit is equivalent to one hour per week per semester of 15 weeks of
lectures/tutorials or three hours of laboratory/studio/workshop work per week per semester
of 15 weeks.
The determination of the class of degree shall be based on the Cumulative Grade Point
Average (CGPA) earned at the end of the programme. The CGPA shall be used in the
determination of the class of degree

Global Course Structure

Level General Basic Discipline Programme SIWES* Total
Studies Science GET (CPE) Units
100 4 10 3 2 - 19
200 4 - 22 - 3 29
300 4 - 15 9 4 32
400 - - 2 7 6 15
500 - - 5 18 - 23
Total 12 10 47 36 13* 105

* All 11 SIWES units and 2 units of Engineering valuation courses are credited for GPA
computation in the 2nd Semester of the 400 Level, and not included in the CCMAS credit units.

100 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 15 45
GST 112 Nigerian Peoples and Culture 2 C 30 -
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I: 2 C 30 -
Algebra and Trigonometry
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II: 2 C 30 -
Calculus
PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C 30 -
PHY 103 General Physics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 107 General Practical Physics I 1 C - 45
PHY 108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45
GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C 15 -
GET 102 Engineering Graphics and 2 C 15 45
Solid Modelling I
CPE 102 Introduction to Computer 2 C 30 -
Engineering
Total 19

200 Level

New
Engineering and Technology 273
 Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GST 211 Entrepreneurship and 2 C 30 -

Innovation
GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and Human 2 C 30 -
Existence
GET 201 Applied Electricity I 3 С 45 -
GET 202 Engineering Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 203 Engineering Graphics and Solid 2 C 15 45
Modeling II
GET 204 Students Workshop Practice 2 C 15 45

GET 207 Applied Mechanics 3 C 45 -

GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing and Software 3 C 30 45
Engineering
GET 210 Engineering Mathematics II 3 C 45 -
*GET 299 SIWES I: Students Work 3 C 9 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 29

300 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GST 312 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 30 -

ENT 312 Venture Creation 2 C 15 45
GET 301 Engineering Mathematics III 3 C 45 -
GET 302 Engineering Mathematics IV 3 C 45 -
GET 304 Engineering Communication, 3 C 45 -
Technical Writing and
Presentation
GET 305 Engineering Statistics and 3 C 45 -
Data Analytics
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems 3 C 30 45
and Technologies
CPE 301 Computer Organisation and 2 C 30 -
Architecture
CPE 302 Measurement and 3 C 30 45
Instrumentation
EEE 321 Analogue Electronic Circuits 2 C 15 45
EEE 322 Digital Electronic Circuits 2 C 30
*GET 399 SIWES II: Students Work 4 C 12 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 32

400 Level

New
Engineering and Technology 274
 Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 E 90
GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Costing 2 C 30
CPE 401 Microprocessor and Embedded 3 C 30 45
Systems
CPE 403 Control System 2 C 30 -
CPE 405 Fundamentals of Software 2 C 30 -
Engineering
CPE 411 Hardware Design Techniques and 2 E 30 -
Verification
CPE 413 Research Methods 2 E 30 -
*GET 499 SIWES III: Students Work 4 C 12 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 15

SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

500 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GET 501 Engineering Project Management 3 C 45 -
GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -
CPE 501 Testing, Reliability and Maintainability 2 C 30 -
CPE 502 Digital Signal Processing 3 C 45 -
CPE 505 Digital System Design with VHDL 2 C 30 -
CPE 511 Machine Learning and Applications 3 C 45 -
CPE 514 Professional Practice and Ethics 2 C 30 -
CPE 599 Final Year Project 6 C - 270
Total 23

Course Contents and Learning Outcomes

100 Level

GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;

New
Engineering and Technology 275
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.

Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology); English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations); major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional); grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality). Reading
and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking; reasoning
methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy, generalisation and
explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements. Writing activities
(pre-writing (brainstorming and outlining), writing (paragraphing, punctuation and
expression), post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing (summary, essays,
letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making). etc. Mechanics of writing. Information
and Communication Technology in modern language learning. Language skills for effective
communication. The art of public speaking.

GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;
2. identify and list the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
3. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political entity;
4. analyse the concepts of trade and economic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation to
national development;
5. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian state regarding nation building;
6. analyse the role of the judiciary in upholding fundamental human rights
7. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria; and
8. list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems.

Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and cultures;
peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria; nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system; indigenous apprenticeship system among
Nigerian peoples; trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justice and national
development (definition and classification of law); Judiciary and fundamental rights.
Individuals, norms and values (basic Nigerian norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition; citizenship and civic responsibilities; indigenous languages, usage and
development; negative attitudes and conducts [Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices]). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3Rs – Reconstruction, Rehabilitation
and Re-orientation; re-orientation strategies: Operation Feed the Nation (OFN), Green
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline and Corruption (WAIC), Mass
Mobilization for Self-Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery (MAMSER), National
Orientation Agency (NOA). Current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria.

New
Engineering and Technology 276
CHM 101: General Chemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. define atom, molecules and chemical reactions;
2. discuss the modern electronic theory of atoms;
3. write electronic configurations of elements on the periodic table;
4. rationalise the trends of atomic radii, ionisation energies, electronegativity of the elements,
based on their position in the periodic table;
5. identify and balance oxidation–reduction equation and solve redox titration problems;
6. draw shapes of simple molecules and hybridised orbitals;
7. identify the characteristics of acids, bases and salts, and solve problems based on their
quantitative relationship;
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using Le-Chatelier’s principle to
predict the effect of concentration, pressure and temperature changes on equilibrium
mixtures;
9. analyse and perform calculations with the thermodynamic functions, enthalpy, entropy
and free energy; and
10. determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and temperature.

Course Contents
Atoms, molecules, elements and compounds, and chemical reactions. Modern electronic
theory of atoms. Electronic configuration, periodicity and building up of the periodic table.
Hybridisation and shapes of simple molecules. Valence forces; Structure of solids. Chemical
equations and stoichiometry; chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, kinetic theory of
matter. Elementary thermochemistry; rates of reaction, equilibrium and thermodynamics.
Acids, bases and salts. Properties of gases. Redox reactions and introduction to
electrochemistry. Radioactivity.

CHM 102: General Chemistry II (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the importance and development of organic chemistry;
2. define fullerene and its applications;
3. discuss electronic theory;
4. determine the qualitative and quantitative of structures in organic chemistry;
5. state rules guiding nomenclature and functional group classes of organic chemistry;
6. determine the rate of reaction to predict mechanisms of reaction;
7. identify classes of organic functional group with brief description of their chemistry;
8. discuss comparative chemistry of group 1A, IIA and IVA elements; and
9. describe basic properties of transition metals.

Course Contents
Historical survey of the development and importance of organic chemistry; fullerene as fourth
allotrope of carbon, uses as nanotubules, nanostructures, nanochemistry. Electronic theory in
organic chemistry. Isolation and purification of organic compounds; determination of
structures of organic compounds including qualitative and quantitative analysis in organic
chemistry; nomenclature and functional group classes of organic compounds. Introductory
reaction mechanism and kinetics. Stereochemistry. The chemistry of alkanes, alkenes,

New
Engineering and Technology 277
alkynes, alcohols, ethers, amines, alkyl halides, nitriles, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids
and derivatives. The chemistry of selected metals and non-metals. Comparative chemistry of
group IA, IIA and IVA elements. Introduction to transition metal chemistry.

CHM 107: General Practical Chemistry I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correct carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. state the differences between primary and secondary standards;
5. perform redox titration;
6. record observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions.

Course Contents
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.

CHM 108: General Practical Chemistry II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correctly carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. identify and carry out preliminary tests which include ignition, boiling point, melting point,
test on known and unknown organic compounds;
5. carry out solubility tests on known and unknown organic compounds;
6. carry out elemental tests on known and unknown compounds; and
7. carry out functional group/confirmatory test on known and unknown compounds which
could be acidic/basic/ neutral organic compounds.

Course Contents
Continuation of CHM 107. Additional laboratory experiments to include functional group
analysis, quantitative analysis using volumetric methods.

MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:
1. define and explain set, subset, union, intersection, complements, and demonstrate the
use of Venn diagrams;
2. solve quadratic equations;
3. solve trigonometric functions;
4. identify various types of numbers; and
5. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 278
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers. Mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, n th roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.

MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
2. recognise and understand the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and
continuity;
3. solve function of a real variable, plot relevant graphs, identify limits and idea of continuity;
4. identify the derivative as limit of rate of change;
5. identify techniques of differentiation and perform extreme curve sketching;
6. identify integration as an inverse of differentiation;
7. identify methods of integration and definite integrals;
8. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes; and
9. perform integration application to areas, volumes.

Course Contents
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative as limit of
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve sketching,
integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes (including
approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule).

PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular momentum;
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

Course Contents
Space and time; units and dimension, vectors and scalars, differentiation of vectors:
displacement, velocity and acceleration; kinematics; Newton’s laws of motion (inertial frames,
impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation); relative motion; application
of Newtonian mechanics; equations of motion; conservation principles in physics,
conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy, system of particles, centre of mass; rotational motion; torque, vector product,
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum. Polar coordinates; conservation
of angular momentum; circular motion; moments of inertia, gyroscopes and precession;

New
Engineering and Technology 279
gravitation: Newton’s law of gravitation, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion, gravitational
potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits.

PHY 103: General Physics III (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing macroscopic
behaviour;
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Contents
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.

PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Contents
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity, etc. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis
should be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data
collection, analysis, and deduction.

PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs;

New
Engineering and Technology 280
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.

Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction.

GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs); and
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.

Course Contents
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.

GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH15; PH45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple everyday and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength and cost;
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical and
other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the analytical
nature of the courses they take; and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.

Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete

New
Engineering and Technology 281
terms. Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3D
objects. Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and
perspectives. Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection
and rendering. This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid
works, solid edge or equivalent.

CPE 112: Introduction to Computer Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course the student should be able to:
1. explain the profession of computer engineering;
2. the roles played by computer engineers; and
3. explain the historical development of computers.

Course Contents
Historical development of modern computing and computer engineering profession; roles
and responsibilities of the computer engineer; career paths and development (public and
private sectors, academic/research and industry); overview of computer engineering design;
computer devices/hardware in the age of‘ smartness’ and Internet of Things and People
‘IoTs and P’; identification of computer software and hardware components and operational
relationships (central processing units, input/output devices, operating systems, languages,

200 Level

GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge, and
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.

Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding, etc.; introduction to basic design and operation of digital
computers (information representation.

ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)

New
Engineering and Technology 282
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence;
4. engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
5. identify key elements in innovation;
6. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
7. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
8. state the basic principles of e-commerce.

Course Contents
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.

CET 202: Basic Electronics (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the study, the student should be able to:
1. understand the basics of semi-conductors devices and their applications in different
areas;
2. understand different biasing techniques to operate transistor, FET, MOSFET and
operational amplifier in different modes;
3. analyse output in different operating modes of different semi-conductor devices; and
4. compare design issues, advantages, disadvantages and limitations of basic

Course Contents
Free electron motion in static electric and magnetic fields; electronic structure of matter,
conductivity in crystalline solids, theory of energy bands in conductors, insulators

GET 201: Applied Electricity I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. discuss the fundamental concepts of electricity and electrical d.c. circuits;

New
Engineering and Technology 283
2. state, explain and apply the basic d.c. circuit theorems;
3. explain the basic a.c. circuit theory and
4. apply to solution of simple circuits.

Course contents
Fundamental concepts: Electric fields, charges, magnetic fields. current, B-H curves Kirchhoff’s
laws, superposition. Thevenin, Norton theorems, Reciprocity, RL, RC, RLC circuits. DC, AC
bridges, Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance measurement, Transducers, Single phase
circuits, Complex j - notation, AC circuits, impedance, admittance, acceptance.

GET 202: Engineering Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate the role of atoms and molecules (aggregates of atoms) in the building of
solid/condensed matter known as engineering materials, the electron quantum numbers
and how the electrons are arranged in different atomic elements, and explain the role of
electronic configuration and valence electrons in bonding;
2. define metals, alloys and metalloids, demonstrate mental picture of the solid mineral
resources development as a relay race among four ‘athletes’: geologist, mining engineer,
mineral processing technologist, process metallurgical engineer, and classify metallurgical
engineering into 3Ps: process, physical and production;
3. explain the relationship between structure and properties of materials, characteristics,
components and compositions of phase diagrams and phase transformations of solid
solutions;
4. define ceramics, glass and constituents of glasses and understand application of ceramics
in mining, building, art and craft industries;
5. define and classify polymers as a class of engineering materials and polymeric materials,
demonstrate polymerisation reactions, their types and mechanism, and applications of
polymers;
6. define properties, types and application of composite materials and fibres (synthetic and
natural);
7. define and classify nanomaterials, demonstrate applications of nanomaterials, concept,
design and classification of fracture mechanics, corrosion classification, including the five
principal ways of controlling corrosion and metal finishing processes such as sherardising,
galvanising and anodising; and
8. identify factors affecting the performance and service life of engineering
materials/metals and metallography of metals/materials (materials anatomy), which
enables metallurgical and materials engineers to prescribe appropriate solutions to test
metals/materials fitness in service through structure-property-application relationships.

Course Contents
The material science; atomic structure, atomic bonding and crystal structures. Engineering
materials situating metals and alloys; metals and alloys, classifications of metals, metal
extraction processes using iron and steel (ferrous) and aluminium (nonferrous) as examples,
phase diagrams/iron carbon diagrams, and mechanical workings of metals. Selection and
applications of metals and alloys for specific applications in oil, aerospace, construction,
manufacturing and transportation industries, among others. Ceramics (including glass);
definition, properties, structure and classifications of ceramics. Bioactive and glass – ceramics.
Toughing mechanism for ceramics. Polymers: definition of polymers as engineering materials;
chemistry of polymeric materials, polymer crystallisation, polymer degradation and aging.

New
Engineering and Technology 284
Thermoplastic and thermosetting polymers and concepts of copolymers and homopolymers.
Composites; definition, classification, characterisation, properties and composite. Applications
of composites. Nanomaterials; definition, classification and applications of nanomaterials as
emerging technology. Processing of nanomaterials including mechanical grinding, wet
chemical synthesis, gas phase synthesis, sputtered plasma processing, microwave plasma
processing and laser ablation. Integrity assessment of engineering materials; effect of
engineering design, engineering materials processing, selection, manufacturing and
assembling on the performance and service life of engineering materials. Metallography and
fractography of materials. Mechanical testing (destructive testing) of materials such as
compressive test, tensile test, hardness test, impact test, endurance limit and fatigue test.
Non-destructive test (NDT) such as dye penetrant, x-ray and eddy current.

GET 204: Students Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify various basic hand and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement devices
and instruments, and acquire skills in their effective use and maintenance;
2. practically apply basic engineering technologies, including metrology, casting, metal
forming and joining, materials removal, machine tooling (classification, cutting tool action,
cutting forces, non-cutting production) and CNC machining technology;
3. master workshop and industrial safety practices, accident prevention and ergonomics;
4. physically recognise different electrical & electronic components like resistances,
inductances, capacitances, diodes, transistors and their ratings;
5. connect electric circuits, understand different wiring schemes, and check ratings of
common household electrical appliances and their basic maintenance; and
6. determine household and industrial energy consumption, and understand practical energy
conservation measures.

Course Contents
The course comprises general, mechanical and electrical components: supervised hands-on
experience in safe usage of tools and machines for selected tasks; Use of measuring
instruments (calipers, micrometers, gauges, sine bar, wood planners, saws, sanders, and
pattern making). Machine shop: lathe work shaping, milling, grinding, reaming, metal
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry
practice.Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting
processes. Metal forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging, press-
tool work, spinning, etc.). Metal joining processes(welding, brazing and soldering). Heat
treatment. Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory of
metal cutting. Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines.
Supervised identification, use and care of various electrical and electronic components such
as resistors, inductors, capacitors, diodes and transistors. Exposure to different electric
circuits, wiring schemes, analogue and digital electrical and electronic measurements.
Household and industrial energy consumption measurements. Practical energy conservation
principles.

GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank etc;

New
Engineering and Technology 285
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and n th order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and Green’s
theorem;
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical model
of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation, etc., as well as fourier series, initial conditions and its
applications to different engineering processes

Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.

GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);
2. explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically solve
a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types;
3. numerically solve differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;
4. perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,
curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of
several variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;
5. solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex numbers;
6. apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations
and of results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the theory
of conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
7. evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.

Course Contents
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and
vector-valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary
complex analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity. Derivatives,
differentiation rules and differentiation of integrals. Cauchy-Riemann equation, harmonic
functions, basic theory of conformal mapping, transformation and mapping and its
applications to engineering problems. Special functions.

GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 286
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project
through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas.

Course Contents
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.

GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.

Course Contents
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or
special centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant
practical/industrial working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major.
The students are exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance
of tools, equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production
of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation, etc. (8-10 weeks during the long
vacation following 200 level).

New
Engineering and Technology 287
NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of programme-specific
activities for their students.

300 Level

GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in peace
building.

Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes, etc. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,
community leaders, etc.). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents of
conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and Imperatives.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation, collaboration, etc).
The roles of international organizations in conflict resolution ((a) The United Nations, UN and
its conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council (c) ECOWAS in
peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building. Managing post-
conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs);the role of NGOs in
post-conflict situations/crises.

ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
1. describe the key steps in venture creation;
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and

New
Engineering and Technology 288
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.

Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy, etc. Digital business and e-commerce strategies).

GET 301: Engineering Mathematics III (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate a clear understanding of the course content, that is, possess a breadth of
knowledge in the area covered;
2. possess an in-depth knowledge upon which a solid foundation can be built in order to
demonstrate a depth of understanding in advanced mathematical topics;
3. develop simple algorithms and use computational proficiency;
4. write simple proofs for theorems and their applications;; and
5. communicate the acquired mathematical knowledge effectively in speech, writing and
collaborative groups..

Course Contents
Linear Algebra. Elements of Matrices, Determinants, Inverses of Matrices. Theory of Linear
Equations. Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors. Analytical Geometry. Coordinate Transformation.
Solid Geometry. Polar, cylindrical and spherical coordinates. Elements of functions of several
variables. Surface Variables. Ordinary Integrals. Evaluation of Double Integrals, Triple
Integrals, Line Integrals and Surface Integrals. Derivation and Integrals of Vectors. The
gradient of scalar quantities. Flux of Vectors. The curl of a vector field, Gauss, Greens and
Stoke’s theorems and applications. Singular Valued Functions. Multivalued Functions.
Analytical Functions. Cauchy Riemann’s Equations. Singularities and Zeroes. Contour
Integration including the use of Cauchy’s Integral Theorems. Bilinear transformation.

GET 302: Engineering Mathematics IV (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve second order differential equations;
2. solve partial differential equations;
3. solve linear integral equations;

New
Engineering and Technology 289
4. relate integral transforms to solution of differential and integral equations;
5. explain and apply interpolation formulas; and
6. apply Runge-Kutta and other similar methods in solving ODE and PDEs.

Course Contents
Series solution of second order linear differential equations with variable coefficients. Bessel
and Legendre equations. Equations with variable coefficients. Sturm-Liouville boundary value
problems. Solutions of equations in two and three dimensions by separation of variables. Eigen
value problems. Use of operations in the solution of partial differential equations and Linear
integral equations. Integral transforms and their inverse including Fourier, Laplace, Mellin and
Handel Transforms. Convolution integrals and Hilbert Transforms. Calculus of finite
differences. Interpolation formulae. Finite difference equations. RungeKutta and other
methods in the solutions of ODE and PDEs. Numerical integration and differentiation.

GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.

Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis, structure Fog and Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A,B,C,D,E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills (steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports(competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.

GET 305: Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 290
1. work with data from the point of view of knowledge convergence, machine learning, and
intelligence augmentation, which significantly raises their standard for engineering
analysis (the approach forces them to learn statistics in an actionable way that helps them
to see the holistic importance of data analytics in modern engineering and technology);
2. anticipate the future with Artificial Intelligence while fulfilling the basic requirements of
conventional engineering statistical programming consistent with their future careers;
3. construct appropriate graphical displays of data and highlight the roles of such displays in
data analysis, particularly the use of statistical software packages;
4. plan and execute experimental programmes to determine the performance of programme-
relevant industrial engineering systems, and evaluate the accuracy of the measurements
undertaken; and
5. demonstrate mastery of data analytics and statistical concepts by communicating the
results of experimental and industry-case investigations, critically reasoned scientific and
professional analysis through written and oral presentation.

Course Contents
Descriptive statistics, frequency distribution, populations and sample, central tendency,
variance data sampling, mean, median, mode, mean deviation and percentiles. Probability.
Binomial, Poisson hyper-geometric, normal distributions. Statistical inference intervals, test
hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big data analytics
and cloud computing applications. Introduction to the R language; R as a calculator; Vectors,
matrices, factors, data frames and other R collections. Iteration and looping control structures.
Conditionals and other controls. Designing, using and extending functions. The Apply Family.
Statistical modelling and inference in R.
.
GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the types, uses and advantages of renewable energy in relation to climate change;
2. design for use the various renewable energy systems;
3. recognise and analyse the current energy systems in Nigeria, their impacts on
development and the global energy demand and supply scenarios;
4. appreciate the environmental impact of energy exploitation and utilisation, and pursue the
sustainable development of renewable energy for various applications; and
5. recognise the exploitation, excavation, production, and processing of fossil fuels such as
coal, petroleum and natural gas, and discuss the sources, technology and contribution to
future energy demands of renewable energy.

Course Contents
Current and potential future energy systems in Nigeria and globally - resources, extraction,
concepts in energy conversion systems; parallels and differences in various conversion
systems and end-use technologies, with emphasis on meeting 21st-century national, regional
and global energy needs in a sustainable manner. Various energy technologies in each fuel
cycle stage for fossil (oil, gas, synthetic), nuclear (fission and fusion) and renewable (solar,
biomass, wind, hydro, and geothermal). Energy types, storage, transmission and
conservation. Analysis of energy mixes within an engineering, economic and social context.
Sustainable energy; emphasise sustainability in general and in the overall concept of
sustainable development and the link this has with sustainable energy as the fundamental
benefit of renewable energy

Practical Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 291
Simple measurement of solar radiation, bomb calorimeter determination of calorific value of
fuels and biomass; measurement of the velocity of wind, waves and the energy that abound
in them; laboratory production of biogas and determination of energy available in it; simple
conversion of solar energy to electricity; transesterification of edible oil into biodiesel;
simulation of geothermal energy; Geiger-Muller or Scintillation Counters’ determination of
uranium or thorium energy; simple solid or salt storage of energy; hybrid application of
renewable energy.

GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three softwares in their chosen career choices;
2. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;
3. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;
4. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work;
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers; and
7. write a general report at the end of the training.

The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work
experience i.e. 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged
in the more advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use
in the industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a
report at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and
encouraged to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities
and experiences to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits
include:

Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine

operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts,
gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, and wooden furniture making processes.

Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solid works: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basic part modelling: sketching with Solid works, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solid works drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.

New
Engineering and Technology 292
A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project.

Examples of projects should include the following:

a. design of machine components;
b. product design and innovation;
c. part modelling and drafting in solidworks; and
d. technical report writing.

CPE 301: Computer Organisation and Architecture (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to:
1. describe the fundamental organisation of a computer system;
2. explain the functional units of a processor;
3. explain addressing modes, instruction formats and programme control statements;
4. identify the organisation of various parts of a system memory hierarchy;
5. describe basic concept of parallel computing; and
6. describe fundamentals concepts of pipeline and vector processing.

Course Contents
Computer fundamentals: development history of computer hardware and software; hard-
wired vs stored program concept; Von-Neuman architecture; Harvard architecture: principle
of operation, advantages and disadvantages; single address machine; contemporary
computers; computer system: block diagram, functions, examples, dataflow and control line;
computer arithmetic: integer arithmetic (addition, subtraction, multiplication, division),
floating-point representation (IEEE), floating-point arithmetic, arithmetic and logic unit (ALU).
Introduction to CISC and RISC architecture: principle of operation, merits and demerits;
storage and input/output systems: computer function (fetch and execute cycles), interrupts,
interconnection structures (bus structure and bus types); overview of memory system,
memory chip organisation and error correction, cache memory, and memory storage devices;
overview of I/O, programmed and interrupt-driven I/Os, DMA, I/O channel and I/O processor;
control unit: micro-operations, control of the CPU, hard-wired implementation, control unit
operation, micro-instruction sequencing and execution, and micro-programmed control; using
INTEL family, and MOTOROLA family as case study of a CISC computer system; instruction
set and register: machine instruction characteristics, types of operands and operations,
instruction functions, addressing modes, instruction formats, register organisation, and
instruction pipelining; high performance computer systems: techniques to achieve high
performance, pipelining, storage hierarchy, and units with function dedicated for I/O; RISC,
introduction to superscalar processor, and parallel processor; using popular RISC processor
(e.g. i960, Motorola PowerPC) as case study. Operating system: overview of operating system,
dimension and type of operating system: overview of operating system, dimension and type
of operating system, high level scheduling, short-term scheduling, I/O scheduling, memory
management, virtual memory, UNIX/LINUX operating system: architecture, commands,
programming; window-based operating systems (MS windows).

CPE 302: Measurement and Instrumentation (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcome
At the end of the course the student should be able to:
1. analyse the performance characteristics of each instrument;

New
Engineering and Technology 293
2. analyse basic metres such as voltmeters and ammeters;
3. explain different types of signal analysers;
4. explain the basic features of oscilloscope and different types of oscilloscopes; and
5. apply the complete knowledge of various electronics instruments/transducers to
measure the physical quantities in the field of science, engineering and technology.

Course Contents
Transducers and applications; general instrumentation, basic meters in DC measurement,
basic meters in AC measurements, rectifier, voltmeter, electro-dynamometer, and
wattmeter, instrument transformers, DC and AC bridges and their applications general form
of AC bridge, universal impedance bridge, electronic instruments for the measurement of
voltage current resistance and other circuit parameters, electronic voltmeters, AC
voltmeters using rectifiers, electronic multi meter, digital voltmeters; oscilloscope, vertical
deflection system horizontal deflection system, probes, sampling CRO; and electronic
function. generators.

CPE 307: Assembly Language Programming (2 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
(Knowledge Based)
1. understand basic assembly language syntax;
2. identify and use different 8086 addressing modes;
3. create and use a stack to store data, addresses, or both; and
4. highlight and know the uses of the different 8086 instruction groups.

(Skills)
1. development of general programming skills; and
2. be able to run assembly language code.

Course Contents
Introduction: Language level of abstraction and effect on machine, characteristics of
machine code, advantages, justifications of machine code programming, instruction set and
dependency on underlying processor; Intel 8086 microprocessor assembly language
programming: programming model as resources available to programmer, addressing
modes, instruction format, instruction set- arithmetic, logical, string, branching, programme
control, machine control, and input/output, etc; assembler directives, hand-assembling,
additional 80x86/Pentium instructions; modular programming; interrupt and service routine;
interfacing of assembly language to C; Intel 80x87 floating point programming; introduction
to MMX and SSE programming; Motorola 680x0 assembly language programming; extensive
practical engineering problems solving in assembly language using MASM for Intel, and
cross-assembler for Motorola.

EEE 321: Analogue Electronic Circuits (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the study, the student should be able to:
1. understand the basics of semiconductor devices and their applications in different
areas;
2. understand different biasing techniques to operate transistor, FET, MOSFET and
operational amplifier in different modes; and

New
Engineering and Technology 294
3. analyse output in different operating modes of different semiconductor devices.

Course Contents
Single-stage transistor amplifiers using BJT and FET Equivalent circuits and calculation of
current gain, voltage gain, power gain, input and output impedance. Operational Amplifiers:
Description, parameters and applications. Feedback, broadband and narrowband amplifiers.
Power amplifiers. Voltage and current stabilizing circuits. Voltage amplifiers, multi storage
amplifiers using BJTs and FETs.

EEE 322: Digital Electronic Circuits (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes:
Students will be able to:
1. classify, describe and discuss the various logic gates and flip-flops and multivibrators; and
2. design simple logic and sequential circuits using logic gates and flip-flops.

Course contents
Number Systems and Codes. Logic Gate Simplification of Logic expressions using Boolean
algebra. Simplification of Logic expressions using Karnaugh Method. Design of combinational
circuit. Flip-Flops. Application of Flip-Flops in the design of counter. Registers and timers.
Switching and wave shaping circuits. Generation of non-sinusoidal signal (multivibrators).
Introduction to ADC and DAC. Design of Logic Gates (Diode, DTL, TTL, ECL etc). Sequential
circuits. Introduction to microprocessors.

400 Level

GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units C: PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme; and
2. demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.

Course Contents
In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies;
2. describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to the
society;

New
Engineering and Technology 295
3. demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices;
4. prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review;
5. discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation; and
6. determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

CPE 401: Microprocessor and Embedded Systems (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Upon the successful completion of the course, students will be able to:
1. develop an ALP in 8085 microprocessor using the internal organisation for the given
specification;
2. describe the architecture and functional block of 8051 microcontroller;
3. develop an embedded C and ALP in 8051 microcontroller using the internal functional
blocks for the given specification;
4. explain various peripheral devices such as 8255, 8279, 8251, 8253,8259 and 8237; and
5. explain microcontroller application and basic architecture of PIC, ARM and ATMEGA
processors.

Course Contents
A basic microprocessor system: the CPU, memory, I/O, and buses subsystems, basic operation
of a microprocessor system: fetch and execute cycle, the architecture of some typical 8-bit,
16-bit microprocessors (INTEL, MOTOROLA) and their features; programming model in real
mode: registers, memory, addressing modes; organisation of the interrupt system, interrupt
vectors, and external interrupts, implementation of single and multiple interrupts in real mode;
programming model in protected mode: registers, memory management and address
translation, descriptor and page tables, system control instructions, multitasking and memory
protection, addressing modes, and interrupt system; memory interfacing and address
decoding; I/O interfacing: memory mapped i/o, isolated i/o, bus timing, i/o instructions;
peripheral devices interfacing: 8255 PPI/6821 PIA, 8251 USART/6821 UART, DMA,
Timer/Counter chips, etc; instruction set; assembly language Programming of INTEL and
MOTOROLA microprocessors; and discussion of a typical system e.g. IBM PC, Apple Macintosh.

CPE 403: Control Systems (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. state examples of simple control systems;
2. state and explain different stability criteria and compensation methods for linear control
systems; and
3. discuss non-linear control systems and their characteristics.

Course Contents
Basic concepts and examples of control systems; Feedback, Time response analysis, concept
of stability, Routh-Hurwitz criterion; Root-locus techniques, Frequency-response analysis,
Polar and Bode plots, Nyquist stability criteria. Nichol’s chart, compensation techniques;
introduction to non-linear systems.

CPE 405: Fundamentals of Software Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)

New
Engineering and Technology 296
Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of this course, the student should be able to:
1. identify, formulate, and solve software engineering problems,
including the specification, design, implementation, and testing of software
systems that meet specification, performance, maintenance and quality
requirements;
2. elicit, analyse and specify software requirements through a productive
working relationship with various stakeholders of a software development project;
3. function effectively as a team member;
4. understand professional, ethical and social responsibility of a software
engineer;
5. participate in design, development, deployment and maintenance of a medium scale
software development project;
6. convey technical material through oral presentation to, and interaction
with, an audience;
7. convey technical material through written reports which satisfy
accepted standards for writing style;
8. use Unified Modeling Language in software specification documents; and
9. evaluate the impact of potential solutions to software engineering
problems in a global society, using the knowledge of contemporary issues and merging
software engineering trends, models, tools, and techniques.

Course Contents
Introduction to software engineering fundamentals; object-oriented programming; number
representations; data structure and algorithms, Abstraction, modules and objects; designing
for efficiency; object-oriented software design and implementation.

CPE 411: Hardware Design Techniques and Verification (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate
1. adequate knowledge in digital electronics and digital design concepts;

2. ability to design and implement digital circuits under realistic constraints and conditions;
3. ability to debug, verify, simulate digital circuits;
4. ability to devise, select, and use modern techniques and tools needed for digital design;
and
5. ability to work in a team.

Course Contents
Elements of digital computer design; control unit, micro-programming, bus organisation and
addressing schemes; micro-processors, system architecture, bus control, instruction
execution and addressing modes; machine codes, assembly language and high-level
language programming, micro-processors as state machines; microprocessor interfacing:
input/output; technique, interrupt systems and direct memory access; interfacing to
analogue systems and applications to D/A and A/D converters; system development tools:

New
Engineering and Technology 297
simulators, EPROM programming, assemblers and loaders, overview of available
microprocessor application.

CPE 413: Research Methods (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Describe and explain key research concepts, issues, types of research and the systematic
process of research gap identification and documentation and use contexts;
2. Search for, assembling and critically analysing research articles, papers and reports and
general literature;
3. Formulate and evaluate research objectives, questions and hypotheses;
4. Developing a research proposal or industry project plan;
5. Identify and develop appropriate data acquisition and analysis methods and instrument;
6. Design/structure and lead the research process using appropriate research designs;
7. Use appropriate tools/techniques, including computer soft- and hardware /technologies to
interpret, discuss and report/present the result and conclusions derived from research
data analysis in oral or written form; and
8. Prepare/format/package research results/output for academic, journal articles, technical
and other reports and exhibitions/fairs (scientific, trade, etc.) as an individual or
team/work group.

Course Contents
Origins and definitions of research; problem identification and formulation; research
types/design; qualitative, quantitative and mixed methods of research; measurement;
sampling; data analysis; interpretation of data and technical report writing; use of
encyclopedia, research guides, handbooks, academic databases for computing and computer
engineering discipline; use of tools/techniques for research production: referencing
formats/styles and software; research management and reporting best practices; plagiarism-
definitions, types, detection software; basics of document analysis, systematic review and
management methods; practical documentation/presentation projects/seminars.

GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (8 Units C: 24 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:
1. be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
2. bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work
methods and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways
of safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;
3. experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work and
the environment seamlessly,and expose them to contacts for eventual job placements
after graduation;
4. be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place
of engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them;
and
5. exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 298
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not
necessarily limited to the student’s major (24 weeks from the end of the first semester at
400-Level to the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second
semester at 400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a
programme related industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc, for a period of 6
months under the guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised
by an academic staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits
the completed Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also, there will be a
comprehensive report covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences
(GET 299, GET 399 and GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department
for overall assessment.

500 Level

GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
4. possess the skills needed for project management; and
5. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.

Course Contents
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons – functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.
Project planning, control and timeliness;decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.

GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;

New
Engineering and Technology 299
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions;
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications; and
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principles undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically
present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an
expert witness.

Course Contents
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.
Termination/cancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.

CPE 501: Testing, Reliability and Maintainability (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcome
Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
(Knowledg-Based)
1. apply engineering techniques to prevent or reduce frequency of failures;
2. identify and correct the causes of the failures on engineering systems;
3. apply engineering techniques to estimate the reliability of new designs and analyse
reliability data; and

(Skills)
1. predict expected life of the specific component, product or system; and establish risk
analysis and quality control on engineering systems.

Course Contents
Introduction to reliability, maintainability, availability, elementary reliability theory;
application to power systems and electronic components; test characteristics of electrical
and electronic components; types of fault; designing for higher reliability; packaging,
mounting, ventilation; protection from humidity, dust.

CPE 502: Digital Signal Processing (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students will be able to:
1. understand analytical tools such as fourier transforms, discrete fourier transforms, fast
Fourier transforms and Z-transforms required for digital signal processing;
2. get familiarized with various structures of IIR and FIR systems;
3. design and realise various digital filters for digital signal processing; and
4. understand the applications of DSP in speech processing and spectrum analysis.

New
Engineering and Technology 300
Course Contents
Discrete signals and Z-transform, digital fourier transform, fast fourier transform; the
approximation problem in network theory; synthesis of low-pass filters; spectral transforms
and their application in synthesis of high-pass and band-pass filters; digital filtering, digital
transfer function aliasing, one-dimensional recursive and non-recursive filters; computer
techniques in filter synthesis, realisation of filters in hardware and software; and basic image
processing concepts.

CPE 505: Digital System Design with VHDL (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
1. explain VHDL as a programming language;
2. design the combinational and sequential logic circuits using VHDL;
3. design programmable logic devices (PLDs) and networks of arithmetic operations;
4. gain proficiency with VHDL software package and utilise software package to solve
problems on a wide range of digital logic circuits.

Course Contents
Finite state machine: definition, mealy and Moore models, state diagram, state table,
transition table; sequential circuits design using flip-flops, asynchronous and synchronous
circuit design; algorithm state machine; design examples and exercises; structured design:
design constructs, design levels, geometry-based interchange formats, computer-aided
electronic system design tools, schematic circuit capture, hardware description languages,
design process (simulation, synthesis), structural design decomposition; introduction to
VHDL: VHDL language abstractions, design hierarchies, VHDL component, lexical
description, VHDL source file, data types, data objects, language statements, concurrent
VHDL, sequential VHDL, advanced features of VHDL (library, package and sub-
programmes); structural level modelling, register-transfer level modelling, FSM with data
path level modelling, algorithmic level modelling; introduction of ASIC, types of ASIC, ASIC
design process, standard cell ASIC synthesis, FPGA design paradigm, FPGA synthesis,
FPGA/CPLD architectures; VHDL Design: top-down design flow, verification, simulation
alternatives, simulation speed, formal verification, recommendations for verification, writing
RTL VHDL code for synthesis, top-down design with FPGA; VHDL synthesis, optimisation
and mapping, constraints, technology library, delay calculation, synthesis tool, synthesis
directives; and computer-aided design of logic circuits.

CPE 511: Machine Learning and Applications (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On the successful completion of this unit, students should be able to:
1. identify the characteristics of datasets and compare the trivial data and big data for various
applications;
2. select and implement machine learning techniques and computing environment that are
suitable for the applications under consideration;
3. solve problems associated with batch learning and online learning, and the big data
characteristics such as high dimensionality, dynamically growing data and in particular
scalability issues;
4. understand and apply scaling up machine learning techniques and associated computing
techniques and technologies;

New
Engineering and Technology 301
5. recognise and implement various ways of selecting suitable model parametres for different
machine learning techniques; and
6. integrate machine learning libraries and mathematical and statistical tools with modern
technologies like hadoop and mapreduce.

Course Contents
Introduction to machine learning; ; introduction to R or Python for machine learning: statistics
for analytics: descriptive statistics, inferential statistics, estimation and hypothesis testing,
ANOVA; machine learning: unsupervised learning – clustering, supervised learning –
classification, decision trees, random forest, and model performance measures.

CPE 514: Professional Practice and Ethics (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. have a holistic picture of professional practice in computer engineering;
2. be abreast of the ethical and professional issues and landmines inimical to their practice
and how to navigate them;
3. be totally ready (professionally, technically, legally and emotionally) for any professional
entrepreneurial, financial and managerial challenges they may encounter; and
4. be abreast of the standards, codes and intellectual property implications of and values
associated with, professional practice.

Course Contents
Engineering profession: structure and specializations (Nigeria and abroad), engineering
basics, development of engineering profession, ethics and computer engineering, strands
in ethical thinking, organisations and their structures: limited liability companies, private and
public, partnerships, sole traders, special features of limited companies, responsibilities of
directors; company finance: the need for capital; investment and working capital; sources
of funds; equity capital and loan capital, cash flow and its importance, costing: fixed costs
and variable costs; overheads; opportunity costs; depreciation; problems of cost allocation;
budgeting; assessment of capital investment; discounted cash flow analysis, with particular
reference to investment in software tolls and new product development; financial accounts:
balance sheets, profit and loss accounts, cash flow statements; the treatment of software
in company accounts; ownership of rights in software as goodwill; anatomy of software
house: the company, company structure, management of staff, producing of budget,
monitoring financial performance, producing budgets, computer contracts and intellectual
property rights: the nature and types of intellectual property; intellectual property law
(confidentiality, copyright, trademarks, and patents) and implications for the computing,
computer engineering and software industry; computer misuse and criminal law: computing
and criminal activity, reform and criminal law, categories of misuse, computer fraud,
unauthorized access ;data protection: data protection and privacy, the impact of the
internet; sociology of data management/processing: generation, users, regulation/control
and general management; Professional and industry codes of conduct(local and
international).

CET 599: Final Year Project (6 Units C: LH 270 PH)

Learning Outcomes
The student(s) will develop a technology and/or system to solve a known and significant
computer engineering problem and design, and if possible/practicable, build/produce/

New
Engineering and Technology 302
manufacture some relevant new hardware/device(s) representing the solution using the
skills acquired in the computer engineering programme.

Course Contents
Individual student or group of students’ projects undertaken to deepen knowledge,
strengthen practical experience and encourage creativity, entrepreneurship and
independent/team work (as may be the case). The project ends in a comprehensive written
report of a developed system, and/or product/service and oral presentation/defense before
a panel of assessors one of whom must be external to the University awarding the computer
engineering degree.

Minimum Academic Standards

Equipment
Recommended List of Minimum Equipment

Basic Computer Laboratory

S/N Name of Equipment/Brief Specification
1. Computer System (with latest configurations)
2. Software
3. Microsoft Windows
4. Red Hart Linux
5. Oracle
6. Page Maker Professional (latest version)
7. Corel Draw (latest version)
8. Adobe Photoshop
9. Microsoft Office Suite (latest version)
10. Antivirus Software (licensed for at least 200 users)
Programming Laboratory
1. Computer System (with latest configurations)
2. Turbo C and C++ Compilers (latest versions)
3. VB.Net (latest version)
4. Javas Compiler (latest version)
5. Python compiler (latest version)
6. R Compiler (latest version)
7. Antivirus Software (licensed for at least 50 users)
Digital Electronics And Microprocessor Laboratory
1. Computer System (with latest specifications)
2. Online UPS (5 KVA) OR 625 VA UPS for each Computer System
3. Assembler for 8085 programming
4. Antivirus (10 user License)
5. 8085-based Trainer Kits
Add on Cards
6. Add on card to study interfacing of LED display control using 8255
7. Add on card to study interfacing of LCD with 8085-based
microprocessor
8. Add on card to study speed control of stepper motor using 8085-
based microprocessor including stepper motor
9. Familiarization of ICs trainer (7400),(7402), (7432), (7486),
(7408), (7404), (7483), (7485), (74157), (74151), (74138

New
Engineering and Technology 303
 10. EX OR, and EX-NOR Gates realisation kit (using NAND OR NOR
Gates)
11. Realisation of Truth Table for OR and NAND Gates using NAND
Gates and NOR Gate
12. 8 bit digital multiplexer
13. 1:8 line de-multiplexer
14. Multiplex two BCD numbers to seven segment display
15. Study of Flip Flop or RS, D,J-K and T
16. 3 bit asynchronous up-counter3 bit synchronous down counter
17. Universal shift registers having SISO, SIPO, PIPO, PISO
18. Study of D-latch and D flip flop trainer
19. Encoder/decoder trainer
20. Digital IC testers
21. Digital Laboratory with modules
22. Logic Probe
23. Logic Pulser
24. Pulse Generator upto (3MHz)
25. Digital Frequency Metre
26. Digital IC Programmer
27. Digital IC power supplies (+/- 5V/1A, +/-12V/1A/+-15V, 1A)
28. 15 Macs
29. 2 Calliope autonomous robots with camera and robotic arm
30. Apple iPads and Samsung tablets.
31. Digitised oscilloscopes with spectrum analysers
32. Digitised function generators
33. Digitised power supplies
34. Digital circuit design and microcontroller boards (EasyAVR and
BigAVR microprocessor boards. Easy 8501 development boards).
35. Raspberry PIs.
36. Protoboards.

Advanced Computer Laboratory

1. Multimedia computer systems with latest specifications
2. Online UPS (5 KVA)
3. Multimedia projector with accessories
4. 24 Port Switch
5. Digital camera
6. Scanner
7. Laser printer
8. Touch screen
9. Laptop with latest configurations
10. Adobe Creative Suit (latest Version)
11. Visual Studio 6.0 or (latest Version)
12. Adobe Flash Professional
13. Adobe Flex (latest version)
14. Adobe Dreamweaver
15. Web camera
16. Antivirus (licensed for at least 50 users)
Hardware Laboratory.

New
Engineering and Technology 304
 1. Trainer board to demonstrate assembling and working of
multimedia computer system
2. Trainer boards to study mother boards with different chipsets and
processors
3. Hard disk trainer board (SATA and IDE )
4. CDROM trainer board
5. Mouse trainer board
6. Keyboard trainer board
7. Trainer board to study construction and working of colour CRT
monitor
8. Trainer board to study construction and working of colour LCD
Monitor
9. Trainer board to study working of dot matrix printer, Inkjet printer
and colour laser printer
10. Trainer board to study switch mode power supply
11. Trainer board to study working of UPS
12. Trainer board to study construction and working of floppy disk drive
13. Computer repair and assembly tool kits
14. Computer system with latest specifications
15. Online UPS(3 KVA)
16. PC tools
17. Antivirus (5 users)
18. USB hard disk
Data Communication and Networking Laboratory
At least 2Mbps Internet facility should be available in Laboratories.
1. Computer system with latest specifications
2. 19” rack
3. 24 port switch
4. Windows 2003 server or latest version (10 user license)
5. Red hat linux (20 user license)
6. Data backup utility software
7. Data communication trainer board
8. LAN trainer system
9. Amplitude modulation/demodulation trainer board
10. Frequency modulation/demodulation trainer board
11. Pulse code modulation/emodulation trainer board
12. CRO 25 MHz (minimum)
13. Trainer board to study frequency division multiplexing/
demultiplexing
14. Trainer board to study time division multiplexing/ demultiplexing
15. Digital multimetre
16. Wireless access points
17. Wi-Fi LAN cards
18. Network/bandwidth management software (cybernetra or
equivalent)
19. Trainer board to study the working of MODEM
20. LAN cable tester
21. Crimping tool
22. Display boards of various types of cables and connectors used in
computer networks

New
Engineering and Technology 305
 23. Tool kits
24. Online UPS (5 KVA)
25. Network printer
26. Antivirus(10-user license)
Operating System Laboratory
1. Computer system with latest specifications
2. Online UPS (7 KVA) OR 625 VA UPS for each PC
3. Server with latest specifications
Software
1. Windows 98/XP/2000/Vista/Windows 7/Windows 10
2. Windows 10 server or latest version
3. Oracle academic version (latest version with at least 20- user
license)
4. SQL server
5. Antivirus (with at least 20-user License)
Central Computer Laboratory
1. Multimedia computer system with latest specifications
Online UPS (7 KVA)
2.
3. 24 port switch
4. Network printer
5. Scanner
6. Dot matrix printer
7. Antivirus (20 user license)
8. LCD projector
Electronics/Signal Processing Laboratory
1. Digitised Oscillisopes with Spectrum Analysers
2. Digitised Function Generators
3. Digitised Power Supplies
4. Digital Circuit Design and Microcontroller Boards
5. Computers for Data Acquisition and Computer Aided Design (CAD
6. 40 work stations
7. Software includes: AutoCAD
8. MatLab
9. Comsol
10. STAAD
11. Other engineering design software

Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalents
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15 Units per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practical’s
and supervision of projects.

NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees; hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer

New
Engineering and Technology 306
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personnel

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practical’s
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.

Administrative Support Staff

The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.

Technical Support Personnel

The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation and
maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.

Student/Staff Ratio
The minimum staff-to-student ratio should be 1:15 from 200 level to 500 level.

Library
There must be adequate library facilities to cater for the interest of all the programmes in the
faculty. These include current journals, handbooks, textbooks, manuals, codes of practice,
standards and specifications etc. in sufficient numbers.

Library Facilities
The following facilities should be provided to enable users make maximum use of library
services.
1. Reading Rooms
2. 24 Hour Reading Rooms
3. Visually Impaired Resource Centre
4. Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) Security gate for theft detection
5. RFID tags for book tagging
6. Notebook computers for loan service
7. Over two hundred computers distributed at the various service points for Database search
at the University library and Faculty Libraries
8. Workstations at the Faculty Libraries for Database search
9. Projectors and Screens for presentations
10. Photocopying machines
11. Scanners
12. Visually Impaired Resource Centre
13. Information display screen
14. E-Library (postgraduate and undergraduate sections)
15. Discussion Rooms

Classrooms, Laboratories, Workshops, Clinics and Offices

Space Requirements

New
Engineering and Technology 307
The NUC recommends the following physical space requirement:

Academic m2
Professor’s Office 18.50
Head of Department’s Office 18.50
Tutorial Teaching Staff Space 13.50
Other Teaching Staff Space 7.00
Technical Staff Space 7.00
Science Staff Research Laboratory 16.50
Engineering Staff Research Laboratory 14.50
Seminar Space per student 1.85
Drawing Office Space (A.O. Board) (Per Student) 4.60
Drawing Office Space (A.I. Board) (Per Student) 3.70
Laboratory Space 7.50
Non-Academic
Secretarial Space 7.00

Office Facilities
S/No Office No in Room Facilities
1. HOD 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
2. Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit.
4. Senior 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
Lecturer computer unit.
5. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.

6. Lecturer II 3 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves

New
Engineering and Technology 308
B.Eng. Electrical Engineering
Overview
Electrical Engineering encompasses the application of engineering sciences to analyse the
electrical energy conversions, transformations, supplies, utilisation and reliability principles to
the study of electrical and related engineering aspects of human needs such that electrical
energy management systems and qualities of system operations can easily be designed,
constructed and function in both economical and safe environments. Aspects of Electrical
engineering consist of electric power generation, transmission and distribution, utilisation and
management of the entire aspects. The programme is designed to ensure that students
acquire the requisite skills and knowledge that will allow them to demonstrate competence in
the general field of Electrical Engineering, and, at the same time, allow students to be able to
interact with the general public while carrying out their functions as engineers.

Philosophy
The general philosophy of the Electrical Engineering programme of the universities is to
produce graduates with a high academic standard, adequate practical background and skills
that are of immense value to the industry and the nation in general. The programme is
intensive in nature in order to turn out engineers capable of solving local problems. In
pursuance of the above, the following specific features have been incorporated into the
programme:

1. common foundation years at 100 and 200 levels for all engineering students;
2. Workshop practice, technology, laboratory work and tutorials;
3. design projects with a bias towards local applications;
4. broad-based engineering and interaction between students and professionals;
5. project in the final year on which the student works alone under supervision;
6. special skills and in-depth study in a particular area of the programme through optional
courses or electives;
7. adequate knowledge in the areas of Electrical Engineering Management, Economics and
Law; and
8. entrepreneurial/Entrepreneurship studies to equip students for world of work.

Objectives
In line with the above philosophy, the objectives of the programme are to:
1. produce graduates with high academic standards coupled with practical experiences,
sufficient to meet the challenges of developing economies and adequately tackle common
everyday engineering problems;
2. encourage close contact between the students and their lecturers by means of seminars
and workshops, design, office consultation, tutorials and laboratory work;
3. produce graduates with broad-based knowledge in general studies, management and
humanities, all of which enhance their understanding, contribution and relevance to the
immediate society;
4. provide an excellent balance between engineering principles and their relevant
applications to the creative world of Engineering practice;
5. broaden the horizon of its students by incorporating managerial and social aspects of their
subjects as well as Engineer-in-Society and Entrepreneurship studies into their
programmes of learning;
6. conduct lectures complemented with visits to engineering industries, vacation trainings,
Student Work Experience Programme as well as Industrial Trainings;

New
Engineering and Technology 309
7. expose students to current trends in research methodology; and
8. equip our graduates with adequate knowledge for job creation as a means of contributing
to national development.

Unique Features of the Programme

Unique features of the curriculum include:
1. digital literacy: the curriculum incorporates significant digital programmes for graduates
to remain competitive within today’s digital economy;
2. competency based outcome: it establishes the desired knowledge, skills, and behaviors of
graduating students that enable them to successfully perform in professional, educational
and other contexts;
3. focus on learning: it is devised to focus on learning to enhance the learning experience of
the students by integrating diverse techniques and complementary technologies;
4. entrepreneurial skills: it provides entrepreneurial skills for knowledge based and digital
economy; and
5. collaborative: it provides for collaboration with the industry in order to realise the much-
needed practical knowledge and skills required to take on the present-day challenges.

Employability Skills
Graduates of the Electrical Engineering programme are actively sought by employers in both
the private and public sectors. Potential employers include large and small businesses,
government at all levels, national and multinational corporations, and universities. Self-
employment as engineering consultants and other technically applied positions is an
expanding career option for electrical engineering professionals.
Electrical engineering graduates will be equipped with the following employability skills:

1. communication skills: the ability to present ideas effectively with confidence through
aural, oral and written modes, not only with engineers but also with the community at
large;
2. creativity and innovation skills: the ability to create new ways of thinking and be able to
find solutions to new problems by being innovative enough to build new products and
services;
3. information literacy: the ability to access, evaluate, synthesis and share information from
multi-disciplinary / interdisciplinary sources;
4. competence in application and practice: the ability to use techniques, skills, and modern
engineering tools for solving engineering problems;
5. team work skills: the ability to function effectively as an individual and in a group with the
capacity to be a leader as well as an effective team member;
6. problem solving and decision-making skills: the ability to solve engineering problems
through critical thinking, system thinking and effective decision making;
7. engineering system approach: the ability to utilise systems approach to design and
evaluate operational performance;
8. knowledge of contemporary issues: the ability to continue learning independently in the
acquisition of new knowledge, skills and technologies. The use of information,
communication and computing technologies are very essential in the knowledge-based
era; and
9. understand professional, social and ethical responsibilities: the ability to understand the
social, cultural, global and environmental responsibilities of a professional engineer, and
commitment to professional and ethical responsibilities.

New
Engineering and Technology 310
21st Century Skills
1. Professional and interpersonal skills with competence in the areas of professionalism and
teamwork;
2. Business and management skills with competence in management, entrepreneurship and
leadership;
3. Mental and thinking skills consisting of competences in critical thinking, decision making,
creativity and innovation; and
4. Information and communication skills.

Admission and Graduation Requirements

Admission Requirements
Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
1. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
2. Direct Entry (DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

For the five-year degree programme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must include English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

Direct Entry (DE) Mode

For four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit passes
which must include English Language, Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry, candidates with
at least two passes in relevant subjects (Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry) at the GCE
Advanced Level or IJMB or JUPEB may be considered for admission. Candidates who have
good National Diploma (ND) result in relevant Engineering Technology programmes may also
be considered for admission into 200 level. Holders of upper credit pass and above at Higher
National Diploma (HND) level, are eligible for consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:
1. Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of 150
and maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5–year engineering degree programme.
Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters.
2. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode shall have registered for a minimum
of 120 and a maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4–year engineering degree
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic semesters .
3. Candidates admitted through the Direct Entry mode at 300-Level shall have registered for
a minimum of 90 and a maximum of 120 units of courses during a 3–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of 6 academic
semesters.
4. The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units respectively.
5. A student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by the
university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.

New
Engineering and Technology 311
6. A student shall also have earned the 15 credit units of Students Industrial Work Experience
Scheme (SIWES), 8 credit units of University General Study courses and four credit units
of Entrepreneurship courses.

For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered,
whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the
computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it
or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each and all
attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.

Prerequisite courses must be taken and passed before a particular course at a higher level.
Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME and 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 200Level
and 11 semesters in the case of students who entered at 300Level.

Global Course Structure

Level GST/ENT Basic Faculty Programme SIWES Total Units
Science (GET) (TEL/EEE)
100 4 15 3 2 - 24
200 4 - 22 6 3 35
300 4 - 15 13 4 36
400 - - 2 4 6 12
500 - - 5 6 - 11
Total 12 15 47 31 13* 105

* All 11 SIWES units and 2 units of Engineering valuation courses are credited for GPA
computation in the 2nd Semester of the 400 Level, and not included in the CCMAS credit units.

100 Level

Course Course Title Units Status LH PH

code
GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 15 45
GST 112 Nigerian Peoples and Culture 2 C 30 -
GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C 30 -
GET 102 Introduction to Solid Modelling Design 2 C 15 45
and Engineering
CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C 30 -
CHM 107 General Practical Chemistry I 1 C - 45
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 2 C 30 -
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C 30 -
PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C 30 -
PHY 103 General Physics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 107 General Practical Physics I 1 C - 45
PHY 108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45
TEL 100 Introduction to Electrical Engineering 2 C 30
Total 24

New
Engineering and Technology 312
200 Level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and Human 2 C 30 -
Existence
ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and Innovation 2 C 30 -
GET 201 Applied Electricity I 3 C 45 -
GET 203 Solid Modelling and Design 2 E 15 45
Engineering
GET 204 Students Workshop Practice 2 E 15 45
GET 206 Fundamentals of Thermodynamics 3 C 45 -
GET 207 Applied Mechanics 3 C 45 -
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 45 -
GET 210 Engineering Mathematics II 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing and Software Engineering 3 C 30 45
TEL 202 Applied Electricity II 3 C 45 -
EEE 208 Electrical Engineering Materials 3 C 45 -
*GET 299 SIWES I: Students Work Experience 3 C 9 Weeks
Scheme
Total 35

300 Level

Course Course Title Units Status LH PH

Code
GST 312 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 30
ENT 312 Venture Creation 2 C 15 45
GET 301 Engineering Mathematics III 3 C 45 -
GET 304 Technical Writing and Communication 3 C 45 -
GET 305 Engineering Statistics and Data 3 C 45
Analytics
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems and 3 C 30 45
Technologiy
GET 307 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, 3 C 45
Machine Learning and Convergent
Technologies
EEE 321 Analogue Electronic Circuits 2 C 30
TEL 303 Electric Circuit Theory 2 C 30
TEL 304 Measurements and Instrumentations 2 C 30
TEL 305 Electrical Machines 3 C 45
TEL 324 Electromagnetic Theory 2 C 30
TEL 322 Electrical Energy Systems 2 C 30
*GET 399 SIWES II: Students Work Experience 4 C 12 Weeks
Scheme
Total 36

New
Engineering and Technology 313
400 Level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
TEL 421 Control Engineering 2 C 30
TEL 423 Power Electronics 2 C 30
TEL 401 Advanced Renewable Energy Systems 2 C 30
TEL 402 Software/Computer Applications in 2 C 15 60
Electrical Engineering
*GET 499 SIWES III: Students Work Experience 4 C 12 Weeks
Scheme
Total 12

SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

500 Level

Course Course Title Units Status LH PH

Code
GET 501 Engineering Project Management 3 C 45 -
GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -
TEL 502 Electrical Services Design 2 C 30 -
TEL 507 Electric Power Systems 2 C 30 -
Engineering
TEL 503 Energy Economy 2 C 30 -
Total 11

Course Contents and Learning Outcomes

100 Level

GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;

New
Engineering and Technology 314
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.

Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology); English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations); major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional); grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality). Reading
and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking; reasoning
methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy, generalisation and
explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements. Writing activities
(pre-writing (brainstorming and outlining), writing (paragraphing, punctuation and
expression). post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing (summary, essays,
letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making), etc. Mechanics of writing. Information
and Communication Technology in modern language learning. Language skills for effective
communication. The art of public speaking.

GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;
2. identify and list the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
3. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political entity;
4. analyse the concepts of trade and economic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation to
national development;
5. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian state regarding nation building;
6. analyse the role of the judiciary in upholding fundamental human rights
7. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria; and
8. list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems.

Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and cultures;
peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria; nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system; indigenous apprenticeship system among
Nigerian peoples; trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justice and national
development (definition and classification of law); Judiciary and fundamental rights.
Individuals, norms and values (basic Nigerian norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition; citizenship and civic responsibilities; indigenous languages, usage and
development; negative attitudes and conducts [Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices]). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3Rs – Reconstruction, Rehabilitation
and Re-orientation; re-orientation strategies: Operation Feed the Nation (OFN), Green
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline and Corruption (WAIC), Mass

New
Engineering and Technology 315
Mobilization for Self-Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery (MAMSER), National
Orientation Agency (NOA). Current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria.

GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs); and
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.

Course Contents
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.

GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple everyday and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength and cost;
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical and
other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the analytical
nature of the courses they take; and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.

Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete terms.
Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3D objects.
Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and perspectives.
Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection and rendering.
This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid works, solid edge
or equivalent.

CHM 101: General Chemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)

New
Engineering and Technology 316
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to
1. define atom, molecules and chemical reactions;
2. discuss the modern electronic theory of atoms;
3. write electronic configurations of elements on the periodic table;
4. rationalise the trends of atomic radii, ionisation energies, electronegativity of the elements,
based on their position in the periodic table;
5. identify and balance oxidation–reduction equation and solve redox titration problems;
6. draw shapes of simple molecules and hybridised orbitals;
7. identify the characteristics of acids, bases and salts, and solve problems based on their
quantitative relationship;
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using LeChatelier’s principle to
predict the effect of concentration, pressure and temperature changes on equilibrium
mixtures;
9. analyse and perform calculations with the thermodynamic functions, enthalpy, entropy
and free energy; and
10. determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and temperature.

Course Contents
Atoms, molecules, elements and compounds, and chemical reactions. Modern electronic
theory of atoms. Electronic configuration, periodicity and building up of the periodic table.
Hybridisation and shapes of simple molecules. Valence forces; Structure of solids. Chemical
equations and stoichiometry; chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, kinetic theory of
matter. Elementary thermochemistry; rates of reaction, equilibrium and thermodynamics.
Acids, bases and salts. Properties of gases. Redox reactions and introduction to
electrochemistry. Radioactivity.

CHM 107: General Practical Chemistry I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correct carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. state the differences between primary and secondary standards;
5. perform redox titration;
6. record observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions.

Course Contents
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.

MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:
1. define and explain set, subset, union, intersection, complements, and demonstrate the
use of Venn diagrams;

New
Engineering and Technology 317
2. solve quadratic equations;
3. solve trigonometric functions;
4. identify various types of numbers; and
5. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers. Mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.

MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
2. recognise and understand the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and
continuity;
3. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes;
4. solve function of a real variable, plot relevant graphs, identify limits and idea of continuity;
5. identify the derivative as limit of rate of change;
6. identify techniques of differentiation and perform extreme curve sketching;
7. identify integration as an inverse of differentiation;
8. identify methods of integration and definite integrals; and
9. perform integration application to areas, volumes.

Course Contents
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative, as limit of
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve sketching,
integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes (including
approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule).

PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular momentum;
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

Course Contents
Space and time; units and dimension, vectors and scalars, differentiation of vectors:
displacement, velocity and acceleration; kinematics; Newton’s laws of motion (inertial frames,

New
Engineering and Technology 318
impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation); relative motion; application
of Newtonian mechanics; equations of motion; conservation principles in physics,
conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy, system of particles, centre of mass; rotational motion; torque, vector product,
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum. Polar coordinates; conservation
of angular momentum; circular motion; moments of inertia, gyroscopes and precession;
gravitation: Newton’s law of gravitation, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion, gravitational
potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits.

PHY 103: General Physics III (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing macroscopic
behaviour;
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Contents
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.

PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Contents
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity, etc. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis
should be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data
collection, analysis, and deduction.

New
Engineering and Technology 319
PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs;
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.
Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction.

TEL 102: Introduction to Electrical Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On the completion of the course students will be able to:
1. predict the behaviour of any electrical and magnetic circuits;
2. formulate and solve complex AC, DC circuits;
3. identify the type of electrical machine used for that particular application;
4. realise the requirement of transformers in transmission and distribution of electric power
and other applications; and
5. function on multi-disciplinary teams.

Course Contents
Electrical circuits (electrical quantities – Units, DC and AC Signals, Root-Mean-Square (RMS)
Value, Average Value, Instantaneous Values, Form Factor, Crest Peak or Amplitude Factor);
Electrostatics (Introduction, Capacitors, Capacitance, Capacitance of an Isolated Sphere,
Spherical Capacitor, Parallel Plate Capacitor, Capacitors in Series and Capacitors in Parallel);
magnetism and electromagnetism (Introduction, Absolute and Relative Permeabilities of a
Medium, Magnetic Induction (Magnetic Flux Density), Flux Per Unit Pole, Field Intensity or
Field Strength, the Production of Magnetic Induction by a Current, Biot-Savart Law (Laplace’s
Law), Magnetic Circuit, Comparison of the Electric and Magnetic Circuits Magnetisation Curves;
Electromagnetic Induction; Faraday’s Laws of Electromagnetic Induction); Basic laws and
theorems (Introduction, Ohm’s Law, Kirchhoff’s Laws, Superposition Theorem, Thevenin
Theorem, how to thevenize a given circuit, Delta/Star transformation and Star/Delta
transformation); three phase system (Introduction, Relationship between line and phase
voltage, Delta connected system with a balanced load, power with balanced 3-phase load,
Measurement of Power in a 3-phase three-wire system and Power Factor Measurement);
electric power (Introduction, Power in an Alternating Current Circuit, Active, Reactive and
Apparent Power, Power Triangle, Power Factor, why improve Power factor, Power factor in a
Capacitive Circuit, the Practical importance of Power Factor, Effect of low Power Factor, Power
Factor Corrective Equipment, Effect of reactive power consumption, StaticVar Compensations
for AC and DC Transmission and Industry, Typical Static Var Compensator, Advantages of
Static Var Compensator, Power Factor Economics and Electricity Tariffs); introduction to
electrical machines (Electric Machines and Transformers, Classification of Electrical Machines,
Basic Equations of DC Machines, Operating mode of DC Machines, Transformers, Ideal
Transformer and Efficiency of a Transformer); basic electronics (Introduction, Electronic

New
Engineering and Technology 320
Tubes, Semi-conductors, Junction Diode, Field Effect Transistor and Optoelectronics);
electrical measurement (Measurement of Resistance by the Voltmetre-Ammetre Method,
Ohmmetres and A. C. Bridges).

New
Engineering and Technology 321
200 Level

GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge, and
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.

Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding.

ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence;
4. engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
5. identify key elements in innovation;
6. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
7. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
8. state the basic principles of e-commerce.

Course Contents
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation

New
Engineering and Technology 322
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.

GET 201: Applied Electricity I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. discuss the fundamental concepts of electricity and electrical d.c. circuits;
2. state, explain and apply the basic d.c. circuit theorems;
3. explain the basic a.c. circuit theory and
4. apply to solution of simple circuits.

Course contents
Fundamental concepts: Electric fields, charges, magnetic fields. current, B-H curves Kirchhoff’s
laws, superposition. Thevenin, Norton theorems, Reciprocity, RL, RC, RLC circuits. DC, AC
bridges, Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance measurement, Transducers, Single phase
circuits, Complex j - notation, AC circuits, impedance, admittance, susceptance.

GET 203: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modeling II (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students should be able to:
1. apply mastery of the use of projections to prepare detailed working drawing of objects
and designs;
2. develop skills in parametric design to aid their ability to see design in the optimal
specification of materials and systems to meet needs;
3. be able to analyze and optimize designs on the basis of strength and material minimization;
4. get their appetites wetted in seeing the need for the theoretical perspectives that create
the basis for the analysis that are possible in design and optimization, and
recognize/understand the practical link to excite their creativity and ability to innovate;
and
5. be able to translate their thoughts and excitements to produce shop drawings for multi-
physical, multidisciplinary design.

Course Contents
Projection of lines, auxiliary views and mixed projection. Preparation of detailed working
production drawing; semi-detailed drawings, conventional presentation methods. Solid,
surface and shell modeling. Faces, bodies and surface intersections. Component-based design.
Component assembly and motion constraints. Constrained motions and animation.
Introduction to electronics modeling. Electronics board layout preparation, Component
libraries and Schematic design. Parametric modeling and adaptive design. Simulation for
material optimization. Designing for manufacturing. Additive and subtractive manufacturing.
Production for 3-D printing, Laser cutting and CNC machinery.Arrangement of engineering
components to form a working plant (Assembly Drawing of a Plant).

GET 204: Students Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

New
Engineering and Technology 323
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify various basic hands and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement devices
and instruments, and acquire skills in their effective use and maintenance;
2. practically apply basic engineering technologies, including metrology, casting, metal
forming and joining, materials removal, machine tooling (classification, cutting tool action,
cutting forces, non-cutting production) and CNC machining technology;
3. master workshop and industrial safety practices, accident prevention and ergonomics;
4. physically recognise different electrical & electronic components like resistances,
inductances, capacitances, diodes, transistors and their ratings;
5. connect electric circuits, understand different wiring schemes, and check ratings of
common household electrical appliances and their basic maintenance; and
6. determine household and industrial energy consumption, and understand practical energy
conservation measures.

Course Contents
The course comprises general, mechanical and electrical components: supervised hands-on
experience in safe usage of tools and machines for selected tasks; Use of measuring
instruments (calipers, micrometers, gauges, sine bar, wood planners, saws, sanders, and
pattern making). Machine shop: lathe work shaping, milling, grinding, reaming, metal
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry
practice.Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting
processes. Metal forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging, press-
tool work, spinning, etc.). Metal joining processes(welding, brazing and soldering). Heat
treatment. Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory of
metal cutting. Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines.
Supervised identification, use and care of various electrical and electronic components such
as resistors, inductors, capacitors, diodes and transistors. Exposure to different electric
circuits, wiring schemes, analogue and digital electrical and electronic measurements.
Household and industrial energy consumption measurements. Practical energy conservation
principles.

GET 206: Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe basic concepts of thermodynamics, quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second
and third laws;
2. define and explain system, surrounding, closed and open system, control volume and
control mass, extensive and intensive properties;
3. calculate absolute and gage pressure, and absolute temperature, calculate changes in
kinetic, potential, enthalpy and internal energy;
4. evaluate the properties of pure substances i.e. evaluate the state of the pure substances
such as compressed liquid, saturated liquid-vapour mixture and superheated vapour using
property diagrams and tables; arrange the ideal and real gas equations of state,
5. formulate the first law of thermodynamics for a closed system i.e. organize the change in
energy in the closed systems via heat and work transfer;
6. distinguish heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation, and calculate the
amount of heat energy transferred;
7. calculate the changes in moving boundary work, spring work, electrical work and shaft
work in closed systems;

New
Engineering and Technology 324
8. apply the first law of thermodynamics for closed systems and construct conservation of
mass and energy equations;
9. formulate the first law of thermodynamics to the open systems i.e. describe steady-flow
open system, apply the first law of thermodynamics to the nozzles, diffusers, turbines,
compressors, throttling valves, mixing chambers, heat exchangers, pipe and duct flow;
10. construct energy and mass balance for unsteady-flow processes;
11. evaluate thermodynamic applications using second law of thermodynamics;
12. calculate thermal efficiency and coefficient of performance for heat engine, refrigerators
and heat pumps; and
13. restate perpetual-motion machines, reversible and irreversible processes.

Course Contents
Basic concepts, definitions and laws (quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second and third
laws of thermodynamics). Properties of pure substances: the two-property rule (P-V-T
behaviour of pure substances and perfect gases); state diagrams. The principle of
corresponding state; compressibility relations; reduced pressure; reduced volume;
temperature; pseudo-critical constants. The ideal gas: specific heat, polytropic processes.
Ideal gas cycles; Carnot; thermodynamic cycles, turbines, steam and gas, refrigeration. The
first law of thermodynamics – heat and work, applications to open and closed systems. The
steady flow energy equation (Bernoulli’s equation) and application. Second law of
thermodynamics, heat cycles and efficiencies.

GET 207: Applied Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students will acquire the ability to:
1. explain the fundamental principles of applied mechanics, particularly equilibrium analysis,
friction, kinematics and momentum;
2. identify, formulate, and solve complex engineering problems by applying principles of
engineering, science, mathematics and applied mechanics;
3. synthesize Newtonian Physics with static analysis to determine the complete load impact
(net forces, shears, torques, and bending moments) on all components (members and
joints) of a given structure with a load; and
4. apply engineering design principles to produce solutions that meet specified needs with
consideration of public health, safety, and welfare, as well as global, cultural, social,
environmental, and economic factors.

Course Contents
Forces, moments, couples. Equilibrium of simple structures and machine parts. Friction. First
and second moments of area; centroids. Kinematics of particles and rigid bodies in plane
motion. Newton's laws of motion. Kinetic energy and momentum analyse.

GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank etc;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;

New
Engineering and Technology 325
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and Green’s
theorem;
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical model
of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation as well as fourier series, initial conditions and its
applications to different engineering processes.

Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.

GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);
2. explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically solve
a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types;
3. numerically solve differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;
4. perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,
curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of
several variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;
5. solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex numbers;
6. apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations
and of results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the theory
of conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
7. evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.

Course Contents
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and
vector-valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary
complex analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity. Derivatives,
differentiation rules and differentiation of integrals. Cauchy-Riemann equation, harmonic
functions, basic theory of conformal mapping, transformation and mapping and its
applications to engineering problems. Special functions.

GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project

New
Engineering and Technology 326
 through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas.

Course Content
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.

GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.

Course Contents
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or
special centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant
practical/industrial working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major.
The students are exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance
of tools, equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production
of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation, etc. (8-10 weeks during the long
vacation following 200 level).

NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of programme-specific

activities for their students.

TEL 202: Applied Electricity II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcome
Upon the completion of the course, students will be able to:
1. use computational tools and packages in the design of electric power systems, electronic,
and digital equipment and systems;

New
Engineering and Technology 327
2. solve common, technical problems in the design of electronics and electrical circuits
including electric power systems, and seek specialist advice as needed for more
complicated problems;
3. identify the process of innovation and the main factors of entrepreneurship and creative
thinking, and apply methods of product development;
4. apply project management methods to the planning of projects;
5. plan, manage and analyse projects, using current best-practice methods; and
6. carry out a cost estimate for a design solution, and understand the uncertainties associated
with the cost estimation process.

Course Contents
Power factor, Power in AC circuit, Resonance in RLC series and parallel circuit, Three Phase
Circuits: Voltages of three balanced phase system, delta and star connection, relationship
between line and phase quantities, phasor diagrams. DC Machines: Construction, Basic
concepts of winding (Lap and wave); DC generator: Principle of operation, EMF equation,
characteristics (open circuit, load) DC motors: Principle of operation, Torque Equation, Speed
Torque Characteristics (shunt and series machine); Single Phase Transformer: Constructional
parts, Types of transformers, Emf equation, No Load no load and on load operation, phasor
diagram and equivalent circuit, losses of a transformer, regulation and efficiency calculation;
Three Phase Induction Motor: Types, Construction, production of rotating field, principle of
operation, Slip and Frequency, rotor emf and current, Equivalent circuit and phasor diagram,
Torque Slip characteristics torque-speed characteristics; General Structure of Electrical Power
System: Power generation to distribution through overhead lines and underground cables with
single line diagram, Earthing of Electrical Equipment, Electrical Wiring Practice.

EEE 208: Electrical Engineering Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On the successful completion of this module, students should be able to:
1. describe the internal structure of atoms and molecules;
2. describe the different types of crystals and the defects evident within them, and explain
how these defects affect the mechanical and magnetic properties of materials;
3. discuss how the bonding within materials affects the properties of the material;
4. carry out the standard tests to determine the mechanical and magnetic properties of
materials;
5. describe the electrical and thermal properties of materials; and
6. demonstrate transferable skills.

Course Contents
Atomic Structure and Bonding: the internal structure of the atom will be examined and will
include the electron orbital model of atomic structure. This will be extended to explain the
different types of bonding, which occurs within materials. Crystal Structure: The main types
of crystal lattices will be examined and the defects, which may occur, will be described.
Properties of Materials: The main properties of materials will be described as will the methods
used to quantify them: Free electron motion in static electric and magnetic fields, electronic
structure of matter, conductivity in crystalline solids; Theory of energy hands in conductors,
insulators and semi-conductors: electrons in metals and electron emissions; carriers and
transport phenomena in semi-conductors, characteristics of some electron and resistors,
diodes, transistors, photo cell and light emitting diode; Elementary discrete devices fabrication
techniques and IC technology.

300 Level

New
Engineering and Technology 328
GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in peace
building.

Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,
community leaders,). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents of
conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and Imperatives.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation, collaboration). The
roles of international organizations in conflict resolution (a) The United Nations, UN and its
conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council (c) ECOWAS in
peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building. Managing post-
conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs);the role of NGOs in
post-conflict situations/crises.

ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
1. describe the key steps in venture creation;
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.

Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised

New
Engineering and Technology 329
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy and so on. Digital business and e-commerce strategies).

GET 301: Engineering Mathematics III (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate a clear understanding of the course content, that is, possess a breadth of
knowledge in the area covered;
2. possess an in-depth knowledge upon which a solid foundation can be built in order to
demonstrate a depth of understanding in advanced mathematical topics;
3. develop simple algorithms and use computational proficiency;
4. write simple proofs for theorems and their applications; and
5. communicate the acquired mathematical knowledge effectively in speech, writing and
collaborative groups..

Course Contents
Linear Algebra. Elements of Matrices, Determinants, Inverses of Matrices. Theory of Linear
Equations. Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors. Analytical Geometry. Coordinate Transformation.
Solid Geometry. Polar, cylindrical and spherical coordinates. Elements of functions of several
variables. Surface Variables. Ordinary Integrals. Evaluation of Double Integrals, Triple
Integrals, Line Integrals and Surface Integrals. Derivation and Integrals of Vectors. The
gradient of scalar quantities. Flux of Vectors. The curl of a vector field, Gauss, Greens and
Stoke’s theorems and applications. Singular Valued Functions. Multivalued Functions.
Analytical Functions. Cauchy Riemann’s Equations. Singularities and Zeroes. Contour
Integration including the use of Cauchy’s Integral Theorems. Bilinear transformation.

GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and

New
Engineering and Technology 330
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.

Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis and structure Fog Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A,B,C,D,E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills(steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports(competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.

GET 305: Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. work with data from the point of view of knowledge convergence, machine learning, and
intelligence augmentation, which significantly raises their standard for engineering
analysis (the approach forces them to learn statistics in an actionable way that helps them
to see the holistic importance of data analytics in modern engineering and technology);
2. anticipate the future with Artificial Intelligence while fulfilling the basic requirements of
conventional engineering statistical programming consistent with their future careers;
3. perform, with proficiency, statistical inference tasks with language or programming
toolboxes such as R, Python, Mathematica or MATLAB, and Design Expert to summarise
analysis and interpretation of industry engineering data, and make appropriate conclusions
based on such experimental and/or real-life industrial data;
4. construct appropriate graphical displays of data and highlight the roles of such displays in
data analysis, particularly the use of statistical software packages;
5. plan and execute experimental programmes to determine the performance of programme-
relevant industrial engineering systems, and evaluate the accuracy of the measurements
undertaken; and
6. demonstrate mastery of data analytics and statistical concepts by communicating the
results of experimental and industry-case investigations, critically reasoned scientific and
professional analysis through written and oral presentation.

Course Contents
Descriptive statistics, frequency distribution, populations and sample, central tendency,
variance data sampling, mean, median, mode, mean deviation and percentiles. Probability.
Binomial, Poisson hyper-geometric and normal distributions. Statistical inference intervals,

New
Engineering and Technology 331
test hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big data analytics
and cloud computing applications. Introduction to the R language; R as a calculator; Vectors,
matrices, factors, data frames and other R collections. Iteration and looping control structures.
Conditionals and other controls. Designing, using and extending functions. The Apply Family.
Statistical modelling and inference in R.
.
GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3 Units C: LH 30; PH45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the types, uses and advantages of renewable energy in relation to climate change;
2. design for use the various renewable energy systems;
3. recognise and analyse the current energy systems in Nigeria, their impacts on
development and the global energy demand and supply scenarios;
4. appreciate the environmental impact of energy exploitation and utilisation, and pursue the
sustainable development of renewable energy for various applications; and
5. recognise the exploitation, excavation, production, and processing of fossil fuels such as
coal, petroleum and natural gas, and discuss the sources, technology and contribution to
future energy demands of renewable energy.

Course Contents
Current and potential future energy systems in Nigeria and globally - resources, extraction,
concepts in energy conversion systems; parallels and differences in various conversion
systems and end-use technologies, with emphasis on meeting 21st-century national, regional
and global energy needs in a sustainable manner. Various energy technologies in each fuel
cycle stage for fossil (oil, gas, synthetic), nuclear (fission and fusion) and renewable (solar,
biomass, wind, hydro, and geothermal). Energy types, storage, transmission and
conservation. Analysis of energy mixes within an engineering, economic and social context.
Sustainable energy; emphasise sustainability in general and in the overall concept of
sustainable development and the link this has with sustainable energy as the fundamental
benefit of renewable energy.

Practical Contents
Simple measurement of solar radiation, bomb calorimeter determination of calorific value of
fuels and biomass; measurement of the velocity of wind, waves and the energy that abound
in them; laboratory production of biogas and determination of energy available in it; simple
conversion of solar energy to electricity; transesterification of edible oil into biodiesel;
simulation of geothermal energy; Geiger-Muller or Scintillation Counters’ determination of
uranium or thorium energy; simple solid or salt storage of energy; hybrid application of
renewable energy.

GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and Convergent

Technologies (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:

1. explain the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications and effects of artificial
intelligence;
2. explain the fundamental concepts of machine learning, deep learning and convergent
technologies;

New
Engineering and Technology 332
3. demonstrate the difference between supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised
learning;
4. demonstrate proficiency in machine learning workflow and how to implement the steps
effectively;
5. explain natural languages, knowledge representation, expert systems and pattern
recognition;
6. describe distributed systems, data and information security and intelligent web
technologies;
7. explain the concept of big data analytics, purpose of studying it, issues that can arise with
a data set and the importance of properly preparing data prior to a machine learning
exercise; and
8. explain the concepts, characteristics, models and benefits, key security and compliance
challenges of cloud computing.

Course Contents
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence paradigms;
search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired algorithms –
examples, their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding
natural languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation, mathematical and logic
foundations of AI; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition; distributed
systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent technologies
– definition, significance and engineering applications. Neural networks and deep learning.
Introduction to python AI libraries.

GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (3 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three softwares in their chosen career choices;
2. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;
3. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;,
4. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work ;
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers; and
7. write a general report at the end of the training.

The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work
experience i.e. 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged
in the more advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use
in the industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a
report at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and
encouraged to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities

New
Engineering and Technology 333
and experiences to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits
include:

Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine

operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts,
gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, and wooden furniture making processes.

Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solid works: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with Solid works, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solid works drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.

A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project.

Examples of projects should include the following:

a. design of machine components;
b. product design and innovation;
c. part modelling and drafting in solidworks; and
d. technical report writing.

EEE 321: Analogue Electronic Circuits (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. classify, describe and discuss the principles of operation and applications of FET and BJT;
and
2. calculate amplifier parameters; and design simple amplifiers using BJT and FET with given
specifications.

Course contents
Single-stage transistor amplifiers using BJT and FET Equivalent circuits and calculation of
current gain, voltage gain, power gain, input and output impedance. Operational Amplifiers:
Description, parameters and applications. Feedback, broadband and narrowband amplifiers.
Power amplifiers. Voltage and current stabilizing circuits. Voltage amplifiers, multi-stage
amplifiers using BJTs and FETs.

TEL 303: Electric Circuit Theory (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students will be able to:
1. identify linear systems and represent those systems in schematic form;
2. apply Kirchhoff's current and voltage laws and Ohm's law to circuit problems;
3. simplify circuits using series and parallel equivalents and using Thevenin and Norton
equivalents;
4. perform node and loop analyses and set these up in standard matrix format;
5. identify and model first and second order electric systems involving capacitors and
inductors;

New
Engineering and Technology 334
6. predict the transient behaviour of first and second order circuits.
7. analyse important electronic circuits (Amplifiers, Active Filters, and Oscillators).
8. use simulation software (SPICE);
9. Build/ make measurements, test and troubleshoot electronic circuits; and
10. design important electronic circuits (amplifiers, active filters, and oscillators).

Course Contents
Basic Concepts:
Introduction, Systems of Units, Charge and Current, Voltage, Power and Energy, Circuit
Elements.
Basic Laws: Ohm’s Laws, Nodes, Branches, and Loops, Kirchhoff’s Laws, Series Resistors and
Voltage Division, Parallel Resistors and Current Division, Wye-Delta Transformations.
Methods of Analysis: Nodal Analysis, Nodal Analysis with Voltage Sources, Mesh Analysis,
Mesh Analysis with Current Sources, Nodal and Mesh Analyses by Inspection, Nodal Versus
Mesh Analysis.
Circuit Theorems: Linearity Property, Superposition, Source Transformation, Thevenin’s
Theorem, Norton’s Theorem, Derivations of Thevenin’s and Norton’s Theorems, Maximum
Power Transfer.
Operational Amplifiers: Operational Amplifiers, Ideal Op Amp, Inverting Amplifier,
Noninverting Amplifier, Summing Amplifier, Difference Amplifier, Cascaded Op Amp Circuits,
Op Amp Circuit Analysis.
Capacitors and Inductors: Series and Parallel Capacitors, Inductors, Series and Parallel
Inductors.
First Order Circuits: The Source-free RC Circuit, The Source-free RL Circuit, Singularity
Functions, Step Response of an RC Circuit, Step Response of an RL Circuit, First-order Op Amp
Circuits.
Second Order Circuits: Finding Initial and Final Values, The Source-Free Series RLC Circuit,
The Source-Free Parallel RLC Circuit, Step Response of a Series RLC Circuit, Step Response of
a Parallel Circuit, General Second-Order Circuits, Second-Order Op Amp Circuits:
Sinusoidal steady-state analysis. AC circuit power analysis. Polyphase circuits. Magnetically
coupled circuits; Complex frequency and Laplace transform; Circuit analysis and the s-Domain;
Frequency response: Bode Diagram. Fourier circuit analysis.

TEL 304: Measurements and Instrumentation (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. analyse the performance characteristics of each instrument;
2. illustrate basic metres such as voltmetres and ammetres;
3. explain about different types of signal analyseanalysers;
4. explain the basic features of oscilloscope and different types of oscilloscopes; and
5. apply the complete knowledge of various electronics instruments/transducers to measure
the physical quantities in the field of science, engineering and technology.

Course Contents
Introduction: Significance of Measurement and block diagram of Measurement System, Static
characteristics- Accuracy, Precision, Sensitivity, Linearity, Repeatability, Reproducibility,
Resolution, Threshold, Drift, Stability, Dead zone, hysteresis, Dynamic Characteristics- speed
of response, measuring lag, fidelity, dynamic error, Types of Errors – Gross error, systematic
errors, Random errors.
Measuring Instruments: PMMC, DC voltmetre and current metres and its Extension ranges,
True RMS Responding Voltmeter, Average responding rectifier type voltmetre, electronic

New
Engineering and Technology 335
voltmetre, block diagram approach for measurement of voltage, current and Resistance using
Digital Multi Metre (DMM), Basic Potentiometer Circuit, Q-meter – Series Method.
Bridges and AnalyseAnalysers: DC Bridge- Wheatstone bridge, Kelvin's Double Bridge, AC
Bridge- Maxwell’s Bridge, Schering bridge and Wien’s Bridge. Signal Analysers: Frequency
Selective and Heterodyne Wave Analysers, Harmonic distortion Analysers, Total Harmonic
distortion, Spectrum AnalyseAnalysers.
Oscilloscopes: Cathode Ray Tube (CRT), Electrostatic Deflection, Post-deflection and
Acceleration of Electron Beam, Screens for CRT’s, Block diagram of CRO, Time-based
Generator, Delay line, Attenuators, probes, Dual beam oscilloscope, Dual trace oscilloscope,
Digital Storage Oscilloscope, Applications of CRO: Measurement of Phase and Frequency using
Lissajous Patterns.
Transducers: Transducer and its classification, ideal features of Transducer – Resistive
Transducer: Potentiometric type, Strain Gauge type (Gauge factor derivation, SG materials,
Bonded and unbounded strain gauges), Capacitive Transducers - Variable gap type, variable
area type and variable Dielectric type, Inductive Transducers - LVDT, Thermocouple,
Thermistor, Piezo Electric Transducers, Piezoelectric effect, Piezoelectric materials, RTD, photo
voltaic cell, LDR.

TEL 305: Electrical Machines (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course the student should be able to:
1. explain operating principles of fundamental components of Electric Machines: motors,
generators and transformers including synchronous, asynchronous, DC and special
purpose motors, AC, DC generators and autotransformers, CTs, PTs, step-up and step-
down transformers;
2. examine the magnetic field, reluctance of magnetic materials, flux and mmf in magnetic
circuits and perform transformer analysis using standard testing procedures including
open-circuit and short-circuit tests, voltage regulation, efficiency and circuit analysis
involving transformers;
3. examine construction, working principles, characteristics and equivalent circuit of three
phase synchronous generators, synchronous motors and induction motors, single phase
induction and special purpose motors; and
4. analyse voltage-current characteristics, commutation of DC generators, torque speed
characteristics and speed regulation of DC motors.

Course Contents
DC Machine, Introduction to Machinery Principles, Rotational motion, Newton’s Law and power
relationships, the Magnetic field, Magnetic Circuit with air gap, Faraday’s law, Production of
induced force on wire, Induced voltage on a conductor moving in a magnetic field, Linear DC
machine.; DC Machinery Fundamentals: Simple rotating loop between curved pole faces,
Commutation, Construction, Simple armature winding, Armature reaction, Interpoles,
compensating winding and brush shifting, Internal generated voltage and induced torque
equations of real machines; DC Generators, Introduction, Voltage regulation, Magnetization
curve, Equivalent circuits, Working and characteristics of separately excited, shunt, series and
compounded generators, Parallel operations of direct current generators; DC Motors,
Introduction, Speed regulation, Equivalent Circuits, Working and Characteristics of separately
excited, Shunt and Permanent magnet, Working and Characteristics of series and compounded
motors, Torque–speed Equations, Efficiency calculations, Stepper Motor and Drive circuit.; AC
Machines Topics, Transformer Fundamentals, Importance of transformers, Types and
construction, The ideal transformer, Leakage reactance, Theory and operation of single phase
transformer, Losses and phasor diagram, the equivalent circuit of a real transformer, No load

New
Engineering and Technology 336
and short circuit test, the per unit system, the transformer voltage regulation and efficiency,
Autotransformers and concept of its power rating advantages, Current transformer (CT) and
Potential transformer (PT), Three phase Transformers, Construction of power Transformer,
Three phase connections and harmonics suppression, Vector groups, Three phase transformer
using two transformers, Transformer ratings and related problems, Transformer Inrush
Current, AC Machines Fundamentals, A simple loop in a uniform magnetic field, Review of
three phase generation, Proof of the rotating magnetic field concept and its relation with no.
of poles, the relationship between electrical and mechanical degree, the relationship between
electrical frequency and the speed of the magnetic field rotation Induced voltage and induced
torque, Losses and power flow diagram, Voltage regulation and speed regulation.;
Synchronous Generator, Construction, Excitation system, Equivalent circuit of Synchronous
Generator, Phasor diagram, Power and Torque, Measurement of model parametres, Effect of
load changes on a generator, Parallel operation of generators; Synchronous Motor, Basic
principle of motor operation, Equivalent circuit, Torque speed characteristics, Power and
torque equation, Phasor diagram, the effects of load change, and field current change, V-
curves of synchronous motor and power factor correction, Starting of synchronous motor,
Synchronous motor ratings; Three Phase Induction Motor, Construction, Basic concepts and
working principles, Synchronous speed, Slip and its effect on rotor frequency and rotor
voltage, Equivalent circuit, Power and torque, Torque speed characteristics, losses, efficiency
and power factor; Single Phase and Special Purpose Motors, The Universal motor, Introduction
to single phase induction motor, Starting single phase induction motors, Split phase windings,
Capacitor start motor, Permanent split capacitor motor, Capacitor start and capacitor run
motors, Shaded pole motors, Reluctance motors, the Hysteresis motor.

TEL 322: Electrical Energy Systems (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. recognise the structure and operation of electricity generation, transmission and
distribution systems and the impact on the society and environment;
2. solve problems involving modeling, design and performance evaluation of power
transmission lines;
3. analyse power flow in power transmission networks and apply power flow results to solve
simple planning problems;
4. calculate currents and voltages in a faulted power system under both symmetrical and
asymmetrical faults, and relate fault currents to circuit breaker ratings; and
5. analyse the transient stability of simple power systems using equal area criterion.

Course Contents
Generation of electric energy: Sources of energy. Heat value of fuels. Thermal stations.
Hydroelectric stations. Nuclear stations.
Economics of power supply: Fixed and running charges in electric power production. Load
curves and load duration curves including concept of base, intermediate and peak load.
Definition of load factor, maximum demand, Diversity factor and their effects on generation.
Distribution system: Survey of power system components: feeders, distributors, services
mains, radial and ring-man systems. Voltage drop in distribution systems. Per-unit qualities.
Overhead transmission system: Conductors and insulators. Transmission line parameters.
Resistance, inductance and capacitance. Skin effect. Corona discharge. Stringing: Calculation
of sag and tension. Stringing chart and performance. Representation of short and long power
lines. Underground cables: Types. Inductance of concentric cables. Capacitance of single-core
and three-core cables. Thermal characteristics. Sheath currents.

New
Engineering and Technology 337
Circuit breakers: Principles of arc-extinction. Types of circuit breakers. Current growth in a
purely inductive circuit. Interpretation of circuit breakers lest oscillographs. Current chopping.
Resistance and capacitance switching. Breaking and making currents.

TEL 324: Electromagnetic Theory (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. perform vector analyses used for electromagnetic waves;
2. define basics of electro and magnetostatics;
3. explain Maxwell equations and time-dependent Helmholtz equations;
4. define plain electromagnetic waves and wave equations;
5. understand the basic mathematical concepts related to electromagnetic vector fields;
6. apply the principles of electrostatics to the solutions of problems relating to electric field
and electric potential, boundary conditions and electric energy density;
7. apply the principles of magneto statics to the solutions of problems relating to magnetic
field and magnetic potential, boundary conditions and magnetic energy density;
8. understand the concepts related to Faraday’s law, induced emf and Maxwell ‘s equations;
and
9. apply Maxwell‘s equations to solutions of problems relating to transmission lines and
uniform plane wave propagation.

Course Contents
Electromagnetics – Motion and Vector algebra, Integral calculus, Curvilinear coordinates,
Divergence and Stokes’s theorem, Coulomb’s law, Electric field; Electrostatics – Gauss’s Law,
Electric potential, Conductors, Dielectrics, Capacitance, Capacitors, Electrostatics Energy and
Forces, Poisson’s Equation, Method of Images, Boundary Value Problems, Current Density,
Ohm’s Law, Kirchhoff’s and Joule’s Laws; Magnetostatics – Vector Magnetic Potential, The
Biot-Savart Law, the Magnetic Dipole, Magnetic Materials, Boundary Conditions, Inductors,
Energy, Forces; Electrodynamics – Electromagnetic Induction, Maxwell’s equations, Potential
Functions, Boundary Conditions, Wave Equations;
Review of EM laws in integral form; Gauss law. Ampere’s law and Faraday’s laws; uniform em
plane waves: Magnetic fields in and around current carrying conductors. Conduction and
displacement currents; Derivation of Maxwell’s equations in curl form from Faraday’s and
Ampere’s laws; Time varying electric and magnetic fields in free space the wave equation;
Plane waves in vacuum, dielectric conducting and lossy media; Skin effect; Polarisation of
waves; Poynting vector and energy propagation in free space; Boundary conditions; Plane
waves in unbounded dielectric media. Reflection and transmission of plane waves.
Em radiating systems: Antennae - isotropic antenna, elementary dipole near the far fields.
Antenna parametres. Half-wave antenna. Practical antenna e.g. loop, horn and parabolic

400 Level

GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units: C; PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme.
2. Demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.

New
Engineering and Technology 338
Course Contents

In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units: C; LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies.
2. Describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to
the society.
3. Demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices.
4. Prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review
5. Discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation.
6. Determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

TEL 401: Advanced Renewable Energy Systems (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course the student should be able to:
1. make interpretation about the energy sources;
2. comprehend the energy and energy types; and adverse consequences of greenhouse
gases;
3. understand the various energy sources in Nigeria;
4. make interpretation about the solar energy;
5. explain the solar energy power plants;
6. explain the solar energy collectors;
7. make interpretation about the wind energy;
8. explain the production of electricity from wind energy;
9. explain the production of energy method from hydrogen; and
10. design standalone and grid connected electric power from renewable sources

Course Contents
Energy and civilization, fossil fuels: availability and depletion, Nuclear Energy, Global Warming,
Green and Renewable Energy Sources. Estimates of energy costs, components of electric grid,
electric energy outlook in Nigeria. Distribution and generation technologies and economics.
Fundamentals of Solar Power Systems Photovoltaic Power Conversion, Photovoltaic Material,
Modelling of Photovoltaic Systems, Design of Photovoltaic Systems, Concentrated Solar Power.
Fundamentals of wind power systems wind power conversion, modelling of wind power
systems, design of wind systems. hydrogen energy, energy storage and other renewable
energy sources. Integration of distribution and generation into the grid dc/ac inverters,

New
Engineering and Technology 339
analysis of dc/ ac inverter dc/dc converters, design of converters for grid operation. Impact
of distribution and generation on power system operation, voltage variations circuit,
overloading system protection, ride through and fault mitigation, power quality disturbances.

TEL402: Software/Computer Applications in Electrical Engineering

(2 Units C: LH 15 PH 45)
Learning Outcome
On the completion of the course, the student should be able to:
1. analyse a control problem and suggest an appropriate system architecture;
2. analyse the need for information exchange and suggest appropriate information models
and protocols;
3. develop simple software for a controller;
4. analyse the information needed for a given automation and control function for power
systems;
5. create consistent information models for power systems control; and
6. use of matlab/simulink for analysing performances of power systems.

Course Contents
The course consists of three blocks, each consisting of a project assignment, lectures and
exercise sessions:
Block One includes analysis and modeling of the need for Information exchange for power
system control. The aim is to train the students to analyse different perspectives on
information necessary for power system control. The project assignment in the block includes
implementation of a simple information model for the exchange of data on power systems.
Block Two includes basics in programming techniques and computer science focusing on
machine learning methods with applications in power systems. The project assignment in the
block consists of developing machine learning algorithms for forecasting.
Block Three includes Introduction to matlab: Laboratory oriented course designed to introduce
students who already have taken a programming course to programming in MATLAB. Topics
include introduction to the MATLAB environment, matrix manipulation and computation,
MATLAB programming language, writing functions and scripts, and production of 2D graphical
output.

TEL 421: Control Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcome
At the end of the course the student should be able to:
1. have working knowledge of process control;
2. model engineering processes from first principles and use step response data;
3. design controllers for different process applications;
4. use the techniques, tools and skills related to process control, computer science and
modern process control engineering in modern engineering practice; and
5. communicate system related concepts effectively.

Course Contents
Feedback concept, advantages, system classification, structures; Control system components
- mechanical, electronic hydraulic, thermal, position control; Transient analysis of servo-
mechanism, signal regulators compensation techniques; Series/parallel feedback controllers.
System transfer functions, signal flow graphs, stability, Routh-Hurwitz criteria.

TEL 423: Power Electronics (2 Units C: LH 30)

New
Engineering and Technology 340
Learning Outcomes
On the completion of this course, students should be able to:
1. understand the principles of power control by switching; demonstrate the benefits of
switched mode circuits; be familiarised with the commonly used semi-conductor switching
devices;
2. demonstrate a full understanding on several DC-DC converters; perform analysis on their
operation principles; develop design equations for selecting their components;
3. be able to explain how the steady-state AC voltage and current are related to each other
in power circuits using phasor analysis;
4. understand and be able to quantify active, reactive and apparent power;
5. comprehend the operation principles for several thyristors-based rectifiers; quantify the
current harmonics and the average power drawn by a rectifier;
6. understand the H-bridge based inverters and their several control methods; develop the
skills in analysing the different modes of operations for the inverters; gain the
understanding on how the power is delivered or absorbed by grid-connected inverters.

Course Contents
The basics of three-phase circuits, connections, voltage and current analysis and real and
reactive power calculations; the fundamentals of electricity conversion from the form supplied
by the source to the forms required by the load; power electronic conversion techniques,
including the basic converters (DC-DC, AC-DC and DC-AC) and their power switching and
control methods; the methods of circuit analysis applicable to switched mode circuits;
essential properties of the relevant semiconductor devices; simple converters for practical
applications.
Topics: Characteristics of power devices; DC-DC converters; AC Current, Voltage and Power;
Effects of power electronics on AC power Rectifiers (AC-DC converters) and Inverters (DC-AC
converters).

GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (8 Units C: 24 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:
1. be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
2. bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work
methods and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways
of safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;
3. experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work and
the environment seamlessly,and expose them to contacts for eventual job placements
after graduation;
4. be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place
of engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them;
and
5. exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.

Course Contents
On- the -job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not
necessarily limited to the student’s major (24 weeks from the end of the first semester at
400-Level to the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second
semester at 400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a

New
Engineering and Technology 341
programme related industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc, for a period of 6
months under the guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised
by an academic staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits
the completed Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also, there will be a
comprehensive report covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences
(GET 299, GET 399 and GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department
for overall assessment.

500 Level

GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
4. possess the skills needed for project management; and
5. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.

Course Contents
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons – functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.
Project planning, control and timeliness;decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.

GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions;
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications; and

New
Engineering and Technology 342
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principles to undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically
present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an
expert witness.

Course Contents
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.
Termination/cancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.

TEL 502: Electrical Services Design (2 Units: C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course the student should be able to:
1. design a complete distribution network for different purposes;
2. apply safety precaution in the design of distribution network;
3. function on multi-disciplinary teams;
4. identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems;
5. communicate effectively; and
6. use the techniques, skills, and modem engineering tools necessary for engineering
practice.

Course Contents
Basic Electrical Installations; Distribution system, regulations - IEE, NEC, Nigeria standards;
Illumination, Cables - types, ratings, wirings system, earth protection; Auxilliary electrical
systems - fire alarm, telephone, elevator circuits, proposals, contract document preparation;
Design of electrical installations - domestic, industrial, commercial air conditioning.

TEL 507: Electric Power Systems Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. apply the knowledge of mathematics, and engineering to the analysis of electrical
machines and transmission lines;
2. design and conduct experiments, as well as analyse and interpret data;
3. identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems in the area of electromechanical
energy conversion devices;
4. understand and apply some knowledge of contemporary issues concerning
Electrical/Energy systems; and
5. use techniques, skills, and modem engineering tools necessary for engineering practice.

Course Contents
Basic single-phase modeling. Three phase system analysis. Three phase models of
transmission lines. Three phase models of transformers. Formation of the system admittance
matrix. Modeling of Static AC-DC Conversion Plant: Introduction. Rectification, inversion.

New
Engineering and Technology 343
Communication reactance. DC transmission. Load Flow: Introduction, Basic nodal-method.
Conditioning of Y matrix. The case where one voltage is known. Analytical definition of the
problem. Newton-Raphson method of solving load flow problem. Techniques that make
Newton-Raphson Me Basic single-phase modeling. Three-phase system analysis. Three-phase
models of transmission lines. Three-phase models of transformers. Formation of the system
admittance matrix. Modeling of Static AC-DC Conversion Plant: Introduction. Rectification,
inversion. Communication reactance. DC transmission. Load Flow: Introduction, Basic nodal-
method. Conditioning of Y matrix. The case where one voltage is known. Analytical definition
of the problem. Newton-Raphson method of solving load flow problem. Techniques that make
Newton-Raphson Method competitive in load flow. Characteristics of the Newton-Raphson
load flow method. Decoupled Newton load flow method. Fast Decoupled load flow.
Convergence criteria and tests. Numerical examples. AC-DC Load Flow: Introduction.
Formulation of the problem. DC system model. Solution techniques. Control of converter AC
terminal voltage. Extension to multiple and or multi-terminal DC systems. DC convergence
tolerance. Test system and results Numerical examples.Optimal operating strategies:
Scheduling of generation, types generating stations and their tecno-economic operating
characteristics Fault analysis and Control strategy: types of system protection, generators,
transformers, lines etc protection schemes switchgear and circuit breakers operating principles
and types.

TEL 503: Energy Economy (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course the student should be able to:
1. demonstrate knowledge of the Nigerian and the world energy situation;
2. understand the economic fundamentals of energy demand and supply;
3. understand the economic fundamentals underpinning energy types;
4. be familiar with the important theoretical work that underpins the study of energy
economics; and
5. appreciate the important energy policy issues.

Course Contents
This course explores the theoretical and empirical perspectives on individual and industrial
demand for energy, energy supply, energy markets, and public policies affecting energy
markets. It discusses aspects of the oil, natural gas, electricity, and nuclear power sectors and
examines energy tax, price regulation, deregulation, energy efficiency and policies for
controlling emission.

Minimum Academic Standards

Equipment
S/N Description of Equipment Remarks
Basic Electrical Engineering Laboratory
1 Tubular fluorescent lamp set
2 Energy metre
3 Single phase induction motor
Or Equivalent
4 Transformer
5 Load box, single phase resistive
6 Drilling machine
Electrical Circuit Network and Device Laboratory
1 Network theorem kit Or Equivalent

New
Engineering and Technology 344
 2 Maximum power transfer thm. Kit
3 Transient response kit
4 Low pass filter kit
5 High pass filters kit
6 Thevenins theorem kit
7 Superposition theorem kit
8 Ramson’s make dc power supply
Electrical and Electronics Measurement Laboratory
1 Owens bridge
2 Anderson bridge
3 Desauty bridge
Or Equivalent
4 Maxwell bridge
5 Schering bridge
6 B -H curve kit
Electrical Machine Laboratory
1 D.C. shunt motor and exciter
2 3φ Alternator
3 3φ Synchronous motor
4 3φ Squirrel cage induction motor
5 3φ slip ring induction motor
6 1φ Alternator
7 D.C Generator (series, shunt, compound)
8 3φ Sq. Cage induction motor
9 D.C compound motor Or Equivalent
10 3φ Auto transformer
1φ capacitor start capacitor run induction motor (Crompton
11
greaves)
12 1φ, split phase induction motor
13 1φ repulsion motor
14 1φ shaded pole induction motor
Universal motor (ac/dc)
15
Control and Instrumentation Laboratory
1 Linear Variable Differential Transformer MODULE KIT Or Equivalent
2 Temperature measurement trainer kit
3 Strain measurement trainer kit
4 Process control simulator
5 temperature control system
6 Synchros transmitter and receiver trainer kit
Machine Design and Simulation Laboratory
1 Computer set (Workstation) Or Equivalent
Power Electronics / Electrical Drives Laboratory
1 Chopper / inverter PWM Controller Or Equivalent
2 3Ph. Converter firing unit
3 SCR pulse controller with 3Ph. SCR module
4 Intelligent power module
5 Smart power module with chopper/ inverter PMW controller
6 fully controlled converter power circuit
7 3Ph. isolation transformer
8 Series inverter kit

New
Engineering and Technology 345
 9 Cosine law triggering of ac/dc converter
10 3Ph. IGBT based PWM inverter
11 Chopper inverter
12 1Ph. capacitor start motor
13 DC shunt motor
14 3 Ph. induction motor with GEP sensor
15 3Ph. slip ring induction motor
16 1Ph. isolation transformer
17 3Ph. diode bridge trainer kit
18 TRIAC voltage control kit
Power System Laboratory
1 Idmtover current relay of earth fault testing kit Or Equivalent
2 Microprocessor based over/under voltage relay with testing kit
3 Percentage biased differential relay with testing kit
4 High voltage oil testing kit
5 Single phase transmission line kit
High Voltage Laboratory
1 Impulse generator with voltage divider Or Equivalent
2 Lightning impulse setup (can be used for universal purposes)
3 Cascaded transformers
4 Digital partial discharge detectors
5 Capacitance and loss angle measuring bridge
Modules (capacitors, resistors, spark gaps, rectifiers, pressure
6
vessels etc.)
7 Dielectric frequency response analyser
8 RTDS (Real Time Digital Simulator)
Omicron CMC 356 and 256 with GPS synchronisation
9
(universal testing solutions)
10 Omicron Dirana (Insulation Diagnosis)
11 Omicron CPC 100, with current boost up to 2000A
12 Portable impulse generator
Voltage and current probes, including Rogowski current
13
probes
Tektronix oscilloscopes 4054 B, 2014 and TBS 2000
14 Differential and distance relays that can be used to test
different protection strategies.
Microprocessor Laboratory
1 8051 Based MC Trainer Kit Or Equivalent
2 DC Motor Speed Measurement and Control
3 EPROM Programmer
4 Logic Controller Interface
5 Thyristor SCR Trainer Pulse Generator
6 89C51 CPU Card
7 80196 CPU Card
8 ADUC 812 CPU card
9 C-Cross Compiler for 8051
10 PC Keyboard and LCD Display Card
11 Measurement Card
12 Relay Card
Renewable Energy Laboratory

New
Engineering and Technology 346
 1 Alternative Renewable Energy Trainer (RENY0001) Or Equivalent
2 Photovoltaic Solar Energy Unit Trainer (RENY0004)
3 Fuel Cell Teaching Experiment Platform
4 Portable Solar Power Experiment Box
5 Power Battery Management System Test Bench
6 Portable Solar Power Experiment Box
7 Power Battery Management System Test Bench
8 Solar PV modules with stand
9 Solar Stand (Tilting)
Channel Data logger system with the following Sensors:
10 Anemometer Sensor; Silicon Type pyranometer sensor;
Surface temperature sensor.
Electrical Workshop
1 Transformer Oil Testing Kit Or Equivalent
2 3 Phase Induction Motor (Winding Study)
3 Coil Winding Machine
4 Megger Metre
5 Hand Operated Crimping Tool
6 Single Phase Induction Motor
7 Cathode Ray Oscilloscope
8 Cable Fault Locator
9 Power Drilling Machine
10 Wattmeters and Energymeters
11 Galvanometers and Voltmeters
12 Ammeters and Multimeters
13 Function Generators
14 Soldering iron

Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalents
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15 Units per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practical’s
and supervision of projects.

NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees; hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personnel

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practical’s
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.

Administrative Support Staff

New
Engineering and Technology 347
The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.

Technical Support Personnel

The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation and
maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.

Minimum Number of Staff

Subject to the general standards specified by NUC:

1. there should be a minimum of two PhDs and four M.Eng degree holders full-time academic
staff to mount the programme;
2. each workshop or laboratory should have an adequate number of staff with the right mix,
such that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run efficiently; and
3. there should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate caliber for
the office of the Head of Department to run.

Student/Staff Ratio

The minimum staff-to-student ratio should be 1:15 from 200 level to 500 level.

Library

In addition to the university and faculty libraries, the programme must have a departmental
library that is well equipped with specialised books and journals in both physical collections
and E-collections (E-Resources) of various types. Various field and research reports of the
programme must also be available in the library for staff, students and researchers.
The library must be connected to subscribed repository of:
1. Institutions (national and international)
2. Open access sources
3. Professional Bodies’ e-learning platforms
4. Relevant international organisations
The library must also have adequate facilities for the following:
1. Reading
2. Provisions for lending
3. Reservation unit for specialised materials
Classrooms, Laboratories, Workshops, Clinics and Offices
The NUC recommends the following physical space requirement:

Academic m2
Professor’s Office 18.50
Head of Department’s Office 18.50
Tutorial Teaching Staff Space 13.50
Other Teaching Staff Space 7.00

New
Engineering and Technology 348
 Technical Staff Space 7.00
Science Staff Research Laboratory 16.50
Engineering Staff Research Laboratory 14.50
Seminar Space per student 1.85
Drawing Office Space (A.O. Board) (Per Student) 4.60
Drawing Office Space (A.I. Board) (Per Student) 3.70
Laboratory Space 7.50
Non-Academic
Secretarial Space 7.00

Office Facilities
S/No Office No in Room Facilities
1. HOD 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
2. Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit.
4. Senior 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
Lecturer computer unit.
5. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.
6. Lecturer II 3 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves

New
Engineering and Technology 349
B.Eng. Electronic Engineering
Overview
The B.Eng/B.Tech/B.Sc. in Electronic Engineering programme focuses on electronic as a
specialty in the electrical engineering field. It provides students with up-to-date courses in
microelectronic and applications. It covers analysis and design using latest international tools
and software adopted by modern industry. This curriculum was designed to include a solid
background of the primary electrical engineering areas such as computers, communications,
power and control. Students acquire the needed practical skills that go hand-in-hand with the
learned theoretical knowledge in various fields.

Philosophy
The Electronic Engineering programme aims at providing future engineers with appropriate
theoretical knowledge and technical skills to respond to professional market demands. More
specifically, the programme aims to produce graduates who understand systems constituents,
behaviors and analysis in the following areas:
1. Electronic systems and circuits
2. Communication systems
3. Control systems
4. Electronic and communication of computer systems
5. Electromagnetic fields systems and applications

Objectives
The aim of the electronic engineering programme is to produce students with a strong
foundation in engineering science and design that will enable them to pursue productive
career in not only the electronic engineering field, but also to be used at he foundation for
career in other areas such as business, management and medicine. Typical industries in which
the electronic engineering graduate would be employed could include those in communication
systems, telecommunication networks, analogue systems, hardware/software integration,
digital and microprocessor system.

Programme Learning Outcomes

Upon the successful completion of the 5-year Electronic Engineering programme, the student
should be capable to:
1. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the fundamental electrical concepts;
2. analyse and understand the behaviour of any electronic circuit and equipment;
3. design electronic and electrical communication systems;
4. plan and implement applied research activities, evaluate outcomes, and draw reasonable
conclusions;
5. demonstrate the need to maintain their technical skills and develop new ones through
personal development and life-long learning;
6. convey technical information through their proficiency in written and spoken
communication skills; and
7. demonstrate an understanding of professional and ethical responsibilities to their field and
to society.

Unique Features of the Programme

Electronic Engineering is at the core of the modern world, from computers to digital circuits,
photonics and a wealth of electronic devices. This new programme offers a unique
combination of complementary knowledge and skills in Electronic and Artificial Intelligence,

New
Engineering and Technology 350
allowing graduates to pursue a wide range of engineering interests and career choices. This
programme produces graduates with knowledge to provide society with the complex electronic
systems it needs as well as the software required to operate these systems.

Employability Skills
Along with having an affinity for solving problems and a strong interest in technology for a
successful career in electronic engineering, the following essential skills are needed:

1. Strong IT skills along with efficiency in programming. An upcoming electronic engineer

should have command of a number of high-level programming languages like C, C++,
Python, computer-aided design tools, and circuit simulators to analyse designs;
2. Practical experience of different circuits and electrical systems. Technical thinking requires
critical thinking skills to identify common issues and to come up with working solutions;
3. Communications skills;
4. Time management and an ability to prioritise and plan work effectively.

21st Century Skills

While it is true that certain basics of engineering will not change in the 21st century with the
rise of artificial intelligence (AI) and robotics technology, there will be an increased premium
for the following competencies:

1. Critical thinking ability (that is the ability to think analytically and holistically;
2. Life-long learning;
3. Holistic and multidisciplinary learning;
4. Intra/inter-personal skills (communication skills, teamwork, collaboration and global
competence); and
5. Technical skills (modeling and simulation, competency in computer programming,
statistical literacy and data science, machine learning and AI).

Admission and Graduation Requirements

Admission Requirements
Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
1. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
2. Direct Entry (DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

For the five-year degree programme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must include English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

Direct Entry (DE) Mode

For four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit passes
which must include English Language, Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry, candidates with
at least two passes in relevant subjects (Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry) at the GCE
Advanced Level or IJMB or JUPEB may be considered for admission. Candidates who have
good National Diploma (ND) result in relevant Engineering Technology programmes may also
be considered for admission into 200 level. Holders of upper credit pass and above at Higher
National Diploma (HND) level, are eligible for consideration for admission into 300 level.

New
Engineering and Technology 351
Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:
1. Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of 150
and maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5–year engineering degree programme.
Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters.
2. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode shall have registered for a minimum
of 120 and a maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4–year engineering degree
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic semesters.
3. Candidates admitted through the Direct Entry mode at 300-Level shall have registered for
a minimum of 90 and a maximum of 120 units of courses during a 3–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of 6 academic
semesters.
4. The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units respectively.
5. A student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by the
university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.
6. A student shall also have earned the 15 credit units of Students Industrial Work Experience
Scheme (SIWES), 8 credit units of University General Study courses and four credit units
of Entrepreneurship courses.

For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered,
whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the
computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it
or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each and all
attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.

Prerequisite courses must be taken and passed before a particular course at a higher level.
Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME, 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 200-Level
and 11 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 300-Level.

Global Course Structure

Level GST/ENT Basic Discipline Departmental SIWES* Total
Sciences (GET) (ELE) Units
100 04 13 03 02 - 22
200 04 - 20 - 03 27
300 04 - 11 07 04 26
400 - - 02 14 06 22
500 - - 05 16 - 21
Total 12 13 41 39 13* 105

* All 11 SIWES units and 2 units of Engineering valuation courses are credited for GPA
computation in the 2nd Semester of the 400 Level, and not included in the CCMAS credit units.

100 Level

New
Engineering and Technology 352
 Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 15 45
GST 112 Nigerian People's and Culture 2 C 30
CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C 30 -
CHM 107 General Practical Chemistry I 1 C - 45
PHY 101 General Physics I: Mechanics 2 C 30 -
PHY 103 General Physics III: Behaviour of Matter 2 C 30 -
PHY 107 General Practical Physics I 1 C - 45
PHY 108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I: Algebra and 2 C 30 -
Trigonometry
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II: Calculus 2 C 30 -
GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C 15 -
GET 102 Engineering Graphics and Solid 2 C 15 45
Modelling I
ELE 101 Introduction to Electronic Design and 2 С 15 45
Practice
Total 22

200 Level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence 2 C 30 -
ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and Innovation 2 C 30 -
GET 201 Applied Electricity I 3 C 30 45
GET 202 Engineering Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 203 Engineering Graphics and Solid Modeling 2 C 15 45
II
GET 206 Fundamentals of Thermodynamics 3 C -
45
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C -
45
GET 210 Engineering Mathematics II 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing and Software Engineering 3 C 30 45
*GET 299 SIWES I: Students Work Experience 3 C 9 Weeks
Scheme
Total 27

300 Level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
ENT 312 Venture Creation 2 C 15 45
GST 312 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 30 -
GET 301 Engineering Mathematics III 3 C 45 -
GET 304 Technical Writing and Communication 3 C 45 -

New
Engineering and Technology 353
 GET 305 Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics. 3 C 45 -
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems and 3 C 30 45
Technologies
GET 307 Introductionn to Artificial Intelligence, 3 C 45 -
Machine Learning and Convergent
Technologies
ELE 313 Analog Electronic circuits 3 C 30 45
ELE 318 Digital Electronic 2 E 30 -
ELE 324 Communication Principles 3 E 45 -
ELE 305 Circuit Theory 2 E 30 -
*GET 399 SIWES II: Students Work Experience 4 C 12 Weeks
Scheme

Total 26

400 Level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 C 90
GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Costing 2 C 30
ELE 403 Engineering Mathematics IV 3 C 45 -
ELE 405 Engineering System Modeling and 3 C 45 -
Simulation
ELE 407 Data Communications and 3 C 45 45
Networking
ELE 411 Advanced Electronic Circuits Design 3 C 45 45
TEL 423 Power Electronic 2 C 30 -
*GET 499 SIWES III: Students Work 4 C 12 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 22

SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

500 Level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GET 501 Engineering Project Management 3 C 45 -
GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -
ELE 505 Artificial Intelligence and
Engineering Applications 3 C 45 -

New
Engineering and Technology 354
 ELE 507 Digital Signal Processing and 3 C 45 -
Applications
ELE 512 Industrial Electronic Design 3 C 45
ELE 513 Embedded Systems Design and 2 C 30 -
Programming
ELE 519 Final Year Project I 2 C 15 45
ELE 529 Final Year Project II 3 C - 135
Total 21

Course Contents and Learning Outcomes

100 Level

GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.

Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology); English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations); major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional); grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality).
Reading and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking;
reasoning methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy,
generalisation and explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements.
Writing activities (pre-writing[brainstorming and outlining], writing [paragraphing,
punctuation and expression]. post- writing [ editing and proofreading]. Types of writing
(summary, essays, letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making) etc. Mechanics of
writing. Information and Communication Technology in modern language learning. Language
skills for effective communication. The art of public speaking.

GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units: C, LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;
2. identify and list the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
3. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political entity;
4. analyse the concepts of trade and economic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation to
national development;
5. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian state regarding nation building;
6. analyse the role of the judiciary in upholding fundamental human rights
7. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria; and
8. list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems.

New
Engineering and Technology 355
Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and cultures;
peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria; nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system; indigenous apprenticeship system among
Nigerian peoples; trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justice and national
development (definition and classification of law); Judiciary and fundamental rights.
Individuals, norms and values (basic Nigerian norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition; citizenship and civic responsibilities; indigenous languages, usage and
development; negative attitudes and conducts [Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices]). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3Rs – Reconstruction, Rehabilitation
and Re-orientation; re-orientation strategies: Operation Feed the Nation (OFN), Green
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline and Corruption (WAIC), Mass
Mobilization for Self-Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery (MAMSER), National
Orientation Agency (NOA). Current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria.

CHM 101: General Chemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. define atom, molecules and chemical reactions;
2. discuss the modern electronic theory of atoms;
3. write electronic configurations of elements on the periodic table;
4. rationalise the trends of atomic radii, ionisation energies, electronegativity of the elements,
based on their position in the periodic table;
5. identify and balance oxidation–reduction equation and solve redox titration problems;
6. draw shapes of simple molecules and hybridised orbitals;
7. identify the characteristics of acids, bases and salts, and solve problems based on their
quantitative relationship;
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using LeChatelier’s principle to
predict the effect of concentration, pressure and temperature changes on equilibrium
mixtures;
9. analyse and perform calculations with the thermodynamic functions, enthalpy, entropy
and free energy; and
10. determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and temperature.

Course Contents
Atoms, molecules, elements and compounds, and chemical reactions. Modern electronic
theory of atoms. Electronic configuration, periodicity and building up of the periodic table.
Hybridisation and shapes of simple molecules. Valence forces; Structure of solids. Chemical
equations and stoichiometry; chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, kinetic theory of
matter. Elementary thermochemistry; rates of reaction, equilibrium and thermodynamics.
Acids, bases and salts. Properties of gases. Redox reactions and introduction to
electrochemistry. Radioactivity.

New
Engineering and Technology 356
CHM 107: General Practical Chemistry I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correct carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. state the differences between primary and secondary standards;
5. perform redox titration;
6. record observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions.

Course Contents
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.

MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:
1. define and explain set, subset, union, intersection, complements, and demonstrate the
use of Venn diagrams;
2. solve quadratic equations;
3. solve trigonometric functions;
4. identify various types of numbers; and
5. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers. Mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.

MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
2. recognise and understand the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and
continuity;
3. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes;
4. solve function of a real variable, plot relevant graphs, identify limits and idea of continuity;
5. identify the derivative as limit of rate of change;
6. identify techniques of differentiation and perform extreme curve sketching;
7. identify integration as an inverse of differentiation;
8. identify methods of integration and definite integrals; and
9. perform integration application to areas, volumes.

New
Engineering and Technology 357
Course Contents
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative, as limit of
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve sketching,
integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes (including
approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule).

PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:

1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;

2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular momentum;
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

Course Contents
Space and time; units and dimension, vectors and scalars, differentiation of vectors:
displacement, velocity and acceleration; kinematics; Newton’s laws of motion (inertial frames,
impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation); relative motion; application
of Newtonian mechanics; equations of motion; conservation principles in physics,
conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy, system of particles, centre of mass; rotational motion; torque, vector product,
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum. Polar coordinates; conservation
of angular momentum; circular motion; moments of inertia, gyroscopes and precession;
gravitation: Newton’s law of gravitation, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion, gravitational
potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits.

PHY 103: General Physics III (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing macroscopic
behaviour;
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Contents
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;

New
Engineering and Technology 358
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.

PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Contents
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity, etc. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis
should be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data
collection, analysis, and deduction.

PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs;
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.

Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis anddeduction.

GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs); and

New
Engineering and Technology 359
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.

Course Contents
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.

GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple everyday and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength and cost;
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical and
other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the analytical
nature of the courses they take; and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.

Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete terms.
Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3D objects.
Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and perspectives.
Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection and rendering.
This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid works, solid edge
or equivalent.

ELE 101: Introduction to Electronic Design and Practice

(2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Upon the completion of the course, the student should be able to:
1. apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering to the analysis and design of
electrical circuits;
2. identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems in the area of circuits and systems;
3. use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools such as pSpice, workbench,
necessary for electronics engineering practice;

New
Engineering and Technology 360
4. function on multi-disciplinary teams through the electric circuits experiments and projects;
and
5. design an electric system, components or process to meet desired needs within realistic
constraints.

Course Contents
Basic circuit laws: Ohm’s law, Kirchhoff’s voltage and current laws; Nodes, Branches and
loops, Series elements and voltage division, parallel elements and current division, Star-Delta
transformation.
AC Fundamentals: Review of Complex Algebra, Sinusoids, Phasors, Impedance and
Admittance, Series and parallel combination of Inductors and Capacitors, Mesh and Nodal
analysis, RMS and Average values, steady-state analysis of series and parallel combination of
RLC with sinusoidal excitation, Instantaneous power, Real, Reactive and Apparent power,
Concept of Power factor, Frequency.
Network Theorems and Resonance: Superposition theorem, Thevinin’s theorem,
Nortorn’s theorem, Maximum power transfer theorem, Reciprocity theorem, Resonance in
Electrical circuits, Analysis of series and parallel Resonance.

200 Level

GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge, and
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.

Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding.

ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;

New
Engineering and Technology 361
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence;
4. engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
5. identify key elements in innovation;
6. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
7. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
8. state the basic principles of e-commerce.

Course Contents
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.

GET 201: Applied Electricity I (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. discuss the fundamental concepts of electricity and electrical d.c. circuits;
2. state, explain and apply the basic d.c. circuit theorems;
3. explain the basic a.c. circuit theory and
4. apply to solution of simple circuits.

Course contents
Fundamental concepts: Electric fields, charges, magnetic fields. current, B-H curves Kirchhoff’s
laws, superposition. Thevenin, Norton theorems, Reciprocity, RL, RC, RLC circuits. DC, AC
bridges, Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance measurement, Transducers, Single phase
circuits, Complex j - notation, AC circuits, impedance, admittance, susceptance.

GET 202: Engineering Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate the role of atoms and molecules (aggregates of atoms) in the building of
solid/condensed matter known as engineering materials, the electrons quantum numbers
and how the electrons are arranged in different atomic elements, and explain the role of
electronic configuration and valence electrons in bonding;
2. define metals, alloys and metalloids, demonstrate mental picture of the solid mineral
resources development as a relay race among four ‘athletes’: geologist, mining engineer,

New
Engineering and Technology 362
 mineral processing technologist, process metallurgical engineer, and classify metallurgical
engineering into 3Ps: process, physical and production;
3. explain the relationship between structure and properties of materials, characteristics,
components and compositions of phase diagrams and phase transformations of solid
solutions;
4. define ceramics, glass and constituents of glasses and understand application of ceramics
in mining, building, art and craft industries;
5. define and classify polymers as a class of engineering materials and polymeric materials,
demonstrate polymerisation reactions, their types and mechanism, and applications of
polymers;
6. define properties, types and application of composite materials and fibres (synthetic and
natural);
7. define and classify nanomaterials, demonstrate applications of nanomaterials, concept,
design and classification of fracture mechanics, corrosion classification, including the five
principal ways of controlling corrosion and metal finishing processes such as sherardising,
galvanising and anodising; and
8. identify factors affecting the performance and service life of engineering
materials/metals and metallography of metals/materials (materials anatomy), which
enables metallurgical and materials engineers to prescribe appropriate solutions to test
metals/materials fitness in service through structure-property-application relationships.

Course Contents
Basic material science; atomic structure, atomic bonding and crystal structures. Engineering
materials situating metals and alloys; metals and alloys, classifications of metals, metal
extraction processes using iron and steel (ferrous) and aluminium (nonferrous) as examples,
phase diagrams/iron carbon diagrams, and mechanical workings of metals. Selection and
applications of metals and alloys for specific applications in oil, aerospace, construction,
manufacturing and transportation industries, among others. Ceramics (including glass);
definition, properties, structure and classifications of ceramics. Bioactive and glass – ceramics.
Toughing mechanism for ceramics. Polymers; definition of polymers as engineering materials,
chemistry of polymeric materials, polymer crystallisation, polymer degradation and aging.
Thermoplastic and thermosetting polymers and concepts of copolymers and homopolymers.
Composites; definition, classification, characterisation, properties and composite. Applications
of composites. Nanomaterials; definition, classification and applications of nanomaterials as
emerging technology. Processing of nanomaterials including mechanical grinding, wet
chemical synthesis, gas phase synthesis, sputtered plasma processing, microwave plasma
processing and laser ablation. Integrity assessment of engineering materials; effect of
engineering design, engineering materials processing, selection, manufacturing and
assembling on the performance and service life of engineering materials. Metallography and
fractography of materials. Mechanical testing (destructive testing) of materials such as
compressive test, tensile test, hardness test, impact test, endurance limit and fatigue test.
Non-destructive test (NDT) such as dye penetrant, x-ray and eddy current.

GET 203: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modeling I (3 Units C: LH30; PH45)

Learning Outcomes
Students should be able to:
1. apply mastery of the use of projections to prepare detailed working drawing of objects
and designs;
2. develop skills in parametric design to aid their ability to see design in the optimal
specification of materials and systems to meet needs;
3. be able to analyze and optimize designs on the basis of strength and material minimization;

New
Engineering and Technology 363
4. get their appetites wetted in seeing the need for the theoretical perspectives that create
the basis for the analysis that are possible in design and optimization, and
recognize/understand the practical link to excite their creativity and ability to innovate;
and
5. be able to translate their thoughts and excitements to produce shop drawings for multi-
physical, multidisciplinary design.

Course Contents
Projection of lines, auxiliary views and mixed projection. Preparation of detailed working
production drawing; semi-detailed drawings, conventional presentation methods. Solid,
surface and shell modeling. Faces, bodies and surface intersections. Component-based design.
Component assembly and motion constraints. Constrained motions and animation.
Introduction to electronics modeling. Electronics board layout preparation, Component
libraries and Schematic design. Parametric modeling and adaptive design. Simulation for
material optimization. Designing for manufacturing. Additive and subtractive manufacturing.
Production for 3-D printing, Laser cutting and CNC machinery.Arrangement of engineering
components to form a working plant (Assembly Drawing of a Plant).

GET 206: Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe basic concepts of thermodynamics, i.e., quantitative relations of Zeroth, first,
second and third laws;
2. define and explain system, surrounding, closed and open system, control volume and
control mass, extensive and intensive properties;
3. calculate absolute and gage pressure, and absolute temperature, calculate changes in
kinetic, potential, enthalpy and internal energy;
4. evaluate the properties of pure substances i.e. evaluate the state of the pure substances
such as compressed liquid, saturated liquid-vapour mixture and superheated vapour using
property diagrams and tables; arrange the ideal and real gas equations of state,
5. formulate the first law of thermodynamics for a closed system i.e. organize the change in
energy in the closed systems via heat and work transfer;
6. distinguish heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation, and calculate the
amount of heat energy transferred;
7. calculate the changes in moving boundary work, spring work, electrical work and shaft
work in closed systems;
8. apply the first law of thermodynamics for closed systems and construct conservation of
mass and energy equations;
9. formulate the first law of thermodynamics to the open systems i.e. describe steady-flow
open system, apply the first law of thermodynamics to the nozzles, diffusers, turbines,
compressors, throttling valves, mixing chambers, heat exchangers, pipe and duct flow;
10. construct energy and mass balance for unsteady-flow processes;
11. evaluate thermodynamic applications using second law of thermodynamics;
12. calculate thermal efficiency and coefficient of performance for heat engine, refrigerators
and heat pumps; and
13. restate perpetual-motion machines, reversible and irreversible processes.

Course Contents
Basic concepts, definitions and laws (quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second and third
laws of thermodynamics). Properties of pure substances: the two-property rule (P-V-T
behaviour of pure substances and perfect gases); state diagrams. The principle of

New
Engineering and Technology 364
corresponding state; compressibility relations; reduced pressure; reduced volume;
temperature; pseudo-critical constants. The ideal gas: specific heat, polytropic processes.
Ideal gas cycles; Carnot; thermodynamic cycles, turbines, steam and gas, refrigeration. The
first law of thermodynamics – heat and work, applications to open and closed systems. The
steady flow energy equation (Bernoulli’s equation) and application. Second law of
thermodynamics, heat cycles and efficiencies.

GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank etc;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and Green’s
theorem;
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical model
of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation, as well as fourier series, initial conditions and its
applications to different engineering processes

Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.

GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);
2. explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically solve
a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types;
3. numerically solve differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;
4. perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,
curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of
several variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;
5. solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex numbers;
6. apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations
and of results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the theory
of conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
7. evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 365
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and
vector-valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary
complex analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity. Derivatives,
differentiation rules and differentiation of integrals. Cauchy-Riemann equation, harmonic
functions, basic theory of conformal mapping, transformation and mapping and its
applications to engineering problems. Special functions.

GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project
through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas.

Course Contents
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.

GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 366
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or
special centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant
practical/industrial working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major.
The students are exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance
of tools, equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production
of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation. (8-10 weeks during the long
vacation following 200 level).

NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of programme-specific

activities for their students.

300 Level

GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in peace
building.

Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,
community leaders). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents of
conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and Imperatives.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation, collaboration). The
roles of international organizations in conflict resolution (a) The United Nations, UN and its
conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council (c) ECOWAS in
peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building. Managing post-
conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs);the role of NGOs in
post-conflict situations/crises.

ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:

1. describe the key steps in venture creation;

New
Engineering and Technology 367
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.

Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy, etc. Digital business and e-commerce strategies).

GET 301: Engineering Mathematics III (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate a clear understanding of the course content, that is, possess a breadth of
knowledge in the area covered;
2. possess an in-depth knowledge upon which a solid foundation can be built in order to
demonstrate a depth of understanding in advanced mathematical topics;
3. develop simple algorithms and use computational proficiency;
4. write simple proofs for theorems and their applications;; and
5. communicate the acquired mathematical knowledge effectively in speech, writing and
collaborative groups..

Course Contents
Linear Algebra. Elements of Matrices, Determinants, Inverses of Matrices. Theory of Linear
Equations. Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors. Analytical Geometry. Coordinate Transformation.
Solid Geometry. Polar, cylindrical and spherical coordinates. Elements of functions of several
variables. Surface Variables. Ordinary Integrals. Evaluation of Double Integrals, Triple
Integrals, Line Integrals and Surface Integrals. Derivation and Integrals of Vectors. The
gradient of scalar quantities. Flux of Vectors. The curl of a vector field, Gauss, Greens and
Stoke’s theorems and applications. Singular Valued Functions. Multivalued Functions.
Analytical Functions. Cauchy Riemann’s Equations. Singularities and Zeroes. Contour
Integration including the use of Cauchy’s Integral Theorems. Bilinear transformation.

New
Engineering and Technology 368
GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.

Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis and structure Fog Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A,B,C,D,E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills(steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports(competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.

GET 305: Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. work with data from the point of view of knowledge convergence, machine learning, and
intelligence augmentation, which significantly raises their standard for engineering
analysis (the approach forces them to learn statistics in an actionable way that helps them
to see the holistic importance of data analytics in modern engineering and technology);
2. anticipate the future with Artificial Intelligence while fulfilling the basic requirements of
conventional engineering statistical programming consistent with their future careers;
3. perform, with proficiency, statistical inference tasks with language or programming
toolboxes such as R, Python, Mathematica or MATLAB, and Design Expert to summarise
analysis and interpretation of industry engineering data, and make appropriate conclusions
based on such experimental and/or real-life industrial data;
4. construct appropriate graphical displays of data and highlight the roles of such displays in
data analysis, particularly the use of statistical software packages;

New
Engineering and Technology 369
5. plan and execute experimental programmes to determine the performance of programme-
relevant industrial engineering systems, and evaluate the accuracy of the measurements
undertaken; and
6. demonstrate mastery of data analytics and statistical concepts by communicating the
results of experimental and industry-case investigations, critically reasoned scientific and
professional analysis through written and oral presentation.

Course Contents
Descriptive statistics, frequency distribution, populations and sample, central tendency,
variance data sampling, mean, median, mode, mean deviation and percentiles. Probability.
Binomial, Poisson hyper-geometric and normal distributions. Statistical inference intervals,
test hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big data analytics
and cloud computing applications. Introduction to the R language; R as a calculator; Vectors,
matrices, factors, data frames and other R collections. Iteration and looping control structures.
Conditionals and other controls. Designing, using and extending functions. The Apply Family.
Statistical modelling and inference in R.

GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the types, uses and advantages of renewable energy in relation to climate change;
2. design for use the various renewable energy systems;
3. recognise and analyse the current energy systems in Nigeria, their impacts on
development and the global energy demand and supply scenarios;
4. appreciate the environmental impact of energy exploitation and utilisation, and pursue the
sustainable development of renewable energy for various applications; and
5. recognise the exploitation, excavation, production, and processing of fossil fuels such as
coal, petroleum and natural gas, and discuss the sources, -technology and contribution to
future energy demands of renewable energy.

Course Contents
Current and potential future energy systems in Nigeria and globally - resources, extraction,
concepts in energy conversion systems; parallels and differences in various conversion
systems and end-use technologies, with emphasis on meeting 21st-century national, regional
and global energy needs in a sustainable manner. Various energy technologies in each fuel
cycle stage for fossil (oil, gas, synthetic), nuclear (fission and fusion) and renewable (solar,
biomass, wind, hydro, and geothermal). Energy types, storage, transmission and
conservation. Analysis of energy mixes within an engineering, economic and social context.
Sustainable energy; emphasise sustainability in general and in the overall concept of
sustainable development and the link this has with sustainable energy as the fundamental
benefit of renewable energy.

Practical Contents
Simple measurement of solar radiation, bomb calorimeter determination of calorific value of
fuels and biomass; measurement of the velocity of wind, waves and the energy that abound
in them; laboratory production of biogas and determination of energy available in it; simple
conversion of solar energy to electricity; transesterification of edible oil into biodiesel;
simulation of geothermal energy; Geiger-Muller or Scintillation Counters’ determination of

New
Engineering and Technology 370
uranium or thorium energy; simple solid or salt storage of energy; hybrid application of
renewable energy.

GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and Convergent

Technologies (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:
1. explain the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications and effects of artificial
intelligence;
2. explain the fundamental concepts of machine learning, deep learning and convergent
technologies;
3. demonstrate the difference between supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised
learning;
4. demonstrate proficiency in machine learning workflow and how to implement the steps
effectively;
5. explain natural languages, knowledge representation, expert systems and pattern
recognition;
6. describe distributed systems, data and information security and intelligent web
technologies;
7. explain the concept of big data analytics, purpose of studying it, issues that can arise with
a data set and the importance of properly preparing data prior to a machine learning
exercise; and
8. explain the concepts, characteristics, models and benefits, key security and compliance
challenges of cloud computing.

Course Contents
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence paradigms;
search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired algorithms –
examples, their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding
natural languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation, mathematical and logic
foundations of AI; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition; distributed
systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent technologies
– definition, significance and engineering applications. Neural networks and deep learning.
Introduction to python AI libraries.

GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (3 UnitsC: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three softwares in their chosen career choices;
2. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;
3. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;,
4. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work;
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers; and
7. write a general report at the end of the training.

New
Engineering and Technology 371
The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work
experience i.e. 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged
in the more advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use
in the industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a
report at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and
encouraged to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities
and experiences to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits
include:

Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine

operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts,
gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, and wooden furniture making processes.

Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solid works: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with Solid works, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solid works drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.

A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project.

Examples of projects should include the following:

a. design of machine components;
b. product design and innovation;
c. part modelling and drafting in solidworks; and
d. technical report writing.

ELE 305: Circuit Theory (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course students will be able to:
1. write circuit equations for a coupled-inductor system;
2. analyse circuits containing ideal transformers and autotransformers;
3. analyse three-phase wye- and delta-connected balanced circuits;
4. plot Bode diagrams from transfer functions for SISO circuits;
5. write behavioural descriptive equations for series- and parallel-resonant circuits in the
time- and frequency domains;
6. use Fourier series techniques to analyse circuit responses to periodic signals; and
7. derive two-port parameters of circuits.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 372
Three-phase balanced circuits and power; mutual inductance; Linear transformer, ideal
transformer, autotransformer; Frequency response, transfer function, Bode plots; Series and
parallel resonance in the frequency domain; Series and parallel resonance in the time domain;
Fourier series in circuit analysis; Two-port parameters; Laplace transform circuit analysis.

ELE 313: Analogue Electronic Circuits (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcome
Upon the successful completion of this course, students should be able to:
1. analyse single-stage amplifiers with BJTs and MOSFETs;
2. identify and analyse negative-feedback circuits;
3. analyse single- and second-order passive filters;
4. analyse single-, second-, and higher-order active filters;
5. analyse rectifiers, peak detectors, and oscillators; and
6. use pSpice to simulate circuits.

Course Contents
Review of Microelectronic Devices: Diode, BJT, JFET, and MOSFET; Large-signal behaviour
and Small-signal models; Single-Transistor Amplifiers: Common-emitter/source, common-
base/gate, and common-collector/drain; Biasing, small-signal gain, input resistance, and
output resistance; Circuit simulation using pSpice; Multi-Transistor Amplifiers: Cascade,
differential, and cascade; Biasing, small-signal gain, input resistance, and output resistance;
Frequency Response, Gain/phase plots and Analysis; Negative Feedback: Effects on gain,
input resistance, output resistance, noise, distortion, and bandwidth; Inverting and non-
inverting op amps; Passive Filters and Active Filters: Low-pass, high-pass, band-pass, and
band-reject, First-, second-, and higher-order; Non-linear Circuits: Rectifiers and peak
detectors, Sinusoidal oscillators, Mono and bi-stable multivibrators, Waveform generators.

ELE 318: Digital Electronic (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Upon the successful completion of this course, students should be able to:
1. perform base 2, 8, 16 and BCD-code (binary-coded decimal) calculations;
2. design a minimal combinatorial logic circuit that solves binary logical tasks;
3. design a minimal sequential circuit that solves binary logical tasks;
4. describe the structure of a logic gate;
5. explain the principles of programmable circuits;
6. explain the principles of analog-to-digital (AD) - and digital-to-analog (DA) conversion;
7. design synchronous networks with sequential flow charts;
8. design sequential circuits for programmable logic device (PLD) circuits; and
9. programme a PLD type Field-Programmable Gate Array (FPGA).

Course Contents
Introduction to Computing Systems; Switch Design; Boolean Algebra; Gate Design and
Simplification; Building Blocks; Number Systems and Arithmetic; Latches and Registers;
Counters; State Machines; Memory; Datapaths; Introductory Assembly Programming.
Laboratory projects will include use of PC-based CAD environment that supports schematic
capture, logic simulation, and HDL-based logic synthesis on FPGAs (field-programmable gate

New
Engineering and Technology 373
arrays). Small-scale integrated circuits will be used for early labs; HDL-based logic synthesis
on FPGA-based design boards will be used for more advanced design implementations.

ELE 324 : Communication Principles (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. analyse communication systems in both the time and frequency domains;
2. describe the principles of amplitude modulated and angle modulated communication
systems, and be able to analyse their performance in the presence of noise;
3. explain source coding and its relations to information theory, citing Shannon’s
theorem;
4. describe the principles of various digital modulation systems and their properties,
including bandwidth, channel capacity, transmission over bandlimited
channels, inter-symbol interference (ISI), demodulation methods, and error
performance in the presence of noise; and
5. explain engineering fundamentals of photogeneration, photodetection and lightwave
propagation for optical communications.

Course Contents
Models of telecommunication system. The concept of information volume. Characteristics of
analogue audio and video signals. Analogue modulation techniques and their implementation:
amplitude and angle modulation, Frequency Division Multiplexing. Digitization of analogue
signals. Binary system. Arithmetic operations on binary numbers. Modulo 2 arithmetic. Pulse
code modulation (PCM), sampling, quantization, coding. Delta and differential pulse code
modulation. Synchronous and asynchronous, static and dynamic time division multiplexing.
Plesio-synchronous digital hierarchy, primary group, secondary group, groups of higher levels.
Synchronous digital hierarchy. Multiplexing PDH signals into SDH STM-1 transport module.
Transmission media. Optical fibres: single mode, multimode. Optical cables. Wavelength
division multiplexing (WDM): Dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM)

400 Level

GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units: C; PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme.
2. Demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.

Course Contents

In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

New
Engineering and Technology 374
GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units: C; LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies.
2. Describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to
the society.
3. Demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices.
4. Prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review
5. Discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation.
6. Determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

ELE 403: Engineering Mathematics IV (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
1. solve second order differential equations;
2. solve partial differential equations;
3. solve linear integral equations;
4. relate integral transforms to solution of differential and integral equations;
5. explain and apply interpolation formulas; and
6. apply Runge-Kutta and other similar methods in solving ODE and PDEs.

Course Contents
Series solution of second order linear differential equations with variable coefficients. Bessel
and Legendre equations. Equations with variable coefficients. Sturn-Louville boundary value
problems. Solutions of equations in two and three dimensions by separation of variables.
Eigen value problems. Use of operations in the solution of partial differential equations and
Linear integral equations. Integral transforms and their inverse including Fourier, Laplace,
Mellin and Handel Transforms. Convolution integrals and Hilbert Transforms. Calculus of
finite differences. Interpolation formulae. Finite difference equations. Runge-Kutta and other
methods in the solutions of ODE and PDEs. Numerical integration and differentiation.
MATLAB functions for numeric solution of linear and non-linear ODEs.

ELE 405: Engineering System Modelling and Simulation (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
1. comprehend the techniques of modeling in the context of hierarchy of knowledge about a
system and develop the capability to apply the same to study systems through available
software;
2. explain different types of simulation techniques; and
3. simulate models for the purpose of developing and apply software.

Course Contents
Introduction: System, environment, input and output variables, State variables; Static and
Dynamic systems; Hierarchy of knowledge about a system and Modeling Strategy.

New
Engineering and Technology 375
Physical Modeling: Dimensions analysis; Similarity criteria and their application to physical
models. Modeling of System with Known Structure: Review of conservation laws and the
governing equation for heat, mass and momentum transfer; Deterministic model; distributed
parametre models; lumped parametre models in terms of differential and difference
equations; state space model, transfer functions block diagram and sub systems, stability of
transfer functions, modeling for control. Neural Network Modeling of Systems; Neurons,
architecture of neural networks, knowledge representation, learning algorithm. Multilayer feed
forward network and its back propagation learning algorithm, Application to complex
engineering systems and strategy for optimum output. Modeling Based on Expert Knowledge;
Fuzzy sets, Membership functions, Fuzzy Inference systems, Expert Knowledge and Fuzzy
Models, Design of Fuzzy Controllers
Optimisation and Design of Systems: Summary of gradient based techniques: Non-traditional
Optimisation techniques (1) genetic Algorithm (GA)- coding, GA operations elitism, Application
using MATLAB. Simulation of Engineering Systems; Monte-Carlo simulation, Simulation of
continuous and discrete processes with suitable examples from engineering problems.

ELE 407: Data Communication and Networking (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Upon the completion of this course, students should be able to:
1. describe the theoretical fundamentals of how the Internet works;
2. use a layered model to explain the primary functionalities of internetworking;
3. identify algorithms and functionalities to allow reliable data transport over an unreliable
network;
4. explain the fundamental protocols in the Internet and apply them to new networks;
5. describe Software Defined Networking, fundamental concept and its impact on the
Internet; and
6. explain the fundamentals of link layer protocols.

Course Contents
Introduction: network edge, end systems, access networks, links, network core, packet
switching, circuit switching, network structure, delay, loss, throughput in networks, protocol
layers, service models, Application Layer, Web and HTTP, Electronic mail, Domain Name
System, video streaming and content distribution networks, Socket programming with UDP
and TCP*, Transport Layer, multiplexing and demultiplexing, connectionless transport: UDP,
principles of reliable data transfer, connection-oriented transport: TCP, principles of
congestion control, TCP congestion control, Network layer: The Data Plane, control plane,
Router architecture, IP: Internet Protocol, Generalized Forward and SDN, Network Layer: The
Control Plane, routing protocols, intra-AS routing in the Internet: OSPF, routing among the
ISPs: BGP, The SDN control plane, Link Layer and LANs, error detection, correction, multiple
access protocols, data center networking, Wireless Networking, Wireless links, characteristics,
IEEE 802.11 wireless LANs (Wi-Fi), Network Security, Message integrity, authentication,
Securing e-mail, securing TCP connections: SSL, Firewalls and IDS.

ELE 411: Advanced Electronic Circuits Design (3 Units C: LH 30; 45)

Learning Outcomes
On successful completion of this course a student will be able to:
1. analyse and design analogue electronic circuits using a variety of techniques;
2. understand the theory of operation of the main components used in analogue electronic
systems;
3. analyse and deign amplifiers, op amps circuits and filters;
4. understand the principles of feedback theory and the operation of oscillators; and

New
Engineering and Technology 376
5. use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools such as pSpice, Electronic
Workbench, necessary for engineering practice.

Course Contents
pSpice simulation; Design of BJT-based amplifier systems; Design of FET-based amplifier
systems; Current-series feedback design; Current-series feedback design; Voltage-shunt
feedback design; Differential amplifier; Op-amp IC applications; Positive feedback and
oscillator circuits; Advanced electronic laboratory skills (design, analysis, construction, and
measurement of advanced analog electronic circuits using discrete devices (diodes, bipolar
junction transistors, MOSFETs).

TEL 423: Power Electronics (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes:
On the completion of this course, students should be able to:
1. understand the principles of power control by switching; demonstrate the benefits of
switched mode circuits; be familiarised with the commonly used semiconductor switching
devices;
2. demonstrate a full understanding on several DC-DC converters; perform analysis on their
operation principles; develop design equations for selecting their components;
3. be able to explain how the steady-state AC voltage and current are related to each other
in power circuits using phasor analysis;
4. understand and be able to quantify active, reactive and apparent power;
5. comprehend the operation principles for several thyristors-based rectifiers; quantify the
current harmonics and the average power drawn by a rectifier; and
6. understand the H-bridge based inverters and their several control methods; develop the
skills in analysing the different modes of operations for the inverters; gain the
understanding on how the power is delivered or absorbed by grid-connected inverters.

Course Contents
The basics of three-phase circuits, connections, voltage and current analysis and real and
reactive power calculations; the fundamentals of electricity conversion from the form supplied
by the source to the forms required by the load; power electronic conversion techniques,
including the basic converters (DC-DC, AC-DC and DC-AC) and their power switching and
control methods; the methods of circuit analysis applicable to switched mode circuits;
essential properties of the relevant semiconductor devices; simple converters for practical
applications. Characteristics of power devices; DC-DC converters; AC Current, Voltage and
Power; AC-DC converters and Inverters (DC-AC converters).

GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (8 Units C: 24 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:
1. be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
2. bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work
methods and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways
of safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;
3. experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work and
the environment seamlessly,and expose them to contacts for eventual job placements
after graduation;

New
Engineering and Technology 377
4. be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place
of engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them;
and
5. exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.

Course Contents
On- the -job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not
necessarily limited to the student’s major (24 weeks from the end of the first semester at
400-Level to the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second
semester at 400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a
programme related industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc, for a period of 6
months under the guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised
by an academic staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits
the completed Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also, there will be a
comprehensive report covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences
(GET 299, GET 399 and GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department
for overall assessment.

500 Level

GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
4. possess the skills needed for project management; and
5. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.

Course Contents
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons – functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.
Project planning, control and timeliness; decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,

New
Engineering and Technology 378
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.

GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions;
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications; and
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principles undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically
present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an
expert witness.

Course Contents
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.
Termination/ancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.

ELE 505: Artificial Intelligence and Engineering Applications (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Upon the completion of this course, the student shall be able to:
1. demonstrate fundamental understanding of the history of artificial intelligence (AI) and its
foundations;
2. apply basic principles of AI in solutions that require problem solving, inference, perception,
knowledge representation, and learning;
3. demonstrate awareness and good understanding of various applications of AI techniques
in intelligent agents, expert systems, artificial neural networks and other machine learning
models;
4. demonstrate proficiency developing applications in an 'AI language', expert system shell,
or data mining tool; and
5. demonstrate proficiency in applying scientific methods to models of machine learning.

Course Contents
Introduction to Artificial Intelligence: Intelligent Agents and Applications of Artificial
Intelligence.
Knowledge Representation and Reasoning: Propositional logic, Theory of first order logic,
Inference in First order logic, Forward and Backward chaining, Resolution, Probabilistic
reasoning, Utility theory, Hidden Markov Models (HMM), Bayesian Networks.
Machine Learning: Supervised and unsupervised learning, Decision trees, Statistical
learning models, Learning with complete data – Naive Bayes models, Learning with hidden
data – EM algorithm, Reinforcement learning.

New
Engineering and Technology 379
Pattern Recognition: Introduction, Design principles of pattern recognition system,
Statistical Pattern recognition, Parametre estimation methods – Principle Component Analysis
(PCA) and Linear Discriminant Analysis (LDA), Classification Techniques – Nearest Neighbour
(NN) Rule, Bayes Classifier, Support Vector Machine (SVM), K – means clustering.

ELE 507: Digital Signal Processing (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On the successful completion of this course, the student should be able to:
1. specify the sampling, quantization, and signal conditioning requirements for a given DSP
application;
2. identify components of a DSP hardware system and program a DSP processor in the C
language;
3. estimate spectra of discrete-time signals using the fast Fourier transform (FFT) in MATLAB
and implement the FFT on a DSP chip;
4. determine and interpret the z-domain transfer function of a discrete-time system and
design discrete time filters in the z domain using the pole-zero method;
5. design finite impulse response (FIR) and infinite impulse response (IIR) discrete-time
filters for lowpass, high-pass, bandpass, bandstop, and arbitrary frequency response
applications;
6. implement digital filter designs in MATLAB and on a DSP chip; and
7. analyse discrete-time filter banks and multi-rate signal processing systems.

Course Contents
Review of discrete-time signals and systems with emphasis on sampling and quantization.
Introduction to DSP hardware architecture, including fixed-point vs. floating-point
processors and the multiply-accumulate unit. Convolution and spectral analysis using the
discrete-time Fourier transform. The discrete Fourier transform, the fast Fourier transform
(FFT), and use of the FFT for convolution and spectral analysis. Z- transforms, pole-zero
analysis of discrete-time systems, and pole-zero-based digital filter design. Analysis of FIR
and IIR discrete-time systems with emphasis on phase response. Design and
implementation of FIR digital filters. Design and implementation of IIR digital filters.
Introduction to multi-rate signal processing and filter banks.

ELE 512: Industrial Electronic Design (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Upon the successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. explain basic elements of Industrial motor control: determine the use of different control
devices and motor starters;
2. understand fundamental elements of power electronic: diode-based rectifiers, harmonics
and PF distortion, thyristor principles and control, tyristor-based rectifier and inverter;
3. explain the operation of cycloconverter; SCR-based converter and triggering range and
firing angles;
4. analyse DC-to-DC switching converters, DC-to-AC switching converters and analyse PWM
techniques in dc switching; and
5. understand electronic Control of DC and AC Motors.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 380
Solid-state devices and circuits; Programmable controllers; Thyristors; Lasers; Fiber optics ;
Power supplies; Op-amp circuits; Open- and closed-loop (feedback) systems; Input devices
;Output devices; AC and DC motors; Motor control devices; Robots and other motion control
systems; Data communications.

ELE 513: Embedded Systems Design and Programming (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On the completion of the course, students will be able to:
1. analyse and explain the basic building blocks of embedded systems hardware;
2. identify relevant components and building blocks for embedded solutions;
3. evaluate different embedded system architectures;
4. describe the hardware and software architecture of processors used in embedded systems
(2);
5. use embedded system development platforms and environments;
6. specify relevant embedded systems requirements such as memory, processor speed and
energy consumption;
7. develop experience in assembler and C programming languages (5); and
8. build embedded system solutions with the help of common hardware interface units

Course Contents
Introduction to microcomputers and embedded systems: Processor architectures,
microcontrollers used in embedded systems; CPU, memory and input output units;
Interrupts; Introduction to hardware level programming of embedded systems:
Programming in assembler, Programming in C, Development platforms for embedded
software; Introduction to microcomputer interfaces: Digital I/O, Serial I/O, Timers, Analog-
to-digital conversion, Pulse Width Modulation (PWM)

ELE 519 & 529: Final Year Project I & II (5 Units C: LH 15; PH 180)

Learning Outcomes
The student(s) will develop a technology and/or system to solve a known and significant
electronic engineering problem and design and, where possible/practicable, build/produce/
manufacture some relevant new hardware/device(s) representing the solution using the
skills acquired in the programme.

Course Contents
Individual student or group of students’ projects undertaken to deepen knowledge,
strengthen practical experience and encourage creativity, entrepreneurship and
independent/team work (as may be the case). The project ends in a comprehensive written
report of a developed system, and/or product/service and oral presentation/defense before
a panel of assessors one of whom must be external to the University awarding the electronic
engineering degree

Minimum Academic Standards

Equipment
List of Required New Laboratories and Equipment

S/N. Laboratory/Workshop Essential Equipment and Components

1 Basic Electrical Engineering Lab Dual Power Supplies; Digital Multimetre,
(Applied Electricity Laboratory) Various electronic components (ICs, BJTs,

New
Engineering and Technology 381
 MOSFETs, Diodes, Resistors, Capacitors,
Inductors, etc.). PCs loaded with software
for electronic circuits simulation
2 Electronic and PCB Laboratory PCs with specialised electronic design
software, Oscilloscopes (Digital and
Analogue), Function generators, Analogue
training kits, Digital training kits,
Breadboards. Various electronic components
(ICs, BJTs, MOSFETs, Diodes, Resistors,
Capacitors, Inductors, etc.). PCs loaded with
software for electronic circuits simulation
PCB making machine including: Art Work
Film Maker, Curing Machine (Oven), Dip
Coating Machine, U.V Exposure Unit, Etch
Etching Machine, Chemicals for PCB
Processing
3 Digital Electronic and Dual Power Supplies, Digital multimetre,
Microprocessor Lab Digital IC Testers, Microprocessor kits,
EPROM Programmer/Eraser, Interfacing
cards for Process applications, Micro-
controller kits with PC Interface, Texas
Instruments DSP Kits, Analog Devices DSP,
PCs with simulation softwares (Proteus Pro,
MATLAB + relevant tool boxes)
4 Data Communication Lab Function Generators, Oscilloscopes
(Analogue and Digital Storage), Signal
Generators, Various Analog /Digital Study
and Trainer Kits, Fiber Optic Trainer Kits,
Digital Communication Training kits,
Amplitude Modulation/Demodulation Trainer
Frequency Modulation/Demodulation
Trainer, Pulse Code, Network
analyseanalyser and Spectrum
AnalyseAnalysers, SWR Metre, Power metre,
Optical power metre, Industrial standard
simulation tools such as OPNET, MATLAB for
signal processing.
5 Data Communication and Computer System with latest specifications,
Networking Lab 19” Rack, Port Switch, Windows 2003 Server
or Latest version (10 user License), Red hat
Linux (20 user License), Data Backup utility
Software, Data Communication Trainer
Board, LAN Trainer System, Trainer Boards
to study Frequency Division Multiplexing/
Demultiplexing and Time Division
Multiplexing/ Demultiplexing, Digital
Multimetre, Wireless access points, Wi-Fi
LAN Cards, Network/Bandwidth
management Software (Cybernetra or
Equivalent), Trainer Board to study Working
of MODEM, LAN Cable tester, Crimping tool,
Display Boards of various types of cables and

New
Engineering and Technology 382
 connectors used in Computer networks,
Online UPS (5 KVA), Network Printer,
Antivirus (10 user License)
Embedded Systems Lab Microcontroller kits, Target board, DSP
Starter kits, Modeling and Simulation
software (MATLAB), PC-Based Oscilloscope,
Linux Single Board computer, FGPA
Evaluation kit, Xilinx Embedded
Development kit
Instrumentation and Control Lab Workstations equipped with LABVIEW and
MATLAB for designing and simulating analog
and digital controllers; transducers and
trainers.
Final Year Project Lab

Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalents
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15 Units per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practical’s
and supervision of projects.

NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees; hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personnel

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practical’s
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.
Administrative Support Staff
The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.

Technical Support Personnel

The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation and
maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.

Minimum Number of Staff

Subject to the general standards specified by NUC:
1. there should be a minimum of two PhDs and four M.Eng degree holders full-time academic
staff to mount the programme;

New
Engineering and Technology 383
2. each workshop or laboratory should have an adequate number of staff with the right mix,
such that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run efficiently; and
3. there should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate caliber for
the office of the Head of Department to run.

Student/Staff Ratio
The minimum staff-to-student ratio should be 1:15 from 200 level to 500 level.

Library
In addition to the university and faculty libraries, the programme must have a departmental
library that is well equipped with specialized books and journals in both physical collections
and E-collections (E-Resources) of various types. Various field and research reports of the
programme must also be available in the library for staff, students and researchers.

The library must be connected to subscribe repository of:

1. Institutions (national and international)
2. Open access sources
3. Professional Bodies’ e-learning platforms
4. Relevant international organizations

The library must also have adequate facilities for the following:
1. reading;
2. provisions for lending; and
3. reservation unit for specialized materials.

Classrooms, Laboratories, Workshops, Clinics and Offices

The NUC recommends the following physical space requirement:
Academic m2
Professor’s Office 18.50
Head of Department’s Office 18.50
Tutorial Teaching Staff Space 13.50
Other Teaching Staff Space 7.00
Technical Staff Space 7.00
Science Staff Research Laboratory 16.50
Engineering Staff Research Laboratory 14.50
Seminar Space per student 1.85
Drawing Office Space (A.O. Board) (Per Student) 4.60
Drawing Office Space (A.I. Board) (Per Student) 3.70
Laboratory Space 7.50
Non-Academic
Secretarial Space 7.00

Office Accommodation

The requirements for office accommodation are:

1.13 academic offices on paper
2. 1 professorial type in the department. Size: each of the office is about 13.5 m

S/N Office No in Room Facilities

1. HOD 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
unit, Secretary and facilities.
2. Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
unit, Secretary and facilities.

New
Engineering and Technology 384
 3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
unit.
4. Senior Lecturer 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
unit.
5. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.

6. Lecturer II 3 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.

New
Engineering and Technology 385
B.Eng. Electrical and Electronic Engineering
Overview
Electrical and Electronic engineers are involved in channeling natural resources into various
end-uses such as in heating, lighting, home appliances, consumer products, computing,
sensing, control, and communication systems. They contribute to the development of systems
and devices for power, instrumentation, measurement, communication engineering,
management, manufacturing, transportation, etc. They are primarily concerned with the
processes of generation, transmission, transformation, control, and utilization of energy
and/or information.

The curriculum exposes students to the breadth of electrical and electronic engineering and
allows them to pursue electives in several areas including electrical circuits, electronic,
electrical power systems, communication systems, signal processing, control systems,
electromagnetics, optics and optical devices, and computer engineering. Hence, the students
are expected to take courses in the following areas:

1. electrical circuits and electronic provide study of basic electrical devices – energy sources,
resistors, inductors, capacitors, diodes, and transistors – and their interconnection in
operational networks. Circuit analysis and design techniques cover both analogue and
digital applications;
2. power systems emphasize the design and applications of motors, generators,
transformers, distribution systems, high-voltage devices, and power electronic;
3. control systems emphasize the design and application of circuits and systems to
automatically monitor and regulate operation of devices, machines, and processes.
Advanced technologies using digital control, intelligent processing, neural networks, and
programmable logic controllers are included;
4. communication systems and signal processing cover concepts required for the
characterization and manipulation of information-bearing signals, modulation systems,
wireless networks, image processing, and signal detection software and hardware. These
courses provide instructions in the interaction, propagation, and transmission of high-
frequency waves and signals through space and in conductors. Topics include grounding
and shielding, antennas, microwaves, and systems; and
5. optics and optical devices provide a study of solid-state materials, electronic devices, and
optoelectronic. Applications are in micro-fabrication, telecommunications, computing,
instrumentation, lasers and fibre optics, sensing, and smart technologies.

Philosophy
The general philosophy of the Electrical and Electronic Engineering (EEE) programme is to
produce graduates with high academic and soft skills competence, capable to adequately
participate, transform and impact on the Engineering and allied industries in consonance with
National and Global community values, including National Policy on Industrialization and Self-
Reliance. The programme therefore aims at:
1. exploring the importance of efficient and sustainable solutions for Electrical and Electronic
Engineering challenges, such as achieving sustainable electricity generation, secure
distribution, and intelligent communication systems;
2. providing ample opportunity for practical application and project work as emphasized
throughout the course; and

New
Engineering and Technology 386
3. producing EEE graduates of high academic and ethical standards with adequate practical
exposure for self-employment as well as being of immediate value to industry and the
community in general.

Objectives
The objectives of the programme are, among others, to:
1. apply knowledge of Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics (STEM)
fundamentals to the solution of Electrical and Electronic Engineering related problems;
2. design solutions for Electrical and Electronic Engineering problems and design systems,
components or processes that meet specified needs with appropriate consideration for
public health and safety, cultural, societal, environmental and other ethical considerations;
3. conduct investigations of complex problems using research-based knowledge and research
methods, including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data and
synthesis of information to provide valid conclusions;
4. create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources and modern Engineering and
IT tools: including prediction and modeling, to complex Engineering activities, with an
understanding of the limitations;
5. function effectively both as an individual and as a team member or leader in diverse and
in multi-disciplinary settings;
6. communicate effectively on complex Engineering activities with the Engineering
community and with society at large, such as being able to comprehend and write effective
reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, as well as, give and
receive clear instructions;
7. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of Engineering and Management principles
and equally apply them in managing multi-disciplinary projects;
8. nurture partnership between the institution and industry for effective programme delivery;
9. create awareness and understanding of the moral, ethical, legal, and professional
obligations needed to function as part of a professional enterprise while protecting human
health and welfare and the environment in a global society; and
10. develop entrepreneurial skills and knowledge, in addition to adequate training in human
and organisational systems with the spirit of self-reliance so that they can set up their own
businesses.

Employability Skills
Electrical and Electronic Engineers to be produced are expected to be equipped, among others,
with the following skills:
1. Define, investigate, and analyze electrical and other borderline engineering problems;
2. Design or develop creative and innovative solutions to electrical engineering and related
problems;
3. Evaluate the outcomes and impacts of electrical and electronic engineering activities;
4. Take personal responsibility for making decisions on the part, or all, of electrical and
electronics engineering activities;
5. Initiate, plan, lead or manage electrical and electronic and related engineering activities;
6. Exercise sound judgment in the course of his/her work;
7. Communicate efficiently, honestly and effectively with others in the course of his
engineering work; and
8. Develop and operate within a hazard and risk framework to evaluate outcomes and
impacts of electrical and electronic engineering activities.
21st Century Skills
The programme has emphasised the following 21st century skills:
1. problem solving;

New
Engineering and Technology 387
2. collaboration (team work);
3. digital literacy;
4. creativity and innovation;
5. information literacy; and
6. critical thinking through collaborative research projects and group assignments.

Unique Features of the Programme

Electrical and Electronic Engineering is at the core of the modern world, from power systems,
computers to digital circuits, photonic and a wealth of electrical and electronic devices. This
programme offers a unique combination of complementary knowledge and skills in electrical
power systems, electronic and 21st century skills in artificial intelligence (AI), machine learning
(ML), big data, et cetera, thus allowing graduates to pursue a wide range of engineering
interests and strategic career choices. The programme will produce graduates with knowledge
to provide society with the complex electrical and electronic systems, as well as the software
and hardware needed or required to operate the systems. Unlike the earlier curriculum, this
one is more student-centered to unleash their power of self-confidence and critical thinking.

Special Job Opportunities of the Programme

Electrical and Electronic Engineers are involved in the design and development of electrical
and electronic equipment and in the improvement of the capabilities of existing electrical and
electronic equipment. There is a gamut of very broad opportunities for electrical and electronic
engineers. They can also find themselves in software companies involved in the design,
manufacture and operation of various engineering devices. The career scope in this field at
both national and international levels is excellent.
Major companies recruit skilled and capable Electrical and Electronic Engineers to accelerate
their growth. However, graduates should also acquire practical knowledge in laboratory
sessions and practicals in order to be successful in the field. Interested graduates can also
progress to the postgraduate level to obtain Masters and Doctorate degrees in any of the
specialised areas of Electrical and Electronic Engineering, particularly if they desire to become
lecturers and professors in the future. The graduates therefore can find themselves
comfortably fixed in many types of work. Some of the job profiles which Electrical and
Electronic Engineers usually work after graduation are as detailed below.

Job Title Job Description

Design Engineer Development of ideas for new products and the systems
used to manufacture them. Such systems include
consumer electronics (TV, VCRs, CD players, stereo
equipment, gaming devices); power generation,
transmission and distribution; computer equipment
(motherboards, printers, scanners, processors,
monitors); communications equipment (transmitters and
receivers, networks)
Electronic Engineer Design and creation of everyday devices such as mobile
phones and computers.
Manufacturing Engineer Plant Engineering: servicing and offering support in
industrial environment; Power Engineering: safe and
reliable power delivery; Control Engineering: design,
programming, support to industrial automation;
Information Systems Engineering: support to
manufacturing processes

New
Engineering and Technology 388
 Quality Control Engineer Designing and overseeing the production of various types
of complex systems and equipment.
Analysis and Test Engineer
Plan, design, and evaluate products, as well as
collaborating with the production department. Technical
Service Engineering: troubleshooting, maintenance and
repair; Product Testing for quality, safety, performance
of equipment
Software Engineer Develop, test and improve systems and components
including circuit boards, processors, and other devices.
Project Engineer Planning, implementing, resource forecasting and other
technical activities of the project.
System Design Engineer To research, study and develop new ideas for new
products and the system to manufacture them.
Research Engineer Analysing, implementing and testing the product
developed in the laboratory
Field/Sales Engineer Technical Service Engineering: troubleshooting,
maintenance and repair; Product Testing for quality,
safety, performance of equipment
Research and Development Product Development; Research to discover/develop new
(R&D) technologies; Training

Admission and Graduation Requirements

Admission Requirements
Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
3. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
4. Direct Entry(DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

For the five-year degree programme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior Secondary Certificate Examination (SSCE) in at least five subjects, which must
include English Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science
subjects at not more than two sittings.

Direct Entry (DE) Mode

For the four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit
passes, which must include English Language, two must be principal subjects at Advance GCE
Level or NCE and its equivalent. Holders of upper credit level at HND are eligible for
consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree.
Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for at least 150 units of
courses during the 5-year degree programme. Candidates must have registered and passed
all the compulsory courses specified for the programme.

The EEE programme shall be run on the modularised Course Unit System. All courses should
therefore be sub-divided into more or less self-sufficient and logically consistent packages that
are taught within a semester and examined at the end of that particular semester. Credits are
weights attached to a course. One credit is equivalent to one hour per week per semester of

New
Engineering and Technology 389
15 weeks of lectures or three hours of laboratory/studio/workshop work per week per
semester of 15 weeks.
The determination of the class of degree shall be based on the Cumulative Grade Point
Average (CGPA) earned at the end of the programme. The CGPA shall be used in the
determination of the class of degree

Global Course Structure

Level GNS/GST Basic (GET) Program SIWES & Total
Science (EEE) Engng Valuation Units
100 4 18 3 2 - 27
200 4 - 25 6 3* 38
300 4 - 18 8 4* 34
400 - 2 0 6* 08
500 - 5 6 - 11
Total 12 18 53 22 13* 105

* All 11 SIWES units and 2 units of Engineering valuation courses are credited for GPA
computation in the 2nd Semester of the 400 Level, and not included in the CCMAS credit units.

100 Level
Course Code Course Title U6its Status LH PH
GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 15 45
GST 112 Nigerian Peoples and Culture 2 C 30 -
GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C 15 -
GET 102 Engineering Graphics and Solid 2 C 30 -
Modelling I
CHM 101 General Chemistry I 3 C 45 -
CHM 102 General Chemistry II 3 C 45 -
CHM 107 General Practical Chemistry I 1 C - 45
CHM 108 General Practical Chemistry II 1 C - 45
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 2 C 30 -
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C 30 -
PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C 30 -
PHY 103 General Physics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 107 General Practical Physics I 1 C - 45
PHY 108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45
EEE 102 Introduction to Electrical and 2 C 30 -
Electronic Engineering
Total 27

200 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and Human 2 C 30 -

Existence
ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and Innovation 2 C 30 -
GET 201 Applied Electricity I 3 C 45 -
GET 203 Engineering Graphics and Solid 2 C 15 45
Modeling II
GET 204 Students Workshop Practice 2 C 15 45

New
Engineering and Technology 390
 GET 205 Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 3 C 45 -
GET 206 Fundamentals of Thermodynamics 3 C 45 -
GET 207 Applied Mechanics 3 C 45 -
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 45 -
GET 210 Engineering Mathematics II 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing and Software 3 C 30 45
Engineering
EEE 202 Applied Electricity II 3 C 30 45
EEE 204 Electrical Engineering Materials 3 C 45 -
*GET 299 SIWES I: Students Work Experience 3 C 9 Weeks
Scheme
Total 38

300 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 312 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 30 -
ENT 312 Venture Creation 2 C 15 45
GET 301 Engineering Mathematics III 3 C 45 -
GET 302 Engineering Mathematics IV 3 C 45 -
GET 304 Technical Writing & Communication 3 C 45 -
GET 305 Engineering Statistics and Data 3 C 45 -
Analytics
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems and 3 C 30 45-
Technology
GET 307 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, 3 C 45 -
Machine Learning and Convergent
Technologies
EEE 311 Electric Circuit Theory I 2 C 30 -
EEE 321 Analogue Electronic Circuits I 2 C 30 -
EEE 322 Digital Electronic Circuits 2 C 30 -
EEE 324 Electromagnetic Fields and Waves I 2 C 30 -
EEE 326 Electric Circuit Theory II 2 E 30 -
*GET 399 SIWES II: Students Work Experience 4 C 12 Weeks
Scheme
Total 34

400 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 C 90

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Costing 2 C 30
GET 499 SIWES III: Students Work Experience 4 C 12 Weeks
Schemme
Total 8

SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks

New
Engineering and Technology 391
 GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

500 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 501 Engineering Project Management 3 C 45 -

GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -
EEE 593 Final Year Project I 3 C
EEE 594 Final Year Project II 3 C
Total 11

Course Contents and Learning Outcomes

100 Level

GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.

Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology). English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations). major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional). grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality). Reading
and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking; reasoning
methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy, generalisation and
explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements. Writing activities:
pre-writing (brainstorming and outlining). writing (paragraphing, punctuation and expression).
post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing (summary, essays, letter, curriculum
vitae, report writing, note-making) etc. Mechanics of writing. Information and Communication
Technology in modern language learning. Language skills for effective communication. The
art of public speaking.

GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:
1. analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;

New
Engineering and Technology 392
2. identify and list the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
3. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political entity;
4. analyse the concepts of trade and economic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation to
national development;
5. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian state regarding nation building;
6. analyse the role of the Judiciary in upholding fundamental human rights
7. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria; and
8. list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems.

Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and cultures;
peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria; nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system; indigenous apprenticeship system among
Nigerian peoples; trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justice and national
development (definition and classification of law); Judiciary and fundamental rights.
Individuals, norms and values (basic Nigerian norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition; citizenship and civic responsibilities; indigenous languages, usage and
development; negative attitudes and conducts [Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices]). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3Rs – Reconstruction, Rehabilitation
and Re-orientation; re-orientation strategies: Operation Feed the Nation (OFN), Green
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline and Corruption (WAIC), Mass
Mobilization for Self-Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery (MAMSER), National
Orientation Agency (NOA). Current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria.

GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs); and
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.

Course Contents
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.

GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 393
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple everyday and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength and cost.
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical and
other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the analytical
nature of the courses they take;and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.

Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete terms.
Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation work spaces. Sketching of 3D objects.
Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and perspectives.
Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection and rendering.
This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid works, solid edge
or equivalent.

CHM 101: General Chemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. define atom, molecules and chemical reactions;
2. discuss the modern electronic theory of atoms;
3. write electronic configurations of elements on the periodic table;
4. rationalise the trends of atomic radii, ionisation energies, electronegativity of the elements,
based on their position in the periodic table;
5. identify and balance oxidation–reduction equation and solve redox titration problems;
6. draw shapes of simple molecules and hybridised orbitals;
7. identify the characteristics of acids, bases and salts, and solve problems based on their
quantitative relationship;
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using LeChatelier’s principle to
predict the effect of concentration, pressure and temperature changes on equilibrium
mixtures;
9. analyse and perform calculations with the thermodynamic functions, enthalpy, entropy
and free energy; and
10. determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and temperature.

Course Contents
Atoms, molecules, elements and compounds, and chemical reactions. Modern electronic
theory of atoms. Electronic configuration, periodicity and building up of the periodic table.
Hybridisation and shapes of simple molecules. Valence forces; Structure of solids. Chemical
equations and stoichiometry; chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, kinetic theory of
matter. Elementary thermochemistry; rates of reaction, equilibrium and thermodynamics.
Acids, bases and salts. Properties of gases. Redox reactions and introduction to
electrochemistry. Radioactivity.

New
Engineering and Technology 394
CHM 107: General Practical Chemistry I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correct carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. state the differences between primary and secondary standards;
5. perform redox titration;
6. record observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions.

Course Contents
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.

MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:
1. define and explain set, subset, union, intersection, complements, and demonstrate the
use of Venn diagrams;
2. solve quadratic equations;
3. solve trigonometric functions;
4. identify various types of numbers; and
5. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers. Mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.

MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
2. recognise and understand the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and
continuity;
3. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes;
4. solve function of a real variable, plot relevant graphs, identify limits and idea of continuity;
5. identify the derivative as limit of rate of change;
6. identify techniques of differentiation and perform extreme curve sketching;
7. identify integration as an inverse of differentiation;
8. identify methods of integration and definite integrals; and
9. perform integration application to areas, volumes.

New
Engineering and Technology 395
Course Contents
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative, as limit of
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve sketching,
integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes (including
approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule).

PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular momentum;
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

Course Contents
Space and time; units and dimension, vectors and scalars, differentiation of vectors:
displacement, velocity and acceleration; kinematics; Newton’s laws of motion (inertial frames,
impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation); relative motion; application
of Newtonian mechanics; equations of motion; conservation principles in physics,
conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy, system of particles, centre of mass; rotational motion; torque, vector product,
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum. Polar coordinates; conservation
of angular momentum; circular motion; moments of inertia, gyroscopes and precession;
gravitation: Newton’s law of gravitation, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion, gravitational
potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits.

PHY 103: General Physics III (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing macroscopic
behaviour;
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Contents
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;

New
Engineering and Technology 396
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.

PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Contents
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity, etc. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis
should be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data
collection, analysis, and deduction.

PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs;
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.

Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction.

EEE 102: Introduction to Electrical and Electronic Engineering

(2 units C: LH 15)
Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. comprehend the duties and functions of an Electrical and Electronic Engineer (EEE);
2. state the requirements for the profession and career opportunities;
3. state the careers related to EEE; and
4. explain the future of EEE.
Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 397
History of Electrical Engineering. Evolution of EEE. Duties of EE Engineers. Areas of
specialisation and work environment. Skill requirements (soft and hard). Qualities for EE
Engineers. Careers related to EEE. Typical course modules. Job outlook/opportunities for EE
Engineers. Future of EEE. Professional registration (NSE, COREN, IEEE, IET). Passive
components (R, L, C, transformers): descriptive features, including values and colour codes,
uses in electrical circuits.DC and AC signal parameters

200 Level

GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge, and
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.

Course Content
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding, etc.

ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence;
4. engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
5. identify key elements in innovation;
6. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
7. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
8. state the basic principles of e-commerce.
Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 398
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.

GET 201: Applied Electricity I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. discuss the fundamental concepts of electricity and electrical d.c. circuits;
2. state, explain and apply the basic d.c. circuit theorems;
5. explain the basic a.c. circuit theory and
6. apply to solution of simple circuits.

Course contents
Fundamental concepts: Electric fields, charges, magnetic fields. current, B-H curves Kirchhoff’s
laws, superposition. Thevenin Norton theorems, Reciprocity, RL, RC, RLC circuits. DC, AC
bridges, Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance measurement, Transducers, Single phase
circuits, Complex j - notation, AC circuits, impedance, admittance, and susceptance.

GET 203: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modeling II (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students should be able to:
1. apply mastery of the use of projections to prepare detailed working drawing of objects
and designs;
2. develop skills in parametric design to aid their ability to see design in the optimal
specification of materials and systems to meet needs;
3. be able to analyze and optimize designs on the basis of strength and material minimization;
4. get their appetites wet in seeing the need for the theoretical perspectives that create the
basis for the analysis that are possible in design and optimization, and
recognize/understand the practical link to excite their creativity and ability to innovate;
and
5. be able to translate their thoughts and excitements to produce shop drawings for multi-
physical, multidisciplinary design.

Course Contents
Projection of lines, auxiliary views and mixed projection. Preparation of detailed working
production drawing; semi-detailed drawings, conventional presentation methods. Solid,
surface and shell modeling. Faces, bodies and surface intersections. Component-based design.
Component assembly and motion constraints. Constrained motions and animation.
Introduction to electronics modeling. Electronics board layout preparation, Component

New
Engineering and Technology 399
libraries and Schematic design. Parametric modeling and adaptive design. Simulation for
material optimization. Designing for manufacturing. Additive and subtractive manufacturing.
Production for 3-D printing, Laser cutting and CNC machinery.Arrangement of engineering
components to form a working plant (Assembly Drawing of a Plant).

GET 204: Students Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify various basic hands and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement devices
and instruments, and acquire skills in their effective use and maintenance;
2. practically apply basic engineering technologies, including metrology, casting, metal
forming and joining, materials removal, machine tooling (classification, cutting tool action,
cutting forces, non-cutting production) and CNC machining technology;
3. master workshop and industrial safety practices, accident prevention and ergonomics;
4. physically recognise different electrical & electronic components like resistances,
inductances, capacitances, diodes, transistors and their ratings;
5. connect electric circuits, understand different wiring schemes, and check ratings of
common household electrical appliances and their basic maintenance; and
6. determine household and industrial energy consumption, and understand practical energy
conservation measures.

Course Contents
The course comprises general, mechanical and electrical components: supervised hands-on
experience in safe usage of tools and machines for selected tasks; Use of measuring
instruments (calipers, micrometers, gauges, sine bar, wood planners, saws, sanders, and
pattern making). Machine shop: lathe work shaping, milling, grinding, reaming, metal
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry
practice.Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting
processes. Metal forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging, press-
tool work, spinning, etc.). Metal joining processes(welding, brazing and soldering). Heat
treatment. Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory of
metal cutting. Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines.
Supervised identification, use and care of various electrical and electronic components such
as resistors, inductors, capacitors, diodes and transistors. Exposure to different electric
circuits, wiring schemes, analogue and digital electrical and electronic measurements.
Household and industrial energy consumption measurements. Practical energy conservation
principles.

GET 205: Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to :
1. explain the properties of fluids;
2. determine forces in static fluids and fluids in motion;
3. determine whether a floating body will be stable;
4. determine the effect of various pipe fittings (valves, orifices, bends and elbows) on fluid
flow in pipes;
5. measure flow parameters with venturi meters, orifice meters, weirs and others;
6. perform calculations based on principles of mass, momentum and energy conservation;
7. perform dimensional analysis and simple fluid modelling problems; and
8. specify the type and capacity of pumps and turbines for engineering applications.

New
Engineering and Technology 400
Course Contents
Fluid properties, hydrostatics, fluid dynamics using principles of mass, momentum and energy
conservation from a control volume approach. Flow measurements in pipes, dimensional
analysis, and similitude, 2-dimensional flows. Hydropower systems.

GET 206: Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe basic concepts of thermodynamics, quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second
and third laws;
2. define and explain system, surrounding, closed and open system, control volume and
control mass, extensive and intensive properties;
3. calculate absolute and gage pressure, and absolute temperature, calculate changes in
kinetic, potential, enthalpy and internal energy;
4. evaluate the properties of pure substances i.e. evaluate the state of the pure substances
such as compressed liquid, saturated liquid-vapour mixture and superheated vapour using
property diagrams and tables; arrange the ideal and real gas equations of state,
5. formulate the first law of thermodynamics for a closed system i.e. organize the change in
energy in the closed systems via heat and work transfer;
6. distinguish heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation, and calculate the
amount of heat energy transferred;
7. calculate the changes in moving boundary work, spring work, electrical work and shaft
work in closed systems;
8. apply the first law of thermodynamics for closed systems and construct conservation of
mass and energy equations;
9. formulate the first law of thermodynamics to the open systems i.e. describe steady-flow
open system, apply the first law of thermodynamics to the nozzles, diffusers, turbines,
compressors, throttling valves, mixing chambers, heat exchangers, pipe and duct flow;
10. construct energy and mass balance for unsteady-flow processes;
11. evaluate thermodynamic applications using second law of thermodynamics;
12. calculate thermal efficiency and coefficient of performance for heat engine, refrigerators
and heat pumps; and
13. restate perpetual-motion machines, reversible and irreversible processes.

Course Contents
Basic concepts, definitions and laws (quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second and third
laws of thermodynamics). Properties of pure substances: the two-property rule (P-V-T
behaviour of pure substances and perfect gases); state diagrams. The principle of
corresponding state; compressibility relations; reduced pressure; reduced volume;
temperature; pseudo-critical constants. The ideal gas: specific heat, polytropic processes.
Ideal gas cycles; Carnot; thermodynamic cycles, turbines, steam and gas, refrigeration. The
first law of thermodynamics – heat and work, applications to open and closed systems. The
steady flow energy equation (Bernoulli’s equation) and application. Second law of
thermodynamics, heat cycles and efficiencies.

GET 207: Applied Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 45)

New
Engineering and Technology 401
Learning Outcomes
Students will acquire the ability to:
1. explain the fundamental principles of applied mechanics, particularly equilibrium analysis,
friction, kinematics and momentum;
2. identify, formulate, and solve complex engineering problems by applying principles of
engineering, science, mathematics and applied mechanics;
3. synthesize Newtonian Physics with static analysis to determine the complete load impact
(net forces, shears, torques, and bending moments) on all components (members and
joints) of a given structure with a load; and
4. apply engineering design principles to produce solutions that meet specified needs with
consideration of public health, safety, and welfare, as well as global, cultural, social,
environmental, and economic factors.

Course Contents
Forces, moments, couples. Equilibrium of simple structures and machine parts. Friction. First
and second moments of area; centroids. Kinematics of particles and rigid bodies in plane
motion. Newton's laws of motion. Kinetic energy and momentum analyse

GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank etc;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and Green’s
theorem;
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical model
of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation, etc., as well as fourier series, initial conditions and its
applications to different engineering processes

Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.

GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project

New
Engineering and Technology 402
 through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas.

Course Contents
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.

GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.

Course Contents
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or
special centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant
practical/industrial working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major.
The students are exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance
of tools, equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production
of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation, etc. (8-10 weeks during the long
vacation following 200 level).

NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of programme-specific

activities for their students.

EEE 202: Applied Electricity II (3 Units C: LH 45)

New
Engineering and Technology 403
Learning outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. differentiate between various d.c. and a.c. machines;
2. explain the principles of operation of machines;
3. explain the operation of basic semiconductor devices and their basic applications; and
4. explain the principle of operation of communication systems with examples.

Course contents
Basic machines – DC, synchronous alternators, transformers, equivalent circuits. Three- phase
balanced circuits, PN junction diode, BJTs, FETs, thyristors, communications fundamentals,
introduction of TV, Radio, Telephone systems.

EEE 204 Electrical Engineering Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. discuss electron conduction mechanisms in semiconductors;
2. explain transport phenomena in semiconductors; and
3. describe semiconductors device fabrication techniques.

Course contents
Free electron motion in static electric and magnetic fields, electronic structure of matter,
conductivity in crystalline solids. Theory of energy bands in conductors, insulators and
semiconductors: electrons in metals and electron emissions; carriers and transport
phenomena in semiconductors, characteristics of some electron and resistors, diodes,
transistors, photo cell and light emitting diode. Elementary discrete devices fabrication
techniques and IC technology.

300 Level

GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in peace
building.

Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes, etc. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,
community leaders.). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of

New
Engineering and Technology 404
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents of
conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and Imperatives.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation, collaboration, etc).
The roles of international organizations in conflict resolution ((a) The United Nations, UN and
its conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council (c) ECOWAS in
peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building. Managing post-
conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs);the role of NGOs in
post-conflict situations/crises.

ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
1. describe the key steps in venture creation;
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.

Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy. Digital business and e-commerce strategies.

New
Engineering and Technology 405
GET 301: Engineering Mathematics III (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:

1. demonstrate a clear understanding of the course content, that is, possess a breadth of
knowledge in the area covered;
2. possess an in-depth knowledge upon which a solid foundation can be built in order to
demonstrate a depth of understanding in advanced mathematical topics;
3. develop simple algorithms and use computational proficiency;
4. write simple proofs for theorems and their applications;; and
5. communicate the acquired mathematical knowledge effectively in speech, writing and
collaborative groups..

Course Contents
Linear Algebra. Elements of Matrices, Determinants, Inverses of Matrices. Theory of Linear
Equations. Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors. Analytical Geometry. Coordinate Transformation.
Solid Geometry. Polar, cylindrical and spherical coordinates. Elements of functions of several
variables. Surface Variables. Ordinary Integrals. Evaluation of Double Integrals, Triple
Integrals, Line Integrals and Surface Integrals. Derivation and Integrals of Vectors. The
gradient of scalar quantities. Flux of Vectors. The curl of a vector field, Gauss, Greens and
Stoke’s theorems and applications. Singular Valued Functions. Multivalued Functions.
Analytical Functions. Cauchy Riemann’s Equations. Singularities and Zeroes. Contour
Integration including the use of Cauchy’s Integral Theorems. Bilinear transformation.

GET 302: Engineering Mathematics IV (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve second order differential equations;
2. solve partial differential equations;
3. solve linear integral equations;
4. relate integral transforms to solution of differential and integral equations;
5. explain and apply interpolation formulas; and
6. apply Runge-Kutta and other similar methods in solving ODE and PDEs.

Course Contents
Series solution of second order linear differential equations with variable coefficients. Bessel
and Legendre equations. Equations with variable coefficients. Sturm-Liouville boundary value
problems. Solutions of equations in two and three dimensions by separation of variables. Eigen
value problems. Use of operations in the solution of partial differential equations and Linear
integral equations. Integral transforms and their inverse including Fourier, Laplace, Mellin and
Handel Transforms. Convolution integrals and Hilbert Transforms. Calculus of finite
differences. Interpolation formulae. Finite difference equations. RungeKutta and other
methods in the solutions of ODE and PDEs. Numerical integration and differentiation.

GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 406
1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.

Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis, structure Fog and Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A,B,C,D,E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills(steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports(competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.

GET 305: Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. work with data from the point of view of knowledge convergence, machine learning, and
intelligence augmentation, which significantly raises their standard for engineering
analysis (the approach forces them to learn statistics in an actionable way that helps them
to see the holistic importance of data analytics in modern engineering and technology);
2. anticipate the future with Artificial Intelligence while fulfilling the basic requirements of
conventional engineering statistical programming consistent with their future careers;
3. perform, with proficiency, statistical inference tasks with language or programming
toolboxes such as R, Python, Mathematica or MATLAB, and Design Expert to summarise
analysis and interpretation of industry engineering data, and make appropriate conclusions
based on such experimental and/or real-life industrial data;
4. construct appropriate graphical displays of data and highlight the roles of such displays in
data analysis, particularly the use of statistical software packages;
5. plan and execute experimental programmes to determine the performance of programme-
relevant industrial engineering systems, and evaluate the accuracy of the measurements
undertaken; and
6. demonstrate mastery of data analytics and statistical concepts by communicating the
results of experimental and industry-case investigations, critically reasoned scientific and
professional analysis through written and oral presentation.
Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 407
Descriptive statistics, frequency distribution, populations and sample, central tendency,
variance data sampling, mean, median, mode, mean deviation and percentiles. Probability.
Binomial, Poisson hyper-geometric and normal distributions. Statistical inference intervals,
test hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big data analytics
and cloud computing applications. Introduction to the R language; R as a calculator; Vectors,
matrices, factors, data frames and other R collections. Iteration and looping control structures.
Conditionals and other controls. Designing, using and extending functions. The Apply Family.
Statistical modelling and inference in R.
.
GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the types, uses and advantages of renewable energy in relation to climate change;
2. design for use the various renewable energy systems;
3. recognise and analyse the current energy systems in Nigeria, their impacts on
development and the global energy demand and supply scenarios;
4. appreciate the environmental impact of energy exploitation and utilisation, and pursue the
sustainable development of renewable energy for various applications; and
5. recognise the exploitation, excavation, production, and processing of fossil fuels such as
coal, petroleum and natural gas, and discuss the sources, technology and contribution to
future energy demands of renewable energy.

Course Contents
Current and potential future energy systems in Nigeria and globally - resources, extraction,
concepts in energy conversion systems; parallels and differences in various conversion
systems and end-use technologies, with emphasis on meeting 21st-century national, regional
and global energy needs in a sustainable manner. Various energy technologies in each fuel
cycle stage for fossil (oil, gas, synthetic), nuclear (fission and fusion) and renewable (solar,
biomass, wind, hydro, and geothermal). Energy types, storage, transmission and
conservation. Analysis of energy mixes within an engineering, economic and social context.
Sustainable energy; emphasise sustainability in general and in the overall concept of
sustainable development and the link this has with sustainable energy as the fundamental
benefit of renewable energy.

Practical Contents
Simple measurement of solar radiation, bomb calorimeter determination of calorific value of
fuels and biomass; measurement of the velocity of wind, waves and the energy that abound
in them; laboratory production of biogas and determination of energy available in it; simple
conversion of solar energy to electricity; trans-esterification of edible oil into biodiesel;
simulation of geothermal energy; Geiger-Muller or Scintillation Counters’ determination of
uranium or thorium energy; simple solid or salt storage of energy; hybrid application of
renewable energy.

GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and Convergent

Technologies (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:
1. explain the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications and effects of artificial
intelligence;

New
Engineering and Technology 408
2. explain the fundamental concepts of machine learning, deep learning and convergent
technologies;
3. demonstrate the difference between supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised
learning;
4. demonstrate proficiency in machine learning workflow and how to implement the steps
effectively;
5. explain natural languages, knowledge representation, expert systems and pattern
recognition;
6. describe distributed systems, data and information security and intelligent web
technologies;
7. explain the concept of big data analytics, purpose of studying it, issues that can arise with
a data set and the importance of properly preparing data prior to a machine learning
exercise; and
8. explain the concepts, characteristics, models and benefits, key security and compliance
challenges of cloud computing.

Course Contents
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence paradigms;
search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired algorithms –
examples, their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding
natural languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation, mathematical and logic
foundations of AI; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition; distributed
systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent
technologies – definition, significance and engineering applications. Neural networks and
deep learning. Introduction to python AI libraries.

GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three softwares in their chosen career choices;
2. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;
3. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;,
4. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work;
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers; and
7. write a general report at the end of the training.

The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work
experience i.e. 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged
in the more advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use
in the industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a
report at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and

New
Engineering and Technology 409
encouraged to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities
and experiences to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits
include:

Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine

operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts,
gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, andwooden furniture making processes.

Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solidworks: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with SolidWorks, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solidWorks drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.

A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project.

Examples of projects should include the following:

a. Design of machine components;
b. Product design and innovation;
c. Part modelling and drafting in SolidWorks; and
d. Technical report writing.

EEE 311: Electric Circuit Theory I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. state, explain and apply circuit theorems to d.c. circuits;
2. obtain the network response to certain input signals using phasor notations and diagrams;
3. state and apply Laplace transforms to solve passive circuits; and
4. plot Bode diagrams of a given transfer function.

Course Contents
Passive circuit elements: R, L, C, transformers; circuit theorems: Ohm’s, KVL, KCL, loop
current, node potential, superposition. Network response to step, ramp and impulses.
Network functions: response to exponential, sinusoidal sources. Laplace transform and
transfer functions: pole-zero configuration and application in solving circuits, resonance; two-
port analysis and parameters.

EEE 321: Analogue Electronic Circuits I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. classify, describe and discuss the principles of operation and applications of FET and BJT;
and
2. calculate amplifier parameters; and design simple amplifiers using BJT and FET with given
specifications.

Course contents

New
Engineering and Technology 410
Single-stage transistor amplifiers using BJT and FET Equivalent circuits and calculation of
current gain, voltage gain, power gain, input and output impedance. Operational Amplifiers:
Description, parameters and applications. Feedback, broadband and narrowband amplifiers.
Power amplifiers. Voltage and current stabilizing circuits. Voltage amplifiers, multi-stage
amplifiers using BJTs and FETs.

EEE 322: Digital Electronic Circuits (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:

1. classify, describe and discuss the various logic gates and flip-flops and multivibrators; and
2. design simple logic and sequential circuits using logic gates and flip-flops.

Course contents
Number Systems and Codes. Logic Gate Simplification of Logic expressions using Boolean
algebra. Simplification of Logic expressions using Karnaugh Method. Design of combinational
circuit. Flip-Flops. Application of Flip-Flops in the design of counter. Registers and timers.
Switching and wave shaping circuits. Generation of non-sinusoidal signal (multivibrators).
Introduction to ADC and DAC. Design of Logic Gates (Diode, DTL, TTL, ECL etc). Sequential
circuits. Introduction to microprocessors.

EEE 324: Electromagnetic Fields and Waves I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. state and explain the various electromagnetic laws;
2. derive and explain Maxwell’s equation in rectangular coordinates; and
3. explain wave propagation mechanism in conductors and unbounded dielectric media.

Course Contents
Review of electromagnetic laws in integral form, Gauss’s Law, Ampere’s and Faraday’s Laws.
Electrostatic fields due to distribution of charge. Magnetic fields in and around current carrying
conductors. Time-varying magnetic and electric fields. Conduction and displacement current.
Maxwell’s equations (in rectangular co-ordinates and vector-calculus notation). Derivation of
Maxwell’s equations, electromagnetic potential and waves. Poynting vector, boundary
conditions. Wave propagation in good conductors, skin effect; plane waves in unbounded
dielectric media.

EEE 326: Electric Circuit Theory I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
1. At the end of the course, students will be able to:
2. analyse on-linear circuits using approximation methods;
3. state the conditions for realisability of transfer functions;
4. design/synthesize RL, RC, LC and RLC circuits from given transfer functions; and
5. design passive and active filters from transfer functions and performance specifications.
Course Contents
Non-linear circuit analysis. Network functions, Locus diagrams. Circuit synthesis: realisability
criteria, Foster and Cauer syntheses of RC, RL, LC and RLC circuits. Filters: design, operation,
low, high, bandpass. Butterworth and Chebychev filter design. Active network analysis and
synthesis.

New
Engineering and Technology 411
400 Level

GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units: C; PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme.
2. Demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.

Course Contents

In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units: C; LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies.
2. Describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to
the society.
3. Demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices.
4. Prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review
5. Discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation.
6. Determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:
1. be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
2. bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work
methods and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways
of safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;
3. experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work and
the environment seamlessly,and expose them to contacts for eventual job placements
after graduation;

New
Engineering and Technology 412
4. be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place
of engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them;
and
5. exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not
necessarily limited to the student’s major (24 weeks from the end of the first semester at
400-Level to the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second
semester at 400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a
programme related industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc, for a period of 6
months under the guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised
by an academic staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits
the completed Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also, there will be a
comprehensive report covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences
(GET 299, GET 399 and GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department
for overall assessment.

500 Level

GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
4. possess the skills needed for project management; and
5. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.

Course Contents
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons – functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.
Project planning, control and timeliness;decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,

New
Engineering and Technology 413
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.

GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions;
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications; and
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principles undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically
present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an
expert witness.

Course Contents
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.
Termination/cancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.

EEE 593/594: Final Year Project (6 Units C: LH 270)

Learning Outcomes
The student(s) will develop a technology and/or system to solve a known and significant
electronic engineering problem and design, and if possible/practicable, build/produce/
manufacture some relevant new hardware/device(s) representing the solution using the
skills acquired in the programme.

Course Contents
Individual student or group of students’ projects undertaken to deepen knowledge,
strengthen practical experience and encourage creativity, entrepreneurship and
independent/team work (as may be the case). The project ends in a comprehensive written
report of a developed system, and/or product/service and oral presentation/defense before
a panel of assessors one of whom must be external to the University awarding the electronic
engineering degree.

Minimum Academic Standards

Equipment

List of Laboratories
Control and Instrumentation Laboratory
Electronics Laboratory
Microprocessor and Digital System Laboratory

New
Engineering and Technology 414
Computer Engineering Laboratory (Hardware and Software)
Communication Laboratory
Energy Laboratory
Electric Power/Machine Laboratory

Equipments
Digital logic analyser
Smart Logic Design Experimental Kit
Digital Logic Circuit Design Experiment Kit Microcomputer Trainer
AM/FM Transmitters and Receivers System Trainer
Fiber-optic Transmission Training System
GSM/GPS Experimental Trainer
Programmable Logic Controller System Trainer
Digital 3 Phase Power Analyser with SD Card Real time data Recorder
Digital Storage Colour Display 2/4-Channel Oscilloscope
Arbitrary waveform and Digital Synthesised function Generator
Digital spectrum Analyser (9kHz -3GHz)
Instrumentation Trainer using Transducers Complete Set
Digital Communication System Trainer
Analog Communication System Trainer
Solar Power System Training kit
Electrical and Electronic System Trainer
Single Phase Transformer System Trainer
3- Phase Transformer System Trainer
Power Electronic Training System
Colour TV Trainer
Programmable Dual output DC Power Supply Units (different ranges)
Variable Transformer
PA (Public Address) System Trainer
Portable Wind Power Generator Training Kit Universal EPROM Programmable (48 Pins)
Bench Digital Multi-metre digit (various digit ranges)
High voltage Insulation tester variable digital type up l0kV Power factor meter
Frequency metre
Digital energy metre
Digital watt metre, single phase
Digital watt meter, 3-phase
Semi-conductor curve tracer
Advanced frequency modulation and demodulation train
Digital transistor tester
Decade resistance box
Decade capacitance box
Decade inductance box
3-phase variable inductance load
3-phase variable capacitance load
3-phase variable resistance load
Digital multifunction documenting calibrators
Digital function generator (different frequency ranges)
Electrical Tools Box
Digital Stroboscope
Digital DC A ammeters multi-range
Digital AC Volt meters Multi range
Digital DC Volt meters Multi range

New
Engineering and Technology 415
Digital DC Volt meters Multi range
Digital Damp meter
Standard Digital Earth Loop/PSC/Tester
Photo/contact Tachometer
LCD Display 3-Phase Rotation Tester
Rheostat (different ranges)
Wheatstone bridge
Portable DC Potentiometer
Analogue dual-trace Oscilloscopes (different frequency ranges)
Signal Trace/injector
Digital RF Signal Generators
Klystron Microwave Trainer complete set
Antenna Lab Trainer complete set
PCB Fabrication Equipment complete set
Standard Analogue Multimeters
AVO meters
Electric power transmission training kit

Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalents
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15 Units per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practical’s
and supervision of projects.

NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees; hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personnel

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practical’s
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.

Administrative Support Staff

The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.

Technical Support Personnel

The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation and
maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.

New
Engineering and Technology 416
Minimum Number of Staff
Subject to the general standards specified by NUC:
1. there should be a minimum of two PhDs and four M.Eng degree holders full-time academic
staff to mount the programme;
2. each workshop or laboratory should have an adequate number of staff with the right mix,
such that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run efficiently; and
3. there should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate caliber for
the office of the Head of Department to run.

Student/Staff Ratio
The minimum staff-to-student ratio should be 1:15 from 200 level to 500 level.

Library

In addition to the university and faculty libraries, the programme must have a departmental
library that is well equipped with specialized books and journals in both physical collections
and E-collections (E-Resources) of various types. Various field and research reports of the
programme must also be available in the library for staff, students and researchers.
The library must be connected to subscribe repository of:
1. Institutions (national and international)
2. Open access sources
3. Professional Bodies’ e-learning platforms
4. Relevant international organizations

The library must also have adequate facilities for the following:

1. Reading
2. Provisions for lending
3. Reservation unit for specialized materials.
Classrooms, Laboratories, Workshops, Clinics and Offices
NUC recommended minimum physical space requirements are provided in the Table below:

Space 𝐦𝟐
Provost’s Office 18.50
Dean’s Office 18.50
Head of Department’s office 18.50
Professor’s Office 18.50
Tutorial Teaching Staff’s Office 13.50
Other Teaching Staff office Space 17.00
Technical Staff Space 17.00
Secretarial Space 17.00
Science Staff Research Laboratory 16.50
Engineering Staff Research Laboratory 14.50
Seminar Space/per Student 1.85
Drawing Office Space (A.O. Board) per student 4.60
Drawing Office Space (A.I. Board) per student 3.70
Laboratory Space 7.50

Office Facilities
S/No Office No in Room Facilities

New
Engineering and Technology 417
 1. HOD 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
unit, Secretary and facilities.
2. Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
unit, Secretary and facilities.
3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
unit.
4. Senior 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
Lecturer unit.
5. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.

6. Lecturer II 3 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves

B.Eng. Environmental Engineering

Overview
Environmental engineers are concerned with minimising the impacts of human activities on
the local, regional, and global environment and concurrently improving standard of living.
Towards preserving environmental and public well-being, the programme exposes students to
a strong background in the fundamental earth sciences to understand complex environmental
problems and design appropriate engineering solutions to them. As problem-solvers for
something as diverse as “the environment,” environmental engineers also need to understand
the most current technologies used in practice and have a desire to maintain a high level of
learning in this rapidly evolving and developing field. Environmental engineering draws across
all disciplines of science and social science in handling the following key areas of emphasis in
the programme: water and wastewater resources engineering; Geo-environmental
engineering; air pollution and control; environmental chemistry and processes; and
environmental Microbiology and Processes.
Primary areas of specialisation are:
1. air pollution and emission control;
2. solid and hazardous waste management;
3. natural systems modeling;
4. natural resource management;
5. water and waste water treatment;
6. Water resources (control and use of water, focusing on flood control, irrigation, raw
water supply, and hydroelectric power applications);
7. environmental noise and vibrations control; and
8. environmental protection.

New
Engineering and Technology 418
Philosophy
The philosophy of the programme is to train environmental engineers who will apply technical
understanding of environmental systems, systems engineering, and science to develop
strategies to protect human and environmental health and design sustainable systems based
on current technologies. They will be equipped to address issues at the local or global level,
such as unsafe drinking water, air quality, and industrial hygiene and sustainability. The
programme is focused on educating the next generation of environmental engineering
professionals that will work in industries and government establishments, equipped with
leading-edge knowledge. The programme is therefore committed to providing an excellent
undergraduate program in a fostering learning environment that enables acquisition
knowledge and development of the necessary skills for successful professional careers.

Objectives
Environmental engineers are called upon to understand, arrange, and manipulate the
biological, chemical, ecological, economic, hydrological, physical, and social processes that
take place in the environment to balance the material needs with human impacts on the
environment. The objectives of the programme therefore are to produce graduates who will:
1. have confidence in their capabilities;
2. not only have the knowledge but also have the know-how;
3. be competent in the use of modern technologies and software in solving current problems;
4. assume leadership positions and contribute to understanding problems and the design,
construction, and operation of solutions to societal problems involving environmental
systems; and
5. demonstrate in their professional practice, strong technical abilities and advance in careers
in environmental engineering and related disciplines.

Employability Skills
Environmental Engineering graduates' career opportunities cover the spectrum of private
industry, public agencies, non-governmental organisations (NGOs), and educational
institutions. Environmental engineers may work as designers, planners, operators of pollution
control facilities and water supply systems, educators, consultants to private and public
businesses, business owners, government regulatory agency officials, or even as
environmental legislators
Graduates will be in high demand in this dynamic and evolving discipline to address global
issues like climate change, sustainability, and water security across a range of industries such
as:
1. water and wastewater treatment;
2. air pollution and emissions control
3. solid and hazardous waste management and recycling;
4. natural resource management;
5. environmental protection;
6. engineering consultancy;
7. government departments - local, state, and federal; and
8. resources - mining, oil, and gas.

The degree awarded in Environmental Engineering will equip our students with the skills and
professional attributes that employers will value.

New
Engineering and Technology 419
21st Century Skills
These skills emanate from the graduates' knowledge in social sciences, sciences, and thorough
training in engineering principles are:
1. critical thinking/problem-solving/ decision making and the use of modern analytical and
digital tools;
2. Creativity and innovation;
3. Collaboration (team work);
4. Communication;
5. Information literacy;
6. Citizenship (local and global); and
7. Life long Learning / metacognition.

Unique Features of the Programme

Environmental engineers find ways to keep nature less polluted, while environmental health
engineers try to halt harmful environmental effects on human health. This programme in
Environmental Engineering takes a broad view by merging both disciplines to solve
environmental and public health problems. In addition to traditional fields such as water
safety, groundwater protection, wastewater treatment, reduction of indoor and outdoor air
pollution, and solid and hasardous waste disposal and clean up, this programme includes fields
such as sustainability, climate change, ecology, epidemiology, genomics and evolution of
infectious disease, to integrate engineering with human health, green design and pollution
prevention, carbon sequestration and climate changes, and the development of alternative
energy. The program also stresses analytical skills, modelling, and fieldwork in air pollution
and environmental noise control in addition to traditional laboratory courses. In addition,
courses such as Engineering Drawing and Modelling, Data Analysis using statistical software
‘R’, Renewable Energy Systems and Technology, Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine
Learning and Convergent Technologies, GIS and Remote Sensing distinguish this programme.

Admission and Graduation Requirements

Admission Requirements
Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
1. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
2. Direct Entry (DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

For the five-year degree programme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must include English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

Direct Entry (DE) Mode

For the four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit
passes, which must include English Language, two must be principal subjects at Advance GCE
Level or NCE and its equivalent. Holder of upper credit level at HND are eligible for
consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:

New
Engineering and Technology 420
1. Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of 150
and maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5–year engineering degree programme.
Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters.
2. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode shall have registered for a minimum
of 120 and a maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4–year engineering degree
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic semesters.
3. Candidates admitted through the Direct Entry mode at 300-Level shall have registered for
a minimum of 90 and a maximum of 120 units of courses during a 3–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of 6 academic
semesters.
4. The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units respectively.
5. A student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by the
university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.
6. A student shall also have earned the 15 credit units of Students Industrial Work Experience
Scheme (SIWES), 8 credit units of University General Study courses and four credit units
of Entrepreneurship courses.

For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered,
whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the
computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it
or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each and all
attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.

Prerequisite courses must be taken and passed before a particular course at a higher level.
Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME, 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 200-Level
and 11 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 300-Level.

Global Course Structure

Level General Studies Basic Faculty Dept. SIWES* Total
Courses Sci GET (CEE/
GST ENT EVE)
100 4 0 16 3 2 - 25
200 2 2 0 23 6 3 36
300 2 2 0 18 11 4 37
400 0 0 2 3 6 11
500 0 0 5 4 - 9
Total 8 4 16 51 26 13* 105

* All 11 SIWES units and 2 units of Engineering valuation courses are credited for GPA
computation in the 2nd Semester of the 400 Level, and not included in the CCMAS credit units.

100 Level
Course code Course title Units Status LH PH
GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 15 45
GST 112 Nigerian Peoples and Culture 2 C 30 -
GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C 15

New
Engineering and Technology 421
 GET 102 Engineering Graphics and 2 C 15 45
Solid Modelling I
CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C 30 -
CHM 102 General Chemistry II 2 C 30 -
CHM 107 General Practical Chemistry I 1 C - 45
CHM 108 General Practical Chemistry II 1 C - 45
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 2 C 30 -
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C 30 -
PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C 30 -
PHY 103 General Physics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 107 General Practical Physics I 1 C - 45
PHY 108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45
EVE 101 Environmental Engineering 2 C 30 -
Fundamentals
Total 25

Note: C = Compulsory; LH = Lecture Hours per semester PH = Practical Hours per

semester

200 Level
Course code Course title Units Status LH PH
GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and Human 2 C 30 -
Existence
ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and 2 C 30 -
Innovation
GET 201 Applied Electricity I 3 C 45 -
GET 204 Students Workshop Practice 2 C 15 45
-GET 205 Fundamentals of Fluid 3 C 45 -
Mechanics
GET 206 Fundamentals of 3 C 45 -
Thermodynamics
GET 208 Strength of Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 45 -
GET 210 Engineering Mathematics II 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing & Software 3 C 30 45
Engineering
GET 207 Engineering Graphics & Solid 2 C 15 45
Modelling II
EVE 202 Environmental Engineering 2 C 30 -
Chemistry
EVE 203 Environmental Engineering 2 C 30 -
Microbiology
*GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
Total 36

300 Level
Course code Course title Units Status LH PH
GST 312 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 30 -
ENT 312 Venture Creation 2 C 15 45
GET 301 Engineering Mathematics III 3 C 45 -

New
Engineering and Technology 422
 GET 302 Engineering Mathematics IV 3 C 45
GET 304 Engineering Communication, 3 C 45 -
Technical Writing &
Presentation
GET 305 Engineering Statistics & Data 3 C 45 -
Analytics
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems & 3 C 30 45
Technology
GET 307 Introduction to Artificial 3 C 45 -
Intelligence, Machine
Learning & Convergent
Technologies
CEE 301 Fluid Mechanics 3 C 30 45
CEE 303 Engineering Geology 2 C 15 45
CEE 304 Civil Engineering Materials 2 C 30 -

CEE 305 Soil Mechanics I 2 E 15 45

EVE 301 Principles of Engineering 2 C 15 45
Survey
EVE 302 Risk Assessment 2 C 30 -
*GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 Weeks
Total 37

400 Level
Course code Course title Units Status LH PH
GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 C 90
GET 404 Engineering Valuation and 2 C 30
Costing
EVE 401 Fundamentals of GIS & Remote 3 C 40 45
Sensing
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 Weeks
Total 11

SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

500 Level
Course code Course title Units Status LH PH
GET 501 Engineering Project 3 C 45 -
Management

New
Engineering and Technology 423
 GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -
EVE 501 Water Treatment & Supply 2 C 30 -
EVE 502 Wastewater Treatment 2 C 30 -
Total 9

Course Contents and Learning Outcomes

100 Level

GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.

Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology). English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations). major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional). grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality). Reading
and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking; reasoning
methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy, generalisation and
explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements. Writing activities
(pre-writing(brainstorming and outlining). writing (paragraphing, punctuation and
expression). post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing (summary, essays,
letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making). etc. Mechanics of writing. Information
and Communication Technology in modern language learning. Language skills for effective
communication. The art of public speaking.

GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;
2. identify and list the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
3. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political entity;
4. analyse the concepts of trade and economic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation to
national development;
5. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian state regarding nation building;
6. analyse the role of the judiciary in upholding fundamental human rights
7. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria; and
8. list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems.

Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and
cultures;peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule

New
Engineering and Technology 424
(advent of colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as
a political unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria;
nationalist movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation
building (military intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and
economics of self-reliance (indigenous trade and market system; indigenous apprenticeship
system among Nigerian peoples; trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justice and
national development (definition and classification of law); Judiciary and fundamental rights.
Individuals, norms and values (basic Nigerian norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition; citizenship and civic responsibilities; indigenous languages, usage and
development; negative attitudes and conducts [Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices]). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3Rs – Reconstruction, Rehabilitation
and Re-orientation; re-orientation strategies: Operation Feed the Nation (OFN), Green
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline and Corruption (WAIC), Mass
Mobilization for Self-Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery (MAMSER), National
Orientation Agency (NOA). Current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria.

GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs); and
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.

Course Contents
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.

GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple everyday and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength and cost;
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical
and other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the
analytical nature of the courses they take; and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.

New
Engineering and Technology 425
Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete terms.
Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3D objects.
Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and perspectives.
Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection and rendering.
This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid works, solid edge
or equivalent.

CHM 101: General Chemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. define atom, molecules and chemical reactions;
2. discuss the modern electronic theory of atoms;
3. write electronic configurations of elements on the periodic table;
4. rationalise the trends of atomic radii, ionisation energies, electronegativity of the elements,
based on their position in the periodic table;
5. identify and balance oxidation–reduction equation and solve redox titration problems;
6. draw shapes of simple molecules and hybridised orbitals;
7. identify the characteristics of acids, bases and salts, and solve problems based on their
quantitative relationship;
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using LeChatelier’s principle to
predict the effect of concentration, pressure and temperature changes on equilibrium
mixtures;
9. analyse and perform calculations with the thermodynamic functions, enthalpy, entropy
and free energy; and
10. determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and temperature.

Course Contents
Atoms, molecules, elements and compounds, and chemical reactions. Modern electronic
theory of atoms. Electronic configuration, periodicity and building up of the periodic table.
Hybridisation and shapes of simple molecules. Valence forces; Structure of solids. Chemical
equations and stoichiometry; chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, kinetic theory of
matter. Elementary thermochemistry; rates of reaction, equilibrium and thermodynamics.
Acids, bases and salts. Properties of gases. Redox reactions and introduction to
electrochemistry. Radioactivity.

CHM 102: General Chemistry II (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the importance and development of organic chemistry;
2. define fullerenes and its applications;
3. discuss electronic theory;
4. determine the qualitative and quantitative of structures in organic chemistry;
5. state rules guiding nomenclature and functional group classes of organic chemistry;
6. determine the rate of reaction to predict mechanisms of reaction;

New
Engineering and Technology 426
7. identify classes of organic functional group with brief description of their chemistry;
8. discuss comparative chemistry of group 1A, IIA and IVA elements; and
9. describe basic properties of transition metals.

Course Contents
Historical survey of the development and importance of organic chemistry; fullerenes as fourth
allotrope of carbon, uses as nanotubules, nanostructures, nanochemistry. Electronic theory in
organic chemistry. Isolation and purification of organic compounds; determination of
structures of organic compounds including qualitative and quantitative analysis in organic
chemistry; nomenclature and functional group classes of organic compounds. Introductory
reaction mechanism and kinetics. Stereochemistry. The chemistry of alkanes, alkenes,
alkynes, alcohols, ethers, amines, alkyl halides, nitriles, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids
and derivatives. The chemistry of selected metals and non-metals. Comparative chemistry of
group IA, IIA and IVA elements. Introduction to transition metal chemistry.

CHM 107: General Practical Chemistry I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correct carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. state the differences between primary and secondary standards;
5. perform redox titration;
6. record observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions.

Course Contents
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.

CHM 108: General Practical Chemistry II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correctly carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. identify and carry out preliminary tests which include ignition, boiling point, melting point,
test on known and unknown organic compounds;
5. carry out solubility tests on known and unknown organic compounds;
6. carry out elemental tests on known and unknown compounds; and
7. carry out functional group/confirmatory test on known and unknown compounds which
could be acidic/basic/ neutral organic compounds.

Course Contents
Continuation of CHM 107. Additional laboratory experiments to include functional group
analysis, quantitative analysis using volumetric methods.

New
Engineering and Technology 427
MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)
(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:
1. define and explain set, subset, union, intersection, complements, and demonstrate the
use of Venn diagrams;
2. solve quadratic equations;
3. solve trigonometric functions;
4. identify various types of numbers; and
5. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers. Mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.

MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units: C, LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
2. recognise and understand the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and
continuity;
3. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes;
4. solve function of a real variable, plot relevant graphs, identify limits and idea of continuity;
5. identify the derivative as limit of rate of change;
6. identify techniques of differentiation and perform extreme curve sketching;
7. identify integration as an inverse of differentiation;
8. identify methods of integration and definite integrals; and
9. perform integration application to areas, volumes.

Course Contents
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative, as limit of
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve sketching,
integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes (including
approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule).

PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;

New
Engineering and Technology 428
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular momentum;
and
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

Course Contents
Space and time; units and dimension, vectors and scalars, differentiation of vectors:
displacement, velocity and acceleration; kinematics; Newton’s laws of motion (inertial frames,
impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation); relative motion; application
of Newtonian mechanics; equations of motion; conservation principles in physics,
conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy, system of particles, centre of mass; rotational motion; torque, vector product,
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum. Polar coordinates; conservation
of angular momentum; circular motion; moments of inertia, gyroscopes and precession;
gravitation: Newton’s law of gravitation, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion, gravitational
potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits.

PHY 103: General Physics III (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing macroscopic
behaviour;
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Contents
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.

PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

New
Engineering and Technology 429
Course Contents
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity, etc. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis
should be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data
collection, analysis, and deduction.

PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs;
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.

Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction.
EVE 101: Environmental Engineering Fundamentals (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcome
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. acquire the fundamental principles that serve as the foundation for the entire field of
environmental engineering;
2. explain how these fundamental principles are applied to water treatment, wastewater
treatment, air quality, and solid wastes; and
3. describe mass and energy balances, chemical reactions, environmental regulations and
policy, pollution prevention and risk assessment.

Course Contents
Introduction to environmental science. Ecosystem’s considerations, food chain, natural
decomposition, recycling. Environmental problems and impact of engineering activities.
Various modes of pollution - water, air, and soil contamination, noise pollution; pollution
measurement, and quantification. Water and waste-water physical, chemical, and biological
characteristics; turbidity and colour, dissolved oxygen, hardness, pH, alkalinity, organic
content, sampling and analysis, chemical and biochemical oxygen demand. Basic processes
of treatment: flocculation and coagulation, sedimentation, filtration. Mass and energy
balances, chemical reaction engineering. Environmental regulations and policy, pollution
prevention, risk assessment.

200 Level

GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes

New
Engineering and Technology 430
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge, and
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.

Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding.

ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence;
4. engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
5. identify key elements in innovation;
6. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
7. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
8. state the basic principles of e-commerce.

Course Contents
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).

New
Engineering and Technology 431
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.

GET 201: Applied Electricity I (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. discuss the fundamental concepts of electricity and electrical d.c. circuits;
2. state, explain and apply the basic d.c. circuit theorems;
3. explain the basic a.c. circuit theory and
4. apply to solution of simple circuits.

Course contents
Fundamental concepts: Electric fields, charges, magnetic fields. current, B-H curves Kirchhoff’s
laws, superposition. Thevenin, Norton theorems, Reciprocity, RL, RC, RLC circuits. DC, AC
bridges, Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance measurement, Transducers, Single phase
circuits, Complex j - notation, AC circuits, impedance, admittance, susceptance.

GET 204: Student Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify various basic hands and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement devices
and instruments, and acquire skills in their effective use and maintenance;
2. practically apply basic engineering technologies, including metrology, casting, metal
forming and joining, materials removal, machine tooling (classification, cutting tool action,
cutting forces, non-cutting production) and CNC machining technology;
3. master workshop and industrial safety practices, accident prevention and ergonomics;
4. physically recognise different electrical & electronic components like resistances,
inductances, capacitances, diodes, transistors and their ratings;
5. connect electric circuits, understand different wiring schemes, and check ratings of
common household electrical appliances and their basic maintenance; and
6. determine household and industrial energy consumption, and understand practical energy
conservation measures.

Course Contents
The course comprises general, mechanical and electrical components: supervised hands-on
experience in safe usage of tools and machines for selected tasks; Use of measuring
instruments (calipers, micrometers, gauges, sine bar, wood planners, saws, sanders, and
pattern making). Machine shop: lathe work shaping, milling, grinding, reaming, metal
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry
practice.Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting
processes. Metal forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging, press-
tool work, spinning, etc.). Metal joining processes(welding, brazing and soldering). Heat
treatment. Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory of
metal cutting. Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines.
Supervised identification, use and care of various electrical and electronic components such
as resistors, inductors, capacitors, diodes and transistors. Exposure to different electric
circuits, wiring schemes, analogue and digital electrical and electronic measurements.

New
Engineering and Technology 432
Household and industrial energy consumption measurements. Practical energy conservation
principles.

GET 205: Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to :
1. explain the properties of fluids;
2. determine forces in static fluids and fluids in motion;
3. determine whether a floating body will be stable;
4. determine the effect of various pipe fittings (valves, orifices, bends and elbows) on fluid
flow in pipes;
5. measure flow parameters with venturi meters, orifice meters, weirs, etc;
6. perform calculations based on principles of mass, momentum and energy conservation;
7. perform dimensional analysis and simple fluid modelling problems; and
8. specify the type and capacity of pumps and turbines for engineering applications

Course Contents
Fluid properties, hydrostatics, fluid dynamics using principles of mass, momentum and energy
conservation from a control volume approach. Flow measurements in pipes, dimensional
analysis, and similitude, 2-dimensional flows. Hydropower systems.

GET 206: Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe basic concepts of thermodynamics, i.e., quantitative relations of Zeroth, first,
second and third laws;
2. define and explain system, surrounding, closed and open system, control volume and
control mass, extensive and intensive properties;
3. calculate absolute and gage pressure, and absolute temperature, calculate changes in
kinetic, potential, enthalpy and internal energy;
4. evaluate the properties of pure substances i.e. evaluate the state of the pure substances
such as compressed liquid, saturated liquid-vapour mixture and superheated vapour using
property diagrams and tables; arrange the ideal and real gas equations of state,
5. formulate the first law of thermodynamics for a closed system i.e. organize the change in
energy in the closed systems via heat and work transfer;
6. distinguish heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation, and calculate the
amount of heat energy transferred;
7. calculate the changes in moving boundary work, spring work, electrical work and shaft
work in closed systems;
8. apply the first law of thermodynamics for closed systems and construct conservation of
mass and energy equations;
9. formulate the first law of thermodynamics to the open systems i.e. describe steady-flow
open system, apply the first law of thermodynamics to the nozzles, diffusers, turbines,
compressors, throttling valves, mixing chambers, heat exchangers, pipe and duct flow;
10. construct energy and mass balance for unsteady-flow processes;
11. evaluate thermodynamic applications using second law of thermodynamics;
12. calculate thermal efficiency and coefficient of performance for heat engine, refrigerators
and heat pumps; and
13. restate perpetual-motion machines, reversible and irreversible processes.

New
Engineering and Technology 433
Course Contents
Basic concepts, definitions and laws (quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second and third
laws of thermodynamics). Properties of pure substances: the two-property rule (P-v-T
behaviour of pure substances and perfect gases); state diagrams. The principle of
corresponding state; compressibility relations; reduced pressure; reduced volume;
temperature; pseudo-critical constants. The ideal gas: specific heat, polytropic processes.
Ideal gas cycles; Carnot; thermodynamic cycles, turbines, steam and gas, refrigeration. The
first law of thermodynamics – heat and work, applications to open and closed systems. The
steady flow energy equation (Bernoulli’s equation) and application. Second law of
thermodynamics, heat cycles and efficiencies.

GET 208: Strength of Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. recognise a structural system that is stable and in equilibrium;
2. determine the stress-strain relation for single and composite members based on Hooke's
law;
3. estimate the stresses and strains in single and composite members due to temperature
changes;
4. evaluate the distribution of shear forces and bending moments in beams with distributed
and concentrated loads;
5. determine bending stresses and their use in identifying slopes and deflections in beams;
6. use Mohr's circle to evaluate the normal and shear stresses in a multi-dimensional stress
system and transformation of these stresses into strains;
7. evaluate the stresses and strains due to torsion on circular members; and
8. determine the buckling loads of columns under various fixity conditions at the ends.

Course Contents
Consideration of equilibrium; composite members, stress-strain relation. Generalised Hooke's
law. Stresses and strains due to loading and temperature changes. Torsion of circular
members. Shear force, bending moments and bending stresses in beams with symmetrical
and combined loadings. Stress and strain transformation equations and Mohr’s circle. Elastic
buckling of columns.

GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:

1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank etc;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and Green’s
theorem;
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical model
of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and

New
Engineering and Technology 434
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation, etc., as well as fourier series, initial conditions and its
applications to different engineering processes

Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.

GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);
2. explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically solve
a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types;
3. numerically solve differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;
4. perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,
curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of
several variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;
5. solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex numbers;
6. apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations
and of results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the theory
of conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
7. evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.

Course Contents
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and
vector-valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary
complex analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity. Derivatives,
differentiation rules and differentiation of integrals. Cauchy-Riemann equation, harmonic
functions, basic theory of conformal mapping, transformation and mapping and its
applications to engineering problems. Special functions.

GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development
projectthrough practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms
with a specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and

New
Engineering and Technology 435
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas;

Course Contents
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.

GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.

Course Contents
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or
special centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant
practical/industrial working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major.
The students are exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance
of tools, equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production
of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation. (8-10 weeks during the long
vacation following 200 level).

NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of programme-specific

activities for their students.

EVE 201: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling II (2 Units C: LH15; PH 45)

Learning outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. use projections to prepare a detailed working drawing of objects and designs;
2. gain skills in parametric design to aid their ability to see the design in the optimal
specification of materials and systems to meet needs;
3. analyse and optimise designs based on strength and material minimisation;
4. Identify the need for the theoretical perspectives that create the basis for the analyses
that are possible in design and optimisation, and recognise/ the practical link to excite
their creativity and ability to innovate; and
5. translate their thoughts and excitements to produce shop drawings for multi-physical,
multidisciplinary design.

New
Engineering and Technology 436
Course Contents
Projection of lines, auxiliary views, and mixed projection. Preparation of detailed working
production drawing; semi-detailed drawings, conventional presentation methods. Solid,
surface, and shell modeling. Faces, bodies, and surface intersections. Component-based
design. Component assembly and motion constraints. Constrained motions and animation.
Introduction to electronics modeling. Electronics board layout preparation, Component
libraries, and Schematic design. Parametric modeling and adaptive design. Simulation for
material optimization. Designing for manufacturing. Additive and subtractive manufacturing.
Production for 3-D printing, Laser cutting, and CNC machinery. Arrangement of engineering
components to form a working plant (Assembly Drawing of a Plant).

EVE 202: Environmental Engineering Chemistry (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. define relevant chemistry terminologies and their applications; and
2. acquire basic knowledge of chemistry needed to understand environmental concepts.

Course Contents
Stoichiometry and concentration. Atomic structure and chemical bonding. Acids, Bases, Salts,
Metals. Changes of state, Solutions and equilibriums. Electrochemistry and corrosion. Organic
chemistry, Biochemistry. Mass energy transfer and material balances. Quantitative variables
governing chemical behaviour in environmental systems. Thermodynamics and kinetics of
acid/base, coordination, precipitation/dissolution, and redox reactions. Organic chemistry
nomenclature and pesticides.

EVE 203: Environmental Engineering Microbiology (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the functioning of microorganisms;
2. appreciate the role microorganisms play in many natural and engineered systems;
3. relate microbial activities to the treatment of water, wastewater, and solid waste; and
4. relate the role of microorganisms in diseases.

Course Contents
Structure and metabolism of cells (cell structure, cell growth kinetics, and genetics) and micro-
organisms. Monitoring methods for pathogens and indicator organisms. Application of
microbial knowledge in the natural environment (self-purification, biodegradation,
biodeterioration, ecotoxicity). Introduction to ecology: Ecosystems, population dynamics,
environmental cycles; human impact on ecosystems. Roles of microorganisms in wastewater
treatment, anaerobic digestion of municipal sludges, stream self-purification, and degradation
of water quality in drinking-water systems. Disinfection of wastewater and drinking water to
remove viruses, bacteria and protozoa that cause waterborne diseases.

300 Level

GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 437
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in peace
building.

Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,
community leaders). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents of
conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and Imperatives.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation, collaboration). The
roles of international organizations in conflict resolution (a) The United Nations, UN and its
conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council (c) ECOWAS in
peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building. Managing post-
conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs);the role of NGOs in
post-conflict situations/crises.

ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
1. describe the key steps in venture creation;
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.

Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First

New
Engineering and Technology 438
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy, etc. Digital business and e-commerce strategies).

GET 301: Engineering Mathematics III (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to
1. demonstrate a clear understanding of the course content, that is, possess a breadth of
knowledge in the area covered;
2. possess an in-depth knowledge upon which a solid foundation can be built in order to
demonstrate a depth of understanding in advanced mathematical topics;
3. develop simple algorithms and use computational proficiency;
4. write simple proofs for theorems and their applications;; and
5. communicate the acquired mathematical knowledge effectively in speech, writing and
collaborative groups..

Course Contents
Linear Algebra. Elements of Matrices, Determinants, Inverses of Matrices. Theory of Linear
Equations. Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors. Analytical Geometry. Coordinate Transformation.
Solid Geometry. Polar, cylindrical and spherical coordinates. Elements of functions of several
variables. Surface Variables. Ordinary Integrals. Evaluation of Double Integrals, Triple
Integrals, Line Integrals and Surface Integrals. Derivation and Integrals of Vectors. The
gradient of scalar quantities. Flux of Vectors. The curl of a vector field, Gauss, Greens and
Stoke’s theorems and applications. Singular Valued Functions. Multivalued Functions.
Analytical Functions. Cauchy Riemann’s Equations. Singularities and Zeroes. Contour
Integration including the use of Cauchy’s Integral Theorems. Bilinear transformation.

GET 302: Engineering Mathematics IV (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve second order differential equations;
2. solve partial differential equations;
3. solve linear integral equations;
4. relate integral transforms to solution of differential and integral equations;
5. explain and apply interpolation formulas; and
6. apply Runge-Kutta and other similar methods in solving ODE and PDEs.

Course Contents
Series solution of second order linear differential equations with variable coefficients. Bessel
and Legendre equations. Equations with variable coefficients. Sturm-Liouville boundary value
problems. Solutions of equations in two and three dimensions by separation of variables. Eigen
value problems. Use of operations in the solution of partial differential equations and Linear
integral equations. Integral transforms and their inverse including Fourier, Laplace, Mellin and

New
Engineering and Technology 439
Handel Transforms. Convolution integrals and Hilbert Transforms. Calculus of finite
differences. Interpolation formulae. Finite difference equations. RungeKutta and other
methods in the solutions of ODE and PDEs. Numerical integration and differentiation.

GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in engineering
communication, including technical reporting for different applications and emotional
comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual demonstrate property rights, their
protection, and problems in engineering communication and presentation; and
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.

Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis and structure Fog Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A,B,C,D,E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills(steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports(competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.

GET 305: Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. work with data from the point of view of knowledge convergence, machine learning, and
intelligence augmentation, which significantly raises their standard for engineering
analysis (the approach forces them to learn statistics in an actionable way that helps them
to see the holistic importance of data analytics in modern engineering and technology);
2. anticipate the future with Artificial Intelligence while fulfilling the basic requirements of
conventional engineering statistical programming consistent with their future careers;
3. perform, with proficiency, statistical inference tasks with language or programming
toolboxes such as R, Python, Mathematica or MATLAB, and Design Expert to summarise
analysis and interpretation of industry engineering data, and make appropriate conclusions
based on such experimental and/or real-life industrial data;

New
Engineering and Technology 440
4. construct appropriate graphical displays of data and highlight the roles of such displays in
data analysis, particularly the use of statistical software packages;
5. plan and execute experimental programmes to determine the performance of programme-
relevant industrial engineering systems, and evaluate the accuracy of the measurements
undertaken; and
6. demonstrate mastery of data analytics and statistical concepts by communicating the
results of experimental and industry-case investigations, critically reasoned scientific and
professional analysis through written and oral presentation.

Course Contents
Descriptive statistics, frequency distribution, populations and sample, central tendency,
variance data sampling, mean, median, mode, mean deviation and percentiles. Probability.
Binomial, Poisson hyper-geometric and normal distributions. Statistical inference intervals,
test hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big data analytics
and cloud computing applications. Introduction to the R language; R as a calculator; Vectors,
matrices, factors, data frames and other R collections. Iteration and looping control structures.
Conditionals and other controls. Designing, using and extending functions. The Apply Family.
Statistical modelling and inference in R.
.
GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3 Units C: LH 30 PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the types, uses and advantages of renewable energy in relation to climate change;
2. design for use the various renewable energy systems;
3. recognise and analyse the current energy systems in Nigeria, their impacts on
development and the global energy demand and supply scenarios;
4. appreciate the environmental impact of energy exploitation and utilisation, and pursue the
sustainable development of renewable energy for various applications; and
5. recognise the exploitation, excavation, production, and processing of fossil fuels such as
coal, petroleum and natural gas, and discuss the sources, technology and contribution to
future energy demands of renewable energy.

Course Contents
Current and potential future energy systems in Nigeria and globally - resources, extraction,
concepts in energy conversion systems; parallels and differences in various conversion
systems and end-use technologies, with emphasis on meeting 21st-century national, regional
and global energy needs in a sustainable manner. Various energy technologies in each fuel
cycle stage for fossil (oil, gas, synthetic), nuclear (fission and fusion) and renewable (solar,
biomass, wind, hydro, and geothermal). Energy types, storage, transmission and
conservation. Analysis of energy mixes within an engineering, economic and social context.
Sustainable energy; emphasise sustainability in general and in the overall concept of
sustainable development and the link this has with sustainable energy as the fundamental
benefit of renewable energy.

Practical Contents
Simple measurement of solar radiation, bomb calorimeter determination of calorific value of
fuels and biomass; measurement of the velocity of wind, waves and the energy that abound
in them; laboratory production of biogas and determination of energy available in it; simple
conversion of solar energy to electricity; transesterification of edible oil into biodiesel;
simulation of geothermal energy; Geiger-Muller or Scintillation Counters’ determination of

New
Engineering and Technology 441
uranium or thorium energy; simple solid or salt storage of energy; hybrid application of
renewable energy.

GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and

Convergent Technologies (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:
1. explain the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications and effects of artificial
intelligence;
2. explain the fundamental concepts of machine learning, deep learning and convergent
technologies;
3. demonstrate the difference between supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised
learning;
4. demonstrate proficiency in machine learning workflow and how to implement the steps
effectively;
5. explain natural languages, knowledge representation, expert systems and pattern
recognition;
6. describe distributed systems, data and information security and intelligent web
technologies;
7. explain the concept of big data analytics, purpose of studying it, issues that can arise with
a data set and the importance of properly preparing data prior to a machine learning
exercise; and
8. explain the concepts, characteristics, models and benefits, key security and compliance
challenges of cloud computing.

Course Contents
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence paradigms;
search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired algorithms –
examples, their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding
natural languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation, mathematical and logic
foundations of AI; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition; distributed
systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent technologies
– definition, significance and engineering applications. Neural networks and deep learning.
Introduction to python AI libraries.

GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (3 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three softwares in their chosen career choices;
2. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;
3. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;,
4. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work ;
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers; and
7. write a general report at the end of the training.

New
Engineering and Technology 442
The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work
experience i.e. 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged
in the more advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use
in the industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a
report at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and
encouraged to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities
and experiences to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits
include:

Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine

operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts,
gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, andwooden furniture making processes.

Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solid works: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with Solid works, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solid works drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.

A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project.

Examples of projects should include the following:

a. design of machine components;
b. product design and innovation;
c. part modelling and drafting in solidworks; and
d. technical report writing.

CEE 301: Fluid Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe boundary layer theory and state its applications in pipe and open channel flows;
2. analyse and design pipe network systems;
3. explain unsteady flows in pipes and open channels;
4. analyse and design of open channel for rigid and non-rigid flows; and
5. explain the use of hydraulic structures.

Course Contents
Fluid Boundary Layer theory. Steady pipe flow covering minor and major energy losses in
laminar and turbulent flows. Pipe systems and network analysis. Pressure transients in
pipelines. Uniform open channel flow covering the design of rigid and non-rigid boundary
channels. Non-uniform open channel flow including - specific energy and critical flow,

New
Engineering and Technology 443
transition; water surface profiles in gradually varied flow and computer applications. Unsteady
open channel flows. Hydraulic structures such as weirs, culverts, overflow spillways, and
energy dissipators.

CEE 303: Engineering Geology (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. plan subsurface exploration;
2. acquire the fundamental knowledge engineering geologic characterization of soil and rock
types especially in Nigeria;
3. prepare soil profile during soil investigations;
4. apply geological knowledge in the siting of water, wastewater, roads, and dams and
5. prepare and interpret engineering geology report.

Course Contents
Basic principles of physical and structural geology with emphasis on topics related to civil
engineering - the study of minerals, rocks and soil types, load formation, techniques of air-
photo interpretations, and geological mapping. Introduction to geology of Nigeria. Application
of geological principles to engineering and environmental problems such as water supply, site
investigation - dams, geologic hazards, slope processes, earthquakes, subsidence, and the
engineering properties of geologic materials. Preparation and interpretation of engineering
geology report. This course should be supported with laboratory on basic geologic
identification and mapping techniques.

CEE 304: Civil Engineering Materials (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
A t the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the suitability for use in Civil Engineering Materials, the concepts of concrete,
structural steel and other important structural metals such as timber and masonry.
2. conduct tests of engineering properties of Civil Engineering materials and utilize these for
quality control;
3. describe the limitations of these materials under various uses; and
4. characterise some of the variability and uncertainty associated with these materials.

Course Contents
Concrete technology – types of cement, aggregates – properties. Concrete mix, design,
properties, and their determination. Steel technology – production, fabrication, and properties:
corrosion and its prevention. Tests on steel and quality control. Timber technology – types of
wood, properties, defects, stress grading. Preservation and fire protection, timber products,
rubber, plastics: Asphalt, tar, glass, lime, bricks, Applications to buildings, roads, and bridges.

CEE 305: Soil Mechanics I (2 Units E: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be to:
1. measure soil properties in the laboratory;
2. interpret and summarise data soil classification;
3. determine the optimum conditions for compaction of soils and the ultimate amount
achievable; and
4. estimate the settlement of soils due to compaction and consolidation.

New
Engineering and Technology 444
Course Contents
Mineralogy of soils. Soil structures. Formation of soils. Soil classification. Engineering
properties of soils. Soil in water relationship – void ratio, porosity, specific gravity,
permeability, and other factors. Atterberg limits – particle size distribution. shear strength of
soils, Mohr’s stress circle. Compaction and soil stabilization. Settlement. Theory of
consolidation. Laboratory work.

EVE 301: Principles of Engineering Survey (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. describe the principles and scope of surveying and geo-informatics;
2. use survey instruments to carry out basic measurements like distance, angles, heights, and
coordinates;
3. acquire the skills to process field survey data for the preparation of a large-scale topographic
map; and
4. interpret and analyse information on survey plans/maps for planning purpose.

Course Contents
Introduction to the use of basic surveying instruments: (Tapes, Theodolites, Total stations, GPS,
and Levels). General principles involved in basic survey measurements: Control and accuracy
checks in survey measurements. Sources and theory of errors in survey measurements.
Introduction to plane rectangular coordinate systems. Basic Surveying Measurements: Linear
& Angular measurements. Classical and modern methods of horizontal position establishment
in surveying. Height determination by methods of spirit and reciprocal levelling. Methods of
Trigonometrical, Barometric, and Hydrostatic levelling. Introduction to tacheometric
surveying. Methods of obtaining field data for topographic surveys. Basic principles and uses of
topographic maps. Introduction to photogrammetry.

EVE 302: Risk Assessment (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this course, students will be able to:
1. Identify environmental hazards;
2. master risk assessment techniques and select method of approach; and
3. Apply risk assessment in the management of hazardous wastes;

Course Contents
Introduction to risk assessment, what does the law say? Fundamentals of Hazard, Exposures,
and Risk Assessment. Concepts in Risk Assessment. The Risk Assessment Process (preparing
to conduct risk assessments, Listing Core Activities, Prioritising Core Activities, Job Analysis,
identifying hazards). Risk Assessment techniques and Methods of approach. Hazardous Waste
Management Decisions from Risk Assessment. Selected Case Studies and Applications. Written
safe work practices.

400 Level

GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units: C; PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 445
1. Complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme.
2. Demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.

Course Contents

In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units: C; LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies.
2. Describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to
the society.
3. Demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices.
4. Prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review
5. Discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation.
6. Determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:
1. be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
2. bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work
methods and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways
of safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;
3. experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work and
the environment seamlessly,and expose them to contacts for eventual job placements
after graduation;
4. be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place
of engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them;
and
5. exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 446
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not
necessarily limited to the student’s major (24 weeks from the end of the first semester at
400-Level to the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second
semester at 400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a
programme related industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc, for a period of 6
months under the guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised
by an academic staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits
the completed Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also, there will be a
comprehensive report covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences
(GET 299, GET 399 and GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department
for overall assessment.

EVE 401: Fundamentals of GIS & Remote Sensing (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the systematic principles of GIS and the application of GIS to biodiversity conservation
and environmental studies using real-world examples;
2. acquire, combine and manipulate data from multiple sources in a GIS in order to deal and
solve practical problems in biodiversity conservation and environmental science;
3. state the principles underlying the analysis of spatial data and remote sensing data and
produce appropriate maps of environmental data;
4. developed practical technical skills on GIS analytical techniques; and
5. generate and critically evaluate GIS and remote sensing outcomes and write reports on GIS
mapping and analysis.

Course Contents
Electromagnetic radiation and interaction with matter. Types and design of electromagnetic
sensors. The photographic camera, Radiometers, thermal scanners, and multispectral scanners.
Sensor platforms. Introduction to digital image processing. Image classification. Elements of
photo interpretation. Definitions and Basic concepts of GIS (Geographical Information System).
Spatial relationships. Elementary Mathematical concepts (graph theory, set theory, and
topology). Components of a GIS. Field-based and object-based concepts of the real world.
Raster and vector databases. Spatial Data Models: 2D, 3D, and 4D Model; tessellation data
models; vector data models, tessellation versus spatial vector relationships: metric, topologic and
spatial order. Data quality aspect: positional accuracy, attribute accuracy, logical consistency,
completeness, and lineage. Data capture; data manipulation; data queries, data analysis; data
modeling; data display and data presentation.

500 Level

GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
4. possess the skills needed for project management; and
5. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.

New
Engineering and Technology 447
Course Contents
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons – functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.
Project planning, control and timeliness;decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.

GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions;
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications; and
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principles undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically
present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an
expert witness.

Course Contents
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.
Termination/cancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.

EVE 501: Water Treatment & Supply (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcome
At the end of this course, students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 448
1. explain water quality and pollution control principles;
2. evaluate treatment processes;
3. design treatment plant especially low-cost options;
4. operate and manage treatment plant; and
5. develop skills in the design of water supply and distribution scheme.

Course Contents
Water quality and pollution. Water-related diseases. Basic water treatment principles. Water
abstraction. Data collection in water treatment. Water pre-treatment. Coagulation &
flocculation. Sedimentation. Filtration. Water disinfection. Water softening. Management of
water sludges. Water distribution system – pipework, reservoirs, pumping stations, fittings &
regulating devices. Procedure for main distribution network.

EVE 502: Wastewater Treatment (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the characteristics of wastewater;
2. identify water treatment processes;
3. undertake plant design with emphasis on low-cost options; and
4. explain environmental aspects and plant operation.

Course Contents
Principles of wastewater treatment (wastewater characteristics, why treat wastewater,
wastewater treatment philosophy, preliminary & primary, secondary & tertiary treatment
units). Reactions and reactors in wastewater treatment. Overview of biological wastewater
treatment systems (activated sludge process, trickling filters, ponds, overland treatment, and
constructed wetland systems). Ventilated improved pit latrines (VIPs), Septic tank and baffled
septic tank systems. Wastewater stabilization ponds. Basic activated sludge and trickling filter
systems of treatment. Sludge treatment and disposal.

Minimum Academic Standards

Equipment
Fluids & Hydraulics Laboratory
Laboratory testing to enhance and extend the student's understanding of the fundamental
principles of fluid mechanics and hydraulics. The experiments are built around Armfield F1-10
Hydraulic Bench or its equivalent. Basic experiments linked with Hydraulic Bench are:
F1-12 Hydrostatic pressure,
F1-13 Flow over weirs,
F1-15 Bernoulli’s theorem demonstration,
F1-16 Impact of a jet,
F1-17 Orifice and free jet flow,
F1-18 Energy losses in pipes,
F1-19 Flow channel,
F1-20 Osborne Reynolds’ demonstration,
F1-22 Energy losses in bends and fittings,
F1-23 Free and forced vortices,
F1-25 Demonstration of Pelton turbine,
F1-27 Centrifugal pumps characteristics.
Data are collected and analysed using statistical and numerical tools. In addition, experiments
in hydrology can be handled such as rainfall simulation systems.

New
Engineering and Technology 449
Public Health Engineering Laboratory
These laboratory experiments are designed to enhance students' understanding of courses
related to public health such as water and wastewater treatment and plant operations. Data
are collected and analysed using statistical and numerical tools. Experiments will cover:
Errors of measurement; Solids’ determination (total, suspended, and volatile); pH, acidity, and
alkalinity; Colour and turbidity; use of Dissolved Oxygen (DO) meter; Determination of water
hardness (total, calcium, and magnesium); Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD); Chemical
Oxygen Demand (COD); Determination of Nitrate (NO ) and Phosphate (PO ); Breakpoint
Chlorination; Enumeration of bacteria – Agar Plate Count, Most Probable Number (MPN)
method, and Membrane Filtration (ELE Paqualab is valuable), coagulation/flocculation
experiment. Key equipment should include solids determination, pH, dissolved oxygen, BOD,
COD, digester, water distiller of deionizer, colorimeter, or spectrophotometer (preferred). ELE
Paqualab System 50 is designed to be used for potable water testing.

Environmental Engineering Fieldwork

(a) Air Pollution Monitoring
This will involve lectures on air pollution monitoring and the use of multi-sensors air pollution
monitors that can detect common air pollutants such as particulate matter (PM . & PM ),
Carbon monoxide (CO), Nitrogen dioxide (NO ), Sulphur dioxide (SO ), Ozone (O ) and
Hydrocarbons.
(b) Noise Pollution Monitoring
This will involve the use of both Integrated and Basic Noise Level Meters all to IEC 61672
Class 2 International Standard in addition to a Noise Dosimeter if available. Noise
measurement and analysis should include Sound attenuation with distance, Road traffic noise
index, Noise Pollution Level (NPL), Loudness analysis using ISO Method A based on Stephen
(1961), Noise dose, and Time Weighted Average (TWA) computation. Data to be collected
and analysed using statistical and numerical tools.
Note: Fieldwork should be assigned as a course and given 1 credit unit.

Staffing

Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalents
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15 Units per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practical’s
and supervision of projects.
NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees; hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personnel

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practical’s
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.

Administrative Support Staff

New
Engineering and Technology 450
The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.

Technical Support Personnel

The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation and
maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.
Minimum Number of Staff
Subject to the general standards specified by NUC;
1. there should be a minimum of two PhDs and four M.Eng degree holders full-time academic
staff to mount the programme;
2. each workshop or laboratory should have an adequate number of staff with the right mix,
such that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run efficiently; and
3. there should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate caliber for
the office of the Head of Department to run.

Library
In addition to the university and faculty libraries, the programme must have a departmental
library that is well equipped with specialized books and journals in both physical collections
and E-collections (E-Resources) of various types. Various field and research reports of the
programme must also be available in the library for staff, students and researchers.
The library must also have adequate facilities for the following:
1. Reading;
2. Provisions for lending; and
3. Reservation unit for specialized materials.
Classrooms, Laboratories, Workshops, Clinics and Offices
The NUC recommends the following physical space requirement:

Academic m2
Professor’s Office 18.50
Head of Department’s Office 18.50
Tutorial Teaching Staff Space 13.50
Other Teaching Staff Space 7.00
Technical Staff Space 7.00
Science Staff Research Laboratory 16.50
Engineering Staff Research Laboratory 14.50
Seminar Space per student 1.85
Drawing Office Space (A.O. Board) (Per Student) 4.60
Drawing Office Space (A.I. Board) (Per Student) 3.70
Laboratory Space 7.50
Non-Academic
Secretarial Space 7.00

Office Facilities
S/No Office No in Room Facilities
1. HOD 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.

New
Engineering and Technology 451
 2. Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit.
4. Senior 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
Lecturer computer unit.
5. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.
6. Lecturer II 3 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves

New
Engineering and Technology 452
B.Eng. Food Engineering
Overview
Food Engineering (FDE) is a multidisciplinary field of applied physical sciences which combines
science, microbiology, and engineering education for food and related industries. Food
engineering can be described as application of engineering principles and concepts to the
conversion of raw agricultural products to consumers’ foods at lowest possible cost. Food
engineers provide the technological knowledge transfer essential to the cost-effective
production and commercialization of food products and services.
The decision to revamp the curriculum of higher education in Nigeria could not have come at
more opportune time. Employability rating of university graduates has been on a steady
decline for years. In a bid to stem this negative trend a fresh curriculum is hereby proposed,
that will allow universities to contribute a minimum of 30% innovative content to the core of
the minimum academic standard prescribed by the National Universities Commission (NUC).
Hence, this new BSc. Food Engineering Core Curriculum and Minimum Academic Standards
(CCMAS) has been prepared and approved for use in all Nigerian universities for the
educational training of Food Engineering Professionals. The Bachelor’s degree in Food
Engineering will provide students with a well-balanced Food technology and engineering
knowledge to meet the quality standard of 21st Century workforce. The need for manpower
required for processing agricultural crops and development of processes and machineries that
will help Nigeria to attain food security that has been eluding the country, has been the
concern of all in national development. The main objective of the programme is to provide a
curriculum that will produce prospective graduates of food engineering – who can contribute
to the production of adequate, safe and nutritious food products, capable of working
effectively at the senior level in the food industry, the food commodity research institutes,
government, private and international establishments related to food. The ultimate goal is to
empower graduates to become creators of employment by virtue of their training. Prospective
food engineers would at the end of their training be registered with the Council of Registered
Engineers of Nigeria (COREN) as well as the Nigerian Council of Food Science and Technology
(NiCoFoST). The underlying philosophy of the programme is to train technically skilled
graduates with theoretical and practical knowledge in food processing, food storage and
packaging, human nutrition, food product development, process design, food machinery,
equipment and plant design, fabrication and maintenance.

Philosophy
The need for manpower required for the preservation of agricultural crops and development
of products and processes that will provide nutritious, balanced and safe diets to the people
has been the concern in national development. Food Engineering is anchored on strong
foundations of mathematics, science and economics. The programme is designed to impart in
students, theoretical and practical skills that empower them as Creative Design Engineers for
systems (processes, machinery, equipment and plants) for processing, preservation,
distribution, storage and marketing of food and Agricultural raw materials; the professional
implementation of such designs, and the operation of complex systems that result.
The Food Engineer is a hybrid-engineer, trained specifically for problem-solving in the food
and allied industries. He/She is equipped with sufficient grasp of the biological sciences to
understand the basic biological character of agricultural inputs into the food industries. The
food engineer is skilled especially to address critical problems associated with the design of
food products for manufacturing in food plants and their development into profitable articles
of commerce and the complexities of food quality assurance and sound environmental

New
Engineering and Technology 453
management for sustainable food processing and handling systems. In particular, the Food
Engineering programme seeks to equip students with unique enhanced insights into basic
biological, physico-chemical and engineering properties of food and phenomena responsible
for changes in food quality during storage, processing and marketing. The general philosophy
therefore is to produce graduates with high academic standard in the design of food
processes, machinery/equipment-systems and plants anchored on sound scientific and
technological foundations of understanding of causative mechanisms rather than on costly
empiricism derived from trial-and-error, possessing adequate practical background for self
employment as well as being of immediate value to industry, academia and the community in
global food security.
Objectives
The objectives of the programme are to adopt and integrate the principles of Science,
Technology, Engineering and Mathematics (STEM) in:
1. producing graduates who will be involved in food product/process development, research
and development, processing and preservation.
2. training Engineers who will serve the food industry at all levels in food process design,
food machine and plant design, fabrication, maintenance and evaluation of food
processing machines and plants. the conversion of raw agricultural produce into
processed, packaged, shelf-stable food products and intermediate raw materials;
3. establishment, maintenance and assurance of quality of food products and processes in
the plant/factory.
4. direct practical experience in the food industries, food research
laboratories/stations/higher academic institutions, government establishments/
parastatals and international organizations.
5. supporting governmental agencies responsible for the formulation and enforcement of
food laws and;
6. developing and imparting entrepreneurial skills that will make graduates employable or
self-reliant job creation.
7. understanding all the materials, components, machines, equipment, production
techniques and systems in food technology.
8. adapting and adopting exogenous technology in order to solve local technical problems.
9. managing people, funds, materials and equipment.
10. improving on indigenous technology to enhance local problems-solving capabilities
11. developing novel products, simulating imported food products, consequently helping to
decrease capital flight.

Therefore, the students will be equipped to upgrade the quality of local food products,
innovate new products, simulate imported food products and consequently reduce post
harvest losses and promote food security. The Bachelors Degree in Food Engineering CCMAS
contains 105 Units of core courses in the Basic Sciences, General Engineering, Food Science
and Technology/ Food Engineering Courses. Learning outcomes have been attached to the
course content for individual courses in the CCMAS to showcase content delivery. Universities
are encouraged to supply the remaining 45 units according to their peculiar needs to make
up a total of 150 units required for graduation.

Unique Features of the Programme

1. much reduced student workload;
2. enhanced learning and application of ICT;

New
Engineering and Technology 454
 3. programme is a hybrid course that shares technologies with microbiology, chemistry,
chemical engineering, pharmacy, biotechnology, agricultural engineering and
Nutrition;
4. production of FDE graduates that are well-equipped with all the requisite science and
engineering tools to function optimally in the 21st Century;
5. curriculum design focused on graduating employers of labour rather than job seekers;
6. training graduates with very strong leadership skills;
7. champions technology advancement in line with food products development and
processing;
8. guarantees safest and most environmentally friendly ways of processing, packaging,
preserving, storing and distribution of foods; and
9. an acclaimed professional in the food industry and food enterprises with strong initiative
and exceptional leadership and management skills.
Employability Skills
The expected outcome of the Food Engineering programme, is to mould highly informed,
skilled and inspired professionals academically and professionally for the creative and
effective practice of engineering in self-employment and in the food and allied industries,
and in government and other local and international agencies involved in the management
and regulation of food resources. The prospective graduates are empowered to generate
novel food products, upgrade local food processing techniques, simulate imported food
products and provide innovative solutions/equipment to the challenges in food industry,
regulatory space and research institutes. This curriculum ensures that Graduates are
adequately trained to be employed at the senior level in food industries, regulatory agencies,
food service and extension organizations and research institutes. Graduates are also trained
to be capable of establishing their own small and medium scale food enterprises and
upgrade existing ones.

Generally the job options for a Food Engineering graduate are:

. Food Engineer
. Production Manager in food companies
. Product/Process development Scientist
. Quality Assurance Manager
. Regulatory Affairs Officer
. Research Officer
. Scientific Laboratory Technician
. Brewer
. Procurement Manager
. Consultant
.
21st Century Skills
In tandem with this objective, the Food Engineering CCMAS places a high premium on the
following ten 21st Century skills as its desired programme outcome in line with global best
academic and professional practices:

1. Communication Skills: the ability to present ideas effectively with confidence through
aural, oral and written modes, not only with engineers but also with the community at
large.

New
Engineering and Technology 455
2. Creativity and innovation skills: The ability to create new ways of thinking and be able to
find solutions to new problems by being innovative enough, to build new products and
services.

3. Information literacy: The ability to access, evaluate, synthesis and share information from
multi-disciplinary / interdisciplinary sources.

4. Competence in Application and Practice: the ability to use techniques, skills, and modern
engineering tools to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs within
realistic constraints such as economic, environmental, social, political, ethical, health and
safety, manufacturability, and sustainability, in accordance with relevant engineering
standards.

5. Team Working Skills: the ability to function effectively as an individual and in a group with
the capacity to be a leader as well as an effective team member

6. Problem Solving and Decision-Making Skills: the ability to solve engineering problem
through critical thinking, system thinking and effective decision making.

7. Engineering System Approach: the ability to utilize systems approach to design and
evaluate operational performance

8. Knowledge of Contemporary Issues: the ability to continue learning independently in the

acquisition of new knowledge, skills and technologies. The use of information,
communication and computing technologies are very essential in the knowledge-based
era.

9. Understand Professional, Social and Ethical Responsibilities: the ability to understand the
social, cultural, global and environmental responsibilities of a professional engineer, and
commitment to professional and ethical responsibilities.

10. Leadership: the ability to lead a multidisciplinary team in technological diagnosis,

delivering efficient solutions and managing projects.

Admission and Graduation Requirement

Admission Requirements

Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
1. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
2. Direct Entry (DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

For the five-year degree programme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must include English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

Direct Entry (DE) Mode

For four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit passes
which must include English Language, Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry, candidates with
at least two passes in relevant subjects (Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry) at the GCE
Advanced Level or IJMB or JUPEB may be considered for admission. Candidates who have
good National Diploma (ND) result in relevant Engineering Technology programmes may also

New
Engineering and Technology 456
be considered for admission into 200 level. Holders of upper credit pass and above at Higher
National Diploma (HND) level, are eligible for consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:

1. Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of 150
and maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5–year engineering degree programme.
Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters.

2. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode at 200 level, shall register for a
minimum of 120 and a maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic
semesters.

3. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode at 300 level, shall register for a
minimum of 90 and a maximum of 120 units of courses during a 3–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of 6 academic
semesters.

4. HND holders who enter as Direct Entry candidates at 300 level shall register for a
minimum of 90 units of courses and a maximum of 120 units of courses.

5. The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units
respectively.

6. A student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by the
university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.

A student shall also have earned the 11 credit units of Students Industrial Work Experience
Scheme (SIWES), 8 credit units of University General Study courses and four credit units of
Entrepreneurship courses.

For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered,
whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the
computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it
or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each and all
attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.

Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME, 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 200-Level
and 11 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 300-Level.

Global Course Structure

New
Engineering and Technology 457
 General Basic GET FDE SIWES and Total
Studies Science Courses
Year Courses Engineering
Valuation

1 4 16 3 2 25

2 4 20 3* 27

3 4 - 14 11 4* 33

4 - - 2 10 6* 18

5 - - 5 10 15

Total CCMAS 12 16 44 33 13* 105

≈70%

* All 11 SIWES units and 2 units of Engineering valuation courses are credited for GPA
computation in the 2nd Semester of the 400 Level, and not included in the CCMAS credit units.

100 Level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
code

GST 111 Communication in English I 2 C 15 45

30 -
GST 112 Nigerian People and Culture 2 C

GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C 30 -

Engineering Graphics and Solid Modeling 15 45

GET 102 I 2 C

CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C - 45

CHM 102 General Chemistry II 2 C 30 -

CHM 107 General Practical Chemistry I 1 C - 45

CHM 108 General Practical Chemistry II 1 C 30 -

MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 2 C 15 45

MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C 15 -

PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C 30 -

PHY 103 General Physics III 2 C 30 -

PHY 107 General Practical Physics I 2 C - 45

PHY 108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45

FDE 102 Introduction to Food Engineering 2 C 30 -

Total 25

New
Engineering and Technology 458
200 Level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GST 212 Philosophy, Environment and 2 C 30 -
Sustainable Development
ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and Innovation 2 C 30

GET 201 Applied Electricity I 3 C 45 -

GET 204 Workshop Practice 2 C - 90
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 45 -
GET 210 Engineering Mathematics II 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing and Software Engineering 3 C 30 45

GET 205 Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 3 C 30 45

Fundamentals of Engineering 30 45
GET 206 3 C
Thermodynamics
Fundamentals of Food Processing, 30 -
FDE 201 2 E*
Preservation and Packaging
SIWES I: SWEP – Students Work 9 weeks
GET 299 3** C
Experience and Practice
Total 27
** All SIWES units credited in the 2 Semester of 400 Level
nd

* Elective (not added to CCMAS units)

300 Level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GST 312 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 30 -

ENT 312 Venture and creation 2 C 15 45

GET 301 Engineering Mathematics III 3 R 45 -

Engineering Communication and 45 -

GET 304 3 C
Technical Writing

GET 305 Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics 3 C 45 -

Renewable Energy Systems and 30 45

GET 306 3 C
Technologies

Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, 45 -

GET 307 Machine Learning and Convergent 3 C
Technologies

FDE 300 Gen. Food Engineering Laboratory 1 C - 45

FDE 301 Food Chemistry for Engineers 2 C 30 -

FDE 302 Food Chemistry for Engineers Laboratory 1 C - 45

FDE 303 Conversion Ancillary Operations in Food 2 C 30 -

Processing

New
Engineering and Technology 459
 FDE 304 Separation Operation In Food Processing 2 C 30 -

FDE 305 Principles of Food Preservation 2 C 30 -

FDE 306 Heat and Mass Transfers in Food 2 E 30 -

Processing
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 Weeks

Total 33

* All SIWES units credited in the 2nd Semester of 400 Level

* Elective (not added to CCMAS units)

400 Level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
MEE 402/ Theory (Mechanics) of Machines II 2 C 30 -
FDE 4011
FDE 401 Technology of Fresh Food Products 2 C 30 -

FDE 403 Technology of Plant Food Products 2 C 30 -

FDE 405 Laboratory Practical (Animal Products, 2 C - 90

Fruits & Vegetable)
FDE 407 Food Quality Control 2 C 15 45

FDE 409 Food Process Design 2 C 30 45

FDE 423 Food Analyses 2 E 15 45

GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 C 90

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Costing 2 E 30
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 Weeks

Total 18

SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

500 LEVEL

New
Engineering and Technology 460
 Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GET 501 Engineering Project Management 3 C 45 -
GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -

FDE 501 Food Machinery and Equipment Design 2 C 15 45

FDE 502 Food Plant Design and Economics 2 C 15 45

FDE 503 Assigned Final Year Design & Research 6 C - 270

Project
Total 15

Learning Outcomes and Course Contents

100 Level Courses

GST 111: Communication in English I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.

Course Content
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology); English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations); major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional); grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality,)
Reading and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking;
reasoning methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, r, analogy,
generalisation and explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements.
Writing activities (pre-writing[brainstorming and outlining], writing [paragraphing,
punctuation and expression], post- writing [ editing and proofreading]. , Types of writing
(summary, essays, letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making, etc. Mechanics of
writing. Information and Communication Technology in modern language learning. Language
skills for effective communication.. The art of public speaking.

GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify and list the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
2. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political entity;
3. analyse the concepts of trade and economic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation
to national development;

New
Engineering and Technology 461
4. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian state regarding nation building;
5. analyse the role of the judiciary in upholding fundamental human rights
6. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria;
7. list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems
and
8. analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;
Course Content
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and cultures;
peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria; nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system; indigenous apprenticeship system among
Nigerian peoples; trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justice and national
development (definition and classification of law); Judiciary and fundamental rights.
Individuals, norms and values (basic Nigerian norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition; citizenship and civic responsibilities; indigenous languages, usage and
development; negative attitudes and conducts [Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices]). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3Rs – Reconstruction, Rehabilitation
and Re-orientation; re-orientation strategies: Operation Feed the Nation (OFN), Green
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline (WAI), War Against Indiscipline and
Corruption(WAIC), Mass Mobilization for Self-Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery
(MAMSER), National Orientation Agency (NOA). Current socio-political and cultural
developments in Nigeria.

GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs); and
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.

Course Content
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.

GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 462
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple everyday and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength, cost and improved upon, designing;
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical and
other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the analytical
nature of the courses they take; and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.

Course Content
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete terms.
Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3d objects.
Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and perspectives.
Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection and rendering.
This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid works, solid edge
or equivalent.

CHM 101: General Chemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. define atom, molecules and chemical reactions;
2. discuss the modern electronic theory of atoms;
3. write electronic configurations of elements on the periodic table;
4. rationalise the trends of atomic radii, ionisation energies, electronegativity of the
elements, based on their position in the periodic table;
5. identify and balance oxidation–reduction equation and solve redox titration problems;
6. draw shapes of simple molecules and hybridised orbitals;
7. identify the characteristics of acids, bases and salts, and solve problems based on their
quantitative relationship;
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using LeChatelier’s principle to
predict the effect of concentration, pressure and temperature changes on equilibrium
mixtures;
9. analyse and perform calculations with the thermodynamic functions, enthalpy, entropy
and free energy; and
10. determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and temperature.

Course Content
Atoms, molecules, elements and compounds, and chemical reactions. Modern electronic
theory of atoms. Electronic configuration, periodicity and building up of the periodic table.
Hybridisation and shapes of simple molecules. Valence forces; Structure of solids. Chemical
equations and stoichiometry; chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, kinetic theory of
matter. Elementary thermochemistry; rates of reaction, equilibrium and thermodynamics.
Acids, bases and salts. Properties of gases. Redox reactions and introduction to
electrochemistry. Radioactivity.

New
Engineering and Technology 463
CHM 102: General Chemistry II (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the importance and development of organic chemistry;
2. define fullerenes and its applications;
3. discuss electronic theory;
4. determine the qualitative and quantitative of structures in organic chemistry;
5. state rules guiding nomenclature and functional group classes of organic chemistry;
6. determine the rate of reaction to predict mechanisms of reaction;
7. identify classes of organic functional group with brief description of their chemistry;
8. discuss comparative chemistry of group 1A, IIA and IVA elements; and
9. describe basic properties of transition metals.

Course Content
Historical survey of the development and importance of organic chemistry; fullerenes as fourth
allotrope of carbon, uses as nanotubules, nanostructures, nanochemistry. Electronic theory in
organic chemistry. Isolation and purification of organic compounds; determination of
structures of organic compounds including qualitative and quantitative analysis in organic
chemistry; nomenclature and functional group classes of organic compounds. Introductory
reaction mechanism and kinetics. Stereochemistry. The chemistry of alkanes, alkenes,
alkynes, alcohols, ethers, amines, alkyl halides, nitriles, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids
and derivatives. The chemistry of selected metals and non-metals. Comparative chemistry of
group IA, IIA and IVA elements. Introduction to transition metal chemistry.

CHM 107: General Practical Chemistry I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correct carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. state the differences between primary and secondary standards;
5. perform redox titration;
6. record observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions.
Course Content
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.

CHM 108: General Practical Chemistry II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correctly carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. identify and carry out preliminary tests which include ignition, boiling point, melting point,
test on known and unknown organic compounds;
5. carry out solubility tests on known and unknown organic compounds;

New
Engineering and Technology 464
6. carry out elemental tests on known and unknown compounds; and
7. carry out functional group/confirmatory test on known and unknown compounds which
could be acidic/basic/ neutral organic compounds.

Course Content
Continuation of CHM 107. Additional laboratory experiments to include functional group
analysis, quantitative analysis using volumetric methods.

MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (2 Units C: LH 30)

(Algebra and Trigonometry)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:
1. define and explain set, subset, union, intersection, complements, and demonstrate the
use of venn diagrams;
2. solve quadratic equations;
3. solve trigonometric functions;
4. identify various types of numbers; and
5. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

Course Content
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers. Mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.

MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
2. recognise and understand the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and
continuity;
3. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes;
4. solve function of a real variable, plot relevant graphs, identify limits and idea of
continuity;
5. identify the derivative as limit of rate of change;
6. identify techniques of differentiation and perform extreme curve sketching;
7. identify integration as an inverse of differentiation;
8. identify methods of integration and definite integrals; and
9. perform integration application to areas, volumes.

Course Content
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative, as limit of
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve sketching,
integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes (including
approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule).

PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes

New
Engineering and Technology 465
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular momentum;
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

Course Content
Space and time; units and dimension, vectors and scalars, differentiation of vectors:
displacement, velocity and acceleration; kinematics; Newton’s laws of motion (inertial frames,
impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation); relative motion; application
of Newtonian mechanics; equations of motion; conservation principles in physics,
conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy, system of particles, centre of mass; rotational motion; torque, vector product,
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum. Polar coordinates; conservation
of angular momentum; circular motion; moments of inertia, gyroscopes and precession;
gravitation: Newton’s law of gravitation, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion, gravitational
potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits.

PHY 103 General Physics II (2 Units C: LH 30)

(Behaviour of Matter)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing
macroscopic behaviour;
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Content
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.

PHY 107 General Practical Physics I (2 Units C: PH 90)

New
Engineering and Technology 466
Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Content
These introductory courses emphasise quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors and graphical analysis. A variety of experimental techniques should be
employed. The experiments include studies of meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems,
electrical and mechanical resonant systems, light, heat, viscosity, etc., covered in PHY 101
and PHY 102. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic physical techniques for
observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction.

PHY 108 General Practical Physics II (2 Units C: PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Content
These introductory courses emphasise quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors and graphical analysis. A variety of experimental techniques should be
employed. The experiments include studies of meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems,
electrical and mechanical resonant systems, light, heat, viscosity, etc., covered in PHY 101
and PHY 102. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic physical techniques for
observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction.

FDE 102: Introduction to Food Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)

Leaning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the differences between Food Engineering, Food Science, Food Technology and
Agricultural Engineering;
2. demonstrate understanding of the inter-phases of agriculture, food and nutrition;
3. demonstrate appreciation of global food situation and food security challenges especially
in developing countries;
4. identify the place of Food Engineers in the Nigerian food industries and national
development;
5. define/describe terms commonly used in food engineering;
6. identify the role of mathematics in solving food engineering problems.
7. use the knowledge of the course to solve simple mass and energy balances adopting
relevant engineering units and dimensions.

New
Engineering and Technology 467
Course Content
Review of various engineering disciplines leading to evolution of Food Engineering, Philosophy,
definition and interrelationship of Food Science, Technology and Engineering. Interphases of
agriculture, food and nutrition, as disciplines of academic study and as profession. Review of
global food situation with emphasis on Nigeria and Africa. Food Process engineering, security
issues in developing countries. The Nigerian food industries and Engineering. The food
engineer as a problem solver: roles of Food Engineers in National Development.
Description/definition of the following: Process. Food process engineering. Flow charts and
descriptions of some processes. Steady and unsteady state. Batch, continuous and semi-
continuous operations. Unit operations and classifications. Mathematics involved in food
engineering problems.

Engineering Unit and dimensions, mass and energy balances. Introduction to dimensional
analysis and similarity theorem.

200 Level

GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge, and
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.

Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding, etc.

ENT 211 – Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;

New
Engineering and Technology 468
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence;
4. engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
5. identify key elements in innovation;
6. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
7. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
8. state the basic principles of e-commerce.

Course Content
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.

GET 201: Applied Electricity I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. apply methods from electromagnetic theory and basic physics to the analysis of electrical
and electronic systems including electrical power systems;
2. devise lab experiments, collect and analyse data from physical and simulated test systems
and use the results to solve technical problems. Also, use lab equipment effectively and
safely to measure and analyse electronic and electrical systems, both digital and
analogue;
3. design electronic and electrical systems, including electric power systems, to meet or
exceed a set of performance specifications, using computational tools and packages;
4. solve common and technical problems in the design of electronics and electrical circuits,
including electric power systems and seek specialist advice as needed for more
complicated problems;
5. identify the process of innovation and the main factors of entrepreneurship and creative
thinking and apply methods of product development;
6. apply project management methods to the planning of projects. Plan, manage and
analyse projects using current best-practice methods; and
7. carry out a cost estimate for a design solution and understand the uncertainties associated
with the cost estimation process.

Course Content
DC circuits: definition of electric circuit, linear circuit, non-linear circuit, bilateral circuit,
unilateral circuit, dependent source, node, branch, active and passive elements, Kirchhoff’s
laws, source equivalence and conversion, network theorems-superposition theorem,

New
Engineering and Technology 469
Thevenin’s theorem, Norton theorem, maximum power transfer theorem, star-delta
conversions. Magnetic circuits: the concept of magnetic circuit, B-H curve, analogous
quantities in magnetic and electric circuits, Faraday’s law, iron losses, self and mutual
inductance, energy stored in magnetic field. AC single phase circuits: sinusoidal quantities,
average and RMS values, peak factor, form factor, phase and phase difference, concept of
phasor diagram, V-I relationship in R,L,C circuit, combination R,L,C in AC series, parallel and
series parallel circuits with phasor diagrams, impedance and admittance, power factor, power
in AC circuit, resonance in RLC series and parallel circuit, Q factor, bandwidth of resonant
circuit. Three phase circuits: voltages of three balanced phase system, delta and star
connection, relationship between line and phase quantities, phasor diagrams. Power
measurement by two-watt meters method. DC machines: construction, basic concepts of
winding (lap and wave). DC generator: principle of operation, EMF equation, characteristics
(open circuit, load). DC motors: principle of operation, torque equation, speed torque
characteristics (shunt and series machine), starting (by 3 point starter), speed control
(armature voltage and field control).Single phase transformer: constructional parts, types of
transformers, emf equation, no load no load and on load operation, phasor diagram and
equivalent circuit, losses of a transformer, open and short circuit tests, regulation and
efficiency calculation. Three phase induction motor: types, construction, production of rotating
field, principle of operation, slip and frequency, rotor emf and current, equivalent circuit and
phasor diagram, torque slip characteristics, torque-speed characteristics, starting of induction
motor by star delta starter and( DOL starter). Speed control of three phase induction motor
by variation of supply frequency, supply voltage and number of poles. General structure of
electrical power system: power generation to distribution through overhead lines and
underground cables with single line diagram, earthing of electrical equipment, electrical wiring
practice.

GET 204: Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify various basic hands and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement
devices and instruments, and acquire skills in their effective use and maintenance;
2. practically apply basic engineering technologies, including metrology, casting, metal
forming and joining, materials removal, machine tooling (classification, cutting tool action,
cutting forces, non-cutting production) and CNC machining technology;
3. master workshop and industrial safety practices, accident prevention and ergonomics;
4. physically recognise different electrical & electronic components like resistances,
inductances, capacitances, diodes, transistors and their ratings;
5. connect electric circuits, understand different wiring schemes, and check ratings of
common household electrical appliances and their basic maintenance; and
6. determine household and industrial energy consumption, and understand practical energy
conservation measures.
Course Content
The course comprises general, mechanical and electrical components: supervised hands-on
experience in safe usage of tools and machines for selected tasks; Use of measuring
instruments (calipers, micrometers, gauges, sine bar, wood planners, saws, sanders, and
pattern making). Machine shop: lathe work shaping, milling, grinding, reaming, metal
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry

New
Engineering and Technology 470
practice.Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting
processes. Metal forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging, press-
tool work, spinning, etc.). Metal joining processes(welding, brazing and soldering). Heat
treatment. Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory of
metal cutting. Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines.
Supervised identification, use and care of various electrical and electronic components such
as resistors, inductors, capacitors, diodes and transistors. Exposure to different electric
circuits, wiring schemes, analogue and digital electrical and electronic measurements.
Household and industrial energy consumption measurements. Practical energy conservation
principles.

GET 205: Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 30 PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to :
1. explain the properties of fluids;
2. determine forces in static fluids and fluids in motion;
3. determine whether a floating body will be stable;
4. determine the effect of various pipe fittings (valves, orifices, bends and elbows) on fluid
flow in pipes;
5. measure flow parameters with venturi meters, orifice meters, weirs, etc;
6. perform calculations based on principles of mass, momentum and energy conservation;
7. perform dimensional analysis and simple fluid modelling problems; and
8. specify the type and capacity of pumps and turbines for engineering applications

Course Contents
Fluid properties, hydrostatics, fluid dynamics using principles of mass, momentum and energy
conservation from a control volume approach. Flow measurements in pipes, dimensional
analysis, and similitude, 2-dimensional flows. Hydropower systems.

GET 206: Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics (3 Units C: LH 30 PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe basic concepts of thermodynamics, i.e., quantitative relations of Zeroth, first,
second and third laws;
2. define and explain system, surrounding, closed and open system, control volume and
control mass, extensive and intensive properties;
3. calculate absolute and gage pressure, and absolute temperature, calculate changes in
kinetic, potential, enthalpy and internal energy;
4. evaluate the properties of pure substances i.e. evaluate the state of the pure substances
such as compressed liquid, saturated liquid-vapour mixture and superheated vapour using
property diagrams and tables; arrange the ideal and real gas equations of state,
5. formulate the first law of thermodynamics for a closed system i.e. organize the change in
energy in the closed systems via heat and work transfer;
6. distinguish heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation, and calculate the
amount of heat energy transferred;
7. calculate the changes in moving boundary work, spring work, electrical work and shaft
work in closed systems;
8. apply the first law of thermodynamics for closed systems and construct conservation of
mass and energy equations;

New
Engineering and Technology 471
9. formulate the first law of thermodynamics to the open systems i.e. describe steady-flow
open system, apply the first law of thermodynamics to the nozzles, diffusers, turbines,
compressors, throttling valves, mixing chambers, heat exchangers, pipe and duct flow;
10. construct energy and mass balance for unsteady-flow processes;
11. evaluate thermodynamic applications using second law of thermodynamics;
12. calculate thermal efficiency and coefficient of performance for heat engine, refrigerators
and heat pumps; and
13. restate perpetual-motion machines, reversible and irreversible processes.

Course Contents
Basic concepts, definitions and laws (quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second and third
laws of thermodynamics). Properties of pure substances: the two-property rule (P-V-T
behaviour of pure substances and perfect gases); state diagrams. The principle of
corresponding state; compressibility relations; reduced pressure; reduced volume;
temperature; pseudo-critical constants. The ideal gas: specific heat, polytropic processes.
Ideal gas cycles; Carnot; thermodynamic cycles, turbines, steam and gas, refrigeration. The
first law of thermodynamics – heat and work, applications to open and closed systems. The
steady flow energy equation (Bernoulli’s equation) and application. Second law of
thermodynamics, heat cycles and efficiencies.

GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank etc;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and
Green’s theorem;
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical
model of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation, etc., as well as fourier series, initial conditions and
its applications to different engineering processes

Course Content
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.

GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);

New
Engineering and Technology 472
2. explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically solve
a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types;
3. numerically solve differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;
4. perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,
curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of
several variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;
5. solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex
numbers;
6. apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations
and of results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the theory
of conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
7. evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.
Course Content
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and vector-
valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary complex
analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity. Derivatives,
differentiation rules and differentiation of integrals. Cauchy-Riemann equation, harmonic
functions, basic theory of conformal mapping, transformation and mapping and its applications
to engineering problems. Special functions.

GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project
through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas.

Course Content
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.

GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)

New
Engineering and Technology 473
Learning Outcomes

SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:

1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.

Course Content
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or
special centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant
practical/industrial working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major.
The students are exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance
of tools, equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production
of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation, etc. (8-10 weeks during the long
vacation following 200 level).

NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of programme-specific

activities for their students.

FDE 201: Fundamentals of Food Processing, Preservation and Packaging (2

Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to :
1. state the principles behind food processing, post-harvest losses and preservation;
2. describe processing techniques such as steaming, baking, roasting frying and extrusion
3. explain the functions of refrigeration and crystallization in food processing
4. identify the roles of appropriate packaging technologies to increase shelf-life of products;
and
5. explain and identify the role of chemical kinetic in food processing.

Course content
The chemical, physical and microbiological basis of food deterioration and spoilage. Chemical
preservatives. Steaming. Baking. Roasting. Frying. Extrusion. Evaporation Refrigeration and
freezing. Crystallization. Detailed description of mechanisms of operation including
diagrams/sketches of different equipment involved in these preservation techniques should
be emphasized. Fundamentals of food packaging. Chemical kinetics in food processing.

300 Level

GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;

New
Engineering and Technology 474
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in
peace building.

Course Content
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes, etc. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,
community leaders,). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents of
conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and Imperatives.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation, collaboration). The
roles of international organizations in conflict resolution (a) The United Nations, UN and its
conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council (c) ECOWAS in
peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building. Managing post-
conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs);the role of NGOs in
post-conflict situations/crises.

ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
1. describe the key steps in venture creation;
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.

Course Content
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business

New
Engineering and Technology 475
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy, etc. Digital business and e-commerce strategies).

GET 301: Engineering Mathematics III (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate a clear understanding of the course content, that is, possess a breadth of
knowledge in the area covered;
2. possess an in-depth knowledge upon which a solid foundation can be built in order to
demonstrate a depth of understanding in advanced mathematical topics;
3. develop simple algorithms and use computational proficiency;
4. write simple proofs for theorems and their applications;; and
5. communicate the acquired mathematical knowledge effectively in speech, writing and
collaborative groups..
Course Content
Linear Algebra. Elements of Matrices, Determinants, Inverses of Matrices. Theory of Linear
Equations. Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors. Analytical Geometry. Coordinate Transformation.
Solid Geometry. Polar, cylindrical and spherical coordinates. Elements of functions of several
variables. Surface Variables. Ordinary Integrals. Evaluation of Double Integrals, Triple
Integrals, Line Integrals and Surface Integrals. Derivation and Integrals of Vectors. The
gradient of scalar quantities. Flux of Vectors. The curl of a vector field, Gauss, Greens and
Stoke’s theorems and applications. Singular Valued Functions. Multivalued Functions.
Analytical Functions. Cauchy Riemann’s Equations. Singularities and Zeroes. Contour
Integration including the use of Cauchy’s Integral Theorems. Bilinear transformation.

GET 304: Engineering Technical Writing (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.

Course Content
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis and structure Fog Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A,B,C,D,E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and

New
Engineering and Technology 476
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills(steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports(competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.

GET 305: Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. work with data from the point of view of knowledge convergence, machine learning, and
intelligence augmentation, which significantly raises their standard for engineering
analysis (the approach forces them to learn statistics in an actionable way that helps them
to see the holistic importance of data analytics in modern engineering and technology);
2. anticipate the future with Artificial Intelligence while fulfilling the basic requirements of
conventional engineering statistical programming consistent with their future careers;
3. perform, with proficiency, statistical inference tasks with language or programming
toolboxes such as R, Python, Mathematica or MATLAB, and Design Expert to summarise
analysis and interpretation of industry engineering data, and make appropriate
conclusions based on such experimental and/or real-life industrial data;
4. construct appropriate graphical displays of data and highlight the roles of such displays in
data analysis, particularly the use of statistical software packages;
5. plan and execute experimental programmes to determine the performance of programme-
relevant industrial engineering systems, and evaluate the accuracy of the measurements
undertaken; and
6. demonstrate mastery of data analytics and statistical concepts by communicating the
results of experimental and industry-case investigations, critically reasoned scientific and
professional analysis through written and oral presentation.

Course Content
Descriptive statistics, frequency distribution, populations and sample, central tendency,
variance data sampling, mean, median, mode, mean deviation, percentiles. Probability.
Binomial, Poisson hyper-geometric, normal distributions. Statistical inference intervals, test
hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big data analytics
and cloud computing applications. Introduction to the R language; R as a calculator; Vectors,
matrices, factors, data frames and other R collections. Iteration and looping control structures.
Conditionals and other controls. Designing, using and extending functions. The Apply Family.
Statistical modelling and inference in R.

GET 306: Renewable Energy system and Technology (3 units C: LH 30 LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
1. identify the types, uses and advantages of renewable energy as it relates to climate
change and have the capacity to design for use the various renewable energy systems,

New
Engineering and Technology 477
2. recognize and analyse the current energy systems in Nigeria, their impacts on
development and the global energy demand and supply scenarios,
3. appreciate the environmental impact of energy exploitation and utilization, and pursue
the sustainable development of renewable energy for various applications,
4. recognize the exploitation, excavation, production, and processing of fossil fuels such as
coal, petroleum and natural gas, and discuss the sources, technology and contribution to
future energy demands of renewable energy.

Course Content
Current and potential future energy systems in Nigeria and globally - resources, extraction,
concepts in energy conversion systems; parallels and differences in various conversion
systems and end-use technologies, with emphasis on meeting 21st-century national, regional
and global energy needs in a sustainable manner. Various energy technologies in each fuel
cycle stage for fossil (oil, gas, synthetic), nuclear (fission and fusion) and renewable (solar,
biomass, wind, hydro, and geothermal) energy types - storage, transmission, and
conservation. Analysis of energy mixes within an engineering, economic and social context.
Sustainable energy; emphasize sustainability in general and in the overall concept of
sustainable development and the link this with sustainable energy as the fundamental benefit
of renewable energy.

Practical Content
Simple measurement of solar radiation, Bomb calorimeter determination of calorific value of
fuels and biomass; measurement of the velocity of wind, waves and the energy that abound
in them; laboratory production of biogas and determination of energy available in it; simple
conversion of solar energy to electricity; transesterification of edible oil into biodiesel;
simulation of geothermal energy; Geiger-Muller or Scintillation Counters’ determination of
Uranium or thorium energy; simple solid or salt storage of energy; hybrid application of
renewable energy.

GET 307: Introductory Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and Convergent

Technologies (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:
1. explain the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications and effects of artificial
intelligence;
2. explain the fundamental concepts of machine learning, deep learning and convergent
technologies;
3. demonstrate the difference between supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised
learning;
4. demonstrate proficiency in machine learning workflow and how to implement the steps
effectively;
5. explain natural languages, knowledge representation, expert systems and pattern
recognition;
6. describe distributed systems, data and information security and intelligent web
technologies;
7. explain the concept of big data analytics, purpose of studying it, issues that can arise with
a data set and the importance of properly preparing data prior to a machine learning
exercise; and
8. explain the concepts, characteristics, models and benefits, key security and compliance
challenges of cloud computing.

New
Engineering and Technology 478
Course Content
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence paradigms;
search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired algorithms –
examples, their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding
natural languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation, mathematical and logic
foundations of “ai”.; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition; distributed
systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent technologies
– definition, significance and engineering applications. Neural networks and deep learning.
Introduction to python “ai” libraries.

GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three softwares in their chosen career choices;
2. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;
3. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;,
4. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work;
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers;
7. write a general report at the end of the training.

The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.

Course Content
On-the-job experience in industry (chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work
experience i.e. 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged
in the more advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use
in the industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a
report at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and
encouraged to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities
and experiences to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits
include:
Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine
operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts,
gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, andwooden furniture making processes.
Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solidworks: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with SolidWorks, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solidWorks drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.
A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project.

New
Engineering and Technology 479
Examples of projects should include the following:
(i) design of machine components
(ii) product design and innovation
(iii) part modelling and drafting in solidworks
(iv) technical report writing

FDE 300: General Food Engineering Practices Laboratory (1 Units C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work;
2. demonstrate proficiency in material and energy balance;

3. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
4. establish physical and thermal properties of foods;
5. determine surface properties of food materials;
6. determine water activity and undertake water sorption studies;

Course Content
Laboratory investigation and report submission for selected experiments and projects in
Material and energy balances including Pearson square rule, laws of conservation of mass and
energy, and other relevant areas. Determination and measurement of physical properties such
as length, width, density, porosity, sphericity, etc., Data generation from laboratory analysis
and the development of empirical models. Thermal properties of food materials such specific
heat capacity, thermal conductivity, thermal diffusivity etc. Surface properties such as angle
of repose, coefficient of friction etc. Water activity determination. Water activity: prediction.
Water vapor sorption isotherm determination and selection of food packages. Importance of
the afore-mentioned experiments to food process design, equipment design and food
packaging technology should be emphasized.

FDE 301: Food Chemistry for Engineers (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able to:
1. explain the chemistry underlying the properties and reactions of various food
components.
2. demonstrate sufficient knowledge of food chemistry to control reactions in foods.
3. explain the major chemical reactions that limit shelf-life of foods.
Course Content
Naturally occurring constituents of foods. Their structure, chemical and physical properties
and significance. Food activities. Chemical, physical and biochemical changes that occur in
food during handling, processing and storage such as carbohydrates and their derivatives.
Proteins in food systems, Rancidity of fats and oils etc. Food colloids, emulsions, and foam: -
Food flavour and additives. Terpenoids, porphyrins. Enzymes and the use in the food industry.
Toxic constituents of foods and their mode of degradation in the body.

FDE 302: Food Chemistry for Engineers Laboratory (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning outcomes

New
Engineering and Technology 480
1. On completion of the course, students should be able to:
2. distinguish how individual food components contributes to the overall quality of foods
3. understand the important chemical/biochemical reactions amongst various food
components and how they influence food quality
4. document, discuss, and scientifically provide inference on Food chemistry experiments.
Course contents
Qualitative and quantitative tests in foods. Preparation and standardization of reagents. Acid
and bases pH determination of buffer solution. Titrations. Report writing. Methods of
separation. Preparation of chromatographic columns: thin layer paper column, ion exchange.
Dialysis and electrophoresis. Removal of toxic contents in foods and its determination simple
enzyme reactions. Determination of Kmax and other enzymatic parameters. Food
compositions/Conponents

FDE303: Conversion and Ancillary Operations in Food Processing

(2 Unit: C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe theory, principles/mechanisms of operation, calculations which underpin the
primary unit operations in food processing;
2. explain the importance of conversion operations in food industry for size reduction,
mixing, emulsification, homogenization;
3. explain and describe ancillary operations such as water and waste treatment, steam
generation, material handling; and
4. describe different sources of energy and utilization in food processing.

Course Content
Theories, principles/mechanisms of operation, calculations with necessary examples and
design features of machineries which underpin the following operations in food industries:
Conversion operations including size reduction. Mixing. Emulsification. Homogenization.
Ancillary operations including: Plant sanitation and hygiene. Water and waste water treatment.
Solid waste disposal. Food waste and management. Hygienic design. Material handling of
liquid and solid foods in food industry. Concepts in energy utilization in food processing (steam
generation, fuel utilization, electric power utilization). Energy mix in food industries. Prospects
of renewable energy in food industries.

FDE 304: Separation Operations in Food Processing (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
i. describe theory, principles/mechanisms of operation, calculations which underpin the
separation operations in food processing;
ii. explain preliminary and preparative operations such as: Cleaning. Sorting. Grading.
Peeling. De-skinning. Cutting;
iii. explain the importance, principles of operations of mechanical separation in food
industry for sedimentation/floatation, centrifugation, filtration, size reduction, screening
and particle size analysis; and
iv. explain the importance, principles of operations of contact equilibrium operations in
food industry for Gas absorption, distillation, stripping, extraction/leaching.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 481
Theories, principles/mechanisms of operation, calculations with necessary examples and
design features of machineries which underpin the following separation processes:
Preliminary and preparative operations including: Cleaning. Sorting. Grading. Peeling. De-
skinning. Cutting.
Mechanical/physical separations: sedimentation. Centrifugation. Filtration. Membrane
separations (ultrafiltration and reverse osmosis). Screening, Mechanical expression.
Contact Equilibrium Processes: Determination of ideal stages. Gas absorption. Distillation.
Stripping, Extraction/leaching.

FDE 305: Principles of Food Preservation (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe detailed description of mechanisms of operation including diagrams/sketches of
different equipment involved in these thermal processes;
2. explain thermobacteriology, thermal process calculations,
3. conduct heat penetration studies in canned foods;
4. describe dehydration, blanching, pasteurization, sterilization (and commercial
sterilization),
5. explain non-thermal novel processing techniques: High-pressure processing, pulsed
electric field processing, pulse-light, ultrasound, food irradiation e.t.c.
Course Content
Theories, principles/mechanisms of operation, calculations with necessary examples and
design features of machineries which underpin the following preservation principles:
Dehydration, Blanching, pasteurization, sterilization (and commercial sterilization), Review of
Kinetics of chemical reaction. Microorganisms involved in canning. Thermobacteriology
(meaning, history, thermal death time curve, decimal reduction time) and its applications to
canning and aseptic processing. Heat penetration within cans; factors affecting heat
penetration with cans; death order of microorganisms with cans. Thermal process calculations.
Canning operations.
Introduction to the following non-thermal novel processing techniques: High-pressure
processing, pulsed electric field processing, pulse-light, ultrasound, food irradiation. Detailed
description of mechanisms of operation including diagrams/sketches of different equipment
involved in these thermal processes should be emphasized.

FDE 306: Heat and Mass Transfers in Food Processing (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between conduction, convection and radiation as modes of heat transfer
2. derive equations for specific problems and in different coordinate systems; and
3. discuss steady and non-steady diffusion, heat and mass transfer driven processes in the
food industry.

Course Content
Heat Transfer: Heat transfer systems (types of heat exchanger). Modes of heat transfer
(conductive heat transfer- steady state in different geometries and layers. convective (free
and forced) and radiative heat transfer). Estimation of convective heat and overall transfer
coefficient. Fouling of heat transfer surfaces. Design of heat transfer exchanger. Unsteady-
state transfer. Pyschrometry and its application in food processing. Ohmic and microwave

New
Engineering and Technology 482
heating. Mass Transfer: Diffusion process. Convective Mass transfer. Laminar and turbulent
flow (over a flat plat, in a pipe, over spherical bodies). Unsteady-state mass transfer.
Transient-state diffusion. Diffusion of vapour through solid films.

400 Level

GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units: C; PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme.
2. Demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.

Course Contents

In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units: C; LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies.
2. Describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to
the society.
3. Demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices.
4. Prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review
5. Discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation.
6. Determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

MEE 402 Theory (Mechanics) of Machines II (2 Unit C: LH30)

Leaning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the forces acting on a mechanism and the resolution of the forces;
2. demonstrate understanding of the performance of various mechanisms and principal
machine elements as regards their kinematics and dynamics;
3. identify the types of motion and their applications;
4. identify forces on shaft and bearing due to single revolving mass;
5. demonstrate procedure for balancing several masses in different transverse planes;

New
Engineering and Technology 483
6. prepare professional quality solutions and presentations to effectively communicate the
results of analysis and design;
7. translate ideas and imaginations into conceptual designs using the tools of
conventional engineering drawings and computer aided designs; and
8. use the knowledge of the course to solve real life problems related to production
processes and to develop machines.
Course Content
Force analysis of mechanisms, fluctuation of kinetic energy and inertial effects. Complete static
and dynamic analysis. Flexible shaft couplings: belt, rope and chain drives. The flywheel and
mechanical governors. Brakes and dynamometers. Balancing of multi-cylinder engines.
Balancing of machinery. Vibration of machinery; free and forced vibration, damping, natural
frequencies and critical speeds. Transverse vibrations of beams, whirling of shafts and
torsional vibrations.

FDE 401: Technology of Flesh Food Products (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate a clear understanding of the course content, by being able to explain the
value of flesh foods;
2. possess an in-depth knowledge of abattoir practices, post-mortem and ante-mortem
inspection and distribution of frozen carcasses;
3. discuss biology of sea and fresh water fish production; and
4. communicate the acquired technical knowledge on fish processing technologies

Course Content
Definition of flesh foods, the value of meat, poultry and fish products as food, the meat
industry in Nigeria, structure of meat, composition, nutritive value and conversion of muscles
to meat. Abattoir practices, post-mortem and ante-mortem inspection and distribution of
frozen carcasses. Biology of sea and fresh water fish production, handling methods,
assessment of fish quality, microbiology, fish preservation technology, chilling, freezing,
smoking, salting, canning and irradiation. Fish protein concentrate and other fish products
production.

FDE 403: Technology of Plant Food Products (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate a clear understanding of the course content, by being able to explain the
nutritive value of plant foods;
2. possess an in-depth knowledge of the Structure, physiology, microbiology, quality, and
associated process technologies of plant foods;
3. discuss process technologies of root and tubers;
4. communicate the acquired technical knowledge on fruits and vegetable processing; and
5. explain controlled atmosphere storage of fruits and vegetables.

Course Content
Fruits, Vegetables, Roots and Tuber technology: Structure, physiology, microbiology, quality,
process technologies (canning, drying, concentration, refrigeration and freezing). Process
technology of root and tubers. Fruits processing: production of Jams, jellies, marmalades from
fruits; Juice extraction, refining and concentration; controlled atmosphere storage of fruits
and vegetables. Fats and oils processing.

New
Engineering and Technology 484
FDE 405 Laboratory Practical (1 Units C: PH 90)
(Animal, Fruits & Vegetable Products)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. develop animal, fruit and vegetable products; cereal and legume products, beverage and
sugar based products; and
2. evaluate the quality of animal, fruit and vegetable products; and
3. develop dairy products.

Course Content
Preparation and quality evaluation of smoked fish, smoked meat, cured meat, meat sausages,
salted fish, salted and dried fish, solar dried fish, etc. Processing of milk into dairy products,
e.g. ice cream, yoghurt, cheese, butter, etc. Evaluation of shell egg quality including external
appearance (size, shape, shell colour, shell texture, shell cleanliness), Candling appearance,
(air cell characteristics, shell characteristics, internal quality characteristics) and opened egg
quality (Haugh unit, yolk index, percentage of thick and thin albumen, etc.). Shell egg
pasteurization. Processing of egg products including powdered egg products (whole egg, egg
yolk, egg white), Frozen liquid egg products (whole egg, egg yolk, egg white). Mayonnaise
and salad cream production. Quality tests in milk and milk products. Milk products
manufacture (market milk, ice cream, yoghurt and other fermented milk products, powdered
milk products (full fat milk, non-fat milk.), butter, cheese, etc. Preparation and processing of
fruit and vegetable products (fruit juices, squashes, fruit bar, jams, jellies, tomato ketchup,
tomato puree, dried vegetables). Preparation of canned and bottled fruits and vegetables
spiced and fermented vegetables.

FDE 407 Food Quality Control (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
i. explain and apply properly the national and international legislation/ regulation;
ii. implement food safety management systems for primary production;
iii. evaluate food safety management systems and recommend the preventive measures;
iv. prepare presentations relating to food safety and food quality; and
v. discuss food fortification, enrichment, labeling and risk/benefit analysis.

Course Content
Definition. Scope and significance of food quality and quality control. Quality parameters,
quality assurance and specifications. Total quality management. Food laws. Food legislation
and the Codex Alimentarius. Food regulations. Food standards (International food standard
and Nigerian Industrial Standards (NIS)). Good manufacturing practice (GMP). Enforcement
of food standards. Principles and methods of food quality control. Quality control charts.
Hazard Analysis- Critical Control, Points (HACCP) system. Plant sanitation as a quality control
tool. Sensory and instrumental methods of evaluating quality parameters. Food fortification
and enrichment. Nutritional labeling. Risk/benefit analysis.

FDE 409: Food Process Design (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Leaning Outcomes

New
Engineering and Technology 485
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate understanding of process design specifications, problem identification and
definition;
2. demonstrate understanding of survey and market analysis;
3. discuss process engineering flow diagram, process charts in food processing, related
symbols and conventions.;
4. demonstrate procedure for calculating mass and energy balancing;
5. handle calculations associated with typically complex food processing systems;
6. conduct optimization studies for different food processes;
7. engage in modeling and computer simulation;
8. prepare professional quality solutions and presentations to effectively communicate the
results of analysis and design;
9. translate ideas and imaginations into conceptual designs using the tools of
conventional engineering drawings and computer aided designs; and
10. use the knowledge of the course to solve real life problems related to production
processes and to develop machines.

Course Content
Product Development leading to design specification, problem identification and definition.
The process design team. Survey and market analysis. The design data book. The use of
design handbook and codes. Block diagram, symbolic representations of food equipment.
Development of a Process Flow Diagram, material and energy balances in process calculations.
Flow-sheeting. Pictorial representation of basic food equipment. Food process control and
automation. Elements of Computer-Aided Process Design. Process engineering flow diagram
and process charts in food processing, related symbols and conventions. Mass and energy
balances, contrasting food process design from chemical process design. Conception,
inventorization and associated calculations for typically complex food processing systems,
process instrumentation and optimization. Optimization by differentiation, programming
methods. flow-sheeting software. software. applications and examples (optimization studies
for different food processes). Optimization procedures: search methods, response surface
method, neural network, genetic algorithms, etc. modeling, computer simulation.
Fundamentals of computer simulation: Model formulation, simulation, amongst others. Report
writing and presentation.
FDE 423: Food Analysis (2 Units E: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate knowledge of protocols for analysis of foods for purposes of trade,
compliance, quality assurance, authentication, complaint investigation, nutritional
attributes and scientific research;
2. carry out experiments using basic laboratory instruments;
3. describe the operations of key laboratory instruments; and
4. analyse water and food samples.

Course Contents
The principles and application of analytical methods in food analysis. such as photometry,
colorimetry, gravimetry, refractometry, Spectroscopy – Introduction (spectroscopy and
spectrometry, Electromagnetic radiation, Electromagnetic spectrum, analyte spectrum, uses
of spectroscopy). Atomic Spectroscopy, Molecular Spectroscopy, Fluorescence Spectroscopy.
Polarimetry. Refractometry. Gravimetry. Electrophoresis. Centrifugation. Chromatography
(Introduction, basic equipment and uses). Types of Chromatography – adsorption

New
Engineering and Technology 486
chromatography (liquid adsorption chromatography, liquid-liquid chromatography, Gas-liquid
chromatography, Gas adsorption chromatography and Capillary gas chromatography, Reverse
phase chromatography, High performance liquid chromatography). Partition Chromatography.
Ion exchange (Cation and anion) chromatography. Molecular exclusion chromatography. X-
ray diffraction analysis. Bomb calorimetry. NMR. Physical and chemical analysis of water and
other major food components. Food colours, additives, trace metals, contaminants.

GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:
1. be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
2. bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work
methods and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways
of safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;
3. experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work
and the environment seamlessly, and expose them to contacts for eventual job
placements after graduation;
4. be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place
of engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them;
5. exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.

Course Content
On- the -job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not
necessarily limited to the student’s major (12 weeks from the end of the first semester at
400-Level to the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second
semester at 400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a
programme related industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc, for a period of 6
months under the guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised
by an academic staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits
the completed Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also, there will be a
comprehensive report covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences
(GET 299, GET 399 and GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department
for overall assessment.

500 Level
GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
i. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
ii. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
iii. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
iv. possess the skills needed for project management; and
v. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.

New
Engineering and Technology 487
Course Content
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons – functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.
Project planning, control and timeliness; decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.

GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions.
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications.
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principles undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically
present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an
expert witness.

Course Content
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.
Termination/cancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.
FDE 501: Food Machinery and Equipment Design (3 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 488
1. employ techniques and tools for the design of food equipment, including innovative ones;
2. use appropriate standard guidelines to define design inputs for a food equipment design;
3. explain the design process and use it to develop a design concept for problem-solving;
4. recognise the classical hygienic equipment design;
5. apply the design process in the design of food machinery;
6. fabricate food equipment applying standard scientific methodologies; and
7. discuss ergonomic factors in machine design.
8. communicate designed project to relevant stakeholders.

Course content
Review of machine design: methods and process of design, the engineering team, Unit and
dimensions, engineering materials and properties, fabrication and welding processes, fit and
tolerances, stresses, deflection and buckling. Food machine component, design (shaft design
and critical speed analysis, coupling, key, pins, spleens, bolts, screws belts drives, gear forces,
vibrations and springs, bearing and lubrication). Hygienic equipment design. Ergonomics
factors in machine design. Team design project and presentation.

FDE 502: Food Plant Design and Economics (3 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. employ techniques and tools for the design of food plants;
2. use appropriate symbols and block diagram in food equipment design representation and
layout;
3. explain the design process and use it to develop a design concept for problem-solving;
4. recognise the classical hygienic equipment design;
5. apply the design process in the design of food machinery;
6. fabricate food equipment applying standard scientific methodologies;
7. discuss the ergonomic factors in machine design; and
8. communicate designed project to relevant stakeholders.

Course content
Technical feasibility study of food production. Food Plant Economics. Feasibility analysis. Food
factories, types and purposes. Site Selection: Location, marketing utilities and facilities, soil
investigation and plant layout designs in the food industry. Facility design emphasizing
planning, foundation floors, walls, drains, windows, doors, piping, Lighting, ventilation,
cleaning- characteristics of suitable construction materials. Optimum design of food
processing plant to include well defined spaces for the following: raw materials storage, source
of water supply, waste and by-products disposal, sanitation consideration of the plant, parking
space for both empty goods and finished products industries and a plant design project.
FDE 503: Assigned Final Year Design and Research Project (6 Units C: PH 270)
Learning outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to:
1. identify the problem or hypothesis to research or test;
2. describe resources and constraints;
3. choose the best approach for design process or machinery production and
analyses;
4. fabricate designed equipment and conduct performance evaluation;
5. present proposal seminars;
6. carry out researches; problem identification;

New
Engineering and Technology 489
7. present obtained data and conclusions in a result presentation seminar; and
8. present the final report orally and in writing.

Course content
Student project proposal writing and presentation. Each student is expected to carry out
research investigation under the supervision of a member (s) of academic staff of any area
(s) of food agricultural / food engineering. The research should be directed at solving an
identified problem related to food. The Student is expected to make an oral presentation at a
seminar of the project plan and or a literature review on the project topic before the
investigation. Each student shall engage in a project done alone or in a team that will include
problem identification, design process or machinery. Fabrication, implementation testing and
seminar presentation.

New
Engineering and Technology 490
Minimum Academic Standards

Equipment, Laboratories & workshop required for the Programme

Although, other laboratories and workshops not listed here will be shared with many other
departments in the faculty and the University in general, the laboratories and facilities listed
below should be provided and equipped specifically for the Food Engineering programme.

Laboratories/Workshops

1. Food Processing/ Pilot Plant Laboratory

2. Food Fabrication/ Engineering Workshop
3. Food Chemistry Laboratory
4. Food Biotechnology/Microbiology Laboratory

This workshop ought to be equipped with facilities for wood work, metal work and glasswork
where possible.
This studio will enable students to gain practical engineering drawing skills. The Studio should
have adequate number of tables, chairs, drawing boards and other accessories. It will be very
strategic to acquire drawing softwares like Alias, Autocad, FORMIT, etc. for digital drawing
and sketching.
Equipment
Although other laboratories and workshops not listed here will be shared with many other
departments in the faculty and the University in general, the laboratories and facilities listed
in the Table below should be provided and equipped specifically for every Food Science and
Technology programme.

Food Chemistry and Analysis Laboratory

S/N Name of Equipment
1 Colorimeter
2 Balance (Research)
3 Manesty steel
4 Water Bath
5 pH Meter
6 Standing Freezer
7 Refrigerator
8 Hot Plate
9 Homogenizer
10 Refracto meter – hand
11 Laboratory benches/slabs, cupboards
12 Fume Chamber
13 pH Meter 020 JENWAY
14 Magnetic Stirrer
15 Kjehldal Distiller
16 Water bath Shaker
17 Battery operated Electronic balance

New
Engineering and Technology 491
 18 Top loading balance
19 Cole palmer fume hood
20 Flame photometer
21 Hot air oven
22 Kjeldahl digester
23 Markhan apparatus
24 Thermolyne bench-top muffle furnace
25 Soxhlet extraction unit
26 Magnetic stirrer
27 Analytical balance
28 Cole palmer UV/Vis spec
30 Electric table top centrifuge

Food Microbiology Laboratory

S/N Name of Equipment
1 Kjeldahl Nitrogen apparatus
2 Soxhlet apparatus
3 Muffle furnace
4 Chromatography-Gas/Liquid
5 Digester (1007)
6 Soxtec System, Service Unit (1044)
7 Evatec System; 600 Microwave Drier
8 Cyclotec; 1093 Sample Mill
9 Markham Distiller
10 Hot Air Oven
11 Hot Air Oven (bad) size one
12 Incubator
13 Water bath (small)
14 Electric Stirrer
15 Microwave Oven
16 Hot plate
17 Balance, Top loading
18 pH Meter
19 Hot air oven
20 Microscopes
21 Cole Palmer polystat cooling/heating circulators bath (6.5 liters)

Animal Products Laboratory

S/N Items
1 Motor driven, pickle machine
2 Hand operated pickle machine
3 Ice making machine
4 Kenwood Mincer
5 Desiccator
6 Water activity meter

New
Engineering and Technology 492
 7 Hauth Meter
8 Weighing balance
9 Cole Palmer fume hood

Food Processing Laboratory

S/N Items
1 Tower pots
2 Juice extractor
3 Food mixer
4 Blender
5 Chopping boards
6 Grater
7 Scale
8 Stainless spoons (divine success)
9 Stainless forks (divine success)
10 Tin cutter
11 Rolling pins
12 Wooden sticks (spatula)
13 Perforated Stainless spoons (frying)
14 Perforated spoon
15 Flat serving plates (big)
16 Flat serving plates (small)
17 Deep soup plates (big)
18 Deep soup plates (small)
19 Cooking spoons
20 Knives
21 Flat bottom sieve
22 Sieves (with handle)
23 Stainless steel bowls
24 Plastic basin (big)
25 Plastic basin (small)
26 Plastic bowl (small)
27 Glass tumblers
28 Bread knife
29 Crown corking machine
30 Gas cooker (single burner)
31 Baking oven
32 Gas cylinders
33 Domestic gas cylinder regulator
34 Baking pans
35 Baking trays
36 Stainless trays
37 2-burner kerosene stoves (high standing)
38 Big saucer pan/pot (tower brand)
39 Medium saucer pan/pot (tower brand)
40 Cooking spoons (stainless steel)
41 Can openers
42 Cutlery forks
43 Blender (sorex brand)
44 Drinking glass/tumbler
45 Gas regulator (paca brand)
46 Hand towels

New
Engineering and Technology 493
 47 Ceramic plates (flat)
48 Ceramic plates (bowl)
49 13.5 kg gas cylinder (total brand)
50 Basins (stainless steel)
51 Basin plastic
52 Trays (stainless steel)
53 Buckets – plastic with cover
54 25 litre gallon black for kerosene
55 Kitchen knives with black handle
56 7 x 7 Projector screen
57 Kenwood mixer (with accessories)
58 Anerobic jar (22 x 12 mm)
59 100-liter steam jacketed kettle with tap
60 100-liter steam jacketed without tap
61 Electric Generating Plant (3.2 KVA)
62 Water bath sterilizer
63 Stuart scientific SAB vortex mixer
64 Coors porcelain mortar Z529508
65 Coors porcelain pestle
66 Magnetic stirrer X603813-IEA

Sensory Evaluation Laboratory

S/N List of facilities
1 Product Preparation Area
• A fully equipped kitchen with storage area. It should have refrigerators/freezers,
conventional ranges/ovens, dishwashers • convection oven, microwave ovens, &
professional grills
Positive air pressure and air conditioners •
2 Sensory Testing Areas
• It should have individual booths with computers for ballot presentation. The
computers need to be equipped with sensory evaluation softwares like
Compusense (https://compusense.com/) . SPSS and Food Processor® software
installed could also be installed to the computers
The booth ought to be fitted with tap water and waste water drainage wash
hand/basin. Adequate lighting is to be provided within the booth.
3 Meeting room with conference table seating for 12-15 panelists, for briefing and
brainstorming.
4 Objective Testing Area
• Analytical balance and electronic food scales
• Hydrometers, pH meter, Refractometer, Consistometer • Moisture Analyzer,
Saltmeter, Specific Gravity Pycnometer

Workshops
Bakery – (Pilot Plant)
S/N Item Units
1 Wood fired baking oven 2
2 Electric baking oven 2
3 Dough mixer 2
4 Dough milling machine 2
5 Dough cutter/divider 1
6 Dough moulder 1

New
Engineering and Technology 494
 7 Baking pans 500 lbs
8 Bread slicer 1
9 Dough conditioner 5
10 Racks for bread cooling 5
11 Diesel engine 1
12 Stainless steel tables 4
13 Trolleys 3

Garri Processing Plant

S/N Item Units

1 Diesel powered grater 1
2 Hydraulic press 2
3 Wood fired garri fryer 1
4 Weighing balance (50 kg & 20 kg) 1 each
5 Manual Sealing machine 2
6 Industrial Sealing machine 2
7 Cassava grater (Weston Specialist Product, Ltd.)

Malting Plant

S/N Item Units

1 Malting bin 1
2 Malting bin/dryer 2
3 Washing basin 1
4 Humidifier 1
5 Dryer 1

Canning Line

S/N Item Units

1 Electric steam boiler (Reimers Cleanbrook, Virginia. RH60) 1
2 Autoclave /Retort equipped with thermocouples 1
3 Blancher 1
4 Cooker 1
5 Can seamer 1
6 Steamer 1

Grains Processing/Milling Plant

S/N Item Units

1 Rice Miller and Polisher (Lewis C. Grant Ltd, Dysart, Scotland) 1
2 Attrition Grinder (Bental) 1
3 Mixer 1
4 Single or twin-screw Extruder 1
5 Hammer Mill (Horvic ) 1

New
Engineering and Technology 495
 6 Dehuller 1
7 Drum dryer 1

Smoking Unit

S/N Item Units

1 Smoking kiln and Improved smoking kiln 2
2 Parboiling/scalding station 1
3 Poultry feather plucking machine 1
Dressing table 1

Engineering Fabrication Workshop (Could be shared)

This workshop ought to be equipped with facilities for wood work, metal work and glasswork
where possible.

Drawing Studio (Could be shared)

This studio will enable students to gain practical engineering drawing skills. The Studio should
have adequate number of tables, chairs, drawing boards and other accessories. It will be very
strategic to acquire drawing software like Alias, AutoCAD, FORMIT, etc. for digital drawing
and sketching.

Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalents
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15 Units per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practical’s
and supervision of projects.

NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees; hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personnel

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practical’s
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.

Administrative Support Staff

The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.

Technical Support Personnel

The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent

New
Engineering and Technology 496
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation and
maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.

Minimum Number of Staff

Subject to the general standards specified by NUC:
1. there should be a minimum of two PhDs and four M.Eng degree holders full-time academic
staff to mount the programme;
2. each workshop or laboratory should have an adequate number of staff with the right mix,
such that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run efficiently; and
3. there should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate caliber for
the office of the Head of Department to run.

Student/Staff Ratio
The minimum staff-to-student ratio should be 1:15 from 200 level to 500 level.

Library
In addition to the university and faculty libraries, the programme must have a departmental
library well equipped with specialised books and journals in both physical collections and
E-collections (E-Resources) of various types. Various field and research reports of the
programme must also be available in the library for staff, students and researchers. The library
must be connected to subscribed repository of:
1. institutions (national and international);
2. open access sources (Agora, Science direct, OARE, HINARI amongst others);
3. professional bodies’ E-learning platforms; and
4. Relevant international organisations;

The library must also have adequate facilities for reading, lending and reservation of
specialised materials.

Classrooms, Laboratories, Workshops, Clinics and Offices

The NUC recommends the following physical space requirement:

Academic m2
Professor’s Office 18.50
Head of Department’s Office 18.50
Tutorial Teaching Staff Space 13.50
Other Teaching Staff Space 7.00
Technical Staff Space 7.00
Science Staff Research Laboratory 16.50
Engineering Staff Research Laboratory 14.50
Seminar Space per student 1.85
Drawing Office Space (A.O. Board) (Per Student) 4.60
Drawing Office Space (A.I. Board) (Per Student) 3.70
Laboratory Space 7.50
Non-Academic
Secretarial Space 7.00

Office Facilities

New
Engineering and Technology 497
 S/No Office No in Facilities
Room
1. HOD 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
2. Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit.
4. Senior 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
Lecturer computer unit.
5. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.
6. Lecturer II 3 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves

New
Engineering and Technology 498
B.Sc. Food Science and Technology
Overview
The decision to revamp the curriculum of higher education in Nigeria could not have come at
a more opportune time. Employability rating of university graduates has been on a steady
decline for years. In a bid to checkmate this negative trend’ a fresh curriculum is hereby
proposed, that will allow universities to contribute a minimum of 30% innovative content to
the core of the minimum academic standard prescribed by the National Universities
Commission (NUC). Hence, this new BSc. Programme. Food Science and Technology Core
Curriculum and Minimum Academic Standards (CCMAS) has been prepared and approved for
use in all Nigerian universities for the training of Food Science and Technology professionals.
This version emanated from the collective efforts of seasoned Food Science and Technology
professionals in Nigerian universities, who worked together to develop it. It is an improvement
upon the B.Sc. Food Science and Technology Benchmark Minimum Academic Standards
(BMAS), used over the years to the approval of the present CCMAS. The Bachelor of Science
in Food Science and Technology programme will provide students with a well-balanced Food
science, technology and engineering knowledge to meet the quality standard of 21st Century
workforce. The need for manpower required for the preservation of many agricultural crops
and for the development of products or processes that will provide nutritious and balanced
diet to the people has been the concern of all involved in national development. The main
objective of the programme is to provide the instructions that will train the type of food
scientists and technologists capable of working effectively at the senior level in the food
industry, food commodity research institutes and government or private establishments
related to food. Students are expected to be exposed to the following areas:
1. evaluation of the chemical and physical properties of conventional and non-conventional
sources of food;
2. use or adaptation of appropriate technology for the preservation of foods;
3. study of the nutritional and health implications of local/imported foods; and
4. provision of technical and managerial skills to industry through extension services.

Therefore, the students will be skilled to upgrade the quality of local food products, innovate
new products, simulate imported food products and consequently reduce post-harvest losses
and promote food security. The BSc. Food Science and Technology CCMAS contain 105 Units
of core courses in Basic Sciences, General Engineering and Food Science and Technology
Courses. Learning outcomes have been attached to the course content for individual courses
in the CCMAS to showcase content delivery. Universities are encouraged to supply the
remaining 45 units according to their peculiar needs make up a total of 150 units required for
graduation.

Philosophy
The need for manpower required for the preservation of many agricultural crops and
development of products or processes that will provide nutritious and balanced diet to the
people has been the concern of all involved in national development. Food Science and
Technology applies science and engineering principles in processing, preservation, packaging,
storage and distribution, analysis and evaluation of foods and associated raw materials
(additives) in exploitation, design and analysis of food systems /machineries. The general
philosophy therefore is to produce graduates with high academic standard in all aspects of
food and its post-harvest issues possessing adequate practical background for self-

New
Engineering and Technology 499
employment as well as being of immediate value to industry, academia and the community in
global food security.

Objectives
The objectives of the programme are to adopt the principles of Science, Technology,
Engineering and Mathematics (STEM) in:
1. managing food science and technological challenges;
2. the conversion of raw agricultural produce into processed, packaged, shelf-stable food
products and intermediate raw materials;
3. executing different types of food preservation;
4. establishment, maintenance and assurance of quality of food products and processes in
the plant/factory;
5. design and maintenance of food process machines;
6. direct practical experience in food industries, food research laboratories/stations/higher
academic institutions;
7. supporting governmental agencies responsible for the formulation and enforcement of
food laws and;
8. developing and imparting entrepreneurial skills that will make graduates employable or
self-reliant/self-employed;
9. understanding all the materials, components, machines, equipment, production
techniques and systems in food science and technology;
10. adapting and adopting exogenous technology in order to solve local technical problems.
11. managing people, fund, materials and equipment;
12. improving on indigenous technology to enhance local problems solving capabilities; and
13. developing novel products, simulating imported food products andconsequently helping to
decrease capital flight.

Unique Features of the Programme

1. Much reduced student workload;
2. Enhanced learning and application of ICT;
3. FST programme is a hybrid course that share technologies with microbiology, chemistry,
chemical engineering, pharmacy, biotechnology, agricultural engineering and Nutrition;
4. Production of FST graduates that are well-equipped with all the requisite Science and
Engineering tools to function optimally in the 21st Century;
5. Curriculum design focused on graduating employers of labour rather than job seekers;
and
6. Training graduates with very strong leadership skills.

Employability Skills
The expected outcome of the Food Science and Technology programme, is to develop highly
informed, skilled and inspired professionals that would generate novel food products, upgrade
local food processing techniques, simulate imported food products and provide innovative
solutions to the challenges in food industry, regulatory space and research institutes. This
curriculum ensures that Graduates are adequately trained to be employed at the senior level
in food industries, regulatory agencies, food service and extension organisations and research
institutes. Graduates are also trained to be capable of establishing their own small and medium
scale food enterprises and upgrade existing ones. In tandem with this objective, the Food
Science and Technology CCMAS places a high premium on the following twelve employability
skills as its desired programme outcome in line with global best academic and professional
practices: Generally, the job options for a Food Science and Technology graduate are:
1. Production Manager in food companies;

New
Engineering and Technology 500
2. Product/Product development Scientist;
3. Quality Assurance/Control Manager;
4. Regulatory Affairs Officer;
5. Research Officer;
6. Scientific Laboratory Technician;
7. Brewer;
8. Procurement Manager;
9. Toxicologist; and
10. Food Engineer.

21st Century Skills

The Food Science and Technology CCMAS curriculum seeks to emphasize the twelve 21st
Century skills:
1. critical thinking/problem solving/decision making;
2. creativity and Innovation;
3. collaboration (teamwork and ethics);
4. communication;
5. information literacy;
6. computational thinking;
7. flexibility;
8. leadership; and
9. life long learning /metacognition.

Admission and Graduation Requirements

Admission Requirements
Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
1. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
2. Direct Entry (DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

For the five-year degree programme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must include English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

Direct Entry (DE) Mode

For the four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit
passes, which must include English Language, two must be principal subjects at Advance GCE
Level or NCE and its equivalent. Holder of upper credit level at HND are eligible for
consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
Title: The undergraduate programme in Food Science and Technology shall normally
terminate in the award of a Bachelor of Science degree (B.Sc.) in Food Science and Technology
or in Food Engineering.

Requirement for Award: To be eligible for the award of the Bachelor of Science degree
(B.Sc.) in Food Science and Technology or in Food Engineering, a candidate must pass a
minimum number of credit units specified by each university, but not less than 150 credit units

New
Engineering and Technology 501
prescribed in the NUC CCMAS. The distribution of a total of 105 units, constituting 70% of the
required 150 NUC CCMAS units is as presented in Tables 1 to 7, including SIWES.

Global Course Structure

Year Academic Credit Units
GST /ENT Basic GET FST SIWES Total
Science Courses Courses
1 4 16 3 2 - 25
2 4 4 16 4 3 31
3 4 - 7 15 4 30
4 - - - 9 4 13
5 - - 5 12 - 17
Total: 70% 12 20 31 42 11* 105
CCMAS

100 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 15 45

GST 112 Nigerian People and Culture 2 C 30 -
CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C 30 -
CHM 102 General Chemistry II 2 C 30 -
CHM 107 General Practical Chemistry I 1 C - 45
CHM 108 General Practical Chemistry II 1 C - 45
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 2 C 30 -
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C 30 -
PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C 30 -
PHY 103 General Physics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 107 General Practical Physics I 1 C - 45
PHY 108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45
GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C 15
GET 102 Engineering Graphics and Solid 2 C 15 45
Modelling I
FST 102 Introduction to Food Science and 2 C 30 -
technology
Total 25

200 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and Human 2 C 30 -
Existence
ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and Innovation 2 C 30
GET 203 Solid Modeling & Design Engineering 2 C 30 -
GET 204 Students Workshop Practice 2 C 15 45
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 45 -
GET 210 Engineering Mathematics II 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing and Software Engineering 3 C 30 45
HND 212 Human Biochemistry for Nutrition 2 C 30 -

New
Engineering and Technology 502
 MCB 201 General Microbiology 2 C 30 -
MME 202 Engineering Materials /Food 3 C 45 -
Packaging materials
FST 204 Introduction to Sample and Data 2 C -
Handling in Food Analysis and Quality 30
Control
FST 222 Fundamentals of Food Processing, 2 C 30 -
Preservation and Packaging
*GET 299 SIWES I: Students Work Experience 3 C 9 Weeks
Scheme
Total 31

300 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GST 312 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 30 -

ENT 312 Venture and creation 2 C 15 45
GET 304 Engineering Communication and 3 C 45 -
Technical Writing
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems and 3 C 30 45
Technologies
GET 307 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, 2 C 30 -
Machine Learning and Convergent
Technologies
FST 300 Laboratory Practical I (Instrumentation 2 C - 90
and chemical analyses of foods)
FST 304 Food Chemistry 2 C 30 -
FST 306 Food Analysis 2 C 30 -
FST 308 Post-Harvest Physiology and Storage 2 C 30 -
Technology
FST 331 Transport Phenomena and Thermo- 2 C 30 -
dynamics I
FST 332 Transport Phenomena and Thermo- 2 C 30 -
dynamics II
FST 333 Food Process Engineering 1 1 E 15 -
FST 334 Food Process Engineering II 2 C 30 -
*GET 399 SIWES II: Students Work Experience 4 C 12 Weeks
Scheme
Total 30

400 Level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
FST 402 Food Plant Design and Pilot 2 E 30 -
Demonstration
FST 403 Grains Technology and Storage 2 C 30 -
FST 404 Brewing Science and Technology 2 C 30 -
FST 405 Food Process Machinery 2 C 30 -
FST 415 Sensory evaluation 1 C 15 -
FST 425 Fish Processing Technology 2 C 30 -

New
Engineering and Technology 503
 *GET 499 SIWES III: Students Work Experience 4 C 12 Weeks
Scheme
Total 13

SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

500 Level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GET 501 Engineering Project Management 3 C 45 -
GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -
FST 508 Food Product Development 2 C 15 45
FST 511 Food Quality Control 1 C 15
FST 512 FST 512: Laboratory Practical II 2 C - 90
(Animal Products, Fruits & Vegetable)
FST 513 Seminar on special topic in Food 1 C 15 -
Science & Technology
FST 515 Final Year Project 6 C - 270
Total 17

Course Contents and Learning Outcomes

100 Level

GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.

Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology); English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,

New
Engineering and Technology 504
functions, usages, collocations); major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional); grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality).
Reading and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking;
reasoning methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy,
generalisation and explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements.
Writing activities (pre-writing (brainstorming and outlining), writing (paragraphing,
punctuation and expression), post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing
(summary, essays, letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making, etc. Mechanics of
writing. Information and Communication Technology in modern language learning. Language
skills for effective communication. The art of public speaking.

GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;
2. identify and list the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
3. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political entity;
4. analyse the concepts of trade and economic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation to
national development;
5. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian state regarding nation building;
6. analyse the role of the judiciary in upholding fundamental human rights
7. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria;
8. list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems.

Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and cultures;
peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria; nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system; indigenous apprenticeship system among
Nigerian peoples; trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justice and national
development (definition and classification of law); Judiciary and fundamental rights.
Individuals, norms and values (basic Nigerian norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition; citizenship and civic responsibilities; indigenous languages, usage and
development; negative attitudes and conducts [Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices]). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3Rs – Reconstruction, Rehabilitation
and Re-orientation; re-orientation strategies: Operation Feed the Nation (OFN), Green
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline and Corruption (WAIC), Mass
Mobilization for Self-Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery (MAMSER), National
Orientation Agency (NOA). Current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria.

GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;

New
Engineering and Technology 505
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs); and
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.

Course Contents
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.

GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple everyday and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength and cost;
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical and
other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the analytical
nature of the courses they take; and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.

Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete terms.
Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3D objects.
Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and perspectives.
Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection and rendering.
This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid works, solid edge
or equivalent.

CHM 101: General Chemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. define atom, molecules and chemical reactions;
2. discuss the modern electronic theory of atoms;
3. write electronic configurations of elements on the periodic table;
4. rationalise the trends of atomic radii, ionisation energies, electronegativity of the elements,
based on their position in the periodic table;
5. identify and balance oxidation–reduction equation and solve redox titration problems;
6. draw shapes of simple molecules and hybridised orbitals;

New
Engineering and Technology 506
7. identify the characteristics of acids, bases and salts, and solve problems based on their
quantitative relationship;
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using LeChatelier’s principle to
predict the effect of concentration, pressure and temperature changes on equilibrium
mixtures;
9. analyse and perform calculations with the thermodynamic functions, enthalpy, entropy
and free energy; and
10. determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and temperature.

Course Contents
Atoms, molecules, elements and compounds, and chemical reactions. Modern electronic
theory of atoms. Electronic configuration, periodicity and building up of the periodic table.
Hybridisation and shapes of simple molecules. Valence forces; Structure of solids. Chemical
equations and stoichiometry; chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, kinetic theory of
matter. Elementary thermochemistry; rates of reaction, equilibrium and thermodynamics.
Acids, bases and salts. Properties of gases. Redox reactions and introduction to
electrochemistry. Radioactivity.

CHM 102: General Chemistry II (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the importance and development of organic chemistry;
2. define fullerenes and its applications;
3. discuss electronic theory;
4. determine the qualitative and quantitative of structures in organic chemistry;
5. state rules guiding nomenclature and functional group classes of organic chemistry;
6. determine the rate of reaction to predict mechanisms of reaction;
7. identify classes of organic functional group with brief description of their chemistry;
8. discuss comparative chemistry of group 1A, IIA and IVA elements; and
9. describe basic properties of transition metals.

Course Contents
Historical survey of the development and importance of organic chemistry; fullerenes as fourth
allotrope of carbon, uses as nanotubules, nanostructures, nanochemistry. Electronic theory in
organic chemistry. Isolation and purification of organic compounds; determination of
structures of organic compounds including qualitative and quantitative analysis in organic
chemistry; nomenclature and functional group classes of organic compounds. Introductory
reaction mechanism and kinetics. Stereochemistry. The chemistry of alkanes, alkenes,
alkynes, alcohols, ethers, amines, alkyl halides, nitriles, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids
and derivatives. The chemistry of selected metals and non-metals. Comparative chemistry of
group IA, IIA and IVA elements. Introduction to transition metal chemistry.

CHM 107: General Practical Chemistry I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correct carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. state the differences between primary and secondary standards;
5. perform redox titration;

New
Engineering and Technology 507
6. record observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions.

Course Contents
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.

CHM 108: General Practical Chemistry II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correctly carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. identify and carry out preliminary tests which include ignition, boiling point, melting point,
test on known and unknown organic compounds;
5. carry out solubility tests on known and unknown organic compounds;
6. carry out elemental tests on known and unknown compounds; and
7. carry out functional group/confirmatory test on known and unknown compounds which
could be acidic/basic/ neutral organic compounds.

Course Contents
Continuation of CHM 107. Additional laboratory experiments to include functional group
analysis, quantitative analysis using volumetric methods.

MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:
1. define and explain set, subset, union, intersection, complements, and demonstrate the
use of Venn diagrams;
2. solve quadratic equations;
3. solve trigonometric functions;
4. identify various types of numbers; and
5. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers. Mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.

MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
2. recognise and understand the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and
continuity;

New
Engineering and Technology 508
3. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes;
4. solve function of a real variable, plot relevant graphs, identify limits and idea of continuity;
5. identify the derivative as limit of rate of change;
6. identify techniques of differentiation and perform extreme curve sketching;
7. identify integration as an inverse of differentiation;
8. identify methods of integration and definite integrals; and
9. perform integration application to areas, volumes.

Course Contents
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative, as limit of
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve sketching,
integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes (including
approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule).

PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular momentum;
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

Course Contents
Space and time; units and dimension, vectors and scalars, differentiation of vectors:
displacement, velocity and acceleration; kinematics; Newton’s laws of motion (inertial frames,
impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation); relative motion; application
of Newtonian mechanics; equations of motion; conservation principles in physics,
conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy, system of particles, centre of mass; rotational motion; torque, vector product,
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum. Polar coordinates; conservation
of angular momentum; circular motion; moments of inertia, gyroscopes and precession;
gravitation: Newton’s law of gravitation, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion, gravitational
potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits.

PHY 103: General Physics III (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing macroscopic
behaviour;

New
Engineering and Technology 509
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Contents
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.

PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Contents
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity, etc. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis
should be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data
collection, analysis, and deduction.

PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs;
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.

Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction.

FST 102: Introduction to Food Technology (2 Units C: LH 30)

New
Engineering and Technology 510
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. provide a general overview of food science and technology;
2. discuss the future roles of a food technologist;
3. develop and innovate in food science and technology; and
4. explain food supply chain and factors contributing to the quality of food commodities.

Course Contents
Review of global food situation with emphasis on Nigeria. Introduction to the microflora of
foods. Physical, chemical and biological principles of food processing and preservation.
Engineering units and dimensions applicable to the food industry.

200 Level

GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge, and
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.

Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding, others.

ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence;
4. engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
5. identify key elements in innovation;

New
Engineering and Technology 511
6. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
7. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
8. state the basic principles of e-commerce.

Course Contents
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.

GET 203: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modeling II (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students should be able to:
1. apply mastery of the use of projections to prepare detailed working drawing of objects
and designs;
2. identify skills in parametric design to aid their ability to see design in the optimal
specification of materials and systems to meet needs;
3. be able to analyze and optimize designs on the basis of strength and material minimization;
4. get their appetites wetted in seeing the need for the theoretical perspectives that create
the basis for the analysis that are possible in design and optimization, and
recognize/understand the practical link to excite their creativity and ability to innovate;
and
5. be able to translate their thoughts and excitements to produce shop drawings for multi-
physical, multidisciplinary design.

Course Contents
Projection of lines, auxiliary views and mixed projection. Preparation of detailed working
production drawing; semi-detailed drawings, conventional presentation methods. Solid,
surface and shell modeling. Faces, bodies and surface intersections. Component-based design.
Component assembly and motion constraints. Constrained motions and animation.
Introduction to electronics modeling. Electronics board layout preparation, Component
libraries and Schematic design. Parametric modeling and adaptive design. Simulation for
material optimization. Designing for manufacturing. Additive and subtractive manufacturing.
Production for 3-D printing, Laser cutting and CNC machinery.Arrangement of engineering
components to form a working plant (Assembly Drawing of a Plant).

GET 204: Students Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

New
Engineering and Technology 512
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify various basic hands and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement devices
and instruments, and acquire skills in their effective use and maintenance;
2. practically apply basic engineering technologies, including metrology, casting, metal
forming and joining, materials removal, machine tooling (classification, cutting tool action,
cutting forces, non-cutting production) and CNC machining technology;
3. master workshop and industrial safety practices, accident prevention and ergonomics;
4. physically recognise different electrical & electronic components like resistances,
inductances, capacitances, diodes, transistors and their ratings;
5. connect electric circuits, understand different wiring schemes, and check ratings of
common household electrical appliances and their basic maintenance; and
6. determine household and industrial energy consumption, and understand practical energy
conservation measures.

Course Contents
The course comprises general, mechanical and electrical components: supervised hands-on
experience in safe usage of tools and machines for selected tasks; Use of measuring
instruments (calipers, micrometers, gauges, sine bar, wood planners, saws, sanders, and
pattern making). Machine shop: lathe work shaping, milling, grinding, reaming, metal
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry
practice.Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting
processes. Metal forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging, press-
tool work, spinning, etc.). Metal joining processes(welding, brazing and soldering). Heat
treatment. Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory of
metal cutting. Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines.
Supervised identification, use and care of various electrical and electronic components such
as resistors, inductors, capacitors, diodes and transistors. Exposure to different electric
circuits, wiring schemes, analogue and digital electrical and electronic measurements.
Household and industrial energy consumption measurements. Practical energy conservation
principles.

GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank etc;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and Green’s
theorem;
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical model
of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation, etc., as well as fourier series, initial conditions and its
applications to different engineering processes.

New
Engineering and Technology 513
Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.

GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);
2. explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically solve
a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types; 3. numerically solve
differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;
3. perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,
curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of
several variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;
4. solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex numbers;
5. apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations
and of results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the theory
of conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
6. evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.

Course Contents
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and
vector-valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary
complex analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity. Derivatives,
differentiation rules and differentiation of integrals. Cauchy-Riemann equation, harmonic
functions, basic theory of conformal mapping, transformation and mapping and its
applications to engineering problems. Special functions.

GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project
through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 514
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.

GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.

Course Contents
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or
special centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant
practical/industrial working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major.
The students are exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance
of tools, equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production
of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation, (8-10 weeks during the long
vacation following 200 level).

NOTE: Each Programme to indicate additional details of Programme-specific

activities for their students.

MME 202: Engineering Materials: Structure and Properties (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify basic engineering materials such as metals, ceramics, polymers, and composites
and describe their structures and properties;
2. state the structure-property relationships for engineering materials; and
3. describe the manufacturing processing and applications of engineering materials.
Course Contents
Basic structure of ceramics, alloys, composites, metals, and polymers. Relationships between
the structure of materials and their mechanical, electrical, magnetic, thermal, and chemical
properties.

FST 222: Fundamentals of Food Processing, Preservation and Packaging

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 515
1. state the principles behind food processing, post-harvest losses and preservation;
2. identify appropriate packaging technologies to increase shelf-life of products; and
3. ensure reduction and management of food wastes.

Course contents
The chemical, physical and microbiological basis of food deterioration and spoilage. A broad
overview of techniques of food processing and preservation: chemical preservatives, drying,
high and low temperature processing including canning and freeze-drying, fermentation and
irradiation. Food waste and management. Fundamentals of food packaging. Fundamentals of
extrusion technology.

HND 212: Human Biochemistry for Nutritionists (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. discuss nutrient availability, its metabolism and assimilation; and
2. investigate the effects of diet on biochemical processes.

Course Contents
Definition of terms in human nutrition. Chemistry and functions of cell constituents,
biosynthesis and functions of nucleic acids. Availability of nutrients. Interrelationship of
nutrients. Metabolism of nutrients under different physiological conditions. Effect of diet on
biochemical process. Regulatory mechanisms for various nutrients. Inborn errors of
metabolism.

MCB 201: General Microbiology (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the nature and biology of microorganisms;
2. discuss microbiological methods, instrumentation and sterilization;
3. acquire skills needed for profitable use of microorganisms; and
4. describe the factors influencing the growth and survival of microorganisms.

Course Contents
General review of the nature and biology of protozoa, fungi, algae, bacteria, archae and
viruses. General characteristics, growth and reproduction of micro-organisms. Microbiology
methods and instrumentation. Sterilization and disinfection. Micro-organisms in various
environments – soil, water, food etc. Industrial use of micro-organisms. Pathogenic role of
micro-organisms.

FST 204: Introduction to Sample and Data Handling in Food Analysis and Quality
Control (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify and comprehend sample handling protocols;
2. discuss the compositional differences of major food groups;
3. apply analytical procedures for characterising the properties of foods and their
constituents; and
4. acquire statistical skills needed for data management.

New
Engineering and Technology 516
Course Contents
Preliminary handling of samples (Definition of sample, Sampling methods, Sample preparation
and preservation). Variability in composition of foods. Accuracy and precision. Errors
encountered in food analysis (Sampling errors and errors of determination). Sample and
population. Variance. Descriptive statistics (mean, median, mode, standard deviation,
standard error, coefficient of variation).

300 Level

GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in peace
building.

Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes, etc. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,
community leaders, etc.). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents of
conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and Imperatives.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation, collaboration, etc).
The roles of international organizations in conflict resolution ((a) The United Nations, UN and
its conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council (c) ECOWAS in
peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building. Managing post-
conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs);the role of NGOs in
post-conflict situations/crises.

ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
1. describe the key steps in venture creation;
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;

New
Engineering and Technology 517
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.

Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy, etc. Digital business and e-commerce strategies).

GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.

Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis, structure Fog and Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A,B,C,D,E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills(steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports(competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and

New
Engineering and Technology 518
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.

GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the types, uses and advantages of renewable energy in relation to climate change;
2. design for use the various renewable energy systems;
3. recognise and analyse the current energy systems in Nigeria, their impacts on
development and the global energy demand and supply scenarios;
4. appreciate the environmental impact of energy exploitation and utilisation, and pursue the
sustainable development of renewable energy for various applications; and
5. recognise the exploitation, excavation, production, and processing of fossil fuels such as
coal, petroleum and natural gas, and discuss the sources, technology and contribution to
future energy demands of renewable energy.

Course Contents
Current and potential future energy systems in Nigeria and globally - resources, extraction,
concepts in energy conversion systems; parallels and differences in various conversion
systems and end-use technologies, with emphasis on meeting 21st-century national, regional
and global energy needs in a sustainable manner. Various energy technologies in each fuel
cycle stage for fossil (oil, gas, synthetic), nuclear (fission and fusion) and renewable (solar,
biomass, wind, hydro, and geothermal). Energy types, storage, transmission and
conservation. Analysis of energy mixes within an engineering, economic and social context.
Sustainable energy; emphasise sustainability in general and in the overall concept of
sustainable development and the link this has with sustainable energy as the fundamental
benefit of renewable energy.

Practical Content: Simple measurement of solar radiation, bomb calorimeter determination

of calorific value of fuels and biomass; measurement of the velocity of wind, waves and the
energy that abound in them; laboratory production of biogas and determination of energy
available in it; simple conversion of solar energy to electricity; transesterification of edible oil
into biodiesel; simulation of geothermal energy; Geiger-Muller or Scintillation Counters’
determination of uranium or thorium energy; simple solid or salt storage of energy; hybrid
application of renewable energy.

GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and Convergent

Technologies (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:
1. explain the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications and effects of artificial
intelligence;
2. explain the fundamental concepts of machine learning, deep learning and convergent
technologies;
3. demonstrate the difference between supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised
learning;
4. demonstrate proficiency in machine learning workflow and how to implement the steps
effectively;

New
Engineering and Technology 519
5. explain natural languages, knowledge representation, expert systems and pattern
recognition;
6. describe distributed systems, data and information security and intelligent web
technologies;
7. explain the concept of big data analytics, purpose of studying it, issues that can arise with
a data set and the importance of properly preparing data prior to a machine learning
exercise; and
8. explain the concepts, characteristics, models and benefits, key security and compliance
challenges of cloud computing.

Course Contents
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence paradigms;
search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired algorithms –
examples, their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding
natural languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation, mathematical and logic
foundations of AI; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition; distributed
systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent
technologies – definition, significance and engineering applications. Neural networks and
deep learning. Introduction to python AI libraries.

GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (3 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three softwares in their chosen career choices;
2. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;
3. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;,
4. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work;
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers; and
7. write a general report at the end of the training.

The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work
experience i.e. 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged
in the more advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use
in the industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a
report at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and
encouraged to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities
and experiences to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits
include:

New
Engineering and Technology 520
Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine
operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts,
gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, andwooden furniture making processes.

Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solidworks: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with SolidWorks, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solidWorks drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.

A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project.

Examples of projects should include the following:

a. design of machine components;

b. product design and innovation;
c. part modelling and drafting in solidworks; and
d. technical report writing.

FST 300: Laboratory Practical (Instrumentation and chemical analyses of foods

(Grains, Oil Seed, Roots and Tubers Practical) (2 Units C: PH 90)
Learning Outcomes

At the end of this course, the students should be able to:

1. process grains, oil seeds, roots and tubers to obtain assorted food products;
2. utilise appropriate technological steps to minimise post-harvest losses;
3. develop novel food products; and
4. determine chemical composition of different food products using analytical instruments.

Course Contents
Practical and pilot scale processing of cereals, legumes and oil seeds as well as roots and
tubers into flour, starch, chips, syrups, garri, noodles, etc. Demonstration of different types
of yams, cassava, cocoyams and sweet potatoes, etc. Determination of the chemical
composition of cereals, legumes and oil seeds. Processing of grains into flour, paste, protein
concentrate, starch and popped products. Baking of bread, cake and biscuits, etc. Fried
products. Oil extraction and refining. Extrusion cooking.

FST 304: Food Chemistry (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the underlying the properties and reactions of various food components;
2. apply the knowledge of food chemistry to control reactions in foods;
3. identify the major chemical reactions that limit shelf-life of foods; and
4. discussion the properties and influence of water in food systems.

New
Engineering and Technology 521
Course Contents
Chemistry of naturally occurring food components – proteins, carbohydrates, vitamins,
minerals, fats/oils, pigments and colourings and food flavours. Their structure, chemical and
physical properties and significance. Chemical, physical and biochemical changes that occur
in food during handling, processing and Storage. Rancidity (Definition and types of rancidity,
mechanism of formation, Effects on food quality). Introduction to sorption isotherms and
hysteresis. Enzymic and Non-Enzymic Browning (Definitions, Mechanisms, Effects of browning
on quality of foods, applications in flavor development, methods of controlling browning
reactions). Pigments and Colours. Interaction of Food Components and Effects on Food
Quality. Food dispersions (true solutions, suspensions, colloids, emulsions, etc.). Properties of
water in food systems. Nature and significance of water in foods. States of water (solid, liquid
and gas). Dispositions of water (free, immobilized and bound),.Concept of water activity.
Functions of water.

FST 306: Food Analysis (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate knowledge of protocols for analysis of foods for purposes of trade,
compliance, quality assurance, authentication, complaint investigation, nutritional
attributes and scientific research;
2. carry out experiments using basic laboratory instruments;
3. describe the operations of key laboratory instruments; and
4. analyse water and food samples.

Course Contents
The principles and application of analytical methods in food analysis. such as photometry,
colorimetry, gravimetry, refractometry, Spectroscopy – Introduction (spectroscopy and
spectrometry, Electromagnetic radiation, Electromagnetic spectrum, analyte spectrum, uses
of spectroscopy). Atomic Spectroscopy, Molecular Spectroscopy, Fluorescence Spectroscopy.
Polarimetry. Refractometry. Gravimetry. Electrophoresis. Centrifugation. Chromatography
(Introduction, basic equipment and uses). Types of Chromatography – adsorption
chromatography (liquid adsorption chromatography, liquid-liquid chromatography, Gas-liquid
chromatography, Gas adsorption chromatography and Capillary gas chromatography, Reverse
phase chromatography, High performance liquid chromatography). Partition Chromatography.
Ion exchange (Cation and anion) chromatography. Molecular exclusion chromatography. X-
ray diffraction analysis. Bomb calorimetry. NMR. Physical and chemical analysis of water and
other major food components. Food colours, additives, trace metals, contaminants.

FST 308: Post-Harvest Physiology and Storage Technology (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. extend the green life and freshness of fruits and vegetables. Pre-storage processing of
fruits and vegetables;
2. discuss types of storage structures and instrumentation to delay ripening;
3. maintain commodity quality and prevent deterioration and losses; and
4. integrate science and engineering practices for better preservation of foods and produce.

Course Contents
Post-harvest physiology of horticultural commodities. Tropical environment in relation to
maturity, ripeness and senescence including climacteric. Physical and chemical indices and

New
Engineering and Technology 522
quality in fruit and vegetable crops. Control of post-harvest losses. Refrigeration and cooling
systems. Handling and Storage of cereal grains and legumes. Measurement of temperature,
relative humidity, moisture in stored foods. Buildings and other structures for food storage.
Controlled environment for transit and long-term storage.

FST 331: Transport Phenomena and Thermodynamics I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concept of transport equations that describe the distribution of concentration,
temperature, and velocity in time and space in food systems;
2. derive equations for specific problems and in different coordinate systems; and
3. discuss various examples illustrating the use of transport equations such as chemical and
biological reactors, membrane separators, heat exchangers, cooling fins, and flows in
pipes and channels.

Course Contents
Properties of fluids. Introduction to food rheology. Dimensional analysis and similitude.
Fundamentals of fluid flow leading up to the Bernoulli theorem and power calculations. Fluid
flow in pipes. Measurement of flow in pipes. Reynolds number and frictional dissipation and
factors. Branching in pipes. Fluid machinery with special reference to pumps and fans.
Thermodynamic properties of liquid and solid foods. Equilibrium and non-equilibrium
thermodynamics as applied to phase-transition dominated processes such as contact
equilibrium separations.

FST 332: Transport Phenomena and Thermodynamics II (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state process operations such as evaporation, dehydration, psychometry, surface
phenomena, refrigeration and freezing and explain their applications in food processing;
2. conduct heat penetration studies in canned foods;
3. carry out material and energy balance calculations;
4. derive equations for specific problems and in different coordinate systems; and
5. discuss steady and non-steady diffusion, heat and mass transfer driven processes in the
food industry.

Course Contents
Evaporation, dehydration, psychometry, surface phenomena, refrigeration and freezing. Heat
and mass transfer, Heat penetration within cans; factors affecting heat penetration with cans;
death order of microorganisms with cans. Material and energy balance calculations, steady
and unsteady conduction, free convection, forced convection and heat transfer with change
of phase. Radiation heat transfer and its applications in food industry. Steady and non-steady
diffusion in liquids. Mass transfer with convection and its applications in beverage industries.

FST 333: Food Process Engineering I (1 Units E: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe the mechanisms of, and do calculations which underpin the primary unit
operations in food processing;

New
Engineering and Technology 523
2. explain the importance of mechanical separation in food industry for sedimentation,
centrifugation, filtration, size reduction, screening and particle size analysis;
3. appraise energy utilisation in food processing;
4. determine energy mix in food industries; and
5. state the prospects of renewable energy in food industries.

Course Contents
Mechanisms and calculations which underpin the primary unit operations in food processing.
Mechanical separations (principles, design features, operations and maintenance of
machineries used in food industries for sedimentation, centrifugation, filtration, size reduction,
screening and particle size analysis). Emulsification; mixing; refrigeration; freezing. Concepts
in energy utilization in food processing. Energy mix in food industries; prospects of renewable
energy in food industries.

FST 334: Food Process Engineering II (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate knowledge in various engineering properties of food and its application in
food industry;
2. undertake calculations which underpin the primary unit operations in food processing; and
3. explain the terms thermo-bacteriology, thermal processing, contact equilibrium
separation. membrane separations, distillation and pulsed electric field processing as
relates to food science and engineering/technology.

Course Contents
Mechanisms and calculations which underpin the primary unit operations in food processing.
Heat exchangers (types, features, advantages and maintenance of heat exchangers). Drying
(introduction and theory, equipment design, operation, advantages and limitation of open
air/sun drying, solar drying, hot air drying). Thermo-bacteriology (meaning, history, thermal
death time curve, decimal reduction time.). Thermal processes. Successive sampling
technique, etc. Evaporation. Contact equilibrium separation. Membrane separations and
Distillation. Pulsed electric field processing.

400 Level

GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units: C; PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme.
2. Demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.

Course Contents

In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage

New
Engineering and Technology 524
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units: C; LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies.
2. Describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to
the society.
3. Demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices.
4. Prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review
5. Discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation.
6. Determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:
1. be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
2. bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work
methods and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways
of safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;
3. experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work and
the environment seamlessly,and expose them to contacts for eventual job placements
after graduation;
4. be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place
of engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them;
and
5. exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not
necessarily limited to the student’s major (24 weeks from the end of the first semester at
400-Level to the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second
semester at 400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a
programme related industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc, for a period of 6
months under the guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised
by an academic staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits
the completed Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also, there will be a
comprehensive report covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences
(GET 299, GET 399 and GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department
for overall assessment.

FST 402: Food Plant Design and Pilot Demonstration (2 Units E: LH 30)

New
Engineering and Technology 525
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe the construction and operating principles of food and beverage processing plants,
handling and packaging systems using engineering terminologies;
2. design food processing plants, and undertake feasibility studies;
3. explain boilers, water supply and waste disposal systems;
4. discuss types, causes and preventive measures of industrial accidents; and
5. apply first aid measures to industrial accident victims.

Course contents
Plant layout and design in the food industry. Location of materials handling systems. Optimum
design of food processing plants. Technical feasibility study of food processing operations.
Review of the economics of process design and optimisation. Detailed process flow sheets,
mass and energy balance calculations. Boilers, water supply and waste disposal systems.
Group project work in a specific food process and submission of technical reports. Industrial
safety (safety devices and procedures in the plant). Types, causes and preventive measures
of industrial accidents. First aid measures for industrial accident victims.

FST 403: Grains and Storage Technology (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the major grains and state their processing principles and utilisation;
2. discuss the importance of grains in daily diet;
3. describe the nutritional value of different grains;
4. state the milling processes and develop practical skills in determining the composition of
grains;
5. elaborate the complete flour making process and use of cereals in different product
manufacturing;
6. explain storage needs of grains, microflora and contaminants; and
7. manage stored grains.

Course Contents
Technology and chemistry of the principal grains. Conventional milling processes, use of
products and by-products. Baking. Protein-enriched cereal products. Nutritional
considerations. Product development. Physical properties of grains. Moisture – its significance
and behavior in stored grains. Moisture Sorption Isotherms in stored grains. Changes that
occur in stored grains (respiration, biochemical, functional and nutritive changes).
Development of storage techniques (traditional and modern storage). Whole Grain Storage
(general considerations, kinds of storage facilities – on the ground, underground, bagged,
bins and silos). Structural requirements for storage bins and silos. Handling and maintenance
of storage structures. Microflora in stored grains and control. Mycotoxins in stored grains and
control. Insects in stored grains and control. Rodents in stored grains and control. Integrated
management practices in stored grains. Design considerations of storage structures.

FST 404: Brewing Science and Technology (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe the science and technology underpinning the composition and manufacturing of
beer;
2. explain brewing technology and beer production;

New
Engineering and Technology 526
3. acquire detailed theoretical understanding of the role of the raw ingredients of beer
production on beer quality; and
4. discuss the operations of malting, mashing and hop chemistry.

Course Contents
Study of the history, production, packaging and chemistry of beer. Operations of malting,
mashing, hop chemistry, boiling, pitching, fermentation, maturation, filtration and storage of
beer as well as fruit composition and quality of cider.

FST 405: Food Process Machinery (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. operate food processing equipment, exploring the differentr types available;
2. describe mechanical processes involving compression, shear or impact force;
3. discuss unit operations: Description; Sorting: Operates similarly to and overlaps with
grading; and
4. explain the process of cleaning and remove foreign matter and contamination.

Course Contents
Design features and functions of equipment used in the food Industry e.g. equipment for
cleaning, sorting, grading, size reduction, mixing, homogenisation, filtration, distillation,
centrifugation etc. Design and fabrication of simple food processing machineries. Electric
motors. Automation/process control.

FST 415: Sensory Evaluation (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. account for the most common methods used for consumer-targeted sensory evaluations;
2. explain how sensory evaluation and the human sensory physiology can be used as tools
in product development;
3. communicate sensory messages to consumers;
4. plan, execute and evaluate sensory methods used in product development;
5. demonstrate laboratory skills in quantitative and qualitative consumer tests; and
6. explain how sensory analysis adds knowledge about the main subject Food and Meal
Science.

Course Contents
Definition. Sense organs and their physiological and psychological foundations of sensory
evaluation. Sensory evaluation laboratory (design – reception and briefing room, kitchen and
food preparation area, testing area, utensils and other pieces of equipment, lightening and
temperature control, testing setup, testing schedule). Selection and handling of panel
members (selection and training of panel, instructing the panel, etc.). Handling of samples
(information on sample, quantity of sample, number of samples, coding, order of presentation,
sample dilution, rinsing, etc.). Categories of sensory evaluation methods (single expert or
master taster, round table method of testing, panel of judges, single stimulus). Methods of
Sensory Evaluation – Discrimination or difference tests (paired comparison, Duo-trio,
triangular, multiple comparison tests, etc.); Descriptive tests (ranking, scoring, profile testing,
ratio scaling, etc.); Acceptance/preference tests (use of Hedonic scale and other scales).

New
Engineering and Technology 527
Design of experiments and choosing methods of analyzing sensory evaluation data. Factors
influencing sensory measurements. The role of sensory evaluation in product quality
assurance. Application of sensory evaluation to routine maintenance, shelf-life determination
and reference standard for product quality. In-plant sensory evaluation procedures.
Computerized sensory evaluation procedure.

FST 425: Fish Processing Technology (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. define chemical composition of fish and shellfish;
2. discuss microbiology of fresh and processed fish;
3. specify methods of handling of fish;
4. explain fish canning processes, curing and freezing of fish; and
5. discuss the by- products of fish processing, microbiology of fresh and processed fish.

Course Contents
Handling of fish: spoilage of fish and shellfish; effect of temperature on fish spoilage, use of
ice; Solid carbon dioxide and liquid nitrogen in fish preservations; containers for packaging
and transportation of fish, handling on board fishing vessels and on shore ;use of chemical
preservatives and irradiation in extending shelf-life of fish and shell fish. Canning: Principles
of canning; canning materials; handling and preparation of fish and shellfish for canning;
spoilage of canned fish; chemical and microbiological spoilage and their prevention. Curing:
Salting of fish-principles and practices; pickling; smoked fish; spoilage of cured fish.
Microbiology of fresh and processed fish: Morphology of bacteria: growth and reproduction of
bacteria: effect of environmental factors like temperature, pH, oxygen, moisture, etc. Common
bacteria present in fish; identification and isolation. Bacteria of sanitary significance. Chemical
composition of fish and shellfish: moisture, protein, fat, carbohydrates, ash etc.

FST 427: Food Biotechnology (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. develop an understanding of the application of biotechnology in animal, plant and food
production;
2. acquire practical skills in using nucleic acids sequences; and
3. recommend appropriate measures to solve technical problems using microbial strains and
enzymes.

Course Contents
Scope and principles of biotechnology. Bacteria and fungi of biotechnological importance
(cultivation, maintenance and storage), Strain improvement techniques (selection, mutation,
recombination and gene manipulation). Plant and animal cell culture techniques. Enzymes
(sources, production techniques and uses in foods).

500 Level

GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;

New
Engineering and Technology 528
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
4. possess the skills needed for project management; and
5. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.

Course Contents
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons – functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.
Project planning, control and timeliness;decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.

GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions;
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications; and
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principles undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically
present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an
expert witness.

Course Contents
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.
Termination/cancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and

New
Engineering and Technology 529
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.

FST 508: Food Product Development (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. formulate new food products;
2. manipulate food product development tools;
3. optimise food product design and development;
4. integrate cost analysis; and
5. conduct shelf-life evaluation studies.

Course Contents
Background and definition of terms (Basic and applied research, development and technical
service). New products (basic concepts and ideas underlying new products development,
reasons for new products, sources of pressure for new products, products life cycle). Food
product development tools (expert profile panel, primary sensory panel, secondary sensory
panel, research guidance panel). Types of new products for company. Stages in successful
new product development. Information needed to launch a new product. Optimising food
product design and development. Cost analysis. Business plan. Project. feasibility analysis;
approach to setting up and running business. Case studies in New product development.
Product recall (for product destruction, formulation and redevelopment). Methods of shelf-life
evaluation.

FST 511: Quality Evaluation and Control (1 Unit C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain and apply properly the national and international legislation/ regulation;
2. implement food safety management systems for primary production;
3. evaluate food safety management systems and recommend the preventive measures;
4. prepare presentations relating to food safety and food quality; and
5. discuss food fortification, enrichment, labeling and risk/benefit analysis.

Course Contents
Definition. Scope and significance of food quality and quality control. Quality parameters,
quality assurance and specifications. Total quality management. Food laws. Food legislation
and the Codex Alimentarius. Food regulation. Food standards (International food standard
and Nigerian Industrial Standards (NIS)). Good manufacturing practice (GMP). Enforcement
of food standards. Principles and methods of food quality control. Quality control charts.
Hazard Analysis, Critical Control, Points (HACCP) system. Plant sanitation as a quality control
tool. Sensory and instrumental methods of evaluating quality parameters. Food fortification
and enrichment. Nutritional labeling. Risk/benefit analysis.

FST 512: Laboratory Practical II (Animal Products, Fruits & Vegetables)

(2 Units C: PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. develop animal, fruit and vegetable products; and
2. evaluate the quality of animal, fruit and vegetable products

New
Engineering and Technology 530
Course Contents
Preparation and quality evaluation of smoked fish, smoked meat, cured meat, meat sausages,
salted fish, salted and dried fish, solar dried fish, etc. Processing of milk into dairy products,
for example, ice cream, yoghurt, cheese, butter, etc. Evaluation of shell egg quality including
external appearance (size, shape, shell colour, shell texture, shell cleanliness, etc), Candling
appearance, (air cell characteristics, shell characteristics, internal quality characteristics) and
opened egg quality (Haugh unit, yolk index, percentage of thick and thin albumen, etc.). Shell
egg pasteurization. Processing of egg products including powdered egg products (whole egg,
egg yolk, egg white, etc.), Frozen liquid egg products (whole egg, egg yolk, egg white.).
Mayonnaise and salad cream production. Quality tests in milk and milk products. Milk products
manufacture (market milk, ice cream, yoghurt and other fermented milk products, powdered
milk products (full fat milk, non-fat milk.), butter, cheese, etc. Preparation and processing of
fruit and vegetable products (fruit juices, squashes, fruit bar, jams, jellies, tomato ketchup,
tomato puree, dried vegetables.). Preparation of canned and bottled fruits and vegetables
spiced and fermented vegetables.

FST 513: Final Year Research Project (3 Units C: PH 135)

Learning outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to:
1. identify the problem or hypothesis to research or test;
2. describe resources and constraints;
3. choose the best option from research method, product formulation, production and
analyses;
4. present proposal seminars;
5. carry out researches;
6. present obtained data and conclusions in a result presentation seminar; and
7. present the final report orally and in writing.

Minimum Academic Standards

Equipment
Although other laboratories and workshops not listed here will be shared with many other
departments in the faculty and the University in general, the laboratories and facilities listed
in the Table below should be provided and equipped specifically for every Food Science and
Technology programme.

Food Chemistry and Analysis Laboratory

S/N Name of Equipment
1 Colorimeter
2 Balance (Research)
3 Manesty steel
4 Water Bath
5 pH Meter
6 Standing Freezer
7 Refrigerator
8 Hot Plate
9 Homogenizer

New
Engineering and Technology 531
 10 Refracto meter – hand
11 Laboratory benches/slabs, cupboards
12 Fume Chamber
13 pH Meter 020 JENWAY
14 Magnetic Stirrer
15 Kjehldal Distiller
16 Water bath Shaker
17 Battery operated Electronic balance
18 Top loading balance
19 Cole palmer fume hood
20 Flame photometer
21 Hot air oven
22 Kjeldahl digester
23 Markhan apparatus
24 Thermolyne bench-top muffle furnace
25 Soxhlet extraction unit
26 Magnetic stirrer
27 Analytical balance
28 Cole palmer UV/Vis spec
30 Electric table top centrifuge

Food Microbiology Laboratory

S/N Name of Equipment
1 Kjeldahl Nitrogen apparatus
2 Soxhlet apparatus
3 Muffle furnace
4 Chromatography-Gas/Liquid
5 Digester (1007)
6 Soxtec System, Service Unit (1044)
7 Evatec System; 600 Microwave Drier
8 Cyclotec; 1093 Sample Mill
9 Markham Distiller
10 Hot Air Oven
11 Hot Air Oven (bad) size one
12 Incubator
13 Water bath (small)
14 Electric Stirrer
15 Microwave Oven
16 Hot plate
17 Balance, Top loading
18 pH Meter
19 Hot air oven
20 Microscopes
21 Cole Palmer polystat cooling/heating circulators bath (6.5 liters)

New
Engineering and Technology 532
Animal Products Laboratory
S/N Items
1 Motor driven, pickle machine
2 Hand operated pickle machine
3 Ice making machine
4 Kenwood Mincer
5 Desiccator
6 Water activity meter
7 Hauth Meter
8 Weighing balance
9 Cole Palmer fume hood

Food Processing Laboratory

S/N Items
1 Tower pots
2 Juice extractor
3 Food mixer
4 Blender
5 Chopping boards
6 Grater
7 Scale
8 Stainless spoons (divine success)
9 Stainless forks (divine success)
10 Tin cutter
11 Rolling pins
12 Wooden sticks (spatula)
13 Perforated Stainless spoons (frying)
14 Perforated spoon
15 Flat serving plates (big)
16 Flat serving plates (small)
17 Deep soup plates (big)
18 Deep soup plates (small)
19 Cooking spoons
20 Knives
21 Flat bottom sieve
22 Sieves (with handle)
23 Stainless steel bowls
24 Plastic basin (big)
25 Plastic basin (small)
26 Plastic bowl (small)
27 Glass tumblers
28 Bread knife
29 Crown corking machine
30 Gas cooker (single burner)
31 Baking oven
32 Gas cylinders
33 Domestic gas cylinder regulator
34 Baking pans
35 Baking trays
36 Stainless trays

New
Engineering and Technology 533
 37 2-burner kerosene stoves (high standing)
38 Big saucer pan/pot (tower brand)
39 Medium saucer pan/pot (tower brand)
40 Cooking spoons (stainless steel)
41 Can openers
42 Cutlery forks
43 Blender (sorex brand)
44 Drinking glass/tumbler
45 Gas regulator (paca brand)
46 Hand towels
47 Ceramic plates (flat)
48 Ceramic plates (bowl)
49 13.5 kg gas cylinder (total brand)
50 Basins (stainless steel)
51 Basin plastic
52 Trays (stainless steel)
53 Buckets – plastic with cover
54 25 litre gallon black for kerosene
55 Kitchen knives with black handle
56 7 x 7 Projector screen
57 Kenwood mixer (with accessories)
58 Anerobic jar (22 x 12 mm)
59 100-liter steam jacketed kettle with tap
60 100-liter steam jacketed without tap
61 Electric Generating Plant (3.2 KVA)
62 Water bath sterilizer
63 Stuart scientific SAB vortex mixer
64 Coors porcelain mortar Z529508
65 Coors porcelain pestle
66 Magnetic stirrer X603813-IEA

Sensory Evaluation Laboratory

S/N List of facilities
1 Product Preparation Area
• A fully equipped kitchen with storage area. It should have refrigerators/freezers,
conventional ranges/ovens, dishwashers • convection oven, microwave ovens, &
professional grills
Positive air pressure and air conditioners •
2 Sensory Testing Areas
• It should have individual booths with computers for ballot presentation. The
computers need to be equipped with sensory evaluation softwares like
Compusense (https://compusense.com/) . SPSS and Food Processor® software
installed could also be installed to the computers
The booth ought to be fitted with tap water and waste water drainage wash
hand/basin. Adequate lighting is to be provided within the booth.
3 Meeting room with conference table seating for 12-15 panelists, for briefing and
brainstorming.
4 Objective Testing Area
• Analytical balance and electronic food scales
• Hydrometers, pH meter, Refractometer, Consistometer • Moisture Analyzer,
Saltmeter, Specific Gravity Pycnometer

New
Engineering and Technology 534
 Workshops
Bakery – (Pilot Plant)
S/N Item Units
1 Wood fired baking oven 2
2 Electric baking oven 2
3 Dough mixer 2
4 Dough milling machine 2
5 Dough cutter/divider 1
6 Dough moulder 1
7 Baking pans 500 lbs
8 Bread slicer 1
9 Dough conditioner 5
10 Racks for bread cooling 5
11 Diesel engine 1
12 Stainless steel tables 4
13 Trolleys 3

Garri Processing Plant

S/N Item Units

1 Diesel powered grater 1
2 Hydraulic press 2
3 Wood fired garri fryer 1
4 Weighing balance (50 kg & 20 kg) 1 each
5 Manual Sealing machine 2
6 Industrial Sealing machine 2
7 Cassava grater (Weston Specialist Product, Ltd.)

Malting Plant

S/N Item Units

1 Malting bin 1
2 Malting bin/dryer 2
3 Washing basin 1
4 Humidifier 1
5 Dryer 1

Canning Line

S/N Item Units

1 Electric steam boiler (Reimers Cleanbrook, Virginia. RH60) 1
2 Autoclave /Retort equipped with thermocouples 1
3 Blancher 1
4 Cooker 1
5 Can seamer 1
6 Steamer 1

New
Engineering and Technology 535
Grains Processing/Milling Plant

S/N Item Units

1 Rice Miller and Polisher (Lewis C. Grant Ltd, Dysart, Scotland) 1
2 Attrition Grinder (Bental) 1
3 Mixer 1
4 Single or twin-screw Extruder 1
5 Hammer Mill (Horvic ) 1
6 Dehuller 1
7 Drum dryer 1

Smoking Unit

S/N Item Units

1 Smoking kiln and Improved smoking kiln 2
2 Parboiling/scalding station 1
3 Poultry feather plucking machine 1
Dressing table 1

Engineering Fabrication Workshop (Could be shared)

This workshop ought to be equipped with facilities for wood work, metal work and glasswork
where possible.

Drawing Studio (Could be shared)

This studio will enable students to gain practical engineering drawing skills. The Studio should
have adequate number of tables, chairs, drawing boards and other accessories. It will be very
strategic to acquire drawing software like Alias, AutoCAD, FORMIT, etc. for digital drawing
and sketching.

Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalents
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15 Units per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practical’s
and supervision of projects.

NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees; hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personnel

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practical’s
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.

New
Engineering and Technology 536
Administrative Support Staff
The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.

Technical Support Personnel

The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation and
maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.

Minimum Number of Staff

Subject to the general standards specified by NUC:
4. there should be a minimum of two PhDs and four M.Eng degree holders full-time academic
staff to mount the programme;
5. each workshop or laboratory should have an adequate number of staff with the right mix,
such that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run efficiently; and
6. there should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate caliber for
the office of the Head of Department to run.

Student/Staff Ratio
The minimum staff-to-student ratio should be 1:15 from 200 level to 500 level.

Library
In addition to the university and faculty libraries, the programme must have a departmental
library well equipped with specialised books and journals in both physical collections and
E-collections (E-Resources) of various types. Various field and research reports of the
programme must also be available in the library for staff, students and researchers. The library
must be connected to subscribed repository of:
5. institutions (national and international);
6. open access sources (Agora, Science direct, OARE, HINARI amongst others);
7. professional bodies’ E-learning platforms; and
8. Relevant international organisations;

The library must also have adequate facilities for reading, lending and reservation of
specialised materials.

Classrooms, Laboratories, Workshops, Clinics and Offices

The NUC recommends the following physical space requirement:

Academic m2
Professor’s Office 18.50
Head of Department’s Office 18.50
Tutorial Teaching Staff Space 13.50
Other Teaching Staff Space 7.00
Technical Staff Space 7.00
Science Staff Research Laboratory 16.50

New
Engineering and Technology 537
 Engineering Staff Research Laboratory 14.50

Seminar Space per student 1.85

Drawing Office Space (A.O. Board) (Per Student) 4.60

Drawing Office Space (A.I. Board) (Per Student) 3.70

Laboratory Space 7.50

Non-Academic

Secretarial Space 7.00

Office Facilities
S/No Office No in Room Facilities
1. HOD 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
2. Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit.
4. Senior 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
Lecturer computer unit.
5. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.

6. Lecturer II 3 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves

New
Engineering and Technology 538
B.Eng. Information and Communication
Engineering
Overview
The Information and Communication Engineering (ICE) programme is a union of both
Information Engineering and Communication Engineering, hence the name – Information and
Communication Engineering. Ideally, the ICE programme should be a stand-alone department.
Notwithstanding, for purposes of optimal utilisation of resources, it may be situated as a
program in the Electrical and Computer Engineering (or similar) Department. The duration of
the Information and Communication Engineering programme is five years of two semesters
each. Graduates of the ICE programme have the choice of specialising either as Information
or Communication Engineers if they so wish. The Core Curriculum and Minimum Academic
Standards (CCMAS) set out here prescribes the minimum academic and facility standards to
guarantee high quality graduates from this programme.

Philosophy
The training in Information and Communication Engineering is to develop graduates who are
producers rather than consumers of knowledge, by being ready-made and functional
engineers in industries, researchers and scholars in academia or successful entrepreneurs in
Information Engineering and Communication Engineering, as well as allied disciplines. The
programme seeks to develop employers of labour in the Information and Communication
Engineering domain.

Objectives
The objectives of the programme are to:
1. facilitate good grasp of a broad spectrum of Information and Communication Engineering;
2. facilitate acquisition of practical work experience;
3. inculcate entrepreneurial, marketing, and management skills;
4. engage extensively in Information and Communication Engineering research and
development; and
5. produce a new generation of servant Leaders in the ICE domain that are technically savvy,
morally sound, and ethically grounded.

Unique Features of the Programme

1. Bringing together of two highly complementary engineering domains (Information
Engineering and Communication Engineering) under one programme, with a possibility of
specialisation at the final year.
2. Production of Communication Engineers well-equipped with all the requisite Information
Engineering tools to function optimally in the 21st Century.
3. Curriculum design focused on graduating employers of Labour rather than job seekers.
4. Production of Engineers with strong Leadership traits.

Employability Skills
The graduates of the ICE programme will be equipped with skills to be able to:
1. apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and ICE to the solution of local engineering
problems;
2. identify, formulate, research literature and analyse communication engineering problems
and proffer informed solutions;
3. proffer solutions for developmental or complex engineering problems;

New
Engineering and Technology 539
4. acquire and apply new knowledge as occasion demands using appropriate learning skills;
5. conduct investigation into developmental or complex problems using research-based
knowledge and research methods including design of experiments, analysis and
interpretation of data, and synthesis of information to create new knowledge;
6. create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources and modern engineering and
ICT tools, including prediction, modelling and optimisation to developmental and complex
engineering activities, with an understanding of the limitations;
7. apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics;
8. analyse, design, and develop communication systems and networks;
9. analyse and design complex information engineering systems;
10. function effectively individually and as a member or leader of teams;
11. communicate effectively on developmental or complex engineering activities;
12. demonstrate knowledge of engineering, management and financial principles; and
13. engage in independent and lifelong learning.

21st Century Skills

The Information and Communication Engineering CCMAS seeks to emphasise the following
21st century skills:
1. critical thinking/problem solving/decision making;
2. creativity and innovation;
3. collaboration (teamwork and ethics);
4. communication;
5. information literacy;
6. flexibility;
7. leadership; and
8. life long Learning/metacognition.

Admission and Graduation Requirements

Admission Requirements
Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
1. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
2. Direct Entry (DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME)

For the five-year degree programme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must include English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

Direct Entry
For the four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit
passes, which must include English Language, two must be principal subjects at Advance GCE
Level or NCE and its equivalent. Holder of upper credit level at HND are eligible for
consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:

New
Engineering and Technology 540
1. Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of 150
and maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5–year engineering degree programme.
Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters.
2. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode shall have registered for a minimum
of 120 and a maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4–year engineering degree
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic semesters.
3. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode at 300-Level shall have registered for
a minimum of 90 and a maximum of 120 units of courses during a 3–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of 6 academic
semesters.
4. The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units respectively.
5. A student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by the
university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.
6. A student shall also have earned the 15 credit units of Students Industrial Work Experience
Scheme (SIWES), 8 credit units of University General Study courses and four credit units
of Entrepreneurship courses.

For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered,
whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the
computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it
or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each and all
attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.

Prerequisite courses must be taken and passed before a particular course at a higher level.
Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME, 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 200-Level
and 11 semesters in the case of students who entered at 300-Level .

Global Course Structure

Level General Basic Discipline/ Programme SIWES Total
Studies Science GET (ICE) Courses* Units
100 4 10 3 2 - 19
200 4 - 23 3 3 33
300 4 - 18 10 4 36
400 - - 2 7 6 15
500 - - 5 10 - 15
Total 12 10 51 32 (13) 105

*All 11 SIWES units and 2 units of Engineering Valuation to be credited in the 2nd Semester
of 400-Level, and are not included in the CCMAS credit units.

100 Level
Course code Course title Units Status LH PH
GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 15 45
GST 112 Nigerian Peoples and Culture 2 C 30

New
Engineering and Technology 541
 MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I: Algebra and 2 C 30 -
Trigonometry
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II: Calculus 2 C 30 -
PHY 101 General Physics I: Mechanics 2 C 30 -
PHY 103 General Physics III: Behaviour of 2 C 30 -
Matter
PHY 107 General Practical Physics I 1 C - 45
PHY 108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45
GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C 15 -
GET 102 Engineering Graphics and Solid 2 C 15 45
Modelling I
ICE 101 Introduction to ICE and Applications 2 C 30 -
Total 19

200 Leve
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence 2 C 30 -
ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and Innovation 2 C 30 -
GET 201 Applied Electricity I 3 C 45 -
GET 202 Engineering Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 203 Engineering Graphics and Solid 2 C 15 45
Modeling II
GET 204 Students Workshop Practice 2 C 15 45
GET 207 Applied Mechanics 3 C 45 -
GET 208 Strength of Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 45 -
GET 210 Engineering Mathematics II 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing and Software Engineering 3 C 30 45
ICE 221 Electronics I: Physical and Analogue 1 C 15 -
*GET 299 SIWES I: Students Work Experience 3 C 9 Weeks
Scheme
Total 33

300 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 312 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 30 -
ENT 312 Venture Creation 2 C 15 45
GET 301 Engineering Mathematics III 3 C 45 -
GET 302 Engineering Mathematics IV 3 C 45 -
GET 304 Engineering Communication, Technical 3 C 45 -
Writing and Presentation
GET 305 Engineering Statistics and Data 3 C 45 -
Analytics
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems and 3 C 30 45
Technologies

New
Engineering and Technology 542
 GET 307 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, 3 C 45 -
Machine Learning and Convergent
Technologies
ICE 311 Communication Engineering Principles I 2 C 30 -
ICE 312 Signal and System 2 C 30 -
ICE 321 Communication Engineering Principles 2 C 30 -
II
ICE 322 Electric Circuit Theory 2 C 30 -
ICE 324 Electronics II: Digital 2 C 30 -
*GET 399 SIWES II: Students Industrial Work 4 C 12 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 36

400 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 C 90
GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Costing 2 C 30
ICE 411 ICE Laboratory Practical I 1 C - 45
ICE 412 Design and Installation of Electrical and 2 C 30 -
ICT Services
ICE 413 Antenna and Wave Propagation 2 C 30 -
ICE 416 Data Communication Systems and 2 C -
Networks 30
ICE 417 Electromagnetic Field and Waves 2 E 30 -
*GET 499 SIWES III: Students Indistrial Work 4 C 12 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 15 C

SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

500 Level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GET 501 Engineering Project Management 3 C 45 -
GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -
ICE 512 Research Methodology 1 C 15 -
ICE 513 Digital Signal Processing 2 C 30 -

New
Engineering and Technology 543
 ICE 515 Satellite Communication 2 C 30 -
ICE 519 Final Year Project I 2 C - 90
ICE 530 Final Year Project II 3 C - 135
Total 15

Course Contents and Learning Outcomes

100 Level

GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.

Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology); English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations). major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional). grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality). Reading
and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking; reasoning
methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy, generalisation and
explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements. Writing activities
(pre-writing (brainstorming and outlining). writing (paragraphing, punctuation and
expression). post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing (summary, essays,
letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making). etc. Mechanics of writing. Information
and Communication Technology in modern language learning. Language skills for effective
communication. The art of public speaking.

GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;
2. identify and list the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
3. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political entity;
4. analyse the concepts of trade and economic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation to
national development;
5. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian state regarding nation building;
6. analyse the role of the judiciary in upholding fundamental human rights
7. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria; and
8. list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems.

New
Engineering and Technology 544
Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and cultures;
peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria; nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system; indigenous apprenticeship system among
Nigerian peoples; trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justice and national
development (definition and classification of law); Judiciary and fundamental rights.
Individuals, norms and values (basic Nigerian norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition; citizenship and civic responsibilities; indigenous languages, usage and
development; negative attitudes and conducts [Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices]). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3Rs – Reconstruction, Rehabilitation
and Re-orientation; re-orientation strategies: Operation Feed the Nation (OFN), Green
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline and Corruption(WAIC), Mass
Mobilization for Self-Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery (MAMSER), National
Orientation Agency (NOA). Current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria.

MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:
1. define and explain set, subset, union, intersection, complements, and demonstrate the
use of Venn diagrams;
2. solve quadratic equations;
3. solve trigonometric functions;
4. identify various types of numbers; and
5. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers. Mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.

MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
2. recognise and understand the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and
continuity;
3. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes;
4. solve function of a real variable, plot relevant graphs, identify limits and idea of continuity;
5. identify the derivative as limit of rate of change;
6. identify techniques of differentiation and perform extreme curve sketching;
7. identify integration as an inverse of differentiation;
8. identify methods of integration and definite integrals; and
9. perform integration application to areas, volumes.

New
Engineering and Technology 545
Course Contents
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative, as limit of
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve sketching,
integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes (including
approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule).

PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular momentum;
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

Course Contents
Space and time; units and dimension, vectors and scalars, differentiation of vectors:
displacement, velocity and acceleration; kinematics; Newton’s laws of motion (inertial frames,
impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation); relative motion; application
of Newtonian mechanics; equations of motion; conservation principles in physics,
conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy, system of particles, centre of mass; rotational motion; torque, vector product,
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum. Polar coordinates; conservation
of angular momentum; circular motion; moments of inertia, gyroscopes and precession;
gravitation: Newton’s law of gravitation, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion, gravitational
potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits.

PHY 103: General Physics III (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing macroscopic
behaviour;
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Contents
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;

New
Engineering and Technology 546
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.
PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Contents
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity, etc. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis
should be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data
collection, analysis, and deduction.

PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs;
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.

Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction.

GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs); and
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.

New
Engineering and Technology 547
Course Contents
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.

GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple everyday and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength and cost;
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical and
other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the analytical
nature of the courses they take; and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.

Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete terms.
Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3D objects.
Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and perspectives.
Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection and rendering.
This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid works, solid edge
or equivalent.

ICE 101: Introduction to ICE and Applications (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the historical perspective to information and communication systems;
2. give account of the evolution of communication systems, technologies and architecture;
3. describe the operation of analogue and digital TV systems;
4. demonstrate understanding of the various parts of a PC and other peripheral devices;
5. apply desktop editing packages and software; and
6. demonstrate hands-on knowledge of the Internet and other popular web services.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 548
Basic introduction to information and communications system. Brief historical development of
communications: telegraph, telephony, radio, satellite, data, optical and mobile
communications, facsimile. Block diagram of a typical communication system. An elementary
account of the types of transmission for different communication systems. Introduction to
Television Systems: principle of operation of analogue and digital TV systems. Evolution of
mobile radio communications. A basic cellular system. GSM Architecture. Examples of mobile
radio systems. Trends in cellular radio and personal communications. Nigerian
Communications Act and Nigerian Communications Commission.

200 Level

GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge, and
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.

Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding, etc.

ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence;
4. engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
5. identify key elements in innovation;
6. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
7. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and

New
Engineering and Technology 549
8. state the basic principles of e-commerce.

Course Contents
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.

GET 201: Applied Electricity I (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. discuss the fundamental concepts of electricity and electrical d.c. circuits;
2. state, explain and apply the basic d.c. circuit theorems;
3. explain the basic a.c. circuit theory and
4. apply to solution of simple circuits.

Course contents
Fundamental concepts: Electric fields, charges, magnetic fields. current, B-H curves Kirchhoff’s
laws, superposition. Thevenin, Norton theorems, Reciprocity, RL, RC, RLC circuits. DC, AC
bridges, Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance measurement, Transducers, Single phase
circuits, Complex j - notation, AC circuits, impedance, admittance, susceptance.

GET 202: Engineering Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate the role of atoms and molecules (aggregates of atoms) in the building of
solid/condensed matter known as engineering materials, the electrons quantum numbers
and how the electrons are arranged in different atomic elements, and explain the role of
electronic configuration and valence electrons in bonding;
2. define metals, alloys and metalloids, demonstrate mental picture of the solid mineral
resources development as a relay race among four ‘athletes’: geologist, mining engineer,
mineral processing technologist, process metallurgical engineer, and classify metallurgical
engineering into 3Ps: process, physical and production;
3. explain the relationship between structure and properties of materials, characteristics,
components and compositions of phase diagrams and phase transformations of solid
solutions;
4. define ceramics, glass and constituents of glasses and understand application of ceramics
in mining, building, art and craft industries;

New
Engineering and Technology 550
5. define and classify polymers as a class of engineering materials and polymeric materials,
demonstrate polymerisation reactions, their types and mechanism, and applications of
polymers;
6. define properties, types and application of composite materials and fibres (synthetic and
natural);
7. define and classify nanomaterials, demonstrate applications of nanomaterials, concept,
design and classification of fracture mechanics, corrosion classification, including the five
principal ways of controlling corrosion and metal finishing processes such as sherardising,
galvanising and anodising; and
8. identify factors affecting the performance and service life of engineering
materials/metals and metallography of metals/materials (materials anatomy), which
enables metallurgical and materials engineers to prescribe appropriate solutions to test
metals/materials fitness in service through structure-property-application relationships.

Course Contents
Basic material science; atomic structure, atomic bonding and crystal structures. Engineering
materials situating metals and alloys; metals and alloys, classifications of metals, metal
extraction processes using iron and steel (ferrous) and aluminium (nonferrous) as examples,
phase diagrams/iron carbon diagrams, and mechanical workings of metals. Selection and
applications of metals and alloys for specific applications in oil, aerospace, construction,
manufacturing and transportation industries, among others. Ceramics (including glass);
definition, properties, structure and classifications of ceramics. Bioactive and glass – ceramics.
Toughing mechanism for ceramics. Polymers; definition of polymers as engineering materials,
chemistry of polymeric materials, polymer crystallisation, polymer degradation and aging.
Thermoplastic and thermosetting polymers and concepts of copolymers and homopolymers.
Composites; definition, classification, characterisation, properties and composite. Applications
of composites. Nanomaterials; definition, classification and applications of nanomaterials as
emerging technology. Processing of nanomaterials including mechanical grinding, wet
chemical synthesis, gas phase synthesis, sputtered plasma processing, microwave plasma
processing and laser ablation. Integrity assessment of engineering materials; effect of
engineering design, engineering materials processing, selection, manufacturing and
assembling on the performance and service life of engineering materials. Metallography and
fractography of materials. Mechanical testing (destructive testing) of materials such as
compressive test, tensile test, hardness test, impact test, endurance limit and fatigue test.
Non-destructive test (NDT) such as dye penetrant, x-ray and eddy current.

GET 203: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling II (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)
Course Learning Outcomes
Students should be able to:
1. apply mastery of the use of projections to prepare detailed working drawing of objects
and designs;
2. identify skills in parametric design to aid their ability to see design in the optimal
specification of materials and systems to meet needs;
3. be able to analyze and optimize designs on the basis of strength and material minimization;
4. get their appetites wetted in seeing the need for the theoretical perspectives that create
the basis for the analysis that are possible in design and optimization, and
recognize/understand the practical link to excite their creativity and ability to innovate;
and
5. be able to translate their thoughts and excitements to produce shop drawings for multi-
physical, multidisciplinary design.

New
Engineering and Technology 551
Course Contents
Projection of lines, auxiliary views and mixed projection. Preparation of detailed working
production drawing; semi-detailed drawings, conventional presentation methods. Solid,
surface and shell modeling. Faces, bodies and surface intersections. Component-based design.
Component assembly and motion constraints. Constrained motions and animation.
Introduction to electronics modeling. Electronics board layout preparation, Component
libraries and Schematic design. Parametric modeling and adaptive design. Simulation for
material optimization. Designing for manufacturing. Additive and subtractive manufacturing.
Production for 3-D printing, Laser cutting and CNC machinery.Arrangement of engineering
components to form a working plant (Assembly Drawing of a Plant).

GET 204: Students Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify various basic hands and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement devices
and instruments, and acquire skills in their effective use and maintenance;
2. practically apply basic engineering technologies, including metrology, casting, metal
forming and joining, materials removal, machine tooling (classification, cutting tool action,
cutting forces, non-cutting production) and CNC machining technology;
3. master workshop and industrial safety practices, accident prevention and ergonomics;
4. physically recognise different electrical & electronic components like resistances,
inductances, capacitances, diodes, transistors and their ratings;
5. connect electric circuits, understand different wiring schemes, and check ratings of
common household electrical appliances and their basic maintenance; and
6. determine household and industrial energy consumption, and understand practical energy
conservation measures.

Course Contents
The course comprises general, mechanical and electrical components: supervised hands-on
experience in safe usage of tools and machines for selected tasks; Use of measuring
instruments (calipers, micrometers, gauges, sine bar, wood planners, saws, sanders, and
pattern making). Machine shop: lathe work shaping, milling, grinding, reaming, metal
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry
practice.Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting processes.
Metal forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging, press-tool work,
spinning, etc.). Metal joining processes(welding, brazing and soldering). Heat treatment.
Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory of metal cutting.
Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines.
Supervised identification, use and care of various electrical and electronic components such
as resistors, inductors, capacitors, diodes and transistors. Exposure to different electric
circuits, wiring schemes, analogue and digital electrical and electronic measurements.
Household and industrial energy consumption measurements. Practical energy conservation
principles.

GET 207: Applied Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students will acquire the ability to:
1. explain the fundamental principles of applied mechanics, particularly equilibrium analysis,
friction, kinematics and momentum;

New
Engineering and Technology 552
2. identify, formulate, and solve complex engineering problems by applying principles of
engineering, science, mathematics and applied mechanics;
3. synthesize Newtonian Physics with static analysis to determine the complete load impact
(net forces, shears, torques, and bending moments) on all components (members and
joints) of a given structure with a load; and
4. apply engineering design principles to produce solutions that meet specified needs with
consideration of public health, safety, and welfare, as well as global, cultural, social,
environmental, and economic factors.

Course Contents
Forces, moments, couples. Equilibrium of simple structures and machine parts. Friction. First
and second moments of area; centroids. Kinematics of particles and rigid bodies in plane
motion. Newton's laws of motion. Kinetic energy and momentum analyse.

GET 208: Strength of Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. recognise a structural system that is stable and in equilibrium;
2. determine the stress-strain relation for single and composite members based on Hooke's
law;
3. estimate the stresses and strains in single and composite members due to temperature
changes;
4. evaluate the distribution of shear forces and bending moments in beams with distributed
and concentrated loads;
5. determine bending stresses and their use in identifying slopes and deflections in beams;
6. use Mohr's circle to evaluate the normal and shear stresses in a multi-dimensional stress
system and transformation of these stresses into strains;
7. evaluate the stresses and strains due to torsion on circular members; and
8. determine the buckling loads of columns under various fixity conditions at the ends.

Course Contents
Consideration of equilibrium; composite members, stress-strain relation. Generalised Hooke's
law. Stresses and strains due to loading and temperature changes. Torsion of circular
members. Shear force, bending moments and bending stresses in beams with symmetrical
and combined loadings. Stress and strain transformation equations and Mohr’s circle. Elastic
buckling of columns.

GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank etc;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and Green’s
theorem;

New
Engineering and Technology 553
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical model
of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation, etc., as well as fourier series, initial conditions and its
applications to different engineering processes

Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.

GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);
2. explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically solve
a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types;
3. numerically solve differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;
4. perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,
curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of
several variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;
5. solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex numbers;
6. apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations
and of results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the theory
of conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
7. evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.

Course Contents
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and
vector-valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary
complex analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity. Derivatives,
differentiation rules and differentiation of integrals. Cauchy-Riemann equation, harmonic
functions, basic theory of conformal mapping, transformation and mapping and its
applications to engineering problems. Special functions.

GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project
through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;

New
Engineering and Technology 554
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas;

Course Contents
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.

GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.

Course Contents
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or
special centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant
practical/industrial working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major.
The students are exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance
of tools, equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production
of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation, etc. (8-10 weeks during the long
vacation following 200 level).

NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of programme-specific

activities for their students.

ICE 221: Electronics I: Physical and Analogue (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. discuss the motion of electron in different fields;
2. state the characteristics of different kinds of material vis-à-vis Energy Band Theory;
3. differentiate between Bipolar Junction, Field Effect Transistor and Thyristor;
4. design electric circuits based on acquired knowledge of Transistors and other materials;
5. explain the process of fabrication of Integrated Chips; and
6. distinguish between different types of amplifiers.

New
Engineering and Technology 555
Course Contents
Free electron motion in static electric, magnetic and electromagnetic fields. Atomic theory:
Bohr's model, quantum theory. Electron emission Energy-band theory of conductors,
insulators and semiconductors. Semi-conductor theory Bipolar junction transistors: types,
operation, characteristics, modes of connection, application. Field effect transistors: types,
operation, characteristics, modes of connection, application. Thyristors; operation,
characteristics, application. Introduction to semiconductor technology. Elementary discrete
devices fabrication techniques and IC technology. Single stage transistor amplifiers using BJTs
and FETs. Equivalent circuit and calculation of current gain, voltage gain, power gain, input
and output impedance. Operational Amplifiers: Parameters and applications, Feedback,
Broadband and narrow band amplifiers. Power amplifiers, voltage and current stabilizing
circuits, voltage amplifiers, multi-stage amplifiers using BJT and FETs.

300 Level

GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in peace
building.

Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes, etc. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,
community leaders, etc.). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents of
conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and Imperatives.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation, collaboration, etc).
The roles of international organizations in conflict resolution ((a) The United Nations, UN and
its conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council (c) ECOWAS in
peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building. Managing post-
conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs);the role of NGOs in
post-conflict situations/crises.

ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

New
Engineering and Technology 556
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
1. describe the key steps in venture creation;
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.

Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy, etc. Digital business and e-commerce strategies).

GET 301: Engineering Mathematics III (3 Units: C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate a clear understanding of the course content, that is, possess a breadth of
knowledge in the area covered;
2. possess an in-depth knowledge upon which a solid foundation can be built in order to
demonstrate a depth of understanding in advanced mathematical topics;
3. develop simple algorithms and use computational proficiency;
4. write simple proofs for theorems and their applications;; and
5. communicate the acquired mathematical knowledge effectively in speech, writing and
collaborative groups.

Course Contents
Linear Algebra. Elements of Matrices, Determinants, Inverses of Matrices. Theory of Linear
Equations. Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors. Analytical Geometry. Coordinate Transformation.
Solid Geometry. Polar, cylindrical and spherical coordinates. Elements of functions of several
variables. Surface Variables. Ordinary Integrals. Evaluation of Double Integrals, Triple
Integrals, Line Integrals and Surface Integrals. Derivation and Integrals of Vectors. The

New
Engineering and Technology 557
gradient of scalar quantities. Flux of Vectors. The curl of a vector field, Gauss, Greens and
Stoke’s theorems and applications. Singular Valued Functions. Multivalued Functions.
Analytical Functions. Cauchy Riemann’s Equations. Singularities and Zeroes. Contour
Integration including the use of Cauchy’s Integral Theorems. Bilinear transformation.

GET 302: Engineering Mathematics IV (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve second order differential equations;
2. solve partial differential equations;
3. solve linear integral equations;
4. relate integral transforms to solution of differential and integral equations;
5. explain and apply interpolation formulas; and
6. apply Runge-Kutta and other similar methods in solving ODE and PDEs.

Course Contents
Series solution of second order linear differential equations with variable coefficients. Bessel
and Legendre equations. Equations with variable coefficients. Sturm-Liouville boundary value
problems. Solutions of equations in two and three dimensions by separation of variables. Eigen
value problems. Use of operations in the solution of partial differential equations and Linear
integral equations. Integral transforms and their inverse including Fourier, Laplace, Mellin and
Handel Transforms. Convolution integrals and Hilbert Transforms. Calculus of finite
differences. Interpolation formulae. Finite difference equations. RungeKutta and other
methods in the solutions of ODE and PDEs. Numerical integration and differentiation.

GET 304: Technical Writing and Comminication (3 Unit C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.

Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis and structure Fog Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A,B,C,D,E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills(steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.

New
Engineering and Technology 558
Research reports(competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.

GET 305: Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. work with data from the point of view of knowledge convergence, machine learning, and
intelligence augmentation, which significantly raises their standard for engineering
analysis (the approach forces them to learn statistics in an actionable way that helps them
to see the holistic importance of data analytics in modern engineering and technology);
2. anticipate the future with Artificial Intelligence while fulfilling the basic requirements of
conventional engineering statistical programming consistent with their future careers;
3. perform, with proficiency, statistical inference tasks with language or programming
toolboxes such as R, Python, Mathematica or MATLAB, and Design Expert to summarise
analysis and interpretation of industry engineering data, and make appropriate conclusions
based on such experimental and/or real-life industrial data;
4. construct appropriate graphical displays of data and highlight the roles of such displays in
data analysis, particularly the use of statistical software packages;
5. plan and execute experimental programmes to determine the performance of programme-
relevant industrial engineering systems, and evaluate the accuracy of the measurements
undertaken; and
6. demonstrate mastery of data analytics and statistical concepts by communicating the
results of experimental and industry-case investigations, critically reasoned scientific and
professional analysis through written and oral presentation.

Course Contents
Descriptive statistics, frequency distribution, populations and sample, central tendency,
variance data sampling, mean, median, mode, mean deviation and percentiles. Probability.
Binomial, poisson hyper-geometric and normal distributions. Statistical inference intervals,
test hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big data analytics
and cloud computing applications. Introduction to the R language; R as a calculator; Vectors,
matrices, factors, data frames and other R collections. Iteration and looping control structures.
Conditionals and other controls. Designing, using and extending functions. The Apply Family.
Statistical modelling and inference in R.
.
GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3 Units C: LH 30 PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the types, uses and advantages of renewable energy in relation to climate change;
2. design for use the various renewable energy systems;
3. recognise and analyse the current energy systems in Nigeria, their impacts on
development and the global energy demand and supply scenarios;
4. appreciate the environmental impact of energy exploitation and utilisation, and pursue the
sustainable development of renewable energy for various applications; and

New
Engineering and Technology 559
5. recognise the exploitation, excavation, production, and processing of fossil fuels such as
coal, petroleum and natural gas, and discuss the sources, technology and contribution to
future energy demands of renewable energy.

Course Contents
Current and potential future energy systems in Nigeria and globally - resources, extraction,
concepts in energy conversion systems; parallels and differences in various conversion
systems and end-use technologies, with emphasis on meeting 21st-century national, regional
and global energy needs in a sustainable manner. Various energy technologies in each fuel
cycle stage for fossil (oil, gas, synthetic), nuclear (fission and fusion) and renewable (solar,
biomass, wind, hydro, and geothermal). Energy types, storage, transmission and
conservation. Analysis of energy mixes within an engineering, economic and social context.
Sustainable energy; emphasise sustainability in general and in the overall concept of
sustainable development and the link this has with sustainable energy as the fundamental
benefit of renewable energy.

Practical Contents
Simple measurement of solar radiation, bomb calorimeter determination of calorific value of
fuels and biomass; measurement of the velocity of wind, waves and the energy that abound
in them; laboratory production of biogas and determination of energy available in it; simple
conversion of solar energy to electricity; transesterification of edible oil into biodiesel;
simulation of geothermal energy; Geiger-Muller or Scintillation Counters’ determination of
uranium or thorium energy; simple solid or salt storage of energy; hybrid application of
renewable energy.

GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and Convergent

Technologies (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:
1. explain the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications and effects of artificial
intelligence;
2. explain the fundamental concepts of machine learning, deep learning and convergent
technologies;
3. demonstrate the difference between supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised
learning;
4. demonstrate proficiency in machine learning workflow and how to implement the steps
effectively;
5. explain natural languages, knowledge representation, expert systems and pattern
recognition;
6. describe distributed systems, data and information security and intelligent web
technologies;
7. explain the concept of big data analytics, purpose of studying it, issues that can arise with
a data set and the importance of properly preparing data prior to a machine learning
exercise; and
8. explain the concepts, characteristics, models and benefits, key security and compliance
challenges of cloud computing.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 560
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence paradigms;
search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired algorithms –
examples, their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding
natural languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation, mathematical and logic
foundations of AI; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition; distributed
systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent technologies
– definition, significance and engineering applications. Neural networks and deep learning.
Introduction to python AI libraries.

GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three softwares in their chosen career choices;
2. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;
3. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;,
4. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work ;
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers;
7. write a general report at the end of the training.

The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work
experience i.e. 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged
in the more advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use
in the industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a
report at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and
encouraged to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities
and experiences to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits
include:

Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine

operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts,
gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, and wooden furniture making processes.

Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solidworks: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with SolidWorks, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solidWorks drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.

New
Engineering and Technology 561
A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project.

Examples of projects should include the following:

a. design of machine components;

b. product design and innovation;
c. part modelling and drafting in solidworks; and
d. technical report writing.

ICE 311: Communication Engineering Principles I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the purpose of modulation;
2. describe the different types of modulations techniques, state how they differ and identify
the limitations in their application;
3. discuss the broadcast bands and specifications of different modulation techniques;
4. describe, using block diagrams, the evolution of TV systems; and
5. prescribe the best modulation technique for different broadcast scenarios.

Course Contents
Modulation. Reasons for modulation. Types of modulation. Amplitude modulation systems:
Comparison of AM systems, Methods of generating, and detecting AM, DBS, SSB signals.
Frequency mixing and multiplying, frequency division multiplexing, applications of AM
systems. Frequency modulation systems: Instantaneous frequency, frequency deviation,
modulation index, Bessel coefficients, significant sideband criteria, bandwidth of a sinusoidally
modulated FM signal, power of an FM signal, narrowband FM, direct and indirect FM
generation, various methods of FM demodulation, discriminator, phase-lock loop; limiter, pre-
emphasis and de-emphasis, stereophonic FM broadcasting. FM broadcast band specification,
block diagram of FM radio receiver, limiter and ratio detector, automatic frequency control,
squelch circuit, FM mono and FM stereo receivers. AM broadcast band and specification. FM
broadcast band and specification. Image frequency. FM mono and FM stereo receivers. TV
broadcast band and specification. Signal format, transmitter and receiver block diagrams of
Black and White TV, and Color TV.

ICE 312: Signals and Systems (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify and list the characteristics, properties and types of signals and systems and
describe their application in various engineering disciplines;
2. describe various system properties e.g. time invariance, linearity;
3. analyse systems and signals using Fourier, Laplace and Z-transforms; and
4. identify effective control strategies towards effective sensitivity analysis.

Course Contents
System modeling. Analog signals. Convolution and correlation. Fourier and Laplace
Transforms. Random processes. Sampled signals and systems. Discrete Fourier transforms.
Z transforms. Analog and Digital filters. Control strategies. Open-loop, feed forward and

New
Engineering and Technology 562
feedback control systems. Stability, performance and sensitivity analyses. Lag and Lead
compensation, Frequency domain design, PID controllers. Elements of nonlinear control.

ICE 313: Electromagnetic Fields & Waves (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe the fundamentals of electrostatics and magneto-static;
2. identify the characteristics of materials and relate them to electric and magnetic fields;
3. demonstrate the theoretical background of Maxwell’s equations; and
4. explain propagation characteristics, polarisation, reflection and other electromagnetic
concepts.

Course Contents
Review of Vector Algebra and Calculus: Scalar product and vector product, coordinate
systems, gradient, curl, divergence operations. Static electric field: Coulomb’s law and Electric
Field. Gauss’ law and Divergence of Electric Flux Density. Work, Potential, Potential Gradient
and Energy in Electrostatic Field. Current and Current Density, Conductor, Dielectrics,
Boundary Conditions, Capacitance. Laplace’s and Poisson’s Equations. Steady-state magnetic
field: Steady Magnetic Field. Biot-Savart Law. Ampere’s Law. Curl of H, Stoke’s Theorem.
Magnetic Boundary Conditions. Magnetic Material and Boundary Conditions. Magnetic Flux
Density. Vector Magnetic Potential. Inductance. Time varying fields: Faraday’s Law.
Displacement Current Density. Maxwell’s Equations in Differential and Integral Form. Retarded
Potential. Propagation: Plane Wave in Free Space. Perfect Dielectric. Lossy Dielectrics. Good
Conductors. Loss Tangent and Skin Effect. Poynting Theorem. Power Density. Polarization of
Plane Wave. Reflection: Reflection from perfect conductors. Refection from perfect dielectrics.

ICE 321: Communication Engineering Principles II (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain fixed line telephony systems, including access, multiplexing and signalling;
2. elucidate mobile telephony systems, mobility management and network dimensioning;
3. discuss wide area packet data networks, including Internet Protocol and ATM;
4. demonstrate satellite voice communications and 3G mobile systems;
5. expatiate contemporary and emerging research areas in ICE and wide area data
technologies; and
6. illustrate the interactions of commercial interests and technology standards.

Course Contents
Plain old telephone system. Cellular systems: including GSM and IS-95 CDMA. Principles of IP
- datagram networks and routing. Principles of ATM;.QoS on IP; Voice over IP; GPRS and
ADSL - hybrid voice/data network principles. Third generation mobile systems: WCDMA
concepts, multi-user detection, antenna array techniques, MIMO, high speed packet access,
long term evolution, radio resource management, packet scheduling, core network evolution.
Multimedia: image and video representation and transmission. Competing technologies: WiFi,
WiMAX, FttX. Emerging techniques: may include MANET, cognitive radio.

ICE 322: Electric Circuit Theory (2 Units C: LH 30)

New
Engineering and Technology 563
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. calculate the complex power in single-phase sinusoidal and steady-state systems;
1. design a reactive load that improves a system’s power factor;
2. convert wye-connected reactive loads to delta-connected reactive loads and vice versa;
3. solve for line currents and voltages, phase currents and voltages in arbitrarily
interconnected balanced, three-phase circuits;
4. convert a given electrical circuit into its s-domain equivalent representation; and
5. model RLC circuits with transfer functions and solve for currents and voltages in generic
RLC circuits.

Course Contents
Electric fields. Fundamental concepts. Energy storage. Magnetic fields: Fundamental laws,
field calculations, and energy storage. Magnetic circuits: simple calculation of magnetic
circuits, B-H curves and core losses. Inductance: Self and mutual inductance, coupled circuits.
Transient and steady state response of circuits: RL, RC, RLC circuits, free and forced
oscillation. Network analysis: network theorems; mesh and node analysis. Delta-Wye
transformation, Superposition theorem; Reciprocity; Thevenin’s and Norton’s theorems;
Maximum power transfer theorem. One and two-port network: driving point functions, circuit
parameters, interconnection and termination, transformation. Foster-Cauer synthesis. 1 -port
network-synthesis. Active filters. Approximation to nonlinear characteristics of nonlinear
resistive circuits. Harmonic analysis techniques. Sensitivity analysis. Use of computer
simulation packages is strongly recommended. Introduction to CAD.

ICE 324: Electronics II: Digital (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. discuss the introductory digital concepts;
2. differentiate number systems, operations and codes;
3. classify logic gates and compute logic operations with them;
4. execute logic simplification; and
5. identify and utilise logic elements of varying complexity in realisation of digital circuits.

Course Contents
Number Systems and Code. Analysis and design of logic gates of various families: Diodes logic,
RTL, TTL, ECL, MOS and MOS of digital integrated circuits. Concepts of small, medium, large,
and very large-scale integration and their consequences. Introduction to analysis and design
of digital systems. Boolean algebra and mapping methods: Karnaugh and variable entered
Maps, combinational logic realization with gates, multiplexers, read only memories (ROMs)
and programmable logic arrays (PLAs). State machine analysis and design: state diagram,
state flip-flops, input and output forming Logic, State assignments, redundant states,
sequential counters, and mainly synchronous systems. State machine realisation with
multiplexers, ROMs and PLAs. Asynchronous systems approach to digital systems design, top-
down design, trial-and-error methods. Introduction to computer structures: register, transfers,
hardware programming methods, Von Neumann machines, and memory systems standard
logic functions with MSI circuits: seven segment display drivers, parity generator/checker,
encoders, comparators, adders.

400 Level

New
Engineering and Technology 564
GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units: C; PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme.
2. Demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.

Course Contents

In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units: C; LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies.
2. Describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to
the society.
3. Demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices.
4. Prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review
5. Discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation.
6. Determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:
1. be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
2. bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work
methods and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways
of safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;
3. experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work and
the environment seamlessly,and expose them to contacts for eventual job placements
after graduation;
4. be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place
of engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them;

New
Engineering and Technology 565
5. exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.

Course Contents
On- the -job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not
necessarily limited to the student’s major (24 weeks from the end of the first semester at
400-Level to the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second
semester at 400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a
programme related industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc, for a period of 6
months under the guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised
by an academic staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits
the completed Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also, there will be a
comprehensive report covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences
(GET 299, GET 399 and GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department
for overall assessment.

ICE 411: ICE Laboratory Practical I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
1. At the end of this course, the students should be able to give practical expression to the
topics learned in the various ICE courses offered during the semester/session.

Course Contents
The Laboratory Practical covers topics in some 400 level courses.

ICE 412: Design and Installation of Electrical and ICT Services

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate the knowledge of health and safety at work requirement vis-à-vis installation
of electrical and communication infrastructure;
2. explain the regulations relating to electricity supply;
3. design electrical installation for various environmental scenarios including domestic,
commercial and industry;
4. recognise the purpose of earthing, Faraday cage, alarm emergency system;
5. illustrate NCC and FCC codes and standards; and
6. prepare Bill of Engineering Measurement.

Course Contents
Electrical Installation: Induction to Health and safety at work act in Nigeria. Electrical safety.
First aid. Electricity supply regulations. Lighting and Illumination: Luminous intensity and flux.
Maintenance factor. Coefficient of utilisation. Types of light sources. Calculation of lighting
requirements. Glare. Stroboscopic effect. Installation materials (cables, junction box,
terminations, joints). Conduits and conduiting. Truck and trucking. Electrical installation design
in domestic, commercial and industrial environment. Alarm and emergency systems. Earthing
and Protection. Purposes of earthing. Faraday cage. Rod electrodes. Earth electrode
resistance. Earthing system. Earth fault loop impedance. ICT services: NCC and FCC codes of
practice and standards. Telecommunication design and installation: Satellite, VSAT, etc.
Telephone design and installation. Computer networking design and installation. Wireless LAN
design and installation. Preparation of Bill of Engineering Measurement Evaluation. Contract
bidding. Consultancy.

New
Engineering and Technology 566
ICE 413: Antennas and Wave Propagation. (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe the fundamental principles of antenna radiation;
2. identify the different types of antennas used in communication;
3. define the basic parameters of an antenna;
4. illustrate the application areas of antenna in communication engineering;
5. give examples of propagation models; and
6. calculate the Link Budget and Path loss of a communication system.

Course Contents
Antenna Systems: Review of Maxwell’s equations. Polarisation, polar diagrams, antenna gain,
directivity, radiation resistance, impedance matching, effective length and capture area.
Radiation by dynamic currents and charges, retarded potentials, the isotropic. Hertzian dipole,
short and loop antenna, folded dipole antenna. Vertical and horizontal antennas, rhombic
antenna, log-periodic antenna. Centre-fed linear antenna, linear arrays, radiation from
diffraction gratings, Yagi-Uda arrays, integrated antennas. Microwave antenna, horn,
parabolic reflectors, slot, and lenses. Field analysis of antennas. Transmitting-receiving
system, reciprocity relations. Equivalent circuit of receiving antenna. Radar Systems: Principles
of pulse radar and Doppler radar. Radar equation and system parameters. Components of
radar systems. Study of a practical radar system. Radar signal detection. Synthetic aperture
radar, tracking and scanning radar, HF (OTR) radar. Radio Wave Propagation: Electromagnetic
waves, wave front, characteristic impedance of free space, reflection, refraction and
diffraction. Ground waves and sky waves. The ionospheric layers, refractive index, virtual
height, critical frequency and angle, maximum usable frequency, skip zone, skip distance,
fading. VHF line of sight transmission. Tropospheric scattering communications. Relationship
between transmitter power, antenna gains and received signal to noise in a free space radio
link. VHF and microwave point-to-point link.

New
Engineering and Technology 567
ICE 416: Data Communication Systems and Networks (2 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:

1. outline the basic concepts of data communications and networking;

2. describe the purpose of network layered models, OSI and the Internet Model using TCP/IP
protocols;
3. illustrate noise, attenuation, and distortion and state their impact on data digital
transmission;
4. demonstrate Flow and Congestion control; and
5. describe the use of network components like Bridges, Switches, and Routers.

Course Contents
Interfaces for simple computer system and terminal to terminal. MODEM, terminal interfaces,
CCITT V.24/RS-232, CCITT V.28, V.35, GPIB, EIA, RS-232C standard, speed and distance
limitations for V.24, RS-232C, RS-449/422/423 interfaces and standards. Channel Coding and
Error Control. Digitalization: Sampling theorem, Shannon theorem, PCM and Quantization
Error; Multiplexing, FDM, TDM; Higher order multiplexing. Digital Modulation Techniques.
Different Modulation Schemes. Spread Spectrum Communications. Telephony. Central office
switching system. Digital Switching. ISDN interfaces and functions. Frame Relay. ATM. AAL
services. Traffic and congestion control. Latency/speed effect, cell delay variation. Network
resource management, connection admission control, usage parameter control and priority
control. Cellular Mobile Network: Cellular network architectures; Frequency management;
Channel types and assignment; types of hand-off and hand-off management; Switching and
transport; Wireline and microwave facilities and link design considerations. Call Processing
and Signaling: Roaming and mobility management. Traffic engineering.

ICE 417: Electromagnetic Fields & Waves (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe the fundamentals of electrostatics and magneto-static;
2. identify the characteristics of materials and relate them to electric and magnetic fields;
3. demonstrate the theoretical background of Maxwell’s equations; and
4. explain propagation characteristics, polarisation, reflection and other electromagnetic
concepts.

Course Contents
Review of Vector Algebra and Calculus: Scalar product and vector product, coordinate
systems, gradient, curl, divergence operations. Static electric field: Coulomb’s law and Electric
Field. Gauss’ law and Divergence of Electric Flux Density. Work, Potential, Potential Gradient
and Energy in Electrostatic Field. Current and Current Density, Conductor, Dielectrics,
Boundary Conditions, Capacitance. Laplace’s and Poisson’s Equations. Steady-state magnetic
field: Steady Magnetic Field. Biot-Savart Law. Ampere’s Law. Curl of H, Stoke’s Theorem.
Magnetic Boundary Conditions. Magnetic Material and Boundary Conditions. Magnetic Flux
Density. Vector Magnetic Potential. Inductance. Time varying fields: Faraday’s Law.
Displacement Current Density. Maxwell’s Equations in Differential and Integral Form. Retarded
Potential. Propagation: Plane Wave in Free Space. Perfect Dielectric. Lossy Dielectrics. Good
Conductors. Loss Tangent and Skin Effect. Poynting Theorem. Power Density. Polarization of
Plane Wave. Reflection: Reflection from perfect conductors. Refection from perfect dielectrics.

New
Engineering and Technology 568
500 Level

GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
4. possess the skills needed for project management; and
5. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.

Course Contents
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons – functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.
Project planning, control and timeliness;decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.

GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions;
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications; and
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principles undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically
present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an
expert witness.
Course Contents
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication

New
Engineering and Technology 569
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.
Termination/cancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.

ICE 512: Research Methodology (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes

At the end of this course, the students should be able to:

1. define Research and state its characteristics, types and process;
2. formulate research problem and objectives;
3. construct research Questionnaire and other research tools;
4. process, by analysis, data gotten from research to extract useful information for
knowledge generation;
5. distinguish between proposal in Engineering and other research proposals; and
6. cost Engineering research proposals.

Course Contents
Definition of Research. Characteristics of Research. Types of Research. The Research
Process. Formulating the Research Problem. Considerations in selecting a research Problem.
Reviewing Literature. Procedure for r literature review. Formulation of objectives. Preparing
research design. Consideration for the Research Design. Guidelines for the construction of
a research tool. Constructing a Questionnaire.Piloting the Questionnaire. Collecting Data.
Ethical Issues concerning research participants. Ethical Issues relating to the researcher.
Processing and analyzsng Data. Data Processing operations. Methods of data analysis.
Generalisation and interpretation of results. Reporting Findings. Written research project.
Report format. General attributes of research proposals. Distinguishing features of research
proposal in Engineering. Components of a research proposal. Costing an Engineering
research proposal.

ICE 513: Digital Signal Processing (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. illustrate the basic concepts of DSP theory such as sampling theory and discrete frequency;
2. differentiate DTFT, DFT, and FFT;
3. define the concept of filtering, time-frequency methods and identify the relations between
them;
4. differentiate FIR and IIR filters, stating their frequency response and characteristics;
5. design and implement FIR and IIR filters using different methods; and
6. demonstrate successfully the design and implementation of DSP filter using MATLAB.

Course Contents
Digital Fourier transform; Fast Fourier transform; approximation problem in network theory;
synthesis of low-pass filter; special transforms and their application in synthesis of high-pass
and band-pass filters; digital filtering transfer function analysis; one-dimensional recursive

New
Engineering and Technology 570
and non-recursive filters; computer techniques in filter analysis; realization of filters in
hardware and software; basic image processing concepts.

ICE 515 : Satellite Communications (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. determine the location of a satellite in space;
2. explain Kepler’s laws vis-à-vis their application to the location of satellite in orbit;
3. differentiate between Earth segment and Space segment of a satellite communication
system;
4. design a satellite uplink and downlink; and
5. identify the different techniques and trade-offs employed in communicating signals
through a satellite.

Course Contents
Orbital equations for satellites in space. Kepler’s laws of planetary motion. Space segment-
based satellite subsystems including: Attitude and Orbit Control System (AOCS), Telemetry,
Tracking, and Command (TTC) system, Power Subsystem, Communication Subsystem,
Antenna Subsystem. System noise temperature, G/T ratio, Downlink design, Uplink design,
Design for specified C/N. Design examples. Analogue and Digital modulation techniques
employed in satellite communications including: FM transmission by satellite, SCPC FM links,
Digital transmission, Digital Modulation/Demodulation, Digital transmission of analogue
signals. Various multiple access schemes relevant to satellite communications: Frequency
Division MA, Time Division MA, Code Division MA, Spread Spectrum Transmission and
Reception. Very Small Aperture Terminal (VSAT) systems. Their network architectures, Access
control protocols, Basic techniques, and VSAT Earth Station engineering.

ICE 516: Communications Engineering Practical (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. give practical expressions to the topics learned in the various ICE courses offered during
the semester.

Course Content
The Laboratory Practical covers topics in some 500 level courses.

ICE 519: Final Year Project I (2 Units C: PH 90)

Course Content
The project work is to commence in this first phase. The preliminary sections of the project
report as well as literature review are to be submitted and graded at this stage.

ICE 529: Final Year Project II (3 Units C: PH 135)

Course Contents
The project work is to be completed in this second phase. Each student is to submit a proper
written report (banded three printed copies, and a CD-ROM of electronic copy). The project
is presented and defended at a seminar. Students may choose to work on individual design
projects or team design projects. These projects consist of largely industry-sponsored
projects as part programming, CAD/CAM application (turning problem, surface milling,
machining of curved surfaces).

New
Engineering and Technology 571
Minimum Academic Standards

Equipment
Recommended List of Minimum Equipment

s| Description of Equipment Remarks

n
Networking Laboratory
1 D3000: Virtual Instrument Platform
2 D3000 9.0: Experimental Master PCB
3 D3000 21.1: AM Communications PCB
4 D3000 21.2: Superhet Receiver PCB
5 D3000 21.4: Digital Communications PCB

Or Equivalent
6 D3000 21.5: PAM PCB
7 D3000 21.5: PCM PCB
NTX-1 42.000: Global, Local, Wired, Wireless Networking Training
8
Stand
9 D-Link Switch
10 Cisco 1 900 Router
11 D-Link Router
12 IEEE ComSoc Digital Library
Transmission Line Laboratory
1 CT1 Modicom 1: Signal sampling and reconstruction module
2 CT2 Modicom 2: Time Division Multiplexer PAM module
3 CT3.1: PCM Transmitter System
4 CT3.2: PCM Reciever System
5 CT4 Modicom 4: Delta Modulation module
CT5.1 and CT5.2 Modicom 5: Data conditioning and carrier
6
modulation system Or Equivalent
7 CT7: Audio Input Module
8 CT8: Audio Output Module
9 CT20 Anacom1.1;1.2; 2: Industry Analogue Communication Module
10 CT30: Transmission Line Trainer
11 PS20: Power Supply
12 FG2: Function Generator
13 OSC1: Oscilloscope
Fiber Optics Laboratory
1 Modicom 6: Fiber-optic Transceiver System
2 NTC-1 03.000: Fiber-optic Communication Training Stand
Or Equivalent

3 Pulse Semiconductor Laser

4 Photodiode Current Meter
5 Continuous Semiconductor Laser
6 Current Generator
7 Fast Photo Detector
8 Stand-to-study Photo Detector Operation
9 Optical Fiber Splicing Kit
Microwave Laboratory
1 CT60: Microwave Communication Trainer – Transceiver Probe
2 Spectrum Analyzer: 9kHz – 3GHz

New
Engineering and Technology 572
 3 Indoor TV Antenna
4 NTC-1 04: Radio Engineering and Telecommunication with MPMS
Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalents
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15 Units per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practical’s
and supervision of projects.

NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees; hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personnel

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practical’s
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.

Administrative Support Staff

The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.

Technical Support Personnel

The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation and
maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.

Minimum Number of Staff

Subject to the general standards specified by NUC;
1. there should be a minimum of two PhDs and four M.Eng degree holders full-time academic
staff to mount the programme;
2. each workshop or laboratory should have an adequate number of staff with the right mix,
such that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run efficiently; and
3. there should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate caliber for
the office of the Head of Department to run.

Library

In addition to the university and faculty libraries, the programme must have a departmental
library well equipped with specialised books and journals in both physical collections and
E-collections (E-Resources) of various types. Various field and research reports of the
programme must also be available in the library for staff, students and researchers.
The library must be connected to subscribed repository of:

New
Engineering and Technology 573
1. Institutions (national and international)
2. Open access sources (Agora, Science direct, OARE, HINARI amongst others).
3. Professional Bodies’ E-learning platforms.
4. Relevant international organisations.
The library must also have adequate facilities for reading, lending services and reservation of
specialized materials.
Classrooms, Laboratories, Workshops, Clinics and Offices
The ICE programme shall adopt NUC recommendations for physical space requirement as
presented below:

Academic Size (m2)

Head of Department’s Office 18.50
Professor’s Office 18.50
Tutorial Teaching Staff Space 13.50
Other Teaching Staff Space 7.00
Technical Staff Space 7.00
Science Staff Research Laboratory 16.50
Engineering Staff Research Laboratory 14.50
Seminar Space per student 1.85
Drawing Office Space (A.O. Board) (Per Student) 4.60
Drawing Office Space (A.I. Board) (Per Student) 3.70
Laboratory Space 7.50

Non-Academic
Secretarial Space 7.00

Office Facilities
The requirements for office accommodation are:
S/No Office No in Facilities
Room
1. HOD/Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
2. Reader/ 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
Associate Professor computer unit.
3. Senior Lecturer 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit.
4. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
5. Lecturer II 3 computer unit.

New
Engineering and Technology 574
B.Eng. Industrial and Production
Engineering
Overview
This curriculum is for the Bachelor of Engineering (B.Eng.) degree programme in Industrial
and Production Engineering.
Industrial and production engineering is the application of the principles of mathematics,
physical and social/management sciences to the design, analysis, operation, and control of
man-machine work systems with maximum productivity as the primary goal. Man-machine
work system includes manufacturing, mineral exploration, and exploitation, agro-allied,
construction, defense as well as service industries. Thus, the programme seeks to combine
knowledge of the physical laws that govern the behaviour of materials, machines, and the
environment with the behaviour of people as they interact with materials, machines, and the
environment in dynamic organizational operations. The programme has taken due cognisance
of the emerging area of Manufacturing Systems Engineering which combines the principles of
mechanical engineering, electronics, control systems, manufacturing technology, production
management, and software to formulate and improve manufacturing processes. Of
importance is the use of computers to control various manufacturing processes, including
factory automation, design and manufacture, and awareness of the planning, control, and
management methods that are relevant to modern manufacturing systems.

Primary Areas of Specialisation are:

1. ergonomics/Human Factors Engineering (designing the workplace to better accommodate,
human factors - human abilities and behaviors, thereby yielding more efficient operations
and fewer accidents or injuries);
2. facility Design (aimed at operational efficiency);
3. management Decision Making / Operations Research (using statistics and other forms of
data analysis to aid in making management decisions);
4. manufacturing Engineering (concerned with all aspects of manufacturing operations –
materials, parts, equipment, facilities, labor, finished products, delivery);
5. quality Control (using sampling, statistical analysis, and other techniques to assess and
maintain the quality of products or services provided by a business or other organization);
6. work Design (defining jobs that individual workers do in performing the overall work of
the organization, with the typical focus being on optimizing manufacturing operations);
7. worker Productivity (conducting time and motion studies, setting work performance
standards, and proposing new/improved work methods);
8. reliability and Maintenance Engineering;
9. logistics and Supply Chain Management; and
10. operations Research.

Philosophy
The philosophy of Industrial and Production Engineering is the training of young men and
women for intellectual, moral, and professional excellence as a prerequisite to living a fully
human and fulfilled life in a contemporary pluralistic world in general and to the promotion of
national goals of industrialisation, enterprise and self-reliance. These are needed to nudge the
Nigerian economy towards a decent future especially in the face of globalisation. The
philosophy, by implication, is towards producing graduates with high academic standards and
adequate practical background for self-employment and for making them valuable to
industries and their communities in general.

New
Engineering and Technology 575
Objectives
The objectives of Industrial and Production Engineering are in line with the nation’s needs for
industrial development, product design and development and technological emancipation. The
undergraduate training will produce graduates with sufficient academic background to meet
these needs.
The objectives of the undergraduate Degree Programme are as follows:
1. to collaborate and maintain a centre of Industrial and Production engineering Studies that
will be a reservoir for the state-of-the-art teaching and research facilities and at the same
time to inculcate ethical standards that can meet effectively, the requirements for
economic and social development responsive to, and in consonance with national goals
and aspirations;
2. to produce highly innovative and resourceful industrial and production engineers who will
be relevant in the industrial production as well as service sectors of the Nigerian economy;
3. to collaborate with industries to find solutions to manufacturing and operational problems;
4. to produce industrial and production engineers with strong scientific, technological, social
and economic elements; and
5. to effectively and efficiently manage people, material and equipment with available fund.

Employability Skills
Industrial and Production Engineering is a very broad-based programme that covers a wide
areas of employable skills. Such a spectrum includes educational institutions, research
institutes, civil service, the health sector, NGOs, process industries, and any other area where
manufacturing takes place or services are being provided. Other areas include:
1. systems engineering;
2. safety engineering;
3. sost and value engineering;
4. reliability and maintenance;
5. aerospace industry;
6. computer industry;
7. garment Industry;
8. pharmaceutical Industry.; and
9. petroleum Industry.

It is therefore reassuring that at the end of the programme/career, Industrial and Production
Engineering graduates will have requisite professional skills that are of great values to
employers.

21st Century Skills

The 21st century presents an opportunity for the Industrial and production engineer to develop
breadth and depth of skills. This programme provides the skills to recogniSe the necessity and
importance of the knowledge acquired and engage in:
1. creativity and innovation;
2. critical thinking/problem solving/decision making;
3. Lifelong learning;
4. Communication;
5. Collaboration (teamwoirk);
6. Information literacy; and
7. Citizenship (local and global).

New
Engineering and Technology 576
Unique Features of the Programme
It is an interdisciplinary programme, which encompasses manufacturing technology,
management science, optimisation of simple and complex processes, systems, or
organisations. It gives a clear understanding and application of engineering procedures in
manufacturing processes and production methods. IPE employs mathematical, physical, and
social science, computer science, materials science, and methods of engineering design to
specify, predict and evaluate the result to be obtained.

Admission and Graduation Requirements

Admission Requirements
Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
1. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
2. Direct Entry (DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

For the five-year degree programme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must include English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

Direct Entry (DE) Mode

For the four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit
passes, which must include English Language, two must be principal subjects at Advance GCE
Level or NCE and its equivalent. Holder of upper credit level at HND are eligible for
consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:
1. Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of 150
and maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5–year engineering degree programme.
Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters.
2. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode shall have registered for a minimum
of 120 and a maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4–year engineering degree
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic semesters.
3. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode at 300-Level shall have registered for
a minimum of 90 and a maximum of 120 units of courses during a 3–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of 6 academic
semesters.
4. The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units respectively.
5. A student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by the
university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.
6. A student shall also have earned the 15 credit units of Students Industrial Work Experience
Scheme (SIWES), 8 credit units of University General Study courses and four credit units
of Entrepreneurship courses.

For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered,

New
Engineering and Technology 577
whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the
computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it
or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each and all
attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.

Prerequisite courses must be taken and passed before a particular course at a higher level.
Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME, 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 200-Level
and 11 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 300-Level.

Global Course Structure

Level GST ENT Basic Discipline Programme SIWES Total

Sciences (GET) (IPE) Courses Units
100 4 - 14 3 2 - 23
200 2 2 - 23 - 3 30
300 2 2 - 17 7 4 32
400 - - - 2 12 6 20
500 - - - - 13 - 13
Total 8 4 14 45 34 13* 105
*All 11 SIWES units and 2 units of Engineering Valuation to be credited in the 2nd Semester
of 400-Level, and are not included in the CCMAS credit units.

100 Level

Course Code ourse Title Units Status LH PH

GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 15 45
GST 112 Nigerian Peoples and Culture 2 C 30 -
CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C 30 -
CHM 102 General Chemistry II 2 C 30 -
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 2 C 45 -
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C 45 -
PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C 45 -
PHY 103 General Physics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 107 General Practical Physics I 1 C - 45
PHY 108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45
GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C 15
GET 102 Engineering Graphics and Solid 2 C 15 45
Modelling
IPE 102 Introduction to Industrial and 2 C 30 -
Production Engineering
Total 23

200 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and Human 2 C 30 -
Existence
ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and Innovation 2 C 30 -
GET 201 Applied Electricity 3 C 45 -

New
Engineering and Technology 578
 GET 202 Engineering Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 204 Students Workshop Practice 2 C 15 45
GET 205 Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 3 C 45 -
GET 206 Fundamentals of Thermodynamics 3 C 45 -
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 45 -
GET 210 Engineering Mathematics II 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing and Software Engineering 3 C 30 45
*GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 Weeks
Total 30

300 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 312 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 30 -
ENT 312 Venture Creation 2 C 15 45
GET 301 Engineering Mathematics III 3 C 45 -
GET 302 Engineering Mathematics IV 3 C 45 -
GET 304 Technical Writing and 3 C 45 -
Communication
GET 305 Engineering Statistics and Data 3 C 45
Analytics
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems and 3 C 30 45
Technologies
GET 307 Artificial Intelligence and Machine 3 C 45 -
Learning
IPE 301 Manufacturing Technology 2 C 30 -
IPE 311 Design of Machine Elements 2 C 15 45
IPE 317 Systems Engineering 2 C 30 -
*GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 4 Weeks
Total 32

400 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 C 90

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Costing 2 C 30
IPE 411 Mathematical Methods in Industrial 3 C 45
and Production Engineering
IPE 421 Production and Inventory Systems 3 C 45 -
Design
IPE 431 Automation and Control 3 C 30
IPE 461 Industrial Engineering Techniques 3 C 45 -
IPE 471 Principles of Operations Research 2 E 30 -
for Industrial and Production
Processes
*GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 Weeks
Total 20

SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

New
Engineering and Technology 579
 GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

500 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GET 501 Engineering Project Management 3 C 45
GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -
IPE 522 Design and Analysis of Industrial 2 C 15 45
and Production Experiments
IPE 531 Production Management I 3 C 45 -
IPE 532 Production Management II 3 C 45 -
Total 13

Course Contents and Learning Outcommes

100 Level

GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.

Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology); English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations); major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional); grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality). Reading
and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking; reasoning
methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy, generalisation and
explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements. Writing activities
(pre-writing (brainstorming and outlining), writing (paragraphing, punctuation and
expression), post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing (summary, essays,
letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making, etc. Mechanics of writing. Information
and Communication Technology in modern language learning. Language skills for effective
communication. The art of public speaking.

GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units C: LH 30)

New
Engineering and Technology 580
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;
2. identify and listthe major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
3. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political entity;
4. analyse the concepts of trade andeconomic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation to
national development;
5. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian state regarding nation building;
6. analyse the role of the udiciary in upholding fundamental human rights
7. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria; and
8. list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems.

Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and cultures;
peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria; nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system; indigenous apprenticeship system among
Nigerian peoples; trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justice and national
development (definition and classification of law); Judiciary and fundamental rights.
Individuals, norms and values (basic Nigerian norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition; citizenship and civic responsibilities; indigenous languages, usage and
development; negative attitudes and conducts [Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices]). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3Rs – Reconstruction, Rehabilitation
and Re-orientation; re-orientation strategies: Operation Feed the Nation (OFN), Green
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline (WAI), Mass Mobilization for Self-
Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery (MAMSER), National Orientation Agency
(NOA). Current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria.

GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs);
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.

Course Contents
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.

New
Engineering and Technology 581
 New
Engineering and Technology 582
GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple everyday and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
5. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical and
other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the analytical
nature of the courses they take; and
6. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.

Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete terms.
Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3D objects.
Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and perspectives.
Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection and rendering.
This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid works, solid edge
or equivalent.

CHM 101: General Chemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. define atom, molecules and chemical reactions;
2. discuss the modern electronic theory of atoms;
3. write electronic configurations of elements on the periodic table;
4. rationalise the trends of atomic radii, ionisation energies, electronegativity of the elements,
based on their position in the periodic table;
5. identify and balance oxidation–reduction equation and solve redox titration problems;
6. draw shapes of simple molecules and hybridised orbitals;
7. identify the characteristics of acids, bases and salts, and solve problems based on their
quantitative relationship;
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using LeChatelier’s principle to
predict the effect of concentration, pressure and temperature changes on equilibrium
mixtures;
9. analyse and perform calculations with the thermodynamic functions, enthalpy, entropy
and free energy; and
10. determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and temperature.

Course Contents
Atoms, molecules, elements and compounds, and chemical reactions. Modern electronic
theory of atoms. Electronic configuration, periodicity and building up of the periodic table.
Hybridisation and shapes of simple molecules. Valence forces; Structure of solids. Chemical
equations and stoichiometry; chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, kinetic theory of

New
Engineering and Technology 583
matter. Elementary thermochemistry; rates of reaction, equilibrium and thermodynamics.
Acids, bases and salts. Properties of gases. Redox reactions and introduction to
electrochemistry. Radioactivity.

CHM 102: General Chemistry II (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the importance and development of organic chemistry;
2. define fullerenes and its applications;
3. discuss electronic theory;
4. determine the qualitative and quantitative of structures in organic chemistry;
5. state rules guiding nomenclature and functional group classes of organic chemistry;
6. determine the rate of reaction to predict mechanisms of reaction;
7. identify classes of organic functional group with brief description of their chemistry;
8. discuss comparative chemistry of group 1A, IIA and IVA elements; and
9. describe basic properties of transition metals.

Course Contents
Historical survey of the development and importance of organic chemistry; fullerenes as fourth
allotrope of carbon, uses as nanotubules, nanostructures, nanochemistry. Electronic theory in
organic chemistry. Isolation and purification of organic compounds; determination of
structures of organic compounds including qualitative and quantitative analysis in organic
chemistry; nomenclature and functional group classes of organic compounds. Introductory
reaction mechanism and kinetics. Stereochemistry. The chemistry of alkanes, alkenes,
alkynes, alcohols, ethers, amines, alkyl halides, nitriles, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids
and derivatives. The chemistry of selected metals and non-metals. Comparative chemistry of
group IA, IIA and IVA elements. Introduction to transition metal chemistry.

MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:
1. define and explain set, subset, union, intersection, complements, and demonstrate the
use of Venn diagrams;
2. solve quadratic equations;
3. solve trigonometric functions;
4. identify various types of numbers; and
5. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers. Mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.

New
Engineering and Technology 584
MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
2. recognise and understand the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and
continuity;
3. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes;
4. solve function of a real variable, plot relevant graphs, identify limits and idea of continuity;
5. identify the derivative as limit of rate of change;
6. identify techniques of differentiation and perform extreme curve sketching;
7. identify integration as an inverse of differentiation;
8. identify methods of integration and definite integrals; and
9. perform integration application to areas, volumes.

Course Contents
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative, as limit of
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve sketching,
integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes (including
approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule).

PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular momentum;
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

Course Contents
Space and time; units and dimension, vectors and scalars, differentiation of vectors:
displacement, velocity and acceleration; kinematics; Newton’s laws of motion (inertial frames,
impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation); relative motion; application
of Newtonian mechanics; equations of motion; conservation principles in physics,
conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy, system of particles, centre of mass; rotational motion; torque, vector product,
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum. Polar coordinates; conservation
of angular momentum; circular motion; moments of inertia, gyroscopes and precession;
gravitation: Newton’s law of gravitation, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion, gravitational
potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits.

New
Engineering and Technology 585
PHY 103: General Physics III (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing macroscopic
behaviour;
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Contents
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.

PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Contents
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity, etc. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis
should be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data
collection, analysis, and deduction.

PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs;
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.

New
Engineering and Technology 586
Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction.

IPE 102: Introduction to Industrial and Production Engineering

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the classification of industrial and production engineering into its vital thematic
components.
2. specify, predict and evaluate the results obtained from a system or processes that are
in place or being developed, by interpreting designs;
3. articulate the principles of industrial and production engineering; and
4. relate the essence or target of industrial and production engineering to completing a
production process.

Course Contents
Classification of modern industry. Industrial and production activities. Productivity and its
effects on economic development and the standard of living of the citizens of a nation. Work
design and Measurement: control, operation and design of manned industrial and service
systems. Methods and techniques of measuring work performance. Safety engineering.
Principles and procedures of systems design and operation systems that involve people for
maximal safety. Job satisfaction and efficiency. Principles of motion economy and Plant
location. Material handling principles. Selective treatment of other basic techniques actually
used by industrial and production engineers.

200 Level

GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge, and
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.

Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid

New
Engineering and Technology 587
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding, etc.

ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence;
4. engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
5. identify key elements in innovation;
6. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
7. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
8. state the basic principles of e-commerce.

Course Contents
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.

GET 201: Applied Electricity I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. discuss the fundamental concepts of electricity and electrical d.c. circuits;
2. state, explain and apply the basic d.c. circuit theorems;
3. explain the basic a.c. circuit theory and
4. apply to solution of simple circuits.

New
Engineering and Technology 588
Course content
Fundamental concepts: Electric fields, charges, magnetic fields. current, B-H curves Kirchhoff’s
laws, superposition. Thevenin Norton theorems, Reciprocity, RL, RC, RLC circuits. DC, AC
bridges, Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance measurement, Transducers, Single phase
circuits, Complex j - notation, AC circuits, impedance, admittance, and susceptance.

GET 202: Engineering Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate the role of atoms and molecules (aggregates of atoms) in the building of
solid/condensed matter known as engineering materials, the electrons quantum numbers
and how the electrons are arranged in different atomic elements, and explain the role of
electronic configuration and valence electrons in bonding;
2. define metals, alloys and metalloids, demonstrate mental picture of the solid mineral
resources development as a relay race among four ‘athletes’: geologist, mining engineer,
mineral processing technologist, process metallurgical engineer, and classify metallurgical
engineering into 3Ps: process, physical and production;
3. explain the relationship between structure and properties of materials, characteristics,
components and compositions of phase diagrams and phase transformations of solid
solutions;
4. define ceramics, glass and constituents of glasses and understand application of ceramics
in mining, building, art and craft industries;
5. define and classify polymers as a class of engineering materials and polymeric materials,
demonstrate polymerisation reactions, their types and mechanism, and applications of
polymers;
6. define properties, types and application of composite materials and fibres (synthetic and
natural);
7. define and classify nanomaterials, demonstrate applications of nanomaterials, concept,
design and classification of fracture mechanics, corrosion classification, including the five
principal ways of controlling corrosion and metal finishing processes such as sherardising,
galvanising and anodising; and
8. identify factors affecting the performance and service life of engineering
materials/metals and metallography of metals/materials (materials anatomy), which
enables metallurgical and materials engineers to prescribe appropriate solutions to test
metals/materials fitness in service through structure-property-application relationships.

Course Contents
Basic material science; atomic structure, atomic bonding and crystal structures. Engineering
materials situating metals and alloys; metals and alloys, classifications of metals, metal
extraction processes using iron and steel (ferrous) and aluminium (nonferrous) as examples,
phase diagrams/iron carbon diagrams, and mechanical workings of metals. Selection and
applications of metals and alloys for specific applications in oil, aerospace, construction,
manufacturing and transportation industries, among others. Ceramics (including glass);
definition, properties, structure and classifications of ceramics. Bioactive and glass – ceramics.
Toughing mechanism for ceramics. Polymers; definition of polymers as engineering materials,
chemistry of polymeric materials, polymer crystallisation, polymer degradation and aging.
Thermoplastic and thermosetting polymers and concepts of copolymers and homopolymers.
Composites; definition, classification, characterisation, properties and composite. Applications
of composites. Nanomaterials; definition, classification and applications of nanomaterials as
emerging technology. Processing of nanomaterials including mechanical grinding, wet
chemical synthesis, gas phase synthesis, sputtered plasma processing, microwave plasma

New
Engineering and Technology 589
processing and laser ablation. Integrity assessment of engineering materials; effect of
engineering design, engineering materials processing, selection, manufacturing and
assembling on the performance and service life of engineering materials. Metallography and
fractography of materials. Mechanical testing (destructive testing) of materials such as
compressive test, tensile test, hardness test, impact test, endurance limit and fatigue test.
Non-destructive test (NDT) such as dye penetrant, x-ray and eddy current.

GET 204: Students Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify various basic hands and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement devices
and instruments, and acquire skills in their effective use and maintenance;
2. practically apply basic engineering technologies, including metrology, casting, metal
forming and joining, materials removal, machine tooling (classification, cutting tool action,
cutting forces, non-cutting production) and CNC machining technology;
3. master workshop and industrial safety practices, accident prevention and ergonomics;
4. physically recognise different electrical & electronic components like resistances,
inductances, capacitances, diodes, transistors and their ratings;
5. connect electric circuits, understand different wiring schemes, and check ratings of
common household electrical appliances and their basic maintenance; and
6. determine household and industrial energy consumption, and understand practical energy
conservation measures.

Course Contents
The course comprises general, mechanical and electrical components: supervised hands-on
experience in safe usage of tools and machines for selected tasks; Use of measuring
instruments (calipers, micrometers, gauges, sine bar, wood planners, saws, sanders, and
pattern making). Machine shop: lathe work shaping, milling, grinding, reaming, metal
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry
practice.Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting
processes. Metal forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging, press-
tool work, spinning, etc.). Metal joining processes(welding, brazing and soldering). Heat
treatment. Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory of
metal cutting. Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines.
Supervised identification, use and care of various electrical and electronic components such
as resistors, inductors, capacitors, diodes and transistors. Exposure to different electric
circuits, wiring schemes, analogue and digital electrical and electronic measurements.
Household and industrial energy consumption measurements. Practical energy conservation
principles.

GET 205: Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to :
1. explain the properties of fluids;
2. determine forces in static fluids and fluids in motion;
3. determine whether a floating body will be stable;
4. determine the effect of various pipe fittings (valves, orifices, bends and elbows) on fluid
flow in pipes;
5. measure flow parameters with venturi meters, orifice meters, weirs;
6. perform calculations based on principles of mass, momentum and energy conservation;

New
Engineering and Technology 590
7. perform dimensional analysis and simple fluid modelling problems; and
8. specify the type and capacity of pumps and turbines for engineering applications

Course Contents
Fluid properties, hydrostatics, fluid dynamics using principles of mass, momentum and energy
conservation from a control volume approach. Flow measurements in pipes, dimensional
analysis, and similitude, 2-dimensional flows. Hydropower systems.

GET 206: Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe basic concepts of thermodynamics, i.e., quantitative relations of Zeroth, first,
second and third laws;
2. define and explain system, surrounding, closed and open system, control volume and
control mass, extensive and intensive properties;
3. calculate absolute and gage pressure, and absolute temperature, calculate changes in
kinetic, potential, enthalpy and internal energy;
4. evaluate the properties of pure substances i.e. evaluate the state of the pure substances
such as compressed liquid, saturated liquid-vapour mixture and superheated vapour using
property diagrams and tables; arrange the ideal and real gas equations of state,
5. formulate the first law of thermodynamics for a closed system i.e. organize the change in
energy in the closed systems via heat and work transfer;
6. distinguish heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation, and calculate the
amount of heat energy transferred;
7. calculate the changes in moving boundary work, spring work, electrical work and shaft
work in closed systems;
8. apply the first law of thermodynamics for closed systems and construct conservation of
mass and energy equations;
9. formulate the first law of thermodynamics to the open systems i.e. describe steady-flow
open system, apply the first law of thermodynamics to the nozzles, diffusers, turbines,
compressors, throttling valves, mixing chambers, heat exchangers, pipe and duct flow;
10. construct energy and mass balance for unsteady-flow processes;
11. evaluate thermodynamic applications using second law of thermodynamics;
12. calculate thermal efficiency and coefficient of performance for heat engine, refrigerators
and heat pumps; and
13. restate perpetual-motion machines, reversible and irreversible processes.

Course Contents
Basic concepts, definitions and laws (quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second and third
laws of thermodynamics). Properties of pure substances: the two-property rule (P-V-T
behaviour of pure substances and perfect gases); state diagrams. The principle of
corresponding state; compressibility relations; reduced pressure; reduced volume;
temperature; pseudo-critical constants. The ideal gas: specific heat, polytropic processes.
Ideal gas cycles; Carnot; thermodynamic cycles, turbines, steam and gas, refrigeration. The
first law of thermodynamics – heat and work, applications to open and closed systems. The
steady flow energy equation (Bernoulli’s equation) and application. Second law of
thermodynamics, heat cycles and efficiencies.

New
Engineering and Technology 591
GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:

1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors rank;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and Green’s
theorem;
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical model
of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation, etc., as well as fourier series, initial conditions and its
applications to different engineering processes

Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.

GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:\
1. describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);
2. explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically solve
a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types;
3. numerically solve differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;
4. perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,
curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of
several variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;
5. solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex numbers;
6. apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations
and of results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the theory
of conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
7. evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.

Course Contents
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and
vector-valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary
complex analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity. Derivatives,
differentiation rules and differentiation of integrals. Cauchy-Riemann equation, harmonic

New
Engineering and Technology 592
functions, basic theory of conformal mapping, transformation and mapping and its
applications to engineering problems. Special functions.

GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project
through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services;
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas;

Course Contents
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.

GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.

Course Contents
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or
special centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant
practical/industrial working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major.
The students are exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance
of tools, equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production

New
Engineering and Technology 593
of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation, (8-10 weeks during the long
vacation following 200 level).

NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of programme-specific

activities for their students.

300 Level

GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in peace
building.

Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes, etc. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,
community leaders). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents of
conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and Imperatives.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation, collaboration). The
roles of international organizations in conflict resolution (a) The United Nations, UN and its
conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council (c) ECOWAS in
peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building. Managing post-
conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs);the role of NGOs in
post-conflict situations/crises.

ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
1. describe the key steps in venture creation;
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;

New
Engineering and Technology 594
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.

Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy, etc. Digital business and e-commerce strategies).

GET 301: Engineering Mathematics III (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate a clear understanding of the course content, that is, possess a breadth of
knowledge in the area covered;
2. possess an in-depth knowledge upon which a solid foundation can be built in order to
demonstrate a depth of understanding in advanced mathematical topics;
3. develop simple algorithms and use computational proficiency;
4. write simple proofs for theorems and their applications;; and
5. communicate the acquired mathematical knowledge effectively in speech, writing and
collaborative groups..

Course Contents
Linear Algebra. Elements of Matrices, Determinants, Inverses of Matrices. Theory of Linear
Equations. Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors. Analytical Geometry. Coordinate Transformation.
Solid Geometry. Polar, cylindrical and spherical coordinates. Elements of functions of several
variables. Surface Variables. Ordinary Integrals. Evaluation of Double Integrals, Triple
Integrals, Line Integrals and Surface Integrals. Derivation and Integrals of Vectors. The
gradient of scalar quantities. Flux of Vectors. The curl of a vector field, Gauss, Greens and
Stoke’s theorems and applications. Singular Valued Functions. Multivalued Functions.
Analytical Functions. Cauchy Riemann’s Equations. Singularities and Zeroes. Contour
Integration including the use of Cauchy’s Integral Theorems. Bilinear transformation.

New
Engineering and Technology 595
GET 302: Engineering Mathematics IV (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve second order differential equations;
2. solve partial differential equations;
3. solve linear integral equations;
4. relate integral transforms to solution of differential and integral equations;
5. explain and apply interpolation formulas; and
6. apply Runge-Kutta and other similar methods in solving ODE and PDEs.

Course Contents
Series solution of second order linear differential equations with variable coefficients. Bessel
and Legendre equations. Equations with variable coefficients. Sturm-Liouville boundary value
problems. Solutions of equations in two and three dimensions by separation of variables. Eigen
value problems. Use of operations in the solution of partial differential equations and Linear
integral equations. Integral transforms and their inverse including Fourier, Laplace, Mellin and
Handel Transforms. Convolution integrals and Hilbert Transforms. Calculus of finite
differences. Interpolation formulae. Finite difference equations. RungeKutta and other
methods in the solutions of ODE and PDEs. Numerical integration and differentiation.

GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.

Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis and structure Fog Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A,B,C,D,E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills(steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports(competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of

New
Engineering and Technology 596
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.

GET 305: Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:

1. work with data from the point of view of knowledge convergence, machine learning, and
intelligence augmentation, which significantly raises their standard for engineering
analysis (the approach forces them to learn statistics in an actionable way that helps them
to see the holistic importance of data analytics in modern engineering and technology);
2. anticipate the future with Artificial Intelligence while fulfilling the basic requirements of
conventional engineering statistical programming consistent with their future careers;
3. perform, with proficiency, statistical inference tasks with language or programming
toolboxes such as R, Python, Mathematica or MATLAB, and Design Expert to summarise
analysis and interpretation of industry engineering data, and make appropriate conclusions
based on such experimental and/or real-life industrial data;
4. construct appropriate graphical displays of data and highlight the roles of such displays in
data analysis, particularly the use of statistical software packages;
5. plan and execute experimental programmes to determine the performance of programme-
relevant industrial engineering systems, and evaluate the accuracy of the measurements
undertaken; and
6. demonstrate mastery of data analytics and statistical concepts by communicating the
results of experimental and industry-case investigations, critically reasoned scientific and
professional analysis through written and oral presentation.

Course Contents
Descriptive statistics, frequency distribution, populations and sample, central tendency,
variance data sampling, mean, median, mode, mean deviation and percentiles. Probability.
Binomial, Poisson hyper-geometric and normal distributions. Statistical inference intervals,
test hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big data analytics
and cloud computing applications. Introduction to the R language; R as a calculator; Vectors,
matrices, factors, data frames and other R collections. Iteration and looping control structures.
Conditionals and other controls. Designing, using and extending functions. The Apply Family.
Statistical modelling and inference in R.
.
GET 306: Renewable Energy System and Technology (3 Units C: LH 30 PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the types, uses and advantages of renewable energy in relation to climate change;
2. design for use the various renewable energy systems;
3. recognise and analyse the current energy systems in Nigeria, their impacts on
development and the global energy demand and supply scenarios;
4. appreciate the environmental impact of energy exploitation and utilisation, and pursue the
sustainable development of renewable energy for various applications; and
5. recognise the exploitation, excavation, production, and processing of fossil fuels such as
coal, petroleum and natural gas, and discuss the sources, technology and contribution to
future energy demands of renewable energy.
Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 597
Current and potential future energy systems in Nigeria and globally - resources, extraction,
concepts in energy conversion systems; parallels and differences in various conversion
systems and end-use technologies, with emphasis on meeting 21st-century national, regional
and global energy needs in a sustainable manner. Various energy technologies in each fuel
cycle stage for fossil (oil, gas, synthetic), nuclear (fission and fusion) and renewable (solar,
biomass, wind, hydro, and geothermal). Energy types, storage, transmission and
conservation. Analysis of energy mixes within an engineering, economic and social context.
Sustainable energy; emphasise sustainability in general and in the overall concept of
sustainable development and the link this has with sustainable energy as the fundamental
benefit of renewable energy.

Practical Content: Simple measurement of solar radiation, bomb calorimeter determination

of calorific value of fuels and biomass; measurement of the velocity of wind, waves and the
energy that abound in them; laboratory production of biogas and determination of energy
available in it; simple conversion of solar energy to electricity; transesterification of edible oil
into biodiesel; simulation of geothermal energy; Geiger-Muller or Scintillation Counters’
determination of uranium or thorium energy; simple solid or salt storage of energy; hybrid
application of renewable energy.

GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and Convergent

Technologies (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:
1. explain the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications and effects of artificial
intelligence;
2. explain the fundamental concepts of machine learning, deep learning and convergent
technologies;
3. demonstrate the difference between supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised
learning;
4. demonstrate proficiency in machine learning workflow and how to implement the steps
effectively;
5. explain natural languages, knowledge representation, expert systems and pattern
recognition;
6. describe distributed systems, data and information security and intelligent web
technologies;
7. explain the concept of big data analytics, purpose of studying it, issues that can arise with
a data set and the importance of properly preparing data prior to a machine learning
exercise; and
8. explain the concepts, characteristics, models and benefits, key security and compliance
challenges of cloud computing.

Course Contents
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence paradigms;
search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired algorithms –
examples, their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding
natural languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation, mathematical and logic
foundations of AI; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition; distributed
systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent
technologies – definition, significance and engineering applications. Neural networks and
deep learning. Introduction to python AI libraries.

New
Engineering and Technology 598
GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:

1. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three softwares in their chosen career choices;
2. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;
3. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;,
4. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work ;
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers; and
7. write a general report at the end of the training.

The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work
experience i.e. 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged
in the more advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use
in the industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a
report at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and
encouraged to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities
and experiences to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits
include:

Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine

operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts,
gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, andwooden furniture making processes.

Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solidworks: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with SolidWorks, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solidWorks drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.

A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project.

Examples of projects should include the following:

a. design of machine components;

b. product design and innovation;

New
Engineering and Technology 599
c. part modelling and drafting in solidworks; and
d. technical report writing.

IPE 301: Manufacturing Technology (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types and organisation of engineering Workshops;
2. list the types of manufacturing processes and state their uses;
3. describe the common machines and tools used in manufacturing process;
4. explain the operations and capabilities of machines used in manufacturing;
5. recognise engineering materials, their types, uses and properties;
6. recognise safety rules and regulations in the workshop and state their obligations in
ensuring safety;
7. explain parts of Lathe accessories and attachments, drilling machines, drill bits and their
uses;
8. identify and describe simple metal cutting applied to hand tool and single point tool
geometry; amd
9. identify cutting fluid and state the general principles of working metal cutting machine
tools.

Course Contents
Elementary introduction to types and organization of engineering workshops covering
jobbing, batch, mass production. Engineering materials: Their uses and properties. Safety
in workshops and general principles of working. Bench work and fitting: Hand tools,
instruments. Carpentry: Hand tools. Materials. types of joint. processing of timber.
Blacksmithing, and tools and working principles. Joints and fastenings: threaded fasteners.
riveting, welding, brazing, and soldering. Measurement and marking out for uniformity.
circularity, concentricity, etc. Standard measuring tools used in the workshop.
Simple metal cutting applied to hand tools. Single point tool geometry. Cutting fluid General
principles of working of standard metal cutting machine tools. Work and tool movement,
speed and feed range. Centre lathe operations: Straight/taper turning. Thread cutting.
Parts of lathes accessories and attachments used on centre lathe. Drilling machine, drill bits
and uses.

IPE 311: Design of Machine Elements (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcome
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the fundamentals of machine design;
2. identify machine parts/elements, state their functions and describe their failure modes;
3. recognise the strategies of safety and its significance and application in design;
4. state the environment in which machine parts are required to function.
5. design machine elements using industrial codes and standard from handbooks and other
sources;
6. identify the material constituents of machine parts, their engineering properties and make
appropriate selection based on design requirement(s); and
7. design some machine parts based on the knowledge gained.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 600
Principles and methods of design. Strength calculations. Standards. Preferred numbers and
fits. Materials, standard sections and dimensions. Failure and factors of safety. Machine
Elements: Design of the following: Riveted joints. Welded joints. Threaded joints. Springs.
Friction drives. Belt and rope drives. Chain drives. Power screws. Brakes. Couplings and
clutches. Machine Frame. Keys. Cotters and spine joints. Design and reduction of gears, Use
of handbooks and standards, Choice of Manufacturing Processes on design of machine
elements, assembly and performance.

IPE 317: Systems Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify and describe the fundamental concepts of systems engineering, best practices and
emerging trends;
2. implement the process or stages of system engineering from problem identification to
implementation and follow-up;
3. synthesise a system and analyse it;
4. Articulate the structure of a system and its design; and
5. recognise the input and output requirements of a system, the knowledge of the technology
involved, the performance requirement, the cost implications during implementation and
follow-up.

Course Contents
Systems engineering – definition. The process: problem identification. problem definition.
Modeling. Solution testing. Implementation. Follow-up. Systems synthesis and analysis:
System structure. System design. System requirement: Input / Output requirement.
Technology requirement. Cost requirement. Performance requirement.

400 Level

GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units: C; PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme.
2. Demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.
Course Contents

In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units: C; LH 30)

Learning Outcomes

New
Engineering and Technology 601
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies.
2. Describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to
the society.
3. Demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices.
4. Prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review
5. Discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation.
6. Determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:
1. be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
2. bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work
methods and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways
of safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;
3. experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work and
the environment seamlessly,and expose them to contacts for eventual job placements
after graduation;
4. be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place
of engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them;
and
5. exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.

New
Engineering and Technology 602
Course Contents
On- the -job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not
necessarily limited to the student’s major (24 weeks from the end of the first semester at
400-Level to the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second
semester at 400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a
programme related industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc, for a period of 6
months under the guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised
by an academic staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits
the completed Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also, there will be a
comprehensive report covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences
(GET 299, GET 399 and GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department
for overall assessment.

IPE 411 Some Mathematical Methods in Industrial and Production Engineering

(3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end, the student should be able to:
1. solve higher order linear and non-linear differential equations and apply them to modelling
and design of systems.
2. state Lagragian functions and discuss its importance and application in engineering
optimisation problem solving.
3. apply Laplace and Fourier transforms techniques to solve differential equations in industrial
and production systems.
4. apply statistical methods like correlation, regression analysis in analysing, interpreting
experimental data and probability theory in testing and quality control.

Course Contents
Integral Transforms: Laplace and Fourier transforms. Application to boundary value problems
in Engineering Calculus of Variations: Langrange’s equation and applications to Industrial and
Production Engineering Scenarios Probability: Probability laws, Conditional Probability and
dependence of events. Discrete and continuous Probability distribution. Probability functions:
Density function and Distribution Function. Expected Values, Moments. Standard Distributions
involving Binomial, Poisson and Normal Distributions. Statistics: Regression and Correlation:
Method of least squares, Linear and Introductory Non- Linear regressions, Total and Partial
Correlation. Sampling theory: Sampling distribution of mean. Confidence Interval for mean
and Proportion. Test of Hypotheses: Development of Null and Alternate Hypotheses. Decision
making with Hypothesis. Types I and II errors. Industrial Application of statistics and
probability theories.

IPE 421: Production and Inventory Design (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcome
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. recognise the strategic role of the supply chain and the key parameters of performance
by identifying Facilities, Inventory, Transportation, Sourcing, Information and Pricing;
2. identify analytical decision support tools (both models and applications) as well as the
organizational models that successfully allow companies to develop;
3. analyse and develop simple inventory management policies under deterministic
environments;
4. develop aggregate production plans and detailed schedules through simple policies; and
5. recognise the dynamic interactions among different elements of a supply chain system.

New
Engineering and Technology 603
Course Contents
Simple Inventory control Methods with deterministic and stochastic demand. The EOQ Model.
lot sizing. supply chain management. Scheduling. Materials Requirement Planning (MRP). Just-
in-Time models. Pull Control Systems and Aggregate Planning.

IPE 431: Automation and Control (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the fundamental definition and concepts of automation and Control engineering;
2. explain control system in production engineering systems such as CNC machine tools,
Production-Inventory systems;
3. identify signal flow graphs and interpret them;
4. explain and classify transfer functions into various types and interpret them;
5. state the uses of block diagrams and the mathematical basis for the design of control
systems; and
6. discuss the importance and application of good instrumentation for the efficient design
of process control loops for production systems.

Course Contents
Basic definitions and concepts. Control systems in Production Engineering, e.g. CNC machine
tools, Production–Inventory Control, etc. Block diagrams and their reduction. Signal flow
graphs. Transfer functions. State–space representations. Some common transfer functions.
System Stability: Routh, Hurwitz, etc. stability criteria. System Classification. Error constants
and sensitivity. Types of system inputs. Second – Order Systems. Transient and Steady–State
Responses. Performance Indices. Root–Locus Analysis. Root–Locus Design. Bode Analysis.
Bode Design. Nyquist Analysis. Nyquist Design. Nicholas Chart Analysis. Nicholas Chart
Design.

IPE 461: Industrial and Production Engineering Techniques (3 Units E: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the meaning and essence of break-even analysis and its application in choice decision
making in the presence of alternatives;
2. identify and explain the types of production system.
3. enumerate the different manufacturing techniques that are available;
4. state the meaning of facility Layouts and classify them;
5. state the uses of algorithms for designing process and layout designs;
6. comment on transportation problems as optimisation problems and their essence in the
industry;
7. explain how to identify transportations problems, develop strategies to solve them and to
utilise available techniques to solve them;
8. state the principles of time and motion studies and describe their essence in workplace
design;
9. discuss the applications of the learning curve principles in real-life; and
10. explain the essence of plant location analysis in decision making.

New
Engineering and Technology 604
Course Contents
Break- Even Analysis and its application in decision making. Types of production systems and
manufacturing techniques. Facility Layout types. Process layout and Product Layout design.
Transportation Techniques Work System Design. Learning Curve. Plant Location Analysis.
Other Industrial and Production engineering techniques.

IPE 471: Principles of Operations Research for Industrial and Production Processes
(2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the fundamental principles of OR and how to develop OR techniques and tools;
2. develop linear programming and simplex models for industrial and Production systems;
3. apply these techniques and algorithms to solve them;
4. interprete and apply results of an OR model; and
5. disseminate the results of OR project through a written report and oral presentation.

Course Contents
Development of O.R. techniques and tools. Deterministic models and their place in industrial
operations. Scope, theory and application of linear programming models. Simplex method.
Resource allocation, assignment and transportation problems. Duality. Review of computer
programming with special reference to Industrial and production problems. Application of
software such as Solver, TORA etc to solve O.R. problems. OR project with written report and
an oral presentation

500 Level

GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
4. possess the skills needed for project management; and
5. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.

Course Contents
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons – functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.
Project planning, control and timeliness;decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic

New
Engineering and Technology 605
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.

GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions.;
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications and
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principles undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically
present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an
expert witness.

Course Contents
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.
Termination/cancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.

IPE 522: Design and Analysis of Industrial and Production Experiments

(2 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain how to design experiments, carry them out, and analyse the data yielded;
2. state process involved in designing an experiment including factorial and fractional
factorial designs;
3. State how a factorial design allows cost reduction, increases efficiency of experimentation
and reveals the essential nature of a process;
4. evaluate the logic of hypothesis testing, including analysis of variance and the detailed
analysis of experimental data;
5. formulate understanding of the subject using real examples, including experimentation in
industrial and production engineering;
6. introduce Taguchi methods and compare and contrast them with more traditional
techniques; and
7. discuss the roles of response surface methodology and its basic concepts.
8. describe how the analysis of experimental design data is carried out using the most
common software packages.

New
Engineering and Technology 606
Course Contents
Examples of experimental design problems in production planning and manufacturing. Basic
principles of experimentation. Randomization. Replication and local control. Blocks and Latin
square designs. Two level factorial design. Analysis of experimental data. Special problems of
current interest. Applications in industrial and Production engineering. Confounding in a 2k
experiment. Introduction to fractional replication. Introduction to response surface
methodology. Introduction of Taguchi Method and its comparison other techniques

IPE 531: Production Management I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the types and principles of production processes;
2. apply basic materials management concepts;
3. develop group technology and cellular;
4. Explain the concepts of purchasing and implementation;
5. select appropriate interest rates and describe the methods of analysis;
6. discuss manufacturing methods in a range of industries;
7. visit manufacturing industries;
8. write a comprehensive report and communicate engineering knowledge gained during
the visits; and
9. state the fundamentals of small-scale businesses and their industrial engineering roles.

Course Contents
Principles of production. Types of production processes. Development of Group technology
and cellular systems. Materials management. Purchasing methods. Engineering Economy.
Economic analysis of engineering projects. Selection of appropriate interest rates and
methods of analysis, depreciation and tax considerations. Survey of manufacturing methods
in a range of industries, textiles, timber, food, agriculture, etc. Plant visits. Overview of
Some manufacturing industries such as cement, electronics, etc. Industrial computers and
their applications. Small–scale businesses in Industrial and Production Engineering.

IPE 532 : Production Management II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the fundamental principles of production planning and control and indicate how
the knowledge of budgeting and cost control influences their outcome;
2. explain the meaning of forecasting, identify its types and show its importance;
3. determine forecast accuracy and interpret the result;
4. explain the principles of quality control and identify problems in quality improvement
process;
5. explain and apply statistics and probability to quality control and management;
6. describe the basic concept of Total Quality management, the steps involved and its
implementation;
7. perform process capability and specification studies;
8. explain the basic principles of reliability;
9. apply the principles of statistics and probability in characterising the reliability of an item
or system;
10. explain the bathtub curve and its application;
11. determine the reliability of series and parallel systems;

New
Engineering and Technology 607
12. explain basic concepts such as preventive ; and
13. corrective maintenance, maintainability and availability.

Course Contents
Production Planning and Control. Principles of control, Budgetary and cost control. Information
Processing and Control. Forecasts. Principles of forecasting. Simple forecasting models and
forecast accuracy. Schedulling Techniques. Sequencing n-jobs through n-machines. Quality
Control. Quality Control Principles, Total Quality Concepts, economics of quality. process
capability. Control Charts. Sampling systems. Inspection Systems. Quality Motivation and
Training. Basic concepts of Reliability Engineering. Principles of reliability engineering, The
Bathtub Curve. Failure rate analysis. Reliability of systems – Series and Parallel Systems,
Maintenance – Preventive and Corrective. Maintainability and Availability.

Minimum Academic Standards

Equipment

The required equipment and tools required for the Industrial and {Production engineering
programme in accordance with the requirements of major laboratories are listed below. Note
that accessories and consumables needed for effective use of these equipment are not listed
but will be requested by the department that runs this curriculum when purchasing the
equipment.
Industrial and Production Engineering Laboratory Equipment
1. Induction Furnaces.
2. CNC machines
3.Lathe Machines.
4.Drilling Machines.
5.Hacksaw, Stolling, Cutting Machine.
6.Universal Gear Hobing Machine.
7.Sheet streaming, Bending, Rolling Machine.
8.Work Press Machines such as Eccentric press, punch press, Arbor press, Double Piller Type.
9.Screw presses.
10.Hammer mills.
11.Modern callipers and gauges.
12.Computer Workstations and Software.
13.Ergonomic Lab Workstations.

Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalents
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15 Units per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practical’s
and supervision of projects.

NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees; hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer

New
Engineering and Technology 608
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personnel

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practical’s
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.

Administrative Support Staff

The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.

Technical Support Personnel

The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation and
maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.

Minimum Number of Staff

Subject to the general standards specified by NUC;
1. there should be a minimum of two PhDs and four M.Eng degree holders full-time academic
staff to mount the programme;
2. each workshop or laboratory should have an adequate number of staff with the right mix,
such that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run efficiently; and
3. there should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate caliber for
the office of the Head of Department to run.

Student/Staff Ratio
The minimum staff-to-student ratio should be 1:15 from 200 level to 500 level.

Library
In addition to the university and faculty libraries, the programme must have a departmental
library well equipped with specialised and modern books and journals in both physical and
E-collections (E-Resources) of various types. Various field and research reports of the
programme must also be available in the library for staff, students and researchers.
The library must be connected to subscribed repository of:
1. Institutions (national and international);
2. Open access sources;
3. Professional Bodies’ E-learning platforms; and
4. Relevant international organizations;

The library must also have adequate facilities for reading, lending services and reservation
for specialised materials. It must have a dequate seating capacity for users up to 2,700.

Other requirements include shelves (Main/Engineering Branch Library) , trolleys, reading

chairs/tables. Computers, Printers, Scanners, Labelling machine, Catalogue cabinets, Kirk
stand, cataloguing and classification tools, giant size staplers, cutter tables, library of congress
subject heading, delivery decimal classification scheme, Universal decimal classification
scheme.

New
Engineering and Technology 609
Classrooms, Laboratory, Workshops, Clinics and Offices

The ICE programme shall adopt NUC recommendations for physical space requirement as
presented below:
Academic Size (m2)
Head of Department’s Office 18.50
Professor’s Office 18.50
Tutorial Teaching Staff Space 13.50
Other Teaching Staff Space 7.00
Technical Staff Space 7.00
Science Staff Research Laboratory 16.50
Engineering Staff Research Laboratory 14.50
Seminar Space per student 1.85
Drawing Office Space (A.O. Board) (Per Student) 4.60
Drawing Office Space (A.I. Board) (Per Student) 3.70
Laboratory Space 7.50

Non-Academic
Secretarial Space 7.00

Office Accommodation
The requirements for office accommodation are:
S/No Office No in Facilities
Room
1. HOD/Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
2. Reader/ 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
Associate Professor computer unit.
3. Senior Lecturer 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit.
4. Lecturer I 2
5. Lecturer II 3

New
Engineering and Technology 610
B.Eng. Marine and Offshore Engineering
Overview
Marine Engineering is the art of applying scientific principles to the design, analysis, modelling,
simulation, production, monitoring, operation, diagnosis, maintenance and management of
engineering systems and equipment, which work in marine environment, such as ships, and
the variety of offshore structures. It introduces them to the techniques and tools of research;
develops in them the spirit of enquiry and generally prepares them to face challenges and
solve problems in the field of Marine Engineering and related disciplines.

The three (3) main specialisations under the programme are:

Marine Power plants Option
Marine Power Plants Option deals with design, running and maintenance of all onboard
machineries, generators, propulsion engines, electrical systems, electronics, navigational and
control mechanisms. The graduates of this option, generally called the Marine Engineers, take
complete charge of the engine room of a ship and the functioning of various devices like
electric motors, steam engines, propulsive engines, etc. They also develop newer designs for
the engines of sailing vessels and check the efficiency of existing equipment like gas or steam
turbines, diesel or nuclear propulsion plants. New technologies like superconductivity, fuel
cells and hydrodynamics are being explored in this field to make the vessels more efficient:
thus, providing this field with even more interesting job propositions.

Naval Architecture and Ship Building Option

Naval Architecture presents abundant possibilities of combining suitable ship theory with
sound technical skills in the design, construction, optimisation and commissioning of marine
vessels and structures. The naval architects are responsible for the management, inspection,
analysis and repair of all floating and fixed marine structures. Note: Naval architects apply
advanced knowledge and skills of mathematics, ship hydromechanics, properties of materials,
structures and ship concepts to design/ develop novel marine vehicles having good
socioeconomic and environmental impacts.

Offshore/ Subsea Engineering

Offshore engineering is a multidisciplinary specialization that involves the design, installation,
operation, maintenance and decommissioning of all fixed and floating offshore structures.
Whereas, Subsea Engineering deals with the analysis, design, development and maintenance
of subsea field, flowlines and risers and related systems. This specialization is very important
for the development of offshore oil/gas, harnessing of renewable offshore energy and safe
marine operations/ service in deep sea.

Philosophy
The undergraduate programmes in Marine Engineering are designed to apply the basic
principles of the physical sciences, fluid mechanics, thermodynamics, corrosion, electrical
technology, oceanography, robotics, geotechnics, structures, marine hydrodynamics as well
as sound computational techniques for the safe and efficient design, construction,
maintenance and expert management of marine systems.

Objectives
The aim of the programmes is to impart state-of-the-art theoretical knowledge and practical
skills to students for cutting-edge research, innovative design, and the development of safe,

New
Engineering and Technology 611
efficient and reliable maritime systems, processes, equipment and structures. The objectives
of the programmes in the Department of Marine Engineering are to:

1. impart students with the principles of Marine Engineering, Naval Architecture, Offshore
and Subsea Engineering that would reflect the requirements of ship and boat building
firms; oil/ gas industries, security operatives and governmental agencies;
2. train students to prepare and read technical drawing of engineering designs,
manufacturing and assembling of engineering structures and systems;
3. train students to run, maintain, and repair ship power plants, instrumentation and onboard
equipment necessary for the propulsion and safety of the ship’s hull, and for the care,
comfort and safety of passengers and crew;
4. equip them with tools and skills required to design reliable, efficient, and economically
viable marine power plants and their control systems;
5. help students with skills solve complex engineering problems related to shipbuilding,
offshore and subsea systems using Computer-Aided Engineering software (such as CAE,
CAD, CAM), mathematical analysis and empirical procedures;
6. develop students in critical reasoning, good professional judgment, and the ability to take
responsibility when undertaking important tasks.
7. make them to be proficient in maritime operations so as to carry out ship’s hull and
equipment, offshore and subsea systems survey for classification societies and consultancy
work;
8. furnish students with the state-of-the-art technologies for the optimal implementation of
soft and hardware;
9. teach entrepreneurial skills that can facilitate human capacity building, for sustainable
socioeconomic development; and
10. make professionals to be adequately trained to improve on indigenous technology with a
view to enhancing local problem solving and resource optimization.

Marine Power plants Option

In addition, this option develops knowledge, skills and tools to aid the:
1. design, optimisation and analysis of ships and offshore energy systems;
2. modelling, simulation and successful implementation of onboard integrated systems;
3. selection of appropriate power generators, auxiliary systems and mechatronics;
4. monitoring, faults diagnosis and repair of all onboard ship equipment; and
5. design, running and maintenance of diesel engines/ gas turbine systems and auxiliaries

Naval Architecture and Ship Building

In addition to the general features, Naval Architecture presents abundant possibilities to
combine suitable ship theory with technical skills in performing detailed:
1. design, construction and commissioning of marine vessels and structures;
2. management, inspection, analysis and repair of floating and fixed marine structures;
3. design analysis for vessels conversion, rebuilding, modernisation or repair; and
4. research and development of advanced, non-conventional marine vehicles/ structures

Offshore/ Subsea Engineering

Supplemental to the general characteristics, Offshore/ Subsea Engineering equips students
with relevant theoretical knowledge and practical skills to enable them:
1. understand the basic principles underlying the operation of offshore and subsea systems
and operations;
2. design, model, simulate and optimise offshore systems under varied environmental
conditions;

New
Engineering and Technology 612
3. understand safety measures, perform risk analysis, and pollution control in the
environment of the operating system;
4. perform structural integrity analysis of fixed and floating offshore platforms, subsea
pipelines, flow lines, risers and other underwater equipment;
5. characterise metocean data in relation to structural dynamics; and
6. calculate the stability and draught of offshore vessels for safe marine operations.

Employability Skills Emphasized

At the end of their training, graduates of the programmes in Marine Engineering may find
employment opportunities in the following areas:

1. Oil and Gas producing/Marine Service Companies.

2. Engineering design, System modelling and Manufacturing establishments.
3. Government Ministries, Departments, Agencies, and Parastatals.
4. Research and Development (R&D) firms.
5. Educational Institutions.
6. Ship and boat building yards.
7. Entrepreneurship.
8. Shipping and Fishing industries.
9. Marine survey and Certification firms.
10. The Navy.
11. Engineering consultancy.
12. Environmental consultancy.

In tandem with global best academic and professional practices, the programmes are
structured to equip the graduate engineers with competences and employability skills to
demonstrate:
Sound Engineering knowledge: Ability to apply principles of Mathematics, physical
sciences and engineering to the investigation, analysis and interpretation of complex
engineering problems as to arrive at substantiated expert solutions,
Good Analytical Skill: Ability to identify, formulate, research and analyse developmental
and extant complex engineering problems to reach cost-effective conclusions by applying
sound engineering principles and mathematics
Good Experimentation Skill: Ability to carry out detailed investigation into difficult
problems using design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of
information to provide valid conclusions;
Expert Usage of Modern R&D Tools: Being able to use modern software to investigate,
analyse, synthesize, simulate and characterise engineering systems and processes in both
design and off-design conditions. A great engineer needs to be able to comprehend complex
systems, how they work, how problems arise and how to fix them.
Usage of Modern Tools: Expertise to evolve and implement appropriate software for
computer-aided design, analysis, modelling, manufacturing, simulation, and optimisation of
novel engineering equipment, and improved performance of existing systems and processes.
Creativity and Innovativeness: Ability to think outside of the box and device ways and
means to improve existing systems and invent new ones, using both manual and software
techniques. It is knack to evolve solutions to difficult engineering problems, and design
systems or processes that provide utility.
Technical Communication Skills: Communicate effectively in written and oral English, and
do effective presentation with explicit engineering drawings of complex engineering systems/
activities to colleagues, management and clients; in addition to giving and receiving clear
instructions.

New
Engineering and Technology 613
Good Entrepreneurial/ Managerial Skills: Ability to exercise business ingenuity and
managerial acumen imbued with excellent financial prudence and engineering precision in
decision making and projects execution in both private firm andin a multidisciplinary
environment.
Good Team Player: Ability to function effectively as an individual, and as a member or a
leader of a team of multifaceted and /or multidisciplinary setting. A great engineer needs to
work harmoniously, encourage, empower, complement and improve team members.

21st Century Skills

A study reports that about 30% of the activities in 60% of all occupations could be automated.
This means that many workers will find themselves working alongside rapidly evolving
robotics, pushing human counterparts to keep pace. Hence in addition to the sound theoretical
concept, the knowledge of artificial intelligence, allocation of more time for Practical and the
use of modern training software and simulators in core courses are emphasized in the course
contents.
Learning Skills: The five Cs of curiosity, critical thinking/problem solving/decision making,
creativity and innovation, collaboration (teamwork) and communication skills. These prepare
the student’s mind to easily adapt to and maximize usage of resources within contemporary
work environment.
Investigative Skills: Information gathering; Objective analysis; Attention to details;
Contrast between abstract and concrete facts; Sensitivity to uncertainties; Good validation
procedures; and Technology literacy to enable the students to confidently decipher fact in the
sea of information with minimal fear, errors and doubts (FED), as well as guarantee the
credibility of the source of information.
Life Skills: Self-discipline; moral rectitude; honesty & trustworthiness; proactiveness; self-
motivation; leadership charisma; managerial acumen; being dynamic & resilient; productivity
and good interpersonal skills are intangible but very crucial in preparing the student for a
successful personal as well as professional life after graduation.

Unique Features of The Programmes

In addition to the sound theoretical concept, the knowledge of artificial intelligence and
allocation of more time for laboratory, the following changes make the CCMAS different from
the old BMAS:
The inclusion of the three basic options in Marine Engineering: (a) Power Plants Option; (b)
Naval Architecture and Ship Building; and (c) Offshore/ Subsea Engineering. This
categorisation is necessary to prepare them for specialised fields in the industry and at PG
level. The old curriculum was broad but lacked depth.
1. At 200-Level, a new course, “Marine Business and Environment,” is introduced to give
students an overview of the maritime industry, businesses, career prospects, HSE
requirements and their regulators. Also, Naval Architecture 1, and Navigation and
Meteorology are moved down to 200-Level as common courses for all options. Computing
and Software Engineering, and SIWES 1 are considered as university-based Electives.
2. At 300-Level, a new course, “Cargo Handling and Marine Operation,” is introduced to equip
students with the various techniques of cargo loading, unloading and preservation; in
addition to the different marine operations and their regulations. Three courses: (a) Marine
Diesel Engines 1; (b) Ship Engines and Powerplants 1; and (c) Marine Steam and Gas
Turbines are now introduced as common courses for all options at 300-Level. However,
Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics, SIWES II are considered as university-based
optional courses.
3. At 400-Level for Power Plants Option, Mechanical Design II is replaced with Marine
Engineering Design in order to reflect the design of marine systems. Ship Propulsion is
expanded to include ship resistance. Therefore, it is now “Ship Resistance and Propulsion.”

New
Engineering and Technology 614
 A new course, “Computer Aided Design (CAD) in Marine Engineering and Naval
Architecture,” is introduced for hands-on computer-based design, analysis and simulation
of marine structures and systems. Welding and Fabrication is optional.
4. At 500-Level, two new courses: “Ship Vibration and Rotor-dynamics; and Risk and
Reliability Engineering,” are introduced to enable students measure, interpret and
attenuate undesirable vibrations, and to ensure system reliability and low-risk operations.
Optional courses suggested are: (a) Marine Boilers and Burners; (b) Ship Energy
Management Systems; and (c) Marine Surveying and HSE.
5. Software for CAD and marine structural analysis and simulation are included, and time
allocated on the course structure to teach them alongside practice sessions.
6. Inclusion of virtual laboratory where students can perform virtual experiment of real and
conceptual systems to predict their behaviours in design and off-design conditions.
Stimulated parametric study can be carried out and animation videos (on different
powerplants, dynamics of offshore structures, hydrodynamics of ships, cavitation of
propeller.) can be used for academic demonstrations.

Admission and Graduation Requirements

Admission Requirements
Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
1. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
2. Direct Entry (DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

For the five-year degree programme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must include English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

Direct Entry (DE) Mode

For the four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit
passes, which must include English Language, two must be principal subjects at Advance GCE
Level or NCE and its equivalent. Holder of upper credit level at HND are eligible for
consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:
1. Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of 150
and maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5–year engineering degree programme.
Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters.
2. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode shall have registered for a minimum
of 120 and a maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4–year engineering degree
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic semesters.
3. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode at 300-Level shall have registered for
a minimum of 90 and a maximum of 120 units of courses during a 3–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of 6 academic
semesters.
4. The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units respectively.
5. A student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by the

New
Engineering and Technology 615
 university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.
6. A student shall also have earned the 15 credit units of Students Industrial Work Experience
Scheme (SIWES), 8 credit units of University General Study courses and four credit units
of Entrepreneurship courses.

For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered,
whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the
computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it
or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each and all
attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.

Prerequisite courses must be taken and passed before a particular course at a higherlevel.
Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME, 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 200-Level
and 11 semesters in the case of Direct Entr students who entered at 300-Level.

Global Course Structure

Level General Basic Discipline Program SIWES & Total
Studies Sciences (GET) (MAR) Engineering Units
(GST/ENT) Valuation
100 4 16 3 2 - 25
200 4 - 23 7 3 37
300 4 - 7 13 4 28
400 - - 2 0 6 08
500 - - 5 15 - 20
Total 12 16 40 37 13 * 105

*All 11 units of SIWES and 2units of Engineering Valuation credited in the 2nd Semester of
400-Level, and not included in CCMAS Credits.

100 Level

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 15 45
GST 112 Nigerian Peoples and Culture 2 C 30 -
CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C 30 -
CHM 102 General Chemistry II 2 C 30 -
CHM 107 General Practical Chemistry I 1 C - 45
CHM 108 General Practical Chemistry II 1 C - 45
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 2 C 30 -
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C 30 -
PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C 30 -
PHY 103 General Physics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 107 General Practical Physics 1& 2 C - 90
II
GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C 15 -

New
Engineering and Technology 616
 GET 102 Engineering Graphics and 2 C 15 45
Solid Modelling I
MAR 124 Introduction to Marine 2 C 30
Engineering
Total 25

200 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and 2 C 30 -
Innovation
GST 212 Philosophy, logic, and Human 2 C 30 -
Existamce
GET 201 Applied Electricity I 3 C 45 -
GET 202 Engineering Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 204 Students Workshop Practice 2 C 15 45
GET 205 Fundamentals of Fluid 3 C 45 -
Mechanics
GET 206 Fundamentals of 3 C 45 -
Thermodynamics
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 45 -
GET 210 Engineering Mathematics II 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing and Software 3 C 30 45
Engineering
MAR 201 Navigation and Meteorology 2 E 30 -
MAR 203 Introduction to Naval 3 C 30 -
Architecture ans Offshore
Engineering
*GET 299 SIWES I: Students Work 3 C 9 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 37

300 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

ENT 312 Venture Creation 2 C 15 45

GST 312 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 30

GET 301 Engineering Mathematics III 3 C 45 -

GET 304 Engineering Communication, 3 C 45 -

Technical Writing and
Presentation
GET 305 Engineering Statistics and Data 3 C 45 -
Analytics.
MAR 311 Marine Diesel Engines I 3 C 30 45

MAR 314 Marine Steam and Gas Turbines 3 C 45 -

MAR 323 Naval Architecture I 2 C 30 -

MAR 352 Marine Electrical Tech & 3 C 30 45

Instrumentation

New
Engineering and Technology 617
 *GET 399 SIWES II: Students Work 4 C 12 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 28

SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

Marine Power Plants Option

400 Level

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 C 90

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and 2 C 30

Costing
MAR 421 Ship Resistance and 3 E 45 -
Propulsion
MAR 431 Marine Auxiliary Machinery 3 E 45 -

MAR 433 Ship Engines and Power 2 E 30 -

Plants II
*GET 499 SIWES III: Students Work 4 C 12 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 08

500 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 501 Engineering Project 3 C 45 -

Management
GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -

MAR 516 Refrigeration and Air- 3 C 45 -

conditioning
MAR 521 Ship Design and Construction 3 C 45 -

MAR 531 Marine Diesel Engines II 3 C 45 -

MAR 532 Running and Maintenance of 2 C 30

Ship Power Plants
MAR 534 Engineering Design Project II 4 C - 180

New
Engineering and Technology 618
 Total 20

Naval Architecture and Ship Building Option

400 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 C 90

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Costing 2 C 30

MAR 417 Computer Aided Design (CAD) in 2 E 15 45

Marine Engineering and Naval
Architecture
MAR 421 Ship Resistance and Propulsion 3 E 45 -

MAR 423 Ship Structures and Strength 3 E 45 -

*GET 499 SIWES III: Students Work 4 C 12 Weeks

Experience Scheme
Total 08

500 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 501 Engineering Project Management 3 C 45 -

GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -

MAR 515 Ship Vibration and Rotor 3 C 45 -

Dynamics
MAR 521 Ship Design and Construction 3 C 45 -

MAR 523 Naval Architecture II 3 C 45 -

MAR 525 Shipyard Technology 2 C 15 45

MAR 534 Engineering Design Project II 4 C - 180

Total 20

Offshore and Subsea Engineering

400 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 C 90

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Costing 2 C 30

MAR 423 Ship Structures and Strength 3 E 45

New
Engineering and Technology 619
 MAR 431 Offshore Systems Design and 2 E 30
Analysis
MAR 465 Offshore and Coastal Engineering 3 E 45

*GET 499 SIWES III: Students Work 4 C 12 Weeks

Experience Scheme

Total 08

500 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 501 Engineering Project 3 C 45 -

Management
GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -

MAR 561 Basic Drilling Engineering 2 C 30

MAR 563 Subsea and Pipeline 3 C 45 -

Engineering
MAR 564 Ship and Offshore 3 C 45 -
Hydrodynamics
MAR 565 Mooring, Risers and Drilling 3 C 45 -
Systems
MAR 534 Engineering Design Project II 4 C - 180

Total 20

Course Contents and Learning Outcomes

100 level

GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.

Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology). English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations); major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional); grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality). Reading

New
Engineering and Technology 620
and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking; reasoning
methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy, generalisation and
explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements. Writing activities
(pre-writing (brainstorming and outlining). Writing (paragraphing, punctuation and
expression). post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing (summary, essays,
letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making, etc. Mechanics of writing. Information
and Communication Technology in modern language learning. Language skills for effective
communication. The art of public speaking.

GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;
1. identify and list the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
2. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political entity;
3. analyse the concepts of trade and economic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation to
national development;
4. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian state regarding nation building;
5. analyse the role of the judiciary in upholding fundamental human rights
6. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria; and
7. list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems.
Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and cultures;
peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria; nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system; indigenous apprenticeship system among
Nigerian peoples; trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justice and national
development (definition and classification of law); Judiciary and fundamental rights.
Individuals, norms and values (basic Nigerian norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition; citizenship and civic responsibilities; indigenous languages, usage and
development; negative attitudes and conducts [Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices]). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3Rs – Reconstruction, Rehabilitation
and Re-orientation; re-orientation strategies: Operation Feed the Nation (OFN), Green
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline and Corruption(WAIC), Mass
Mobilization for Self-Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery (MAMSER), National
Orientation Agency (NOA). Current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria.

GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs); and
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.

New
Engineering and Technology 621
Course Contents
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.

GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple everyday and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength and cost;
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical
and other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the
analytical nature of the courses they take; and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.

Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete terms.
Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3d objects.
Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and perspectives.
Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection and rendering.
This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid works, solid edge
or equivalent.

CHM 101: General Chemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. define atom, molecules and chemical reactions;
2. discuss the modern electronic theory of atoms;
3. write electronic configurations of elements on the periodic table;
4. rationalise the trends of atomic radii, ionisation energies, electronegativity of the elements,
based on their position in the periodic table;
5. identify and balance oxidation–reduction equation and solve redox titration problems;
6. draw shapes of simple molecules and hybridised orbitals;
7. identify the characteristics of acids, bases and salts, and solve problems based on their
quantitative relationship;

New
Engineering and Technology 622
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using LeChatelier’s principle to
predict the effect of concentration, pressure and temperature changes on equilibrium
mixtures;
9. analyse and perform calculations with the thermodynamic functions, enthalpy, entropy
and free energy; and
10. determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and temperature.

Course Contents
Atoms, molecules, elements and compounds, and chemical reactions. Modern electronic
theory of atoms. Electronic configuration, periodicity and building up of the periodic table.
Hybridisation and shapes of simple molecules. Valence forces; Structure of solids. Chemical
equations and stoichiometry; chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, kinetic theory of
matter. Elementary thermochemistry; rates of reaction, equilibrium and thermodynamics.
Acids, bases and salts. Properties of gases. Redox reactions and introduction to
electrochemistry. Radioactivity.

CHM 102: General Chemistry II (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the importance and development of organic chemistry;
2. define fullerenes and its applications;
3. discuss electronic theory;
4. determine the qualitative and quantitative of structures in organic chemistry;
5. state rules guiding nomenclature and functional group classes of organic chemistry;
6. determine the rate of reaction to predict mechanisms of reaction;
7. identify classes of organic functional group with brief description of their chemistry;
8. discuss comparative chemistry of group 1A, IIA and IVA elements; and
9. describe basic properties of transition metals.

Course Contents
Historical survey of the development and importance of organic chemistry; fullerenes as fourth
allotrope of carbon, uses as nanotubules, nanostructures, nanochemistry. Electronic theory in
organic chemistry. Isolation and purification of organic compounds; determination of
structures of organic compounds including qualitative and quantitative analysis in organic
chemistry; nomenclature and functional group classes of organic compounds. Introductory
reaction mechanism and kinetics. Stereochemistry. The chemistry of alkanes, alkenes,
alkynes, alcohols, ethers, amines, alkyl halides, nitriles, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids
and derivatives. The chemistry of selected metals and non-metals. Comparative chemistry of
group IA, IIA and IVA elements. Introduction to transition metal chemistry.

CHM 107: General Practical Chemistry I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correct carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. state the differences between primary and secondary standards;
5. perform redox titration;
6. record observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions

New
Engineering and Technology 623
Course Contents
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.

CHM 108: General Practical Chemistry II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correctly carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. identify and carry out preliminary tests which include ignition, boiling point, melting point,
test on known and unknown organic compounds;
5. carry out solubility tests on known and unknown organic compounds;
6. carry out elemental tests on known and unknown compounds; and
7. carry out functional group/confirmatory test on known and unknown compounds which
could be acidic/basic/ neutral organic compounds.

Course Contents
Continuation of CHM 107. Additional laboratory experiments to include functional group
analysis, quantitative analysis using volumetric methods.

MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:
1. define and explain set, subset, union, intersection, complements, and demonstrate the
use of Venn diagrams;
2. solve quadratic equations;
3. solve trigonometric functions;
4. identify various types of numbers; and
5. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers. Mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.

MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
2. recognise and understand the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and
continuity;
3. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes;
4. solve function of a real variable, plot relevant graphs, identify limits and idea of continuity;

New
Engineering and Technology 624
5. identify the derivative as limit of rate of change;
6. identify techniques of differentiation and perform extreme curve sketching;
7. identify integration as an inverse of differentiation;
8. identify methods of integration and definite integrals; and
9. perform integration application to areas, volumes.

Course Contents
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative, as limit of
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve sketching,
integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes (including
approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule)

PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular momentum;
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

Course Contents
Space and time; units and dimension, vectors and scalars, differentiation of vectors:
displacement, velocity and acceleration; kinematics; Newton’s laws of motion (inertial frames,
impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation); relative motion; application
of Newtonian mechanics; equations of motion; conservation principles in physics,
conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy, system of particles, centre of mass; rotational motion; torque, vector product,
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum. Polar coordinates; conservation
of angular momentum; circular motion; moments of inertia, gyroscopes and precession;
gravitation: Newton’s law of gravitation, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion, gravitational
potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits.

PHY 103: General Physics III (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing macroscopic
behaviour;
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and

New
Engineering and Technology 625
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Contents
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.

PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Contents
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity, etc. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis
should be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data
collection, analysis, and deduction.

PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs;
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.

Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction.
MAR 124: Introduction to Marine Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. appreciate the duties and career prospects of a marine engineer;

New
Engineering and Technology 626
2. identify the various types of ship powerplants, auxiliaries and their functions;
3. explain marine engineering terms and engine room layout; and
4. classify and state the uses of harbour facilities and operations.

Course Contents
The basic fields and career prospects in Marine Technology. Introduction to marine vessels,
equipment and facilities for transportation, offshore and harbour operations. Definition of
terminologies. Marine engineering systems and machinery onboard ships. Types of ship power
plants, prime movers and auxiliary machinery onboard. Machinery arrangements and their
functionalities. Field trip to Marine industry/production facilities.

200 level

GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge, and
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.

Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding, others.

ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence;
4. engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
5. identify key elements in innovation;

New
Engineering and Technology 627
6. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
7. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
8. state the basic principles of e-commerce.

Course Contents
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.

GET 201: Applied Electricity I (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. discuss the fundamental concepts of electricity and electrical d.c. circuits;
2. state, explain and apply the basic d.c. circuit theorems;
3. explain the basic a.c. circuit theory and
4. apply to solution of simple circuits.

Course contents
Fundamental concepts: Electric fields, charges, magnetic fields. current, B-H curves Kirchhoff’s
laws, superposition. Thevenin, Norton theorems, Reciprocity, RL, RC, RLC circuits. DC, AC
bridges, Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance measurement, Transducers, Single phase
circuits, Complex j - notation, AC circuits, impedance, admittance, susceptance.

GET 202: Engineering Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to :
1. demonstrate the role of atoms and molecules (aggregates of atoms) in the building of
solid/condensed matter known as engineering materials, the electrons quantum numbers
and how the electrons are arranged in different atomic elements, and explain the role of
electronic configuration and valence electrons in bonding;
2. define metals, alloys and metalloids, demonstrate mental picture of the solid mineral
resources development as a relay race among four ‘athletes’: geologist, mining engineer,
mineral processing technologist, process metallurgical engineer, and classify metallurgical
engineering into 3Ps: process, physical and production;
3. explain the relationship between structure and properties of materials, characteristics,
components and compositions of phase diagrams and phase transformations of solid
solutions;

New
Engineering and Technology 628
4. define ceramics, glass and constituents of glasses and understand application of ceramics
in mining, building, art and craft industries;
5. define and classify polymers as a class of engineering materials and polymeric materials,
demonstrate polymerisation reactions, their types and mechanism, and applications of
polymers;
6. define properties, types and application of composite materials and fibres (synthetic and
natural);
7. define and classify nanomaterials, demonstrate applications of nanomaterials, concept,
design and classification of fracture mechanics, corrosion classification, including the five
principal ways of controlling corrosion and metal finishing processes such as sherardising,
galvanising and anodising; and
8. identify factors affecting the performance and service life of engineering
materials/metals and metallography of metals/materials (materials anatomy), which
enables metallurgical and materials engineers to prescribe appropriate solutions to test
metals/materials fitness in service through structure-property-application relationships.

Course Contents
Basic material science; atomic structure, atomic bonding and crystal structures. Engineering
materials situating metals and alloys; metals and alloys, classifications of metals, metal
extraction processes using iron and steel (ferrous) and aluminium (nonferrous) as examples,
phase diagrams/iron carbon diagrams, and mechanical workings of metals. Selection and
applications of metals and alloys for specific applications in oil, aerospace, construction,
manufacturing and transportation industries, among others. Ceramics (including glass);
definition, properties, structure and classifications of ceramics. Bioactive and glass – ceramics.
Toughing mechanism for ceramics. Polymers; definition of polymers as engineering materials,
chemistry of polymeric materials, polymer crystallisation, polymer degradation and aging.
Thermoplastic and thermosetting polymers and concepts of copolymers and homopolymers.
Composites; definition, classification, characterisation, properties and composite. Applications
of composites. Nanomaterials; definition, classification and applications of nanomaterials as
emerging technology. Processing of nanomaterials including mechanical grinding, wet
chemical synthesis, gas phase synthesis, sputtered plasma processing, microwave plasma
processing and laser ablation. Integrity assessment of engineering materials; effect of
engineering design, engineering materials processing, selection, manufacturing and
assembling on the performance and service life of engineering materials. Metallography and
fractography of materials. Mechanical testing (destructive testing) of materials such as
compressive test, tensile test, hardness test, impact test, endurance limit and fatigue test.
Non-destructive test (NDT) such as dye penetrant, x-ray and eddy current.

GET 204: Students workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify various basic hands and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement devices
and instruments, and acquire skills in their effective use and maintenance;
2. practically apply basic engineering technologies, including metrology, casting, metal
forming and joining, materials removal, machine tooling (classification, cutting tool action,
cutting forces, non-cutting production) and CNC machining technology;
3. master workshop and industrial safety practices, accident prevention and ergonomics;
4. physically recognise different electrical & electronic components like resistances,
inductances, capacitances, diodes, transistors and their ratings;
5. connect electric circuits, understand different wiring schemes, and check ratings of
common household electrical appliances and their basic maintenance; and

New
Engineering and Technology 629
6. determine household and industrial energy consumption, and understand practical energy
conservation measures.

Course Contents
The course comprises general, mechanical and electrical components: supervised hands-on
experience in safe usage of tools and machines for selected tasks; Use of measuring
instruments (calipers, micrometers, gauges, sine bar, wood planners, saws, sanders, and
pattern making). Machine shop: lathe work shaping, milling, grinding, reaming, metal
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry
practice.Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting
processes. Metal forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging, press-
tool work, spinning, etc.). Metal joining processes(welding, brazing and soldering). Heat
treatment. Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory of
metal cutting. Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines.
Supervised identification, use and care of various electrical and electronic components such
as resistors, inductors, capacitors, diodes and transistors. Exposure to different electric
circuits, wiring schemes, analogue and digital electrical and electronic measurements.
Household and industrial energy consumption measurements. Practical energy conservation
principles.

GET 205: Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to :
1. explain the properties of fluids;
2. determine forces in static fluids and fluids in motion;
3. determine whether a floating body will be stable;
4. determine the effect of various pipe fittings (valves, orifices, bends and elbows) on fluid
flow in pipes;
5. measure flow parameters with venturi meters, orifice meters, weirs;
6. perform calculations based on principles of mass, momentum and energy conservation;
7. perform dimensional analysis and simple fluid modelling problems; and
8. specify the type and capacity of pumps and turbines for engineering applications.

Course Contents
Fluid properties, hydrostatics, fluid dynamics using principles of mass, momentum and energy
conservation from a control volume approach. Flow measurements in pipes, dimensional
analysis, and similitude, 2-dimensional flows. Hydropower systems.

GET 206: Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe basic concepts of thermodynamics, quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second
and third laws;
2. define and explain system, surrounding, closed and open system, control volume and
control mass, extensive and intensive properties;
3. calculate absolute and gage pressure, and absolute temperature, calculate changes in
kinetic, potential, enthalpy and internal energy;
4. evaluate the properties of pure substances i.e. evaluate the state of the pure substances
such as compressed liquid, saturated liquid-vapour mixture and superheated vapour using
property diagrams and tables; arrange the ideal and real gas equations of state,

New
Engineering and Technology 630
5. formulate the first law of thermodynamics for a closed system i.e. organize the change in
energy in the closed systems via heat and work transfer;
6. distinguish heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation, and calculate the
amount of heat energy transferred;
7. calculate the changes in moving boundary work, spring work, electrical work and shaft
work in closed systems;
8. apply the first law of thermodynamics for closed systems and construct conservation of
mass and energy equations;
9. formulate the first law of thermodynamics to the open systems i.e. describe steady-flow
open system, apply the first law of thermodynamics to the nozzles, diffusers, turbines,
compressors, throttling valves, mixing chambers, heat exchangers, pipe and duct flow;
10. construct energy and mass balance for unsteady-flow processes;
11. evaluate thermodynamic applications using second law of thermodynamics;
12. calculate thermal efficiency and coefficient of performance for heat engine, refrigerators
and heat pumps; and
13. restate perpetual-motion machines, reversible and irreversible processes.

Course Contents
Basic concepts, definitions and laws (quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second and third
laws of thermodynamics). Properties of pure substances: the two-property rule (P-V-T
behaviour of pure substances and perfect gases); state diagrams. The principle of
corresponding state; compressibility relations; reduced pressure; reduced volume;
temperature; pseudo-critical constants. The ideal gas: specific heat, polytropic processes.
Ideal gas cycles; Carnot; thermodynamic cycles, turbines, steam and gas, refrigeration. The
first law of thermodynamics – heat and work, applications to open and closed systems. The
steady flow energy equation (Bernoulli’s equation) and application. Second law of
thermodynamics, heat cycles and efficiencies.

GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank etc;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and Green’s
theorem;
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical model
of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation, etc., as well as fourier series, initial conditions and its
applications to different engineering processes.

Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.

New
Engineering and Technology 631
GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);
2. explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically solve
a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types;
3. numerically solve differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;
4. perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,
curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of
several variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;
5. solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex numbers;
6. apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations
and of results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the theory
of conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
7. evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.

Course Contents
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and
vector-valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary
complex analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity. Derivatives,
differentiation rules and differentiation of integrals. Cauchy-Riemann equation, harmonic
functions, basic theory of conformal mapping, transformation and mapping and its
applications to engineering problems. Special functions.

GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering ( 3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project
through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas.

Course Contents
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer

New
Engineering and Technology 632
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.

GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.

Course Contents
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or
special centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant
practical/industrial working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major.
The students are exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance
of tools, equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production
of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation, etc. (8-10 weeks during the long
vacation following 200 level).

NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of programme-specific

activities for their students.
MAR 201: Navigation and Meteorology (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate good seamanship skills, ropework and boat rigging;
2. identify and describe Marine Communications Systems and Global Maritime Distress and
Safety Systems (GMDSS).;
3. perform First-Aid Treatment, rescue operation and personal survival;
4. describe the procedure for launching and retrieving lifeboats;
5. describe bridge equipment, navigational aids, and onboard machineries; and
6. perform weather prediction and describe basic meteorological equipment.

Course Contents
Introduction to seamanship skills. Ship nomenclature. Ship Equipment: deck gear and
machinery. Cargo plans, stowage methods, ventilation and handling. Marine Communications
Systems and Global Maritime Distress and Safety Systems (GMDSS). Hatch work and bulk
heading. Rope work and boat rigging. Cargo protection. Anchor arrangements. Mooring and
towing arrangements. Small boat handling with oars or engine. Mooring, anchoring, lowering
mand lifting of life boats. Use of life saving equipment. First Aid, Personal survival. Merchant
ship departmental organisation and station bills. Bridge equipment. Navigational Aids.
Signalling and communications. International convention. Weather: types, impact and

New
Engineering and Technology 633
prediction. Climatology. Meteorological equipment and application in Navigation. Marine
ecology. Practicals: Seamanship practice.

MAR 203: Introduction to Naval Architecture, and (3 Units C: LH 45)

Offshore Engineering
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify and classify various marine vessels and offshore structures;
2. calculate different ship hull form coefficient and hydrostatic parameters;
3. explain the design sequence and procedures on ship design spiral;
4. perform basic stability calculation and analysis; and
5. implement numerical approximations for ship design and analysis.
Course Contents
Introduction to Naval Architecture: naval architectural terms and concepts; Ship building and
the design spiral. Marine vessels: types of ships, boats, barges and floating structures. SHIP
stability: The concepts of static, dynamic, intact and damage stability. Introduction to Offshore
Engineering: types, design, installation, and operations. Fixed offshore and floating offshore
platforms, Subsea systems, Introduction to offshore renewable energy systems.

300 level

GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in peace
building.

Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,
community leaders). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents of
conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and Imperatives.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation, collaboration). The
roles of international organizations in conflict resolution (a) The United Nations, UN and its
conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council (c) ECOWAS in
peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building. Managing post-

New
Engineering and Technology 634
conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs);the role of NGOs in
post-conflict situations/crises.

ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
1. describe the key steps in venture creation;
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.

Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy, etc. Digital business and e-commerce strategies).

GET 301: Engineering Mathematics III (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate a clear understanding of the course content, that is, possess a breadth of
knowledge in the area covered;
2. possess an in-depth knowledge upon which a solid foundation can be built in order to
demonstrate a depth of understanding in advanced mathematical topics;
3. develop simple algorithms and use computational proficiency;
4. write simple proofs for theorems and their applications;; and
5. communicate the acquired mathematical knowledge effectively in speech, writing and
collaborative groups.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 635
Linear Algebra. Elements of Matrices, Determinants, Inverses of Matrices. Theory of Linear
Equations. Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors. Analytical Geometry. Coordinate Transformation.
Solid Geometry. Polar, cylindrical and spherical coordinates. Elements of functions of several
variables. Surface Variables. Ordinary Integrals. Evaluation of Double Integrals, Triple
Integrals, Line Integrals and Surface Integrals. Derivation and Integrals of Vectors. The
gradient of scalar quantities. Flux of Vectors. The curl of a vector field, Gauss, Greens and
Stoke’s theorems and applications. Singular Valued Functions. Multivalued Functions.
Analytical Functions. Cauchy Riemann’s Equations. Singularities and Zeroes. Contour
Integration including the use of Cauchy’s Integral Theorems. Bilinear transformation.

GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.

Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis and structure Fog Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A,B,C,D,E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills(steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports(competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.

GET 305: Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. work with data from the point of view of knowledge convergence, machine learning, and
intelligence augmentation, which significantly raises their standard for engineering
analysis (the approach forces them to learn statistics in an actionable way that helps them
to see the holistic importance of data analytics in modern engineering and technology);

New
Engineering and Technology 636
2. anticipate the future with Artificial Intelligence while fulfilling the basic requirements of
conventional engineering statistical programming consistent with their future careers;
3. perform, with proficiency, statistical inference tasks with language or programming
toolboxes such as R, Python, Mathematica or MATLAB, and Design Expert to summarise
analysis and interpretation of industry engineering data, and make appropriate conclusions
based on such experimental and/or real-life industrial data;
4. construct appropriate graphical displays of data and highlight the roles of such displays in
data analysis, particularly the use of statistical software packages;
5. plan and execute experimental programmes to determine the performance of programme-
relevant industrial engineering systems, and evaluate the accuracy of the measurements
undertaken; and
6. demonstrate mastery of data analytics and statistical concepts by communicating the
results of experimental and industry-case investigations, critically reasoned scientific and
professional analysis through written and oral presentation.

Course Contents
Descriptive statistics, frequency distribution, populations and sample, central tendency,
variance data sampling, mean, median, mode, mean deviation and percentiles. Probability.
Binomial, poisson hyper-geometric and normal distributions. Statistical inference intervals,
test hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big data analytics
and cloud computing applications. Introduction to the R language; R as a calculator; Vectors,
matrices, factors, data frames and other R collections. Iteration and looping control structures.
Conditionals and other controls. Designing, using and extending functions. The Apply Family.
Statistical modelling and inference in R.

GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three softwares in their chosen career choices;
2. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;
3. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;,
4. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work;
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers;
7. write a general report at the end of the training.
The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work
experience i.e. 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged
in the more advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use
in the industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a
report at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and
encouraged to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities

New
Engineering and Technology 637
and experiences to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits
include:

Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, lathe machine operations:
machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts, gears, etc.
Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-shooting,
andwooden furniture making processes.

Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solidworks: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with SolidWorks, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solidWorks drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.

A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project.

Examples of projects should include the following:

1. Design of machine components;

2. Product design and innovation;
3. Part modelling and drafting in SolidWorks; and
4. Technical report writing.

MAR 311: Marine Diesel Engines 1 (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. evaluate the thermal efficiencies of different theoretical and actual cycles;
2. distinguish between spark-ignition engines and compression-ignition engines;
3. determine the performance characteristics of internal combustion engines; and
4. explain diesel engine design considerations and features.

Course Contents
Theoretical and actual cycles. Fundamentals of internal combustion engines. Types of engines.
Cylinder arrangements. Fuels and combustion. Performance characteristics. Engine ratings.
Efficiency. Design and Construction. Fuel oil injection pumps and injectors. Ship propulsion
engine types: direct and geared drive.

MAR 314: Marine Steam and Gas Turbines (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. evaluate the operating principles and efficiencies of thermodynamic cycles;
2. describe steam and gas turbines and combined power plants, their theory, design
configurations and optimisation;
3. evaluate turbomachinery: theory, designs, performance and design limitations; and
4. explain the use of governors, safety devices, glands, couplings, seals.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 638
Principles of operation and classification. Rankine cycle, reheat cycle, regenerative cycle,
reheat/regenerative cycle and cycle efficiencies. Theory of steam expansion in cascade. Gas
turbine. Principles of operation and classification. Brayton cycle, heat exchange cycle, reheat
cycle, intercooled cycle, intercooler/reheat/heat exchange cycle, cycle efficiencies, combined
steam and gas turbine cycles. Turbomachinery theory: Expansion of fluids in nozzles.
Expansion process in turbine stator blades, work done in turbine rotors, velocity distribution
across compressor and turbine, pressure, velocity and pressure-velocity compounding. Steam
turbine construction: Governors, safety devices, glands, couplings, Astern turbine, blades,
rotors, blade fixing, seals, casings and condensers. Gas turbine construction. Rotors,
compressor blades, intakes, combustors, turbines and exhausts.

MAR 323: Naval Architecture I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. employ numerical techniques to estimate ship geometry and size;
2. determine and draw hydrodynamic curves;
3. calculate stability parameters of marine vessels;
4. perform inclining experiment of any floating marine vessel; and
5. analyse free-surface effect and the effect of loading on stability.

Course Contents
Ship’s principal terms, geometry and hydrostatic calculation: ships lines, coefficients of form,
wetted surface area, volumes, moments, displacement, tonnes per cm immersion and Bonjean
curves. Simpson’s rules, application to area, moments and volume calculations. Trapezoidal
rule, mean and mid-ordinate rule, Tchebycheff’s rule and their applications. Transverse
stability of ships: Statical stability at small and large angles of heel, angle of loll; stability of a
wall sided ship. Inclining experiment. Calculation of GM, BM, GZ and KM. Curves of statical
stability and dynamical stability Determination of: Free surface effect. Centers of Buoyancy,
and floatation. Centre of gravity: Effects of shifting, addition and removal of masses and of
suspended masses. Trim: change in trim and draughts. Statutory Regulations; classification
societies requirements; IMO Regulations.

MAR 352: Marine Electrical Tech and Instrumentation

(3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. perform basic installation, operation and maintenance of electrical systems;
2. explain onboard electrical system: their circuit diagram, calculations and safety;
3. describe the working principles of Motors and Starters; Traducers and indicators; and
4. perform circuit and insulation testing and over-current protection.

Course Contents
Ships’ Electrical System: DC and AC systems: their circuit diagram, calculations and safety.
Circuit and insulation testing and over-current protection. Main and standby generators. Main
switchboard, circuit breakers and automatic voltage control. Motors and starters: types,
ratings, operation, control equipment and maintenance. Auxiliary Electrical Services:
Refrigeration and air conditioning; Galley and laundry; Cathodic protection and Battery
Supplies. Special electrical practice for oil, gas and chemical tankers. Classification society’s
requirements for electrical equipment for: Bridge controls, Steering gears, and Navigation
lights, basic electronics, operations and maintenance: alarm system, engine room telegraph,
Radar and counter, Remote helm indicator, Echo sounder, Salinity indicators, smoke detectors,

New
Engineering and Technology 639
carbon dioxide recorder, Watertight door control, traducers for velocity, force, temperature,
flow, pressure, displacement and position measurements. Output devices and feedback
control systems. Electric propulsion –systems, engines, generators, motors, excitation system
and control. Electrical faults detection, prevention and repair. Class requirements for spares
on board. Simple electronics measuring devices, such as VTVM, CRO, IC tester, signal
generator.

400 level

GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units: C; PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme.
2. Demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.

Course Contents

In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units: C; LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies.
2. Describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to
the society.
3. Demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices.
4. Prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review
5. Discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation.
6. Determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:
1. be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;

New
Engineering and Technology 640
2. bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work
methods and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways
of safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;
3. experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work and
the environment seamlessly,and expose them to contacts for eventual job placements
after graduation; and
4. be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place
of engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them;
5. exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not
necessarily limited to the student’s major (24 weeks from the end of the first semester at
400-Level to the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second
semester at 400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a
programme related industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc, for a period of 6
months under the guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised
by an academic staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits
the completed Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also, there will be a
comprehensive report covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences
(GET 299, GET 399 and GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department
for overall assessment.

MAR 417: Computer Aided Design (CAD) in Marine Engineering and Naval
Architecture (2 Units E: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. evolve appropriate design philosophy, geometric/functional requirements, material
selection criteria and manufacturing processes specifications;
2. draw, dimension, section and produce in diverse views the 2-D and 3-D drafting of
engineering components in AutoCAD;
3. independently design, analyse, stimulate and render solid models of marine structures,
mechanical systems and electrical devices; and
4. effectively utilise either autodesk inventor, SOLIDWORKS, Catia or Abaqus for parametric
and feature-based design of engineering systems.

Course Contents
Review of marine/offshore engineering systems, structures, machines and components; their
working principles, forces, stresses and deformations (calculations are not necessary, except
for illustrations/comparisons). Engineering drawing concepts. Introduction to CAD
environment. AutoCAD 2-D and 3-D drafting of mechanical and electrical
components/systems. Projection views. Identification and uses of features and commands.
Design Drawings: parametric and feature-based design. Geometric and dimensioning
constraints. Design philosophy, geometric/functional requirements, material selection criteria,
and processes requirements. Introduction to autodesk inventor/SOLIDWORKS/Catia, Abaqus.
Generation of sketches, solid models, animation and analysis of system. Creation of multiple
views, and orientations. Production of assembly drawings, section drawings and rendering.
Limits, fits, tolerances and surface quality. Assembled drawings of pistons, thrust blocks,
liners, connecting rods, crossheads, injection valves, hydraulic steering gear, turboshaft

New
Engineering and Technology 641
flexible coupling, safety vale starting valves, fuel pumps, stern tube and tail shaft, rudder
carrier bearing and all accessories of main machinery. Libraries of standard machine elements
and symbols.

MAR 421: Ship Resistance and Propulsion (3 Units E: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. analyse the various components of ship resistance and propulsion;
2. explain the hydrodynamics of ship in restricted water and in rough sea;
3. perform propeller design, matching to hull, performance evaluation, optimisation and
cavitation prevention; and
4. describe ship maneuverability, sea-worthiness, form effects and powering.

Course Contents
Resistance of ship. Components of resistance. Laws of comparison. Model tests. Resistance in
restricted water and resistance of small and fast ships. Methods of ship resistance calculations.
Determination of engine power. Steering of ships. Types of rudders. Maneuverability.
Seaworthiness of a ship. Fundamentals of ship; propulsion. Effects of hull forms, sea state
and route constraints. Propulsion devices. Geometry of screw propeller. Momentum theory of
the screw. Axial and tangential losses. The propulsion coefficients. The influence of after body
on wake distribution. Model tests and laws of comparison. Systematic screw-series.
Hydrodynamic characteristics. Matching of propeller to the hull. Cavitation. Design of screw
propellers. Performance curves. The screw propellers performance in different load conditions.
Controllable pitch propellers. Calculations, design and drawing of screw propeller.

MAR 423: Ship Structures And Strength (3 Units E: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. evaluate the loads, stresses and the strengths of structural members in ships and offshore
facilities;
2. design and analyse the type of framing, shell plating, pillars and stiffeners for the different
parts of a ship/offshore structure;
3. determine longitudinal bending moment and shear forces in still water, waves and on
suspension; and
4. classify and calculate transverse strength, thermal stress and fatigue due to hull vibrations.

Course Contents
Loads acting on ship structure. Stresses in ship’s structure: hogging, sagging, racking,
pounding, panting, etc., and strength members to counteract the same. Types of ship
structures. Framing systems. Classification rules. Function of ship structural components.
Double bottom. Single bottom. Shell plating. Frames. Decks. Bulkheads. Pillars. Girders. Hatch
coamings. Machinery casings. Superstructures. Bossing and struts. Bilge Keels and fenders.
Determination of longitudinal bending moment and shear forces in still water. Wave bending
moment. Total bending moment. Hogging and sagging. Dynamic forces. Local stresses.
Torsion. Function of ship structure. Girder section moduli and stress. Deflection of ships.
Transversal strength. Thermal effects. Strength of structure components. Local strength.
Fatigue. Local vibrations. Reducing of hull vibration.

New
Engineering and Technology 642
MAR 431: Marine Auxiliary Machinery (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. classify and evaluate marine boilers, heat exchangers & water distilling plants;
2. identify ship service systems and equipment (pumps & compressor systems, air-
conditioning and refrigeration systems, heating and cooling systems, etc.); and
3. explain the application and theory of deck equipment, engine room equipment, steering
gears, bow thrusters, stabilizers and fire-fighting systems.

Course Contents
Marine boilers and heat exchangers: Types, components, efficiency, sealing and cleaning.
Steam condensers and water distilling plants. Ship service systems and equipment. Centrifugal
separators. Fuel, lubrication, water and sewage treatment systems. Valves and pipelines:
pipes, fittings, valves, etc. Pumps and pumping systems. Reciprocating centrifugal and rotary
types. Principles of operation, pump head, efficiency performance curves and cavitation. Pump
construction and installation. Corrosion and oxidation of metal, pipes, boilers, structural work;
cracking of brass; minimising methods. Steam ejectors. Compressors and blowers:
reciprocating, rotary and centrifugal, and performance. Deck equipment such as incinerators,
engine room crane and accessories. Auxiliary power plants. Propeller shaft and shafting.
Steering gears. Bow thrusters, stabilizers and stabilizing systems. Refrigeration. Heating,
ventilation and air conditioning. Deck machinery and cargo equipment. Fire protection. Safety
and safety equipment. Ship control and instrumentation.

MAR 433: Ship Engines and Power Plants II (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify and analyse ship main engines (types and configurations such as CODAG, CODOG,
COGAS and electric drives);
2. describe the general machinery layout and do proper heat balance analysis of power
plants;
3. design power plant systems, propeller shaft, boilers and ship service systems; and
4. recommend power plants for special vessels (fishing vessels, tugs.).

Course Contents
Types of ship power plants and factors affecting the choice of power plant type. Ship main
engines: Types and configurations, combined propulsion systems such as CODAG, CODOG,
COGAS etc., and electric drives. General machinery layout. Heat balance analysis, overall
efficiency determination and comparison across different power plant types. Design of power
plant systems: Fuel oil systems, sea water cooling systems, lubricating oil systems,
compressed air systems, steam systems, exhaust gas system, fresh water systems, automatic
control and alarm systems. Propulsion shaft line arrangement, gear boxes, bearings and seals.
Marine steam boilers: classifications, components, materials selection, principles of operation,
instrumentation and automatic control. Boiler survey, corrosion mitigation and maintenance.
Waste heat recovery systems. General purposes systems: bilge, ballast, water; firefighting.
Rules and Regulations guiding design of ship power plants such as Lloyds register, American
bureau of shipping, etc., and environmental protection requirements. Powerplants for special
ship: fishing vessels, tugs/pushers tankers and passenger ships.
MAR 461: Offshore Systems Design and Analysis (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes

New
Engineering and Technology 643
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain field development, concept selection and class requirements;
2. undertake preliminary design of fixed and floating offshore structures, their design
features, considerations and issues; and
3. correlate offshore facility design and the environmental forces for different return periods.

Course Contents
Overview of basic design concepts; environmental design considerations - wind, current and
wave conditions for different return periods; field development and concept selection; design
features, considerations and issues of fixed offshore structures; jacket structures, jack-up
structures and compliant tower structures; design features, considerations and issues of
floating offshore structures; FPSO systems, semi-submersibles, TLPs, Spars and design
project.
MAR 465: Offshore and Coastal Engineering (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe offshore systems, design considerations and applications;
2. evaluate subsea field development, pipelines, Christmas trees;
3. explain most canonical underwater operations with the aid of AUVs, ROVs, and
autonomous & semi-autonomous sub-marine robotics; and
4. give an overview of coastal facilities, piping system, underwater inspections, maintenance
and repair operations.
Course Contents
Offshore systems & design; platforms, subsea development and pipelines; underwater
operation & design; sub-marines, robotics and remotely vehicles design and applications,
corrosion and cathodic protection; underwater inspections, maintenance and repair
operations. Coastal engineering: Dredging and sand-filling mechanism and piping system;
maintenance; design of breakwaters and jetties. Application of Bayesian, fuzzy and ANN
software.

GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience (4 Units C: 12 Weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. have industry familiarisation with machinery, processes, personnel, HSE procedures, ethics
and local and International regulations;
2. undertake troubleshooting, overhauling and running of marine engines, gen set, motors,
gears, injector, pumps, compressors, deck equipment, etc;
3. conduct inspection, maintenance and operation of freshwater generators, boilers,
electrical system, safety gadgets, pipes and valves; and
4. perform workshop practices such as welding, turning, forming and heat treatment of
machine components.
Course Contents
Supplement: During the SIWES periods, students are attached to marine industries or
shipping companies to gain experience in research, design, operation, production, industrial
processes, social and environmental services and the maintenance of ship’s hull, Ship’s???,
power plants and machinery. Trouble shooting, maintenance and running of engines,

New
Engineering and Technology 644
generators, electrical equipment, instrumentation and machinery. Identification and
inspection of components of machines. Dismantling, overhauling, inspection and assembling
of pumps: centrifugal, hydraulic, gear, screw, reciprocating, variable displacement, sludge,
etc. Maintenance, inspection and testing of fuel injector, air compressor, purifier and oily water
separator, air bottle and mountings, plate type cooler, shell and tube type heat exchanger.
Servicing, repair and operation of freshwater generator and reverse osmosis system; boiler
safety valve; feed check valves; and gauze glass. General pipe and piping. Welding and
fabrication of pipes, flanges, bolts, screws, etc. Practice of welding, brazing and soldering.
Tracing, detection and repair of leaks on pipelines. Shaping, turning, cutting and machining
operations by lathe machine.

500 level

GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
4. possess the skills needed for project management; and
5. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.

Course Contents
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons – functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.
Project planning, control and timeliness;decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.

GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;

New
Engineering and Technology 645
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions;
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications; and
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principles undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically
present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an
expert witness.

Course Contents
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.
Termination/cancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.

MAR 513: Running and Maintenance of Ship Power Plants (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to describe the procedures for:
1. engine starting, running, stopping and logging;
2. troubleshooting, fault-diagnostics, maintenance of main and auxiliaries;
3. identification of wear, cracks and repair of damaged components; and
4. checking and adjustment of clearances, alignments, fittings and bolts.

Course Contents
Procedures for starting, running and stopping marine engines. Watch keeping, logging, fault
diagnosis and maintenance of main and auxiliary engines. Overhauling, dismantling and
checking of components for wear cracks and damage. Inspecting and overhauling of
turbochargers, transmission systems, bearings, seals and filters. Testing of injectors, fuel
pumps and valves. Repair/replacement of parts and assembly. Different maintenance methods
and their significance. Checking and adjustment of clearances, alignments, fittings and bolts.
General safety guidelines and machinery grinding-in procedure.

MAR 515: Ship Vibration and Rotor-dynamics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the phenomena of ship and shaft vibrations, modes, causes, effects, and
attenuation procedures;
2. distinguish between torsional and lateral vibrations, free and forced vibration of single-
degree and multi-degree of freedom systems;
3. calculate vibration parameters such as inertia, damping and stiffness coefficients; natural
frequency, magnification, log decrement, etc;
4. apply both numerical and analytical methods for analysing multi-degree of freedom shafts;
and

New
Engineering and Technology 646
5. utilise vibration measuring instruments for measuring vibration modes, amplitude,
frequency, phase angle and critical speed.
Course Contents
The phenomenon of vibration. Various modes of vibration onboard (free, forced, transverse,
axial torsional – Their sources and effects), Free and forced vibration of single degree of
freedom systems, natural frequency, damping, damping ratio and log decrement, base
excitation, free and forced vibration of multi-degree of freedom systems, and vibration
absorber. Numerical methods for multi-degree of freedom systems of shafts. Ship vibration
and effects. Introduction to transient vibration theory, analysis and computer simulation.
Vibration measuring instruments. Noise and vibrations: Elements of aerodynamic and
hydrodynamic sources, noise and vibration suppression techniques, noise level measurement.
Resonance and critical speed. Anti-vibration mountings of machines. Dampers with reference
to torsional and lateral vibrations.
MAR 516: Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. discuss various refrigeration cycles and the working principles of their sub-systems such
as compressors, evaporators, condensers, etc.;
2. explain the working principles of Brine system, refrigerated cargo holds, thermal insulators
and their instrumentation;
3. state the design requirements for onboard systems such as heating, humidification,
ventilation and air-conditioning systems; and
4. design, analyse and optimise the performance of ship borne air-conditioning system.

Course Contents
Refrigeration cycles and media. Systems, compressors, evaporators, condensers, receivers
and expansion valves. Brine system. Cold stores, refrigerated cargo holds and freezers. Design
methods. Thermal insulation. Instrumentation. Heating systems. Humidification. Ventilation
of crew accommodation, cargo holds, engine and boiler rooms. Distribution and circulation of
air and air-conditioning systems. Types: Analysis using psychometric chart. Air distribution
layouts. Air-conditioning design. Maintenance procedure.
MAR 521: Ship Design and Construction (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. interpret the ship design spiral in-line with class rules and owner’s requirements;
2. classify ships and other marine vessels according to their geometry, characteristics and
functions;
3. determine ship principal dimensions & coefficients, loading & strength, intact & damaged
stability, deadweight, freeboard & floodable length;
4. explain the fundamentals of ship construction and material selection for ship hull plating,
framing, machinery mounting, superstructures, bilge Keels, fenders, etc; and
5. develop material joining procedure: welding procedures, riveting.

Course Contents
Basic concepts in ship design: Rules based on design principles, class societies rules and
regulations, and ship design spiral. Classification of ships, their characteristics and functions.
Modelling and analysis of ships, machinery, strength and performance. Determination of intact
and damaged stability; statical and dynamical stability; and floodable length. Ship geometry
and hydrostatic curves. Ship structures: Structural arrangement of ships. Fundamentals of hull

New
Engineering and Technology 647
vibration. Calculation of displacement; form coefficients; principal dimensions; deadweight
and light-ship. Power vs speed calculation. Loadlines and freeboard parameters.
Fundamentals of ship construction. Structural arrangements, framing systems, functions of
ship, double bottom, single bottom, shell plating, etc. Decks, bulkheads, pillars, girders, hatch
coamings, machinery mounting; superstructures deck houses, foundation laws and stern
structures, bossings and struts, bilge keels and fenders. Ship sections and materials selection:
materials joining processes. Testing of welds. Bottom and side framing. Deep tank and
corrugated bulk heads. Fore-end and after-end-arrangements. Stem construction. Forepeak-
collision bulk heads. Bulbous bows.
MAR 523: Naval Architecture II (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. calculate and plot the hydrostatic parameters, form coefficients and stability curves;
2. explain the provisions of SOLAS convention in ship design and kitting;
3. calculate change of trim, draught due to loading, density change and flooding;
4. determine the factors of compartmentalization and loss of stability due to grounding;
5. calculate ship strength, deflections, ships and loading; and
6. analyse ship lines drawings, damaged stability and plotting of floodable length curves.

Course Contents
Ship body line design and calculation: ship’s body plan drawing, Bonjean diagram and
hydrostatic curves calculations and plotting. Ship stability: calculation and plotting of cross
curves of stability by conventional and computer methods. Ship subdivision and damaged
stability: calculation and plotting of floodable length curves. SOLAS convention. Longitudinal
stability and trim: longitudinal BM, moment to change trim by one cm. Change of L.C.B. with
change of trim. Change of trim due to addition, removal or shift of weights. Change of draught
due to density and flooding. Flooding calculations and floodable length curves. Factors of
compartmentalisation. Loss of stability due to grounding. Docking stability. Pressure on
chocks. Strength of ships: loading diagram (buoyancy and gravity loads); shearing force and
bending moment diagrams. Determination of B.M., longitudinal strength, moment of inertia,
section modulus and deflection of ship. Balancing ship on wave.

MAR 525: Shipyard Technology (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to describe the procedure for:
1. hull assembly, outfitting, retrofitting, and machinery mounting;
2. slipway operation, dry docking, corrosion prevention and launching;
3. materials cutting, surface preparation, welding and riveting;
4. propeller-shaft assembling, engine room and deck machines installation; and
5. basic marine surveying of marine structures, systems and equipment.

Course Contents
Hull assembly on slipway. Slipway types and launching methods. Deflection of hull. Cutting,
welding and riveting. Shipway arrangements. Machinery installation. Shaft Line and screw
assembly. Boilers and auxiliary machines installation. Deck equipment. Masts, booms and
cranes. Steering gears. Hatch covers. Mooring arrangements. Lifesaving equipment. Container
fitting. Surface preparation and painting. Corrosion prevention. Superstructure outfitting. Fire-

New
Engineering and Technology 648
fighting arrangements. Inspection, tests and trials. Classification society requirements and
certificates. Dry-docking. Hull cracks and crack arresting methods. HSE regulations and
accidents prevention in ports and harbours.
MAR 531: Marine Diesel Engines II (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the procedures for engine performance determination and improvement;
2. describe low-speed diesel engines with respect to operations, starting air system,
maneuvering, running in service, etc.;
3. recommend safety checks and devices as to preclude mishaps such as crankcase explosion
and scavenge fire;
4. explain the dynamics of engine components, their vibrations and attenuation; and
5. highlight the fundamentals of tribology, i.e., bearings, seals and lubrication.

Course Contents
Engine performance: indicator, scavenging and supercharging turbocharging and
turbochargers. Operation of low-speed engines starting air system and reversing mechanism.
Controls and instrumentation. Starting (normal and stopping) operations. Overload operation.
Maneuvering. Minimum speed operation in specific conditions. Typical operating troubles.
Running in service safety devices. Dynamics of crank gear. Vibration: simple system, torsional,
multi-cylinder crankshaft system: imbalance correction. Energy balance and engine efficiency
calculations. Various cooling systems in I.C. engines; their merits and demerits. Safety and
prevention of mishaps in I.C. Engines: causes and prevention of crank-case explosion and
Scavenge fires. Detection of hazard and safety fittings provided to prevent damage. Fuel
combustion in I.C. engines and air-fuel ratio. Grades of suitable fuels, preparation of fuels for
efficient combustion. Fuel atomization and requirements of fuel injectors. Design aspects of
combustion chamber. Fundamentals of tribology. Lubrication: theories, classification and
characteristics. Types of lubricants: fluid and solid; their properties, applications, additives and
limitations. Bearings and seals; theories, types and applications.

MAR 561: Basic Drilling Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain basic engineering principles of offshore hydrocarbon drilling and drilling systems;
2. describe basic geo-technics, oil well drilling: the drilling rig, hoisting, straight hole drilling
and directional drilling (including slant and horizontal drilling); and
3. discuss casing design, cementing, blow out control, offshore drilling and recent advances.

Course Contents
To introduce the basic engineering principles of drilling for hydrocarbons on and offshore
locations. To provide knowledge of drilling systems. To develop skills in order to design a drill
string and to practise the power requirements for hoisting systems and the circulation of
drilling fluid. The module provides a thorough grounding in the engineering principles of
drilling for hydrocarbons on and offshore and an awareness of drilling systems. Topics include:
geology and hydrocarbons, history of oil well drilling, the drilling rig, hoisting, drill string
design, drill bits, rig hydraulics, straight hole drilling, directional drilling (including slant and
horizontal drilling), fracture gradient, casing design, cementing, blow out control, offshore
drilling and recent developments.

New
Engineering and Technology 649
MAR 563: Subsea and Pipeline Engineering (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the requirements and challenges of deep-water oil exploration and field
development;
2. perform basic design of subsea pipelines, risers, cathodic protection, etc.;
3. describe and state the significance of wellheads and Xmas trees, manifolds and well
clusters, flowlines and pipelines, risers and umbilicals, etc.; and
4. discuss the procedure for the installation of SPS items, operation of ROVs, AUVs and
pigging.

Course Contents
Deepwater field development and subsea engineering. Wellheads and Xmas trees; manifolds
and well clusters; flowlines and pipelines. Subsea operation and control system. Installation
of SPS items; divers/ROVs/AUVs. Subsea systems inspection, maintenance and repair.
Deepwater risers and umbilicals. Flow assurance and system design. Introduction to design
of subsea pipelines and risers. Pipelaying methods. Mechanical design considerations.
Corrosion; wall thickness and material grade selection, seabed pipeline stability analysis,
inspection and maintenance.
MAR 564: Ship and Offshore Hydrodynamics (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. estimate the environmental loads on fixed and floating offshore platforms;
2. model the dynamics of floating and fixed offshore structures under different metocean
conditions;
3. perform statistical description of random seas and the induced structural responses; and
4. explain fluid flow phenomena such as flow separation, vortex shedding, vortex induced
vibration (VIV).

Course Contents
Prediction of environmental loads on fixed and floating offshore platforms. Shallow- and deep-
water wave theories. Dynamic responses analysis and experimental techniques. Dynamic
modelling of offshore floating structures in waves. Fluid loading on slender offshore structures.
Froude Krylov forces. Simplified diffraction forces. Introduction to the Morison equation – fluid
phenomenon and force coefficients, variations on the basic formula and fluid loading
calculations. Statistical description of random seas. Two-dimensional and three-dimensional
wave spectra. Statistical description of response to environmental loading. Downtime analysis.
Fluid load on slender bodies such as structural elements of fixed platforms and pipelines.
Modelling of ships and offshore structures in incompressible viscid/inviscid flow. Fluid flow
phenomena such as flow separation, vortex shedding, vortex induced vibration (VIV), etc. The
concepts of added mass and wave diffraction by large volume structures- McCamy and Fuchs
solution.
MAR 565: Mooring, Risers and Drilling Systems (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify and analyse mooring systems, the different configurations and components;
2. evaluate mooring design criteria, constraints, equations and failure modes;
3. describe the different types of risers, their applications, design criteria and failures;
4. analyse soil interaction with risers and mooring systems; and

New
Engineering and Technology 650
5. discuss the different mooring systems and their comparative advantages.
Course Contents
Mooring configurations: single-leg mooring, spread mooring, turret mooring; mooring
components: wire ropes, synthetic fibre ropes, chains, clump weights, drag and suction
anchors, piles; winches and windlass; single component and multi-component catenary
equations; soil-mooring interaction; mooring failure modes; static, quasi-static, and dynamic
mooring analyses; mooring design criteria and considerations. Drilling risers, production risers:
flexible, steel catenary; flexible riser configurations: steep/lazy S and wave, free hanging;
flexible riser components: bend stiffeners/ bell-mouths, unbonded/bonded flexible risers, bend
restrictors; rigid riser components: tieback connectors, stress joints, riser joints and
connectors, buoyancy modules, tensioners; riser casing; soil-riser interaction; riser failure
modes; structural riser analysis; static and dynamic riser analyses; interference analysis; riser
design criteria and considerations.

Minimum Academic Standards

Equipment
Minimum Standards for Laboratories/ Workshops
Although other laboratories and workshops not listed here will be shared with many other
departments in the faculty and University in general, the laboratories and facilities listed in
the table below should be provided and equipped specifically for every Marine Engineering
degree programme. Each laboratory or workshop should have sufficient working spaces with
safety equipment and relevant manuals.

Marine Engineering Workshop Equipment

Metalworks and Fabrication Section

1. Work benches with vices for metal work
2. Tool boxes containing hand tools such as screw drivers, wrenches, hammers, hacksaws,
files, centre punch, chisel, scrapers, etc.
3. Lathe machines
4. CNC lathe machine
5. Milling machines
6. CNC milling machine
7. Drilling machines
8. Grinding machines
9. Folding machines
10. Power hacksaw
11. Shaping machines
12. Tennoning machine
13. Vertical mortising machine
14. Dovetailing machine
15. Vernier Callipers and Micrometer Screw Gauges
16. Sheet metal folding machine
17. Furnaces (heat treatment facility)
18. Casting facilities
19. Arc welding machines and accessories
20. Gas welding facilities
21. Safety gadgets and first-aid equipment (for fire, electric shocks, impact, etc.)
22. Personal protective equipment (for eye, skin, ear, etc.)

New
Engineering and Technology 651
23. Pop riveting machine
24. Guillotine cutting Machine
25. Rolling machine, etc.

Carpentry & Woodwork Section

1. Band saw, radial arm saw and circular saw
2. Surfacing machine
3. Mortise machine
4. Thicknessing/Planing machine
5. Wood Lathe machine
6. Portable sander machine
7. Jig saw, rip saw, cross-cut saw, panel saw, tenon saw, compass saw
8. Drilling machine
9. Chest drill
10. Spraying machine
11. Oil stone
12. Wood workbenches with vices
13. G clamp, F clamp, Sash clamp
14. Jack planes, smooth planes
15. Other hand tools such as tri square, claw hammer, pincer, marking gauge, mortise gauge,
spirit level, flat chisel, wood rasp, round chisel, wood mallet, spoke shave, screw drivers,
tape rule, scraper, etc.

Marine Electrical Section

1. Water distillers
2. Hydrometers
3. Multi-meters, voltmeters, ammeters and clamp meters
4. Soldering irons
5. Battery chargers
6. Standard tool boxes for electrical and electronics works
7. Electrical/electronics data books
8. Oscilloscopes
9. Tachometers and phase sequence meters
10. Logic probes
11. Etching machines complete with accessories
12. Coil winding machine, etc.

Drafting and Design Studio

1. Drawing tables and chairs
2. Drawing boards, T-squares and instruments
3. Automatic drafting machine
4. Drafting gadgets, stencils, etc
5. Automatic stencil cutter
6. Computer studio or workstation with at least 50 computers
7. Computer graphics and design hall with necessary design software (e.g. AutoCAD,
Maxsurf, SACS, Orcaflex, Flexcom, SolidWorks, Inventor, etc.)
8. 3-D printer

List of Marine Laboratories

S/NO LABORATORY/FACILITY EQUIPMENT/MACHINERY

New
Engineering and Technology 652
 Engine test bed (4- or 6-cylinder turbocharged
diesel engine on an engine test bed with
Marine Engines and dynamometer and computer interface).
1 Auxiliary Machinery Steam turbine and boiler model
Gas turbine model
Internal combustion engine model
Two-stage compressor
Injector testing machine

Ship navigation simulator

2 Simulation Laboratory Dynamic positioning simulator
Engine room simulator
Wave simulator
Rigid-rotor balancing machine
Bentley Navada rotor Kit
Vibrometer
3 Rotordynamics and Proximeters and displacement sensors
Vibration Piezoelectric accelerometers
Voltage-regulator inverter
Fast-fourier transform (FFT) analyzer +
frontend
Offshore structure models
Ship models
Fluid bench
4 Marine Structures/ Wind tunnel
Hydrodynamics Offshore basin and/or Towing tank
Carriage for model
Wave makers
Underwater Camera (HD)
U-tube oscillating water tunnels
Cavitation tunnels.

Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalents
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15 Units per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practical’s
and supervision of projects.

NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees; hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personnel

New
Engineering and Technology 653
Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practical’s
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.

Administrative Support Staff

The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.

Technical Support Personnel

The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation and
maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.

Minimum Number of Staff

Subject to the general standards specified by NUC:
1. there should be a minimum of two PhDs and four M.Eng degree holders full-time academic
staff to mount the programme;
2. each workshop or laboratory should have an adequate number of staff with the right mix,
such that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run efficiently; and
3. there should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate caliber for
the office of the Head of Department to run.

Student/Staff Ratio
The minimum staff-to-student ratio should be 1:15 from 200 level to 500 level.

Library
Supplementary to the university and faculty libraries, the programme must have
adepartmental library well equipped with specialized books, journals, periodicals and bulletines
in both physical collections and E-collections from credible academic and professional sources.
A compendium of field and research reports of the programme must also be available in the
library for staff, students and researchers. In addition, the library must subscribe to the
intellectual property/ repositories of:

1. Renowned academic institutions (national and international);

2. Open access sources and E-learning platforms; and
3. Relevant local and international professional Bodies.

The library must also have adequate facilities for:

1. Internet services;
2. Reading and e-learning; and
3. Lending and reservation of specialized materials.

Classrooms, laboratories, Workshops, Clinics and Offices

The NUC recommends the following physical space requirement:

Academic m2
Professor’s Office 18.50

New
Engineering and Technology 654
 Head of Department’s Office 18.50
Tutorial Teaching Staff Space 13.50
Other Teaching Staff Space 7.00
Technical Staff Space 7.00
Science Staff Research Laboratory 16.50
Engineering Staff Research Laboratory 14.50
Seminar Space per student 1.85
Drawing Office Space (A.O. Board) (Per Student) 4.60
Drawing Office Space (A.I. Board) (Per Student) 3.70
Laboratory Space 7.50
Non-Academic
Secretarial Space 7.00

Office Facilities
S/No Office No in Facilities
Room
1. HOD 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
2. Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit.
4. Senior 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
Lecturer computer unit.
5. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.
6. Lecturer II 3 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves

New
Engineering and Technology 655
B.Eng. Materials and Metallurgical
Engineering
Overview

This curriculum is designed for Bachelor of Engineering (B.Eng.) degree programme in

Materials and Metallurgical Engineering. Materials and Metallurgical Engineering is an
exceptionally broad field that includes inter-related engineering disciplines: Mineral
Processing, Extractive Metallurgy, Physical Metallurgy, Materials Engineering and Materials
Processing. Adequate courses have been developed in the areas of Mineral Processing (the
initial step in Extractive Metallurgy); Extractive or Process Metallurgy (recovering and refining
of metals and other valuable products from mineral concentrates, scrap, and other materials);
Physical Metallurgy (processing of metals into products by alloying, forging, welding, and
casting to control chemical, physical and mechanical properties); Materials Engineering and
materials Processing (development of best materials for applications involving ceramics,
glasses, polymers and composites in addition to metals). The programme strives to keep pace
with industrial and societal needs by offering a relevant selection of elective courses in each
discipline. The overall fifteen (15) credit units attached to the industrial training throughout
the duration of this programme guarantees a robust training of students.
Philosophy
The programme strives to consistently provide excellence in learning, research and service
through globally relevant curricula that guarantee materials and metallurgical graduates with
strong scientific and engineering problem-solving knowledge appropriate for understanding
the link between the underlying structure and the processing, properties and performance of
materials development and applications.

Objectives
The objectives of the Materials and Metallurgical Engineering programmes are to:
1. train the students through integrated learning in classroom, laboratories and field trips to
the industry;
2. provide sound academic foundation as basis for the pursuit of higher degrees (M.Sc.,
M.Phil. and Ph.D);
3. provide the learners with a fundamental knowledge base associated with Materials
Processing, properties, performance, selection and application in relation to the underlying
structure;
4. produce graduates that will be competently involved in the practice of Metallurgical and
Materials Engineering or perform successfully as members of professional teams or
capable of pursuing graduate studies;
5. develop in the learners adequate and appropriate experimental design and
implementation, and technical report writing skills for the purpose of disseminating
information on Metallurgical and Materials Engineering;
6. enable the graduates to apply the core concepts of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering
to solving engineering problems; and
7. ensure sustainable research and development culture in consonance with trends in the
metallurgical and materials industry, public service and the global community; and
8. produce graduates that understand professional and ethical responsibilities of a
metallurgical and materials engineering field.

New
Engineering and Technology 656
Employability Skills
The graduates of this programme will acquire a well-balanced engineering education with
emphasis on Materials and Metallurgical Engineering in order to meet the needs of industry,
academia, government and the society. The graduates will be engineered to innovate in
materials, energy, electronics, medicine, communications, transportation, recreation,
structural and domestic fields. The graduates are expected to display outstanding skills
ranging from synthesis, processing, design and development to manufacturing, performance,
reclamation and recycling of materials.
Materials and Metallurgical engineers produced should be competent and technically equipped
to develop materials suitable for the needs of the various sectors of human life while
eliminating/minimising environmental pollution and degradation through development of
technologies for safe and healthy recycling of wastes. They should also be able to provide
technical services needed to run and maintain industries and establishments such as,
iron/steel based industries, aluminium based industries, materials, materials testing
laboratories, power metallurgy firm, ceramic industries, polymer production firm, automobile
industries, aviation industries, maritime firm for repair, maintenance, construction of ships
and boats, oil and gas industries, defence industry, electronics (semi-conductors), energy,
communication, rehabilitative medicine (biomedical), consulting, research and development.
They should have the capability for self-employment and engaging in entrepreneurship’

21st Century Skills

The Materials and Metallurgical Engineering programme involves the development of 21st
century skills as listed below:
1. critical thinking/problem solving/decision making;
2. collaboration (teamwork);
3. communication;
4. creativity and innovation;
5. information literacy;
6. learning to learn/metacognition;
7. citizenship (local and global);
8. Ability to handle high professional and ethical responsibilities; and
9. Ability to work effectively and efficiently with interdisciplinary teams.

Unique Features of the Programme

The current Materials and Metallurgical Engineering programme compares very well in content
to similar programmes in other universities around the world, some of which have been
running Materials and Metallurgical Engineering programme for more than a century and are
top ranking among institutions for higher learning worldwide. The entrepreneurship and
innovation training injected into this programme will give the graduates of this programme
the needed entrepreneurial skills which is a new innovation. The strengthening of Industrial
Training (IT) is another innovation and uniqueness of this new curriculum.

Admission and Graduation Requirements

Admission Requirements
Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
1. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
2. Direct Entry (DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

For the five-year degree programme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes

New
Engineering and Technology 657
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must include English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

Direct Entry (DE) Mode

For the four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit
passes, which must include English Language, two must be principal subjects at Advance GCE
Level or NCE and its equivalent. Holder of upper credit level at HND are eligible for
consideration for admission into 300 levels respectively.

Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:
1. Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of 150
and maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5–year engineering degree programme.
Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters.
2. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode shall have registered for a minimum
of 120 and a maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4–year engineering degree
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic semesters.
3. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode at 300-Level shall have registered for
a minimum of 90 and a maximum of 120 units of courses during a 3–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of 6 academic
semesters.
4. The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units respectively.
5. A student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by the
university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.
6. A student shall also have earned the 15 credit units of Students Industrial Work Experience
Scheme (SIWES), 8 credit units of University General Study courses and four credit units
of Entrepreneurship courses.

For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered,
whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the
computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it
or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each and all
attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.
Prerequisite courses must be taken and passed before a particular course at a higher level.
Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME, 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 200-Level
and 11 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 300-Level.

New
Engineering and Technology 658
Global Course Structure
Level GST/EN Basic Faculty Departmenta SIWES Total
T Sciences / l courses Units
(GET) (MME)
100 4 16 3 2 - 25
200 4 - 22 - 3 29
300 4 - 15 8 4 31
400 - - 2 8 6 16
500 - - 5 12 - 17
Total 12 16 47 30 13* 105

*All 11 SIWES and 2 units of Engineering Valustion are credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-
Level, and not included in CCMAS Credit units

100 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 111 Communication in English, 2 C 15 45
GST 112 Nigerian Peoples and Culture 2 C 30 -
GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C 30 -
GET 102 Engineering Graphics and 2 C 15 45
Solid Modelling I
CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C 30 -
CHM 102 General Chemistry II 2 C 30 -
CHM 107 General Practical Chemistry I 1 C - 45
CHM 108 General Practical Chemistry II 1 C - 45
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 2 C 30 -
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C 30 -
PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C 30 -
PHY 103 General Physics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 107 General Practical Physics I 1 C - 45
PHY 108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45
MME 102 Introduction to Materials and 2 C 30 -
Metallurgical Engineering
Total 25

200 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and Human 2 C 30 -
Existence
ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and 2 C 30 -
Innovation
GET 201 Applied Electricity I 3 C 45 -
GET 202 Engineering Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 203 Engineering Graphics and 2 C 15 45
Solid Modeling II
GET 204 Student Workshop Practice 2 C 15 45

New
Engineering and Technology 659
 GET 205 Fundamental of Fluid 3 C 45
Mechanic
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 45 -
GET 210 Engineering Mathematics II 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing and Software 3 C 30 45
Engineering
*GET 299 SIWES I: Students Work 3 C 9 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 29

300 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 312 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 30 -
ENT 312 Venture Creation 2 C 15 45
GET 301 Engineering Mathematics III 3 C 45 -
GET 304 Engineering Communication, 3 C 45 -
Technical Writing and
Presentation
GET 305 Engineering Statistics and Data 3 C 45 -
Analytics
GET 306 Renewable Energy System and 3 C 30 45
Technology
GET 307 Introduction to Artificial 3 C 45 -
Intelligence, Machine Learning
and Convergent Technologies
MME 301 Thermodynamics of Materials 2 C 30 -
MME 304 Chemistry of Materials 2 C 30 -
MME 305 Engineering Materials: Structure 2 C 30 -
and properties
MME 312 Physical Metallurgy I 2 C 30 -
*GET 399 SIWES II: Students Work 4 C 12 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 31

400 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 C 90
GET 404 Engineering Valuation and 2 C 30
Costing
MME 401 Synthesis, Processing and 2 C 30 -
Manufacturing of Materials
MME 405 Corrosion Science and 2 C 30 -
Engineering
MME 407 Mechanical Behaviour of 2 C 30 -
Materials
MME 413 Chemical Metallurgy 2 C 30 -

New
Engineering and Technology 660
 *GET 499 SIWES III: Students Work 4 C 12 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 16

SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

500 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GET 501 Engineering Project Management 3 C 45 -
GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -
MME 501 Analytical Methods for Materials 2 C 30 -
MME 504 Solidification and Foundry Technology 2 C 30 90
MME 505 Nanoscience and Nanotechnology 2 C 30 -
MME 507 Composite Materials 3 E 45 -

MME 510 Project 6 C - 270

Total 17

Course Contents and Learning Outcomes

100 Level
GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes

At the end of this course, students should be able to:

1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.

Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology); English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations); major word formation processes; the sentence in English

New
Engineering and Technology 661
(types: structural and functional); grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality). Reading
and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking; reasoning
methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy, generalisation and
explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements. Writing activities
(pre-writing (brainstorming and outlining), writing [paragraphing, punctuation and
expression], post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing (summary, essays,
letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making). etc. Mechanics of writing. Information
and Communication Technology in modern language learning. Language skills for effective
communication. The art of public speaking.

GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;
2. identify and list the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
3. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political entity;
4. analyse the concepts of trade and economic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation to
national development;
5. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian state regarding nation building;
6. analyse the role of the judiciary in upholding fundamental human rights
7. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria; and
8. list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems.

Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and cultures;
peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria; nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system; indigenous apprenticeship system among
Nigerian peoples; trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justice and national
development (definition and classification of law); Judiciary and fundamental rights.
Individuals, norms and values (basic Nigerian norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition; citizenship and civic responsibilities; indigenous languages, usage and
development; negative attitudes and conducts [Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices]). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3Rs – Reconstruction, Rehabilitation
and Re-orientation; re-orientation strategies: Operation Feed the Nation (OFN), Green
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline and Corruption(WAIC), Mass
Mobilization for Self-Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery (MAMSER), National
Orientation Agency (NOA). Current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria.

GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;

New
Engineering and Technology 662
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs); and
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.

Course Contents
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.

GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple everyday and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength and cost;
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical and
other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the analytical
nature of the courses they take; and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.

Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete terms.
Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3D objects.
Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and perspectives.
Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection and rendering.
This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid works, solid edge
or equivalent.

CHM 101: General Chemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. define atom, molecules and chemical reactions;
2. discuss the modern electronic theory of atoms;
3. write electronic configurations of elements on the periodic table;
4. rationalise the trends of atomic radii, ionisation energies, electronegativity of the elements,
based on their position in the periodic table;
5. identify and balance oxidation–reduction equation and solve redox titration problems;
6. draw shapes of simple molecules and hybridised orbitals;

New
Engineering and Technology 663
7. identify the characteristics of acids, bases and salts, and solve problems based on their
quantitative relationship;
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using LeChatelier’s principle to
predict the effect of concentration, pressure and temperature changes on equilibrium
mixtures;
9. analyse and perform calculations with the thermodynamic functions, enthalpy, entropy
and free energy; and
10. determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and temperature.

Course Contents
Atoms, molecules, elements and compounds, and chemical reactions. Modern electronic
theory of atoms. Electronic configuration, periodicity and building up of the periodic table.
Hybridisation and shapes of simple molecules. Valence forces; Structure of solids. Chemical
equations and stoichiometry; chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, kinetic theory of
matter. Elementary thermochemistry; rates of reaction, equilibrium and thermodynamics.
Acids, bases and salts. Properties of gases. Redox reactions and introduction to
electrochemistry. Radioactivity.

CHM 102: General Chemistry II (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the importance and development of organic chemistry;
2. define fullerenes and its applications;
3. discuss electronic theory;
4. determine the qualitative and quantitative of structures in organic chemistry;
5. state rules guiding nomenclature and functional group classes of organic chemistry;
6. determine the rate of reaction to predict mechanisms of reaction;
7. identify classes of organic functional group with brief description of their chemistry;
8. discuss comparative chemistry of group 1A, IIA and IVA elements; and
9. describe basic properties of transition metals.

Course Contents
Historical survey of the development and importance of organic chemistry; fullerenes as fourth
allotrope of carbon, uses as nanotubules, nanostructures, nanochemistry. Electronic theory in
organic chemistry. Isolation and purification of organic compounds; determination of
structures of organic compounds including qualitative and quantitative analysis in organic
chemistry; nomenclature and functional group classes of organic compounds. Introductory
reaction mechanism and kinetics. Stereochemistry. The chemistry of alkanes, alkenes,
alkynes, alcohols, ethers, amines, alkyl halides, nitriles, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids
and derivatives. The chemistry of selected metals and non-metals. Comparative chemistry of
group IA, IIA and IVA elements. Introduction to transition metal chemistry.

CHM 107: General Practical Chemistry I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correct carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. state the differences between primary and secondary standards;
5. perform redox titration;

New
Engineering and Technology 664
6. record observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions.

Course Contents
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.

CHM 108: General Practical Chemistry II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correctly carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. identify and carry out preliminary tests which include ignition, boiling point, melting point,
test on known and unknown organic compounds;
5. carry out solubility tests on known and unknown organic compounds;
6. carry out elemental tests on known and unknown compounds; and
7. carry out functional group/confirmatory test on known and unknown compounds which
could be acidic/basic/ neutral organic compounds.

Course Contents
Continuation of CHM 107. Additional laboratory experiments to include functional group
analysis, quantitative analysis using volumetric methods.

MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:
1. define and explain set, subset, union, intersection, complements, and demonstrate the
use of Venn diagrams;
2. solve quadratic equations;
3. solve trigonometric functions;
4. identify various types of numbers; and
5. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers. Mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.

MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
2. recognise and understand the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and
continuity;

New
Engineering and Technology 665
3. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes;
4. solve function of a real variable, plot relevant graphs, identify limits and idea of continuity;
5. identify the derivative as limit of rate of change;
6. identify techniques of differentiation and perform extreme curve sketching;
7. identify integration as an inverse of differentiation;
8. identify methods of integration and definite integrals; and
9. perform integration application to areas, volumes.

Course Contents
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative, as limit of
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve sketching,
integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes (including
approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule).

PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular momentum;
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

Course Contents
Space and time; units and dimension, vectors and scalars, differentiation of vectors:
displacement, velocity and acceleration; kinematics; Newton’s laws of motion (inertial frames,
impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation); relative motion; application
of Newtonian mechanics; equations of motion; conservation principles in physics,
conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy, system of particles, centre of mass; rotational motion; torque, vector product,
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum. Polar coordinates; conservation
of angular momentum; circular motion; moments of inertia, gyroscopes and precession;
gravitation: Newton’s law of gravitation, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion, gravitational
potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits.

PHY 103: General Physics III (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing macroscopic
behaviour;

New
Engineering and Technology 666
 5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Contents
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.

PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
6. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
7. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
8. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
9. plot and analyse graphs; and
10. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Contents
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity, etc. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis
should be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data
collection, analysis, and deduction.

PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs;
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.

Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction.

MME 102: Introduction to Materials and Metallurgical Engineering

(2 Units C: LH 30)

New
Engineering and Technology 667
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:

1. solve materials and metallurgical engineering problems using mathematics, science and
technology;
2. design components, systems, and processes for materials and metallurgical engineering
based on engineering, economy, energy, environment and sustainability;
3. formulate decisions based on data analysis, information, experiments, and practical
experience;
4. identify, analyze and formulate alternative solutions for materials and metallurgical
engineering;
5. apply modern tools for engineering design and analysis;
6. plan, complete and evaluate tasks within existing constraints as required;
7. work in inter-disciplinary and inter-cultural teams nationally and internationally;
8. be responsible to society and comply with professional ethics in solving problems in
materials and metallurgical engineering; and
9. communicate effectively, both orally and writing.

Course Contents
Historical development of Materials and Metallurgical Engineering. Differentiation between
materials and metallurgical engineering. Role of materials and metal products in human
civilization: Stone age, copper age, iron age, nuclear age, ICT age; imagine the world without
materials and metals. Study Periodic Table; classification of metals; Materials and Metallurgical
Engineering: definition and classification: Process (Extractive) metallurgical engineering. Get
acquainted with terms like roasting calcination, agglomeration, smelting, smelters contract,
refining and furnaces. Physical metallurgical engineering: structure - property -application
relationship. Mechanical metallurgical engineering: Stress - strain relationship and application.
Study of properties and applications of materials of construction or manufacture: ceramics,
metals, polymers, and composites. Materials and Metallurgical engineering: ferrous, non-
ferrous and other materials industries as basis for industrialisation and national economic
development. Nigerian materials and metallurgical industry; professional bodies such as
Nigerian Society of Engineers, Nigerian Metallurgical Society (NMS), Materials Science and
Technology Society (MSN).

200 Level

GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge, and

New
Engineering and Technology 668
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.

Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding.
ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units: C, LH 30)

Learning Outcomes

At the end of this course, students should be able to:

1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence;
4. engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
5. identify key elements in innovation;
6. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
7. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
8. state the basic principles of e-commerce.

Course Contents
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.

GET 201: Applied Electricity I (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. discuss the fundamental concepts of electricity and electrical d.c. circuits;
2. state, explain and apply the basic d.c. circuit theorems;
3. explain the basic a.c. circuit theory and

New
Engineering and Technology 669
4. apply to solution of simple circuits.

Course contents
Fundamental concepts: Electric fields, charges, magnetic fields. current, B-H curves Kirchhoff’s
laws, superposition. Thevenin Norton theorems, Reciprocity, RL, RC, RLC circuits. DC, AC
bridges, Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance measurement, Transducers, Single phase
circuits, Complex j - notation, AC circuits, impedance, admittance, and susceptance.
GET 202: Engineering Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate the role of atoms and molecules (aggregates of atoms) in the building of
solid/condensed matter known as engineering materials, the electrons quantum numbers
and how the electrons are arranged in different atomic elements, and explain the role of
electronic configuration and valence electrons in bonding;
2. define metals, alloys and metalloids, demonstrate mental picture of the solid mineral
resources development as a relay race among four ‘athletes’: geologist, mining engineer,
mineral processing technologist, process metallurgical engineer, and classify metallurgical
engineering into 3Ps: process, physical and production;
3. explain the relationship between structure and properties of materials, characteristics,
components and compositions of phase diagrams and phase transformations of solid
solutions;
4. define ceramics, glass and constituents of glasses and understand application of ceramics
in mining, building, art and craft industries;
5. define and classify polymers as a class of engineering materials and polymeric materials,
demonstrate polymerisation reactions, their types and mechanism, and applications of
polymers;
6. define properties, types and application of composite materials and fibres (synthetic and
natural);
7. define and classify nanomaterials, demonstrate applications of nanomaterials, concept,
design and classification of fracture mechanics, corrosion classification, including the five
principal ways of controlling corrosion and metal finishing processes such as sherardising,
galvanising and anodising; and
8. identify factors affecting the performance and service life of engineering
materials/metals and metallography of metals/materials (materials anatomy), which
enables metallurgical and materials engineers to prescribe appropriate solutions to test
metals/materials fitness in service through structure-property-application relationships.

Course Contents
Basic material science; atomic structure, atomic bonding and crystal structures. Engineering
materials situating metals and alloys; metals and alloys, classifications of metals, metal
extraction processes using iron and steel (ferrous) and aluminium (nonferrous) as examples,
phase diagrams/iron carbon diagrams, and mechanical workings of metals. Selection and
applications of metals and alloys for specific applications in oil, aerospace, construction,
manufacturing and transportation industries, among others. Ceramics (including glass);
definition, properties, structure and classifications of ceramics. Bioactive and glass – ceramics.
Toughing mechanism for ceramics. Polymers; definition of polymers as engineering materials,
chemistry of polymeric materials, polymer crystallisation, polymer degradation and aging.
Thermoplastic and thermosetting polymers and concepts of copolymers and homopolymers.
Composites; definition, classification, characterisation, properties and composite. Applications
of composites. Nanomaterials; definition, classification and applications of nanomaterials as

New
Engineering and Technology 670
emerging technology. Processing of nanomaterials including mechanical grinding, wet
chemical synthesis, gas phase synthesis, sputtered plasma processing, microwave plasma
processing and laser ablation. Integrity assessment of engineering materials; effect of
engineering design, engineering materials processing, selection, manufacturing and
assembling on the performance and service life of engineering materials. Metallography and
fractography of materials. Mechanical testing (destructive testing) of materials such as
compressive test, tensile test, hardness test, impact test, endurance limit and fatigue test.
Non-destructive test (NDT) such as dye penetrant, x-ray and eddy current.

GET 203: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modeling II (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students should:
1. apply mastery of the use of projections to prepare detailed working drawing of objects
and designs;
2. develop skills in parametric design to aid their ability to see design in the optimal
specification of materials and systems to meet needs;
3. be able to analyze and optimize designs on the basis of strength and material minimization;
4. get their appetites wetted in seeing the need for the theoretical perspectives that create
the basis for the analysis that are possible in design and optimization, and
recognize/understand the practical link to excite their creativity and ability to innovate;
and
5. be able to translate their thoughts and excitements to produce shop drawings for multi-
physical, multidisciplinary design.

Course Contents
Projection of lines, auxiliary views and mixed projection. Preparation of detailed working
production drawing; semi-detailed drawings, conventional presentation methods. Solid,
surface and shell modeling. Faces, bodies and surface intersections. Component-based design.
Component assembly and motion constraints. Constrained motions and animation.
Introduction to electronics modeling. Electronics board layout preparation, Component
libraries and Schematic design. Parametric modeling and adaptive design. Simulation for
material optimization. Designing for manufacturing. Additive and subtractive manufacturing.
Production for 3-D printing, Laser cutting and CNC machinery.Arrangement of engineering
components to form a working plant (Assembly Drawing of a Plant).

GET 204: Students Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify various basic hands and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement devices
and instruments, and acquire skills in their effective use and maintenance;
2. practically apply basic engineering technologies, including metrology, casting, metal
forming and joining, materials removal, machine tooling (classification, cutting tool action,
cutting forces, non-cutting production) and CNC machining technology;
3. master workshop and industrial safety practices, accident prevention and ergonomics;
4. physically recognise different electrical & electronic components like resistances,
inductances, capacitances, diodes, transistors and their ratings;
5. connect electric circuits, understand different wiring schemes, and check ratings of
common household electrical appliances and their basic maintenance; and
6. determine household and industrial energy consumption, and understand practical energy
conservation measures.

New
Engineering and Technology 671
Course Contents
The course comprises general, mechanical and electrical components: supervised hands-on
experience in safe usage of tools and machines for selected tasks; Use of measuring
instruments (calipers, micrometers, gauges, sine bar, wood planners, saws, sanders, and
pattern making). Machine shop: lathe work shaping, milling, grinding, reaming, metal
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry
practice.Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting
processes. Metal forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging, press-
tool work, spinning, etc.). Metal joining processes(welding, brazing and soldering). Heat
treatment. Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory of
metal cutting. Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines.
Supervised identification, use and care of various electrical and electronic components such
as resistors, inductors, capacitors, diodes and transistors. Exposure to different electric
circuits, wiring schemes, analogue and digital electrical and electronic measurements.
Household and industrial energy consumption measurements. Practical energy conservation
principles.

GET 205: Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to :
1. explain the properties of fluids;
2. determine forces in static fluids and fluids in motion;
3. determine whether a floating body will be stable;
4. determine the effect of various pipe fittings, (valves, orifices, bends and elbows) on fluid
flow in pipes;
5. measure flow parameters with venturi meters, orifice meters, weirs;
6. perform calculations based on principles of mass, momentum and energy conservation;
7. perform dimensional analysis and simple fluid modelling problems; and
8. specify the type and capacity of pumps and turbines for engineering applications.

Course Contents
Fluid properties, hydrostatics, fluid dynamics using principles of mass, momentum and energy
conservation from a control volume approach. Flow measurements in pipes, dimensional
analysis, and similitude, 2-dimensional flows. Hydropower systems.

GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank etc;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and Green’s
theorem;
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical model
of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and

New
Engineering and Technology 672
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation, etc., as well as fourier series, initial conditions and its
applications to different engineering processes.

Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.

GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);
2. explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically solve
a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types;
3. numerically solve differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;
4. perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,
curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of
several variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;
5. solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex numbers;
6. apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations
and of results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the theory
of conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
7. evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.

Course Contents
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and
vector-valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary
complex analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity. Derivatives,
differentiation rules and differentiation of integrals. Cauchy-Riemann equation, harmonic
functions, basic theory of conformal mapping, transformation and mapping and its
applications to engineering problems. Special functions.

GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project
through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and

New
Engineering and Technology 673
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas.

Course Contents
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.

GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.

Course Contents
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or
special centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant
practical/industrial working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major.
The students are exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance
of tools, equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production
of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation, etc. (8-10 weeks during the long
vacation following 200 level).

NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of programme-specific

activities for their students.

300 Level

GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in peace
building.

New
Engineering and Technology 674
Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,
community leaders). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents of
conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and Imperatives.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation, collaboration). The
roles of international organizations in conflict resolution (a) The United Nations, UN and its
conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council (c) ECOWAS in
peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building. Managing post-
conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs);the role of NGOs in
post-conflict situations/crises.

ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
1. describe the key steps in venture creation;
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.

Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and

New
Engineering and Technology 675
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy, etc. Digital business and e-commerce strategies).

GET 301: Engineering Mathematics III (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate a clear understanding of the course content, that is, possess a breadth of
knowledge in the area covered;
2. possess an in-depth knowledge upon which a solid foundation can be built in order to
demonstrate a depth of understanding in advanced mathematical topics;
3. develop simple algorithms and use computational proficiency;
4. write simple proofs for theorems and their applications; and
5. communicate the acquired mathematical knowledge effectively in speech, writing and
collaborative groups.

Course Contents
Linear Algebra. Elements of Matrices, Determinants, Inverses of Matrices. Theory of Linear
Equations. Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors. Analytical Geometry. Coordinate Transformation.
Solid Geometry. Polar, cylindrical and spherical coordinates. Elements of functions of several
variables. Surface Variables. Ordinary Integrals. Evaluation of Double Integrals, Triple
Integrals, Line Integrals and Surface Integrals. Derivation and Integrals of Vectors. The
gradient of scalar quantities. Flux of Vectors. The curl of a vector field, Gauss, Greens and
Stoke’s theorems and applications. Singular Valued Functions. Multivalued Functions.
Analytical Functions. Cauchy Riemann’s Equations. Singularities and Zeroes. Contour
Integration including the use of Cauchy’s Integral Theorems. Bilinear transformation.

GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.

Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis and structure Fog Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A,B,C,D,E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills(steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,

New
Engineering and Technology 676
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports(competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.

GET 305: Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. work with data from the point of view of knowledge convergence, machine learning, and
intelligence augmentation, which significantly raises their standard for engineering
analysis (the approach forces them to learn statistics in an actionable way that helps them
to see the holistic importance of data analytics in modern engineering and technology);
2. anticipate the future with Artificial Intelligence while fulfilling the basic requirements of
conventional engineering statistical programming consistent with their future careers;
3. perform, with proficiency, statistical inference tasks with language or programming
toolboxes such as R, Python, Mathematica or MATLAB, and Design Expert to summarise
analysis and interpretation of industry engineering data, and make appropriate conclusions
based on such experimental and/or real-life industrial data;
4. construct appropriate graphical displays of data and highlight the roles of such displays in
data analysis, particularly the use of statistical software packages;
5. plan and execute experimental programmes to determine the performance of programme-
relevant industrial engineering systems, and evaluate the accuracy of the measurements
undertaken; and
6. demonstrate mastery of data analytics and statistical concepts by communicating the
results of experimental and industry-case investigations, critically reasoned scientific and
professional analysis through written and oral presentation.

Course Contents
Descriptive statistics, frequency distribution, populations and sample, central tendency,
variance data sampling, mean, median, mode, mean deviation and percentiles. Probability.
Binomial, poisson hyper-geometric and normal distributions. Statistical inference intervals,
test hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big data analytics
and cloud computing applications. Introduction to the R language; R as a calculator; Vectors,
matrices, factors, data frames and other R collections. Iteration and looping control structures.
Conditionals and other controls. Designing, using and extending functions. The Apply Family.
Statistical modelling and inference in R.
. GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3 units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the types, uses and advantages of renewable energy in relation to climate change;
2. design for use the various renewable energy systems;
3. recognise and analyse the current energy systems in Nigeria, their impacts on
development and the global energy demand and supply scenarios;
4. appreciate the environmental impact of energy exploitation and utilisation, and pursue the
sustainable development of renewable energy for various applications; and

New
Engineering and Technology 677
5. recognise the exploitation, excavation, production, and processing of fossil fuels such as
coal, petroleum and natural gas, and discuss the sources, technology and contribution to
future energy demands of renewable energy.

Course Contents
Current and potential future energy systems in Nigeria and globally - resources, extraction,
concepts in energy conversion systems; parallels and differences in various conversion
systems and end-use technologies, with emphasis on meeting 21st-century national, regional
and global energy needs in a sustainable manner. Various energy technologies in each fuel
cycle stage for fossil (oil, gas, synthetic), nuclear (fission and fusion) and renewable (solar,
biomass, wind, hydro, and geothermal). Energy types, storage, transmission and
conservation. Analysis of energy mixes within an engineering, economic and social context.
Sustainable energy; emphasise sustainability in general and in the overall concept of
sustainable development and the link this has with sustainable energy as the fundamental
benefit of renewable energy.

Practical Contents
Simple measurement of solar radiation, bomb calorimeter determination of calorific value of
fuels and biomass; measurement of the velocity of wind, waves and the energy that abound
in them; laboratory production of biogas and determination of energy available in it; simple
conversion of solar energy to electricity; transesterification of edible oil into biodiesel;
simulation of geothermal energy; Geiger-Muller or Scintillation Counters’ determination of
uranium or thorium energy; simple solid or salt storage of energy; hybrid application of
renewable energy.

GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and

Convergent Technologies (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:
1. explain the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications and effects of artificial
intelligence;
2. explain the fundamental concepts of machine learning, deep learning and convergent
technologies;
3. demonstrate the difference between supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised
learning;
4. demonstrate proficiency in machine learning workflow and how to implement the steps
effectively;
5. explain natural languages, knowledge representation, expert systems and pattern
recognition;
6. describe distributed systems, data and information security and intelligent web
technologies;
7. explain the concept of big data analytics, purpose of studying it, issues that can arise with
a data set and the importance of properly preparing data prior to a machine learning
exercise; and
8. explain the concepts, characteristics, models and benefits, key security and compliance
challenges of cloud computing.

Course Contents
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence paradigms;
search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired algorithms –

New
Engineering and Technology 678
examples, their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding
natural languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation, mathematical and logic
foundations of AI; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition; distributed
systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent
technologies – definition, significance and engineering applications. Neural networks and
deep learning. Introduction to python AI libraries.

GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three softwares in their chosen career choices;
2. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;
3. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;,
4. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work ;
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers; and
7. write a general report at the end of the training.

The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work
experience i.e. 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged
in the more advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use
in the industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a
report at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and
encouraged to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities
and experiences to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits
include:

Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine

operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts,
gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, andwooden furniture making processes.
Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solidworks: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with SolidWorks, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solidWorks drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.

A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project.

New
Engineering and Technology 679
Examples of projects should include the following:

a. design of machine components;

b. product design and innovation;
c. part modelling and drafting in solidworks; and
d. technical report writing.

MME 301: Thermodynamics of Materials (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the laws of thermodynamics and their applications to equilibrium and the
properties of materials;
2. discuss how thermodynamics affects materials microstructure, defect concentration,
atomic ordering etc;
3. analyse equilibrium conditions between solid-liquid, gas-liquid and gas-solid phases in
one-component systems;
4. calculate equilibrium conditions between solid-liquid, gas-condensed phases via the
Clapeyron equation;
5. explain how the properties of materials are affected by thermo processes;
6. discuss how to develop graphical constructions that are essential for the interpretation of
phase diagrams;
7. explain how to apply thermodynamic data to predict stable phases in high temperature
systems;
8. explain the construction and use of partial pressure diagram, Eh-pH diagrams, T-C
diagrams in metallurgical systems; and
9. discuss slag formation equation and desulphurization process metallurgical system.

Course Contents
Thermochemistry applied to typical metallurgical reactions, graphical representations of
equilibria, binary and ternary phase diagrams, heterogeneous equilibrium, behaviour of
solutions, standard states, and electrochemical thermodynamics. Application of
thermodynamic data to predict stable phases in aqueous and high-temperature systems.
Construction and use of partial pressure diagrams, Eh-pH diagrams, temperature-composition
diagrams in related mineral and metallurgical systems. Activities and equilibria in slag-metal
and gas-metal systems.

MME 304: Chemistry of Materials (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the chemistry behind the following materials: metals, ceramics, and polymers;
2. describe historic and economic impacts of materials manufacture and use;
3. discuss the application of chemistry principles to Materials Engineering using flowsheet;
4. explain the use of chemistry in reactor design; and
5. discuss the applications of advanced materials in fields such as electronics, aviation, or
art.

Course Contents
Basic Inorganic Chemistry of Materials. Topics will include chemical properties, structure and
bonding of solids, energy, enthalpy, entropy, thermochemistry, kinetics and rate processes.
Application of chemistry principles to Materials Engineering through flowsheeting, reactor
design, materials/metals processing and the environment.

New
Engineering and Technology 680
MME 305: Engineering Materials: Structure and Properties (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the following engineering materials: metals, ceramics, polymers, and composites
-- their structures and properties;
2. explain the structure-property relationships for engineering materials;
3. discuss the manufacture, processing and applications of engineering materials.

Course Contents
Basic structure of ceramics, alloys, composites, metals, and polymers. Relationships between
the structure of materials and their mechanical, electrical, magnetic, thermal, and chemical
properties.
MME 312: Physical Metallurgy I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify and explain various metallurgical reactions e.g. eutectic, peritectic, monotectic,
eutectoid etc;
2. draw iron–carbon/carbide and iron-graphite equilibrium phase diagrams;
3. describe the Fe-C/CO3 in order to classify steel and cast irons according to composition
and structures;
4. identify room temperature solidification structures of steel and cast irons;
5. describe the cast structures of steels and cast irons;
6. describe the effect of cooling on structure of steels;
7. discuss the applications of steels and cast irons;
8. explain the heat treatment processes/structures of as-cast and worked steels and cast
irons;
9. explain the alloying of metals – ferrous and non-ferrous metals;
10. explain the hardening and tempering processes for steels, cast irons and non-ferrous
metals; and
11. explain the different types of high alloy steels, heat treatment and applications.

Course Contents
Introduction to metals and metal alloy systems. The metallic bond and structure of metals.
Solidification of pure metals, effect of variables on structure solidification as a nucleation and
growth process. Solidification of non-crystalline materials. Preparation of materials to reveal
structure, use of microscope, annealing of metals, grain growth, surface energy and shapes
of crystals. Deformation, slip, twinning, effect of microstructure, viscous flow. Annealing of
deformed metals. Effect of variables. Binary equilibria - alloying, solid solutions. Equilibrium
of phase diagrams, complete solubility, Cu/Ni type, Lever rule. Effect of cooling changes in
solid, heterogeneous equilibria, Claudius - Chaperon on vapour pressure, phase rule,
definitions and proof. Introducing activity and potential P-T diagrams, condensed systems.
Peritectics, more complex equilibrium diagrams with maxima, minima compounds, etc. Iron -
iron carbide diagram, hysteresis, allotropy.
Applications-- cast steel, wrought steels, effect of cooling on structure of steels. Martensite.
Quenching, T.T.T. curves, hardenability. Bainite, alloying. Tempering properties and
structure. Surface hardening. High alloy steels, cast irons, stability Fe3C, Iron-graphite
equilibrium. Copper, copper -- zinc alloys as an example of different strengthening processes.

New
Engineering and Technology 681
400 Level

GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units: C; PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme.
2. Demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.

Course Contents

In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units: C; LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies.
2. Describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to
the society.
3. Demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices.
4. Prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review
5. Discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation.
6. Determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:
1. be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
2. bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work
methods and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways
of safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;
3. experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work and
the environment seamlessly,and expose them to contacts for eventual job placements
after graduation;

New
Engineering and Technology 682
4. be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place
of engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them;
and
5. exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.

Course Contents
On- the -job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not
necessarily limited to the student’s major (24 weeks from the end of the first semester at
400-Level to the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second
semester at 400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a
programme related industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc, for a period of 6
months under the guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised
by an academic staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits
the completed Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also, there will be a
comprehensive report covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences
(GET 299, GET 399 and GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department
for overall assessment.

MME 401: Synthesis, Processing, and Manufacturing of Materials

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the synthesis of materials such as principal alloys, ceramics and polymers;
2. differentiate between synthesis and processing;
3. discuss the processing of engineering materials – metals, ceramics and polymers;
4. explain how changes in materials properties enhance the performance of the material;
5. discuss the common manufacturing and processing methods for metals, ceramics, and
polymers;
6. describe five casting techniques; and
7. explain the addition and condensation polymerisation mechanisms.

Course Contents
Detailed study of principal alloy, ceramic, and polymer systems. Evaluation of the effects or
processing on selected physical and mechanical material properties. Overview of design
fundamentals and examination of selected material/design case studies for manufacturing.

MME 405: Corrosion Science and Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the basic concept of corrosion and socio-economic implication;
2. describe the fundamental causes of corrosion problem and failures;
3. explain the thermodynamics and kinetics of electrochemical reactions in corrosion of
metals and alloys;
4. describe the various forms of corrosion (from uniform to localised to stress corrosion
phenomena);
5. use Pourbaix and Evans diagrams as tools to predict corrosion;
6. discuss corrosion rate measurements using weight loss method and other methods; and

New
Engineering and Technology 683
7. discuss the protection systems used to combat corrosion, including inhibitors, coatings
and cathodic protection.

Course Contents
The course is aimed at investigating the underlying fundamental causes of corrosion problems
and failures. Emphasis is placed on the electrochemical reactions occurring and the tools and
knowledge necessary for predicting corrosion, measuring corrosion rates, and combining these
with prevention and materials selection.

MME 407: Mechanical Behaviour of Materials (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the mechanisms for mechanical behaviour of materials;
2. explain the similarities and differences in mechanical response within and between the
material classes; and
3. discuss stress, strain, tensors, elasticity, dislocations, strengthening mechanisms, high
temperature deformation, fracture, and fatigue.

Course Contents
Flow and fracture of solids; uniaxial stress-strain as a reference behaviour; theories of terminal
stability under impact; monotonic, sustained (creep), and repeated (fatigue) loadings of solids
under various states of stress.

New
Engineering and Technology 684
MME 413: Chemical Metallurgy (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the quantitative thermodynamics, fluid flow, heat and mass transfer and its
application to process metallurgy;
2. explain the fundamental chemical principles and demonstrates the application of these
principles to process metallurgy;
4. explain the fundamental chemical principles involved in metallurgical reactions; and
5. discuss the applications of the chemical principles to the extraction and refining of metals,
metal melting and recycling, and metallic corrosion.

Course Contents
Application of thermodynamics, fluid flow, and heat and mass transfer to the design and
operation of chemical metallurgical processes; roasting, agglomerating, oxidation and
reduction reactions, smelting, converting, and refining.

500 Level

GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
4. possess the skills needed for project management; and
5. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.

Course Contents
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons – functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.
Project planning, control and timeliness;decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.
GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

New
Engineering and Technology 685
Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions;
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications; and
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principles undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically
present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an
expert witness.

Course Contents
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.
Termination/cancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.
MME 501: Analytical Methods for Materials (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe the external morphology of crystals and law of constant angle;
2. explain representation by directions of ace normal;
3. discuss Crystal Chemistry - ionic, covalent, metallic and Van der Wall's bonded crystals;
4. explain the physics behind X rays, it’s production, properties and applications in radiology;
6. explain the principles of diffraction, atomic Scattering, Bragg's equation and missing
reflections;
7. explain the principle of electron and neutron diffraction method; and
8. discuss how spectroscopy and spectrometric analysis can be used to study materials.

Course Contents
Crystallography, physics of X-rays, diffraction by crystalline materials, applications of X-ray,
electron and neutron diffraction, and spectrometric analysis of materials.

MME 504: Solidification and Foundry Technology (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. select appropriate casting method for particular component;
2. explain the production of various engineering components;
3. identify properties of cast products; and
4. discuss areas of application of cast component.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 686
Processes of freezing: nucleation and growth of solid phase; Plannar and dendritic growth
freezing of alloys; constitutional super-cooling. Solidification of two-phase alloy; structure of
cast alloy; effect of cast structure on properties; segregation in ingots. Casting techniques and
finishing operations; defects in casting.

MME 505: Nanoscience and Nanotechnology (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify and control individual atoms and molecules;
2. make materials at the nanoscale deliberately;
3. explain enhanced properties of nanomaterials such as higher strength, lighter weight,
increased control of light spectrum, and greater chemical reactivity than their larger-scale
counterparts; and
4. apply nanoscale materials particles to create changes in the composition of the materials.

Course Contents
Fundamental concepts in nanoscience and nanotechnology. Review of quantum mechanics.
Nanosystems. Molecular dynamics. Scanning probe microscopy. Nanomaterials. Production
and characterization of nanoparticles. Design of nanostructured systems. Nanomechanics of
materials, Applications of nanosystems in the industry. Carbon nanofibres, Nanocomposites.
Fabrication methods. Computational nanotechnology.

MME 507: Composite Materials (3 Units E: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. produce advanced engineering materials;
2. describe the production, characteristic and applications of hybrid composites;
3. discuss the mode of failure in composites; and
2. discuss the application of composites in various engineering fields and other areas.

Course Contents
Fundamental aspects of modern composite materials; types of composite materials viz: fibre,
reinforced, particulate dispersion strengthened and laminar types, Metal matrix composites,
Ceramic matrix composites, polymer matrix composites, and hybrid composites. Methods of
fabricating composites; solid state and liquid state fabricating techniques; characteristics and
properties of composites; measurement and testing of properties of composites; application
of composites in engineering design; failure modes of composites.

MME 509: Final Year Project (6 Units C: LH270)

Learning Outcomes
The student(s) will develop a technology and/or system to solve a known and significant
materials and metallurgical engineering problem and design, and if possible/practicable,
build/produce/ manufacture some relevant new naterials/device(s) representing the solution
using the skills acquired in the programme.

New
Engineering and Technology 687
Course Contents
Individual student or group of students’ projects undertaken to deepen knowledge,
strengthen practical experience and encourage creativity, entrepreneurship and
independent/team work (as may be the case). The project ends in a comprehensive written
report of a developed system, and/or product/service and oral presentation/defense before
a panel of assessors one of whom must be external to the University awarding the
engineering degree.
MME 514: Engineering Materials Laboratory (1 Unit C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. discuss the various laboratory procedure and methods for engineering materials;
2. discuss principles and different methods of hardness measurement;
3. discuss the correlations among different types of hardness measurement and correlations
of hardness with tensile strength;
4. use various types of hardness testers;
5. use a computer-controlled universal testing machine (UTM) to perform standard tensile
test and test procedure;
6. observe the tensile behaviour of metal and polymer materials,
7. explain material properties from stress-strain curves obtained from tensile tests and
methods for toughness measurement with impact tests;
8. discuss the procedre for specimen preparation for macro and microscopic examination,
compound optical microscopes and metallography.
9. describe the heat treatment principles and methods; and
10. examine surface characteristics of engineering materials.

Course Contents
Materials testing and evaluation, laboratory procedures and techniques, metallography, heat
treatment, phase diagrams, hardenability, and mechanical testing.

Minimum Academic Standards

Equipment
List of Laboratories/Workshops/Equipment/Instruments/Tools
Foundry Laboratory
1. Melting furnaces (Crucible, Electric arc, Rotary)
2. Oil fired crucible furnace
3. Sand moulding equipment
4. Sand testing equipment
5. Crucibles of various sizes
6. Moulding sands
7. Sand blasting machines
8. Pattern making machine
9. other foundry accessories
10. Scale balance
11. Digital weighing balance
12. Scraps yard

Heat Treatment Laboratory

1. Heat treatment furnaces (1000oC, 1200oC, 1800oC, 2000oC)
2. vens (200, 300, 600oC)

New
Engineering and Technology 688
3. Salt bath furnace and accessories
4. Thermocouples of various temperatures
5. Pyrometer
6. Quenching bath (Oil & water)
7. Jominy end quench apparatus

Machining Workshop
1. Lathe machine (Standard)
2. Drilling machine
3. Boring machine
4. Power cutting machine
5. Bench vices
6. Files of different sizes
7. Cooling lubricants

Metallography Laboratory
1. Thin sectioning machine and the discs
2. Hot/Cold mounting machines and accessories
3. Automatic grinding/polishing machines and accessories
4. Hot/cold sample mounting materials
5. Optical microscopes (x1000) with inbuild camera
6. Image analyser
7. Scanning Electron microscope (SEM) with EDS
8. X-ray Differential machines, AAS
9. Etchants
10. Desiccators
11. Air drier
12. Metal Analyser
13. Fume cupboard

Minimum of 10 Desktop Computers

Minimum of 15 Laptop Computers (1TB HDD,500GB Memory, Webcam, Internet ready)

Materials Testing Laboratory

1. Universal tensile test machine
2. Hardness tester machine (BHN, Vickers & Rockwell)
3. Impact energy testing machine
4. Fatigue/creep testing machine

Corrosion Testing Laboratory

1. Potentiometer equipment and the kits
2. Digital weighing balance scale

Welding and Fabrication Workshop

1. Arc welding machine
2. Gas welding machine
3. Oxygen gas and accessories
4. Acetylene gas and accessories
5. Electrodes of different types
6. Electrode holders
7. Other welding accessories (hand gloves, eye goggles, boots)

New
Engineering and Technology 689
Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalents
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15 Units per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practical’s
and supervision of projects.

NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees; hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personnel

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practical’s
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.

Administrative Support Staff

The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.

Technical Support Personnel

The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation and
maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.

Minimum Number of Staff

1. There should be a minimum of two PhDs and four M.Eng degree holders full-time academic
staff to mount the programme;
2. Each workshop or laboratory should have an adequate number of staff with the right mix,
such that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run efficiently; and
3. There should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate caliber for
the office of the Head of Department to run.

Student/Staff Ratio
The minimum staff-to-student ratio should be 1:15 from 200 level to 500 level.

Library
Subject to the general standards specified by NUC, the central and/or faculty/departmental
libraries should have:

1. Physical holdings of current books in the relevant fundamental science and engineering
subject areas;
2. Physical holdings of current books in the core mechanical engineering subject areas;

New
Engineering and Technology 690
3. Physical holdings of current journals in the core materials and Metallurgical engineering
subject areas;
4. E-subscription of current books in the relevant fundamental science and engineering
subject areas;
5. E-subscription of current books in the core mechanical engineering subject areas; and
6. E-subscription of current journals in the core mechanical engineering subject areas.

Classrooms, Laboratory, Workshops, Clinics and Offices

The NUC recommends the following physical space requirement:

Academic m2
Professor’s Office 18.50
Head of Department’s Office 18.50
Tutorial Teaching Staff Space 13.50
Other Teaching Staff Space 7.00
Technical Staff Space 7.00
Science Staff Research Laboratory 16.50
Engineering Staff Research Laboratory 14.50
Seminar Space per student 1.85
Drawing Office Space (A.O. Board) (Per Student) 4.60
Drawing Office Space (A.I. Board) (Per Student) 3.70
Laboratory Space 7.50
Non-Academic
Secretarial Space 7.00

Office Facilities
S/No Office No in Room Facilities
1. HOD 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
2. Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit.
4. Senior 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
Lecturer computer unit.
5. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.
6. Lecturer II 3 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves

New
Engineering and Technology 691
B.Eng. Mineral Processing and Chemical
Metallurgical Engineering
Overview
The Mineral Processing & Extractive Metallurgical Engineering (MPE) Programme is novel to
Nigerian universities, coming up for the first time in this CCMAS. Its essence is surmised by
this quote: “You may have no control over the price of your commodity if you do not add
value unto it.” – Anon. For minerals, this implies that for their sustainable development we do
not just explore and exploit but we must process, extract and utilize them for maximum
value, more so being irreplenish-able but deplete-able assets. There are three ways of adding
value to minerals to produce metals and alloys, namely:
1. Physical processing such as gravity concentration and magnetic separation.
2. Physico-chemical processing such as froth flotation and coal gold agglomeration
3. Chemical processing such as pyro-metallurgy, hydrometallurgy and electrometallurgy.
(i) and (ii) above are within the purview of mineral processing technology, while (iii) is
within the purview of the gateway to metallurgical engineering or process metallurgical
engineering or chemical metallurgical engineering. Professionally, it is known as
“extractive metallurgical engineering. All three (i), (ii) and (iii) are inseparable functions
of mathematical sustainable mineral resources development.

Essentially, Mineral Processing Engineering is an applied technology discipline that deals

with the separation of valuable and desired minerals from the associated gangue minerals in
ores. It enables valuable minerals to report into the concentrates and non-desirable minerals
to report to tailings. For non-metallic industrial mineral resources such as granite, shale, clay,
limestone, marble and silica sand, mineral processing engineering brings about useful
products used in construction, transportation and building industries. For metalliferous mineral
resources such as iron ores (magnetite, haematite and limonite), lead and zinc ores (galena
and sphalerite respectively), tin ore (cassiterite), aluminium ore (alumina), copper ores
(azurite and malachite), nickel ore (pentlandite) and gold ores, their concentrates must be
produced by mineral processing engineers. This they do physically and/or physico-chemically
to produce mineral concentrates.

Extractive Metallurgical Engineering results in the mineral concentrates produced

through mineral processing technology that are the feedstocks suitable for subsequent
extractive metallurgical technology to produce metals, alloys and composites used in
manufacturing industries. These two-fold value-addition chain (physical and physico-chemical
processing) on one hand (brought about by mineral processing engineers) and chemically
(brought about by chemical/process/extractive metallurgical engineers) is exactly what is
lacking in Nigeria, which this programme is designed to cure.

For clarity, out of the three branches of metallurgical engineering namely, extractive (process
or chemical), physical and production (or mechanical), the immediate neighbour of mineral
processing engineering is extractive (process) metallurgical engineering otherwise called
process metallurgical engineering. It should be noted that there is an NUC CCMAS for
Metallurgical Engineering Programme that introduces process metallurgical engineering but
covers in details the physical and production aspects of Metallurgical Engineering.

New
Engineering and Technology 692
The words extractive and chemical can be interchangeably used for the word extractive. So,
the choice of the nomenclature of the new programme can be Mineral Processing and
Chemical-Metallurgical Engineering, whose code will be MPE. Students will on graduation from
the Programme become suitably skilled to upgrade the locally sourced mineral resources for
industrial and manufacturing purposes and to provide value additions in their value chain’s
progression across the various minerals and metals processing industries. This will stimulate
technological development, import substitution and exploitation of our national minerals
wealth currently being exported cheaply as raw materials.

Philosophy
The general philosophy of the programme in Mineral Processing & Extractive Metallurgical
Engineering is to produce graduates with high academic standard in all aspects of mineral
processing and extraction using traditional and novel techniques and demonstrating practical
skills for self-employment such that the graduates will be suitably qualified to perform
expected roles in the industry, academia and the community in satisfying the global minerals
and metals supplies deficit. The students are equipped with the science (theories) and
technology (practical tools) in conducive academic-professional milieu for processing minerals
and ores, to make them appreciate the link between theory and practice through laboratory
practical, industrial visits and attachments; with a view to producing self-reliant, nationally
relevant and globally competitive graduates

Objectives
The main objectives of the Programme are to:
1. produce employable graduates with entrepreneurial mindsets who can later be techno-
entrepreneurs;
2. develop competent high-level manpower and professionals who can facilitate the revival
and sustenance of Nigerian mineral and extractive metallurgical industries for rapid
national industrialization in line with the local content development policy;
3. produce mineral processing and extractive metallurgical engineers who are capable of
effecting changes in imported technology to meet local needs through research,
development and innovation;
4. provide a solid academic base for the pursuit of higher degrees in mineral processing and
extractive metallurgical engineering and related areas;
5. produce scholarly manpower and innovation for the development and sustenance of
mineral processing and extractive metallurgical engineering programmes in the nation's
institutions of higher learning; and
6. engender Government-Academia-Industry value-driven synergy for rapid national
industrial/economic development, job generation, and wealth creation through
sustainable processing and application of minerals, metals and composites.

The Programme Learning Outcomes from graduates who would apply their basic training
in experimental research, process design, computer applications and other aspects towards
comprehensive utilization of mineral resources having been imbued with the following
capabilities:
(i) In-depth knowledge, requisite skills and correct attitude imparted on to the students who
will see sustainable mineral resources development as a relay race and not a single event.

New
Engineering and Technology 693
(ii) Proper identification and characterization of minerals and ores
(iii) Developing process flowsheets for their efficient processing to industrial grade feedstocks
for the mineral, metals and manufacturing industries.
(iv) Application of the principles of Ellingham, Predominant area, Pourbaix and Mcable-Thiele
diagrams to extract metals from their ore concentrates
(v) Processing of non-metallic minerals to useful engineering products suitable for
construction, transportation and building industries.

(vi) Derivation of flow data parameters for the efficient control of minerals and extractive
metallurgical processing plants
Employability Skills
The programme will equip students with skills such as: leadership, organisational,
interpersonal and ICT skills, coupled with ontological value system (rather than teleological
value system) to make them not only employable but also be potential employers of labour.
In addition to those captured in the Programme Objectives, mineral processing & extractive
metallurgical engineering students are specially equipped for employment in public iron and
steel industries like the National Iron Ore Mining Company (NIOMCO), Itakpe, soon-to-be
revived comatose Ajaokuta Steel Complex, Delta Steel Company. Iron and steel are the basis
for national industrialization. There are a lot of private industries producing iron and steel
products through recycling of metallic wastes. Recycling of waste electrical electronics to
extract by secondary process precious metals such as gold, silver and platinum group of metals
presents a lot of career opportunities. Also, they are able to work in the government
established Aluminium Smelting Company (Ikot Abasi). The students are able to work in gold
mining industries as mineral processors and extractive metallurgical engineers. In addition,
metallurgical engineering graduates can work in the academia and research institutes as
lecturers and researchers in National Institute for Mining and Geosciences (NIMG) and
National Metallurgical Development Centre, both in Jos, Plateau State, Metallurgical Training
Centre, Onitsha, Anambra State; universities and polytechnics. They can also be involved in
community service. Furthermore, they can work with government as technocrats for policy
formulation, implementation and appraisal. There are job opportunities in airports, seaports,
customs and as forensic engineers. They are expected to be capable of applying knowledge,
skills and correct attitude to solve theoretical and practical problems starting with the Nigerian
Mineral, Metallurgical and Allied industries in order to meet national and international societal
needs.

21st Century Skills

In this 21st Century and beyond, it is imperative to produce engineers who can think globally
and act locally through deep seated imagination and innovation to design infrastructures,
facilities and systems for productive, profitable and sustainable economic activities. By so
doing, the engineers will leapfrog the Nigerian economy out of poverty to prosperity in all
sectors of human endeavours. The curriculum that will be required for such engineers will be
student centred and relevant to socio-economic and environmental milieu, standing shoulder
by shoulder with the curricula of the developed nations. This is the goal for Mineral Processing
& Extractive Metallurgical Engineering Programme.
The world has become a global village through the emergence of computers and three
complementary sets of factors are at play for first class universities and their academic

New
Engineering and Technology 694
programmes: Highly-sought-after graduates (due to high employer’s rating), leading edge
research, and technology transfer. That is the philosophical framework for Mineral Processing
& Extractive Metallurgical Engineering Programme in Nigeria.

Analytical skills, communication skills, digital skills and entrepreneurship among others are the
desiderata for 21st Century engineering graduates and these are addressed in the Programme.

Unique Features of the Programme

The uniqueness of this Programme lies in the fact that this is the first time the curriculum of
Mineral Processing & Extractive Metallurgical Engineering is captured in NUC MAS. In crafting
this CCMAS, cognisance of the fact that mineral resources development is a relay race among
geoscientists/geologists, mining engineers, mineral processing technologists and metallurgical
engineers and not a single event is taken. The four specialists in a collegiate spirit should solve
societal problems pertaining to mineral resources development and should be able to work
together. Therefore, a common course titled sustainable mineral resources development has
been included. Interdisciplinary emerging technologies such as geo-statistics and geo-
metallurgy are also included, while an introductory course to mineral processing & extractive
metallurgical engineering programme, introduced early enough at 100 level for the students,
will enable them to have the ‘big picture’ of the programme and their future career prospects
from the outset. Significantly, learning outcome for each of the courses in the programme
have been incorporated.

Admission and Graduation Requirements

Admission Requirements

Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
5. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
6. Direct Entry (DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

For the five-year degree programme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must includes English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

Direct Entry Mode

For four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit passes
which must include English Language, Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry, candidates with
at least two passes in relevant subjects (Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry) at the GCE
Advanced Level or IJMB or JUPEB may be considered for admission. Candidates who have
good National Diploma (ND) result in relevant Engineering Technology programmes may also
be considered for admission into 200 level. Holders of upper credit pass and above at Higher
National Diploma (HND) level, are eligible for consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:

New
Engineering and Technology 695
1. Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of 150
and maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5–year engineering degree programme.
Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters.
2. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode shall have registered for a minimum
of 120 and a maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4–year engineering degree
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic semesters.
3. Candidates admitted through the Direct Entry mode at 300-Level shall have registered for
a minimum of 90 and a maximum of 120 units of courses during a 3–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of 6 academic
semesters.
4. The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units
respectively.
5. A student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by the
university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.
6. A student shall also have earned the 11 credit units of Students Industrial Work
Experience Scheme (SIWES), 8 credit units of University General Study courses and 4
credit units of Entrepreneurship courses.

For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered,
whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the
computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it
or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each and all
attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.

Prerequisite courses must be taken and passed before a particular course at a higher level.
Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME, 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 200Level
and 11 semesters in the case of students who entered at 300Level.

Global Course Structure

Year GST/ Basic GET MPE SIWES & Total
ENT Science Courses Courses Engineering
Valuation
100 4 16 3 2 - 25
200 4 - 23 - 3* 27
300 4 - 14 11 4* 29
400 - - 2 9 6* 11
500 - - 5 8 - 13
Total 12 16 47 30 13* 105
70%
CCMAS
* All 11 SIWES units and 2 units of Engineering valuation courses are credited for GPA
computation in the 2nd Semester of the 400 Level, and not included in the CCMAS credit units.

100 Level

New
Engineering and Technology 696
 Course
Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 15 45
GST 112 Nigerian Peoples and Cultures 2 C 30 -
GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C 30 -
GET 102 Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I 2 C 30 -
CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C 30 -
CHM 102 General Chemistry II 2 C 30 -
CHM 107 General Practical Chemistry I 1 C - 45
CHM 108 General Practical Chemistry II 1 C - 45
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 2 C 30 -
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C 30 -
PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C 30 -
PHY 103 General Physics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 107 General Practical Physics I 1 C - 45
PHY 108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45
Introduction to Mineral Processing &
MPE 102 2 C 30 -
Extractive Metallurgical Engineering
Total Units 25
Notes: C = Compulsory LH = Lecture hours per semester R = Required
PH = Practical per semester E = Elective

200 Level

Course Course Title

Units Status LH PH
Code
GST 211 Nigerian Peoples and Culture 2 C 30 -
Philosophy, Environment and Sustainable
GST 212 2 C 30 -
Development
GET 201 Applied Electricity 1 3 R 45 -
GET 202 Engineering Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 204 Student Workshop Practice 2 C 15 45
GET 205 Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 3 R 45 -
GET 208 Strength of Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 45 -
GET 210 Engineering Mathematics II 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing and Software Engineering 3 C 30 45
Total 27

300 Level

Course
Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GST 312 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 30 -
ENT 312 Venture Creation 2 C 15 45
GET 301 Engineering Mathematics III 3 C 45 -
Engineering Communication, Technical Writing
GET 304 3 C 45 -
and Presentation
GET 305 Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics 3 C 45 -

New
Engineering and Technology 697
GET 306 Renewable Energy System and Technology 2 C 30 -
Introductory Artificial Intelligence, Machine
GET 307 3 C 45 -
Learning and Convergent Technology
GET 308 Entrepreneurship and Start-up for Engineers 2 C 30 -
MPE 301 Sustainable Mineral Resources Development 1 C - 45
MPE 302 Metallurgical Thermodynamics 2 C 30 -
MPE 303 Transport Phenomena and Kinetics 2 C 30 -
Elements of Applied Mineralogy and Mineral
MPE 304 2 C 30 -
Characterization
Laboratory I: Mineral Analysis and Mineral
MPE 305 1 C - 45
Processing Laboratory
Laboratory II: Ferrous Extractive Metallurgy
MPE 306 1 C - 45
Laboratory
Total 29

400 Level
Course
Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 C 90
GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Costing 2* C 30
Seminars in Mineral Processing & Extractive
MPE 401 2 C 30 -
Metallurgical Engineering
MPE 403 Metallurgical Fuels, Refractories and Furnaces 2 C 30 -
MPE 405 Mineral Processing Technology 1 2 C 30 -
MPE 407` Mineral Processing Technology II 2 C 30 -
MPE 409 Chemical Metallurgy 2 E* 30 -
MPE 411 Ferrous Extractive Metallurgy 2 E* 30 -
Laboratory III: Non-Ferrous Extractive 1 C - 45
MPE 413
Metallurgy Laboratory

11 LH PH
*Not added to CCMAS Credit units

SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Stat LH PH

us
GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

500 Level

New
Engineering and Technology 698
 Course
Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GET 501 Engineering Project Management 3 C 45 -
GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -
Spread across first and
MPE 501 Research Project 6 C
second semesters
MPE 502 Non-Ferrous Extractive Metallurgy 2 C 30 -
Total 13

Course Content and Learning Outcome

100-Level Courses

GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.

Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology); English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations); major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional); grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality). Reading
and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking; reasoning
methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy, generalisation and
explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements. Writing activities
(pre-writing(brainstorming and outlining), writing (paragraphing, punctuation and
expression), post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing (summary, essays,
letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making). Mechanics of writing. Information and
Communication Technology in modern language learning. Language skills for effective
communication. The art of public speaking.

GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;
2. identify and list the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
3. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political entity;
4. analyse the concepts of trade and economic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation
to national development;
5. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian state regarding nation building;
6. analyse the role of the judiciary in upholding fundamental human rights

New
Engineering and Technology 699
7. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria; and
8. list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems.

Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and cultures;
peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria; nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system; indigenous apprenticeship system among
Nigerian peoples; trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justice and national
development (definition and classification of law); Judiciary and fundamental rights.
Individuals, norms and values (basic Nigerian norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition; citizenship and civic responsibilities; indigenous languages, usage and
development; negative attitudes and conducts [Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices]). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3Rs – Reconstruction, Rehabilitation
and Re-orientation; re-orientation strategies: Operation Feed the Nation (OFN), Green
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline and Corruption (WAIC), Mass
Mobilization for Self-Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery (MAMSER), National
Orientation Agency (NOA). Current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria.

CHM 101: General Chemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. define atom, molecules and chemical reactions;
2. discuss the modern electronic theory of atoms;
3. write electronic configurations of elements on the periodic table;
4. rationalise the trends of atomic radii, ionisation energies, electronegativity of the elements,
based on their position in the periodic table;
5. identify and balance oxidation–reduction equation and solve redox titration problems;
6. draw shapes of simple molecules and hybridised orbitals;
7. identify the characteristics of acids, bases and salts, and solve problems based on their
quantitative relationship;
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using Le Chatelier’s principle to
predict the effect of concentration, pressure and temperature changes on equilibrium
mixtures;
9. analyse and perform calculations with the thermodynamic functions, enthalpy, entropy
and free energy; and
10. determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and temperature.

Course Contents
Atoms, molecules, elements and compounds, and chemical reactions. Modern electronic
theory of atoms. Electronic configuration, periodicity and building up of the periodic table.
Hybridisation and shapes of simple molecules. Valence forces; Structure of solids. Chemical
equations and stoichiometry; chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, kinetic theory of
matter. Elementary thermochemistry; rates of reaction, equilibrium and thermodynamics.
Acids, bases and salts. Properties of gases. Redox reactions and introduction to
electrochemistry. Radioactivity.

New
Engineering and Technology 700
CHM 102: General Chemistry II (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the importance and development of organic chemistry;
2. define fullerenes and its applications;
3. discuss electronic theory;
4. determine the qualitative and quantitative of structures in organic chemistry;
5. state rules guiding nomenclature and functional group classes of organic chemistry;
6. determine the rate of reaction to predict mechanisms of reaction;
7. identify classes of organic functional group with brief description of their chemistry;
8. discuss comparative chemistry of group 1A, IIA and IVA elements; and
9. describe basic properties of transition metals.

Course Contents
Historical survey of the development and importance of organic chemistry; fullerenes as fourth
allotrope of carbon, uses as nanotubules, nanostructures, nanochemistry. Electronic theory in
organic chemistry. Isolation and purification of organic compounds; determination of
structures of organic compounds including qualitative and quantitative analysis in organic
chemistry; nomenclature and functional group classes of organic compounds. Introductory
reaction mechanism and kinetics. Stereochemistry. The chemistry of alkanes, alkenes,
alkynes, alcohols, ethers, amines, alkyl halides, nitriles, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids
and derivatives. The chemistry of selected metals and non-metals. Comparative chemistry of
group IA, IIA and IVA elements. Introduction to transition metal chemistry.

CHM 107: General Practical Chemistry I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correct carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. state the differences between primary and secondary standards;
5. perform redox titration;
6. record observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions.

Course Contents
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.

CHM 108: General Practical Chemistry II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correctly carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. identify and carry out preliminary tests which include ignition, boiling point, melting point,
test on known and unknown organic compounds;

New
Engineering and Technology 701
5. carry out solubility tests on known and unknown organic compounds;
6. carry out elemental tests on known and unknown compounds; and
7. carry out functional group/confirmatory test on known and unknown compounds which
could be acidic/basic/ neutral organic compounds.

Course Contents
Continuation of CHM 107. Additional laboratory experiments to include functional group
analysis, quantitative analysis using volumetric methods.

MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:
1. define and explain set, subset, union, intersection, complements, and demonstrate the
use of Venn diagrams;
2. solve quadratic equations;
3. solve trigonometric functions;
4. identify various types of numbers; and
5. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers. Mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.

MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
2. recognise and understand the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and
continuity;
3. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes;
4. solve function of a real variable, plot relevant graphs, identify limits and idea of continuity;
5. identify the derivative as limit of rate of change;
6. identify techniques of differentiation and perform extreme curve sketching;
7. identify integration as an inverse of differentiation;
8. identify methods of integration and definite integrals; and
9. perform integration application to areas, volumes.

Course Contents
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative, as limit of
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve sketching,
integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes (including
approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule).

PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 702
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular momentum;
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

Course Contents
Space and time; units and dimension, vectors and scalars, differentiation of vectors:
displacement, velocity and acceleration; kinematics; Newton’s laws of motion (inertial frames,
impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation); relative motion; application
of Newtonian mechanics; equations of motion; conservation principles in physics,
conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy, system of particles, centre of mass; rotational motion; torque, vector product,
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum. Polar coordinates; conservation
of angular momentum; circular motion; moments of inertia, gyroscopes and precession;
gravitation: Newton’s law of gravitation, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion, gravitational
potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits.

PHY 103: General Physics III (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing
macroscopic behaviour;
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Contents
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.

PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 703
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Contents
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity, etc. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis
should be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data
collection, analysis, and deduction.

PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs;
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.

Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction.

GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs); and
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.

Course Contents
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.

New
Engineering and Technology 704
 GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple everyday and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength and cost;
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical and
other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the analytical
nature of the courses they take; and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.

Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete terms.
Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3D objects.
Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and perspectives.
Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection and rendering.
This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid works, solid edge
or equivalent.

MPE 101: Introduction to Mineral Processing & Extractive Metallurgical Engineering

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, it is envisaged that students will
1. Have complete mental picture of the ‘what’, the ‘why’, the ‘how’, the ‘when’, the ‘who’,
the ‘where’, and the ‘which’ of Metallurgical Engineering.
2. Be acquainted with several metallurgical engineering terms
3. Be motivated to be proud of the profession and to put in their best to excel,
4. Be eager to put into practice what they have learnt.
5. Be acquainted with earth sciences terms such as geology, geosciences and their
specialised subdivisions such as mineral exploration including (prospecting and valuation),
mineralogy, geo-chemistry, mining geology and mining engineering
6. Be able to have a clear mental picture of what mineral processing & extractive
metallurgical engineering are all about

Course Content
Interdependence and Interrelationships among geology/geosciences, mining engineering,
mineral processing technology and extractive metallurgical engineering; Geology/Geo-
sciences:

New
Engineering and Technology 705
 i. Geology and Geosciences: Definition of both terms; definition, origin and types of rocks;
definition and classification of ore deposits
ii. Mineral Exploration: Definition, classification and purposes of prospecting; valuation and
ore reserve estimation
Minerals and Mineralogy: Definition, classification and uses of minerals; introductory
Mineralogy: Definition, classification, mineral properties, minerals identification techniques
and critical importance of mineralogy in mineral processing technology
Mining Engineering; Nexus between Mining and Mineral Processing and why they are
engineering disciplines, Introduction to mining and mining law: Definition, classification of
mining methods and various applications. Mineral Processing Engineering: Mineral Processing
Technology (Physical and Physico-Chemical Properties of Metals: Definition, scope and mineral
processing technology; unit operations in mineral processing: Communition, concentration,
particle size analysis and dewatering; auxiliary services in mineral processing.
Metallurgical Engineering. The nexus between mineral processing technology and
metallurgical engineeringHistorical development of metallurgical engineering: From Art to
science and from science to engineering, differentiate between Metallurgy and Metallurgical
Engineering. Metallurgical Engineering: Ferrous & Non-Ferrous Industries as basis for
industrialization and national economic development; Nigerian Metallurgical Industry;
Professional Bodies such as Nigerian Society of Engineers, Nigerian Metallurgical Society
(NMS).

200 level Courses

GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge; and
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.

Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding.

New
Engineering and Technology 706
ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence;
4. engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
5. identify key elements in innovation;
6. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
7. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
8. state the basic principles of e-commerce.

Course Contents
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.

GET 202: Engineering Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to :
1. demonstrate the role of atoms and molecules (aggregates of atoms) in the building of
solid/condensed matter known as engineering materials, the electrons quantum numbers
and how the electrons are arranged in different atomic elements, and explain the role of
electronic configuration and valence electrons in bonding;
2. define metals, alloys and metalloids, demonstrate mental picture of the solid mineral
resources development as a relay race among four ‘athletes’: geologist, mining engineer,
mineral processing technologist, process metallurgical engineer, and classify
metallurgical engineering into 3Ps: process, physical and production;
3. explain the relationship between structure and properties of materials, characteristics,
components and compositions of phase diagrams and phase transformations of solid
solutions;
4. define ceramics, glass and constituents of glasses and understand application of ceramics
in mining, building, art and craft industries;

New
Engineering and Technology 707
5. define and classify polymers as a class of engineering materials and polymeric materials,
demonstrate polymerisation reactions, their types and mechanism, and applications of
polymers;
6. define properties, types and application of composite materials and fibres (synthetic and
natural);
7. define and classify nanomaterials, demonstrate applications of nanomaterials, concept,
design and classification of fracture mechanics, corrosion classification, including the five
principal ways of controlling corrosion and metal finishing processes such as sherardising,
galvanising and anodizing; and
8. identify factors affecting the performance and service life of engineering
materials/metals and metallography of metals/materials (materials anatomy), which
enables metallurgical and materials engineers to prescribe appropriate solutions to test
metals/materials fitness in service through structure-property-application relationships.

Course Contents
Basic material science; atomic structure, atomic bonding and crystal structures. Engineering
materials situating metals and alloys; metals and alloys, classifications of metals, metal
extraction processes using iron and steel (ferrous) and aluminium (nonferrous) as examples,
phase diagrams/iron carbon diagrams, and mechanical workings of metals. Selection and
applications of metals and alloys for specific applications in oil, aerospace, construction,
manufacturing and transportation industries, among others. Ceramics (including glass);
definition, properties, structure and classifications of ceramics. Bioactive and glass – ceramics.
Toughing mechanism for ceramics. Polymers; definition of polymers as engineering materials,
chemistry of polymeric materials, polymer crystallisation, polymer degradation and aging.
Thermoplastic and thermosetting polymers and concepts of copolymers and homopolymers.
Composites; definition, classification, characterisation, properties and composite. Applications
of composites. Nanomaterials; definition, classification and applications of nanomaterials as
emerging technology. Processing of nanomaterials including mechanical grinding, wet
chemical synthesis, gas phase synthesis, sputtered plasma processing, microwave plasma
processing and laser ablation. Integrity assessment of engineering materials; effect of
engineering design, engineering materials processing, selection, manufacturing and
assembling on the performance and service life of engineering materials. Metallography and
fractography of materials. Mechanical testing (destructive testing) of materials such as
compressive test, tensile test, hardness test, impact test, endurance limit and fatigue test.
Non-destructive test (NDT) such as dye penetrant, X-ray and eddy current.

GET 204: Students Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify various basic hands and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement
devices and instruments, and acquire skills in their effective use and maintenance;
2. practically apply basic engineering technologies, including metrology, casting, metal
forming and joining, materials removal, machine tooling (classification, cutting tool action,
cutting forces, non-cutting production) and CNC machining technology;
3. master workshop and industrial safety practices, accident prevention and ergonomics;
4. physically recognise different electrical & electronic components like resistances,
inductances, capacitances, diodes, transistors and their ratings;
5. connect electric circuits, understand different wiring schemes, and check ratings of
common household electrical appliances and their basic maintenance; and
6. determine household and industrial energy consumption, and understand practical energy
conservation measures.

New
Engineering and Technology 708
Course Contents
The course comprises general, mechanical and electrical components: supervised hands-on
experience in safe usage of tools and machines for selected tasks; Use of measuring
instruments (calipers, micrometers, gauges, sine bar, wood planners, saws, sanders, and
pattern making). Machine shop: lathe work shaping, milling, grinding, reaming, metal
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry
practice.Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting
processes. Metal forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging, press-
tool work, spinning, etc.). Metal joining processes(welding, brazing and soldering). Heat
treatment. Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory of
metal cutting. Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines.
Supervised identification, use and care of various electrical and electronic components such
as resistors, inductors, capacitors, diodes and transistors. Exposure to different electric
circuits, wiring schemes, analogue and digital electrical and electronic measurements.
Household and industrial energy consumption measurements. Practical energy conservation
principles.

GET 205: Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to
1. explain the properties of fluids;
2. determine forces in static fluids and fluids in motion;
3. determine whether a floating body will be stable;
4. determine the effect of various pipe fittings (valves, orifices, bends and elbows) on fluid
flow in pipes;
5. measure flow parameters with venturi meters, orifice meters, weirs;
6. perform calculations based on principles of mass, momentum and energy conservation;
7. perform dimensional analysis and simple fluid modelling problems; and
8. specify the type and capacity of pumps and turbines for engineering applications

Course Contents
Fluid properties, hydrostatics, fluid dynamics using principles of mass, momentum and energy
conservation from a control volume approach. Flow measurements in pipes, dimensional
analysis, and similitude, 2-dimensional flows. Hydropower systems.

GET 206: Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe basic concepts of thermodynamics, quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second
and third laws;
2. define and explain system, surrounding, closed and open system, control volume and
control mass, extensive and intensive properties;
3. calculate absolute and gage pressure, and absolute temperature, calculate changes in
kinetic, potential, enthalpy and internal energy;
4. evaluate the properties of pure substances i.e. evaluate the state of the pure substances
such as compressed liquid, saturated liquid-vapour mixture and superheated vapour using
property diagrams and tables; arrange the ideal and real gas equations of state,
5. formulate the first law of thermodynamics for a closed system i.e. organize the change in
energy in the closed systems via heat and work transfer;

New
Engineering and Technology 709
6. distinguish heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation, and calculate the
amount of heat energy transferred;
7. calculate the changes in moving boundary work, spring work, electrical work and shaft
work in closed systems;
8. apply the first law of thermodynamics for closed systems and construct conservation of
mass and energy equations;
9. formulate the first law of thermodynamics to the open systems i.e. describe steady-flow
open system, apply the first law of thermodynamics to the nozzles, diffusers, turbines,
compressors, throttling valves, mixing chambers, heat exchangers, pipe and duct flow;
10. construct energy and mass balance for unsteady-flow processes;
11. evaluate thermodynamic applications using second law of thermodynamics;
12. calculate thermal efficiency and coefficient of performance for heat engine, refrigerators
and heat pumps; and
13. restate perpetual-motion machines, reversible and irreversible processes.

Course Contents
Basic concepts, definitions and laws (quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second and third
laws of thermodynamics). Properties of pure substances: the two-property rule (P-V-T
behaviour of pure substances and perfect gases); state diagrams. The principle of
corresponding state; compressibility relations; reduced pressure; reduced volume;
temperature; pseudo-critical constants. The ideal gas: specific heat, polytropic processes.
Ideal gas cycles; Carnot; thermodynamic cycles, turbines, steam and gas, refrigeration. The
first law of thermodynamics – heat and work, applications to open and closed systems. The
steady flow energy equation (Bernoulli’s equation) and application. Second law of
thermodynamics, heat cycles and efficiencies.

GET 207: Applied Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students will acquire the ability to:
1. Understand the fundamental principles of applied mechanics, particularly equilibrium
analysis, friction, kinematics and momentum.
2. identify, formulate, and solve complex engineering problems by applying principles of
engineering, science, mathematics and applied mechanics.
3. synthesize Newtonian Physics with static analysis to determine the complete load impact
(net forces, shears, torques, and bending moments) on all components (members and
joints) of a given structure with a load.
4. apply engineering design principles to produce solutions that meet specified needs with
consideration of public health, safety, and welfare, as well as global, cultural, social,
environmental, and economic factors.

Course Content
Forces, moments, couples. Equilibrium of simple structures and machine parts. Friction. First
and second moments of area; centroids. Kinematics of particles and rigid bodies in plane
motion. Newton's laws of motion. Kinetic energy and momentum analyses.

GET 208: Strength of Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students would be capable of the following:

New
Engineering and Technology 710
1. Recognition of a structural system that is stable and in equilibrium;
2. Determination of the stress -strain relation for single and composite members based on
Hooke's law;
3. Estimation of the stresses and strains in single and composite members due to
temperature changes;
4. Evaluation of the distribution of shear forces and bending moments in beams with
distributed and concentrated loads;
5. Determination of bending stresses and its use in determining slopes and deflections in
beams;
6. Use of Mohr's circle to evaluate the normal and shear stresses in a multi-dimensional
stress system and transformation of these stresses into strains; and
7. Evaluation of the stresses and strains due to torsion on circular members.

Course Content
Consideration of equilibrium; composite members, stress-strain relation. Generalized
Hooke's law. Stress and strain transformation equations. Stresses and strains due to loading
and temperature changes. Torsion of circular members. Shear force, bending moments and
bending stresses in beams with symmetrical and combined loadings. Deflection of beams.
Multi-dimensional stress systems. Mohr’s circle. Elastic buckling of columns.

GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and
Green’s theorem;
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical
model of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation, etc., as well as fourier series, initial conditions and
its applications to different engineering processes

Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.

GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes

New
Engineering and Technology 711
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);
2. explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically solve
a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types;
3. numerically solve differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;
4. perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,
curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of
several variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;
5. solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex
numbers;
6. apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations
and of results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the theory
of conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
7. evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.

Course Contents
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and
vector-valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary
complex analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity. Derivatives,
differentiation rules and differentiation of integrals. Cauchy-Riemann equation, harmonic
functions, basic theory of conformal mapping, transformation and mapping and its
applications to engineering problems. Special functions.

GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project
through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas.

Course Contents
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;

New
Engineering and Technology 712
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.

GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.

Course Contents
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or
special centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant
practical/industrial working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major.
The students are exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance
of tools, equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production
of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation (8-10 weeks during the long
vacation following 200 level).

NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of programme-specific

activities for their students.

300 Level Courses

GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in
peace building.

Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes and others. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,

New
Engineering and Technology 713
community leaders and others). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict
dynamics assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework:
Concepts of Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace
mediation and peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local
levels). Agents of conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution
and Imperatives. Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation,
collaboration). The roles of international organizations in conflict resolution ((a) The United
Nations, UN and its conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council
(c) ECOWAS in peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building.
Managing post-conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs);the
role of NGOs in post-conflict situations/crises.

ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
1. describe the key steps in venture creation;
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.

Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy. Digital business and e-commerce strategies).

GET 301: Engineering Mathematics III (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 714
1. demonstrate a clear understanding of the course content, that is, possess a breadth of
knowledge in the area covered;
2. possess an in-depth knowledge upon which a solid foundation can be built in order to
demonstrate a depth of understanding in advanced mathematical topics;
3. develop simple algorithms and use computational proficiency;
4. write simple proofs for theorems and their applications; and
5. communicate the acquired mathematical knowledge effectively in speech, writing and
collaborative groups..

Course Contents
Linear Algebra. Elements of Matrices, Determinants, Inverses of Matrices. Theory of Linear
Equations. Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors. Analytical Geometry. Coordinate Transformation.
Solid Geometry. Polar, cylindrical and spherical coordinates. Elements of functions of several
variables. Surface Variables. Ordinary Integrals. Evaluation of Double Integrals, Triple
Integrals, Line Integrals and Surface Integrals. Derivation and Integrals of Vectors. The
gradient of scalar quantities. Flux of Vectors. The curl of a vector field, Gauss, Greens and
Stoke’s theorems and applications. Singular Valued Functions. Multivalued Functions.
Analytical Functions. Cauchy Riemann’s Equations. Singularities and Zeroes. Contour
Integration including the use of Cauchy’s Integral Theorems. Bilinear transformation.

GET 302: Engineering Mathematics IV (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve second order differential equations;
2. solve partial differential equations;
3. solve linear integral equations;
4. relate integral transforms to solution of differential and integral equations;
5. explain and apply interpolation formulas; and
6. apply Runge-Kutta and other similar methods in solving ODE and PDEs.

Course Contents
Series solution of second order linear differential equations with variable coefficients. Bessel
and Legendre equations. Equations with variable coefficients. Sturm-Liouville boundary value
problems. Solutions of equations in two and three dimensions by separation of variables. Eigen
value problems. Use of operations in the solution of partial differential equations and Linear
integral equations. Integral transforms and their inverse including Fourier, Laplace, Mellin and
Handel Transforms. Convolution integrals and Hilbert Transforms. Calculus of finite
differences. Interpolation formulae. Finite difference equations. RungeKutta and other
methods in the solutions of ODE and PDEs. Numerical integration and differentiation.

GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and

New
Engineering and Technology 715
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.

Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis and structure Fog Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A,B,C,D,E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills(steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports(competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.

GET 305: Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. work with data from the point of view of knowledge convergence, machine learning, and
intelligence augmentation, which significantly raises their standard for engineering
analysis (the approach forces them to learn statistics in an actionable way that helps them
to see the holistic importance of data analytics in modern engineering and technology);
2. anticipate the future with Artificial Intelligence while fulfilling the basic requirements of
conventional engineering statistical programming consistent with their future careers;
3. perform, with proficiency, statistical inference tasks with language or programming
toolboxes such as R, Python, Mathematica or MATLAB, and Design Expert to summarise
analysis and interpretation of industry engineering data, and make appropriate
conclusions based on such experimental and/or real-life industrial data;
4. construct appropriate graphical displays of data and highlight the roles of such displays
in data analysis, particularly the use of statistical software packages;
5. plan and execute experimental programmes to determine the performance of
programme-relevant industrial engineering systems, and evaluate the accuracy of the
measurements undertaken; and
6. demonstrate mastery of data analytics and statistical concepts by communicating the
results of experimental and industry-case investigations, critically reasoned scientific and
professional analysis through written and oral presentation.

Course Contents
Descriptive statistics, frequency distribution, populations and sample, central tendency,
variance data sampling, mean, median, mode, mean deviation, percentiles and many others.
Probability. Binomial, Poisson hyper-geometric, normal distributions. Statistical inference
intervals, test hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big
data analytics and cloud computing applications. Introduction to the R language; R as a

New
Engineering and Technology 716
calculator; Vectors, matrices, factors, data frames and other R collections. Iteration and
looping control structures. Conditionals and other controls. Designing, using and extending
functions. The Apply Family. Statistical modelling and inference in R.

GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the types, uses and advantages of renewable energy in relation to climate
change;
2. design for use the various renewable energy systems;
3. recognise and analyse the current energy systems in Nigeria, their impacts on
development and the global energy demand and supply scenarios;
4. appreciate the environmental impact of energy exploitation and utilisation, and pursue
the sustainable development of renewable energy for various applications; and
5. recognise the exploitation, excavation, production, and processing of fossil fuels such as
coal, petroleum and natural gas, and discuss the sources, technology and contribution to
future energy demands of renewable energy.

Course Contents
Current and potential future energy systems in Nigeria and globally - resources, extraction,
concepts in energy conversion systems; parallels and differences in various conversion
systems and end-use technologies, with emphasis on meeting 21st-century national, regional
and global energy needs in a sustainable manner. Various energy technologies in each fuel
cycle stage for fossil (oil, gas, synthetic), nuclear (fission and fusion) and renewable (solar,
biomass, wind, hydro, and geothermal). Energy types, storage, transmission and
conservation. Analysis of energy mixes within an engineering, economic and social context.
Sustainable energy; emphasise sustainability in general and in the overall concept of
sustainable development and the link this has with sustainable energy as the fundamental
benefit of renewable energy.

Practical Contents
Simple measurement of solar radiation, bomb calorimeter determination of calorific value of
fuels and biomass; measurement of the velocity of wind, waves and the energy that abound
in them; laboratory production of biogas and determination of energy available in it; simple
conversion of solar energy to electricity; transesterification of edible oil into biodiesel;
simulation of geothermal energy; Geiger-Muller or Scintillation Counters’ determination of
uranium or thorium energy; simple solid or salt storage of energy; hybrid application of
renewable energy.

GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and Convergent

Technologies (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:
1. explain the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications and effects of artificial
intelligence;
2. explain the fundamental concepts of machine learning, deep learning and convergent
technologies;
3. demonstrate the difference between supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised
learning;

New
Engineering and Technology 717
4. demonstrate proficiency in machine learning workflow and how to implement the steps
effectively;
5. explain natural languages, knowledge representation, expert systems and pattern
recognition;
6. describe distributed systems, data and information security and intelligent web
technologies;
7. explain the concept of big data analytics, purpose of studying it, issues that can arise with
a data set and the importance of properly preparing data prior to a machine learning
exercise; and
8. explain the concepts, characteristics, models and benefits, key security and compliance
challenges of cloud computing.

Course Contents
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence paradigms;
search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired algorithms – such
as their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding natural
languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation, mathematical and logic
foundations of AI; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition; distributed
systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent technologies
– definition, significance and engineering applications. Neural networks and deep learning.
Introduction to python AI libraries.

GET 308 Entrepreneurship and Start-ups for Engineers (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcome
At the end of the course students should be able to:
1. identify places of enterprises from the start or early enough;
2. explain the basics of the business environment and culture, entrepreneurship and AfCFTA,
as well as how to start, grow, manage and fund a business venture;
3. exposure to opportunities in the various fields of engineering, and development practice
as well as leveraging on the Nigerian Content Act;
4. development of a team project frame to exploit opportunities in the industry and markets;
and
5. acquaintance with challenges, inspirational feats and success factors in the industry and
market place from case histories.

Course Content
Understanding the Nigerian and global business environment. Doing business in Africa,
Engineering, infrastructure and AfCFTA. The Nigerian Content Act, business registrations
and start-ups ideation and growth. Sources of funding for business. Gains and pains of
business growth. Joint ventures and Special Purpose vehicles in PPPs. Business Development
– business information, promotion, marketing tools and strategies, basic personnel
management, client recruitment and management. Business proposals and plans, Profiles
of business ventures in the various business sectors as classified by MAN (Manufacturers
Association of Nigeria). Business/enterprise commercialization and digitization, FINTECHs,
TECH Hubs, etc. Financial management, Business sustainability. Case study methodology
applied to business development, growth and profitability analysis. Industrial visits,
mentoring and Guest presentations.

New
Engineering and Technology 718
GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (3 Units: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. Learn at least any three software in their chosen career choices;
2. Learn some animation videos (Some of which are free on YouTube) in their chosen career
choices;
3. Carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
career choices;
4. Learn how to generate data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical models;
5. Students are to learn how to write Engineering reports from lab work;
6. This information obtained is expected to complement and integrates the students’
classroom instruction and laboratory/workshop exercise; and
7. Fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen career.

Course Content
On-the-job experience in industry (or simulated industrial facility – technology park, innovation
hub, incubation facility, et cetera) chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work
experience i.e. 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged
in the more advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use
in the industry, and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a
report at end of training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and
encouraged to secure 3months placement in the industry. Each Engineering Programme
to append outline of activities and experiences to which students are expected to be exposed
to earn prescribed credits. Students are to write a general report at end of training.
The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the attachment
and shall form part of CGPA.

Examples of such Outline is shared here for Mineral Processing & Extractive Metallurgical
Engineering

i. Mineral Identification and Characterization

Skill acquisition in identification and processing of base and precious metalliferous ores
ii. Mineral Processing Technology
Design of mineral concentration equipment like shaking table, air float, coal-gold
agglomeration apparatus, magnetic separator, flotation cell using principles of engineering
graphic and modelling.
iii. Ferrous Extractive Metallurgy
Furnace design; blast furnace reaction modelling; coking coke blend formulation for the blast
furnace
iv. Non-Ferrous Extractive Metallurgy

New
Engineering and Technology 719
Furnace and process design of furnaces for smelting galena, sphalerite, cassiterite, azurite,
malachite and gold ores
v. Metal Refining Processes especially application of electro-metallurgy principles in the
refining
vi. Computer Applications in Metallurgical Engineering
Learning of software for computer application in geo-statistics and geo-metallurgy, MATLAB
for Charge calculation by Gaussian elimination techniques (Linear Algebra) and materials
selection
vii. Hydrometallurgical Processing of Waste Electrical Electronic Equipment (WEE)
To recover precious metals (gold, silver and platinum group of metals) such as computers,
mobile phones and television
viii. Emerging Manufacturing Technologies
Getting acquainted locally and abroad with emerging manufacturing technologies including
nanotechnology, additive manufacturing and electrochemical machining

MPE 301: Sustainable Mineral Resources Development (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcome
At the end of the course, students will:
1. have a complete mental picture of mineral resources development from mineral
exploration (en route mines development, mining, mineral processing, metallurgy and
manufacturing) to the market;
2. be able to identify the various experts that work hand in hand for sustainable mineral
resources development and their roles;
3. be able to explain the various processes involved in minerals and metals processing; and
4. be challenged to study hard to excel, acquire as much skills as possible so as to be
entrepreneurs, working together in a collegiate spirit for sustainable mineral resources
development.

Course Content
Human civilization and mineral resources development: Mineral resources development and
national economic diversification agenda; seeing the whole picture from mineral exploration
(en route mines development, mining, mineral processing, metallurgy, manufacturing) to the
market; features of sustainable mineral resources development.

Sustainable mineral resources development: Relay race among four athletes: geologist, miner,
mineral processor and extractive metallurgist based on techno-economic issues, safety and
health issues and environmental issues; mining value chain: exploration: (prospecting +
valuation), mining geology, geo-statistics and mines development;

Mineral value chain: Five classes of mining titles, applied mineralogy, comminution,
classification and particle size analysis, concentration methods- Physical process,
concentration methods- physico-chemical process and de-watering;

New
Engineering and Technology 720
Metal value chain: geo-metallurgy, pyrometallurgy, hydrometallurgy, electrometallurgy,
physical metallurgy, mechanical metallurgy, manufacturing processes.

Engineering materials family: Situating metals among other engineering materials: ceramics,
polymers & composites.

MPE 302: Metallurgical Thermodynamics (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcome
The students will be able to proffer solutions to these three basic questions:
1. is this reaction of metallurgical nature feasible or not;
2. under what conditions is the reaction feasible?
3. what is the rate of the reaction from reaction from techno-economic viewpoint; and
4. the students will be able to state the three laws and explain how they can be applied.

Course Content
1st, 2nd and 3rd laws of thermodynamics and their application in metallurgical engineering;
Homogeneous and heterogeneous reactions pertain to metallurgical systems;
Thermochemistry: enthalpy, entropy, free energies and review of thermodynamic functions;
Feasibility of reactions and otherwise and chemical equilibrium; Maxwell relations; Ellingham
Diagram: Principle, applications limitations as critical tool in pyrometallurgy; Introduction to
solution thermodynamics II. Kinetics of chemical reaction system; First and second order rate
of reaction; Mechanism of reaction sequence; Concept of rate controlling step; Leaching of
operation in hydrometallurgical system and rate of reaction and kinetic of electrometallurgy;
Arrhenius equation and activation energy.

MPE 303: Transport Phenomena and Kinetics (2 units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes:

Knowledge of heat, mass and fluid flow in metallurgy and capability to carry out related
calculations
Course Contents
Basic equations of fluid statics and dynamics, Fluxes, Phenomenological laws, and
Conservation law, Momentum transfer and viscosity, Convective and diffusive momentum
transport. Modes of heat transfer (Conduction, Convection, and Radiation), Steady and
unsteady state heat conduction, Heat transfer coefficients. Fick's law and diffusivity of
materials, Mass transfer in fluid systems, mass transfer coefficient. Diffusion as random
thermal jumps of atoms (1 d random walk), Self-diffusion coefficients, Vacancy and interstitial
mechanisms of self-diffusion, Diffusion in presence of driving force and mobility, Interdiffusion
and Darken’s equation, Simple solution of diffusion equation, Grain boundary and surface
diffusion. Rate controlling steps in processes, Interface reaction-controlled processes,
Diffusion controlled processes.

MPE 304: Applied Mineralogy and Mineral Characterization (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students will:

New
Engineering and Technology 721
1. appreciate the fact that an intimate knowledge of mineralogical assemblage of the ore is
essential for efficient processing - physical and physiochemical, and chemical of minerals;
2. acquire the necessary skills in petrology and ore microscopy which are useful in predicting
the beneficiating route/requirements of a newly discovered mineral deposit;
3. be able to classify minerals by mining titles and classes; and
4. be able to explain how minerals and metals/alloys are applied in industries.

Course Content
Mineral Resources Development: A relay race; interrelationship among mineral resources
development family; geology, mining, mineral processing and extractive metallurgical
engineering; Mineral; ore reserve estimation; minerals/ore characterization by petrology and
ore microscopy; mineralogy: Definition of mineralogy and minerals, classification of minerals,
into their five (5) classes of mining titles, Classification of minerals into seven (7) classes:
Chemical, physical, crystallographic, biomineralogy, optical, deterministic and descriptive,
Techniques of minerals identification. Mineralogy as a critical success factor in mineral
processing technology. Applications of mineral and metals/alloys in mineral processing and
extractive ore metallurgical industries.

400-Level Courses

GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units C: PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme; and
2. demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.

Course Contents
In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies;
2. Describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to
the society;
3. Demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices;
4. Prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review;
5. Discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation; and

New
Engineering and Technology 722
6. Determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

MPE 401: Seminar in MPE (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will gain knowledge in a wide ranging set of interesting topics, concepts and real-
life experiences in MPE

Course Contents
Restricted special topics to be covered include the following:
(i) Sustainable Mineral Resources Development: Seeing the big picture: Mineral Exploration,
Mining Engineering, Mineral Processing Technology, and Extractive Metallurgical
Engineering as a relay race. The ‘what’, the ‘why’, the ‘how’, the ‘who’, the ‘when’, the
‘where’, and the ‘which’ of the four programmes and allied fields.
(ii) Leadership Skills: Vision, mission, and strategy in leadership. Definition of Leadership: The
fact that leadership can be caught (natural attributes) and taught (leadership training).
What it means to be transformational leaders; forms of leadership. Academic leadership,
entrepreneurial leadership, professional leadership and political leadership. Visionary and
strategic leadership.
(iii) Machine Design and Fabrication of Mineral Processing Equipment: List of equipment used
for gravity separation, flotation of minerals such as shaking table, air float, magnetic
separator, electrostatic separator, flotation cell, and design principle of selected machines.
(iv) Machine/Equipment Design and Fabrication (based on need-driveness): Equipment used
design and fabrication of equipment used in ferrous and non-ferrous extractive metallurgy.
Different type of furnaces: Furnace design and fabrication.
(v) Geometallurgy: Interface between geosciences and metallurgy, emerging, need-driven
and multidisciplinary scientific field.
(vi) Geo-statistic: Critical tool for mine design among other purposes towards sustainable
mineral resources development.
(vii) Rare Earth Elements: Definition, extraction process route for this rare and expensive
metals for specialised industrial applications
(viii) Bitumen Processing in Nigeria: The what, the why, the how, the where, the when, the
which the who and for whom of bitumen processing
(ix) Cement Production in Nigeria: The what, the why, the how, the where, the when, the
which the who and for whom of cement production.
(x) Gold: occurrence geology, mineralogy, characterization, process design and production in
Nigeria.
(xi) Platinum Group of Metals: geology, mineralogy, characterization, process design and
production.

MPE 403: Metallurgical Fuels, Refractories and Furnaces (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
The students will be:
1. made to appreciate the centrality of the core course to the different specialties of
metallurgical engineering;

New
Engineering and Technology 723
2. capable of identifying and selecting suitable refractories for the building of specific
furnaces;
3. capable of attempting to design and build functional furnaces: Blast furnace, reverberation
furnace, electric furnace, open heath furnace converter, and fluidized bed reactors; and
4. in a position to carry out tests on coals to ascertain the cokeability and cakeability of such
coal as metallurgical fuel and thus make the right choice of fuels for the blast furnace.

Course Content
Fuels: Survey of main engineering fuel: solid, liquid and gaseous fuels; fuels and energy
utilization in the metallurgical industry with reference to coking coals for iron and steel
production via Blast furnace; Introduction to coal and coke technology.
Refractories: Technology of production and services of main metallurgical refractories:
silicon, magnesite, chrome-magnesite, alumina-silicate and other refractories; Special
refractories, their evaluation and applications in furnace construction;
Furnaces: Classification of metallurgical furnaces and reactors, applications, their design and
construction.

MPE 405: Mineral Processing Technology I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course the student will be knowledgeable and skilful enough to:
1. Grasp the importance of mineral processing technology as a value-addition chain in mineral
resource development;
2. Be equipped to carry out mineralogical characterization of ferrous, base and precious/noble
metals;
3. Understand the basic principle involved in physical and physico-chemical processing of
minerals; and
4. Be able to design process flow sheet for ores of ferrous, base and precious metals.

Course Content
Mineral characterization which entails determination of mineral content of an ore and
mineralogical assemblage of ores from various deposits be they from lode deposits or placer
deposits for non-metallic (industrial) minerals, non-ferrous, ferrous, base and precious metals
Mineral processing technology as physical and physico-chemical value addition process to
mineral resource; Classification of mining title deeds into classes A-E in Nigeria; Application of
mineralogy to mineral processing in an existing mill and/or process design for a new mineral
processing plant; Application of scientific principles to mineral processing technology;
Sampling and sampling methods; Comminution (to effect liberation) and comminution
theories; Particle size analysis using vibrating set of screen; Concentration methods: Physical
separation methods such as sorting, gravity separation, magnetic separation and electrostatics
separation

MPE 405: Mineral Processing Technology II (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course the student will be knowledgeable and skilful enough to:

New
Engineering and Technology 724
1. Grasp the importance of mineral processing technology as a value-addition chain in mineral
resource development;
2. Be equipped with physico-chemical value addition processes: floatation and coal gold
agglomeration in particular, understand basic principles involved and application to sulphide
minerals and precious metals ores.
3. Be adequately equipped to design process flowsheet for industrial minerals (bitumen,
barytes, phosphates and bentonites and rare earth metals (lithium, cerium)
4. Be adequately equipped to design process flow sheet for ores of ferrous (magnetite and
haematite), base (cassiterite, columbite, galena, sphalerite, malachite and azurite) and
precious metals (gold, silver and platinum group of metals).

Course Content
Review of Mineral Processing Technology I; Physico-chemical value addition process to
mineral resource; physico-chemical separation methods such as froth floatation and coal gold
agglomeration for ores of relevant base metals (galena, sphalerite, gold ores); Process design
(flowsheet development) for industrial minerals such as bitumen, barytes, phosphates and
bentonites; Process design for ores of base metals: cassiterite, columbite, galena, sphalerite,
malachite and azurite. Process design for ores of iron and steel (magnetite and haematite);
Process design for ores of precious metals: gold, silver and platinum group of metals. Process
design for rare earth metals such as lithium, cerium

MPE 409: Chemical Metallurgy (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
The students will:
1. appreciate chemical metallurgy as an important value addition process to mineral
resources and the gateway to metallurgical engineering;
2. be equipped with the principles and applications of pyrometallurgy, hydrometallurgy,
electrometallurgy and refining processes;
3. master the principle, the drawing and applications of Ellingham, Pourbaix and McCabe
Thiele Diagrams; and
4. be kept abreast of recent advances in chemical metallurgy.
Course Content
Appetizer: Sustainable mineral resources development: A relay race among geologist,
miners, mineral processor and extractive (chemical) metallurgist, the concept of world
without metals! The importance of chemical metallurgy as the gateway to metallurgical
engineering and the fact that there is no distinct boundary between mineral processing
technology and extractive metallurgical engineering. Roasting, calcination, agglomeration
and leaching are at the intercession of both disciplines;
Introduction to Chemical Metallurgy: Review of metallurgical thermodynamics, kinetics and
smelters contract; definition, nature and classification of chemical metallurgy.
Pyrometallurgy: Definition, roasting, agglomeration principle, methods, equipment, tools for
pyro-metallurgy (Ellingham Diagram). Introduction to iron and steel making: tin smelting
and coal gold agglomeration.

New
Engineering and Technology 725
Hydrometallurgy: Definition, nature and scope; hydrometallurgical processes, McCabe Thiele
Diagram for solvent extraction, leaching kinetics, advantages and disadvantages of
hydrometallurgy: Introduction of extraction of aluminium
Electrometallurgy: Principle and application of McCabe Thiele Diagram; definition and scope;
electrometallurgical methods, electrochemical series, principle and application of Pourbaix
Diagram in electrometallurgy; advantages and limitations of electrometallurgy.
Refining of Metals: Definition, nature and scope; vacuum refining, zone refining, re-melting,
liquation, electro-beam metal, electron beam and electro-slag.
Recent advances in Chemical Metallurgy

MPE 411: Ferrous Extractive Metallurgy (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
The student will:
1. appreciate the critical importance of iron and steel making in national economic
development;
2. have a good grasp of iron and steel making via the two major routes: Blast furnace and
Direct Reduction;
3. understand the basic design principles of the blast furnace and direct reduction method of
iron and steel production, their operations and their thermochemistry; and
4. be familiar with the secondary steel making processes and manufacturing of alloy steel
such as ferro alloy and super alloys.

Course Content
Critical importance of iron and steel in national economic development and global steel
production; The upstream, the mainstream and the downstream of iron and steel making
processes; and linkage industries; Classification of iron ores and other raw materials (fuels
and fluxes) for iron and steel making; Agglomeration methods: sintering, nodulizing,
briquetting, pelletizing; Iron production route; Blast furnace and direct reduction method
(the advantages and limitations of both); The Blast furnace: The design, production,
operations and physical chemistry of iron making, refining of liquid iron; Steel Making
Processes, their technology and advantage, raw materials requirements and steel making
practices. Thermodynamics and kinetics of steel making practices; Secondary Steel Making
Processes and Manufacturing of Alloy Steels, Argon purging and ladle alloying,
desulphurization. Principles and technology of slab and ingot casting.

GET 499: SIWES III (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:
1. Be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
2. Bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes, through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work methods
and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways of
safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;

New
Engineering and Technology 726
3. Experience/Simulate the transition phase from school to the world of work and the
environment seamlessly, and expose them to contacts for eventual job placements after
graduation;
4. Be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place of
engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them; and
5. Exploit the opportunity to improve and utilize their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation, respectively.

Course Content
On the job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (24 weeks from the end of the First Semester at 400-Level to
the beginning of the First Semester of the following session. Thus, the second semester at
400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a programme related
industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc. for a period of 6 months under the
guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment, but supervised by an academic
staff of the Department. On completion of the training the student submits the completed
Log book on the experience at the establishment, identifying a special theme. Also, there
will be a comprehensive report covering the whole of his/her industrial training experiences
(GET 299, GET 399 and GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department
for overall assessment.

500 Level Courses

GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
4. possess the skills needed for project management; and
5. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.

Course Contents
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons – functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.
Project planning, control and timeliness;decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case

New
Engineering and Technology 727
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.

GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions;
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications; and
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principles undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically
present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an
expert witness.

Course Contents
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.
Termination/ancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.

MPE 501: Research Project (6 Units C: PH 270)

The students carry out research project into selected researchable and need-driven topics
pertaining to Mineral & Metallurgical Industries. They will be expected to carry out literature
review on chosen topics, perform experiments and produce reports. Students will be subjected
to both seminars and oral examinations (by both Internal and External Examiners) on their
research projects.

MPE 502: Non-Ferrous Extractive Metallurgy (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students will:
1. be skilful in the use of Periodic Table to study the behaviour of metals;
2. Upgrade their knowledge in the three fields of extractive metallurgy: pyrometallurgy,
hydrometallurgy and electrometallurgy;
3. properly grasp the theory and application of Ellingham Diagram in pyrometallurgy,
McCabe Thiele Diagram in hydrometallurgy and Pourbaix Diagram in electrometallurgy;

New
Engineering and Technology 728
4. be capable of developing process flow sheets for extraction of common metals like
aluminium, tin, copper, nickel, lead and zinc from their ores; and
5. be conversant with techno-economic and environmental challenges in non-ferrous metal
extraction industry with a view to proffering appropriate solutions.

Course Content
This course is mounted with the goal of removing the misconception that metallurgical and
materials engineering centres around iron and steel, highlight the most important industrial
metal/alloy and underscore the importance of non-ferrous metals like gold, silver,
aluminium, copper, lead, nickel, chromium and lithium, hence its content are intentional.
Review of the Periodic Table; Classification and sub-classification of extractive metallurgy;
Pyro-metallurgy: Theory and application; flow sheet development for lead, zinc, tin, gold
and nickel; Hydrometallurgy Review: Theory and application flow sheet development for
aluminium, copper, gold, silver, and platinum group of metal (PGM); Electrometallurgy:
Theory and application; flow sheet development for gold and silver; Application of Ellingham
diagram, McCabe Thiele diagram and Pourbaix diagram in pyro-metallurgy, hydrometallurgy
and electrometallurgy processing of minerals/metals respectively; Refining of metals with
particular reference to gold, silver, copper and tin; Techno-economic and environmental
issue in the design and operation of metal extraction and refining plants.

New
Engineering and Technology 729
Minimum Academic Standards

List of Minimum Equipment

List of Required Laboratories and Equipment

The laboratories in the mineral processing & extractive metallurgical engineering programmes
are as follows:

Laboratory I: MPE 305 Mineralogical Analysis and Mineral Processing Laboratory

The required equipment for characterization and preliminary process design of minerals
included but not limited to the following:

i. Set of sieves
ii. Vibrating shakers
iii. Ore microscope for petrographic investigation
iv. Atomic absorption spectrophotometer (AAS) with Au, Ag, Pb, Cu, Zn, Pt lamps for
chemical
analysis of precision metals.
v. X-ray diffractometer (with box file) for mineralogical assemblage of an ore.
vi. X-ray florescence for chemical analysis of base metals.
vii. Scanning electron microscope.
viii. PH meter
ix. PH electrodes
x. Laboratory sample divider
The required equipment in this laboratory and their accessories include but not only limited
to the following: for beneficiation study of iron and process design study of non-ferrous
metals.
i. Top loading balance
Comminution and Particle Size Analysis Equipment and accessories
ii. Crushers of various categories
iii. Grinders of various categories
iv. Set of sieves of all sizes with sieving machine for particle size analysis
v. Vibrating shakers
vi. Particle size analyser
Physical Concentration Equipment and accessories
vii. Gravity separation equipment which includes
a) Shaking Table
b) Air float
c) Jig

New
Engineering and Technology 730
 d) Dense media separation
e) Spiral
f) Gravity concentrator
g) Viscometer
viii. Magnetic separator.
ix. Electrostatic separator.
Physico-chemical concentration equipment and accessories
x. Froth flotation cell.
xi. Coal gold agglomeration apparatus
Laboratory II: MPE 306: Ferrous Extractive Metallurgy Research Laboratory
Pyrometallurgical Laboratory
i. his laboratory should have equipment and accessories for roasting, calcination and
agglomeration (nodulizing, sintering, pelletizing and briquetting)
ii. Functional Induction furnace for melting of iron and steel
iii. Laboratory pelletizing drum
iv. ISO drum tester
v. Pellet Hardness apparatus
vi. Permeability testing equipment
vii. Gas analysers for CO, H2, CO2 among others
viii. Reducing furnace with accompanying chemical balance
ix. Softening testing apparatus
x. Sinter grate machine
xi. Digital temperature indicators reading - 250°C to 1600°C (or other appropriate
temperature range)
xii. Induction furnaces
Coal and Coke-Making Laboratory
This laboratory is meant for assessment of coals for metallurgical coke-making and relevant
equipment and their accessories will be needed to carry out the following functions:
i. The following qualities of coals will be determined: petrography, coking and caking.
ii. For petrography equipment will be needed for reflectogram, macenal analysis and rank
determination.
iii. For coking, relevant equipment will be required for gray-king coke type, Geeseller,
plastometer and dilatometer
iv. For caking, equipment will be required for Roga index (RI) and free-swelling index
(Psi)
v. Bomb calorimeter (for measuring ash contents of coal and coke)

3. Laboratory III: MPE 413: Non-Ferrous Extractive Metallurgical Research

New
Engineering and Technology 731
 Laboratory
Equipment for the following speciality of non-ferrous extractive metallurgy:
i. Pyrometallurgy equipment and accessories including furnaces and crucibles
ii. Analysis of gold by fire-assay gravimetric method equipment and accessories
iii. Hydrometallurgy equipment and accessories
iv. Electrometallurgy equipment and accessories
This laboratory will be dedicated to process design for:
i. Precious metals like gold, silver, and Platinum group of metals
ii. Base metal like Cu, Pb, Zn, Ni, Sn
iii. Most important non-ferrous industrial metal: Al,
iv. Radioactive metals like uranium, plutonium and monazite
Rare earth elements like lithium and cerium

Laboratory IV: MPE 506: Facilities for Metallography Studies and Microscopy

1. Olympus Microscope, BHT 312 with PM 10 photomicrographic outfit, Ref. No. N-

MKH-340-E with facilities for dark field and bright field.
2. Photomicrographic outfit, Olympus PM6, No. N-NMX-450-030F
3. Adapter for use of PM6 with stereoscopic microscope No. N-NMX-4520-502B
4. Illuminator, Olympus Model LSG-2 NO N-NMC0-200-010T
5. Illuminator, Olympus Model LSG-2 NO N-NMC0-215-010F
6. Achromatic objectives magnifications X4, X10, X20, X40, X100, X250, X500
7. Nikon Photomicrographic Attachments, microflex FX-Series (Complete with 35mm
camera, mechanical shutter mechanism-photocell and direct reading
exposuremeter)
8. Extra lenses for Nikon system: CF objectives Lenses, M.PLAN 50X, 100X and 200X
9. Standard Buehler Metallograph (or Versmet – 2 Metallograph, Unitron
Instruments)
10. Belt grinder for rough grinding of metallographic specimens
11. Buehler metallographic rotary polishing wheels (ECOMET I and ECOMET II)
12. Wet grinding deck (to take 4 trips of emery paper)
13. Buehler polishing cloth (Selvyt and Nylon types)
14. Buehler moulding compound (specimen mounting compound); plastic kit (plastic
liquid and powder type) required
15. Alumina polishing powder (1.0μm and 0.6 μm)
16. Buehler emery paper rolls or strips for use on a 4-deck land polisher (sequence of
240, 320, 400 and 600 grits)
17. Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM) complete with accessories
18. Ion beam thinning equipment (for etching/thinning of TEM specimens)
19. Chemical thinning equipment (for etching/thinning of TEM specimens)
20. Films, plates and related auxiliary facilities for optical microscopy, SEM and TEM
21. Transmission Scanning Microscope (TEM) complete with accessories
22. Metallurgical microscopes

New
Engineering and Technology 732
 23. Enlarger
24. Metal enlargement easel mask
25. Dryer cabinet
26. Darkroom timer
27. Darkroom lamp

Laboratory V: General Metallurgical Laboratory Facilities

i. Instron Universal Testing machine complete with accessories (floor and table types)
with load cells and jaws for polymers and fibres.
ii. Automated X-ray powder diffraction system with all accessories
iii. X-ray Quantometer with all accessories
iv. Chemical Analysis Equipment: Emission Spectrometer equipped with all accessories
v. Metascope: Fluorescent analyser for quick composition analysis
vi. Electron microprobe analyser
vii. Charpy Impact test equipment with all accessories
viii. High temperature and room temperature creep testing machines complete with
accessories
ix. Fatigue testing machine complete with accessories
x. Pneumatic mounting press
xi. Controlled atmosphere sintering furnace (Tem. up to 1450°C)
xii. Single crystal growing furnace complete with accessories (Tem. up to 1550°C)
xiii. Vacuum equipment for vapour deposition plating
xiv. Potentiostat/Galvanostat complete with all accessories

Staffing

Academic and Non-Academic Staff

The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalent of
Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 18 credits per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practical
and supervision of projects. Each workshop or laboratory should have adequate number of
staff with the right mix, so that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run
efficiently.

Academic and Administrative Equipment

To achieve the benchmark statements for any programme, there should be:

i. A minimum number of identifiable laboratories for each discipline which should be in

accordance with the NUC recommended space requirements which can be found below
and, in addition, be reasonably equipped.
ii. At least one large and reasonably equipped central workshop for teaching and research.
iii. Drawing and design studios, which should be well equipped and in accordance with the
NUC recommended space requirements.

New
Engineering and Technology 733
It is important that equipment should be acquired in sufficient number to enable adequate
implementation of the benchmark statements as they relate to Mathematics, Science, Design,
Information and Communications Technology, Business and Professional Practice.

Library
There must be adequate library facilities to cater for the interest of all the programmes in the
faculty. These include current journals, handbooks, textbooks, manuals, codes of practice,
standards and specifications in sufficient numbers.

Minimum Standards for Classroom, Laboratories, Workshops and Offices

Academic and Non-Academic Spaces
The NUC recommends the following physical space requirement:
Academic m2
Professor’s Office 18.50
Head of Department’s Office 18.50
Tutorial Teaching Staff Space 13.50
Other Teaching Staff Space 7.00
Technical Staff Space 7.00
Science Staff Research Laboratory 16.50
Engineering Staff Research Laboratory 14.50
Seminar Space per student 1.85
Drawing Office Space (A.O. Board) (Per Student) 4.60
Drawing Office Space (A.I. Board) (Per Student) 3.70
Laboratory Space 7.50
Non-Academic
Secretarial Space 7.00

Office Accommodation
The requirements for office accommodation are:

1. 13 academic offices on paper

2. 1 professorial type in the department. Size: each of the office is about 13.5 m

S/No Office No in Room Facilities

1. HOD 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
2. Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit.
4. Senior 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
Lecturer computer unit.
5. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.
6. Lecturer II 3 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves

New
Engineering and Technology 734
B.Eng. Mechanical Engineering
Overview
Mechanical engineering is the application of the principles of physics (namely of motion,
energy, and force), mathematics, materials science and engineering problem-solving
techniques to the design, analysis, manufacture, operation and maintenance of mechanical
systems while ensuring competitive costing, safety, reliability and efficiency of such systems.
The mechanical engineering discipline employs contemporary design tools such as computer-
aided design (CAD), computer-aided manufacturing (CAM), and product life-cycle
management tools to analyse and design a wide variety of systems.

This curriculum is designed in line with contemporary global trends in Mechanical Engineering
education; emphasising development of materials, mass, momentum and energy balances
leading to the geometric description of conservation laws of nature. These lead to several
important constitutive models and multiphysics in special fields such as:

1. Linear and nonlinear mechanics Applied (solid) Mechanics (involving the analysis of the
behaviour of solid bodies subjected to external loads, stresses and/or vibrations and using
the information in the design and manufacture/construction of such bodies).
2. Fluid Mechanics (involving the analysis of the behaviour of liquids and gases and
employing the knowledge in the design and development of machinery and systems that
can and/or do influence that behaviour – pumps, fans, turbines, piping systems, et cetera.)
3. Thermal Engineering [including Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer] (involving the
analysis of the conversion of thermal energy into work and/or other forms of energy and
thermal energy transport and employing this knowledge in the design and development
of energy conversion devices and systems, e.g., power plants, engines, heating,
ventilation & air conditioning (HVAC) systems).
4. Mechanical Design and Manufacturing Engineering (covering the full range of mechanical-
based products and systems); arising from the above engineering sciences synthesized
together into modern software solutions of the resulting complex equations that, added
to 3D Solid models, simulation analysis and optimization produce useful design tools.
5. Industrial Engineering and Management Sciences.

Philosophy
The philosophy of the programme is to produce self-reliant and confident graduates who can
bring their academic and practical backgrounds to bear on the problems of industry and the
larger Nigerian society. The academic programme has been planned to challenge and
encourage students towards developing ingenuity and originality in problem solving. The
cornerstone of this is an early grounding in the basic engineering sciences and a strong
emphasis on applied design in later years.

Objectives
The objectives of the undergraduate Mechanical Engineering programme are to prepare its
graduates to:
1. actively engage in engineering practice or in other fields, such as education, science,
business, public policy, politics or governance for sustainable development;
2. retain intellectual curiosity that will motivate them to pursue meaningful lifelong learning
via graduate education in engineering or related fields, participation in professional
development and/or industrial training courses, and/or obtain engineering certification;

New
Engineering and Technology 735
 3. develop successful careers as mechanical engineers and apply their mechanical
engineering education to address the full range of technical and societal problems with
professional engineering competence, creativity, imagination, confidence and
responsibility;
4. occupy positions of increasing responsibility and/or assignments and aspire to positions
of leadership within their profession for enhanced community participation and
qualitative service delivery; and
5. exhibit the highest ethical and professional standards, and, as agents of positive change,
communicate the importance and excitement of Mechanical Engineering.

Unique Features of the Programme

Some unique features of the programme include:

1. stimulating intellect and encouraging students towards developing ingenuity and

originality in problem solving;
2. encouraging students to maintain intellectual curiosity that will motivate them to pursue
meaningful lifelong learning; and
3. equiping students with the relevant intellectual capacity, contemporary software
proficiency, communication, entrepreneurial and
4. other relevant soft skills like teamwork, flexibility, adaptability and interpersonal knack
to engage effectively in engineering practice, business and in leadership roles.

Employability Skills
Graduates of this programme may find jobs in diverse sectors as:
1. in the automobile, aerospace, biomedical, building and construction, food and beverages,
manufacturing, oil and gas, power, petrochemical and process, railway and
telecommunication industries;
2. industrial systems engineers, product designers, managers, researchers, applied
mathematicians, and, of course, performing a multitude of other traditional Mechanical
Engineering duties; and
3. to become Entrepreneur (employer of labour in field relating to mechanical engineering).

The curriculum is designed to:

1. equip graduates of the Mechanical Engineering programme with the intellectual capacity
(to apply the principles of physics, mathematics, materials science and engineering
problem-solving techniques) and relevant contemporary skills;
2. offer students skills that are highly sought after and highly remunerated in industry;
3. prepare graduates to undertake the challenge of working on a wide range of projects, with
the prospect of working with a broad spectrum of other professionals; and
4. develop successful careers as mechanical engineers and apply their mechanical
engineering education to address the full range of technical and societal problems with
professional engineering competence, creativity, imagination, confidence and
responsibility.

21st Century Skills

The programme emphasises such contemporary skills as:
1. developing ingenuity and originality in critical thinking/ problem solving/decision making;
2. creativity and innovation;
3. information literacy;
4. intellectual curiosity that will motivate them to pursue meaningful lifelong learning;
5. contemporary software proficiency;

New
Engineering and Technology 736
6. effective communication skills;
7. entrepreneurial capability;
8. collaboration (teamwork and work ethic);
9. Flexibility and adaptability; and
10. Learning how to learn/metacognition.

Admission and Graduation Requirements

Admission Requirements
Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
1. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
2. Direct Entry (DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

For the five-year degree programme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must include English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

Direct Entry (DE) Mode

For four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit passes
which must include English Language, Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry, candidates with
at least two passes in relevant subjects (Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry) at the GCE
Advanced Level or IJMB or JUPEB may be considered for admission. Candidates who have
good National Diploma (ND) result in relevant Engineering Technology programmes may also
be considered for admission into 200 level. Holders of upper credit pass and above at Higher
National Diploma (HND) level, are eligible for consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:
1. Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of 150
and maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5–year engineering degree programme.
Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters.
2. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode shall have registered for a minimum
of 120 and a maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4–year engineering degree
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic semesters.
3. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode at 300-Level shall have registered for
a minimum of 90 and a maximum of 120 units of courses during a 3–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of 6 academic
semesters.
4. The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units respectively.
5. A student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by the
university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.
6. A student shall also have earned the 15 credit units of Students Industrial Work Experience
Scheme (SIWES), 8 credit units of University General Study courses and four credit units
of Entrepreneurship courses.

New
Engineering and Technology 737
For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered,
whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the
computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it
or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each and all
attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.

Prerequisite courses must be taken and passed before a particular course at a higher level.
Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME, 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 200-Level
and 11 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 300-Level.
Global Course Structure
Level GST/ENT Basic Discipline Programme SIWES Total
Science GET (MEE) Units
100 4 18 3 2 - 27
200 4 - 26 - 3 33
300 4 - 15 4 4 27
400 - - 2 11 6 19
500 - - 5 8 - 13
Total 12 18 51 28 13* 105

*All 11 SIWES units and 2 units of Engineering Valuation credited in the 2nd Semester of
400-Level, and not included in CCMAS Credit units

100 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 15 45

GST 112 Nigerian People and Culture 2 C 30 -
GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C 15 -
GET 102 Engineering Graphics and Solid 2 C 15 45
Modelling I
CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C 30 -
CHM 102 General Chemistry II 2 C 30 -
CHM 107 General Practical Chemistry I 1 C - 45
CHM 108 General Practical Chemistry II 1 C - 45
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 2 C 30 -
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C 30 -
MTH 103 Elementary Mathematics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C 30 -
PHY 103 General Physics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 107 General Practical Physics I 1 C - 45
PHY 108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45
MEE 101 Introduction to Mechanical Engineering 2 C 30 -
Total 27

New
Engineering and Technology 738
200 Level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence 2 C 30 -
ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and Innovation 2 C 30 -
GET 201 Applied Electricity I 3 C 45 -
GET 202 Engineering Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 204 Students Workshop Practice 2 C 15 45
GET 205 Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 3 C 45 -
GET 206 Fundamentals of Thermodynamics 3 C 45 -
GET 208 Strength of Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 45 -
GET 210 Engineering Mathematics II 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing and Software Engineering 3 C 30 45
*GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 wks
Total 33

300 Level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GST 312 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 30 -
ENT 312 Venture Creation 2 C 15 45
GET 301 Engineering Mathematics III 3 C 45 -
GET 302 Engineering Mathematics IV 3 C 45 -
GET 304 Technical Writing and Communication 3 C 45 -
(including Seminar Presentation Skills)
GET 305 Engineering Statistics and Data 3 C 45 -
Analytics.
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems and 3 C 30 45
Technology
GET 307 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, 3 C 45 -
Machine Learning and Convergent
Technologies
MEE 306 Computer-Aided Design and 1 C - 45
Manufacture
*GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 -
wks
Total 27

400 Level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 C 90
GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Costing 2 C 30
MEE 401 Mechanical (Machine) Engineering Design 2 C 30 -
II
MEE 402 Theory (Mechanics) of Machines I 2 C 30 -
MEE 403 Applied (Engineering) Thermodynamics I 2 C 30 -

New
Engineering and Technology 739
 MEE 404 Applied Fluid Mechanics 2 C 30 -
MEE 405 Heat and Mass Transfer 3 E 45 -
MEE 407 Advanced Mechanics of Materials 2 C 30 -
*GET 499 SIWES 4 C 12 -
wks
Total 18

SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

500 Level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GET 501 Engineering (Project) Management 3 C 45 -
GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -
MEE 501 Applied Design 2 C 15 45
MEE 590 B.Eng. Project 6 C - 270
Total 13

Course Contents and Learning Outcomes

100 Level
GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.

Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology); English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations); major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional); grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality). Reading
and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking; reasoning
methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy, generalisation and

New
Engineering and Technology 740
explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements. Writing activities
(pre-writing (brainstorming and outlining), writing (paragraphing, punctuation and
expression), post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing (summary, essays,
letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making). etc. Mechanics of writing. Information
and Communication Technology in modern language learning. Language skills for effective
communication. The art of public speaking.

GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;
2. identify and list the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
3. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political entity;
4. analyse the concepts of trade and economic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation to
national development;
5. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian state regarding nation building;
6. analyse the role of the judiciary in upholding fundamental human rights
7. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria; and
8. list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems.

Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and cultures;
peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria; nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system; indigenous apprenticeship system among
Nigerian peoples; trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justice and national
development (definition and classification of law); Judiciary and fundamental rights.
Individuals, norms and values (basic Nigerian norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition; citizenship and civic responsibilities; indigenous languages, usage and
development; negative attitudes and conducts [Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices]). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3Rs – Reconstruction, Rehabilitation
and Re-orientation; re-orientation strategies: Operation Feed the Nation (OFN), Green
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline and Corruption (WAIC), Mass
Mobilization for Self-Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery (MAMSER), National
Orientation Agency (NOA). Current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria.

GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs); and
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 741
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.

GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple everyday and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength and cost;
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical and
other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the analytical
nature of the courses they take; and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.

Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete terms.
Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3D objects.
Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and perspectives.
Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection and rendering.
This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid works, solid edge
or equivalent.

CHM 101: General Chemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. define atom, molecules and chemical reactions;
2. discuss the modern electronic theory of atoms;
3. write electronic configurations of elements on the periodic table;
4. rationalise the trends of atomic radii, ionisation energies, electronegativity of the elements,
based on their position in the periodic table;
5. identify and balance oxidation–reduction equation and solve redox titration problems;
6. draw shapes of simple molecules and hybridised orbitals;
7. identify the characteristics of acids, bases and salts, and solve problems based on their
quantitative relationship;
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using LeChatelier’s principle to
predict the effect of concentration, pressure and temperature changes on equilibrium
mixtures;

New
Engineering and Technology 742
9. analyse and perform calculations with the thermodynamic functions, enthalpy, entropy
and free energy; and
10. determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and temperature.

Course Contents
Atoms, molecules, elements and compounds, and chemical reactions. Modern electronic
theory of atoms. Electronic configuration, periodicity and building up of the periodic table.
Hybridisation and shapes of simple molecules. Valence forces; Structure of solids. Chemical
equations and stoichiometry; chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, kinetic theory of
matter. Elementary thermochemistry; rates of reaction, equilibrium and thermodynamics.
Acids, bases and salts. Properties of gases. Redox reactions and introduction to
electrochemistry. Radioactivity.

CHM 102: General Chemistry II (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the importance and development of organic chemistry;
2. define fullerenes and its applications;
3. discuss electronic theory;
4. determine the qualitative and quantitative of structures in organic chemistry;
5. state rules guiding nomenclature and functional group classes of organic chemistry;
6. determine the rate of reaction to predict mechanisms of reaction;
7. identify classes of organic functional group with brief description of their chemistry;
8. discuss comparative chemistry of group 1A, IIA and IVA elements; and
9. describe basic properties of transition metals.

Course Contents
Historical survey of the development and importance of organic chemistry; fullerenes as fourth
allotrope of carbon, uses as nanotubules, nanostructures, nanochemistry. Electronic theory in
organic chemistry. Isolation and purification of organic compounds; determination of
structures of organic compounds including qualitative and quantitative analysis in organic
chemistry; nomenclature and functional group classes of organic compounds. Introductory
reaction mechanism and kinetics. Stereochemistry. The chemistry of alkanes, alkenes,
alkynes, alcohols, ethers, amines, alkyl halides, nitriles, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids
and derivatives. The chemistry of selected metals and non-metals. Comparative chemistry of
group IA, IIA and IVA elements. Introduction to transition metal chemistry.

CHM 107: General Practical Chemistry I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correct carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. state the differences between primary and secondary standards;
5. perform redox titration;
6. record observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions.
Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 743
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.

CHM 108: General Practical Chemistry II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correctly carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. identify and carry out preliminary tests which include ignition, boiling point, melting point,
test on known and unknown organic compounds;
5. carry out solubility tests on known and unknown organic compounds;
6. carry out elemental tests on known and unknown compounds; and
7. carry out functional group/confirmatory test on known and unknown compounds which
could be acidic/basic/ neutral organic compounds.

Course Contents
Continuation of CHM 107. Additional laboratory experiments to include functional group
analysis, quantitative analysis using volumetric methods.

MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:
1. define and explain set, subset, union, intersection, complements, and demonstrate the
use of Venn diagrams;
2. solve quadratic equations;
3. solve trigonometric functions;
4. identify various types of numbers; and
5. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers. Mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.

MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
2. recognise and understand the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and
continuity;
3. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes;
4. solve function of a real variable, plot relevant graphs, identify limits and idea of continuity;
5. identify the derivative as limit of rate of change;
6. identify techniques of differentiation and perform extreme curve sketching;

New
Engineering and Technology 744
7. identify integration as an inverse of differentiation;
8. identify methods of integration and definite integrals; and
9. perform integration application to areas, volumes.

Course Contents
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative, as limit of
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve sketching,
integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes (including
approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule).

MTH 103: Elementary Mathematics III (Vectors, Geometry and Dynamics)

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. solve some vectors in addition and multiplication;
2. calculate force and momentum; and
3. solve differentiation and integration of vectors.

Course Contents
(Pre-requisite –MTH 101)
Geometric representation of vectors in 1-3 dimensions, components, direction cosines.
Addition, scalar, multiplication of vectors, linear independence. Scalar and vector products of
two vectors. Differentiation and integration of vectors with respect to a scalar variable. Two-
dimensional co-ordinate geometry. Straight lines, circles, parabola, ellipse, hyperbola.
Tangents, normals. Kinematics of a particle. Components of velocity and acceleration of a
particle moving in a plane. Force, momentum, laws of motion under gravity, projectiles and
resisted vertical motion. Elastic string and simple pendulum. Impulse, impact of two smooth
spheres and a sphere on a smooth surface.

PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular momentum;
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

New
Engineering and Technology 745
Course Contents
Space and time; units and dimension, vectors and scalars, differentiation of vectors:
displacement, velocity and acceleration; kinematics; Newton’s laws of motion (inertial frames,
impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation); relative motion; application
of Newtonian mechanics; equations of motion; conservation principles in physics,
conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy, system of particles, centre of mass; rotational motion; torque, vector product,
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum. Polar coordinates; conservation
of angular momentum; circular motion; moments of inertia, gyroscopes and precession;
gravitation: Newton’s law of gravitation, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion, gravitational
potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits.

PHY 103: General Physics III (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing macroscopic
behaviour;
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Contents
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.

PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Contents
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity, etc. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis

New
Engineering and Technology 746
should be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data
collection, analysis, and deduction.

PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs;
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.

Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction.

MEE 101: Introduction to Mechanical Engineering (2 Units C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
2. identify the various branches of mechanical engineering discipline and their applications to
the solution of societal problems;
3. demonstrate appreciation of the problem of climate change; and
4. demonstrate appreciation of the role of energy systems to environmental sustainability.

Course Contents
Historical development of the mechanical engineering discipline. Philosophy and scope of
contemporary mechanical engineering course programme. Overview of mechanical
engineering special fields: applied (solid) mechanics, fluid and thermal engineering
(thermodynamics and heat transfer). Industrial/production engineering and engineering
management sciences. The linkage between mechanical engineering and other engineering
disciplines and the sciences. The concept of innovation. Illustrations of a wide variety
applications of mechanical engineering. The role of mechanical engineers in the society and
human development. Professional ethical responsibility. Climate change, renewable energy
and environmental sustainability.
200 Level

GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;

New
Engineering and Technology 747
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;
6. critically assess the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge, and
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.

Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding.
ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence;
4. engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
5. identify key elements in innovation;
6. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
7. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
8. state the basic principles of e-commerce.

Course Contents
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.

New
Engineering and Technology 748
GET 201: Applied Electricity I (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. discuss the fundamental concepts of electricity and electrical d.c. circuits;
2. state, explain and apply the basic d.c. circuit theorems;
3. explain the basic a.c. circuit theory and
4. apply to solution of simple circuits.

Course contents
Fundamental concepts: Electric fields, charges, magnetic fields. current, B-H curves Kirchhoff’s
laws, superposition. Thevenin, Norton theorems, Reciprocity, RL, RC, RLC circuits. DC, AC
bridges, Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance measurement, Transducers, Single phase
circuits, Complex j - notation, AC circuits, impedance, admittance, susceptance.
GET 202: Engineering Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate the role of atoms and molecules (aggregates of atoms) in the building of
solid/condensed matter known as engineering materials, the electrons quantum numbers
and how the electrons are arranged in different atomic elements, and explain the role of
electronic configuration and valence electrons in bonding;
2. define metals, alloys and metalloids, demonstrate mental picture of the solid mineral
resources development as a relay race among four ‘athletes’: geologist, mining engineer,
mineral processing technologist, process metallurgical engineer, and classify metallurgical
engineering into 3Ps: process, physical and production;
3. explain the relationship between structure and properties of materials, characteristics,
components and compositions of phase diagrams and phase transformations of solid
solutions;
4. define ceramics, glass and constituents of glasses and understand application of ceramics
in mining, building, art and craft industries;
5. define and classify polymers as a class of engineering materials and polymeric materials,
demonstrate polymerisation reactions, their types and mechanism, and applications of
polymers;
6. define properties, types and application of composite materials and fibres (synthetic and
natural);
7. define and classify nanomaterials, demonstrate applications of nanomaterials, concept,
design and classification of fracture mechanics, corrosion classification, including the five
principal ways of controlling corrosion and metal finishing processes such as sherardising,
galvanising and anodising; and
8. identify factors affecting the performance and service life of engineering
materials/metals and metallography of metals/materials (materials anatomy), which
enables metallurgical and materials engineers to prescribe appropriate solutions to test
metals/materials fitness in service through structure-property-application relationships.

Course Contents
Basic material science; atomic structure, atomic bonding and crystal structures. Engineering
materials situating metals and alloys; metals and alloys, classifications of metals, metal
extraction processes using iron and steel (ferrous) and aluminium (nonferrous) as examples,
phase diagrams/iron carbon diagrams, and mechanical workings of metals. Selection and
applications of metals and alloys for specific applications in oil, aerospace, construction,

New
Engineering and Technology 749
manufacturing and transportation industries, among others. Ceramics (including glass);
definition, properties, structure and classifications of ceramics. Bioactive and glass – ceramics.
Toughing mechanism for ceramics. Polymers; definition of polymers as engineering materials,
chemistry of polymeric materials, polymer crystallisation, polymer degradation and aging.
Thermoplastic and thermosetting polymers and concepts of copolymers and homopolymers.
Composites; definition, classification, characterisation, properties and composite. Applications
of composites. Nanomaterials; definition, classification and applications of nanomaterials as
emerging technology. Processing of nanomaterials including mechanical grinding, wet
chemical synthesis, gas phase synthesis, sputtered plasma processing, microwave plasma
processing and laser ablation. Integrity assessment of engineering materials; effect of
engineering design, engineering materials processing, selection, manufacturing and
assembling on the performance and service life of engineering materials. Metallography and
fractography of materials. Mechanical testing (destructive testing) of materials such as
compressive test, tensile test, hardness test, impact test, endurance limit and fatigue test.
Non-destructive test (NDT) such as dye penetrant, x-ray and eddy current.

GET 204: Students Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify various basic hands and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement devices
and instruments, and acquire skills in their effective use and maintenance;
2. practically apply basic engineering technologies, including metrology, casting, metal
forming and joining, materials removal, machine tooling (classification, cutting tool action,
cutting forces, non-cutting production) and CNC machining technology;
3. master workshop and industrial safety practices, accident prevention and ergonomics;
4. physically recognise different electrical & electronic components like resistances,
inductances, capacitances, diodes, transistors and their ratings;
5. connect electric circuits, understand different wiring schemes, and check ratings of
common household electrical appliances and their basic maintenance; and
6. determine household and industrial energy consumption, and understand practical energy
conservation measures.

Course Contents
The course comprises general, mechanical and electrical components: supervised hands-on
experience in safe usage of tools and machines for selected tasks; Use of measuring
instruments (calipers, micrometers, gauges, sine bar, wood planners, saws, sanders, and
pattern making). Machine shop: lathe work shaping, milling, grinding, reaming, metal
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry
practice.Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting
processes. Metal forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging, press-
tool work, spinning, etc.). Metal joining processes(welding, brazing and soldering). Heat
treatment. Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory of
metal cutting. Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines.
Supervised identification, use and care of various electrical and electronic components such
as resistors, inductors, capacitors, diodes and transistors. Exposure to different electric
circuits, wiring schemes, analogue and digital electrical and electronic measurements.
Household and industrial energy consumption measurements. Practical energy conservation
principles.

New
Engineering and Technology 750
GET 205: Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to :
1. explain the properties of fluids;
2. determine forces in static fluids and fluids in motion;
3. determine whether a floating body will be stable;
4. determine the effect of various pipe fittings (valves, orifices, bends and elbows) on fluid
flow in pipes;
5. measure flow parameters with venturi meters, orifice meters, weirs;
6. perform calculations based on principles of mass, momentum and energy conservation;
7. perform dimensional analysis and simple fluid modelling problems; and
8. specify the type and capacity of pumps and turbines for engineering applications.

Course Contents
Fluid properties, hydrostatics, fluid dynamics using principles of mass, momentum and energy
conservation from a control volume approach. Flow measurements in pipes, dimensional
analysis, and similitude, 2-dimensional flows. Hydropower systems.

GET 206: Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe basic concepts of thermodynamics, quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second
and third laws;
2. define and explain system, surrounding, closed and open system, control volume and
control mass, extensive and intensive properties;
3. calculate absolute and gage pressure, and absolute temperature, calculate changes in
kinetic, potential, enthalpy and internal energy;
4. evaluate the properties of pure substances i.e. evaluate the state of the pure substances
such as compressed liquid, saturated liquid-vapour mixture and superheated vapour using
property diagrams and tables; arrange the ideal and real gas equations of state,
5. formulate the first law of thermodynamics for a closed system i.e. organize the change in
energy in the closed systems via heat and work transfer;
6. distinguish heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation, and calculate the
amount of heat energy transferred;
7. calculate the changes in moving boundary work, spring work, electrical work and shaft
work in closed systems;
8. apply the first law of thermodynamics for closed systems and construct conservation of
mass and energy equations;
9. formulate the first law of thermodynamics to the open systems i.e. describe steady-flow
open system, apply the first law of thermodynamics to the nozzles, diffusers, turbines,
compressors, throttling valves, mixing chambers, heat exchangers, pipe and duct flow;
10. construct energy and mass balance for unsteady-flow processes;
11. evaluate thermodynamic applications using second law of thermodynamics;
12. calculate thermal efficiency and coefficient of performance for heat engine, refrigerators
and heat pumps; and
13. restate perpetual-motion machines, reversible and irreversible processes.

New
Engineering and Technology 751
Course Contents
Basic concepts, definitions and laws (quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second and third
laws of thermodynamics). Properties of pure substances: the two-property rule (P-V-T
behaviour of pure substances and perfect gases); state diagrams. The principle of
corresponding state; compressibility relations; reduced pressure; reduced volume;
temperature; pseudo-critical constants. The ideal gas: specific heat, polytropic processes.
Ideal gas cycles; Carnot; thermodynamic cycles, turbines, steam and gas, refrigeration. The
first law of thermodynamics – heat and work, applications to open and closed systems. The
steady flow energy equation (Bernoulli’s equation) and application. Second law of
thermodynamics, heat cycles and efficiencies.

GET 208: Strength of Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. recognise a structural system that is stable and in equilibrium;
2. determine the stress-strain relation for single and composite members based on Hooke's
law;
3. estimate the stresses and strains in single and composite members due to temperature
changes;
4. evaluate the distribution of shear forces and bending moments in beams with distributed
and concentrated loads;
5. determine bending stresses and their use in identifying slopes and deflections in beams;
6. use Mohr's circle to evaluate the normal and shear stresses in a multi-dimensional stress
system and transformation of these stresses into strains;
7. evaluate the stresses and strains due to torsion on circular members; and
8. determine the buckling loads of columns under various fixity conditions at the ends.

Course Contents
Consideration of equilibrium; composite members, stress-strain relation. Generalised Hooke's
law. Stresses and strains due to loading and temperature changes. Torsion of circular
members. Shear force, bending moments and bending stresses in beams with symmetrical
and combined loadings. Stress and strain transformation equations and Mohr’s circle. Elastic
buckling of columns.

GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank etc;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and Green’s
theorem;
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical model
of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and

New
Engineering and Technology 752
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation, etc., as well as fourier series, initial conditions and its
applications to different engineering processes

Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.

GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);
2. explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically solve
a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types;
3. numerically solve differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;
4. perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,
curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of
several variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;
5. solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex numbers;
6. apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations
and of results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the theory
of conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
7. evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.

Course Contents
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and
vector-valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary
complex analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity. Derivatives,
differentiation rules and differentiation of integrals. Cauchy-Riemann equation, harmonic
functions, basic theory of conformal mapping, transformation and mapping and its
applications to engineering problems. Special functions.

GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project
through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and

New
Engineering and Technology 753
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas;

Course Contents
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.

GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.

Course Contents
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or
special centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant
practical/industrial working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major.
The students are exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance
of tools, equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production
of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation. (8-10 weeks during the long
vacation following 200 level).

NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of programme-specific

activities for their students.

300 Level

GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in peace
building.

New
Engineering and Technology 754
Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes, etc. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,
community leaders, etc.). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents of
conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and Imperatives.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation, collaboration, etc).
The roles of international organizations in conflict resolution ((a) The United Nations, UN and
its conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council (c) ECOWAS in
peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building. Managing post-
conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs);the role of NGOs in
post-conflict situations/crises.

ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
1. describe the key steps in venture creation;
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.

Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and

New
Engineering and Technology 755
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy, etc. Digital business and e-commerce strategies).

GET 301: Engineering Mathematics III (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
5. demonstrate a clear understanding of the course content, that is, possess a breadth of
knowledge in the area covered;
6. possess an in-depth knowledge upon which a solid foundation can be built in order to
demonstrate a depth of understanding in advanced mathematical topics;
7. develop simple algorithms and use computational proficiency;
8. write simple proofs for theorems and their applications; and
9. communicate the acquired mathematical knowledge effectively in speech, writing and
collaborative groups.

Course Contents
Linear Algebra. Tensor algebra and analysis, Elements of Matrices, Determinants, Inverses of
Matrices, bases representation of tensors. The Euclidean point space and vector spaces.
Theory of Linear Equations. Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors. Analytical Geometry. Basic
transformations: identity, spherical, Projection and Coordinate Transformation as tensors,
Traces, Determinants and other scalar invariants. Equivalent stresses and strains as examples
of scalar invariant. Applications to design, analyses and optimization. Elgenvalues,
Elgeanvectors of tensors. Solid Geometry. Polar, cylindrical and spherical coordinates.
Elements of functions of several variables. Surface Variables. Ordinary Integrals. Evaluation
of Double Integrals, Triple Integrals, Line Integrals and Surface Integrals. Derivation and
Integrals of Vectors. The gradient of scalar and fiels. Flux of Vectors. The curl of a vector field,
Gauss, Greens and Stoke’s theorems and applications: Determinations and applications to field
equations in linear abd nonlinear mechanics. Singular Valued Functions. Multivalued
Functions. Analytical Functions. Cauchy Riemann’s Equations. Singularities and Zeroes.
Contour Integration including the use of Cauchy’s Integral Theorems. Bilinear transformation.

GET 302: Engineering Mathematics IV (3 Units E: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve second order differential equations;
2. solve partial differential equations;
3. solve linear integral equations;
4. relate integral transforms to solution of differential and integral equations;
5. explain and apply interpolation formulas; and
6. apply Runge-Kutta and other similar methods in solving ODE and PDEs.

Course Contents
Series solution of second order linear differential equations with variable coefficients. Bessel
and Legendre equations. Equations with variable coefficients. Sturm-Liouville boundary value
problems. Solutions of equations in two and three dimensions by separation of variables. Eigen
value problems. Use of operations in the solution of partial differential equations and Linear
integral equations. Integral transforms and their inverse including Fourier, Laplace, Mellin and
Handel Transforms. Convolution integrals and Hilbert Transforms. Calculus of finite
differences. Interpolation formulae. Finite difference equations. RungeKutta and other

New
Engineering and Technology 756
methods in the solutions of ODE and PDEs. Numerical integration and differentiation.

GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.

Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis and structure Fog Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A,B,C,D,E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills(steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports(competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.

GET 305: Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. work with data from the point of view of knowledge convergence, machine learning, and
intelligence augmentation, which significantly raises their standard for engineering
analysis (the approach forces them to learn statistics in an actionable way that helps them
to see the holistic importance of data analytics in modern engineering and technology);
2. anticipate the future with Artificial Intelligence while fulfilling the basic requirements of
conventional engineering statistical programming consistent with their future careers;
3. perform, with proficiency, statistical inference tasks with language or programming
toolboxes such as R, Python, Mathematica or MATLAB, and Design Expert to summarise
analysis and interpretation of industry engineering data, and make appropriate conclusions
based on such experimental and/or real-life industrial data;
4. construct appropriate graphical displays of data and highlight the roles of such displays in
data analysis, particularly the use of statistical software packages;

New
Engineering and Technology 757
5. plan and execute experimental programmes to determine the performance of programme-
relevant industrial engineering systems, and evaluate the accuracy of the measurements
undertaken; and
6. demonstrate mastery of data analytics and statistical concepts by communicating the
results of experimental and industry-case investigations, critically reasoned scientific and
professional analysis through written and oral presentation.

Course Contents
Descriptive statistics, frequency distribution, populations and sample, central tendency,
variance data sampling, mean, median, mode, mean deviation, percentiles. Probability.
Binomial, Poisson hyper-geometric, normal distributions. Statistical inference intervals, test
hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big data analytics
and cloud computing applications. Introduction to the R language; R as a calculator; Vectors,
matrices, factors, data frames and other R collections. Iteration and looping control structures.
Conditionals and other controls. Designing, using and extending functions. The Apply Family.
Statistical modelling and inference in R.

GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and Convergent

Technologies (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:
1. explain the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications and effects of artificial
intelligence;
2. explain the fundamental concepts of machine learning, deep learning and convergent
technologies;
3. demonstrate the difference between supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised
learning;
4. demonstrate proficiency in machine learning workflow and how to implement the steps
effectively;
5. explain natural languages, knowledge representation, expert systems and pattern
recognition;
6. describe distributed systems, data and information security and intelligent web
technologies;
7. explain the concept of big data analytics, purpose of studying it, issues that can arise with
a data set and the importance of properly preparing data prior to a machine learning
exercise; and
8. explain the concepts, characteristics, models and benefits, key security and compliance
challenges of cloud computing.

Course Contents
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence paradigms;
search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired algorithms –
examples, their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding
natural languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation, mathematical and logic
foundations of AI; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition; distributed
systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent technologies
– definition, significance and engineering applications. Neural networks and deep learning.
Introduction to python AI libraries.

New
Engineering and Technology 758
GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
7. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three softwares in their chosen career choices;
8. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;
9. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;
10. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
11. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work;
12. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers; and
13. write a general report at the end of the training.

The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work
experience i.e. 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged
in the more advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use
in the industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a
report at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and
encouraged to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities
and experiences to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits
include:

Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine

operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts,
gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, andwooden furniture making processes.

Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solidworks: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with SolidWorks, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solidWorks drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.

A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project.

Examples of projects should include the following:

8. design of machine components;

9. product design and innovation;
10. part modelling and drafting in solidworks; and
11. technical report writing.

New
Engineering and Technology 759
MEE 301: Computer-Aided Design and Manufacture (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. visualise and apply basic drafting fundamentals;
2. prepare and edit engineering drawings;
3. explain the concepts and underlying theory of modelling and the usage of models in
different engineering applications;
4. compare the different types of modelling techniques and explain the central role solid
models play in the successful completion of CAD/CAM-based product development;
5. produce CAD drawings (create accurate and precise geometry of complex engineering
systems and use the geometric models in different engineering applications);
6. use and assess commercial CAD/CAM tools efficiently, effectively and intelligently in
selected engineering applications;
7. take active role in product design and development process as well as prototyping;
8. model 3D part and assemblies using SolidWorks program (or alternative CAD software);
9. analyse the part design using one of the computational methods (e.g. stress analysis) -
calculate part features using math skills;
10. demonstrate proficiency in the concepts of computer-aided manufacturing and a number
of applied associated processes; and
11. explain the basic concepts of CNC programming and machining.

Course Contents
Introduction to computer aided design (CAD). Basic data structuring technique. Computer
graphics. Geometric transformation techniques. Mathematical bases for surface modeling:
curves, surfaces and solids. Principles of solid modeling and application. CAD software.
Introduction to CAM: Relation between production volume and flexibility. Various
manufacturing systems – batch, mass, group, cellular and flexible manufacturing systems.
Type of automation and benefits of soft or flexible automation. Automation in material
handling and assembly. CNC machines: Introduction, classification, design and control
features including interpolations. Numerical control and NC part-programming. Introduction
to Robotics: Definitions, motivation, historical development. Basic structure, classification,
workspace, drives, controls, sensors, grippers, specifications. Manual CNC programming
(milling and turning). Basic and advanced CAD/CAM for CNC (milling and turning). Group
project assignment.

400 Level

GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units: C; PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme.
2. Demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.
Course Contents

In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering

New
Engineering and Technology 760
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units: C; LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies.
2. Describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to
the society.
3. Demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices.
4. Prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review
5. Discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation.
6. Determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:
1. be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
2. bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work
methods and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways
of safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;
3. experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work and
the environment seamlessly,and expose them to contacts for eventual job placements
after graduation;
4. be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place
of engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them;
and
5. exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not
necessarily limited to the student’s major (24 weeks from the end of the first semester at
400-Level to the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second
semester at 400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a
programme related industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc, for a period of 6
months under the guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised
by an academic staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits
the completed Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also, there will be a
comprehensive report covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences

New
Engineering and Technology 761
(GET 299, GET 399 and GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department
for overall assessment.

MEE 401: Mechanical (Machine) Engineering Design II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Leaning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in the principles of design;
2. demonstrate proficiency in the selection of materials for design;
3. carry out simple stress analysis; and
4. demonstrate proficiency in principles of coupling, clutches and brakes.

Course Contents
Journal bearings. Application of Hertz stress theory. Fluid couplings. Lubrication mechanics:
hydrodynamic theory applied to tapered wedge and journal bearings and hydrostatic
lubrication applied to journal bearings. Gears and power transmission systems. Elements of
fluid power system design. Design of cylinders, pipes and pipe joints, tubes, plates and
flywheel. Seals, packaging, gaskets and shields. Failure analysis; various types of joints,
design of machine elements; system design, design of gear systems; material selection in
design; design; design and production matching; optimisation in design D

MEE 402 Theory (Mechanics) of Machines II (2 Units E: LH 30)

Leaning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the forces acting on a mechanism and the resolution of the forces;
2. demonstrate understanding of the performance of various mechanisms and principal
machine elements as regards their kinematics and dynamics;
3. identify the types of motion and their applications;
4. identify forces on shaft and bearing due to single revolving mass;
5. demonstrate procedure for balancing several masses in different transverse planes;
6. prepare professional quality solutions and presentations to effectively communicate the
results of analysis and design;
7. translate ideas and imaginations into conceptual designs using the tools of
conventional engineering drawings and computer aided designs; and
8. use the knowledge of the course to solve real life problems related to production processes
and to develop machines.

Course Contents
Force analysis of mechanisms, fluctuation of kinetic energy and inertial effects. Complete static
and dynamic analysis. Flexible shaft couplings: belt, rope and chain drives. The flywheel and
mechanical governors. Brakes and dynamometers. Balancing of multi-cylinder engines.
Balancing of machinery. Vibration of machinery; free and forced vibration, damping, natural
frequencies and critical speeds. Transverse vibrations of beams, whirling of shafts and
torsional vibrations.

MEE 403: Applied Engineering Thermodynamics (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. apply the knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals to model the
energy conversion phenomenon;

New
Engineering and Technology 762
2. identify fuel types, availability, utilisation and its conversion to energy, understand fuel
chemistry, combustion analysis, develop combustion equations and conduct exhaust and
flue gas analysis in the laboratory;
3. identify enthalpy changes, determine heating values of fuels, steam generators;
4. identify type of boilers, fuels and combustion controls in boilers and power plant efficiency;
5. perform air standard cycle analysis, refrigeration and heat pump cycles and demonstrate
their various application in internal combustion engines/refrigeration systems;
6. demonstrate proficiency in energy analysis, fuel combustion and thermal systems design;
and
7. provide solution to thermodynamic problems in HVAC systems, power plant, engines or
renewable energy technology.

Course Contents
Multistage reciprocating compressors. Rotary compressors – centrifugal and axial-flow;
stagnation properties. Simple gas turbine plant. The steam power plant. Combustion of fuels;
chemistry of common hydrocarbon fuels, combustion with deficiency or excess air. Thermo-
chemistry: Hess’ Law of Heat Summation; heats of combustion and reaction; ideal adiabatic
flame temperature. Reciprocating internal combustion engines. General thermodynamics
relations. Kinetic theory of gas. Mixture of gases, psychometry, air-conditioning and cooling
towers. Introduction to heat transfer.

MEE 404: Applied Fluid Mechanics (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the various types of fluids and flows;
2. carry out simple calculations on floating and submerged surfaces;
3. explain the concept of fluid machinery for prototype development;
4. explain concepts of boundary layer;
5. explain and derive the Navier–Stokes equation for conservation of momentum and
conservation of mass for Newtonian fluids;
6. describe machines that transfer energy between a rotors and a fluids;
7. identify pump types performed by simple pump selection, including both turbines and
compressors; and
8. perform simple CDD grid processing, calculations and result processing.

Course Contents
Unsteady flow; oscillation in U-tube; surge tank; water hammer. Open-channel flows.
Introductory concepts of boundary layer and re-circulating flows, mathematical derivation of
Navier-stokes equations and its application. Dimensional analysis and similitude. Introduction
to turbo machinery; characteristic curve for axial-flow and centrifugal pumps, fans, blowers,
impulse and reaction turbines. Pump selection and application. Pipeline systems (Series and
Parallel). Open channel flow. Overview of computational fluid dynamics (CFD)

MEE 405: Heat and Mass Transfer II (3 Units E: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the principle of heat by diffusion under steady or unsteady conditions;
2. explain continuity and momentum equations and their roles in convection heat transfer
analysis;
3. recognise convection heat transfer in laminar and turbulent flows;

New
Engineering and Technology 763
4. determine heat transfer coefficients in internal and external flows;
5. identify dimensionless groups in convection heat transfer;
6. identify combined modes of heat transfer;
7. perform simple heat exchanger analysis and design;
8. demonstrate an understanding of heat and mass transfer modes and models;
9. demonstrate understanding of the different types of interface reactions;
10. explain comparison of Fick’s and Fourier’s laws and similarities between conduction and
mass transfer in stationary systems; and
11. apply principles of heat and mass transfer phenomena to selected processes.

Course Contents
Convection heat transfer: Newton’s law of cooling. Energy equation of convection.
Continuity and momentum equations and their roles in convection heat transfer analysis.
Convection heat transfer in laminar and turbulent flows. Internal and external flows. Heat
transfer coefficients. Dimensional analysis and dimensionless groups in convection heat
transfer. Convection heat transfer correlations. Heat exchanger analysis and design. Combined
modes of heat transfer.
Mass transfer: Mechanisms of mass transfer. Fick’s law of mass diffusion. General diffusion
law. Rate equations. Comparison of Fick’s and Fourier’s laws. Equations of mass transfer in
stationary systems. Similarities between conduction and mass transfer in stationary systems.
Mass transfer coefficient. Electrical analogy of mass transfer. Equimolal counter diffusion.
Drying and humidification of solids and gases. Types of dryers. Evaporation. Mass transfer
correlations in convective systems.

MEE 406: Advanced Mechanics of Materials (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the theory, concepts, principles and governing equations of solid mechanics;
2. demonstrate the ability to deconstruct complex problems to produce effective outcomes;
3. perform simple analysis on thick cylinders; compound cylinders, rotating disks and bending
of flat plates;
4. perform simple analysis on beams on an elastic foundation;
5. explain two-dimensional theory of elasticity and apply to elastoplastic problems;
6. use analytical, experimental and computational tools needed to solve the idealised
problem;
7. Use these solutions to guide a corresponding design, manufacture, or failure analysis;
8. explain the selection, design and stress analysis of composite materials;
9. analyse the stresses in simple structures as used in industry, and
10. use interpersonal understanding, teamwork and communication skills working on group
assignments.

Course Contents
Thick cylinders; compound cylinders. Rotating disks. Bending of flat plates. Beams on an
elastic foundation. Membrane stresses in shells of revolution. Two-dimensional theory of
elasticity. Elastoplastic problems and limit theory.

500 level

GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes

New
Engineering and Technology 764
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
4. possess the skills needed for project management; and
5. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.

Course Contents
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons – functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.
Project planning, control and timeliness;decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.

New
Engineering and Technology 765
GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
5. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;
6. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions;
7. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications; and
8. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principles undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically
present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an
expert witness.

Course Contents
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.
Termination/cancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.
MEE 503: Applied Design (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in systematic scientific design methodology;
2. demonstrate creative application of the design process to engineering problems;
3. demonstrate proficiency in design for the manufacture of complete mechanical systems
and devices;
4. undertake a group design project;
5. submit reports showing all calculations, justification for choice of design and instructions
on detail design, manufacture, testing and use; and
6. demonstrate use and evaluation of a CAD/CAM software package in the actual
manufacturing design project.

Course Contents
Scientific Design Methodology: creative application of the design process to engineering
problems with emphasis on the manufacture of complete systems to accomplish overall
objectives of minimum weight, high efficiency while satisfying the design constraints. An
appreciation of the process of engineering design, and of systematic procedures and tools
usable in the design process, with particular reference to mechanical systems and devices.
Topics include systematic problem definition, search for possible solutions, statistical analysis
of stress/strength interference, experiment planning techniques, optimum design for minimum
weight and cost, and management of the design process. Design Project: Students will be
required to conduct a design project under supervision, using the presented techniques, and
taking at least to a workable layout drawing of a device. The design should involve simple
mechanical systems (e.g. testing and assembling devices, heat drive, etc.) for a specified duty,
analyse its operating conditions and after considering the design criteria, choose between

New
Engineering and Technology 766
potential solutions. Reports submitted by students should contain all calculations, a
comparison of potential solutions, justification for the design finally chosen, and instructions
on detail design, manufacture, testing and use. Use and evaluation of several CAD/CAM
software packages. Students will gain experience with CAD/CAM software while carrying out
an actual manufacturing design project.

MEE 509: Project (6 Units C: LH/PH 270)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify an engineering research problem;
2. demonstrate proficiency in PowerPoint presentation in a seminar;
3. demonstrate a methodology for actualising aims and objectives of a research project;
4. partake in a group research project efficiently; and
5. submit report comprising a topic, abstract, problem statement, aims and objectives,
methodology, experimentation and/or analysis, results and analysis, conclusion and
recommendation.

Course Contents
Final-year projects are assigned at the beginning of each academic year. Each final year
student chooses a project supervisor in consultation with the final-year project coordinator.
The process is entirely interactive, but the coordinator ensures that there is an even
distribution of students amongst the lecturers. The final topic is decided by the student and
his supervisor, selected from the fields of mechanics of solids and fluids, materials science,
machine design, heat power, heat transfer, production technology, industrial engineering and
management. Each student presents at least two seminars as part of their final year project,
usually at the beginning and ending of the second semester. Each student is required to
submit a report of their findings and undergo an oral examination. All seminars are scored by
a panel of lecturers.

Minimum Academic Standards

Equipment
Common Facilities
1. University Libraries
2. Lecture Theatres and Lecture Rooms
3. Laboratories/ Central Workshops
4. Drawing Studio
5. Computer-Aided Graphics Laboratory
6. Faculty Computer Laboratory
7. Industrial Training Coordinator’s Office.
8. Laboratories for Some General Engineering Courses

Laboratories/Workshops
General Workshop
Drawing and Design Studio
Mechanics of Machines
Strength of Materials
Thermodynamics
Fluid Mechanics
Metallurgy

General Workshop Equipment

New
Engineering and Technology 767
Fitting & Machining Section
1. Work benches with vices for metal work
2. Tool boxes containing hand tools such as screw drivers, wrenches, hammers, hacksaws,
files, centre punch, chisel, scrapers, etc.
3. Lathe machines
4. CNC lathe machine
5. Milling machines
6. CNC milling machine
7. Drilling machines
8. Grinding machines
9. Folding machines
10. Power hacksaw
11. Shaping machines
12. Tennoning machine
13. Vertical mortising machine
14. Dovetailing machine
15. Vernier Callipers and Micrometer Screw Gauges
16. Sheet metal folding machine

Foundry Section
1. Furnaces (heat treatment facility)
2. Casting facilities

Welding & Fabrication Section

1. Arc welding machines and accessories
2. Gas welding facilities
3. Safety goggles, eye and ear protectors
4. Pop riveting machine
5. Guillotine cutting Machine
6. Rolling machine, etc.
7. Spot welding machines

Carpentry & Woodwork Section (Wood processing machines and equipment)

1. Band saw, radial arm saw and circular saw
2. Surfacing machine
3. Mortise machine
4. Thicknessing/Planing machine
5. Wood Lathe machine
6. Portable sander machine
7. Jig saw, rip saw, cross-cut saw, panel saw, tenon saw, compass saw
8. Drilling machine
9. Chest drill
10. Spraying machine
11. Oil stone
12. Wood workbenches with vices
13. G clamp, F clamp, Sash clamp
14. Jack planes, smooth planes
15. Other hand tools such as tri square, claw hammer, pincer, marking gauge, mortise gauge,
spirit level, flat chisel, wood rasp, round chisel, wood mallet, spoke shave, screw drivers,
tape rule, scraper.
Electrical/Electronic Section

New
Engineering and Technology 768
1. Water distillers
2. Hydrometers
3. Multimeters, voltmeters, ammeters and clamp meters
4. Soldering irons
5. Battery chargers
6. Standard tool boxes for electrical and electronics works
7. Electrical/electronics data books
8. Oscilloscopes
9. Tachometers and phase sequence meters
10. Logic probes
11. Etching machines complete with accessories
12. Coil winding machine, etc.

Drawing and Design Studio

1. Drawing tables and chairs
2. Drawing boards, T-squares and instruments
3. Automatic drafting machine
4. Drafting gadgets, stencils, etc
5. Automatic stencil cutter
6. Computer graphics and design hall with necessary design software (e.g. Fusion 360
(AutoCAD) software, SolidWorks, Solid Edge or equivalent
7. 3-D printer

Mechanics of Machines Laboratory

1. Free oscillation of point and distributed masses (Simple and Compound Pendulum)
2. Quick return mechanisms (Whitworth), Scotted line slider-crank, scoth yoke Geneva stop
3. Power transmission systems (belts, gears, shafts and clutches).
4. Coefficient of friction apparatus (belt, drive, slipping friction)
5. Free and force vibration of single degree of freedom systems with and without damping
6. Static and dynamic balancing systems
7. Power regulation (by Flywheel and Governors)
8. Demonstration of coriolis and centrifugal forces
9. Gyroscopic motion
10. Journal bearings
11. Vibration and Noise test set up.

Strength of Materials Laboratory

1. Apparatus for tensile, compression and torsion tests
2. Simple bending apparatus
3. Unsymmetrical bending apparatus
4. Impact tests apparatus
5. Elastic behaviour of thin- and thick-walled pressure vessels
6. Creep and fatigue
7. Theories of failure
8. Helical springs
9. Deflection of curved beams
10. Columns and struts
11. Strain gauging and photo-elastic behaviour.

Thermodynamics Laboratory

New
Engineering and Technology 769
1. Temperature measurement apparatus
2. Power measurement apparatus (compressor, dynamometer etc)
3. Pressure measurement apparatus
4. Steam boiler
5. Equilibrium of mixtures of air and steam, quality of wet steam
6. IC engine apparatus
7. Calorific values of fuels
8. Analysis of products of combustion
9. Gas and bomb calorimeters
10. Gas and steam turbine apparatus
11. Heat-exchange apparatus
12. Free and forced convection heat and mass transfer systems
13. Thermal conductivity apparatus
14. Apparatus for the determination of radiative properties of materials
15. Jet propulsion systems
16. Vapour power cycles
17. Positive displacement engines and compressors
18. Refrigeration and Air-conditioning cycles

Fluid Mechanics Laboratory

1. Manometry
2. Hydrostatic forces on plane and curved surfaces
3. Forced vortex apparatus
4. Stability of floating bodies
5. Meter calibration and flow test set up
6. Hydraulic test benches
7. Nozzle and orifice flow apparatus
8. Laminar and turbulent flow in pipes
9. Friction loss in pipes
10. Heat losses in pipe fittings
11. Flow visualisation apparatus
12. Flow of fluid round bodies
13. Hydraulic power circuitry and measurement units
14. Reciprocating pump system
15. Centrifugal pump system
16. Pelton wheel
17. Resistance to motion of air through banks of finned and unfinned tubes
18. Calibration and performance of flow measurement devices
19. Subsonic wind tunnel and accessories
20. Supersonic flow apparatus

Metallurgy Laboratory
1. Apparatus for visualisation of atomic and crystal structures
2. Cooling curve apparatus
3. Simple metallography
4. Simple heat treatment apparatus
5. Apparatus for creep, hardness and fracture tests
6. X-ray crystallography equipment
7. Electric microscope
8. High power metallurgical microscope with camera unit

New
Engineering and Technology 770
Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalent
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15 Units per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practicals
and supervision of projects.

NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees, hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personnel

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practicals
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.

Administrative Support Staff

The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.

Technical Support Personnel

The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation and
maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.

Minimum Number of Staff

Subject to the general standards specified by NUC:
1. there should be a minimum of two PhDs and four M.Eng degree holders full-time academic
staff to mount the programme;
2. each workshop or laboratory should have an adequate number of staff with the right mix,
such that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run efficiently; and
3. there should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate calibre for
the office of the Head of Department to run.

Student/Staff Ratio
The minimum staff-to-student ratio should be 1:15 from 200 level to 500 level.
library
Subject to the general standards specified by NUC, the central and/or faculty/departmental
libraries should have:

1. physical holdings of current books in the relevant fundamental science and engineering
subject areas;
2. physical holdings of current books in the core mechanical engineering subject areas;

New
Engineering and Technology 771
3. physical holdings of current journals in the core mechanical engineering subject areas;
4. e-subscription of current books in the relevant fundamental science and engineering
subject areas;
5. e-subscription of current books in the core mechanical engineering subject areas; and
6. e-subscription of current journals in the core mechanical engineering subject areas.

classrooms, Laboratories, Workshops, Clinics and Offices

The NUC recommends the following physical space requirement:

Academic m2
Professor’s Office 18.50
Head of Department’s Office 18.50
Tutorial Teaching Staff Space 13.50
Other Teaching Staff Space 7.00
Technical Staff Space 7.00
Science Staff Research Laboratory 16.50
Engineering Staff Research Laboratory 14.50
Seminar Space per student 1.85
Drawing Office Space (A.O. Board) (Per Student) 4.60
Drawing Office Space (A.I. Board) (Per Student) 3.70
Laboratory Space 7.50
Non-Academic
Secretarial Space 7.00

Office Facilities
S/No Office No in Room Facilities
1. HOD 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
2. Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit.
4. Senior 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
Lecturer computer unit.
5. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.

6. Lecturer II 3 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves

New
Engineering and Technology 772
B.Eng. Mechatronics Engineering
Overview
Mechatronics Engineering is a branch of engineering that deals with developing products,
systems and processes that involve a synergistic integration of aspects of mechanical (such
as hydraulic and pneumatic), electronic (as in sensors and communication) and electrical
engineering (control), computing, robotics, and information technology. Application areas of
mechatronics include such diverse fields as in medical and agricultural equipment, military
hardware, oil and gas, automobile, home and industrial automation. The multidisciplinary
nature of mechatronics entails design principles, processes, models, tool-sets and philosophy
that are unique to mechatronics engineers. This enables the design and development of
simpler, more economical and reliable systems Mechatronics ensures the production of high-
quality systems and equipment with high precision and accuracy and improved production
processes through automation. Due to their multidisciplinary skills, mechatronics engineers
are on high demand worldwide. Topics covered include mechanism design, motor and sensor
integration and theory, micro-controller programming using numerous sensors and actuators,
mechanics prototyping, and design. Students will work in teams to complete a hardware-
based final project.

The programme has a unique balance of critical analytical subjects and professional skills,
which enables students to graduate with the confidence to face challenging engineering
situations in the industry. The management skills necessary to operate successfully as a
multidisciplinary engineer in modern industry are promoted and developed at all the stages of
the course.

Philosophy
The general philosophy of the Mechatronics Engineering programme is to produce graduates
with high academic and soft skills competence, which can adequately participate, transform,
impact on the engineering and allied industries in accordance with National and Global
community values, including National Policy on Industrialisation and Self-Reliance. Hence, the
programme aims to produce graduates with sufficient academic background and adequate
practical experience to solve engineering problems.

Objectives
The prgramme's overall objective is to provide students with relevant skills in designing and
prototyping of mechatronic or robotic system to accomplish specific tasks or challenge. On
completion of the programme, successful students should be able to:

1. demonstrate systematic knowledge and understanding of essential facts, concepts,

theories and principles of mechatronics engineering and of the broader multidisciplinary
engineering context and its underpinning science and mathematics;
2. apply knowledge of Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics (STEM)
fundamentals to the Mechatronics Engineering-related problems;
3. demonstrate practical engineering skills in the design and development of mechatronics
products;
4. demonstrate the ability to apply appropriate quantitative science and engineering tools to
analysing problems;
5. demonstrate creative/innovative ability in the synthesis of solutions and in formulating
designs;
6. demonstrate an understanding of different roles within a team and to exercise leadership;

New
Engineering and Technology 773
7. display well-developed critical thinking capabilities, including analysing, evaluating and
critically reflecting on information, decisions and behaviour to enable strategic thinking
and adaptability in a constantly changing global environment;
8. create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources and modern engineering and
IT tools, including prediction and modelling, to complex engineering activities, to
understand their limitations;
9. apply independent learning skills that encourage the regular accessing of new knowledge
and information;
10. use effective written communication and well-developed interpersonal skills;
11. design, specify, plan, organise, and implement a mechatronics system;
12. compare, contrast and evaluate alternative approaches to mechatronics system designs.
13. plan the extension and upgrading of the existing mechatronics system effectively.
14. demonstrate a critical awareness and evaluation of current research within engineering;
15. develop entrepreneurial skills and adequate training in human and organisational skills
with a spirit of self-reliance to set up their businesses; and
16. possess the appropriate skills and knowledge to pursue further study and professional
development opportunities.

Unique Features of the Programme

Some unique features of the programme include:
1. stimulating intellect and encouraging students towards developing ingenuity and
originality in problem solving;
2. encouraging students to maintain intellectual curiosity that will motivate them to pursue
meaningful lifelong learning; and
3. equiping students with the relevant intellectual capacity, contemporary software
proficiency, communication, entrepreneurial and
4. other relevant soft skills like teamwork, flexibility, adaptability and interpersonal knack to
engage effectively in engineering practice, business and in leadership roles

Employability Skills
Mechatronics engineers work in companies and firms that require hi-tech input into what they
are developing. They may work in a laboratory, a processing plant or an engineering office
and research opportunities in emerging fields like bioengineering, nanotechnology, and
robotics. Typical job responsibilities of mechatronic engineers are:

1. developing new solutions to industrial problems using mechanical and electronic processes
and computer technology;
2. design and building entirely new products by integrating various technologies, for
example, developing robotic vehicles for underwater exploration;
3. building and testing factory production lines by introducing automation to improve existing
processes;
4. maintaining and improving on previous industrial and manufacturing processes and
designs, for example, robotic lawnmowers and robot floor cleaners;
5. designing, developing, maintaining and managing high technology engineering systems
for the automation of industrial tasks;
6. applying mechatronics or automated solutions to the transfer of material, components or
finished goods;
7. applying advanced control systems, which are usually computer-driven;
8. apply electronics and mechanical processes and computers to tasks where the use of
human labour may be dangerous (like underwater exploration, mining or forestry);
9. studying the feasibility, cost implications and performance benefits of new mechatronics
equipment; and

New
Engineering and Technology 774
10. carrying out the modelling, simulation, and analysis of complex mechanical, electronic or
other engineering systems using computers.

21st Century Skills

The programme has emphasised 21st-century skills -- problem-solving, collaboration
(teamwork), digital literacy, communication, learning to learn/metacognition, creativity and
innovation, information literacy, critical thinking/decision making, artificial intelligence (AI)
through collaborative research projects and group assignments.

Admission and Graduation Requirements

Admission Requirements
Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
1. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
2. Direct Entry (DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

For the five-year degree programme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must include English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

Direct Entry (DE) Mode

For four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit passes
which must include English Language, Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry, candidates with
at least two passes in relevant subjects (Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry) at the GCE
Advanced Level or IJMB or JUPEB may be considered for admission. Candidates who have
good National Diploma (ND) result in relevant Engineering Technology programmes may also
be considered for admission into 200 level. Holders of upper credit pass and above at Higher
National Diploma (HND) level, are eligible for consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:
1. Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of 150
and maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5–year engineering degree programme.
Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters.
2. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode shall have registered for a minimum
of 120 and a maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4–year engineering degree
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic semesters.
3. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode at 300-Level shall have registered for
a minimum of 90 and a maximum of 120 units of courses during a 3–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of 6 academic
semesters.
4. The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units respectively.
5. A student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by the
university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.

New
Engineering and Technology 775
6. A student shall also have earned the 15 credit units of Students Industrial Work Experience
Scheme (SIWES), 8 credit units of University General Study courses and four credit units
of Entrepreneurship courses.

For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered,
whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the
computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it
or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each and all
attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.
Prerequisite courses must be taken and passed before a particular course at a higher level.
Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME, 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 200-Level
and 11 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 300-Level.
Global Course Structure
Level GST/ENT Basic Discipline/ Programme SIWES* Total
Science GET (MCE) Units
100 4 16 3 2 - 25
200 4 - 29 - 3 36
300 4 - 18 2 4 28
400 - - 2 10 6 18
500 - - 5 6 - 11
Total 12 16 55 22 (13)* 105

*All 11 SIWES units and 2 units of Engineering Valuation credited in the 2nd Semester
of 400-level, and not added to CCMAS Credit units.

100 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 15 45
GST 113 Nigerian Peoples and Culture 2 C 30 -
GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C 15 -
GET 102 Engineering Graphics & Solid Modelling 2 C 15 45
CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C 30 -
CHM 102 General Chemistry II 2 C 30
CHM 107 General Practical Chemistry I 1 C - 45
CHM 108 General Practical Chemistry II 1 C - 45
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 2 C 30 -
MTH102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C 30 -
PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C 30 -
PHY 103 General Physics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 107 General Practical Physics I 1 C - 45
PYH 108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45
MCE 101 Introduction to Mechatronics 2 C 30 -
Engineering
Total 25 C

New
Engineering and Technology 776
200 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence 2 C 30 -
ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and Innovation 2 C 30 -
GET 201 Applied Electricity I 3 C 45 -
GET 202 Engineering Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 203 Engineering Graphics & Solid Modelling 3 C 15 45
II
GET 204 Students Workshop Practice 2 C 45 -
GET 205 Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 3 C 45 -
GET 206 Fundamentals of Thermodynamics 3 C 45 -
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 45 -
GET 210 Engineering Mathematics II 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing and Software Engineering 3 C 30 45
MEE 207 Applied Mechanics 3 C 45 -
*GET 299 SIWES 3 C 9 Weeks
Total 36

300 Level
Course Code Course Titb Units Status LH PH
GST 312 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 45 -
ENT 312 Venture Creation 2 C 15 45
GET 301 Engineering Mathematics III 3 C 30 -
GET 302 Engineering Mathematics IV 3 C 45 -
GET 304 Technical Writing and Communication 3 C 45 -
(including Seminar Presentation Skills)
GET 305 Engineering Statistics and Data 3 C 45 -
Analytics
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems and 3 C 30 45
Technology
GET 307 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, 3 C 45 -
Machine Learning and Convergent
Technologies
MCE 321 Design of Mechatronics and Robotics 2 C 30 -
Systems I
*GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 Weeks
Total 28

400 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status L PH

GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 C 90

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Costing 2 C 30
MCE 401 Computer Vision and Image 2 C 30 -
Processing
MCE 403 Micro controller and Embedded 2 C 30 -
Systems
MCE 405 Control Engineering 2 C 15 45
MCE 407 Industrial Automation & Control 2 C 30 -

New
Engineering and Technology 777
 MCE 409 Sensors and Actuators 2 C 30 -
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 wks
Total 18

SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

500 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GET 501 Engineering Project Management 3 C 45 -
GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -
MCE 501 Design of Mechatronics and 2 E - 90
Robotics Systems II
MCE 590 BEng Project 6 C - 27

Total 11

Course Contents and Learning Outcomes

100 Level

GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.

Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology); English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations); major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional); grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality). Reading
and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking; reasoning
methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy, generalisation and
explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements. Writing activities
(pre-writing (brainstorming and outlining), writing (paragraphing, punctuation and

New
Engineering and Technology 778
expression), post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing (summary, essays,
letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making). Mechanics of writing. Information and
Communication Technology in modern language learning. Language skills for effective
communication. The art of public speaking.

GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;
2. identify and list the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
3. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political entity;
4. analyse the concepts of trade and economic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation to
national development;
5. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian state regarding nation building;
6. analyse the role of the judiciary in upholding fundamental human rights
7. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria; and
8. list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems

Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and cultures;
peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria; nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system; indigenous apprenticeship system among
Nigerian peoples; trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justice and national
development (definition and classification of law); Judiciary and fundamental rights.
Individuals, norms and values (basic Nigerian norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition; citizenship and civic responsibilities; indigenous languages, usage and
development; negative attitudes and conducts [Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices]). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3Rs – Reconstruction, Rehabilitation
and Re-orientation; re-orientation strategies: Operation Feed the Nation (OFN), Green
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline and Corruption (WAIC), Mass
Mobilization for Self-Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery (MAMSER), National
Orientation Agency (NOA). Current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria.

GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs); and
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.

Course Contents
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),

New
Engineering and Technology 779
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.

GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple everyday and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength and cost;
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical and
other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the analytical
nature of the courses they take;and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.

Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete terms.
Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3D objects.
Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and perspectives.
Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection and rendering.
This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid works, solid edge
or equivalent.

CHM 102: General Chemistry II (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the importance and development of organic chemistry;
2. define fullerenes and its applications;
3. discuss electronic theory;
4. determine the qualitative and quantitative of structures in organic chemistry;
5. state rules guiding nomenclature and functional group classes of organic chemistry;
6. determine the rate of reaction to predict mechanisms of reaction;
7. identify classes of organic functional group with brief description of their chemistry;
8. discuss comparative chemistry of group 1A, IIA and IVA elements; and
9. describe basic properties of transition metals.

Course Contents
Historical survey of the development and importance of organic chemistry; fullerenes as fourth
allotrope of carbon, uses as nanotubules, nanostructures, nanochemistry. Electronic theory in
organic chemistry. Isolation and purification of organic compounds; determination of

New
Engineering and Technology 780
structures of organic compounds including qualitative and quantitative analysis in organic
chemistry; nomenclature and functional group classes of organic compounds. Introductory
reaction mechanism and kinetics. Stereochemistry. The chemistry of alkanes, alkenes,
alkynes, alcohols, ethers, amines, alkyl halides, nitriles, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids
and derivatives. The chemistry of selected metals and non-metals. Comparative chemistry of
group IA, IIA and IVA elements. Introduction to transition metal chemistry.

CHM 107: General Practical Chemistry I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correct carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. state the differences between primary and secondary standards;
5. perform redox titration;
6. record observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions.

Course Contents
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.

CHM 108: General Practical Chemistry II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correctly carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. identify and carry out preliminary tests which include ignition, boiling point, melting point,
test on known and unknown organic compounds;
5. carry out solubility tests on known and unknown organic compounds;
6. carry out elemental tests on known and unknown compounds; and
7. carry out functional group/confirmatory test on known and unknown compounds which
could be acidic/basic/ neutral organic compounds.

Course Contents
Continuation of CHM 107. Additional laboratory experiments to include functional group
analysis, quantitative analysis using volumetric methods.

MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:
1. define and explain set, subset, union, intersection, complements, and demonstrate the
use of Venn diagrams;
2. solve quadratic equations;
3. solve trigonometric functions;
4. identify various types of numbers; and

New
Engineering and Technology 781
5. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

New
Engineering and Technology 782
Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers. Mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.

MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
2. recognise and understand the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and
continuity;
3. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes;
4. solve function of a real variable, plot relevant graphs, identify limits and idea of continuity;
5. identify the derivative as limit of rate of change;
6. identify techniques of differentiation and perform extreme curve sketching;
7. identify integration as an inverse of differentiation;
8. identify methods of integration and definite integrals; and
9. perform integration application to areas, volumes.

Course Contents
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative, as limit of
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve sketching,
integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes (including
approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule).

PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular momentum;
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

Course Contents
Space and time; units and dimension, vectors and scalars, differentiation of vectors:
displacement, velocity and acceleration; kinematics; Newton’s laws of motion (inertial frames,
impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation); relative motion; application
of Newtonian mechanics; equations of motion; conservation principles in physics,
conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy, system of particles, centre of mass; rotational motion; torque, vector product,
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum. Polar coordinates; conservation

New
Engineering and Technology 783
of angular momentum; circular motion; moments of inertia, gyroscopes and precession;
gravitation: Newton’s law of gravitation, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion, gravitational
potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits.

PHY 103: General Physics III (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing macroscopic
behaviour;
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Contents
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.

PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Contents
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis should
be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection,
analysis, and deduction.

New
Engineering and Technology 784
PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs;
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.

Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction.

MCE 101: Introduction to Mechatronics Engineering

(2 Units C: LH 15)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the characteristics and components of mechatronics systems;
2. discuss recent trends in Mechatronics;
3. describe the techniques used in designing a mechatronics process;
4. identify, select, and integrate mechatronics components to meet product requirements;
and
5. develop kinematic, dynamic and control models for robots.

Course Contents
Introduction to mechatronics systems -- Measurement Systems, Control Systems,
Microprocessor-based Controllers. Sensors and Transducers – Performance Terminology –
Sensors for Displacement, Position and Proximity; Velocity, Motion, Force, Fluid Pressure,
Liquid Level. Temperature, Light Sensors – Selection of Sensors. Pneumatic and Hydraulic
Systems – Directional Control Valves – Rotary Actuators. Mechanical Actuation Systems –
Cams – Gear Trains – Ratchet and Pawl – Belt and Chain Drives – Bearings. Electrical Actuation
Systems – Mechanical Switches – Solid State Switches – Solenoids – DC Motors – AC Motors
– Stepper Motors. Introduction to Robot and Robotics, Three laws of robotics, History, Issues
of industrial robot usage, Robot Types, limitations, Architecture and Configuration of Robots,
Applications of Robots, Robots Classification, Robot Repeatability and Accuracy, Robot
component, Degree of freedom, Drive Technologies, Coordinate Systems, three related
frames, Rotational about fixed frames (x,y,z). Transformation of Coordinate Frame, Forward
Kinematics, Orientations, Translation of rigid body. Introduction to robotics, mobile robots,
swamp robot and industrial robots, Robot Mechanisms, Actuators and Drive Systems,
Differential Motion, Statics and dynamics, Force and Compliance Controls, Realistic and Safe
Use of Robots.

New
Engineering and Technology 785
200 Level

GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge, and
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.

Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding.
ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes

At the end of this course, students should be able to:

1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence;
4. engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
5. identify key elements in innovation;
6. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
7. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
8. state the basic principles of e-commerce.

Course Contents
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation

New
Engineering and Technology 786
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.

GET 201: Applied Electricity I (3 Units C: LH 30, PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. discuss the fundamental concepts of electricity and electrical d.c. circuits;
2. state, explain and apply the basic d.c. circuit theorems;
3. explain the basic a.c. circuit theory and
4. apply to solution of simple circuits.

Course contents
Fundamental concepts: Electric fields, charges, magnetic fields. current, B-H curves Kirchhoff’s
laws, superposition. Thevenin, Norton theorems, Reciprocity, RL, RC, RLC circuits. DC, AC
bridges, Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance measurement, Transducers, Single phase
circuits, Complex j - notation, AC circuits, impedance, admittance, susceptance.
GET 202: Engineering Materials (3 Units E: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate the role of atoms and molecules (aggregates of atoms) in the building of
solid/condensed matter known as engineering materials, the electrons quantum numbers
and how the electrons are arranged in different atomic elements, and explain the role of
electronic configuration and valence electrons in bonding;
2. define metals, alloys and metalloids, demonstrate mental picture of the solid mineral
resources development as a relay race among four ‘athletes’: geologist, mining engineer,
mineral processing technologist, process metallurgical engineer, and classify metallurgical
engineering into 3Ps: process, physical and production;
3. explain the relationship between structure and properties of materials, characteristics,
components and compositions of phase diagrams and phase transformations of solid
solutions;
4. define ceramics, glass and constituents of glasses and understand application of ceramics
in mining, building, art and craft industries;
5. define and classify polymers as a class of engineering materials and polymeric materials,
demonstrate polymerisation reactions, their types and mechanism, and applications of
polymers;
6. define properties, types and application of composite materials and fibres (synthetic and
natural);
7. define and classify nanomaterials, demonstrate applications of nanomaterials, concept,
design and classification of fracture mechanics, corrosion classification, including the five
principal ways of controlling corrosion and metal finishing processes such as sherardising,
galvanising and anodising; and
8. identify factors affecting the performance and service life of engineering
materials/metals and metallography of metals/materials (materials anatomy), which

New
Engineering and Technology 787
 enables metallurgical and materials engineers to prescribe appropriate solutions to test
metals/materials fitness in service through structure-property-application relationships.

Course Contents
Basic material science; atomic structure, atomic bonding and crystal structures. Engineering
materials situating metals and alloys; metals and alloys, classifications of metals, metal
extraction processes using iron and steel (ferrous) and aluminium (nonferrous) as examples,
phase diagrams/iron carbon diagrams, and mechanical workings of metals. Selection and
applications of metals and alloys for specific applications in oil, aerospace, construction,
manufacturing and transportation industries, among others. Ceramics (including glass);
definition, properties, structure and classifications of ceramics. Bioactive and glass – ceramics.
Toughing mechanism for ceramics. Polymers; definition of polymers as engineering materials,
chemistry of polymeric materials, polymer crystallisation, polymer degradation and aging.
Thermoplastic and thermosetting polymers and concepts of copolymers and homopolymers.
Composites; definition, classification, characterisation, properties and composite. Applications
of composites. Nanomaterials; definition, classification and applications of nanomaterials as
emerging technology. Processing of nanomaterials including mechanical grinding, wet
chemical synthesis, gas phase synthesis, sputtered plasma processing, microwave plasma
processing and laser ablation. Integrity assessment of engineering materials; effect of
engineering design, engineering materials processing, selection, manufacturing and
assembling on the performance and service life of engineering materials. Metallography and
fractography of materials. Mechanical testing (destructive testing) of materials such as
compressive test, tensile test, hardness test, impact test, endurance limit and fatigue test.
Non-destructive test (NDT) such as dye penetrant, x-ray and eddy current.

GET 203: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modeling II (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students should be able to:
1. apply mastery of the use of projections to prepare detailed working drawing of objects
and designs;
2. develop skills in parametric design to aid their ability to see design in the optimal
specification of materials and systems to meet needs;
3. be able to analyze and optimize designs on the basis of strength and material minimization;
4. get their appetites wetted in seeing the need for the theoretical perspectives that create
the basis for the analysis that are possible in design and optimization, and
recognize/understand the practical link to excite their creativity and ability to innovate;
and
5. be able to translate their thoughts and excitements to produce shop drawings for multi-
physical, multidisciplinary design.

Course Contents
Projection of lines, auxiliary views and mixed projection. Preparation of detailed working
production drawing; semi-detailed drawings, conventional presentation methods. Solid,
surface and shell modeling. Faces, bodies and surface intersections. Component-based design.
Component assembly and motion constraints. Constrained motions and animation.
Introduction to electronics modeling. Electronics board layout preparation, Component
libraries and Schematic design. Parametric modeling and adaptive design. Simulation for
material optimization. Designing for manufacturing. Additive and subtractive manufacturing.
Production for 3-D printing, Laser cutting and CNC machinery.Arrangement of engineering
components to form a working plant (Assembly Drawing of a Plant).

GET 204: Students Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

New
Engineering and Technology 788
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify various basic hands and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement devices
and instruments, and acquire skills in their effective use and maintenance;
2. practically apply basic engineering technologies, including metrology, casting, metal
forming and joining, materials removal, machine tooling (classification, cutting tool action,
cutting forces, non-cutting production) and CNC machining technology;
3. master workshop and industrial safety practices, accident prevention and ergonomics;
4. physically recognise different electrical & electronic components like resistances,
inductances, capacitances, diodes, transistors and their ratings;
5. connect electric circuits, understand different wiring schemes, and check ratings of
common household electrical appliances and their basic maintenance; and
6. determine household and industrial energy consumption, and understand practical energy
conservation measures.

Course Contents
The course comprises general, mechanical and electrical components: supervised hands-on
experience in safe usage of tools and machines for selected tasks; Use of measuring
instruments (calipers, micrometers, gauges, sine bar, wood planners, saws, sanders, and
pattern making). Machine shop: lathe work shaping, milling, grinding, reaming, metal
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry
practice.Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting
processes. Metal forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging, press-
tool work, spinning, etc.). Metal joining processes(welding, brazing and soldering). Heat
treatment. Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory of
metal cutting. Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines.
Supervised identification, use and care of various electrical and electronic components such
as resistors, inductors, capacitors, diodes and transistors. Exposure to different electric
circuits, wiring schemes, analogue and digital electrical and electronic measurements.
Household and industrial energy consumption measurements. Practical energy conservation
principles.

GET 205: Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to :
1. explain the properties of fluids;
2. determine forces in static fluids and fluids in motion;
3. determine whether a floating body will be stable;
4. determine the effect of various pipe fittings (valves, orifices, bends and elbows) on fluid
flow in pipes;
5. measure flow parameters with venturi meters, orifice meters, weirs, etc;
6. perform calculations based on principles of mass, momentum and energy conservation;
7. perform dimensional analysis and simple fluid modelling problems; and
8. specify the type and capacity of pumps and turbines for engineering applications

New
Engineering and Technology 789
Course Contents
Fluid properties, hydrostatics, fluid dynamics using principles of mass, momentum and energy
conservation from a control volume approach. Flow measurements in pipes, dimensional
analysis, and similitude, 2-dimensional flows. Hydropower systems.

GET 206: Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe basic concepts of thermodynamics, i.e quantitative relations of Zeroth, first,
second and third laws;
2. define and explain system, surrounding, closed and open system, control volume and
control mass, extensive and intensive properties;
3. calculate absolute and gage pressure, and absolute temperature, calculate changes in
kinetic, potential, enthalpy and internal energy;
4. evaluate the properties of pure substances i.e. evaluate the state of the pure substances
such as compressed liquid, saturated liquid-vapour mixture and superheated vapour using
property diagrams and tables; arrange the ideal and real gas equations of state,
5. formulate the first law of thermodynamics for a closed system i.e. organize the change in
energy in the closed systems via heat and work transfer;
6. distinguish heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation, and calculate the
amount of heat energy transferred;
7. calculate the changes in moving boundary work, spring work, electrical work and shaft
work in closed systems;
8. apply the first law of thermodynamics for closed systems and construct conservation of
mass and energy equations;
9. formulate the first law of thermodynamics to the open systems i.e. describe steady-flow
open system, apply the first law of thermodynamics to the nozzles, diffusers, turbines,
compressors, throttling valves, mixing chambers, heat exchangers, pipe and duct flow;
10. construct energy and mass balance for unsteady-flow processes;
11. evaluate thermodynamic applications using second law of thermodynamics;
12. calculate thermal efficiency and coefficient of performance for heat engine, refrigerators
and heat pumps; and
13. restate perpetual-motion machines, reversible and irreversible processes.

Course Contents
Basic concepts, definitions and laws (quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second and third
laws of thermodynamics). Properties of pure substances: the two-property rule (P-v-T
behaviour of pure substances and perfect gases); state diagrams. The principle of
corresponding state; compressibility relations; reduced pressure; reduced volume;
temperature; pseudo-critical constants. The ideal gas: specific heat, polytropic processes.
Ideal gas cycles; Carnot; thermodynamic cycles, turbines, steam and gas, refrigeration. The
first law of thermodynamics – heat and work, applications to open and closed systems. The
steady flow energy equation (Bernoulli’s equation) and application. Second law of
thermodynamics, heat cycles and efficiencies.
GET 207: Applied Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
Students will acquire the ability to:
1. explain the fundamental principles of applied mechanics, particularly equilibrium analysis,
friction, kinematics and momentum.

New
Engineering and Technology 790
2. identify, formulate, and solve complex engineering problems by applying principles of
engineering, science, mathematics and applied mechanics.
3. synthesize Newtonian Physics with static analysis to determine the complete load impact
(net forces, shears, torques, and bending moments) on all components (members and
joints) of a given structure with a load.
4. apply engineering design principles to produce solutions that meet specified needs with
consideration of public health, safety, and welfare, as well as global, cultural, social,
environmental, and economic factors.

Course Contents
Forces, moments, couples. Equilibrium of simple structures and machine parts. Friction. First
and second moments of area; centroids. Kinematics of particles and rigid bodies in plane
motion. Newton's laws of motion. Kinetic energy and momentum analyse

GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank etc;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and Green’s
theorem;
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical model
of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation, etc. as well as fourier series, initial conditions and its
applications to different engineering processes.

Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.

GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);
2. explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically solve
a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types;
3. numerically solve differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;
4. perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,
curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of
several variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;

New
Engineering and Technology 791
5. solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex numbers;
6. apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations
and of results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the theory
of conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
7. evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.

Course Contents
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and
vector-valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary
complex analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity. Derivatives,
differentiation rules and differentiation of integrals. Cauchy-Riemann equation, harmonic
functions, basic theory of conformal mapping, transformation and mapping and its
applications to engineering problems. Special functions.

GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project
through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas;

Course Contents
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.

GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;

New
Engineering and Technology 792
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.

Course Contents
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or
special centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant
practical/industrial working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major.
The students are exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance
of tools, equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production
of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation, etc. (8-10 weeks during the long
vacation following 200 level).

NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of programme-specific

activities for their students.

300 Level

GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in peace
building.

Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,
community leaders). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents of
conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and Imperatives.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation, collaboration). The
roles of international organizations in conflict resolution (a) The United Nations, UN and its
conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council (c) ECOWAS in
peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building. Managing post-
conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs);the role of NGOs in
post-conflict situations/crises.

New
Engineering and Technology 793
ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
1. describe the key steps in venture creation;
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.

Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy, etc. Digital business and e-commerce strategies).

GET 301: Engineering Mathematics III (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate a clear understanding of the course content, that is, possess a breadth of
knowledge in the area covered;
2. possess an in-depth knowledge upon which a solid foundation can be built in order to
demonstrate a depth of understanding in advanced mathematical topics;
3. develop simple algorithms and use computational proficiency;
4. write simple proofs for theorems and their applications; and
5. communicate the acquired mathematical knowledge effectively in speech, writing and
collaborative groups.

Course Contents
Linear Algebra. Elements of Matrices, Determinants, Inverses of Matrices. Theory of Linear
Equations. Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors. Analytical Geometry. Coordinate Transformation.

New
Engineering and Technology 794
Solid Geometry. Polar, cylindrical and spherical coordinates. Elements of functions of several
variables. Surface Variables. Ordinary Integrals. Evaluation of Double Integrals, Triple
Integrals, Line Integrals and Surface Integrals. Derivation and Integrals of Vectors. The
gradient of scalar quantities. Flux of Vectors. The curl of a vector field, Gauss, Greens and
Stoke’s theorems and applications. Singular Valued Functions. Multivalued Functions.
Analytical Functions. Cauchy Riemann’s Equations. Singularities and Zeroes. Contour
Integration including the use of Cauchy’s Integral Theorems. Bilinear transformation.

GET 302: Engineering Mathematics IV (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve second order differential equations;
2. solve partial differential equations;
3. solve linear integral equations;
4. relate integral transforms to solution of differential and integral equations;
5. explain and apply interpolation formulas; and
6. apply Runge-Kutta and other similar methods in solving ODE and PDEs.

Course Contents
Series solution of second order linear differential equations with variable coefficients. Bessel
and Legendre equations. Equations with variable coefficients. Sturm-Liouville boundary value
problems. Solutions of equations in two and three dimensions by separation of variables. Eigen
value problems. Use of operations in the solution of partial differential equations and Linear
integral equations. Integral transforms and their inverse including Fourier, Laplace, Mellin and
Handel Transforms. Convolution integrals and Hilbert Transforms. Calculus of finite
differences. Interpolation formulae. Finite difference equations. RungeKutta and other
methods in the solutions of ODE and PDEs. Numerical integration and differentiation.

GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.

Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis and structure Fog Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A,B,C,D,E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills(steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,

New
Engineering and Technology 795
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports(competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.

GET 305: Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. work with data from the point of view of knowledge convergence, machine learning, and
intelligence augmentation, which significantly raises their standard for engineering
analysis (the approach forces them to learn statistics in an actionable way that helps them
to see the holistic importance of data analytics in modern engineering and technology);
2. anticipate the future with Artificial Intelligence while fulfilling the basic requirements of
conventional engineering statistical programming consistent with their future careers;
3. perform, with proficiency, statistical inference tasks with language or programming
toolboxes such as R, Python, Mathematica or MATLAB, and Design Expert to summarise
analysis and interpretation of industry engineering data, and make appropriate conclusions
based on such experimental and/or real-life industrial data;
4. construct appropriate graphical displays of data and highlight the roles of such displays in
data analysis, particularly the use of statistical software packages;
5. plan and execute experimental programmes to determine the performance of programme-
relevant industrial engineering systems, and evaluate the accuracy of the measurements
undertaken; and
6. demonstrate mastery of data analytics and statistical concepts by communicating the
results of experimental and industry-case investigations, critically reasoned scientific and
professional analysis through written and oral presentation.

Course Contents
Descriptive statistics, frequency distribution, populations and sample, central tendency,
variance data sampling, mean, median, mode, mean deviation, percentiles. Probability.
Binomial, Poisson hyper-geometric, normal distributions. Statistical inference intervals, test
hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big data analytics
and cloud computing applications. Introduction to the R language; R as a calculator; Vectors,
matrices, factors, data frames and other R collections. Iteration and looping control structures.
Conditionals and other controls. Designing, using and extending functions. The Apply Family.
Statistical modelling and inference in R.
.
GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3 Units C: LH 30 PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the types, uses and advantages of renewable energy in relation to climate change;
2. design for use the various renewable energy systems;
3. recognise and analyse the current energy systems in Nigeria, their impacts on
development and the global energy demand and supply scenarios;

New
Engineering and Technology 796
4. appreciate the environmental impact of energy exploitation and utilisation, and pursue the
sustainable development of renewable energy for various applications; and
5. recognise the exploitation, excavation, production, and processing of fossil fuels such as
coal, petroleum and natural gas, and discuss the sources, technology and contribution to
future energy demands of renewable energy.

Course Contents
Current and potential future energy systems in Nigeria and globally - resources, extraction,
concepts in energy conversion systems; parallels and differences in various conversion
systems and end-use technologies, with emphasis on meeting 21st-century national, regional
and global energy needs in a sustainable manner. Various energy technologies in each fuel
cycle stage for fossil (oil, gas, synthetic), nuclear (fission and fusion) and renewable (solar,
biomass, wind, hydro, and geothermal). Energy types, storage, transmission and
conservation. Analysis of energy mixes within an engineering, economic and social context.
Sustainable energy; emphasise sustainability in general and in the overall concept of
sustainable development and the link this has with sustainable energy as the fundamental
benefit of renewable energy.

Practical Contents
Simple measurement of solar radiation, bomb calorimeter determination of calorific value of
fuels and biomass; measurement of the velocity of wind, waves and the energy that abound
in them; laboratory production of biogas and determination of energy available in it; simple
conversion of solar energy to electricity; transesterification of edible oil into biodiesel;
simulation of geothermal energy; Geiger-Muller or Scintillation Counters’ determination of
uranium or thorium energy; simple solid or salt storage of energy; hybrid application of
renewable energy.

GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and Convergent

Technologies (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:
1. explain the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications and effects of artificial
intelligence;
2. explain the fundamental concepts of machine learning, deep learning and convergent
technologies;
3. demonstrate the difference between supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised
learning;
4. demonstrate proficiency in machine learning workflow and how to implement the steps
effectively;
5. explain natural languages, knowledge representation, expert systems and pattern
recognition;
6. describe distributed systems, data and information security and intelligent web
technologies;
7. explain the concept of big data analytics, purpose of studying it, issues that can arise with
a data set and the importance of properly preparing data prior to a machine learning
exercise; and
8. explain the concepts, characteristics, models and benefits, key security and compliance
challenges of cloud computing.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 797
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence paradigms;
search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired algorithms –
examples, their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding
natural languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation, mathematical and logic
foundations of AI; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition; distributed
systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent
technologies – definition, significance and engineering applications. Neural networks and
deep learning. Introduction to python AI libraries.

MCE 321: Design of Mechatronics and Robotics Systems I

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to developed the following skills:
1. ability to utilise a systems approach to complex problems and to design an operational
performance;
2. proficiency in engineering design;
3. capacity for creativity and innovation;
4. ability to function effectively as an individual and in multidisciplinary and multicultural
teams, as a team leader or manager as well as an effective team member; and
5. ability to apply systems engineering perspective in designing mechatronics systems.

Course Contents
Integrated design process of mechatronics systems; components of mechatronics systems,
sensors and actuators, fundamental principal of operation for components, strengths and
weaknesses, and operational characteristics. The design process; integrated iterative design,
sub-systems, component selection and sizing, design considerations, state-of-the-arts and
challenges. Design exercises with increasing degrees of complexity. Others are mechatronics
design concepts: integrative design, concepts analogies between electrical and mechanical
systems, appreciation of components of mechatronics systems, formulation of design
requirements, design exercise and justifications, optimal division into sub systems component,
selection and sizing prototype development, appraisal of benefit and cost evolution of
mechatronics design and challenges. case studies.

GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three software in their chosen career choices;
2. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;
3. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;
4. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work;
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers; and
7. write a general report at the end of the training.

The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.

New
Engineering and Technology 798
Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work
experience i.e. 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged
in the more advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use
in the industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a
report at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and
encouraged to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities
and experiences to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits
include:

Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine

operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts,
gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, andwooden furniture making processes.

Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solidworks: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with SolidWorks, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solidWorks drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.

A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project.

Examples of projects should include the following:

a. design of machine components;

b. product design and innovation;
c. part modelling and drafting in solidworks; and
d. technical report writing.

400 Level

GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units: C; PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme.
2. Demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.

Course Contents

In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the

New
Engineering and Technology 799
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units: C; LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies.
2. Describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to
the society.
3. Demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices.
4. Prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review
5. Discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation.
6. Determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

MCE 401: Computer Vision and Image Processing (2 Units C: PH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the basic algorithms, tools and systems for the management, processing and
analysis of digital images;
2. identify basic concepts, terminology, theories, models and methods in the field of
computer vision;
3. describe basic methods of computer vision related to multi-scale representation, edge
detection and detection of other primitives, stereo, motion and object recognition;
4. assess which methods to use for solving a given problem, and analyse the accuracy of
the methods;
5. develop and apply computer vision techniques for solving practical problems;
6. choose appropriate image processing methods for image filtering, image restoration,
image reconstruction, segmentation, classification and representation;l
7. acquire good and practical skills in computer vision; and
8. design and develop simple systems oriented to real-world computer vision applications
such as those requiring segmentation and classification of objects in digital images.

Course Contents
Computer vision and image processing are important and fast evolving areas of Mechatronics
and Robotics. Student will get familiar with both established and emergent methods,
algorithms and architectures. The course will enable students to apply computer vision and
image processing techniques to solving various real-world mechatronics and robotics
problems, and develop skills for research in the fields. Image formation, image filtering, edge
detection and segmentation, morphological processing, registration, object recognition, object
detection and tracking 3D vision.

The topics may include but are not limited to:

1. Image formation and perception, image representation.

2. Image filtering: space- and frequency- domain filtering, linear and non-linear filters.

New
Engineering and Technology 800
3. Morphological image processing.
4. Image geometric transformations, image registration.
5. Edge detection, image segmentation, active contours, and level set methods.
6. Object recognition, template matching, and classification.
7. Object detection and tracking: background modeling, kernel-based tracking, particle
filters.
8. Camera models, stereo vision.

MCE 403: Microcontroller and Embedded Systems (2 Units C: PH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. provide examples of existing embedded systems-based products and describe the special
requirements placed in developing such systems;
2. use modern integrated development environments for microcontroller/processor
programming and their features for testing and debugging;
3. develop microcontroller programs for mechatronic applications, including the usage of
I/O and communication peripherals;
4. describe, explain, and apply some of the basic concepts of communication protocols,
particularly the Controller Area Network (CAN);
5. explain basic real-time resource management theory;
6. discuss and communicate intelligently about OS primitives for concurrency, timeouts,
scheduling, communication, and synchronisation; and
7. discuss I/O and device driver interfaces to embedded processors with networks,
multimedia cards, and disk drives.

Course Contents
Introduction to embedded systems, history, design challenges, optimizing design metrics, time
to market, applications of embedded systems and recent trends in embedded systems,
embedded design concepts and definitions, memory management, hardware and software
design and testing, communication protocols like SPI, I2C, CAN etc. RISC Design Philosophy,
comparison between CISC and RISC; PIC/AVR/ARM Design Philosophy; Embedded System
hardware, Embedded System software. PIC/AVR/ARM Processor fundamentals –
PIC/AVR/ARM core architecture, data flow model, Register, Current Program Status Register,
Pipeline, Exceptions, Interrupts and Vector Table, Core Extensions, PIC/AVR/ARM Processor
families. PIC16F18877/ATmega328P/ATSAM3X8E Cortex-M3 processors Block diagram and
pin diagram, operating modes: Study of on-chip peripherals like I/O ports, timers, counters,
interrupts, on-chip ADC, DAC, RTC modules, WDT, PLL, PWM and USB. Hardware interfacing
of PIC16F18877/ATmega328P/ATSAM3X8E Cortex-M3 using CCS C
Compiler/Flowcode/Embedded C language: LED, Switches, LCD Display & stepper motor. On-
chip programming: UART, Timer, Real-Time Clock & ADC. Others include Architecture of
kernel, task and task scheduler, ISR, Mutex, Semaphores, mailbox, message queues, pipes,
events, timers, Priority inversion problem, priority Inheritance, RTOS services in contrast with
traditional OS. Introduction to μcos II RTOS and its features, study of kernel structure of μcos
II. Case study of digital camera and automatic chocolate vending machine (without codes).

MCE 405: Control Engineering (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 801
1. develop the mathematical model of the physical systems;
2. analyse the response of the closed and open loop systems;
3. analyse the stability of the closed and open loop systems;
4. design the various kinds of compensator;
5. explain alternate representations of dynamic systems (time domain, frequency domain,
state space);
6. define and explain feedback and feed-forward control architecture and discuss the
importance of performance, robustness and stability in control design;
7. interpret and apply block diagram representations of control systems and design PID
controllers based on empirical tuning rules;
8. compute stability of linear systems using the Routh array test and use this to generate
control design constraints;
9. employ Evans root locus techniques in control design for real world systems;
10. compute gain and phase margins from Bode diagrams and Nyquist plots and understand
their implications in terms of robust stability;
11. design Lead-Lag compensators based on frequency data for an open-loop linear system;
12. analyse the stability of systems by root locus and frequency response methods;
13. draw Bode diagrams, root locus graphs and Nyquist plots for the analysis of control
systems solve numerical problems on control systems; and
14. utilise MATLAB/Simulink to analyse open and closed loop performance and design linear
feedback controllers.

Course Contents
Introduction to control system: Concept of feedback and Automatic control, Effects of
feedback, Objectives of control system, Definition of linear and nonlinear systems, Elementary
concepts of sensitivity and robustness. Types of control systems, Servomechanisms and
regulators, examples of feedback control systems. Transfer function concept. Pole and Zeroes
of a transfer function. Properties of Transfer function. Mathematical modelling of dynamic
systems: Translational systems, Rotational systems, Mechanical coupling, Liquid level
systems, Electrical analogy of Spring– MassDashpot system. Block diagram representation of
control systems. Block diagram algebra. Signal flow graph. Mason’s gain formula. Control
system components: Potentiometer, Synchros, Resolvers, Position encoders. DC and AC
tachogenerators. Actuators. Block diagram level description of feedback control systems for
position control, speed control of DC motors, temperature control, liquid level control, voltage
control of an Alternator.
Time domain analysis: Time domain analysis of a standard second order closed loop
system. Concept of undamped natural frequency, damping, overshoot, rise time and settling
time. Dependence of time domain performance parameters on natural frequency and damping
ratio. Step and Impulse response of first and second order systems. Effects of Pole and Zeros
on transient response. Stability by pole location. Routh Hurwitz criteria and applications. Error
Analysis: Steady state errors in control systems due to step, ramp and parabolic inputs.
Concepts of system types and error constants. Stability Analysis: Root locus techniques,
construction of Root Loci for simple systems. Effects of gain on the movement of Pole and
Zeros. Frequency domain analysis of linear system: Bode plots, Polar plots, Nichol’s chart,
Concept of resonance frequency of peak magnification. Nyquist criteria, measure of relative
stability, phase and gain margin. Determination of margins in Bode plot. Nichol’s chart. circle
and Contours in Nichols chart. Control System performance measures: Improvement of
system performance through compensation. Lead, Lag and Lea lag compensation, PI, PD and
PID control.

MCE 407: Industrial Automation and Control (2 Units C: PH 30)

New
Engineering and Technology 802
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe working of various blocks of basic industrial automation systems;
2. demonstrate proficiency in automation programming/troubleshooting related to
programmable logic controllers;
3. connect the peripherals with the PLC.
4. utilise various PLC functions and develop small PLC programs;
5. Summarize distributed control system and SCADA system;
6. demonstrate an understanding of the core hardware and theory related to programmable
automation controllers;
7. employ various industrial motor drives for the Industrial Automation; and
8. design, install and maintain automation and control systems.

Course Contents
This course will provide an overall exposure to the Technology of Industrial Automation and
Control as widely seen in factories of all types both for discrete and continuous manufacturing.
The course covers a wide range of related topics from the advantage and architecture of
automation systems, measurement systems including sensors and signal conditioning, discrete
and continuous variable control systems, hydraulic, pneumatic and electric actuators,
industrial communication and embedded computing and CNC machines. More specifically, the
course covers:

Introduction to Industrial Automation and Control, Architecture of Industrial Automation

Systems Measurement Systems: Pressure and Force Measurement, Temperature
measurement, Displacement and Speed Measurement, Flow Measurement, Measurement of
Level, Humidity and pH, Signal Conditioning Circuits, Errors and Calibrations. Process
Control: Introduction to Process Control, PID, PID Controller Tuning, PID Controller
Implementation Programmable Logic Control: The Software Environment and
Programming of PLC, Sequence Control and Structured RLL Programming, Programming of
PLCs Sequential Function Chart. CNC Machines: Introduction to CNC Machines, CNC
Machines Interpolation, Control and Drive. Actuators: Control Valves, Directional Control
Valves, Switches and Gauges, Industrial Hydraulic Circuits, Pneumatic Control Components,
Pneumatic Control Systems,
Electric Machines Drive: Energy Savings with Variable Speed Drives, Step Motors -
Principles, Construction and Drives, DC Motors Drives, Induction Motor Drives, BLDC Motor
Drives. Industrial Embedded and Communication System: Introduction to Real-time
Embedded Systems, Real-Time Operating Systems, Networking of Field Devices via Fieldbus,
Higher Levels of Industrial Automation.

MCE 409: Sensor and Actuators (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. itemise and discuss the characteristics and the components of mechatronic systems;
2. discuss recent trends in Mechatronics;
3. describe active & passive electrical circuits;
4. describe the techniques used to design a mechatronics process; and
5. suggest possible design solutions.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 803
This course provides an introduction to sensors and actuators in mechatronics systems. The
topics include sensing principles for measuring motion, force, torque, pressure, flow, and
temperature using analogue and digital transducers; actuating principles for continuous drive
actuators and stepper motors; power transmission systems; and methods for signal collection,
conditioning and analysis. Various components will be experimentally tested and analysed.
Others are basics of Energy Transformation: Transducers, Sensors and Actuators.
Understanding of Sensor Interfacing with Microprocessor to build electronic system Week
Static and Dynamic Characteristic Parameters for Sensors and Actuators, Calibration of
Sensor-based electronics systems. Sensor performance criteria and selection, including: (a)
Thermocouples (b) Resistive sensors (c) Inductive sensors (d) Capacitive sensors (e)
Piezoelectric sensors (f) Encoders and tachometers. Actuator performance criteria and
selection, including: (a) Fluidic actuators (b) Solenoids and voice coil motors (c) Stepper
motors (d) DC motors (e) Piezoelectric actuators (f) Shape memory alloy actuators (g) MEMS
sensors and actuators. Merits of Fluid power & its utility for increasing productivity through
Low-Cost Automation, Transmission of Fluid Power through various types of Cylinders),
Symbolic representation of Pneumatic elements (CETOP), Compressors and Air supply system
including airline installations, Signalling & control system. Introduction to Industrial Hydraulics,
Hydraulics Power System elements and standard symbolic Representation (CETOP symbols).
Pneumatic & hydraulic control elements (control valves & hydraulic pumps, accessories), Basic
circuits for controlling single & double-acting cylinder, Basic circuits, Advantages of Hydro-
Pneumatics and its applications, Hydraulics system and their Classification. Hydraulics circuits
Hydraulic Motors, Hydraulic Fluids and effective contamination control. Advanced pneumatic
circuits for controlling multi-cylinders (operable & inoperable circuits), Electro pneumatics with
relay logic, Pneumatics system with PID controls, Application of fluidics a non-moving part
logic.

GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:
1. be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
2. bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work
methods and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways
of safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;
3. experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work and
the environment seamlessly,and expose them to contacts for eventual job placements
after graduation;
4. be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place
of engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them;
and
5. exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.

Course Contents
On- the -job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not
necessarily limited to the student’s major (24 weeks from the end of the first semester at
400-Level to the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second
semester at 400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a
programme related industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc, for a period of 6
months under the guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised

New
Engineering and Technology 804
by an academic staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits
the completed Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also, there will be a
comprehensive report covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences
(GET 299, GET 399 and GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department
for overall assessment.

500 Level

GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
4. possess the skills needed for project management; and
5. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.

Course Contents
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons – functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.
Project planning, control and timeliness;decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.

GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions;
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications; and
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principles undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically

New
Engineering and Technology 805
 present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an
expert witness.

Course Contents
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.
Termination/cancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.
MCE 501: Design of Mechatronics and Robotics Systems II
(2 Units E: PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to develop the following skills:
1. ability to practicalise the systems approach to complex problems learned MCE 321;
2. practicalise the design of an assigned device for operational performance;
3. dexterity in engineering design and implementation;
4. evaluation of designed mechantronic systems; and
5. ability to partake in design and innovation competitions.

Course Contents
This is essentially the practical implementation of the content of MCE 321, with students
working independently and in focus groups. See content of MCE 321 for more details.

MCE 599: Final Year Project (6 Units C: LH 270)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. prepare for real-life postgraduation experience in project implementation and report
writing skills. The course lasts for one academic session.

Course Contents
Each student must undertake a project under the supervision of a lecturer, submit a
comprehensive project report and present a seminar at the end of the year. A project status
report is to be presented at the end of the first semester. Each student must attend
Engineering Seminars. This course lasts for one academic session.

Minimum Academic Standards

Equipment
List of Laboratories
1. Control and Instrumentation Laboratory
2. Electronics Laboratory
3. Microcontroller/Microprocessor and Digital System Laboratory
4. Computer Engineering Laboratory (Hardware and Software)

New
Engineering and Technology 806
5. Communication Laboratory
6. Energy Laboratory
7. Electric Power/Machine Laboratory

List of laboratory Equipment

1. Assorted Microcontroller/Microprocessor developments Kit
2. Assorted sensors and Actuators Units
3. Didactic Electro Hydraulic Trainer
4. XK-CF2 Mechatronic Training Equipment Material Sorting Model
5. PLC Training Kit XK-PLCS1
6. Automatic Storage and Retrieval System
7. DLDS-1508 Robot Training System
8. Mechatronics Training Assessment Equipment
9. Position Control Trainer Mechatronics
10. Optical and Electromechanical Technology Trainer
11. Micro Mechatronic System Training Equipment
12. Mechatronics Automation Production Line Training Equipment
13. Process Control Training Equipment
14. Robot Teaching Equipment
15. Assorted Sensors, Actuators and Controllers
16. Design Software Packages (Matlab, SolidWorks, LabView, Ansys, PRoE
17. CAD/CAM Machines (CNC mill, drill, lathe, 3D printer, laser cutter)
18. Digital Logic Aanalyser
19. Smart Logic Design Experimental Kit
20. Digital Logic Circuit Design Experiment Kit Microcomputer Trainer
21. AM/FM Transmitters and Receivers System Trainer
22. Fibre-optic Transmission Training System
23. GSM/GPS Experimental Trainer
24. Programmable Logic Controller System Trainer
25. Digital 3 Phase Power Analyzer with SD Card Real Time Data Recorder
26. Digital Storage Colour Display 2/4-Channel Oscilloscope
27. Arbitrary Waveform and Digital Synthesized Function Generator
28. Digital Spectrum Analyzer (9kHz -3GHz)
29. Instrumentation Trainer Using Transducers Complete Set
30. Digital Communication System Trainer
31. Analog Communication System Trainer
32. Solar Power System Training Kit
33. Electrical and Electronic System Trainer
34. Single Phase Transformer System Trainer
35. 3- Phase Transformer System Trainer
36. Power Electronic Training System
37. Colour TV Trainer
38. Programmable Dual Output DC Power Supply Units (different ranges)
39. Variable Transformer
40. PA (Public Address) System Trainer
41. Portable Wind Power Generator Training Kit Universal EPROM Programmable (48 Pins)
42. Bench Digital Multi-meter Digit (various digit ranges)
43. High Voltage Insulation Tester Variable Digital Type up l0kV Power Factor Meter
44. Frequency Meter
45. Digital Energy Meter
46. Digital Wattmeter, Single Phase
47. Digital Wattmeter, 3-Phase

New
Engineering and Technology 807
48. Semiconductor Curve Tracer
49. Advanced Frequency Modulation and Demodulation Train
50. Digital Transistor Tester
51. Decade Resistance Box
52. Decade Capacitance Box
53. Decade Inductance Box
54. 3-Phase Variable Inductance Load
55. 3-Phase Variable Capacitance Load
56. 3-Phase Variable Resistance Load
57. Digital Multifunction Documenting Calibrators
58. Digital Function generator (different frequency ranges)
59. Electrical Tools Box
60. Digital Stroboscope
61. Digital DC A Ammeters Multi-range
62. Digital AC Voltmeters Multi Range
63. Digital DC Volt Meters Multi Range
64. Digital DC Volt Meters Multi Range
65. Digital Damp Meter
66. Standard Digital Earth Loop/PSC/Tester
67. Photo/contact Tachometer
68. LCD Display 3-Phase Rotation Tester
69. Rheostat (different ranges)
70. Wheatstone Bridge
71. Portable DC Potentiometer
72. Analogue Dual-trace Oscilloscopes (different frequency ranges)
73. Signal Trace/Injector
74. Digital RF Signal Generators
75. Klystron Microwave Trainer Complete Set
76. Antenna Lab Trainer complete Set
77. PCB Fabrication Equipment Complete Set
78. Standard Analogue Multimeters
79. AVO Meters
80. Electric Power Transmission Training Kit

Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalent
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15 Units per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practicals
and supervision of projects.
NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees, hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personnel

New
Engineering and Technology 808
Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practicals
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.

Administrative Support Staff

The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.

Technical Support Personnel

The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation and
maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.

Minimum Number of Staff

Subject to the general standards specified by NUC:

1. there should be a minimum of two PhDs and four M.Eng degree holders full-time academic
staff to mount the programme;
2. each workshop or laboratory should have an adequate number of staff with the right mix,
such that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run efficiently; and
3. there should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate calibre for
the office of the Head of Department to run.

Student/Staff Ratio
The minimum staff-to-student ratio should be 1:15 from 200 level to 500 level.
library
subject to the general standards specified by NUC, the central and/or faculty/departmental
libraries should have:

1. physical holdings of current books in the relevant fundamental science and engineering
subject areas.
2. physical holdings of current books in the core mechanical engineering subject areas.
3. physical holdings of current journals in the core mechanical engineering subject areas.

a. e-subscription of current books in the relevant fundamental science and engineering

subject areas.
b. e-subscription of current books in the core mechanical engineering subject areas.
c. e-subscription of current journals in the core mechatronics engineering subject areas.

Classrooms, Laboratories, Workshops, Clinics and Offices

The NUC recommends the following physical space requirement:

Academic m2
Professor’s Office 18.50
Head of Department’s Office 18.50
Tutorial Teaching Staff Space 13.50
Other Teaching Staff Space 7.00
Technical Staff Space 7.00

New
Engineering and Technology 809
 Science Staff Research Laboratory 16.50
Engineering Staff Research Laboratory 14.50
Seminar Space per student 1.85
Drawing Office Space (A.O. Board) (Per Student) 4.60
Drawing Office Space (A.I. Board) (Per Student) 3.70
Laboratory Space 7.50
Non-Academic
Secretarial Space 7.00

Office Facilities
S/No Office No in Room Facilities
1. HOD 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
2. Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit.
4. Senior 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
Lecturer computer unit.
5. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.
6. Lecturer II 3 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves

New
Engineering and Technology 810
B.Eng. Metallurgical Engineering
Overview
“Only the resource of man can bring the resource of the earth to life.”- Paul Baily.

When considering the Techno-economic Importance of Metals, Globally, one can

assert boldly that “Without metals, there will be no civilisation”. The wellbeing and standard
of living of any nation can be accurately gauged by reference to the level of production and/or
consumption of its metal and metal products. Techno-economic development of any nation
depends considerably on the level of its industrial development.
Also, “We can only chart our future clearly and wisely only when we know the path which has
led to the present”- Adlai Stevenson. The Nigeria metals industry can be logically divided into
two subsections: the Nigerian Public Metals Industry and the Nigerian Private Metals Industry
and the industry can also be classified into two: ferrous (Iron and steel) metal industry and
non-ferrous (such as gold, aluminium, tin, lead and zinc) metals industry. The non-ferrous
metals industry started before the iron and steel industry in Nigeria.
The development of the metallurgical sector in Nigeria was a major thrust for the
establishment of departments of metallurgical and materials engineering at some Nigerian
universities, starting with the University of Ife (now Obafemi Awolowo University), Ile-Ife, in
1977. The goal was to produce world-class, well trained and adequately equipped
metallurgical, minerals and materials engineers for the Nigerian metallurgical industry,
especially in the Iron and Steel sector of the economy.

Metallurgical engineering is concerned with the extraction, refining and recycling of metals
and/or alloys, and preparing them for use. It is broader than metallurgy which is the art and
science of producing metal and alloys in forms and with properties suitable for practical use
in that equipment/plant design, energy transfer, materials processing and selection, and
mathematical analysis such as simulation and modelling of metallurgical systems are
encapsulated by metallurgical engineering. It focuses on the engineering aspect of metals
such as reductions to prevention of corrosion in application, increasing the strength of alloys
and developing alloys with improved properties for use by the household, transportation -
road, railway, aerospace and shipping-industry, medical industry, production and defence
industries. The main branches of metallurgical industries are process (extractive), physical
and production (mechanical) metallurgical engineering. The need to revive industries and set
factories working in Nigeria presents an exciting challenge to the Nigerian metallurgical
engineers.

In Nigeria the main mining leases are classified in accordance to the type and nature of
occurrence as follows:
Class A: Metalliferrous minerals and precious metals lode leases
Class B: Metalliferrous minerals and precious metals alluvial leases
Class C: Precious stone (gemstone) leases
Class D: Combustible (carbonaceous) mineral leases
Class E: Non-metallic (industrial) mineral leases
All the five (5) categories of mineral leases are available in Nigeria, so the nation is a
mineralised nation. In spite of this, the Nigerian metallurgical industry has neither been able
to produce on sustainable basis ferrous (iron and steel) nor non-ferrous metals (such as gold,
aluminium, lead, copper, zinc) whose ores are available in the nation. This scenario has to be
reversed through qualitative metallurgical engineering education, linkages and collaboration
with ministries, agencies and departments on one hand and mineral and metallurgical
industries on the other hand.

New
Engineering and Technology 811
Philosophy
The philosophy for Metallurgical Engineering programme therefore, is geared to be sufficiently
robust to engender and employ a curriculum that is adequate in concept, content and context
for training and equipping Nigerian engineering students in the 21st Century who upon
graduation will be self-reliant, nationally relevant and globally competitive in industry,
academia, government and society at large.
Objectives
Stemming from the philosophy, the main objective of the Metallurgical Engineering
programme is to engender value driven synergy for techno-economic, safe, environmentally
friendly extraction and refining of metals and/or alloys from their ores and preparing them for
use. The specific objectives of Metallurgical Engineering degree programme include the
following:
1. Bring about revival and sustenance of Nigerian Metallurgical Industry (ferrous and non-
ferrous) particularly Ajaokuta Steel Complex and associated steel companies, and
Aluminium Smelting Company for rapid national industrialisation in line with the local
content development policy.
2. engender sustainable development and value addition chain to the Nigerian minerals,
ferrous and non-ferrous, for national technological and socio-economic development.
3. produce technically competent, self-reliant and entrepreneurial graduates who in a
collegiate spirit are capable of being employers of labour in various aspects of metallurgical
industry such as welding, foundry, industrial finishing, corrosion prevention/electroplating,
alloying, heat treatment and metal working processes such as rolling, forging, extrusion,
wire/rod drawing and deep drawing, and forensic engineering services.
4. produce technically competent and academically sound graduates who are employable in
the local and global metallurgical and allied industries.
5. produce graduates that are well-rounded for post-graduate training as scholars and
professionals in the academia, (including metallurgical research institutions) for national
technological development.
6. Produce graduates that are sound technocrats in government who are capable of
engendering good and enforceable policies for metallurgical engineering innovation
towards job generation, wealth creation, industrial and economic development.

Employability skills
The employers of labour require more than certificates. Apart from knowledge, they require
some requisite skills and attitudes. These skills include: leadership skills, organisational skills,
interpersonal skills and ICT skills. These skills among others coupled with ontological value
system will be inculcated in the students of the Department of Metallurgical Engineering so
that they will not only be employable but also be potential employers of labour.
Apart from those itemized in Section 3 (Objectives), metallurgical engineering students are
specially equipped for employment in public iron and steel industries like the soon-to-be
revived comatose Ajaokuta Steel Complex, Delta Steel Company, the three Inland Rolling Mills
at Jos, Osogbo and Katsina. Iron and steel are the basis for national industrialisation. There
are a lot of private industries producing iron and steel products through recycling of metallic
wastes. Recycling of waste electrical electronics to extract by secondary process precious
metals such as gold, silver and platinum group of metals presents a lot of career opportunities.
Also, they are able to work in the government established aluminium smelting company (Ikot
Abasi). In addition, metallurgical engineering graduates can work in the academia and
research institutes as lecturers, researchers and be involved in community service.

New
Engineering and Technology 812
Furthermore, they can work with government as technocrats for policy formulation,
implementation and appraisal. There are job opportunities in the Nigerian Standard
Organisation, ship building yard, sea ports, customs and as forensic engineers. Graduates of
metallurgical engineering programme are expected to be capable of applying knowledge, skills
and correct attitude to solve theoretical and practical problems starting with the Nigerian
mineral, metallurgical and allied industries in order to meet national and international societal
needs.
21st Century Skills
For the 21st century and beyond, it is imperative to produce engineers who can think
critically/problem solving/decision making and bring this to bare and through deep seated
imagination, innovation, design infrastructures, facilities and systems for productive, profitable
and sustainable economic activities. Analytical skills, collaboration (teamwork), communication
skills and digital skills and entrepreneurship among others are the desiderata for 21st Century
engineering graduates and these are addressed in metallurgical engineering programme.
Admission and Graduation Requirements
Admission Requirements
Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
1. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
2. Direct Entry (DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

For the five-year degree propgramme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must include English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

Direct Entry (DE) Mode

For the four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit
passes, which must include English Language, two must be principal subjects at Advance GCE
Level or NCE and its equivalent. Holder of upper credit level at HND are eligible for
consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:
1. Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of 150
and maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5–year engineering degree programme.
Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters.
2. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode shall have registered for a minimum
of 120 and a maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4–year engineering degree
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic semesters.
3. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode at 300-Level shall have registered for
a minimum of 90 and a maximum of 120 units of courses during a 3–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of 6 academic
semesters.
4. The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units respectively.
5. A student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by the

New
Engineering and Technology 813
 university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.
6. A student shall also have earned the 15 credit units of Students Industrial Work Experience
Scheme (SIWES), 8 credit units of University General Study courses and four credit units
of Entrepreneurship courses.

For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered,
whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the
computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it
or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each and all
attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.
Prerequisite courses must be taken and passed before a particular course at a higher level.
Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME, 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 200-Level
and 11 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 300-Level.
Global Course Structure
Level GST/ENT Basic Disciplin Programme SIWES Total
Sciences e (GET) (IPE) Courses Units
100 4 16 3 2 - 25
200 4 - 23 - 3 30
300 4 - 14 7 4 29
400 - - 2 13 6 21
500 - - - 13 - 13
Total 12 16 42 35 13* 105

* All 15 SIWES units and 2 units of Engineering Valuation credited in the 2nd Semester
of 400-Level, and not added to CCMAS credit units
100 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 15 45
GST 112 Nigerian Peoples and Cultures 2 C 30 -
GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C 30 -
GET 102 Engineering Graphics and Solid 2 C 30 -
Modelling I
CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C 30 -
CHM 102 General Chemistry II 2 C 30 -
CHM 107 General Practical Chemistry I 1 C - 45
CHM 108 General Practical Chemistry II 1 C - 45
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 2 C 30 -
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C 30 -
PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C 30 -
PHY 103 General Physics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 107 General Practical Physics I 1 C - 45
PHY 108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45

New
Engineering and Technology 814
 MTE 101 Introduction to Metallurgical 2 C 30 -
Engineering
Total 25

200 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and Innovation 2 C 30 -
GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and Human 2 C 30 -
Existence
GET 201 Applied Electricity 1 3 C 45 -
GET 202 Engineering Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 204 Students Workshop Practice 2 C 15 45
GET 205 Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 3 C 45 -
GET 208 Strength of Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 45 -
GET 210 Engineering Mathematics II 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing and Software 3 C 30 45
Engineering
*GET 299 SIWES I: Students Work Experience 3 C 9 Weeks
Scheme
Total 30

300 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
ENT 312 Venture Creation 2- C 15 45
GST 312 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 30 -
GET 301 Engineering Mathematics III 3 C 45 -
GET 304 Technical Writing and 3 C 45 -
Communication
GET 305 Engineering Statistics and Data 3 C 45 -
Analytics
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems and 3 C 30 45
Technology
GET 307 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, 3 C 45 -
Machine Learning and Convergent
Technology
MTE 302 Metallurgical Thermodynamics and 2 C 30 -
Kinetics
MTE 303 Mineral Processing Technology 2 C 30 -
MTE 305 Physical Metallurgy I 2 C 30 -
MTE 307 Mechanical Working of Metals 2 E 30 -
*GET 399 SIWES II: Students Work 4 C 12 Wks
Experience Scheme
Total 29

400 Level

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 C 90
GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Costing 2 C 30

New
Engineering and Technology 815
 MTE 401 Seminars in Metallurgical 2 C 30 -
Engineering
MTE 403 Ferrous Extractive Metallurgy 2 C 30 -
MTE 405 Non-Ferrous Extractive Metallurgy 2 C 30 -
MTE 407 Joining and Welding Technology 2 C 30 -
MTE 409 Foundry Technology 2 C 30 -
MTE 411 Corrosion Engineering 2 C 30 -
MTE 415 Metallurgical Engineering Lab. II 1 C - 45
GET 499* SIWES III: Students Work 4 C 12 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 21

SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

500 Level

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 501 Engineering Project Management 3 C 45 -

GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -
MTE 501 Research Project 6 C 1st & 2nd
semesters
MTE 507 Production Metallurgy 2 C 30 -
Total 13

Course Contents and Learning Outcomes

100 Level

GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.

New
Engineering and Technology 816
Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology); English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations); major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional); grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality). Reading
and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking; reasoning
methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy, generalisation and
explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements. Writing activities
(pre-writing, brainstorming and outlining), writing (paragraphing, punctuation and
expression), post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing (summary, essays,
letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making). etc. Mechanics of writing. Information
and Communication Technology in modern language learning. Language skills for effective
communication. The art of public speaking.

GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;
2. identify and list the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
3. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political entity;
4. analyse the concepts of trade and economic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation to
national development;
5. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian state regarding nation building;
6. analyse the role of the judiciary in upholding fundamental human rights
7. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria; and
8. list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems.

Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and cultures;
peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria; nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system; indigenous apprenticeship system among
Nigerian peoples; trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justice and national
development (definition and classification of law); Judiciary and fundamental rights.
Individuals, norms and values (basic Nigerian norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition; citizenship and civic responsibilities; indigenous languages, usage and
development; negative attitudes and conducts [Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices]). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3Rs – Reconstruction, Rehabilitation
and Re-orientation; re-orientation strategies: Operation Feed the Nation (OFN), Green
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline and Corruption (WAIC), Mass
Mobilization for Self-Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery (MAMSER), National
Orientation Agency (NOA). Current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria.

GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 817
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs); and
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.

Course Contents
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.

GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple everyday and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength and cost;
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical and
other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the analytical
nature of the courses they take; and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.

Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete
terms. Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3D
objects. Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and
perspectives. Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection
and rendering. This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid
works, solid edge or equivalent.

CHM 102: General Chemistry II (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the importance and development of organic chemistry;
2. define fullerenes and its applications;
3. discuss electronic theory;
4. determine the qualitative and quantitative of structures in organic chemistry;

New
Engineering and Technology 818
5. state rules guiding nomenclature and functional group classes of organic chemistry;
6. determine the rate of reaction to predict mechanisms of reaction;
7. identify classes of organic functional group with brief description of their chemistry;
8. discuss comparative chemistry of group 1A, IIA and IVA elements; and
9. describe basic properties of transition metals.

Course Contents
Historical survey of the development and importance of organic chemistry; fullerenes as fourth
allotrope of carbon, uses as nanotubules, nanostructures, nanochemistry. Electronic theory in
organic chemistry. Isolation and purification of organic compounds; determination of
structures of organic compounds including qualitative and quantitative analysis in organic
chemistry; nomenclature and functional group classes of organic compounds. Introductory
reaction mechanism and kinetics. Stereochemistry. The chemistry of alkanes, alkenes,
alkynes, alcohols, ethers, amines, alkyl halides, nitriles, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids
and derivatives. The chemistry of selected metals and non-metals. Comparative chemistry of
group IA, IIA and IVA elements. Introduction to transition metal chemistry.

CHM 107: General Practical Chemistry I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correct carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. state the differences between primary and secondary standards;
5. perform redox titration;
6. record observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions.

Course Contents
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.

CHM 108: General Practical Chemistry II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correctly carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. identify and carry out preliminary tests which include ignition, boiling point, melting point,
test on known and unknown organic compounds;
5. carry out solubility tests on known and unknown organic compounds;
6. carry out elemental tests on known and unknown compounds; and
7. carry out functional group/confirmatory test on known and unknown compounds which
could be acidic/basic/ neutral organic compounds.

Course Contents
Continuation of CHM 107. Additional laboratory experiments to include functional group
analysis, quantitative analysis using volumetric methods.

New
Engineering and Technology 819
 New
Engineering and Technology 820
MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)
(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:
1. define and explain set, subset, union, intersection, complements, and demonstrate the
use of Venn diagrams;
2. solve quadratic equations;
3. solve trigonometric functions;
4. identify various types of numbers; and
5. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers. Mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.

MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
2. recognise and understand the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and
continuity;
3. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes;
4. solve function of a real variable, plot relevant graphs, identify limits and idea of continuity;
5. identify the derivative as limit of rate of change;
6. identify techniques of differentiation and perform extreme curve sketching;
7. identify integration as an inverse of differentiation;
8. identify methods of integration and definite integrals; and
9. perform integration application to areas, volumes.

Course Contents
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative, as limit of
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve sketching,
integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes (including
approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule).

PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular momentum;

New
Engineering and Technology 821
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

Course Contents
Space and time; units and dimension, vectors and scalars, differentiation of vectors:
displacement, velocity and acceleration; kinematics; Newton’s laws of motion (inertial frames,
impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation); relative motion; application
of Newtonian mechanics; equations of motion; conservation principles in physics,
conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy, system of particles, centre of mass; rotational motion; torque, vector product,
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum. Polar coordinates; conservation
of angular momentum; circular motion; moments of inertia, gyroscopes and precession;
gravitation: Newton’s law of gravitation, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion, gravitational
potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits.

PHY 103: General Physics II (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing macroscopic
behaviour;
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Contents
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.

PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 822
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity, etc. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis
should be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data
collection, analysis, and deduction.

PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs;
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.

Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction.

MTE 101: Introduction to Metallurgical Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Differentiate between matallurgy and metallurgical engineering;
2. Explain the role of metals in human civilization;
3. Classify metals using the periodic table;
4. Explain basic terms in extractive metallurgical engineering;
5. Differentitae between physical and mechanical metallurgy;
6. Explain place of ferrous and non-ferous metals in industrialization and national economic
development; and
7. Discuss the Nigerian metallurgical industry.

Course Contents
Historical development of Metallurgical Engineering: From arts to science and from science to
engineering. Differentiation between metallurgy and metallurgical engineering. Importance of
metals and metal products in human civilization: Stone age, copper age, iron age, nuclear
age, ICT age; imagine the world without metals! A perusal at the Periodic Table; classification
of metals; Metallurgical Engineering: definition and classification: Process (Extractive)
metallurgical engineering. Get acquainted with terms like roasting calcination, agglomeration,
smelting, smelters contract, refining and furnaces. Physical metallurgical engineering:
structure - property -application relationship. Mechanical metallurgical engineering: Stress -
strain relationship and application. Metallurgical engineering: ferrous & non-ferrous industries
as basis for industrialisation and national economic development. Nigerian metallurgical
industry; professional bodies such as Nigerian Society of Engineers, Nigerian Metallurgical
Society (NMS), etc.
200 Level

New
Engineering and Technology 823
GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge, and
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.

Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding.
ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence;
4. engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
5. identify key elements in innovation;
6. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
7. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
8. state the basic principles of e-commerce.

Course Contents
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).

New
Engineering and Technology 824
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.

GET 201: Applied Electricity I (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. discuss the fundamental concepts of electricity and electrical d.c. circuits;
2. state, explain and apply the basic d.c. circuit theorems;
3. explain the basic a.c. circuit theory and
4. apply to solution of simple circuits.

Course contents
Fundamental concepts: Electric fields, charges, magnetic fields. current, B-H curves Kirchhoff’s
laws, superposition. Thevenin, Norton theorems, Reciprocity, RL, RC, RLC circuits. DC, AC
bridges, Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance measurement, Transducers, Single phase
circuits, Complex j - notation, AC circuits, impedance, admittance, susceptance.

GET 202: Engineering Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to :
1. demonstrate the role of atoms and molecules (aggregates of atoms) in the building of
solid/condensed matter known as engineering materials, the electrons quantum numbers
and how the electrons are arranged in different atomic elements, and explain the role of
electronic configuration and valence electrons in bonding;
2. define metals, alloys and metalloids, demonstrate mental picture of the solid mineral
resources development as a relay race among four ‘athletes’: geologist, mining engineer,
mineral processing technologist, process metallurgical engineer, and classify metallurgical
engineering into 3Ps: process, physical and production;
3. explain the relationship between structure and properties of materials, characteristics,
components and compositions of phase diagrams and phase transformations of solid
solutions;
4. define ceramics, glass and constituents of glasses and understand application of ceramics
in mining, building, art and craft industries;
5. define and classify polymers as a class of engineering materials and polymeric materials,
demonstrate polymerisation reactions, their types and mechanism, and applications of
polymers;
6. define properties, types and application of composite materials and fibres (synthetic and
natural);
7. define and classify nanomaterials, demonstrate applications of nanomaterials, concept,
design and classification of fracture mechanics, corrosion classification, including the five
principal ways of controlling corrosion and metal finishing processes such as sherardising,
galvanising and anodising; and
8. identify factors affecting the performance and service life of engineering
materials/metals and metallography of metals/materials (materials anatomy), which
enables metallurgical and materials engineers to prescribe appropriate solutions to test
metals/materials fitness in service through structure-property-application relationships.

New
Engineering and Technology 825
Course Contents
Basic material science; atomic structure, atomic bonding and crystal structures. Engineering
materials situating metals and alloys; metals and alloys, classifications of metals, metal
extraction processes using iron and steel (ferrous) and aluminium (nonferrous) as examples,
phase diagrams/iron carbon diagrams, and mechanical workings of metals. Selection and
applications of metals and alloys for specific applications in oil, aerospace, construction,
manufacturing and transportation industries, among others. Ceramics (including glass);
definition, properties, structure and classifications of ceramics. Bioactive and glass – ceramics.
Toughing mechanism for ceramics. Polymers; definition of polymers as engineering materials,
chemistry of polymeric materials, polymer crystallisation, polymer degradation and aging.
Thermoplastic and thermosetting polymers and concepts of copolymers and homopolymers.
Composites; definition, classification, characterisation, properties and composite. Applications
of composites. Nanomaterials; definition, classification and applications of nanomaterials as
emerging technology. Processing of nanomaterials including mechanical grinding, wet
chemical synthesis, gas phase synthesis, sputtered plasma processing, microwave plasma
processing and laser ablation. Integrity assessment of engineering materials; effect of
engineering design, engineering materials processing, selection, manufacturing and
assembling on the performance and service life of engineering materials. Metallography and
fractography of materials. Mechanical testing (destructive testing) of materials such as
compressive test, tensile test, hardness test, impact test, endurance limit and fatigue test.
Non-destructive test (NDT) such as dye penetrant, x-ray and eddy current.

GET 204: Students Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify various basic hands and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement devices
and instruments, and acquire skills in their effective use and maintenance;
2. practically apply basic engineering technologies, including metrology, casting, metal
forming and joining, materials removal, machine tooling (classification, cutting tool action,
cutting forces, non-cutting production) and CNC machining technology;
3. master workshop and industrial safety practices, accident prevention and ergonomics;
4. physically recognise different electrical & electronic components like resistances,
inductances, capacitances, diodes, transistors and their ratings;
5. connect electric circuits, understand different wiring schemes, and check ratings of
common household electrical appliances and their basic maintenance; and
6. determine household and industrial energy consumption, and understand practical energy
conservation measures.

Course Contents
The course comprises general, mechanical and electrical components: supervised hands-on
experience in safe usage of tools and machines for selected tasks; Use of measuring
instruments (calipers, micrometers, gauges, sine bar, wood planners, saws, sanders, and
pattern making). Machine shop: lathe work shaping, milling, grinding, reaming, metal
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry
practice.Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting
processes. Metal forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging, press-
tool work, spinning, etc.). Metal joining processes(welding, brazing and soldering). Heat
treatment. Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory of
metal cutting. Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines.

New
Engineering and Technology 826
Supervised identification, use and care of various electrical and electronic components such
as resistors, inductors, capacitors, diodes and transistors. Exposure to different electric
circuits, wiring schemes, analogue and digital electrical and electronic measurements.
Household and industrial energy consumption measurements. Practical energy conservation
principles.

GET 205: Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to :
1. explain the properties of fluids;
2. determine forces in static fluids and fluids in motion;
3. determine whether a floating body will be stable;
4. determine the effect of various pipe fittings (valves, orifices, bends and elbows) on fluid
flow in pipes;
5. measure flow parameters with venturi meters, orifice meters and weirs;
6. perform calculations based on principles of mass, momentum and energy conservation;
7. perform dimensional analysis and simple fluid modelling problems; and
8. specify the type and capacity of pumps and turbines for engineering applications

Course Contents
Fluid properties, hydrostatics, fluid dynamics using principles of mass, momentum and energy
conservation from a control volume approach. Flow measurements in pipes, dimensional
analysis, and similitude, 2-dimensional flows. Hydropower systems.

GET 208: Strength of Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. recognise a structural system that is stable and in equilibrium;
2. determine the stress-strain relation for single and composite members based on Hooke's
law;
3. estimate the stresses and strains in single and composite members due to temperature
changes;
4. evaluate the distribution of shear forces and bending moments in beams with distributed
and concentrated loads;
5. determine bending stresses and their use in identifying slopes and deflections in beams;
6. use Mohr's circle to evaluate the normal and shear stresses in a multi-dimensional stress
system and transformation of these stresses into strains;
7. evaluate the stresses and strains due to torsion on circular members; and
8. determine the buckling loads of columns under various fixity conditions at the ends.

Course Contents
Consideration of equilibrium; composite members, stress-strain relation. Generalised Hooke's
law. Stresses and strains due to loading and temperature changes. Torsion of circular
members. Shear force, bending moments and bending stresses in beams with symmetrical
and combined loadings. Stress and strain transformation equations and Mohr’s circle. Elastic
buckling of columns.
GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 827
1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank etc;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and Green’s
theorem;
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical model
of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation, etc., as well as fourier series, initial conditions and its
applications to different engineering processes.

Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.

GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);
2. explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically solve
a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types;
3. numerically solve differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;
4. perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,
curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of
several variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;
5. solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex numbers;
6. apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations
and of results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the theory
of conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
7. evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.

Course Contents
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and
vector-valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary
complex analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity. Derivatives,
differentiation rules and differentiation of integrals. Cauchy-Riemann equation, harmonic
functions, basic theory of conformal mapping, transformation and mapping and its
applications to engineering problems. Special functions.

GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes

New
Engineering and Technology 828
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project
through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas.

Course Contents
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.

GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.

Course Contents
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or
special centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant
practical/industrial working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major.
The students are exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance
of tools, equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production
of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation. (8-10 weeks during the long
vacation following 200 level).

NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of programme-specific

activities for their students.

300-Level

New
Engineering and Technology 829
GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in peace
building.

Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes, etc. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,
community leaders, etc.). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents of
conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and Imperatives.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation, collaboration, etc).
The roles of international organizations in conflict resolution ((a) The United Nations, UN and
its conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council (c) ECOWAS in
peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building. Managing post-
conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs);the role of NGOs in
post-conflict situations/crises.

ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:

1. describe the key steps in venture creation;

2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 830
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy, etc. Digital business and e-commerce strategies).

GET 301: Engineering Mathematics III (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate a clear understanding of the course content, that is, possess a breadth of
knowledge in the area covered;
2. possess an in-depth knowledge upon which a solid foundation can be built in order to
demonstrate a depth of understanding in advanced mathematical topics;
3. develop simple algorithms and use computational proficiency;
4. write simple proofs for theorems and their applications; and
5. communicate the acquired mathematical knowledge effectively in speech, writing and
collaborative groups..

Course Contents
Linear Algebra. Elements of Matrices, Determinants, Inverses of Matrices. Theory of Linear
Equations. Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors. Analytical Geometry. Coordinate Transformation.
Solid Geometry. Polar, cylindrical and spherical coordinates. Elements of functions of several
variables. Surface Variables. Ordinary Integrals. Evaluation of Double Integrals, Triple
Integrals, Line Integrals and Surface Integrals. Derivation and Integrals of Vectors. The
gradient of scalar quantities. Flux of Vectors. The curl of a vector field, Gauss, Greens and
Stoke’s theorems and applications. Singular Valued Functions. Multivalued Functions.
Analytical Functions. Cauchy Riemann’s Equations. Singularities and Zeroes. Contour
Integration including the use of Cauchy’s Integral Theorems. Bilinear transformation.

GET 302: Engineering Mathematics IV (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve second order differential equations;
2. solve partial differential equations;
3. solve linear integral equations;
4. relate integral transforms to solution of differential and integral equations;
5. explain and apply interpolation formulas; and
6. apply Runge-Kutta and other similar methods in solving ODE and PDEs.

New
Engineering and Technology 831
Course Contents
Series solution of second order linear differential equations with variable coefficients. Bessel
and Legendre equations. Equations with variable coefficients. Sturm-Liouville boundary value
problems. Solutions of equations in two and three dimensions by separation of variables. Eigen
value problems. Use of operations in the solution of partial differential equations and Linear
integral equations. Integral transforms and their inverse including Fourier, Laplace, Mellin and
Handel Transforms. Convolution integrals and Hilbert Transforms. Calculus of finite
differences. Interpolation formulae. Finite difference equations. RungeKutta and other
methods in the solutions of ODE and PDEs. Numerical integration and differentiation.

GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.

Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis and structure Fog Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A,B,C,D,E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills(steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports(competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.

GET 305: Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. work with data from the point of view of knowledge convergence, machine learning, and
intelligence augmentation, which significantly raises their standard for engineering
analysis (the approach forces them to learn statistics in an actionable way that helps them
to see the holistic importance of data analytics in modern engineering and technology);

New
Engineering and Technology 832
2. anticipate the future with Artificial Intelligence while fulfilling the basic requirements of
conventional engineering statistical programming consistent with their future careers;
3. perform, with proficiency, statistical inference tasks with language or programming
toolboxes such as R, Python, Mathematica or MATLAB, and Design Expert to summarise
analysis and interpretation of industry engineering data, and make appropriate conclusions
based on such experimental and/or real-life industrial data;
4. construct appropriate graphical displays of data and highlight the roles of such displays in
data analysis, particularly the use of statistical software packages;
5. plan and execute experimental programmes to determine the performance of programme-
relevant industrial engineering systems, and evaluate the accuracy of the measurements
undertaken; and
6. demonstrate mastery of data analytics and statistical concepts by communicating the
results of experimental and industry-case investigations, critically reasoned scientific and
professional analysis through written and oral presentation.

Course Contents
Descriptive statistics, frequency distribution, populations and sample, central tendency,
variance data sampling, mean, median, mode, mean deviation, percentiles. Probability.
Binomial, Poisson hyper-geometric, normal distributions. Statistical inference intervals, test
hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big data analytics
and cloud computing applications. Introduction to the R language; R as a calculator; Vectors,
matrices, factors, data frames and other R collections. Iteration and looping control structures.
Conditionals and other controls. Designing, using and extending functions. The Apply Family.
Statistical modelling and inference in R.
.
GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology
(3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the types, uses and advantages of renewable energy in relation to climate change;
2. design for use the various renewable energy systems;
3. recognise and analyse the current energy systems in Nigeria, their impacts on
development and the global energy demand and supply scenarios;
4. appreciate the environmental impact of energy exploitation and utilisation, and pursue the
sustainable development of renewable energy for various applications; and
5. recognise the exploitation, excavation, production, and processing of fossil fuels such as
coal, petroleum and natural gas, and discuss the sources, technology and contribution to
future energy demands of renewable energy.

Course Contents
Current and potential future energy systems in Nigeria and globally - resources, extraction,
concepts in energy conversion systems; parallels and differences in various conversion
systems and end-use technologies, with emphasis on meeting 21st-century national, regional
and global energy needs in a sustainable manner. Various energy technologies in each fuel
cycle stage for fossil (oil, gas, synthetic), nuclear (fission and fusion) and renewable (solar,
biomass, wind, hydro, and geothermal). Energy types, storage, transmission and
conservation. Analysis of energy mixes within an engineering, economic and social context.
Sustainable energy; emphasise sustainability in general and in the overall concept of
sustainable development and the link this has with sustainable energy as the fundamental
benefit of renewable energy.

Practical Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 833
Simple measurement of solar radiation, bomb calorimeter determination of calorific value of
fuels and biomass; measurement of the velocity of wind, waves and the energy that abound
in them; laboratory production of biogas and determination of energy available in it; simple
conversion of solar energy to electricity; transesterification of edible oil into biodiesel;
simulation of geothermal energy; Geiger-Muller or Scintillation Counters’ determination of
uranium or thorium energy; simple solid or salt storage of energy; hybrid application of
renewable energy.

GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and Convergent

Technologies (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:
1. explain the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications and effects of artificial
intelligence;
2. explain the fundamental concepts of machine learning, deep learning and convergent
technologies;
3. demonstrate the difference between supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised
learning;
4. demonstrate proficiency in machine learning workflow and how to implement the steps
effectively;
5. explain natural languages, knowledge representation, expert systems and pattern
recognition;
6. describe distributed systems, data and information security and intelligent web
technologies;
7. explain the concept of big data analytics, purpose of studying it, issues that can arise with
a data set and the importance of properly preparing data prior to a machine learning
exercise; and
8. explain the concepts, characteristics, models and benefits, key security and compliance
challenges of cloud computing.

Course Contents
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence paradigms;
search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired algorithms –
examples, their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding
natural languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation, mathematical and logic
foundations of AI; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition; distributed
systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent
technologies – definition, significance and engineering applications. Neural networks and
deep learning. Introduction to python AI libraries.

GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three softwares in their chosen career choices;
2. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;
3. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;
4. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work;

New
Engineering and Technology 834
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers; and
7. write a general report at the end of the training.

The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work
experience i.e. 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged
in the more advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use
in the industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a
report at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and
encouraged to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities
and experiences to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits
include:

Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine

operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts,
gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, andwooden furniture making processes.

Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solidworks: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with SolidWorks, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solidWorks drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.

A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project.

Examples of projects should include the following:

a. design of machine components;

b. product design and innovation;
c. part modelling and drafting in solidworks; and
d. technical report writing.

MTE 303: Mineral Processing Technology (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. grasp the importance of mineral processing technology as a value-addition chain in mineral
resource development;
2. carry out mineralogical characterization of ferrous, base and precious/noble metals;
3. explain the basic principle involved in physical and physico-chemical processing of
minerals; and
4. design process flow sheet for ores of ferrous, base and precious metals.

New
Engineering and Technology 835
Course Contents
Mineral processing technology as physical and physico-chemical value addition process to
mineral resource. Classification of mining title deeds into classes A-E in Nigeria. Application of
mineralogy to mineral processing in an existing mill and/or process design for a new mineral
processing plant. Application of scientific principles to mineral processing technology.
Sampling and sampling methods. Comminution (to effect liberation) and comminution
theories. Particle size analysis using vibrating set of screen. Concentration methods: physical
separation methods such as sorting, gravity separation, magnetic separation and electrostatics
separation. Physico-chemical separation methods such as froth floatation and coal gold
agglomeration.

MTE 304: Chemical Metallurgy (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. appreciate chemical metallurgy as an important value addition process to mineral
resources and the gateway to metallurgical engineering;
2. explain the principles and applications of pyrometallurgy, hydrometallurgy,
electrometallurgy and refining processes;
3. describe the principle, the drawing and applications of Ellingham, Pourbaix and McCabe
Thiele Diagrams; and
4. highlight recent advances in chemical metallurgy.

Course Contents
Appetizer: Sustainable mineral resources development: A relay race among geologist, miners,
mineral processor and extractive (chemical) metallurgist, the concept of world without metals!
The importance of chemical metallurgy as the gateway to metallurgical engineering and the
fact that there is no distinct boundary between mineral processing technology and extractive
metallurgical engineering. Roasting, calcination, agglomeration and leaching are at the
intercession of both disciplines.
Introduction to Chemical Metallurgy: Review of metallurgical thermodynamics, kinetics and
smelters contract; definition, nature and classification of chemical metallurgy. Pyrometallurgy:
Definition, roasting, agglomeration principle, methods, equipment, tools for pyro-metallurgy
(Ellingham Diagram). Introduction to iron and steel making: tin smelting and coal gold
agglomeration.
Hydrometallurgy: Definition, nature and scope; hydrometallurgical processes, McCabe Thiele
Diagram for solvent extraction, leaching kinetics, advantages and disadvantages of
hydrometallurgy: Introduction of extraction of aluminium
Electrometallurgy: Principle and application of McCabe Thiele Diagram; definition and scope;
electrometallurgical methods, electrochemical series, principle and application of Pourbaix
diagram in electrometallurgy; advantages and limitations of electrometallurgy.
Refining of Metals: Definition, nature and scope; vacuum refining, zone refining, re-melting,
liquation, electro-beam metal, electron beam and electro-slag.
Recent advances in Chemical Metallurgy
MTE 305: Physical Metallurgy I (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. review relevant topics in Physics;
2. situate physical metallurgy within metallurgical engineering family;
3. explain physical metallurgy as application of scientific laws of physics to metallurgical
engineering; and

New
Engineering and Technology 836
4. describe the structure-property-application relationship as pertains to various category of
metals (ferrous and their alloys, non-ferrous, base metals and precious metals).

Course Contents
Review of fundamentals of relevant topics in physics including the following: wave theory of
atom, Schrödinger wave equation and calculations using the equation; wave-particle light
duality; uncertainty principle; electron diffraction, theory and application. Bragg’s law and
application in mineral/metals characterisation as in X-ray diffractometry; classification of
crystal systems, structure of crystals and introductory stereographic projection. Diffusion
processes in metals and alloys. Nucleation and growth in metal casting. Dislocation and slip
phenomenon. Mechanical properties of materials.

MTE 306: Physical Metallurgy II (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
This is an important core course to be mastered before students go on six months industrial
training. At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate being conversant with structure-property-application relationship of metals
and alloys;
2. manipulate structure metals and alloys to modify their properties for specific application
using appropriate scientific principles and phase diagrams;
3. draw and explain the Iron-Carbon and TTT diagrams; and
4. explain the concept of recrystallisation.

Course Contents
Binary and ternary equilibrium diagrams and applications in metallurgy; theory of alloy,
solidification of metals and alloys; introduction to heat treatment of metals including
normalising, tempering, quenching, annealing and case hardening of metals; phase
transformation, iron-carbon diagram and TTT diagram; theory of recrystallisation, nucleation
and growth of crystal.

MTE 307: Mechanical Working of Metals (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to:
1. explain mechanical behaviour of metals;
2. demonstrate using diagram stress-strain relationship;
3. explain the concepts of deformation and strengthening; and
4. discuss on the effects of cold-working, hot-working and annealing.

Course Contents
Mechanical behaviour of materials, stress-strain diagrams for ductile and brittle metals, stress-
strain relations, principal stresses, strains and directions, the Monrcircle, elastic and plastic
deformations, elastic constants, plastic yield criteria. Basic concepts of dislocations,
dislocation, density and dislocation motion; conservative and non-conservative motion,
dislocation motion and plastic deformation. Mechanism of deformation: slip, twining, grain
boundary sliding, directional diffusion. Creep, theories of creep and stress rupture. Concepts
of cyclic loading and fatigue. Strengthening mechanism in metals and alloys, solid solutions,
precipitation and dispersion hardening, grain size strengthening, strain hardening, martensite
hardening, etc. Composite materials and fibre strengthening, hardness and strength
considerations in deformation processing, effects of cold-working, hot-working and annealing.

New
Engineering and Technology 837
MTE 308: Metallurgical Engineering Laboratory I (1 Unit C: PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify and be able to use basic equipment and devices in materials and metal processing
and utilisation;
2. discuss practical engineering principles in materials and metallurgical processing and
selection; and
3. undertake basic experiments in materials identification, classification and processing.

400 Level

GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units: C; PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme.
2. Demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.
Course Contents

In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units: C; LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies.
4. Describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to
the society.
5. Demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices.
6. Prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review
7. Discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation.
8. Determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:

New
Engineering and Technology 838
1. be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
2. bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work
methods and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways
of safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;
3. experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work and
the environment seamlessly,and expose them to contacts for eventual job placements
after graduation;
4. be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place
of engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them;
5. exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not
necessarily limited to the student’s major (24 weeks from the end of the first semester at
400-Level to the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second
semester at 400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a
programme related industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc, for a period of 6
months under the guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised
by an academic staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits
the completed Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also, there will be a
comprehensive report covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences
(GET 299, GET 399 and GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department
for overall assessment.

MTE 401: Seminar in Metallurgical Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. discuss critical issues in metallurgical engineering as outlined in the course content;
2. make presentations on critical metallurgical topics;
3. interact freely with senior engineers in metallurgical positions and indeed the general
public on cognate issues; and
4. explain the primary concepts in metallurgical engineering.

Course Contents
Restricted special topics to be covered include the following:
Heat Treatment of Metals: Emphasis on iron and steel. Definition of heat treatment, various
types of heat treatments and applications of the various heat treatment in the Metallurgical
Industry. Sustainable Mineral Resources Development: Seeing the big picture: Mineral
exploration, mining engineering, mineral processing technology, and extractive metallurgical
engineering as a relay race. The ‘what’, the ‘why’, the ‘how’, the ‘who’, the ‘when’, the ‘where’,
and the ‘which’ of the four programmes and allied fields. Leadership Skills: Vision, mission,
and strategy in leadership. Definition of Leadership: The fact that leadership can be caught
(natural attributes) and taught (leadership training). What it means to be transformational
leaders; forms of leadership. Academic leadership, entrepreneurial leadership, professional
leadership and political leadership. Visionary and strategic leadership. Machine Design and
Fabrication Mineral Processing Equipment: List of equipment used for gravity separation,
flotation of minerals such as shaking table, air float, magnetic separator, electrostatic
separator, flotation cell, and design principle of selected machines. Machine/Equipment Design

New
Engineering and Technology 839
and Fabrication (based on need-driveness): Equipment used design and fabrication of
equipment used in ferrous and non-ferrous extractive metallurgy. Different type of
furnaces: Furnace Design and fabrication. Geometallurgy: Interface between geosciences and
metallurgy, emerging, need-driven and multidisciplinary scientific field. Geostatistic: Critical
tool for mine design among other purposes towards sustainable mineral resources
development. Rare Earth Elements: Definition, extraction process route for this rare and
expensive metals for specialised industrial applications.
MTE 403: Ferrous Extractive Metallurgy (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. appreciate the critical importance of iron and steel making in national economic
development;
2. describe iron and steel making via the two major routes (blast furnace and direct
reduction);
3. highlight the basic design principles of the blast furnace and direct reduction method of
iron and steel production, their operations and their thermochemistry; and
4. explain the secondary steel making processes and manufacturing of alloy steel such as
ferro alloy and super alloys.

Course Contents
Critical importance of iron and steel in national economic development and global steel
production. The upstream, the mainstream and the downstream of iron and steel making
processes. Linkage industries. Classification of iron ores and other raw materials (fuels and
fluxes) for iron and steel making. Agglomeration methods: sintering, nodulising, briquetting,
pelletising. Iron production route. Blast furnace and direct reduction method (the
advantages and limitations of both). The blast furnace: The design, production, operations
and physical chemistry of iron making and refining of liquid iron. Steel making processes,
their technology and advantage, raw materials requirements and steel making practices.
Thermodynamics and kinetics of steel making practices; secondary steel making processes
and manufacturing of alloy steels. Argon purging and ladle alloying, desulphurisation.
Principles and technology of slab and ingot casting.

MTE 405: Non-Ferrous Extractive Metallurgy (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Remove the misconception that metallurgical and materials engineering centres around iron
and steel. The most important industrial metal/alloy and underscore the importance of non-
ferrous metals like gold, silver, aluminium, copper, lead, nickel, chromium and lithium.
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. use the periodic table to study the behaviour of metals;
2. demonstrate knowledge of the three fields of extractive metallurgy: pyrometallurgy,
hydrometallurgy and electrometallurgy;
3. properly grasp the theory and application of Ellingham diagram in pyrometallurgy, McCabe
Thiele Diagram in hydrometallurgy and Pourbaix diagram in electrometallurgy;
4. develop process flow sheets for extraction of common metals like aluminium, tin, copper,
nickel, lead and zinc from their ores; and
5. identify techno-economic and environmental challenges in non-ferrous metal extraction
industry with a view to proffering appropriate solutions.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 840
Review of the Periodic Table; classification and sub-classification of extractive metallurgy.
Pyro-metallurgy: Theory and application. Flow sheet development for lead, zinc, tin, gold
and nickel. Hydrometallurgy Review: Theory and application flow sheet development for
aluminium, copper, gold, silver and platinum group of metal (PGM). Electrometallurgy:
Theory and application. Flow sheet development for gold and silver. Application of Ellingham
diagram, McCabe Thiele diagram and Pourbaix diagram in pyro-metallurgy. Hydrometallurgy
and electrometallurgy processing of minerals/metals respectively. Refining of metals with
particular reference to gold, silver, copper and tin. Techno-economic and environmental
issue in the design and operation of metal extraction and refining plants.

MTE 407: Joining and Welding Technology (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. provide the definition, scope and classification of the three main metallurgical engineering
joining processes: welding, brazing and soldering;
2. discuss how the concept of heat affected zone (HAZ) is to be understood by the students;
3. exemplify theoretical knowledge and practical skills involved in welding, brazing and
soldering; and
4. explain the scope and limitations of both welding and brazing.

Course Contents
Introduction: Role of welding, brazing and soldering in manufacturing processes. Welding:
Definition, principle, classification and scope. Types of welding processes – gas, arc,
resistance, flash, friction and electro-welding, among others. Brief treatment of new
processes such as explosive welding, plasma welding and electro-beam welding. Weld rods
and fluxes protective atmosphere, weld defect and weldability of metals and alloys. The
effect of welding processes and mechanical properties of weldments. Heat Affected Zone
(HAZ). Heat treatment of welds, design of welded joint; brazing: scope and limitations,
types, processes, brazing of commercially important ferrous and non-ferrous metals and
alloys; soldering: processes, soldering alloys and application of soldering techniques.

MTE 409: Foundry Technology (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. appreciate the importance and uniqueness of foundry technology as a manufacturing
process;
2. distinguish between foundry and casting;
3. describe departments in typical foundry shop and their functions;
4. highlight the application of scientific principles in design of gating and rising system.
5. demonstrate skilfulness in charge calculations;
6. identify design and operational casting defects, their causes and preventive remedies; and
7. derive a typical process flowchart of foundry production.

Course Contents
Historical development of foundry technology. Situating casting as an important
manufacturing process. Distinguishing foundry as an establishment and casting as both as
process and product. Bases for classification of foundries: ferrous and non-ferrous, captive
and jobbing. Application of scientific principles such as law of continuity, Bernoulli equation,
and Torricelli equation in the design of gating and rise-ring system in a casting. Directional
solidification. Casting methods: sand, investment, pressure, vacuum and permanent mould

New
Engineering and Technology 841
casting. Various departments in foundry and their functions, process selection, design and
specification. Determination of casting techniques, mould and core making, pattern making,
furnace charge, casting and finishing; charge calculation, casting defects: design and
operation defects, definitions, preventive and curative measure to casting defects.
MTE 411: Corrosion Engineering (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain in details what corrosion is;
2. discuss the socio-economic implications of corrosion and the need to prevent same in
manufacturing processes, materials selection and surface finish;
3. describe the Pourbaix diagram and its application to corrosion prevention and control; and
4. develop the necessary skill on methods of corrosion control and prevention by inhibitors,
surface coating and electroplating.

Course Contents
Two view points on corrosion: extractive metallurgy in reverse and electrochemical
degradation of materials which is within the purview of physical metallurgy and
electrochemistry; socio-economic implications of corrosion and need to prevent it; emphasis
on the thermodynamics and kinetics of electrochemical corrosion of metals and alloys;
description of metallurgical factors, effect of applied stress corrosion, cracking corrosion
fatigue and passivity; methods of corrosion control and prevention including alloy selection,
inhibitors, anodic and cathodic protection, coating and electroplating.

MTE 413: Metallurgical Process Design (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. appreciate the fact that they are first engineers before being a metallurgical engineer;
2. be acquainted with engineering design principles, engineering materials processing and
selection;
3. explain energy utilization and conservation; and
4. undertake specific design projects.

Course Contents
Design of metallurgical processing systems: whether it is extractive, physical or production
system; method of estimating process costs and profitability; performance selection and
design of process equipment; integration of process units into a working plant: its
construction and operation; design of metallurgical equipment: furnace, ball mills, flotation
cells, mixers, sinters and metals forming mills; personnel management

MTE 415: Metallurgical Engineering Laboratory II (1 Units E: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. be acquainted with practical engineering principles in materials and metallurgical
processing and selection;
2. explain basic engineering issues in utilization and conservation; and
3. undertake specific prracticals relating to handling of materials and metals.
Laboratory manuals are prepared by the Department and are kept in the laboratory and also
given to the students.

New
Engineering and Technology 842
500 Level

GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
4. possess the skills needed for project management; and
5. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.

Course Contents
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons – functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.
Project planning, control and timeliness;decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.

GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions;
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications; and
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principles undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically
present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an
expert witness.

Course Contents
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms

New
Engineering and Technology 843
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.
Termination/cancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.
MTE 501: Research Project (6 units C: 270)
The students carry out research into selected researchable and need-driven topics pertaining
to mineral & metallurgical industries. They will be expected to carry out literature review on
chosen topics, perform experiments and produce reports. Students will be subjected to both
seminars and oral examinations (by both internal and external examiners) on their research
projects.
MTE 502: Materials Selection and Economics (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcome
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. choose suitable materials – metals, ceramics, polymers and composites for specific
application;
2. make the right choice from techno-economic, environmental and safety viewpoints;
3. demonstrate knowledge of the properties of materials that make them the practical
choice in various applications; and
4. explain fabrication, heat treatment and surface treatment in the production of
satisfactory components.

Course Contents
Metallurgical engineers and techno-economic consideration; selection of engineering materials
by the metallurgical engineer for specific applications such as in oil and gas, saline
environment, construction, high temperature environment, nuclear, electronics, aerospace
industries based on techno-economic considerations. Physical, mechanical, chemical,
electrical, magnetic and thermal properties of engineering materials: metals, ceramics,
polymers, composite and their production. Structure-properties-application relationship of
materials and their selection based on cost-benefit analysis, environmental friendliness and
safety. Factors governing the selection of materials for specific applications needs.

MTE 503: Transport Phenomena in Metallurgy (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. exhibit the scientific understanding that metallurgical processes are provided by transport
phenomena;
2. explain the interplay of fluid, mass and momentum transfer in metallurgical systems;
3. appreciate metallurgical engineering within engineering-technology family, differentiate
between the three types of fluid flow; and
4. apply the principles covered in the design of specific metallurgical systems.

Course Contents
Viscosity: definition, kinetic viscosity, dynamic viscosity and Reynolds constant. fluid Flow:
laminar, transitional and turbulent flow. Mechanical flow: Bernoulli equation, flow jet kinetic
and kinematics; thermal conductivity, steady and transient conduction problems, forced and

New
Engineering and Technology 844
natural convection, heat transfer and radiative heat transfer. Definition of binary diffusivity,
convection mass transfer and mass transfer coefficient. The application of the principles
covered in the design of specific metallurgical systems.

MTE 504: Fuels Refractories and Furnaces (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. appreciate the centrality of the core course to the different specialties of metallurgical
engineering;
2. identify and select suitable refractories for the building of specific furnaces;
3. design and build functional furnaces (blast furnace, reverberation furnace, electric furnace,
open heath furnace converter and fluidized bed reactors); and
4. carry out tests on coals to ascertain the cokeability and cakeability of such coal as
metallurgical fuel and thus make the right choice of fuels for the blast furnace.

Course Contents
Survey of main engineering fuel: solid, liquid and gaseous fuels; classification and testing of
fuels; fuels and energy utilisation in the metallurgical industry with reference to coking coals
for iron and steel production via blast furnace; introduction to coal and coke technology
refractories; technology of production and services of main metallurgical refractories: silicon,
magnesite, chrome-magnesite, alumina-silicate and other refractories; special refractories,
their evaluation and applications in furnace construction; classification of metallurgical
furnaces and reactors, their design and construction.
MTE 505: Powder Metallurgy (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. appreciate the fact that this is an important manufacturing process that stands between
the traditional manufacturing processes such as casting, machining, metal joining
processes, metal working processes, and the emerging manufacturing processes such as
additive manufacturing and nanotechnology;
2. explain the concept, the content and the context of powder metallurgy principles;
3. explain how this knowledge can be applied in industries; and
4. possess background knowledge to envision future trends in powder metallurgy.

Course Contents
Introduction to powder metallurgy; applications of powder metallurgy techniques in industries;
methods of production of metal powders, grinding and blending of powder; compaction by
pressing, extrusion, rolling and explosive techniques; sintering, sizing and impregnating;
sintered products; advantages and disadvantages of powder metallurgy techniques; safety
engineering in powder metallurgy industries; future trends in powder metallurgy.

MTE 506: Engineering Failure Analysis of Metallic Materials (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. situate engineering failure analysis under the broader field of forensic engineering;
2. explain the principles of manufacturing and mechanical metallurgy and how they can be
applied to engineering failure analysis;
3. give appropriate tests that can be done to analyse the cause; and
4. explain what steps can be taken to prevent a particular failure in future.

New
Engineering and Technology 845
Course Contents
Application of the principles of manufacturing and mechanical metallurgy to the analysis of
failed components; destructive tests (hardness test, compressive test, tensile test, fatigue
test, impact test, creep test) and non-destructive test (such as magnetic, resonance, eddy
current effect) of metallic materials; analytical techniques such as optical microscopy,
scanning electron microscopy (SEM), transmission electron microscopy (TEM) and scanning
transmission electron microscopy (STEM), and high-resolution photography for
characterisation of microstructure and fractographic failures; appropriate methods to gather
data, analyse the data and draw valid conclusions therefrom.
MTE 507: Production Metallurgy (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the principle of metal forming processes that will lead to acquisition of practical
skills;
2. highlight the concepts of rolling and drawing;
3. discuss forging and extrusion processes and their applications; and
4. develop entrepreneurial spirit.

Course Contents
Mechanical working of metals: principles of hot and cold working of metals. Structural and
properties changes during hot and cold working. Nature of stresses, strains and metal flows
in various metal working operations; heating of stock: soaking pits and re-heating furnaces,
de-scaling steel, precautions to be taken during reheating of ferrous and non-ferrous metals.
Rolling: theory of rolling, rolling mills and accessories, elements of roll pass design, rolling
defects, lubrication in rolling, manufacture of rolled product. Application of rolling and its
limitation. Rod/wire drawing: Theory of rod/wire drawing, rod/wire drawing accessories,
rod/wire drawing defects, manufacture of rod/wire drawing products, application of rod/wire
drawing and their limitations. Tube drawing: Theory of tube drawing, tube drawing
accessories, tube drawing defects, manufacture of tube drawing products, application of tube
drawing and limitations of tube drawing, seamless tubes; deep drawing: theory of deep
drawing, deep drawing accessories, deep drawing defects, manufacture of deep drawing
products, application of deep drawing and its limitations. Forging, types of forging processes,
forging equipment and forging defects. Roll forging and rotary swagging; extrusion: theory of
extrusion, application and limitations, types of and variables in extrusion, extrusion equipment
and lubrication in extrusion.
MTE 508: Recycling of Metallllic Waste and Environmental Protection
(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. appreciate that in all mineral and metal value addition chain, safety of lives comes before
economic gain;
2. internalise that environmental protection of both flora and fauna should be taken before,
during and after metallurgical operations;
3. explain some safety procedures and environmental protection guidelines; and
4. ensure qualitative secondary production of iron and steel through recycling of metallic
waste.

Course Contents
Safety precautions, environmental protection and regulations for mineral processing, metal
extraction, melting, casting, forming and finishing operations. Environmental risk analysis;

New
Engineering and Technology 846
environmental ethics and environmental control technology. Introduction to urban mining:
recycling of iron and steel scraps, recycling of metallic waste especially waste electrical
electronics (WEE) to recover precious metals.
Minimum Academic Standards
Equipment
List of Required New Laboratories and Equipment
The laboratories in the metallurgical engineering programmes should be upgraded to the
following seven laboratories. The required laboratories for the metallurgical engineering
programme are as follows:
1. Mineralogical Analysis and Mineral Processing Laboratory
2. Facilities for Metallographic Studies and Microscopy

3. Ferrous Extractive Metallurgy Research Laboratory

4. Non- Ferrous Extractive Metallurgy Research Laboratory
5. Engineering Failure Analysis Workshop and Laboratory (For metallic materials)

6. Foundry Laboratory Facilities and Testing/Measuring Equipment

7. General Metallurgical Laboratory Facilities

Mineralogical Analysis and Mineral Processing Laboratory

The required equipment for characterisation and preliminary process design of minerals
include but are not limited to the following:
1. Set of sieves
2. Vibrating shakers
3. Ore microscope for petrographic investigation
4. Atomic absorption spectrophotometer (AAS) with Au, Ag, Pb, Cu, Zn, Pt lamps for chemical
analysis of precision metals.
5. X-ray diffractometer (with box file) for mineralogical assemblage of an ore.
6. X-ray florescence for chemical analysis of base metals.
7. Scanning electron microscope.
8. PH meter
9. PH electrodes
10. Laboratory sample divider

The required equipment in this laboratory and their accessories include but are not only limited
to the following: Top loading balance Comminution and particle size analysis equipment and
accessories:
1. Crushers of various categories
2. Grinders of various categories
3. Set of sieves of all sizes with sieving machine for particle size analysis
4. Vibrating shakers
5. Particle size analyser
6. Physical concentration equipment and accessories
7. Gravity separation equipment which include
a. Shaking Table
b. Air float
c. Jig
d. Dense media separation
e. Spiral
f. Gravity concentrator
g. Viscometer

New
Engineering and Technology 847
h. Magnetic separator
i. Electrostatic separator
j. Physico-chemical concentration equipment and accessories
i. Froth flotation cell
ii. Coal gold agglomeration apparatus

Facilities for Metallographic Studies and Microscopy

1. Olympus Microscope, BHT 312 with PM 10 photomicrographic outfit, Ref. No. N-MKH-340-
E with facilities for dark field and bright field.
2. Photomicrographic outfit, Olympus PM6, No. N-NMX-450-030F
3. Adapter for use of PM6 with stereoscopic microscope No. N-NMX-4520-502B
4. Illuminator, Olympus Model LSG-2 NO N-NMC0-200-010T
5. Illuminator, Olympus Model LSG-2 NO N-NMC0-215-010F
6. Achromatic objectives magnifications X4, X10, X20, X40, X100, X250, X500
7. Nikon Photomicrographic Attachments, microflex FX-Series (Complete with 35mm camera,
mechanical shutter mechanism-photocell and direct reading exposuremeter)
8. Extra lenses for Nikon system: CF objectives Lenses, M.PLAN 50X, 100X and 200X
9. Standard Buehler Metallograph (or Versmet – 2 Metallograph, Unitron Instruments)
10. Belt grinder for rough grinding of metallographic specimens
11. Buehler metallographic rotary polishing wheels (ECOMET I and ECOMET II)
12. Wet grinding deck (to take 4 trips of emery paper)
13. Buehler polishing cloth (Selvyt and Nylon types)
14. Buehler moulding compound (specimen mounting compound); plastic kit (plastic liquid
and powder type) required
15. Alumina polishing powder (1.0μm and 0.6 μm)
16. Buehler emery paper rolls or strips for use on a 4-deck land polisher (sequence of 240,
320, 400 and 600 grits)
17. Scanning electron microscope (SEM) complete with accessories
18. Ion beam thinning equipment (for etching/thinning of TEM specimens)
19. Chemical thinning equipment (for etching/thinning of TEM specimens)
20. Films, plates and related auxiliary facilities for optical microscopy, SEM and TEM
21. Transmission scanning microscope (TEM) complete with accessories
22. Metallurgical microscopes
23. Enlarger
24. Metal enlargement easel mask
25. Dryer cabinet
26. Darkroom timer
27. Darkroom lamp

Ferrous Extractive Metallurgy Research Laboratory

Pyrometallurgical Laboratory
1. This laboratory should have equipment and accessories for roasting, calcination and
agglomeration (nodulising, sintering, pelletising and briquetting).
2. Functional induction furnace for melting of iron and steel
3. Laboratory pelletising drum
4. ISO drum tester
5. Pellet hardness apparatus
6. Permeability testing equipment
7. Gas analysers for CO, H2, CO2, among others
8. Reducing furnace with accompanying chemical balance

New
Engineering and Technology 848
9. Softening testing apparatus
10. Sinter grate machine
11. Digital temperature indicators reading - 250°C to 1600°C (or other appropriate
temperature range)
12. Induction furnaces

Coal and Coke-Making Laboratory

This laboratory is meant for assessment of coals for metallurgical coke-making and relevant
equipment and their accessories will be needed to carry out the following functions:

1. The following qualities of coals will be determined: petrography, coking and caking.
2. For petrography, equipment will be needed for reflectogram, macenal analysis and rank
determination.
3. For coking, relevant equipment will be required for gray-king coke type, Geeseller,
plastometer and dilatometer
4. For caking, equipment will be required for Roga index(RI) and free-swelling index (Psi)
5. Bomb calorimeter (for measuring ash contents of coal and coke)

Non-Ferrous Extractive Metallurgical Research Laboratory

Equipment for the following speciality of non-ferrous extractive metallurgy:

1. Pyrometallurgy equipment and accessories including furnaces and crucibles
2. Analysis of gold by fire-assay gravimetric method equipment and accessories
3. Hydrometallurgy equipment and accessories
4. Electrometallurgy equipment and accessories

This laboratory will be dedicated to process design for:

1. Precious metals like gold, silver, and Platinum group of metals
2. Base metal like Cu, Pb, Zn, Ni, Sn
3. Most important non-ferrous industrial metal: Al,
4. Radioactive metals like uranium, plutonium and monazite
5. Rare earth elements like lithium and cerium

Engineering Failure Analysis Workshop & Laboratory (For Metallic Materials)

In this workshop, engineering materials (especially metals) integrity assessment will be carried
out. The following equipment among others will be required:

Destructive testing of metallic materials

1. Universal testing machine for tensile, compressive and hardness tests
2. Impact testing machine
3. Fatigue testing machine
4. Green testing machine

Non-Destructive Test (NDT)

The equipment and accessories required include the following:
1. Magnetic
2. Resonance
3. Eddy current effect
4. Dye penetrant

Metallography: Equipment and accessories

The equipment and accessories required include the following:

New
Engineering and Technology 849
1. Bakelight
2. Polishing machine
3. Etchant
4. Metallurgical microscope

Fractography Equipment and accessories

Microscopy: Equipment and accessories

1. Optical Microscope
2. Scanning electron microscope (SEM)
3. Transmission electron microscope (TEM)
4. Stemming electron microscope
5. Scanning Transmission electron microscope (STEM)

Foundry Laboratory Facilities and Testing/Measuring Equipment

Equipment and tools for a foundry workshop:
1. The design shop
2. Pattern shop
3. Mould and core preparation section
4. Melting section
5. Finishing section
So that students have necessary skills so as to be able to produce the following items while
still in school:

a. Grinding disk for local grinders

b. Aluminium pots, spoons and stove heads
c. Break drum for automobiles
d. Local axe heads
e. Hand bills
f. Wheel balancing weights
g. Retort stand
h. Railway brake block
i. Damaged/failed part
j. Test specimen weight scale; weighing range 0-210 gms, sensitivity 0.2 gms

Design Office
1. Drawing board with stand
2. Tee-square
3. Drawing set (rotring)
4. Set-square (adjustable)
5. Tracing paper
6. Vernier calliper
7. Consumables, pencils, erasers and drawing sheets
8. Foundry analyser

Pattern making shop

1. Hammer
2. Mallet
3. Punches
4. Stanley E-clamp

New
Engineering and Technology 850
5. Stanley G-clamp
6. Vernier calliper
7. Tape rule
8. Wood drill machine
9. Stanley planer (smooth)
10. Stanley planer (Dutch)
11. Shrinkage allowance scale
12. Jig saw
13. Dovetarl saw
14. Chisel (turning)
15. Chisel (flat)
16. Oil stone
17. Files
18. Consumables include pencils, nails, adhesives, emery cloth.

Mould and core making sections

1. Mould boxes or flasks
2. Sieve or mesh
3. Shovel
4. Rammer
5. Wheel barrow
6. Head pan
7. Gloves
8. Oven (core making)
9. Facing board
10. Soft brush
11. Bellows
12. Knife
13. Sprue pins (cut pipes)
14. Hand towel
15. Muller
16. Consumables in this section include bentonite resin.
17. Drying cabinet for foundry sand
18. Sand rammer
19. Electric permeability meter
20. Foundry moisture teller (for foundry sand)
21. Universal sand strength machine (motor driven)
22. Sand flowability meter for testing flowability of moulding sand
23. Impact penetration tester for testing compaction, plasticity and hardness of moulds
24. Laboratory sifter (for determination of grain size fractions of dry moulding sand)
25. Permeability metre (manually operated) for testing sand mould
26. Core drying oven for drying core sand test specimens
27. Continuous clay washer for removing all particles smaller than 0.02 mm simultaneously
from two clay bonded foundry samples
28. Moulding machine for foundry
29. Moulding sand mixer, capacity 0-20 kg, 1-50 kg
30. Metal moulding boxes
31. Foundry moulding tool kit
32. Bench mounted sieve shaker

Melting and casting section

Furnace construction

New
Engineering and Technology 851
Laddle
Carrier
Tade
Long bar
Skimming bar
Burner
Drum for oil
Gloves
Fireproof coat
Hose
Muffle furnace for heat treatment
Blower
Morgan crucible tilting furnace for melting of cast iron and non-ferrous metals
Lift-out crucible furnace for non-ferrous metals
High frequency induction melting furnace
Degasser for all non-ferrous alloys to be used in tilting furnaces and bale-out furnaces
Foundry bellows

Finishing section
Metallurgical microscope with camera attachment
Grinding machine (3 phases) GSW 30
Hand drilling machine
Hacksaw
Raw materials requirement: bentonite, moulding sand, diesel

General Laboratory Facilities

1. Instron universal testing machine complete with accessories (floor and table types) with
load cells and jaws for polymers and fibres
2. Automated X-ray powder diffraction system with all accessories
3. X-ray quantometer with all accessories
4. Chemical analysis equipment: Emission spectrometer equipped with all accessories
5. Metascope: Fluorescent analyser for quick composition analysis
6. Electron microprobe analyser
7. Charpy impact test equipment with all accessories
8. High temperature and room temperature creep testing machines complete with
accessories
9. Fatigue testing machine complete with accessories
10. Pneumatic mounting press
11. Controlled atmosphere sintering furnace (Tem. up to 1450°C)
12. Single crystal growing furnace complete with accessories (Tem. up to 1550°C)
13. Vacuum equipment for vapour deposition plating
14. Potentiostat/galvanostat complete with all accessories

The Department should see to it that the laboratory experiment manuals are updated and
upgraded using the format below:
MTE 308: Metallurgical Engineering Laboratory I
1. Mineralogical Analysis and Mineral Processing Laboratory
2. Ferrous and Non-Ferrous Metal Extraction Laboratory
3. Metallography Laboratory and Microscopy Laboratory

MTE 415: Metallurgical Engineering Laboratory II

New
Engineering and Technology 852
1. General Metallurgical Laboratory
2. (For Physical and Mechanical Metallurgy) Heat treatment and propertive??? testing
Destructive Testing and Non-Destructive Testing
3. Foundry Workshop

MTE 509: Metallurgical Engineering Laboratory III

1. Welding Workshop
2. Corrosion Control and Electroplating Laboratory
3. Engineering Failure Analysis Laboratory

Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalents
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15 Units per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practical’s
and supervision of projects.

NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees; hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personnel

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practical’s
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.

Administrative Support Staff

The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.

Technical Support Personnel

The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of development*s in equipment operation
and maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.

Minimum Number of Staff

Subject to the general standards specified by NUC:
1. there should be a minimum of two PhDs and four M.Eng degree holders full-time academic
staff to mount the programme;
2. each workshop or laboratory should have an adequate number of staff with the right mix,
such that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run efficiently; and
3. there should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate caliber for
the office of the Head of Department to run.

New
Engineering and Technology 853
Student/Staff Ratio
The minimum staff-to-student ratio should be 1:15 from 200 level to 500 level.

Library
There must be adequate library facilities to cater for the interest of all the programmes in the
faculty. These include current journals, handbooks, textbooks, manuals, codes of practice,
standards and specifications in sufficient numbers.

Classrooms, Laboratories, Workshops, Clinics and Offices

Academic and Non-Academic Spaces

The NUC recommends the following physical space requirement:
Academic m2
Professor’s office 18.50
Head of Department’s office 18.50
Tutorial teaching staff space 13.50
Other teaching staff space 7.00
Technical staff space 7.00
Science staff research laboratory 16.50
Engineering staff research laboratory 14.50
Seminar space per student 1.85
Drawing office space (A.O. board) (Per student) 4.60
Drawing office space (A.I. board) (Per student) 3.70
Laboratory space 7.50
Non-Academic
Secretarial space 7.00

Office Facilities
S/No Office No in Room Facilities

1. HOD 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer

unit, Secretary and facilities.
2. Professor Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
unit, Secretary and facilities.
3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
unit.
4. Senior 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
Lecturer unit.
5. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.

New
Engineering and Technology 854
 B.Eng. Materials Engineering
Overview
The art, science and technology of extracting and processing metals, metallurgy has evolved
over the centuries. It started as a trade of the Alchemists and transited mankind from the
Stone Age to the bronze and iron ages. It later developed from being called metallurgy and
became known as metallurgical engineering when advanced machines and machineries were
invented to extract and process metals and their alloys. Afterwards, it transformed to
metallurgical and materials engineering when new materials, such as polymers, ceramics and
composites began to play significant roles in engineering applications and thus decreased the
dominance of metals and their alloys. The need to emphasise the processing of other materials
and exploit the transforming role of materials science has led to the emergence of disciplines
such as materials engineering as well as materials science and engineering. Although there
are programmes in ceramic, polymer and metallurgical engineering, materials engineering is
unique because of its emphasis on the development of emerging materials such
as nano-composites, metallic foams, semi-conductors, precursor-derived and corrosion
resistant materials, inter-metallics, multi-components alloys, biomedical materials and the
application of novel processing techniques like LASER methods, additive manufacturing,
surface science and coating technology in materials processing.
The decision to revamp the curriculum of higher education in Nigeria could not have come at
a more opportune time. Employability rating of university graduates has been on a steady
decline for years. In a bid to checkmate this negative trend, a fresh curriculum is hereby
proposed, that will allow universities to contribute a minimum of 30% innovative content to
the core of the minimum academic standard prescribed by the National Universities
Commission (NUC). Hence, this new BSc. Programme, the Materials Engineering Core
Curriculum and Minimum Academic Standards (CCMAS) has been prepared and approved for
use in all Nigerian universities for the training of Materials Engineers. This version is the first
of its kind for the Materials Engineering discipline and it is based on the experience derived in
teaching and research in Materials and Metallurgical engineering discipline over the years.
The Bachelor of Science programme in Materials Engineering in Nigeria will provide students
with a well-balanced theory and practical knowledge in Materials Engineering to become
competent members of the 21st Century workforce. The nation needs competent materials
engineers to develop its solid mineral resources by adding value to them and to design process
routes to convert them to primary and secondary products for national industrialization and
technological development. The main objective of the programme is to provide students with
the instructions that will train them to become materials engineers capable of working
effectively at the senior level in the materials processing industries, research institutes and
government or private establishments related to materials engineering after being exposed to
the following areas:
. Evaluation of the chemical and mineralogical composition of solid and semi-solid mineral
resources
. Design of extraction processes to convert the raw materials to metals and non-metallic
products
. Application of traditional and emerging production techniques to produce metallic and non-
metallic products and nanocomposites with superior mechanical properties
. Design against corrosion deterioration of metallic components in service
. Application of novel softwares to design and obtain products for structural services in critical
operating conditions such as sub-zero, elevated temperatures and in nuclear reactors

New
Engineering and Technology 855
Therefore, the students will on graduation become suitably skilled to upgrade the locally
sourced solid and semi-solid resources for industrial use and to provide value additions in their
value chains progression across the various materials processing industries. This will stimulate
technological development, import substitution and exploitation of our national solid minerals
wealth currently being exported cheaply as raw materials. The BSc. Materials Engineering
Core Curriculum Minimum Academic Standard (CCMAS) contains 105 Units of core courses in
Basic Sciences, General Engineering and Materials Engineering Courses (MSE). Learning
outcomes have been attached to the course contents for individual courses in the CCMAS to
showcase content delivery. Universities are encouraged to supply the remaining 45 units
according to their peculiar needs to make up a total of 150 units required for graduation.
Philosophy
The general philosophy of the programme is to equip the graduate with science and
engineering of materials (the underlying link between structure, properties, performance, and
applications of materials), giving the students a sound theoretical background of the
fundamentals and showing them the link between theory and practice by way of laboratory
practical, works visits and industrial attachments. The programme is designed to prepare
students for careers in mineral processing, extraction of metals, processing of metals into
products, corrosion monitoring and control, processing/synthesis of traditional materials
(polymer, ceramic and composite), advance materials (bio-materials, nanomaterials and smart
materials), materials treatment, development of materials for engineering applications; and
as well as possess practical skills for self-employment and suitably qualified to perform
expected roles in the industry, academia and the community in satisfying the global material
supplies deficit.
Objectives
The specific objectives of the programme are to adopt the principles of Science, Technology,
Engineering and Mathematics (STEM) to produce graduates that will:
1. provide the necessary high-level manpower for nations engineering materials and Oil &
gas industries that are rapidly developing and expanding;
2. produce materials engineers who are capable of effecting changes in imported technology
through research and development;
3. provide manpower for the development and sustenance of materials engineering
programmes in the nation’s institution of higher learning;
4. provide a solid academic base for the pursuit of higher degrees (M.Sc., M.Phil. and Ph.D)
5. manage material processing challenges;
6. convert raw material and mineral resources into semi-finished and finished products;
7. develop different processes to reduce corrosion losses of components in service;
8. design heat treatment programmes to appreciably improve the strength of products to
satisfy different applications
9. apply relevant softwares to select materials for various engineering applications;
10. design process flowsheets to upgrade locally sourced materials for industrial applications
and thus promoting import substitution;
11. design and construct furnaces for material processing;
12. develop local raw materials for use as inputs in forming processes such as material
casting;
13. apply the theories of nanoscience to develop superior materials for use in energy,
agriculture, medicine, among other uses; and
14. -apply the theories of fracture mechanics and failure analysis to develop fracture resistant
products

New
Engineering and Technology 856
Employability Skills
The graduates of this programme will be equipped with skills ranging from structural analysis,
synthesis, processing, design, production and development of materials for engineering
applications. These skills will also, prepared them to meet the challenges of current worlds
needs that are constantly fueling the need for discovery and development of new kinds of
materials with the desired properties and the relevant cost in all types of industries. Hence,
graduate of this programme will find employment in many engineering industries. These
includes: aerospace industry, automotive industry, heavy equipment manufacturing industry,
defense industry, oil & gas industry, chemical industry, electronics industry, power and
telecommunication industry, sport equipment manufacturing industry, and metals
manufacturing industry.
The graduates of this programme will always continue to play a significant role in the current
and upcoming future world because as demand for new materials and manufacturing
processes continues to increase, more materials engineers are expected to be needed to help
develop these products and systems. They will also, be contributing to the advancement of a
number of technologies, including medicine and health, information and communication,
national security and space, transportation, structural materials, arts and literature, textiles,
agriculture, food science and the environment.
21st Century Skills
The programme emphasised the following 21st Century skills:

1. critical thinking;
2. problem solving;
3. pressure management;
4. Teamwork;
5. Creativity;
6. structural analysis;
7. Communication;
8. computer literacy;
9. attention to details;
10. data modelling;
11. Flexibility; and
12. Leadership.

Unique Features of the Programme

1. enhanced learning and application of ICT;
2. emphasis on the use of relevant softwares such as Cambridge Engineering Selector (CES)
in material selection;
3. inclusion of specific practicals from materials science in materials laboratories;
4. production of graduates that demonstrate knowledge of the relevant Science and
Engineering tools for optimal outputs in the 21st Century;
5. curriculum design to produce graduate employers of labour rather than job seekers; and
6. training graduates that will demonstrate very strong leadership skills.

Admission and Graduation Requirements

Admission Requirements

New
Engineering and Technology 857
Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
1. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
2. Direct Entry (DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

For the five-year degree propgramme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must include English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

Direct Entry (DE) Mode

For four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit passes
which must include English Language, Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry, candidates with
at least two passes in relevant subjects (Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry) at the GCE
Advanced Level or IJMB or JUPEB may be considered for admission. Candidates who have
good National Diploma (ND) result in relevant Engineering Technology programmes may also
be considered for admission into 200 level. Holders of upper credit pass and above at Higher
National Diploma (HND) level, are eligible for consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:
1. Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of 150
and maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5–year engineering degree programme.
Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters.
2. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode to 200 level, shall register for a
minimum of 120 and a maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic
semesters.
3. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode at 300 level, shall register for a
minimum of 90 and a maximum of 120 units of courses during a 3–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of 6 academic
semesters.
4. HND holders who enter as Direct Entry candidates at 300 level shall register for a
minimum of 90 units of courses and a maximum of 120 units of courses.
5. The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units
respectively.
6. A student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by the
university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.
7. A student shall also have earned the 11 credit units of Students Industrial Work
Experience Scheme (SIWES), 8 credit units of University General Study courses and four
credit units of Entrepreneurship courses.

For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered,
whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the
computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it
or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each and all
attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.

New
Engineering and Technology 858
Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME, 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 200-Level
and 11 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 300-Level.

Global Course Structure

Level GST ENT Basic Faculty Department SIWES* Total
Sciences (GET) (MSE)
100 4 0 16 3 2 0 25
200 2 2 0 29 0 3 36
300 2 2 0 15 7 4 30
400 0 0 0 2 4 6 12
500 0 0 0 5 10 0 15
Total CCMAS 8 4 16 54 23 (13)* 105
70%
*All 11 units of SIWES and the 2 units of Engineering Valuation credited in 2nd Semester of
400 Level, and are not added to CCMAS credit units

100 level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 15 45
GST 112 Nigerian People and Culture 2 C 30 -
CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C 30 -
CHM 102 General Chemistry II 2 C 30 -
CHM 107 General Practical Chemistry I 1 C - 45
CHM 108 General Practical Chemistry II 1 C - 45
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 2 C 30 -
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C 30 -
PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C 30 -
PHY 103 General Physics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 107 General Practical Physics I 1 C - 45
PHY 108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45
GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C 15
GET 102 Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I 2 C 15 45
MSE 101 Frontiers in Materials Science and 2 C 30 -
Engineering
Total 25

200 level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence 2 C 30 -
ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and Innovation 2 C 30
GET 201 Applied Electricity 1 3 C 45 -
GET 202 Engineering Materials 3 C 45 -

New
Engineering and Technology 859
 GET 203 Engineering Graphics and Solid Modeling 3 C 30 45
II
GET 204 Students Workshop Practice 2 C 30 45
GET 206 Fundamentals of Thermodynamics 3 C 45 -
GET 207 Applied Mechanics 3 C 45 -
GET 208 Strength of Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 45 -
GET 210 Engineering Mathematics II 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing and Software Engineering 3 C 30 45
*GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 Weeks
Total 36

300 level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GST 312 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 30 -
ENT 312 Venture and creation 2 C 15 45
GET 301 Engineering Mathematics III 3 C 45 -
GET 304 Engineering Communication and 3 C 45 -
Technical Writing
GET 305 Engineering Statistics and Data 3 C 45 -
Analytics
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems and 3 C 30 45
Technologies
GET 307 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, 3 C 45 -
Machine Learning and Convergent
Technologies
MSE 301 Mineral Processing Engineering I 2 C 30 -
MSE 303 Materials Thermodynamics 2 C 30 -
MSE 305 Mechanics of Materials 3 C 45 -
*GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 Weeks
Total 30

400 level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 C 90
GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Costing 2 C 30
MSE 401 Ferrous Extraction Metallurgy 2 C 30 -
MSE 403 Ceramic, Glass and Polymers 2 C 30 -
MSE 405 Corrosion Science and Engineering I 2 E 30 -
*GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 Weeks
Total 12

SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

New
Engineering and Technology 860
 Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

500 level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GET 501 Engineering Project Management 3 C 45 -
GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -
MSE 501 Non-Ferrous Extraction Metallurgy 2 C 30 -
MSE 503 Composite Materials 2 C 30 -
MSE 520 Final Year Project 6 C 15 90
Total 15

Learning Outcomes and Course Contents

100 Level
GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.
Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology); English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations); major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional); grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality). Reading
and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking; reasoning
methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy, generalisation and
explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements. Writing activities
(pre-writing, brainstorming and outlining), writing (paragraphing, punctuation and
expression), post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing (summary, essays,
letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making). Mechanics of writing. Information and
Communication Technology in modern language learning. Language skills for effective
communication. The art of public speaking.
GST 112: Nigerian peoples and culture (2 Units C: LH 30)

New
Engineering and Technology 861
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the historical foundation of the Nigerian culture and arts in pre-colonial times;
2. list and identify the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
3. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political unit;
4. analyse the concepts of Trade, Economic and Self-reliance status of the Nigerian peoples
towards national development;
5. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian State towards Nation building;
6. analyse the role of the Judiciary in upholding people’s fundamental rights;
7. identify acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria; and
8. list and suggest possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and
value problems.
Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and culture,
peoples and culture of the ethnic minority groups). Nigeria under colonial rule: (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria, Colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914, formation of political parties in Nigeria, Nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian civil war). Concept of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system, indigenous apprenticeship system among
Nigeria people, trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justices and national
development (law definition and classification). Judiciary and fundamental human rights.
Individual, norms, and values (basic Nigeria norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition, citizenship and civic responsibilities, indigenous languages, usage, and
development, negative attitudes and conducts. Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3R’s – reconstruction, rehabilitation and
re-orientation strategies, operation feed the nation (OFN), green revolution, austerity
measures, war against indiscipline (WAI), war against indiscipline and corruption (WAIC),
mass mobilization for self-reliance; social justice and economic recovery (MAMSER), national
orientation agency (NOA), current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria).
CHM 101: General Chemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. define atom, molecules and chemical reactions;
2. discuss the Modern electronic theory of atoms;
3. write electronic configurations of elements on the periodic table;
4. justify the trends of atomic radii, ionization energies, electronegativity of the elements
based on their position in the periodic table;
5. identify and balance oxidation – reduction equation and solve redox titration problems;
6. illustrate shapes of simple molecules and hybridized orbitals;
7. identify the characteristics of acids, bases and salts, and solve problems based on their
quantitative relationship;
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using LeChatelier’s principle to
predict the effect of concentration, pressure and temperature changes on equilibrium
mixtures;
9. analyse and perform calculations with the thermodynamic functions, enthalpy, entropy
and free energy; and
10. determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and
temperature.

New
Engineering and Technology 862
Course Contents
Atoms, molecules, elements and compounds and chemical reactions. Modern electronic theory
of atoms. Electronic configuration, periodicity and building up of the periodic table.
Hybridization and shapes of simple molecules. Valence Forces. Structure of solids. Chemical
equations and stoichiometry; Chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, kinetic theory of
matter. Elementary thermochemistry. Rates of reaction, equilibrium and thermodynamics.
Acids, bases and salts. Properties of gases. Redox reactions and introduction to
electrochemistry. Radioactivity.
CHM 102: General Chemistry II (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the importance and development of organic chemistry;
2. define fullerenes and their applications;
3. discuss electronic theory;
4. determine the qualitative and quantitative of structures in organic chemistry;
5. describe rules guiding nomenclature and functional group classes of organic chemistry;
6. determine rate of reaction to predict mechanisms of reactions;
7. identify classes of organic functional group with brief description of their chemistry;
8. discuss comparative chemistry of group 1A, IIA and IVA elements; and
9. describe basic properties of Transition metals.
Course Contents
Historical survey of the development and importance of Organic Chemistry. Fullerenes as
fourth allotrope of carbon, uses as nanotubules, nanostructures, nanochemistry. Electronic
theory in organic chemistry. Isolation and purification of organic compounds. Determination
of structures of organic compounds including qualitative and quantitative analysis in organic
chemistry. Nomenclature and functional group classes of organic compounds. Introductory
reaction mechanism and kinetics. Stereochemistry. The chemistry of alkanes, alkenes,
alkynes, alcohols, ethers, amines, alkyl halides, nitriles, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids
and derivatives. The Chemistry of selected metals and non-metals. Comparative chemistry of
group IA, IIA and IVA elements. Introduction to transition metal chemistry.
CHM 107: General Chemistry Practical I (1 Unit C: PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correctly carrying out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. identify the differences between primary and secondary standards;
5. perform redox titration;
6. recording observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions.
Course Contents
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.
CHM 108: General Chemistry Practical II (1 Unit C: PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 863
1. identify the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correctly carrying out Chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. identify and carry out preliminary tests which includes ignition, boiling point, melting
point, test on known and unknown organic compounds;
5. perform solubility tests on known and unknown organic compounds;
6. conduct elemental tests on known and unknown compounds; and
7. conduct functional group/confirmatory test on known and unknown compounds which
could be acidic / basic / neutral organic compounds.

Course Contents
Continuation of CHM 107. Additional laboratory experiments to include functional group
analysis, quantitative analysis using volumetric methods.
MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)
(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain basic definition of set, subsets, union, intersection, complements and use of
2. Venn diagrams;
3. solve quadratic equations;
4. solve trigonometric functions;
5. identify various types of numbers; and
6. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers, mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem. Complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the Argand diagram. De-Moivre’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.
MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
2. describe the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and continuity; and
3. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes.
Course Contents
Function of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative as limit of rate
of change. Techniques of differentiation. Extreme curve sketching. Integration as an inverse
of differentiation. Methods of integration. Definite integrals. Application to areas, volumes.
PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;

New
Engineering and Technology 864
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular
momentum;
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

Course Contents
Space and time. Units and dimension. Vectors and scalars. Differentiation of vectors
(displacement, velocity and acceleration). Kinematics. Newton’s laws of motion (Inertial
frames, impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation). Relative motion.
Application of Newtonian mechanics. Equations of motion. Conservation principles in physics
(conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy). System of particles. Centre of mass. Rotational motion (torque, vector product,
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum). Coordinate systems. Polar
coordinates. Conservation of angular momentum. Circular motion. Moments of inertia
(gyroscopes, and precession). Gravitation (Newton’s Law of Gravitation, Kepler’s laws of
planetary motion, gravitational potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits).
PHY 103: General Physics III (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing
macroscopic behaviour;
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Content
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.

PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;

New
Engineering and Technology 865
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.
Course Contents
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity, etc. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis
should be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data
collection, analysis, and deduction.
PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1Unit C: PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs;
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.
Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction.
GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs); and
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.

Course Contents
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.
GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 866
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple every day and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength and cost;
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical and
other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the analytical
nature of the courses they take; and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.
Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete terms.
Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3D objects.
Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and perspectives.
Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection and rendering.
This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid works, solid edge
or equivalent.
MSE 101: Frontiers in Materials Science and Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
After attending this introductory course, students are expected to:
1. explain the history of metallurgy in Nigeria since 1970s to date;
2. explain how engineering materials have impacted the stage wise development of
humanity from medieval periods;
3. learn the procedures for investigating materials structures and properties;
4. explain the roles and functions of materials engineers in the metallurgical, ceramic,
plastics, oil& gas and information and technology industries; and
5. identify the importance and role of materials selection in engineering designs.
Course Contents
The course will consist of informal seminars and audio-visual demonstration and illustrations
of the following: Materials in the service of mankind, etc. The scope of Materials Engineering.
History of metallurgical operations in Nigeria. Modern engineering materials processes and
operations. Introduction to new and emerging materials-nano and bio-materials. Extraction of
metals from ores; materials production and finishing processes. Identification and selection of
engineering materials. Laboratory procedures for the investigation of materials structures and
properties. Heat treatment equipment and procedures. Property classification. The roles and
functions of Materials Engineers in metallurgical, ceramic and plastic industries.
200 Level
GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;

New
Engineering and Technology 867
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge; and
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.
Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding.
ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence; engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
4. identify key elements in innovation;
5. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
6. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
7. state the basic principles of e-commerce.
Course Contents
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.
GET 201: Applied Electricity I (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Course Learning Outcomes

New
Engineering and Technology 868
Students will be able to:
1. discuss the fundamental concepts of electricity and electrical d.c. circuits;
2. state, explain and apply the basic d.c. circuit theorems;
3. explain the basic a.c. circuit theory and
4. apply to solution of simple circuits.
Course Contents
Fundamental concepts: Electric fields, charges, magnetic fields. current, B-H curves Kirchhoff’s
laws, superposition. Thevenin, Norton theorems, Reciprocity, RL, RC, RLC circuits. DC, AC
bridges, Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance measurement, Transducers, Single phase
circuits, Complex j - notation, AC circuits, impedance, admittance, susceptance.
GET 202: Engineering Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate the role of atoms and molecules (aggregates of atoms) in the building of
solid/condensed matter known as engineering materials, the electrons quantum numbers
and how the electrons are arranged in different atomic elements, and explain the role of
electronic configuration and valence electrons in bonding;
2. define metals, alloys and metalloids, demonstrate mental picture of the solid mineral
resources development as a relay race among four ‘athletes’: geologist, mining engineer,
mineral processing technologist, process metallurgical engineer, and classify metallurgical
engineering into 3Ps: process, physical and production;
3. explain the relationship between structure and properties of materials, characteristics,
components and compositions of phase diagrams and phase transformations of solid
solutions;
4. define ceramics, glass and constituents of glasses and understand application of ceramics
in mining, building, art and craft industries;
5. define and classify polymers as a class of engineering materials and polymeric materials,
demonstrate polymerisation reactions, their types and mechanism, and applications of
polymers;
6. define properties, types and application of composite materials and fibres (synthetic and
natural);
7. define and classify nanomaterials, demonstrate applications of nanomaterials, concept,
design and classification of fracture mechanics, corrosion classification, including the five
principal ways of controlling corrosion and metal finishing processes such as sherardising,
galvanising and anodizing; and
8. identify factors affecting the performance and service life of engineering materials/metals
and metallography of metals/materials (materials anatomy), which enables metallurgical
and materials engineers to prescribe appropriate solutions to test metals/materials fitness
in service through structure-property-application relationships.
Course Contents
Basic material science; atomic structure, atomic bonding and crystal structures. Engineering
materials situating metals and alloys; metals and alloys, classifications of metals, metal
extraction processes using iron and steel (ferrous) and aluminium (nonferrous) as examples,
phase diagrams/iron carbon diagrams, and mechanical workings of metals. Selection and
applications of metals and alloys for specific applications in oil, aerospace, construction,
manufacturing and transportation industries, among others. Ceramics (including glass);
definition, properties, structure and classifications of ceramics. Bioactive and glass – ceramics.
Toughing mechanism for ceramics. Polymers; definition of polymers as engineering materials,
chemistry of polymeric materials, polymer crystallisation, polymer degradation and aging.
Thermoplastic and thermosetting polymers and concepts of copolymers and homopolymers.

New
Engineering and Technology 869
Composites; definition, classification, characterisation, properties and composite. Applications
of composites. Nanomaterials; definition, classification and applications of nanomaterials as
emerging technology. Processing of nanomaterials including mechanical grinding, wet
chemical synthesis, gas phase synthesis, sputtered plasma processing, microwave plasma
processing and laser ablation. Integrity assessment of engineering materials; effect of
engineering design, engineering materials processing, selection, manufacturing and
assembling on the performance and service life of engineering materials. Metallography and
fractography of materials. Mechanical testing (destructive testing) of materials such as
compressive test, tensile test, hardness test, impact test, endurance limit and fatigue test.
Non-destructive test (NDT) such as dye penetrant, X-ray and eddy current.
GET 203: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modeling II (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
Students should be able to:
1. apply mastery of the use of projections to prepare detailed working drawing of objects
and designs;
2. develop skills in parametric design to aid their ability to see design in the optimal
specification of materials and systems to meet needs;
3. be able to analyze and optimize designs on the basis of strength and material
minimization;
4. get their appetites wet in seeing the need for the theoretical perspectives that create the
basis for the analysis that are possible in design and optimization, and
recognize/understand the practical link to excite their creativity and ability to innovate;
and
5. be able to translate their thoughts and excitements to produce shop drawings for
multiphysical, multidisciplinary design.
Course Contents
Projection of lines, auxiliary views and mixed projection. Preparation of detailed working
production drawing; semi-detailed drawings, conventional presentation methods. Solid,
surface and shell modeling. Faces, bodies and surface intersections. Component-based design.
Component assembly and motion constraints. Constrained motions and animation.
Introduction to electronics modeling. Electronics board layout preparation, Component
libraries and Schematic design. Parametric modeling and adaptive design. Simulation for
material optimization. Designing for manufacturing. Additive and subtractive manufacturing.
Production for 3-D printing, Laser cutting and CNC machinery. Arrangement of engineering
components to form a working plant (Assembly Drawing of a Plant).
GET 204: Students Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify various basic hands and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement
devices and instruments, and acquire skills in their effective use and maintenance;
2. practically apply basic engineering technologies, including metrology, casting, metal
forming and joining, materials removal, machine tooling (classification, cutting tool action,
cutting forces, non-cutting production) and CNC machining technology;
3. master workshop and industrial safety practices, accident prevention and ergonomics;
4. physically recognise different electrical & electronic components like resistances,
inductances, capacitances, diodes, transistors and their ratings;
5. connect electric circuits, understand different wiring schemes, and check ratings of
common household electrical appliances and their basic maintenance; and

New
Engineering and Technology 870
6. determine household and industrial energy consumption, and understand practical energy
conservation measures.
Course Contents
The course comprises general, mechanical and electrical components: supervised hands-on
experience in safe usage of tools and machines for selected tasks; Use of measuring
instruments (calipers, micrometers, gauges, sine bar, wood planners, saws, sanders, and
pattern making). Machine shop: lathe work shaping, milling, grinding, reaming, metal
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry practice.
Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting processes. Metal
forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging, press-tool work,
spinning, etc.). Metal joining processes (welding, brazing and soldering). Heat treatment.
Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory of metal cutting.
Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines. Supervised identification, use
and care of various electrical and electronic components such as resistors, inductors,
capacitors, diodes and transistors. Exposure to different electric circuits, wiring schemes,
analogue and digital electrical and electronic measurements. Household and industrial energy
consumption measurements. Practical energy conservation principles.
GET 206: Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe basic concepts of thermodynamics, quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second
and third laws;
2. define and explain system, surrounding, closed and open system, control volume and
control mass, extensive and intensive properties;
3. calculate absolute and gage pressure, and absolute temperature, calculate changes in
kinetic, potential, enthalpy and internal energy;
4. evaluate the properties of pure substances i.e., evaluate the state of the pure substances
such as compressed liquid, saturated liquid-vapour mixture and superheated vapour using
property diagrams and tables; arrange the ideal and real gas equations of state,
5. formulate the first law of thermodynamics for a closed system i.e., organize the change
in energy in the closed systems via heat and work transfer;
6. distinguish heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation, and calculate the
amount of heat energy transferred;
7. calculate the changes in moving boundary work, spring work, electrical work and shaft
work in closed systems;
8. apply the first law of thermodynamics for closed systems and construct conservation of
mass and energy equations;
9. formulate the first law of thermodynamics to the open systems i.e., describe steady-flow
open system, apply the first law of thermodynamics to the nozzles, diffusers, turbines,
compressors, throttling valves, mixing chambers, heat exchangers, pipe and duct flow;
10. construct energy and mass balance for unsteady-flow processes;
11. evaluate thermodynamic applications using second law of thermodynamics;
12. calculate thermal efficiency and coefficient of performance for heat engine, refrigerators
and heat pumps; and
13. restate perpetual-motion machines, reversible and irreversible processes.
Course Contents
Basic concepts, definitions and laws (quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second and third
laws of thermodynamics). Properties of pure substances: the two-property rule (P-V-T
behaviour of pure substances and perfect gases); state diagrams. The principle of
corresponding state; compressibility relations; reduced pressure; reduced volume;

New
Engineering and Technology 871
temperature; pseudo-critical constants. The ideal gas: specific heat, polytropic processes.
Ideal gas cycles; Carnot; thermodynamic cycles, turbines, steam and gas, refrigeration. The
first law of thermodynamics – heat and work, applications to open and closed systems. The
steady flow energy equation (Bernoulli’s equation) and application. Second law of
thermodynamics, heat cycles and efficiencies.
GET 207: Applied Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
Students will acquire the ability to:
1. explain the fundamental principles of applied mechanics, particularly equilibrium analysis,
friction, kinematics and momentum;
2. identify, formulate, and solve complex engineering problems by applying principles of
engineering, science, mathematics and applied mechanics;
3. synthesize Newtonian Physics with static analysis to determine the complete load impact
(net forces, shears, torques, and bending moments) on all components (members and
joints) of a given structure with a load; and
4. apply engineering design principles to produce solutions that meet specified needs with
consideration of public health, safety, and welfare, as well as global, cultural, social,
environmental, and economic factors.
Course Contents
Forces, moments, couples. Equilibrium of simple structures and machine parts. Friction. First
and second moments of area; centroids. Kinematics of particles and rigid bodies in plane
motion. Newton's laws of motion. Kinetic energy and momentum analyse.
GET 208: Strength of Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. recognise a structural system that is stable and in equilibrium;
2. determine the stress-strain relation for single and composite members based on Hooke's
law;
3. estimate the stresses and strains in single and composite members due to temperature
changes;
4. evaluate the distribution of shear forces and bending moments in beams with distributed
and concentrated loads;
5. determine bending stresses and their use in identifying slopes and deflections in beams;
6. use Mohr's circle to evaluate the normal and shear stresses in a multi-dimensional stress
system and transformation of these stresses into strains;
7. evaluate the stresses and strains due to torsion on circular members; and
8. determine the buckling loads of columns under various fixity conditions at the ends.
Course Contents
Consideration of equilibrium; composite members, stress-strain relation. Generalised Hooke's
law. Stresses and strains due to loading and temperature changes. Torsion of circular
members. Shear force, bending moments and bending stresses in beams with symmetrical
and combined loadings. Stress and strain transformation equations and Mohr’s circle. Elastic
buckling of columns.
GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 872
1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and
Green’s theorem;
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical
model of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation, etc., as well as fourier series, initial conditions and
its applications to different engineering processes.
Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.
GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);
2. explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically solve
a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types;
3. numerically solve differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;
4. perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,
curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of
several variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;
5. solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex
numbers;
6. apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations
and of results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the theory
of conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
7. evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.
Course Contents
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and vector-
valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary complex
analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity.
GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;

New
Engineering and Technology 873
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project
through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas.
Course Contents
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.
GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)
Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.
Course Contents
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or special
centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant practical/industrial
working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major. The students are
exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance of tools,
equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production of simple
devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation (8-10 weeks during the long vacation
following 200 level)
300 Level
GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and

New
Engineering and Technology 874
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in
peace building.
Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes, etc. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,
community leaders.). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents of
conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and Imperatives.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue, arbitration, negotiation, collaboration, etc).
The roles of international organizations in conflict resolution ((a) The United Nations, UN and
its conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council (c) ECOWAS in
peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building. Managing post-
conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs); the role of NGOs in
post-conflict situations/crises.
ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
1. describe the key steps in venture creation;
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.
Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).

New
Engineering and Technology 875
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy. Digital business and e-commerce strategies.
GET 301: Engineering Mathematics III (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate a clear understanding of the course content, that is, possess a breadth of
knowledge in the area covered;
2. possess an in-depth knowledge upon which a solid foundation can be built in order to
demonstrate a depth of understanding in advanced mathematical topics;
3. develop simple algorithms and use computational proficiency;
4. write simple proofs for theorems and their applications; and
5. communicate the acquired mathematical knowledge effectively in speech, writing and
collaborative groups.
Course Contents
Linear Algebra. Elements of Matrices, Determinants, Inverses of Matrices. Theory of Linear
Equations. Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors. Analytical Geometry. Coordinate Transformation.
Solid Geometry. Polar, cylindrical and spherical coordinates. Elements of functions of several
variables. Surface Variables. Ordinary Integrals. Evaluation of Double Integrals, Triple
Integrals, Line Integrals and Surface Integrals. Derivation and Integrals of Vectors. The
gradient of scalar quantities. Flux of Vectors. The curl of a vector field, Gauss, Greens and
Stoke’s theorems and applications. Singular Valued Functions. Multivalued Functions.
Analytical Functions. Cauchy Riemann’s Equations. Singularities and Zeroes. Contour
Integration including the use of Cauchy’s Integral Theorems. Bilinear transformation.
GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.
Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis, structure Fog and Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A, B, C, D, E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills (steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.

New
Engineering and Technology 876
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports (competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.
GET 305: Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. work with data from the point of view of knowledge convergence, machine learning, and
intelligence augmentation, which significantly raises their standard for engineering
analysis (the approach forces them to learn statistics in an actionable way that helps them
to see the holistic importance of data analytics in modern engineering and technology);
2. anticipate the future with Artificial Intelligence while fulfilling the basic requirements of
conventional engineering statistical programming consistent with their future careers;
3. perform, with proficiency, statistical inference tasks with language or programming
toolboxes such as R, Python, Mathematica or MATLAB, and Design Expert to summarise
analysis and interpretation of industry engineering data, and make appropriate
conclusions based on such experimental and/or real-life industrial data;
4. construct appropriate graphical displays of data and highlight the roles of such displays
in data analysis, particularly the use of statistical software packages;
5. plan and execute experimental programmes to determine the performance of
programme-relevant industrial engineering systems, and evaluate the accuracy of the
measurements undertaken; and
6. demonstrate mastery of data analytics and statistical concepts by communicating the
results of experimental and industry-case investigations, critically reasoned scientific and
professional analysis through written and oral presentation.
Course Contents
Descriptive statistics, frequency distribution, populations and sample, central tendency,
variance data sampling, mean, median, mode, mean deviation, percentiles, etc. Probability.
Binomial, poison hyper-geometric, normal distributions, etc. Statistical inference intervals, test
hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big data analytics and
cloud computing applications. Introduction to the R language; R as a calculator; Vectors,
matrices, factors, data frames and other R collections. Iteration and looping control structures.
Conditionals and other controls. Designing, using and extending functions. The Apply Family.
Statistical modelling and inference in R.
GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the types, uses and advantages of renewable energy in relation to climate
change;
2. design for use the various renewable energy systems;
3. recognise and analyse the current energy systems in Nigeria, their impacts on
development and the global energy demand and supply scenarios;
4. appreciate the environmental impact of energy exploitation and utilisation, and pursue
the sustainable development of renewable energy for various applications; and

New
Engineering and Technology 877
5. recognise the exploitation, excavation, production, and processing of fossil fuels such as
coal, petroleum and natural gas, and discuss the sources, technology and contribution to
future energy demands of renewable energy.
Course Contents
Current and potential future energy systems in Nigeria and globally - resources, extraction,
concepts in energy conversion systems; parallels and differences in various conversion
systems and end-use technologies, with emphasis on meeting 21st-century national, regional
and global energy needs in a sustainable manner. Various energy technologies in each fuel
cycle stage for fossil (oil, gas, synthetic), nuclear (fission and fusion) and renewable (solar,
biomass, wind, hydro, and geothermal). Energy types, storage, transmission and
conservation. Analysis of energy mixes within an engineering, economic and social context.
Sustainable energy; emphasise sustainability in general and in the overall concept of
sustainable development and the link this has with sustainable energy as the fundamental
benefit of renewable energy. Practical Contents Simple measurement of solar radiation, bomb
calorimeter determination of calorific value of fuels and biomass; measurement of the velocity
of wind, waves and the energy that abound in them; laboratory production of biogas and
determination of energy available in it; simple conversion of solar energy to electricity; trans-
esterification of edible oil into biodiesel; simulation of geothermal energy; Geiger-Muller or
Scintillation Counters’ determination of uranium or thorium energy; simple solid or salt storage
of energy; hybrid application of renewable energy.
GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and Convergent
Technologies (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:
1. explain the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications and effects of artificial
intelligence;
2. explain the fundamental concepts of machine learning, deep learning and convergent
technologies;
3. demonstrate the difference between supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised
learning;
4. demonstrate proficiency in machine learning workflow and how to implement the steps
effectively;
5. explain natural languages, knowledge representation, expert systems and pattern
recognition;
6. describe distributed systems, data and information security and intelligent web
technologies;
7. explain the concept of big data analytics, purpose of studying it, issues that can arise with
a data set and the importance of properly preparing data prior to a machine learning
exercise; and
8. explain the concepts, characteristics, models and benefits, key security and compliance
challenges of cloud computing.
Course Contents
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence paradigms;
search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired algorithms –
examples, their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding
natural languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation, mathematical and logic
foundations of AI; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition; distributed
systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent technologies
– definition, significance and engineering applications. Neural networks and deep learning.
Introduction to python AI libraries.

New
Engineering and Technology 878
 GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (3 Units C: 12 weeks)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three softwares in their chosen career choices;
2. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;
3. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;
4. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work;
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers; and
7. write a general report at the end of the training.
The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.
Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work experience
i.e., 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged in the more
advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use in the
industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a report
at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and encouraged
to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities and experiences
to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits include:
Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine
operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts,
gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, and wooden furniture making processes.
Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solidworks: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with SolidWorks, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solidWorks drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.
A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project.
Examples of projects should include the following:
. Design of machine components;
. Product design and innovation;
. Part modelling and drafting in SolidWorks; and
. Technical report writing.
MSE 301: Minerals Processing Engineering I (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. distinguish between mineral and ore deposits;

New
Engineering and Technology 879
2. describe the principles of mineral concentration;
3. acquire competence to upgrade raw ore minerals for industrial applications;
4. design flowsheets to process ore minerals; and
5. use the NIAFlow software in designing ore minerals processing; and
6. carry out the mathematical analysis of an ore slurry.
Course Contents
Ore mineralogy, colour, pleochroism, habit, applications of reflected and thin section
microscopy, scanning electron microscopy in mineralogy (QEMSCAN); ore chemical analysis.
The concept of isomorphism, polymorphism in mineralogy. Occurrence and nature of major
metalliferous ores. Introduction to industrial mineralogy. Screen distribution analysis of ores.
Use of sampling equations e.g., Gy Sampling Equation. Comminution theory; Classification of
ores. Mineral concentration techniques: Gravity concentration, Heavy medium separation,
Froth floatation, Magnetic and electrostatic separation; Selection of mineral concentration
equipment. Beneficiation of coals using gravity methods, froth flotation. Leaching methods to
produce ultra clean coals (UCC). Dewatering and tailings disposal. Design, testing and
evaluation of mineral beneficiation flowsheets. Introduction to pilot plant ore beneficiation.
Raw materials preparation for metal extraction. Factors governing the choice of extraction
routes.
Case Studies: Iron ore and coal preparation and agglomeration processes, beneficiation of tin
and lead ores
MSE 303: Materials Thermodynamics (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the difference between chemical and materials thermodynamics;
2. develop skills to solve thermodynamics problems in material processing;
3. show expertise in interpreting Ellingham diagram for heat treatment; and
4. apply the Thermo-Calc software in thermodynamics analyses
Course Contents
Chemical reaction equilibria: Review of thermodynamics function. Fugacity and Activity. Free
Energy. Partial and integral molar thermodynamics functions. Gibbs-Duhem equations.
Ellingham's diagrams for metal-oxide, metal-chloride and metal-sulphide systems. Application
of Ellingham diagrams in metal extraction and heat treatment. Assessment of the application
of carbon, silicon, hydrogen and other reductants in metallic production. Theory of solutions:
ideal, actual and dilute solutions. Deviations from ideal behaviour. Raoult's and Henry's laws.
Activity in multi-component system. Phase equilibria: Equilibria of two-component systems.
Free energy composition diagrams; Construction of phase diagrams. Reactions between
different phases i.e., slag/metal or slag/metal/gas. Pre-requisite: GET 206.
MSE 305: Mechanics Of Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. develop skills in analytical and graphical stress calculations;
2. measure experimentally the strain on the surface of a machine part or structural
components under load;
3. solve stress transformation equations using tensor concept;
4. determine the stresses in pressure vessels;
5. determine when plastic deformation will first occur at a point in material under general
state of stress;
6. design against the failure of materials use in service at elevated temperature;

New
Engineering and Technology 880
7. design against fatigue failures; and
8. design against crack propagation in materials;
Course Contents
One-, two- and three-dimensional stress and strain. Application of Mohr’s circle for the analysis
of stresses and strains. Tensor analysis of stresses and strains. Creep and fatigue-Theories
and experimental techniques. Introduction to fracture toughness of materials. Design against
fatigue and fracture failures in critical structures such as aircraft. Experimental stress analysis.
Pre-requisite: GET 208
400 Level

GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units: C; PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme.
2. Demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.
Course Contents

In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units: C; LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies.
2. Describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to
the society.
3. Demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices.
4. Prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review
5. Discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation.
9. Determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:

New
Engineering and Technology 881
1. be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
2. bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work
methods and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways
of safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;
3. experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work
and the environment seamlessly,and expose them to contacts for eventual job placements
after graduation;
4. be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place
of engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them;
and
5. exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.
Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (12 weeks from the end of the first semester at 400-Level to
the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second semester at
400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a programme related
industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc., for a period of 6 months under the
guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised by an academic
staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits the completed
Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also, there will be a comprehensive report
covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences (GET 299, GET 399 and
GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department for overall assessment.
MAE 401: Ferrous Extraction Metallurgy (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. grasp the thermodynamics of iron reduction based on Ellingham diagram;
2. explain the concepts of desulphurization and deoxidation;
3. describe the technology involved in the refining processes;
4. develop local raw materials for use as inputs in direct and indirect iron and steel making;
and
5. describe the technology of ferroalloys production.
Course Contents
Ironmaking: Review of raw materials for ironmaking. Iron Blast Furnace - Design, reactions
and process control. Post-production treatment of the products of the Iron Blast Furnace -
Slag granulation and uses, gas cleaning, flue dust removal and hot metal treatment e.g.,
desulphurisation, dephosphorisation and desiliconisation; Direct reduction - Process
description, reactions and products, process control. Steelmaking: Review of raw materials for
steelmaking. Basic Oxygen Steelmaking - Design of the converter, physico-chemical reactions,
process and quality control. Electric Arc Steelmaking - Reactor design, continuous feeding,
power programme, process and quality control. Alloy steel production e.g., stainless
steelmaking - process and quality control; AOD. Secondary Steelmaking: Clean steel
production processes e.g., vacuum induction melting, electroslag remelting, degassers. Other
secondary steelmaking processes e.g., calcium treatment and steel desulphurisation. Stirring
and injection techniques. Deoxidation of steel: Thermodynamic principles and methods. Pre-
requisite: MAE 301.
MSE 403: Ceramics, Glasses and Polymers (2 Units C: LH 30; PH 15)

New
Engineering and Technology 882
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate a good knowledge of the structures of ceramics;
2. relate the of structures of ceramics materials to its properties and applications;
3. demonstrate a good knowledge of phase transformation in glasses;
4. demonstrate a good understanding of polymer structure-property relationship; and
5. explain the elastic and visco elastic properties of polymers.

Course Contents
Introduction; Structure of ceramic materials; Fracture strength; Impact resistance and
toughness; statistical variations in strength and Weibull distribution. Thermal shock resistance
and Thermal spalling resistance; Refractoriness. Deterioration: Chemical attack (e.g., on
concrete) at high temperatures (e.g., on ceramic refractories); Nuclear radiation damage.
Structure of glass; Transformation Temperature of glass. Glass forming materials, Types of
glasses, Properties and Applications. Glass-Ceramics: Properties and Applications. Classes of
polymers viz: thermoplastics; thermoset; rubbers and elastomers. Structure of polymers:
Chemical composition, polymerisation, cross-linking and chain branching, molecular weight
and molecular-weight distribution, chemical and steric isomerism and stereoregularity, blends,
grafts and co-polymers. Physical structure: Rotational isomerism, orientation and crystallinity.
Introduction to the basic mechanical properties of polymeric materials. Relationship between
structure and properties. Glass transition temperature. Engineering and domestic applications
of polymers.
MSE 405: Corrosion Science And Engineering I (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. distinguish between wet and dry corrosion;
2. identify causes of corrosion failure in structural materials;
3. develop expertise to predict and prevent corrosion; and
4. show skills to develop inhibitors for corrosion prevention;
5. develop skills for corrosion monitoring and inspection of engineering infra structures;
6. understand the importance of adequate pretreatment of surfaces prior to applying
coatings to prevent corrosion; and
7. know how to select appropriate corrosion control techniques for the protection of
structures.
Course Contents
Review of electrochemistry: Electrochemical basis of corrosion; electrode potentials, etc. Basic
principles of corrosion: definition; classification; mechanisms and factors affecting corrosion,
types of corrosion, de-alloying (dezincification). Hydrogen damage, corrosion fatigue etc.
Concept of polarization (over potentials): activation, concentration (transport); and resistance
polarisation. Passivity/Passivation and Potential-pH (Pourbaix) diagram. High temperature
oxidation (mechanism of oxidation, oxidation laws and Pilling-Bedworth ratio). Case studies:
corrosion of steel in the atmospheres, waters, and some chemicals, rebar corrosion, microbial
corrosion, corrosion in oil and gas environment e.g., sweet and sour corrosion and corrosion
of metals and alloys in high temperature gases and salts. Pre-requisite: MAE 302.
500 Level
GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;

New
Engineering and Technology 883
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
4. possess the skills needed for project management; and
5. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.
Course Contents
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons – functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.
Project planning, control and timeliness; decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.
GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions;
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications; and
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principles undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically
present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an
expert witness.
Course Contents
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.
Termination/cancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.

New
Engineering and Technology 884
MSE 501: NON-FERROUS EXTRACTION METALLURGY (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. distinguish between pyro, electro and hydrometallurgy methods of extractions;
2. acquire the skill to use Ellingham diagram to predict conditions for the extraction of any
3. metal;
4. explain the choice of reagents in the hydrometallurgy extraction of gold and other noble
metals;
5. describe how the more reactive metals like titanium are extracted;
6. recognise the importance of secondary resources for extraction; and
7. understand the process of ferroalloy production.
Course Contents
Review of the principles of pyrometallurgy, electrometallurgy and hydrometallurgy;
Pyrometallurgical process routes and methods of extraction and refining of common non-
ferrous metals – aluminium, copper, lead, tin, zinc; Less common non-ferrous metals –
magnesium, nickel, cobalt, silver, platinum. Electrometallurgical process routes of extraction
and refining of aluminium, magnesium, titanium, beryllium, and the rare earth metals.
Hydrometallurgical process and methods of extraction and refining of gold, silver, nickel,
cobalt, tantalum, uranium, copper, aluminium, hafnium, zinc. Pre-requisite: MAE 401.
MSE 503: Composite Materials (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify the different constituents of composites materials;
2. identify and understand the basic mechanical properties of composite materials and make
sound prediction on the likely behaviour of new combinations of materials;
3. identify and evaluate the effects of reinforcement on the properties of particle, fibre and
lamina;
4. reinforced composites; and
5. develop competency in one or more common composite manufacturing techniques, and
be able to select the appropriate technique for manufacture of composite for specific
applications.

Course Contents
Introduction: Definition, classification of composites, Properties of composites in comparison
with monolithic materials, constituents of composites. Reinforcements Materials: Metallic,
Polymer, Ceramic, Composite fibres, Whiskers and Particulates, Nano-fillers, Reinforcement
fibres, Woven fabrics and Non-woven random mats. Matrix Materials: Commonly used
Matrices; Metal matrix, Polymer matrix, Ceramic matrix, Inter-metallic matrix, Carbon-Carbon
composites; Basic Requirements in Selection of constituents; Fibre/Matrix Interface.
Micromechanics of composites: Identify the roles of constituent materials in relation to
properties of composites. Computation of effective properties of fibre-reinforced composite
materials using the rules of mixtures. Stress-strain transformation to determine stresses and
strains in a lamina for a given direction as specified by a coordinate system.
Macromechanics of composite materials: mechanical behaviour of laminates using
classical lamination theory, computation of stresses or strains in laminates under mechanical
loading. Mechanical Properties: Stiffness and strength, geometrical aspects – volume and
weight fraction, unidirectional continuous fibre, discontinuous fibers, short fiber systems,
woven reinforcements, – iso-stress and iso-strain conditions, Nature of stress vs. strain curves
for different composite materials. Modes of fracture and Toughening mechanisms in
composites. Failure of composites: failure theories for laminated composites including simple

New
Engineering and Technology 885
 maximum stress and strain criteria as well as complex multi-axial criteria. Manufacturing
methods: Hand and spray lay - up, injection molding, resin injection, filament winding,
pultrusion, centrifugal casting and prepregs. Pre-requisite: GET 202.
MSE 520: Research Project (6 units C: LH/PH )
The students carry out research into selected researchable and need-driven topics pertaining
to materials industries. They will be expected to carry out literature review on chosen topics,
perform experiments and produce reports. Students will be subjected to both seminars and
oral examinations (by both internal and external examiners) on their research projects.
Minimum Academic Standards
List of Minimum Equipment
Equipment and tools that are required for the Materials Engineering programmes are listed
below according to the requirements of the major laboratories. The accessories and
consumables needed for effective use of these equipment are not listed but will be requested
by the department that operates this curriculum when purchasing the equipment.
Material Preparation Laboratory:
. Jones Riffle Splitter
. Rotary Ore Cascade Splitter
. Mohs hardness tester
. Hand lens
. Coal pulverizer
. Mettler Toledo Electronic
Weighing Balance
. Bulk weighing balance
. Laboratory oven
. A complete set of ASTM metal
sieves
. Sieve shaker
Analytical/ Material Characterization Laboratory:
 Atomic Absorption Spectrometer
 X-ray Fluorescence equipment
 X-ray Diffractometer
 Scanning Electron Microscope with EDS
 Provisions for wet chemical Analyses

Mineral Processing Laboratory:

1. Jaw crusher
2. Cone crusher
3. Rod/Ball mill
4. Gravity jig
5. Shaking table
6. Denver flotation cell
7. Column flotation machine
8. Magnetic Separator
9. High Tension Electrostatic Separator
10. Stuart Magnetic Stirrer hot plate with temperature control
11. Pressure Reactor
12. Knelson Gravity Concentrator
13. Spiral concentrator
14. Hydroclassifier

New
Engineering and Technology 886
15. Heavy Medium Separator
17. Muffle furnace
18. Fume cupboard
Coal and Coke-Making Laboratory:
1.Coal petrographic equipment
2.Gray-king coke type equipment
3.Geeseller, plastometer
4.Ruhr dilatometer
5.Free Swelling Index equipment
6.Bomb calorimeter

Foundry and Heat Treatment Laboratory:

1. Blacksmith Hearth
2. Anvil
3. Compressor and Exhaust Unit
4. Drop hammer
5. Pneumatic forging hammer
6. Ovens
7. Complete Heating furnace
8. Hydraulic – press
9. Hardening furnace
10. Oil/Salt bath with quenching oil
11. Crank shearing machine
12. Reheating furnace
13. Vacuum Annealing furnace
14. Graphite crucibles
15. Oil fired tilting furnace
16. Coreless induction furnace
17. Ladles, tackles and dollys
18. Portable crane hoist
19. Operators safety kit

Foundry Material Testing Laboratory:

1. Permeability testing
2. Porosity testing
3. Grain size analysis (set of sieve analysis)
4. Universal sand testing machine
5. Ovens (drying)
6. Weighing balances (digital)
7. Pulverizing machines

Welding Laboratory:
1. Welding booths
2. Automatic oxy-cutting machine accessories
3. Arc Welding machine and accessories
4. Plasma welding machine
5. Oxy-acetylene set
6. Spot welding machine
7. Circle cutting machine
8. Die blanks, tools, etc.
9. Welder’s safety kit

New
Engineering and Technology 887
Mechanics of Materials Laboratory:
1. Impact test apparatus
2. Creep and fatigue testers
3. Macro and Micro hardness testers
4. Strain gauging, photo-elastic behavior
5. Instron Mechanical testing equipment
Metallography Laboratory:
1. Sample mounting equipment
2. Optical microscope with Camera for reflecting light studies
3. Microscope with Camera for light transmission studies
4. Sample Polishing machines

Polymer Laboratory:
1. De Mattia Flexer impact testing equipment
2. Universal tensile testing on Instron
3. Optical test with turbidity, specular gloss and colour coordinates tests

Extractive Metallurgy Laboratory:

1. Drying oven
2. Coal ashing furnace
3. Thermogravimetric Analyser
4. Goniometer for contact angle measurement
5. UV-Vis Spectrophotometer
6. Hardgrove Grindability tester
7. Solvent Extraction unit and
8. Ion Exchange unit
Corrosion and Surface Finishing Laboratory:
1. Potentiostat with accessories
2. Electroplating bath
3. Digital weighing balances, pH and conductivity meters
4. Water bath
5. Stuart Magnetic stirrer

Nanotechnology Laboratory:
1. Atomic force microscopes (AFM)
2. Ashing, etching, cleaning instruments
3. Atomic force profilers
4.3D atom probes
5. Atomic spectrophotometers
6. 3D printer for rapid prototyping
Simulation Laboratory:
1. Laptop for simulation
2. Software for furnace design (Furnxpert)
3. Software for material selection, CES software
4. Software for heat treatment SIMheat

Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalents
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral

New
Engineering and Technology 888
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15 Units per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practical’s
and supervision of projects.

NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees; hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personnel

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practical’s
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.

Administrative Support Staff

The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.

Technical Support Personnel

The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation and
maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.

Minimum Number of Staff

Subject to the general standards specified by NUC:
1. there should be a minimum of two PhDs and four M.Eng degree holders full-time
academic staff to mount the programme;
2. each workshop or laboratory should have an adequate number of staff with the right
mix, such that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run efficiently;
and
3. there should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate caliber
for the office of the Head of Department to run.

Student/Staff Ratio
The minimum staff-to-student ratio should be 1:15 from 200 level to 500 level.

Library
In addition to the university and faculty libraries, the programme must have a departmental
library well equipped with specialised books and journals in both physical collections and
e-collections (E-Resources) of various types. Various field and research reports of the
programme must also be available in the library for staff, students and researchers.
The library must be connected to subscribed repository of:
 institutions (national and
international);

New
Engineering and Technology 889
  open access sources;
 professional bodies’ e-
learning platforms, and
 relevant international
organizations.

The library must also have adequate facilities.

 for reading;
 provisions for lending, and
 reservation unit for
specialised materials.

Classrooms, Laboratory, Workshops, Offices and Clinics

Academic and Non-Academic Spaces

The NUC recommends the following physical space requirement:
Academic m2
Professor’s Office 18.50
Head of Department’s Office 18.50
Tutorial Teaching Staff Space 13.50
Other Teaching Staff Space 7.00
Technical Staff Space 7.00
Science Staff Research Laboratory 16.50
Engineering Staff Research Laboratory 14.50
Seminar Space per student 1.85
Drawing Office Space (A.O. Board) (Per Student) 4.60
Drawing Office Space (A.I. Board) (Per Student) 3.70
Laboratory Space 7.50
Non-Academic
Secretarial Space 7.00

Office Accommodation
The requirements for office accommodation are:
1. 13 academic offices.
2. 1 professorial type in the department. Size: each of the office is about 13.5 m

S/No Office No in Room Facilities

1. HOD 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
2. Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit.
4. Senior 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
Lecturer computer unit.
5. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.
6. Lecturer II 3 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.

New
Engineering and Technology 890
B.Eng. Mining Engineering
Overview
The content of this curriculum is for Bachelor of Engineering (B.Eng) degree programme in
Mining Engineering. Mining engineering deals with exploration, extraction and use of mineral
resources and development mining and mineral policy. The mining engineer is concerned with
all phases of mineral recovery, including exploration, evaluation, development, extraction,
reclamation, processing and marketing of mineral commodities. Appropriate courses have
been developed in the key areas of mineral exploration; mine and processing plant design,
planning and development of surface and underground mines; mining of metallic and non-
metallic minerals; rock mechanics, aggregates and industrial minerals production; excavation
techniques and explosives engineering; mineral beneficiation for value addition; health and
safety in mines and processing plants, mineral economics and law, environment effects of
mining / processing and remediation and management of mineral projects (mines and
beneficiation plant).
The overall focus of the programme therefore is exploring, extracting, and processing of
metallic ores (copper, nickel, zinc, gold and others), precious stones (gems, diamonds), fuel
minerals (coal, bitumen/oil sand, petroleum and gas, uranium and others) and industrial
minerals (clays, stones, aggregates and many others).
Philosophy
The philosophy of the programme is to train engineers and equip them with appropriate
knowledge and skills required for the operation of a vibrant mineral industry which can serve
as a vehicle for rapid transformation of the economy.
Objectives
The main objectives of the programme are to:
1. train mining engineers for the solid minerals and oil industry;
2. provide a broad-based training in minerals engineering such that the products of the
programme can perform effectively in prospecting, exploration of minerals (solid and oil),
mining, processing and marketing of mineral commodities;
3. produce graduates that can easily be upgraded through postgraduate training to
undertake teaching and research in institutions of higher learning and undertake
consulting services in all aspects of the minerals industry; and
4. generate knowledge into new technological possibilities through research and
development to improve technical services to the minerals industry.

Employability Skills
A product of this programme will provide technical services in all aspects of mining and
minerals engineering. The category of engineers trained in this programme will function as
mining engineers in the public and private sectors including federal ministries and agencies,
state and private mining companies, oil and gas industry, mineral processing establishments,
mining and mineral processing equipment and machinery manufacturing organisations,
mineral commodities and equipment marketing and distribution companies, consulting
services as well as the academia in both local and international environments. The products
of this programme will also be sufficiently competent and technically equipped to establish
and operate mining, processing, mineral commodities market, minerals analyses and
environmental evaluation and remediation as professional services for companies, government
agencies, artisanal operators and the public.

New
Engineering and Technology 891
21st Century Skills
Mining in the 21st century involves the development of skills which are essential in today’s
global economy. In addition to the basic scientific, engineering and professional skills
acquired, the mining engineer trained under this programme must have and be able to
apply 21st century skills such as:
1. critical thinking/problem-solving/decision making;
2. creativity and innovation;
3. collaboration (teamwork);
4. communication;
5. learning to learn/metacognition;
6. lifelong learning;
7. high professional and ethical standards;
8. ability to work effectively in interdisciplinary teams; and
9. development and use of software packages for acquisition, interpreting and presenting
exploration data, creating 3-D model of orebody, design of 3-D profiles of
surface/underground mines and their facilities; design and plan excavation sequences and
other unit operations.

Unique Features of the Programme

This programme compares very well in content to similar programmes in other universities
around the world, some of which have been running mining engineering programme for over
a century and are top-ranking among institutions for higher learning worldwide. However,
unlike the programmes of some of those institutions which present partial knowledge in favour
of narrower specialisation of the profession, this curriculum presents a complete body of
knowledge of the profession (the extractive industry) and yet allows for focus toward
specialisation and development of 21st century skills. This will enable products of this bachelor
programme to fit competently into any area of the mining engineering profession upon
graduation.
Admission and Graduation Requirements
Admission Requirements
Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
1. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
2. Direct Entry (DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

For the five-year degree programme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must include English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

Direct Entry (DE) Mode

For the four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit
passes, which must include English Language, two must be principal subjects at Advance GCE
Level or NCE and its equivalent. Holder of upper credit level at HND are eligible for
consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:

New
Engineering and Technology 892
1. Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of 150
and maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5–year engineering degree programme.
Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters.
2. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode shall have registered for minimum of
120 and maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4–year engineering degree
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic semesters
3. The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units respectively.
4. A student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by the
university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.
5. A student shall also have earned the 15 credit units of Students Industrial Work Experience
Scheme (SIWES), 8 credit units of University General Study courses and four credit units
of Entrepreneurship courses.

For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered,
whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the
computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it
or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each and all
attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.
Prerequisite courses must be taken and passed before a particular course at a higher level.
Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME, 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 200Level
and 11 semesters in the case of students who entered at 300Level.
.
Global Course Structure
Level General Studies Basic Faculty Dept. SWEP* Total
Sciences
(GST) (ENT) (GET) (MNE)
100 4 - 16 0 5 - 25
200 2 2 - 23 - 3 30
300 2 2 - 15 9 4 32
400 - - - 2 4 6 12
500 - - - 5 14 - 19
Total 8 4 16 45 32 13* 105
*All 11 SIWES units and 2 units of Engineering Valuation to be credited in the 2nd Semester
of 400-Level, and are not included in the CCMAS credit units.

100 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 15 45
GST 112 Nigerian People and Culture 2 C 30 -
CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C 30 -
CHM 102 General Chemistry II 2 C 30 -
CHM 107 General Practical Chemistry I 1 C - 45
CHM 108 General Practical Chemistry II 1 C - 45
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 2 C 30 -

New
Engineering and Technology 893
 MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C 30 -
PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C 30 -
PHY 103 General Physics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 107 General Practical Physics I & II 2 C - 90
GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C 15 -
GET 102 Engineering Graphics and Solid 2 C 15 45
Modelling I
MNE 102 Introduction to Mining Engineering 2 C 30 -
MNE 104 Physical Geology and Earth History 3 E 45 -
Total 25

200 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and Human 2 C 30 -
Existence
ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and Innovation 2 C 30 -
GET 201 Applied Electricity I 3 C 45 -
GET 202 Engineering Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 204 Students Workshop Practice 2 C 15 45
GET 205 Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 3 C 45 -
GET 206 Fundamentals of Thermodynamics 3 C 45 -
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 45 -
GET 210 Engineering Mathematics II 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing and Software Engineering 3 C 30 45
*GET 299 SIWES I (SWEP): Student’s Work 3 C 9 weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 30

300 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 312 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 30 -
ENT 312 Venture Creation 2 C 15 45
GET 301 Engineering Mathematics III 3 C 45 -
GET 304 Technical Writing and 3 C 45 -
Communication
GET 305 Engineering Statistics and Data 3 C 45 -
Analytics
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems and 3 C 30 45
Technology
GET 307 Introduction toArtificial Intelligence 3 C 45 -
& Machine Learning and Convergent
Technologies
MNE 301 Mineral Exploration 1 – Geological & 3 C 45 -
Geochemical
MNE 302 Drilling, Explosives and Excavation 3 C 30 45
Engineering
MNE 304 Mineral Processing Technology 3 C 45 45
*GET 399 SIWES II / MNE 320 4 C 12 Weeks
Total 32

400 Level

New
Engineering and Technology 894
 Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 E 90

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Costing 2 C 30
MNE 401 Rock Mechanics 3 C 30 45
MNE 403 Mining Methods I – Surface 3 C 45 -
Techniques
*GET 499 SIWES III: Students Work Experience 4 C 12 Weeks
Scheme
Total 12

SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

500 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GET 501 Engineering Project Management 3 C 45 -
GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -
MNE 501 Mine Design I - Design of Surface 3 C 30 45
Mines/Facilities
MNE 502 Mine Surveying 3 C 30 45
MNE 503 Mine Ventilation 2 C 15 45
MNE 504 Mine Design II: Design of 3 C 30 45
Underground Mines/Facilities
MNE 505 Mining Methods II – Underground 3 C 45 -
Techniques
Total 19

NOTES:
1. Some of the programme (i.e., MNE) courses listed may be taught by departments like
Mechanical Engineering, Civil Engineering, Applied Geology, Applied Geophysics and
Metallurgical and Materials Engineering.
2. Mineral Exploration I & II will specifically be mounted for Mining Engineering since they
are usually fragmented in Geology and Geophysics.

Course Contents and Learning Outcomes

100 Level
GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes

New
Engineering and Technology 895
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.

Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology); English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations); major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional); grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality). Reading
and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking; reasoning
methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy, generalisation and
explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements. Writing activities
(pre-writing (brainstorming and outlining), writing (paragraphing, punctuation and
expression), post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing (summary, essays,
letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making). etc. Mechanics of writing. Information
and Communication Technology in modern language learning, Language skills for effective
communication. The art of public speaking.

GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;
2. identify and list the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
3. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political entity;
4. analyse the concepts of trade and economic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation to
national development;
5. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian state regarding nation building;
6. analyse the role of the judiciary in upholding fundamental human rights;
7. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria; and
8. list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems.

Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and cultures;
peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria; nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system; indigenous apprenticeship system among
Nigerian peoples; trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justice and national
development (definition and classification of law); Judiciary and fundamental rights.
Individuals, norms and values (basic Nigerian norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition; citizenship and civic responsibilities; indigenous languages, usage and
development; negative attitudes and conducts [Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices]). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3Rs – Reconstruction, Rehabilitation
and Re-orientation; re-orientation strategies: Operation Feed the Nation (OFN), Green

New
Engineering and Technology 896
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline and Corruption (WAIC), Mass
Mobilization for Self-Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery (MAMSER), National
Orientation Agency (NOA). Current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria.

GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs);
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.

Course Contents
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.

GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple everyday and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength and cost;
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical and
other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the analytical
nature of the courses they take; and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.

Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete terms.
Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3D objects.
Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and perspectives.
Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection and rendering.
This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid works, solid edge
or equivalent.

New
Engineering and Technology 897
CHM 101: General Chemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. define atom, molecules and chemical reactions;
2. discuss the modern electronic theory of atoms;
3. write electronic configurations of elements on the periodic table;
4. rationalise the trends of atomic radii, ionisation energies, electronegativity of the elements,
based on their position in the periodic table;
5. identify and balance oxidation–reduction equation and solve redox titration problems;
6. draw shapes of simple molecules and hybridised orbitals;
7. identify the characteristics of acids, bases and salts, and solve problems based on their
quantitative relationship;
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using LeChatelier’s principle to
predict the effect of concentration, pressure and temperature changes on equilibrium
mixtures;
9. analyse and perform calculations with the thermodynamic functions, enthalpy, entropy
and free energy; and
10. determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and temperature.

Course Contents
Atoms, molecules, elements and compounds, and chemical reactions. Modern electronic
theory of atoms. Electronic configuration, periodicity and building up of the periodic table.
Hybridisation and shapes of simple molecules. Valence forces; Structure of solids. Chemical
equations and stoichiometry; chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, kinetic theory of
matter. Elementary thermochemistry; rates of reaction, equilibrium and thermodynamics.
Acids, bases and salts. Properties of gases. Redox reactions and introduction to
electrochemistry. Radioactivity.

CHM 102: General Chemistry II (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the importance and development of organic chemistry;
2. define fullerenes and its applications;
3. discuss electronic theory;
4. determine the qualitative and quantitative of structures in organic chemistry;
5. state rules guiding nomenclature and functional group classes of organic chemistry;
6. determine the rate of reaction to predict mechanisms of reaction;
7. identify classes of organic functional group with brief description of their chemistry;
8. discuss comparative chemistry of group 1A, IIA and IVA elements; and
9. describe basic properties of transition metals.

Course Contents
Historical survey of the development and importance of organic chemistry; fullerenes as fourth
allotrope of carbon, uses as nanotubules, nanostructures, nanochemistry. Electronic theory in
organic chemistry. Isolation and purification of organic compounds; determination of
structures of organic compounds including qualitative and quantitative analysis in organic
chemistry; nomenclature and functional group classes of organic compounds. Introductory
reaction mechanism and kinetics. Stereochemistry. The chemistry of alkanes, alkenes,

New
Engineering and Technology 898
alkynes, alcohols, ethers, amines, alkyl halides, nitriles, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids
and derivatives. The chemistry of selected metals and non-metals. Comparative chemistry of
group IA, IIA and IVA elements. Introduction to transition metal chemistry.

CHM 107: General Practical Chemistry I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correct carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. state the differences between primary and secondary standards;
5. perform redox titration;
6. record observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions.

Course Contents
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.

CHM 108: General Practical Chemistry II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correctly carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. identify and carry out preliminary tests which include ignition, boiling point, melting point,
test on known and unknown organic compounds;
5. carry out solubility tests on known and unknown organic compounds;
6. carry out elemental tests on known and unknown compounds; and
7. carry out functional group/confirmatory test on known and unknown compounds which
could be acidic/basic/ neutral organic compounds.

Course Contents
Continuation of CHM 107. Additional laboratory experiments to include functional group
analysis, quantitative analysis using volumetric methods.

MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:
1. define and explain set, subset, union, intersection, complements, and demonstrate the
use of Venn diagrams;
2. solve quadratic equations;
3. solve trigonometric functions;
4. identify various types of numbers; and
5. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

New
Engineering and Technology 899
Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers. Mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.

MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
2. recognise and understand the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and
continuity;
3. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes;
4. solve function of a real variable, plot relevant graphs, identify limits and idea of continuity;
5. identify the derivative as limit of rate of change;
6. identify techniques of differentiation and perform extreme curve sketching;
7. identify integration as an inverse of differentiation;
8. identify methods of integration and definite integrals; and
9. perform integration application to areas, volumes.

Course Contents
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative, as limit of
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve sketching,
integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes (including
approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule).

PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular momentum;
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

Course Contents
Space and time; units and dimension, vectors and scalars, differentiation of vectors:
displacement, velocity and acceleration; kinematics; Newton’s laws of motion (inertial frames,
impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation); relative motion; application
of Newtonian mechanics; equations of motion; conservation principles in physics,
conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy, system of particles, centre of mass; rotational motion; torque, vector product,

New
Engineering and Technology 900
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum. Polar coordinates; conservation
of angular momentum; circular motion; moments of inertia, gyroscopes and precession;
gravitation: Newton’s law of gravitation, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion, gravitational
potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits.

PHY 103: General Physics II (Behaviour Of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing macroscopic
behaviour;
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Contents
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.

PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Contents
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity, etc. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis
should be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data
collection, analysis, and deduction.

New
Engineering and Technology 901
PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs;
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.

Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction.

MNE 102: Introduction to Mining Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. recognize the types of rocks that exist;
2. differentiate between rocks and minerals;
3. differentiate between surface and underground mining methods;
4. identify the roles of mining engineering in national development;
5. explain how to operate a safe mine environment;
6. relate the links between mining engineering and its allied professions;
7. determine whether a mineral deposit is economically viable or not;
8. identify when to apply a particular mining method;
9. become acquainted with applications of GIS and remote sensing in mining;
10. explain how to process different types of minerals; and
11. recall how to process and acquire different licenses, leases and mineral rights.

Course Contents
Rocks and minerals: origin, distribution, diagnostic features and classification. Energy,
minerals and water resources. Minerals in national development. Introduction to mineral
prospecting and exploration by geological and geophysical methods. Development of mining
technology – surface mining, underground mining and other novel mining techniques
(gasification, liquification, in-situ leaching enhanced recovery, etc.) Mine surveying and the
Geographic Information System (GIS). Stages in the life of a mine. Unit operations in mining.
Mining and its environmental consequences. Processing and uses of minerals. Introduction to
mining allied programmes - Metallurgical and materials engineering, Civil Engineering,
Geology, Geophysics and Meteorology. The mineral resources of Nigeria. Introduction to
licenses, leases and rights acquisition.

New
Engineering and Technology 902
MNE 104: Physical Geology and Earth History (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the different landforms and the processes that produced them;
2. explain the phenomenon of weather and other surface processes of the earth and their
significance in mineral deposition;
3. describe geologic structures, their classification and their deformation processes;
4. identify earth mineral and energy resources and their classification;
5. identify the importance of energy sources – water current, wind, gravity, glacial and
their roles in mineral deposition; and
6. carry out practical identification of common mineral forming rocks.

Course Contents
Planet Earth - its composition from core to crust. Weathering and other surface processes-
principles, agents: - physical, biotic, chemical processes. Landforms and major earth
structures: principles and processes of erosion, transportation, sedimentation and evolution
of landforms. Water current, wind, gravity and glacial ice as agents of erosion and their
deposition landforms. Ocean processes- turbidity currents and turbidites. Deformation
processes and structures- joints, faults and folds; classification of faults and folds. Igneous
intrusions: -discordant and concordant intrusion. Concordant and discordant intrusion – sills,
laccoliths, lopoliths, dykes, cone sheet, batholiths, plugs, stocks, bosses, veins, etc. Earth
resources – waters, energy and minerals. Minerals and rocks -origin, distribution, identification
and general classification. Practical identification of common rock – forming minerals and
rocks.

200 Level
GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge, and
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.

Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,

New
Engineering and Technology 903
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding.
ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence;
4. engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
5. identify key elements in innovation;
6. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
7. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
8. state the basic principles of e-commerce.

Course Contents
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.

GET 201: Applied Electricity I (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. discuss the fundamental concepts of electricity and electrical d.c. circuits;
2. state, explain and apply the basic d.c. circuit theorems;
3. explain the basic a.c. circuit theory and
4. apply to solution of simple circuits.

Course contents
Fundamental concepts: Electric fields, charges, magnetic fields. current, B-H curves Kirchhoff’s
laws, superposition. Thevenin, Norton theorems, Reciprocity, RL, RC, RLC circuits. DC, AC
bridges, Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance measurement, Transducers, Single phase
circuits, Complex j - notation, AC circuits, impedance, admittance, susceptance.

New
Engineering and Technology 904
GET 202: Engineering Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate the role of atoms and molecules (aggregates of atoms) in the building of
solid/condensed matter known as engineering materials, the electrons quantum numbers
and how the electrons are arranged in different atomic elements, and explain the role of
electronic configuration and valence electrons in bonding;
2. define metals, alloys and metalloids, demonstrate mental picture of the solid mineral
resources development as a relay race among four ‘athletes’: geologist, mining engineer,
mineral processing technologist, process metallurgical engineer, and classify metallurgical
engineering into 3Ps: process, physical and production;
3. explain the relationship between structure and properties of materials, characteristics,
components and compositions of phase diagrams and phase transformations of solid
solutions;
4. define ceramics, glass and constituents of glasses and understand application of ceramics
in mining, building, art and craft industries;
5. define and classify polymers as a class of engineering materials and polymeric materials,
demonstrate polymerisation reactions, their types and mechanism, and applications of
polymers;
6. define properties, types and application of composite materials and fibres (synthetic and
natural);
7. define and classify nanomaterials, demonstrate applications of nanomaterials, concept,
design and classification of fracture mechanics, corrosion classification, including the five
principal ways of controlling corrosion and metal finishing processes such as sherardising,
galvanising and anodising; and
8. identify factors affecting the performance and service life of engineering
materials/metals and metallography of metals/materials (materials anatomy), which
enables metallurgical and materials engineers to prescribe appropriate solutions to test
metals/materials fitness in service through structure-property-application relationships.

Course Contents
Basic material science; atomic structure, atomic bonding and crystal structures. Engineering
materials situating metals and alloys; metals and alloys, classifications of metals, metal
extraction processes using iron and steel (ferrous) and aluminium (nonferrous) as examples,
phase diagrams/iron carbon diagrams, and mechanical workings of metals. Selection and
applications of metals and alloys for specific applications in oil, aerospace, construction,
manufacturing and transportation industries, among others. Ceramics (including glass);
definition, properties, structure and classifications of ceramics. Bioactive and glass – ceramics.
Toughing mechanism for ceramics. Polymers; definition of polymers as engineering materials,
chemistry of polymeric materials, polymer crystallisation, polymer degradation and aging.
Thermoplastic and thermosetting polymers and concepts of copolymers and homopolymers.
Composites; definition, classification, characterisation, properties and composite. Applications
of composites. Nanomaterials; definition, classification and applications of nanomaterials as
emerging technology. Processing of nanomaterials including mechanical grinding, wet
chemical synthesis, gas phase synthesis, sputtered plasma processing, microwave plasma
processing and laser ablation. Integrity assessment of engineering materials; effect of
engineering design, engineering materials processing, selection, manufacturing and
assembling on the performance and service life of engineering materials. Metallography and
fractography of materials. Mechanical testing (destructive testing) of materials such as
compressive test, tensile test, hardness test, impact test, endurance limit and fatigue test.
Non-destructive test (NDT) such as dye penetrant, x-ray and eddy current.

New
Engineering and Technology 905
GET 204: Students Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify various basic hands and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement devices
and instruments, and acquire skills in their effective use and maintenance;
2. practically apply basic engineering technologies, including metrology, casting, metal
forming and joining, materials removal, machine tooling (classification, cutting tool action,
cutting forces, non-cutting production) and CNC machining technology;
3. master workshop and industrial safety practices, accident prevention and ergonomics;
4. physically recognise different electrical & electronic components like resistances,
inductances, capacitances, diodes, transistors and their ratings;
5. connect electric circuits, understand different wiring schemes, and check ratings of
common household electrical appliances and their basic maintenance; and
6. determine household and industrial energy consumption, and understand practical energy
conservation measures.

Course Contents
The course comprises general, mechanical and electrical components: supervised hands-on
experience in safe usage of tools and machines for selected tasks; Use of measuring
instruments (calipers, micrometers, gauges, sine bar, wood planners, saws, sanders, and
pattern making). Machine shop: lathe work shaping, milling, grinding, reaming, metal
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry
practice.Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting
processes. Metal forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging, press-
tool work, spinning, etc.). Metal joining processes(welding, brazing and soldering). Heat
treatment. Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory of
metal cutting. Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines.
Supervised identification, use and care of various electrical and electronic components such
as resistors, inductors, capacitors, diodes and transistors. Exposure to different electric
circuits, wiring schemes, analogue and digital electrical and electronic measurements.
Household and industrial energy consumption measurements. Practical energy conservation
principles.

GET 205: Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the properties of fluids;
2. determine forces in static fluids and fluids in motion;
3. determine whether a floating body will be stable;
4. determine the effect of various pipe fittings, (valves, orifices, bends and elbows) on fluid
flow in pipes;
5. measure flow parameters with venturi meters, orifice meters, weirs;
6. perform calculations based on principles of mass, momentum and energy conservation;
7. perform dimensional analysis and simple fluid modelling problems; and
8. specify the type and capacity of pumps and turbines for engineering applications.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 906
Fluid properties, hydrostatics, fluid dynamics using principles of mass, momentum and energy
conservation from a control volume approach. Flow measurements in pipes, dimensional
analysis, and similitude, 2-dimensional flows. Hydropower systems.

GET 206: Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe basic concepts of thermodynamics, i.e quantitative relations of Zeroth, first,
second and third laws;
2. define and explain system, surrounding, closed and open system, control volume and
control mass, extensive and intensive properties;
3. calculate absolute and gage pressure, and absolute temperature, calculate changes in
kinetic, potential, enthalpy and internal energy;
4. evaluate the properties of pure substances i.e. evaluate the state of the pure substances
such as compressed liquid, saturated liquid-vapour mixture and superheated vapour using
property diagrams and tables; arrange the ideal and real gas equations of state,
5. formulate the first law of thermodynamics for a closed system i.e. organize the change in
energy in the closed systems via heat and work transfer;
6. distinguish heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation, and calculate the
amount of heat energy transferred;
7. calculate the changes in moving boundary work, spring work, electrical work and shaft
work in closed systems;
8. apply the first law of thermodynamics for closed systems and construct conservation of
mass and energy equations;
9. formulate the first law of thermodynamics to the open systems i.e. describe steady-flow
open system, apply the first law of thermodynamics to the nozzles, diffusers, turbines,
compressors, throttling valves, mixing chambers, heat exchangers, pipe and duct flow;
10. construct energy and mass balance for unsteady-flow processes;
11. evaluate thermodynamic applications using second law of thermodynamics;
12. calculate thermal efficiency and coefficient of performance for heat engine, refrigerators
and heat pumps; and
13. restate perpetual-motion machines, reversible and irreversible processes.

Course Contents
Basic concepts, definitions and laws (quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second and third
laws of thermodynamics). Properties of pure substances: the two-property rule (P-V-T
behaviour of pure substances and perfect gases); state diagrams. The principle of
corresponding state; compressibility relations; reduced pressure; reduced volume;
temperature; pseudo-critical constants. The ideal gas: specific heat, polytropic processes.
Ideal gas cycles; Carnot; thermodynamic cycles, turbines, steam and gas, refrigeration. The
first law of thermodynamics – heat and work, applications to open and closed systems. The
steady flow energy equation (Bernoulli’s equation) and application. Second law of
thermodynamics, heat cycles and efficiencies.
GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank etc;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;

New
Engineering and Technology 907
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and Green’s
theorem;
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical model
of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation, etc., as well as fourier series, initial conditions and its
applications to different engineering processes

Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.

GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);
2. explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically solve
a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types; 3. numerically solve
differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;
3. perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,
curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of
several variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;
4. solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex numbers;
5. apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations
and of results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the theory
of conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
6. evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.

Course Contents
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and
vector-valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary
complex analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity. Derivatives,
differentiation rules and differentiation of integrals. Cauchy-Riemann equation, harmonic
functions, basic theory of conformal mapping, transformation and mapping and its
applications to engineering problems. Special functions.

GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;

New
Engineering and Technology 908
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project
through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas.

Course Contents
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.

GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.

Course Contents
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or
special centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant
practical/industrial working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major.
The students are exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance
of tools, equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production
of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation, etc. (8-10 weeks during the long
vacation following 200 level).
NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of programme-specific
activities for their students.
300 Level
GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes

New
Engineering and Technology 909
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in peace
building.

Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes, etc. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,
community leaders, etc.). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents of
conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and Imperatives.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation, collaboration, etc).
The roles of international organizations in conflict resolution ((a) The United Nations, UN and
its conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council (c) ECOWAS in
peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building. Managing post-
conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs);the role of NGOs in
post-conflict situations/crises.

ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
1. describe the key steps in venture creation;
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.

Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of

New
Engineering and Technology 910
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy, etc. Digital business and e-commerce strategies).

GET 301: Engineering Mathematics III (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate a clear understanding of the course content, that is, possess a breadth of
knowledge in the area covered;
2. possess an in-depth knowledge upon which a solid foundation can be built in order to
demonstrate a depth of understanding in advanced mathematical topics;
3. develop simple algorithms and use computational proficiency;
4. write simple proofs for theorems and their applications;; and
5. communicate the acquired mathematical knowledge effectively in speech, writing and
collaborative groups.

Course Contents
Linear Algebra. Elements of Matrices, Determinants, Inverses of Matrices. Theory of Linear
Equations. Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors. Analytical Geometry. Coordinate Transformation.
Solid Geometry. Polar, cylindrical and spherical coordinates. Elements of functions of several
variables. Surface Variables. Ordinary Integrals. Evaluation of Double Integrals, Triple
Integrals, Line Integrals and Surface Integrals. Derivation and Integrals of Vectors. The
gradient of scalar quantities. Flux of Vectors. The curl of a vector field, Gauss, Greens and
Stoke’s theorems and applications. Singular Valued Functions. Multivalued Functions.
Analytical Functions. Cauchy Riemann’s Equations. Singularities and Zeroes. Contour
Integration including the use of Cauchy’s Integral Theorems. Bilinear transformation.

New
Engineering and Technology 911
GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:

1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.

Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis, structure Fog and Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A,B,C,D,E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills(steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports(competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.

GET 305: Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. work with data from the point of view of knowledge convergence, machine learning, and
intelligence augmentation, which significantly raises their standard for engineering
analysis (the approach forces them to learn statistics in an actionable way that helps them
to see the holistic importance of data analytics in modern engineering and technology);
2. anticipate the future with Artificial Intelligence while fulfilling the basic requirements of
conventional engineering statistical programming consistent with their future careers;
3. perform, with proficiency, statistical inference tasks with language or programming
toolboxes such as R, Python, Mathematica or MATLAB, and Design Expert to summarise
analysis and interpretation of industry engineering data, and make appropriate conclusions
based on such experimental and/or real-life industrial data;
4. construct appropriate graphical displays of data and highlight the roles of such displays in
data analysis, particularly the use of statistical software packages;

New
Engineering and Technology 912
5. plan and execute experimental programmes to determine the performance of programme-
relevant industrial engineering systems, and evaluate the accuracy of the measurements
undertaken; and
6. demonstrate mastery of data analytics and statistical concepts by communicating the
results of experimental and industry-case investigations, critically reasoned scientific and
professional analysis through written and oral presentation.

Course Contents
Descriptive statistics, frequency distribution, populations and sample, central tendency,
variance data sampling, mean, median, mode, mean deviation, percentiles. Probability.
Binomial, poisson hyper-geometric, normal distributions. Statistical inference intervals, test
hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big data analytics
and cloud computing applications. Introduction to the R language; R as a calculator; Vectors,
matrices, factors, data frames and other R collections. Iteration and looping control structures.
Conditionals and other controls. Designing, using and extending functions. The Apply Family.
Statistical modelling and inference in R.
.
GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the types, uses and advantages of renewable energy in relation to climate change;
2. design for use the various renewable energy systems;
3. recognise and analyse the current energy systems in Nigeria, their impacts on
development and the global energy demand and supply scenarios;
4. appreciate the environmental impact of energy exploitation and utilisation, and pursue the
sustainable development of renewable energy for various applications; and
5. recognise the exploitation, excavation, production, and processing of fossil fuels such as
coal, petroleum and natural gas, and discuss the sources, technology and contribution to
future energy demands of renewable energy.

Course Contents
Current and potential future energy systems in Nigeria and globally - resources, extraction,
concepts in energy conversion systems; parallels and differences in various conversion
systems and end-use technologies, with emphasis on meeting 21st-century national, regional
and global energy needs in a sustainable manner. Various energy technologies in each fuel
cycle stage for fossil (oil, gas, synthetic), nuclear (fission and fusion) and renewable (solar,
biomass, wind, hydro, and geothermal). Energy types, storage, transmission and
conservation. Analysis of energy mixes within an engineering, economic and social context.
Sustainable energy; emphasise sustainability in general and in the overall concept of
sustainable development and the link this has with sustainable energy as the fundamental
benefit of renewable energy.

Practical Content: Simple measurement of solar radiation, bomb calorimeter determination

of calorific value of fuels and biomass; measurement of the velocity of wind, waves and the
energy that abound in them; laboratory production of biogas and determination of energy
available in it; simple conversion of solar energy to electricity; transesterification of edible oil
into biodiesel; simulation of geothermal energy; Geiger-Muller or Scintillation Counters’
determination of uranium or thorium energy; simple solid or salt storage of energy; hybrid
application of renewable energy.

New
Engineering and Technology 913
GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and Convergent
Technologies (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:

1. explain the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications and effects of artificial
intelligence;
2. explain the fundamental concepts of machine learning, deep learning and convergent
technologies;
3. demonstrate the difference between supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised
learning;
4. demonstrate proficiency in machine learning workflow and how to implement the steps
effectively;
5. explain natural languages, knowledge representation, expert systems and pattern
recognition;
6. describe distributed systems, data and information security and intelligent web
technologies;
7. explain the concept of big data analytics, purpose of studying it, issues that can arise with
a data set and the importance of properly preparing data prior to a machine learning
exercise; and
8. explain the concepts, characteristics, models and benefits, key security and compliance
challenges of cloud computing.

Course Contents
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence paradigms;
search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired algorithms –
examples, their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding
natural languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation, mathematical and logic
foundations of AI; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition; distributed
systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent technologies
– definition, significance and engineering applications. Neural networks and deep learning.
Introduction to python AI libraries.

GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three softwares in their chosen career choices;
2. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;
3. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;
4. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work;
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers; and
7. write a general report at the end of the training.

The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.

New
Engineering and Technology 914
Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work
experience i.e. 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged
in the more advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use
in the industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a
report at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and
encouraged to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities
and experiences to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits
include:

Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine

operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts,
gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, andwooden furniture making processes.

Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solidworks: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with SolidWorks, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solidWorks drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.

A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project. Examples of projects should include the following:

a. design of machine components

b. product design and innovation
c. part modelling and drafting in solidworks
d. technical report writing
MNE 301: Mineral Exploration I - Geological and Geochemical
(3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. determining the mode of occurrence and factors controlling ore deposition;
2. explain the sequence of mineral or ore search by reconnaissance, prospecting and detailed
exploration;
3. identify and select geological methods of mineral and ore exploration;
4. identify applicable geological sampling techniques;
5. state geological data type, their processing, analysis and presentation;
6. apply the concept of geochemistry as indicators of mineral presence;
7. determine applicable geochemical surveying, principles and methods of exploration;
8. apply elements mobility and dispersion patterns for mineral search in geochemical
environment;
9. state geochemical data type, acquisition techniques, processing and presentation; and
10. select appropriate procedures for geological and geochemical exploration.

New
Engineering and Technology 915
Course Contents
Relative abundance, classification and distribution of elements in the cosmic system
(lithosphere, hydrosphere and atmosphere). Mode of occurrence and factors controlling ore
deposition. Concepts of ore search: reconnaissance, prospecting and detailed exploration by
geological, geochemical and geophysical techniques. Geological exploration - zoning, pitting,
trenching, drilling and remote sensing. Drill-hole section and plan interpretation methods of
core logs. Geological data representation, presentation and interpretation. The concept of
geochemistry. Geochemical environments and distribution of major and trace elements in
primary and secondary geochemical environments. Geochemistry of different rock types and
mineral deposits. Geochronology, weathering of major rock and geochemical implications.
Dispersion patterns and mobility of elements. Geochemical cycles of some major elements.
Geochemical surveying, principles and methods of exploration. Geochemical sampling media,
field operations, sample collection, preparation and analytical procedures. Data processing,
presentation and interpretation (map preparation). False anomaly: description, causes and
remedy. Principles of major and trace elements analysis. Introduction to the use of relevant
computer packages for data analyses and graphical presentation.

MNE 302: Drilling, Explosives and Excavation Engineering

(2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate a clear understanding of drilling techniques;
2. design suitable drilling pattern for blasting;
3. evaluate explosives properties and select appropriate explosive for rock blasting;
4. identify applicable blasting parameters and firing pattern;
5. differentiate blasting methods in surface, underground, tunneling and road ways;
6. design stationary and mobile magazines for safe handling of explosives and blasting
accessories; and
7. control disturbances associated with drilling and blasting.

Course Contents
Rock characteristics affecting drilling - engineering properties of rock material, rock drillability
and blastability. Classification of drilling and penetration methods. Theories of rock
penetration. Rotary, percussive, rotary-percussive and thermal drilling. Drill bits and their
applications. Diamond drilling and core recovery. Basic parameters affecting bench drilling
(bench height, burden, spacing and drilling pattern). Choice of drilling equipment. Drilling
components manufacturing process (drilling rods, bids, coupling, pistons, etc.). Handling and
maintenance of drilling equipment. Definition of explosives. Brief history of explosives.
Terminology and definition – velocity of detonation, density, detonation pressure, sensitivity,
strength, water resistance and fume characteristics. Properties and classification of explosives
– dynamites, ammonium nitrate and fuel oil (ANFO) cracking agents. Explosive accessories.
Magazine construction. Blasting methods and practices in surface and underground workings.
Blasting patterns; special blasting techniques – smooth, presplitting, secondary blasting
procedure. Disturbances created by blasting. Applications in dimension, aggregates, water
well, water works, hydropower, road works, railways, pipelines, built-up areas, etc.,
underwater blasting, underground blasting (tunneling, shafts, chambers).

New
Engineering and Technology 916
MNE 304: Mineral Processing Technology (3 Units E: LH 45; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the structures and textures of minerals and their significance in mineral genesis
and treatment;
2. explain ore compositional analyses by chemical and mineralogical techniques;
3. explain the basic comminution and liberation theories and particle size presentation by
various methods;
4. apply the principles of mineral separation by heavy medium, magnetic, gravity, flotation,
leaching, biological recovery processes and other separation techniques including the
physical and mechanical processes of amalgamation and agglomeration;
5. prepare metallurgical mass balance – recovery, grade and loss;
6. identify mineral components of an ore under different light conditions in the petrographic
microscope;
7. carry out basic laboratory experiments in ore comminution, particle liberation and present
particle sizing data technically;
8. skillfully carry out bench-scale recovery tests using appropriate separation process; and
9. develop process flowsheet for a mineral processing plant and determine recovery, losses
and grades.

Course Contents
Ores, minerals and rocks. Structures and textures of minerals and their significance in mineral
genesis and treatment. Ore analysis: qualitative and quantitative assaying and mineralogical
analysis. Basic comminution theory, comminution and liberation. Particle sizing: sizing by
screening and sizing by classification. Particle size analysis. Mineral concentration techniques
- heavy medium separation, magnetic, gravity, flotation and other separation techniques
including the physical and mechanical processes of agglomeration. Hydrometallurgical and
biological recovery processes. Preparation of metallurgical mass balance: recovery and
metallurgical losses. Introduction to essential laboratory experiments in minerals engineering.

MNE 320/GET 399: Field Work and Camping (4 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the fieldwork programme, students would have been well grounded in:
1. skills for preparation of different types of maps and the methods of acquiring data for the
processes;
2. application of some software packages for map making, mine design, processing, analysis
and presentation of field data in various required formats (Surfer, ArcMap, Surpac, USIM
PAC or MetSMART);
3. use of some hardware for map and field data interpretation and presentation;
4. calibration, setting and use of various survey and mineral exploration equipment for data
acquisition;
5. selection of appropriate methods of sample collection and preservation;
6. integration of all the various areas of mining engineering and related professions for a
vivid understanding of the entire extractive industry;
7. preparation of the entire fieldwork programme in a single stringed technical report; and
8. presentation of the fieldwork report orally.

New
Engineering and Technology 917
Co-urse Contents
This is a 9-week intensive field work programme designed to expose the students to most of
the rudiments of the mining engineering profession. It is a practical exposure covering mine
survey, geometrical mapping of mineral deposits, mining methods (drilling, blasting,
excavation), geotechnical investigation, mineral processing and practical exploration. The field
work is carried out in such relevant places as existing mining operations (surface and
underground), processing and smelting plants, unexploited mineral deposit, petroleum and
gas facilities and other relevant places. The field work is designed for a minimum of two
months commencing simultaneously with the long break of the second semester of 300 level.
The students are required to prepare a technical report of the entire field work and present a
seminar on the field programme.

Week 1: Introduction to Maps and their Features

Introduction to camping and camp safety. Maps: topographic and geologic maps. Elements
of topographic maps: orientation, parallels, meridians, scale, direction (azimuth and bearing),
base directions and (true, magnetic and grid north) contour lines. Topographic profile –
construction and geological interpretation. Features of mineral and geological maps:
formation, outcrops, and altitude. Representations and structural symbols. Geometry of
outcrops: attitude. Methods of determination of dip and strike from geological maps: strike-
line method, determination from partial outcrops and subsurface data. Geological cross-
section – mode of construction and interpretation. Reconstruction of geological events from
geo-cross-sections. Determination of thickness of rock bed using mathematical and graphical
methods. Completion of rock outcrop from its partial outcrop on maps using surface and
subsurface data. Solving three-point problems using borehole data. Recognition of different
types of geological structure (folds, faults and unconformities) on maps. Determination of
throw of faults from simple geological maps. Igneous intrusions and their recognitions on
maps. Fieldwork for map preparation and interpretation.
Week 2 to 4: Introduction to Map-making tools and Software Packages
1. Use of map-making tools – compass, GPS receivers, theodolites, levelling instrument total
station, planimeter, maps and plan printers and computer set;
2. Use of surfer and ArcMap, Surpac, USIM PAC/ MetSMART or any other package; and
3. Practice sessions.
Note: If all necessary provisions are made for the fieldwork programme, these weeks and the
rest of the programme duration may be spent in the camp.
Weeks 5 to 9: Field Data Acquisition and Reporting
1. Data on surveying and mineral sampling;
2. Data from practical drilling and blasting exercises;
3. Geotechnical investigation and sampling;
4. Practical exploration and reserve estimation exercises;
5. Collation and organization of data for report writing;
6. Data plots and maps drawing using relevant software packages;
7. Preparation of report; and
8. Oral presentation of field work report.
NOTE
1. While items (a) – (e) may take place during the field programme, items (f) – (h) will be
done at school after the fieldwork.
2. Most of the activities are effective when done in groups.

New
Engineering and Technology 918
400 Level

GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units: C; PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme.
2. Demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.
Course Contents

In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units: C; LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies.
2. Describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to
the society.
3. Demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices.
4. Prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review
5. Discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation.
6. Determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:
1. be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
2. bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work
methods and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways
of safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;
3. experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work and
the environment seamlessly,and expose them to contacts for eventual job placements
after graduation;

New
Engineering and Technology 919
4. be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place
of engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them;
and
5. exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not
necessarily limited to the student’s major (24 weeks from the end of the first semester at
400-Level to the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second
semester at 400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a
programme related industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc, for a period of 6
months under the guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised
by an academic staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits
the completed Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also, there will be a
comprehensive report covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences
(GET 299, GET 399 and GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department
for overall assessment.
MNE 401: Rock Mechanics (3 Units E: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. determine physical properties of rock (density, porosity, permeability, and hardness.);
2. determine mechanical properties of rock (uniaxial compressive strength, triaxial
compressive strength, point load strength and slake durability.);
3. explain and measure the elastic behaviour of rocks;
4. carry out stability analysis of various natural and artificial rock slopes;
5. apply RocScience software to:
a. produce the Mohr envelope;
b. analyse various slopes; and
c. determine factor of safety;
6. use the point load tester;
7. use the uniaxial compressive test machine;
8. prepare rock samples using Masonry saw and rock-grinding machine;
9. prepare rock sample slide for petrographic analysis; and
10. prepare good core samples using coring machine for qualitative and quantitative analyses.

Course Contents
Introduction to Rock Mechanics – Definition of terms and importance of rock mechanics. Field
applications in mining, civil and petroleum engineering. Classification and Index properties of
rocks – geological classification of rocks (crystalline rocks and organic rocks); porosity density;
permeability; strength: Slaking and Durability; sonic velocity as an index to degree of fissuring;
classification of rock masses for engineering purposes. Rock strength and failure; criteria
modes of failure of rocks common laboratory strength tests (uniaxial, triaxial, Brazilian, flexural
tests); stress-strain behaviour in compression; effect of confining pressure; the meaning of
rock strength; application of the complete stress-strain curve. The Mohr Coulomb failure
criterion. The effect of water. The influence of the principal stress ration on failure; empirical
criteria of failure; Coulom-Navier criterion of failure of rocks; Griffith brittle failure criterion.
Elastic properties. Applications of rock mechanics in engineering or underground openings.
Rock slope stability. Support systems design and selection – caving and subsidence.
Observation of mass deformations – extensometers and strain transducers. Case studies.

New
Engineering and Technology 920
MNE 403: Mining Methods I – Surface Techniques (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate a clear understanding of surface mining technologies (open pit), open cast
quarrying and their design as well as the unit operations;
2. design granite quarries for production of aggregates and dimension stones;
3. explain stripping ratio for determining suitable method for exploitation of ore deposit;
4. design layouts for strip mining of coal and include important economic and
environmental considerations;
5. describe the technology for marine mining and include important economic and
environmental considerations; and
6. determine economic pit limit.

Course Contents
Analysis of elements of surface mine operation. Design of surface mining systems with
emphasis on minimisation of adverse environmental impact and maximisation of efficient use
of mineral resources. Surface excavation. The uses, handling and maintenance of surface
equipment and plants. Ore reserve estimates, grade control (blending and dilution), short-
and long-range planning, unit operations, equipment selection, cost estimation, slope stability
and placer mining operation. Aggregates quarrying and dimension stones production. Ore
handling equipment. Case studies of typical surface mines: coal, metallic and non-metallic
mines. Bitumen oil sand mining. Scheduled field trips to operating mines.

500 Level

GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
4. possess the skills needed for project management; and
5. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.

Course Contents
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons – functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.
Project planning, control and timeliness;decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic

New
Engineering and Technology 921
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.

GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions;
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications; and
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principles undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically
present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an
expert witness.

Course Contents
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.
Termination/cancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.

MNE 501: Mine Design I - Design of Surface Mines and Facilities

(3 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Pre-requisites MNE 403 Mining Methods I

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain what is involved in designing any type of surface mine;
2. identify the various parameters used in surface mine design and how to acquire them;
3. apply the techniques learned in designing a surface mine where required;
4. select an appropriate mining method and machineries for a given mineral deposit;
5. employ applicable software packages for design of surface mines;
6. generate mineral model from cut-off grade; and
7. design the optimum slope for safe operation and optimum recovery.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 922
Design of surface mine excavation methods. Determination of bench parameters. Calculation
of the width of working platform of the bench. Determination of the optimum depth of a
surface mine. Selection of mine equipment and machinery. This includes draglines, loaders,
power shovels, drilling rigs, jack hammer, compressor, conveyor belt, etc. Feasibility study of
a proposed quarry. Design of a surface mine using an existing data. Software applications to
surface mine design in planning and organisation using various software packages in the
laboratory. Slope design in surface mines to ensure safe operation. Practical exercise.

MNE 502: Mine Surveying (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between surface survey and underground survey;
2. explain the application surveying in various surface and underground mining operations;
3. explain how to operate and use basic surveying equipment in gathering data for various
mine operations;
4. discuss the concept of remote sensing in mine surveying;
5. carry out practical surveying using necessary tools and equipment;
6. process field (survey) data using relevant mathematical concepts;
7. process and present information for application in cartography principles; and
8. apply surveying results in mine planning and design of three-dimensional mining layout.

Course Contents
Mining theodolite. Unique difference between mining theodolite and land surveying theodolite.
Surveying in open cast mines – building and construction of an open cast deposit. Calculations
for drilling, blasting, excavation, transport operations and drainage. Mine survey control in
supports and stability of slopes in quarry/open pit mines. Factors affecting stability and
deformation of slopes in quarry or open pit mines. Methods of calculation of angle of slope in
quarry or open pit mines. Surveying in underground mine systems – control on industrial
layout of underground deposits. Construction of shaft and shaft lift; mine survey work on
contact with mineral surface (lava). Geometrical projections of mine rocks and other mine
features. Geometrical classification of industrial and non-industrial mineral deposit.
Parameters of mineral reserve estimation and methods of quantifying mineral reserve.
Concept of displacement in underground mining zone. Process of displacement of mine
rocks/earth surface. Basic understanding and parameters that characterise the process of
rock/earth/displacement. Factors affecting rock displacement in mineral deposit. Mine survey
control on displaced mine rock/earth surface. Application of photogrammetry and remote
sensing in mining. Geographic Information System (GIS) and its application in the mineral
industry. Computer application in surveying, mine planning and fieldwork.

MNE 504: Mine Design II (Design of Underground Mines and Facilities)

(3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain what is involved in designing any type of underground mine and gallery;
2. select appropriate underground mining method and machineries for a given mineral
deposit;

New
Engineering and Technology 923
3. identify the various data required for the design of any underground mine and facility and
how to acquire them;
4. recall the rules of conduct for safe working in an underground mine;
5. apply the techniques learned in designing underground mine where required;
6. apply applicable software packages for design of underground mines;
7. generate mineral model from cut-off grade;
8. design the best stope for safe operation and optimum recovery; and
9. undertake a practical design project in underground mining.

Course Contents
Design and construction of shafts, winze and raise. Phases of shaft construction. Different
methods of shaft sinking such as bench method and Jora lift method. Detailed shaft site
investigation for construction cost optimisation and safety. Detailed application of hoisting
machines, tunnel, drifts and adrift design and constructions. Various methods of tunneling in
underground mines using tunneling machines and explosives. Drilling and blasting parameters
in shaft sinking and tunneling. Design of powered supports arch and nut and bolt supports.
Design of ventilation systems in underground mines. Selection of the best methods of mining
during the design of underground mines. Application of software packages to underground
mine design.

MNE 505: Mining Methods II (Underground Mining) (3 Units E: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify and describe the various developmental methods of underground mineral
deposits,
2. select applicable underground method based on ore and host rock properties;
3. apply appropriate technology for the design and construction of underground mine
openings and galleries,
4. apply the methods of roof and ground control in prevention of mine accidents and ground
displacement;
5. acquire the needed technology of underground mining; and
6. relate cost and operational effectiveness in the various facets of underground mining
operations.

Course Contents
Selection and development of most suitable underground mining methods based on the
physical and geological properties of ore deposits. Unsupported and supported underground
mining methods. Tunneling engineering; construction and maintenance. Underground mining
systems. Mining of averagely thick and thick deposits. Application of novel techniques for
some deposits: gasification, liquification and in-situ leaching. Equipment, conveyors, cable
ropeways and rope haulage, tract and trackless mining systems, hydraulic transport and
pipeline systems. Calculations of ore reserve estimates, development planning and
preparations for development and extraction, and construction of development openings.
Conservation and environmental systems. Case studies of typical underground mines: coal,
metallic and non-metallic scheduled. Field trip(s) to operating mines and tunnels.
Minimum Academic Standards

Equipment

New
Engineering and Technology 924
Equipment and tools that are required for the Mining Engineering programmes are listed below
according to the requirements of the major laboratories. The accessories and consumables
needed for effective use of these equipment are not listed but will be requested by the
department that operates this curriculum when purchasing the equipment.

Rock Mechanics Laboratory

1. Rock coring machine (Table type)
2. Rock coring machine (Pillar type)
3. Uniaxial triaxial compression machine (e.g. MECATEST)
4. Triaxial compression machine
5. Digital compression machine
6. Rock grinding machine
7. Masonry saw
8. Point portable load tester
9. Slake durability apparatus
10. Laboratory oven
11. Pocket penetrometer
12. Rock cradle
13. Schmidt hammer
14. Compass clinometer
15. Digital multimeter
16. Digital clamp meter
17. Digital noise meter (Desk and pocket types)
18. Digital compass clinometer
19. Rock core trimmer

Analytical/ Material Characterisation Laboratory

 AAS, XRF, XRD, SEM
 Provisions for wet chemical processes
 Equipment and tools for other characterization test

Survey and Photogrammetry Laboratory

1. Underground mining theodolite
2. Levelling instruments (analogue, digital and automatic)
3. Land theodolite (analogue and digital)
4. Mining compasses (analogue and digital)
5. Compass with tripods
6. Global Positioning System (GPS) – handheld and base
7. Total station (analogue and digital)
8. Printing machine for maps and plan (large formats A3 …)
9. Plane table with tripod
10. Digital planimeter with Laptop PC
11. Laser scanner for slope monitoring

Mine Ventilation Laboratory

1. Mine air flow (Centrifugal fan rig)
2. Cross flow heat exchanger
3. Digital noise meter
4. Digital desk pH meter
5. Digital pocket pH meter
6. Manometers (analogue and digital)
7. Venturimeter (analogue and digital)

New
Engineering and Technology 925
8. Photo-digital tachometer
9. Barometer (analogue and digital)
10. Differential pressure meters (analogue and digital)
11. Digital thermometers (analogue and digital)
12. Tachometer

Mine Design and Modelling Laboratory

1. Computer with table and accessories (1 T HDD, 16GB RAM, 21” monitor)
2. Padded stools
3. Mining design, planning, processing valuation software packages and others
4. Multimedia projectors
5. Interactive board
6. Mining models

Drilling and Explosives Tech. Laboratory

1. Laboratory table drill
2. Hand held drilling machine (pneumatic power)
3. Hand held drilling machine (electrical power)
4. Portable drilling rig
5. Models of different drilling rigs
6. Models of explosive magazine

Mineral Processing Laboratory

1. Laboratory crusher (Jaw type)
2. Laboratory crusher (Cone type)
3. Laboratory crusher (gyratory type)
4. Laboratory type impact crusher
5. Laboratory ball mill
6. Roll mill
7. Mineral jigs
8. Hydro classifier
9. Shaking table
10. Spiral separators
11. Magnetic separators
12. Sluices
13. Ore microscope
14. Laboratory oven
15. Furnaces
16. Sieve shaker
17. Agitator/conditioner
18. Filters
19. Flotation machines
20. pH meter (digital and analogue)
21. Vacuum pump
22. Weighing machines

Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalents
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15 Units per

New
Engineering and Technology 926
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practical’s
and supervision of projects.

NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees; hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personnel

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practical’s
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.

Administrative Support Staff

The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.

Technical Support Personnel

The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation and
maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.

Minimum Number of Staff

Subject to the general standards specified by NUC:
1. there should be a minimum of two PhDs and four M.Eng degree holders full-time academic
staff to mount the programme;
2. each workshop or laboratory should have an adequate number of staff with the right mix,
such that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run efficiently; and
3. there should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate caliber for
the office of the Head of Department to run.

Student/Staff Ratio
The minimum staff-to-student ratio should be 1:15 from 200 level to 500 level.

Library

In addition to the university and faculty libraries, the programme must have a departmental
library well equipped with specialised books and journals in both physical collections and
e-collections (E-Resources) of various types. Various field and research reports of the
programme must also be available in the library for staff, students and researchers.
The library must be connected to subscribed repository of:
1. institutions (national and international);
2. open access sources;
3. professional bodies’ e-learning platforms, and
4. relevant international organizations;

New
Engineering and Technology 927
The library must also have adequate facilities.

a. for reading;
b. provisions for lending, and
c. Reservation unit for specialised materials.

Classrooms, Laboratories, Workshops Clinics and Offices

Although other laboratories and workshops not listed here will be shared with many other
departments in the faculty and university in general, the laboratories and facilities listed in
the table below should be provided and equipped specifically for every Mining Engineering
programme.
Laboratories & Workshop Required for the Programme
Laboratory/
S/N Requirements Required Size (m)
Workshop
Should provide equipment and
tools for practical experiments,
tests (laboratory and field) and
research in Mine and
Mine Surveying
Engineering Surveying including 18.5 x 10 x HRM
and
1 remote sensing with the GIS. (with technologist’s
Photogrammetry
Computer systems, relevant office and a store).
Laboratory
software and hardware with
supply of consumables should
be provided for preparation of
maps and plans.
Should have physical models of
surface, underground and other
mining systems for research
and demonstration. Computer
systems and appropriate
software packages for mine
design and simulation.
Mining System 18.5 x 10 x HRM
Provisions should also be made
2 and Design (with technologist
in this laboratory for other
Laboratory office’s and a store)
hardware, equipment and tools
for design of surface,
underground and other mining
techniques. There should also
be provisions for data
processing, analyses and
presentation.
This laboratory should have
equipment and tools such as
Drilling and jack hammer (electric, 50 x 20 x HRM
3 Explosives mechanical or fluid powered) (with technologist’s
Laboratory for drilling; physical models or office and a store).
table-top drilling rig. Tools such
as hand augers. Models of

New
Engineering and Technology 928
 explosives magazine and
facilities for safe preparation of
ANFO. Samples of the various
initiation and detonation
devices and large posters of
various equipment for teaching
aid.
Serves as rock testing and
analysis, lapidary and gemology
laboratory. Provisions should
therefore be made for
Rock Mechanics
4 equipment and tools for rock
Laboratory
and stone cutting, polishing,
mounting and finishing for
teaching and research in all
areas of rock engineering.
Ventilation and air conditioning
equipment and facilities should
be provided in this laboratory.
Models of underground mine
galleries for flow
demonstrations are required.
Various environment parameter 18.5 x 10 x HRM
Mine Ventilation
5 measuring equipment such as (with technologist’s
Laboratory
gas and dust analysers, office and a store)
particulate counters, weather
trackers are required for
teaching and research. Large
posters of mine galleries and
equipment that will serve as
teaching aid must be provided
Should be adequately spacious
Mineral (if a single laboratory is
Processing and provided) to accommodate 50 x 20 x HRM
6 Extractive equipment and facilities for (with technologist’s
Metallurgy teaching and research in all office and a store).
Laboratory. sections of mineral processing
and extractive metallurgy.
Should provide equipment and
tools for practical experiments, 18.5 x 10 x HRM
Geotechnics
7 tests (laboratory/field) and (with technologist’s
Laboratory
research on soil and other office and a store)
earthen materials.
Wire rope type, uses and
preparation, pumps and
pipeline models, models of
Mine Machinery / 50 x 20 x HRM
mine machinery for
8 Equipment (with technologist’s
demonstration, equipment for
Workshop office and a store)
metal cutting and joining
including welding and
measuring tools.

New
Engineering and Technology 929
 This laboratory will provide
material analyses and
characterisation services for  3 rooms of 10x6
other laboratories in the each with
Analytical/
programme. Should have an office
Material
9 analytical equipment such as  store
Characterisation
AAS, XRF, XRD, SEM and  maintenance
Laboratory
provision for wet chemical room
processes. Equipment and tools
for other characterisation tests
are also required.

The NUC recommends the following physical space requirement:

Academic m2
Professor’s Office 18.50
Head of Department’s Office 18.50
Tutorial Teaching Staff Space 13.50
Other Teaching Staff Space 7.00
Technical Staff Space 7.00
Science Staff Research Laboratory 16.50
Engineering Staff Research Laboratory 14.50
Seminar Space per student 1.85
Drawing Office Space (A.O. Board) (Per Student) 4.60
Drawing Office Space (A.I. Board) (Per Student) 3.70
Laboratory Space 7.50
Non-Academic
Secretarial Space 7.00

New
Engineering and Technology 930
Office Facilities
S/No Office No in Room Facilities
1. HOD 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
unit, Secretary and facilities.
2. Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
unit, Secretary and facilities.
3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
unit.
4. Senior 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
Lecturer unit.
5. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.

6. Lecturer II 3 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves

New
Engineering and Technology 931
B.Eng. Natural Gas Engineering
Overview
The Natural Gas Engineering curriculum is designed to provide the student with the strong
foundation in science and engineering needed by natural gas and other related industries
engaged in exploitation of natural gas resources from underground reservoirs. The curriculum
blends the natural sciences (mathematics, physics, chemistry and geology) and the
engineering (thermodynamics, mechanics, dynamics, hydraulics and strength of materials).
The programme covers the fundamentals of natural gas engineering science and technology
including the flow of fluids, drilling operations, separation processes, unit processes, inorganic
and organic chemical equilibrium and economics. The programme prepares students for
engineering duties in the gas industry as well as the chemical process industry. The main
focus is on the identification, extraction, storage and transportation of natural gas. The
primary areas of specialization are:
1. Classification of reservoirs and understanding fluid flow concepts and recovery processes
2. Estimation of natural gas reserves
3. Well-drilling equipment and facilities
4. Surface and sub-surface production equipment and operations
5. Storage and transportation equipment/facilities and operations

Philosophy
The philosophy of the programme is to produce natural gas engineering graduates with high
academic and ethical standards and adequate practical exposure for self-actualisation as
well as being of immediate value to the oil and gas industry and the community in general.
Objectives
The goal and objectives of Natural Gas Engineering education and training should be in
consonance with the realisation of national needs and aspirations in relation to industrial
development and technological emancipation from foreign companies in our oil and gas
industry. The objectives of this programme are:
1. conduct investigations into complex natural gas engineering problems and produce
viable solutions that optimise the use of our local resources;
2. understand the dynamics of both the local and global oil and gas industry;
3. adapt and adopt exogenous technology in order to solve peculiar engineering problems
in Nigerian oil and gas industry;
4. design natural gas engineering projects and supervise their implementation;
5. exercise original thought, good professional judgment and responsibility for the
execution of oil and gas projects in a manner that guarantees sustainable development;
6. be conversant with all the materials, codes, components, machines, equipment,
production techniques and systems in oil and gas industry;
7. manage people, funds, materials and equipment;
8. have good knowledge of the ethics of the engineering profession and application;
9. work alone or in a team, especially a multidisciplinary team, and also have good oral
and written communication skills; and
10. engage in lifelong learning for continuous self-improvement.

Unique Features of the Programme

The unique features of the new Natural Gas Engineering programme are as follows:
1. there is emphasis on outcome-based education with clearly defined course content and
learning objectives;

New
Engineering and Technology 932
2. student workload is reduced to give room for independent learning and creativity;
3. The core engineering programme is enhanced with the introduction of courses like Artificial
Intelligence, Machine Learning, Convergent Technologies, Data Analytic and Renewable
Energy Resources which are important in a modern-day society;
4. the computer programming course is now streamlined to be on modern programming
languages instead of the old FORTRAN;
5. introduction of a course on entrepreneurship in the oil and gas industry will be an eye
opener to the opportunities in the oil and gas industry. This complements the
entrepreneurship course taught as a General Studies course;
6. introduction of computer applications in many courses will help the students in this era of
software applications;
7. the refined SIWES programme will ensure that relevant practical experience is acquired
by the students before graduation;
8. there is more field exposure with the introduction of field trips in courses like Introduction
to Oil and Gas Industry and Petroleum Geology;
9. we expect better understanding of Nigerian fields with the introduction of case histories.
This will also bring the students closer to the industry;
10. the final-year project and Research Methods are lumped together and to be started in the
first semester. This makes it possible to choose research topics and get to research
methodology before the beginning of the second semester; and
11. the robust course content of our engineering communication course will help our engineers
write better report and make good presentations.

Employability Skills
Graduates of this Natural Gas Engineering programme will have sufficient science, engineering
and programming knowledge that they can easily adapt to working in any engineering outfit.
Particularly, they should have good understanding of oil and gas business to be employed as:
1. Reservoir Engineers
2. Production Engineers
3. Drilling Engineers
4. Oil and gas Economists.
5. Oil and gas research Engineers

The graduates should also be able to work in the following oil and gas service companies:
1. Reservoir management
2. Mud logging
3. Electric and slickline companies
4. Pipeline companies
5. Oil and gas facility management
6. PVT laboratory

21st Century Skills Emphasised

The modern skills emphasised in this programme are as follows:
1. software development and application skill;
2. creativity and innovation;
3. artificial intelligence and data analytic skill;
4. critical thinking/ problem-solving/decision making skills;
5. entrepreneurship skill;
6. communication skill;
7. learning to learn/metacognition; and

New
Engineering and Technology 933
8. collaboration skill (Needed for team projects).

Admission and Graduation Requirements

Admission Requirements
Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
1. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
2. Direct Entry (DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

For the five-year degree programme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must include English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

Direct Entry (DE) Mode

For the four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit
passes, which must include English Language, two must be principal subjects at Advance GCE
Level or NCE and its equivalent. Holder of upper credit level at HND are eligible for
consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:
1. Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of 150
and maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5–year engineering degree programme.
Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters.
2. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode shall have registered for a minimum
of 120 and a maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4–year engineering degree
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic semesters.
3. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode at 300-Level shall have registered for
a minimum of 90 and a maximum of 120 units of courses during a 3–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of 6 academic
semesters.
4. The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units respectively.
5. A student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by the
university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.
6. A student shall also have earned the 15 credit units of Students Industrial Work Experience
Scheme (SIWES), 8 credit units of University General Study courses and four credit units
of Entrepreneurship courses.

For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered,
whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the
computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it
or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each and all
attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.
Prerequisite courses must be taken and passed before a particular course at a higher level.
Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she

New
Engineering and Technology 934
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME, 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 200-Level
and 11 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 300-Level.
Global Course Structure
Level General Basic Discipline/ Programme SIWES* Total
Studies Science GET Units
100 4 16 3 02 - 25
200 4 - 20 02 3 29
300 4 - 15 12 4 34
400 - - 2 11 6 19
500 - - 5 6 - 11
Total 12 16 45 33 13* 105

*All 11 units of SIWES and 2 units of Engineering Valuation experiential courses are credited
in the 2nd Semester of 400 level, and do not count in total CCMAS credit units.

100 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 15 45
GST 112 Nigerian People and Culture 2 C 30 -
GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C -
15
GET 102 Engineering Graphics and 2 C 30
Solid Modeling I 15
CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C -
30
CHM 102 General Chemistry II 2 C -
30
CHM 107 General Practical Chemistry I 1 C - 45
CHM 108 General Practical Chemistry 1 C - 45
II
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 2 C -
30
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C -
30
PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C -
30
PHY 103 General Physics III 2 C -
30
PHY 107 General Practical Physics I 1 C - 45
PHY 108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45
GNG 113 Introduction to Natural Gas 2 C
Resources Technology 30 -
Total 25

200 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and 2 C 30 -
Human Existence

New
Engineering and Technology 935
 ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and 2 C 30 -
Innovation
GET 202 Engineering Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 204 Students Workshop Practice 2 C 15 45
GET 205 Fundamentals of Fluid 3 C 45 -
Mechanics
GET 206 Fundamentals of 3 C 45 -
Thermodynamics
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 45 -
GET 210 Engineering Mathematics II 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing and Software 3 C 30 45
Engineering
GNG 203 Rock and Fluid Properties 2 C 15 45
*GET 299 SIWES I: Students Work 3 C 9 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 29

300 Level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GST 312 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 30 -
ENT 312 Venture Creation 2 C 30 -
GET 301 Engineering Mathematics III 3 C 45 -
GET 302 Engineering Mathematics IV 3 C 45 -
GET 304 Technical Writing and 3 C 45 -
Communication
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems and 3 C 30 45
Technology
GET 307 Introduction to Artificial 3 C 45 -
Intelligence, Machine Learning
and Convergent Technologies
PNG 308 Drilling and Well Design I 3 C 45
PNG 310 Fundamentals of Reservoir 3 C 45 -
Engineering
PNG 312 Oil and Gas Production 3 C 45 -
Engineering I
GNG 316 Natural Gas Utilisation and 2 C 30 -
Monetisation Concepts
*GET 399 SIWES II: Students Work 4 C 12 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 34

400 Level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 C 90
GET 404 Engineering Valuation and 2 C 30
Costing
GNG 405 Natural Gas Reservoir 3 C 45 -
Engineering

New
Engineering and Technology 936
 GNG 407 Gas to Power Generation and 2 C 30 -
Emission Management
GNG 409 Natural Gas Process Plant Design 3 C 45 -
GNG 413 Natural Gas Engineering 3 C 45 -
*GET 499 SIWES III: Students Work 4 C 12 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 19

SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

500 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GET 501 Engineering Project 3 C 45 -
Management
GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -
GNG 511 Natural Gas Technology 2 E 30 -
Process Control
GNG 504 Natural Gas Reservoir 3 C 45 -
Modelling and Simulation
GNG 513 Offshore Gas Production and 3 C 45 -
Flow Assurance (Production III)
Total 11

Course Contents and Learning Outcomes

100 Level

GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 937
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology); English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations); major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional); grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality). Reading
and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking; reasoning
methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy, generalisation and
explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements. Writing activities
(pre-writing (brainstorming and outlining), writing [paragraphing, punctuation and
expression], post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing (summary, essays,
letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making). etc. Mechanics of writing. Information
and Communication Technology in modern language learning. Language skills for effective
communication. The art of public speaking.

GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;
2. identify and list the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
3. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political entity;
4. analyse the concepts of trade and economic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation to
national development;
5. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian state regarding nation building;
6. analyse the role of the judiciary in upholding fundamental human rights
7. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria; and
8. list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems.

Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and cultures;
peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria; nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system; indigenous apprenticeship system among
Nigerian peoples; trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justice and national
development (definition and classification of law); Judiciary and fundamental rights.
Individuals, norms and values (basic Nigerian norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition; citizenship and civic responsibilities; indigenous languages, usage and
development; negative attitudes and conducts [Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices]). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3Rs – Reconstruction, Rehabilitation
and Re-orientation; re-orientation strategies: Operation Feed the Nation (OFN), Green
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline and Corruption (WAIC), Mass
Mobilization for Self-Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery (MAMSER), National
Orientation Agency (NOA). Current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria.

GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;

New
Engineering and Technology 938
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs); and
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.

Course Contents
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.

GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple everyday and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength and cost;
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical and
other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the analytical
nature of the courses they take; and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.

Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete terms.
Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3D objects.
Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and perspectives.
Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection and rendering.
This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid works, solid edge
or equivalent.

CHM 101: General Chemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. define atom, molecules and chemical reactions;
2. discuss the modern electronic theory of atoms;
3. write electronic configurations of elements on the periodic table;
4. rationalise the trends of atomic radii, ionisation energies, electronegativity of the elements,
based on their position in the periodic table;

New
Engineering and Technology 939
5. identify and balance oxidation–reduction equation and solve redox titration problems;
6. draw shapes of simple molecules and hybridised orbitals;
7. identify the characteristics of acids, bases and salts, and solve problems based on their
quantitative relationship;
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using LeChatelier’s principle to
predict the effect of concentration, pressure and temperature changes on equilibrium
mixtures;
9. analyse and perform calculations with the thermodynamic functions, enthalpy, entropy
and free energy; and
10. determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and temperature.

Course Contents
Atoms, molecules, elements and compounds, and chemical reactions. Modern electronic
theory of atoms. Electronic configuration, periodicity and building up of the periodic table.
Hybridisation and shapes of simple molecules. Valence forces; Structure of solids. Chemical
equations and stoichiometry; chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, kinetic theory of
matter. Elementary thermochemistry; rates of reaction, equilibrium and thermodynamics.
Acids, bases and salts. Properties of gases. Redox reactions and introduction to
electrochemistry. Radioactivity.

CHM 102: General Chemistry II (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the importance and development of organic chemistry;
2. define fullerenes and its applications;
3. discuss electronic theory;
4. determine the qualitative and quantitative of structures in organic chemistry;
5. state rules guiding nomenclature and functional group classes of organic chemistry;
6. determine the rate of reaction to predict mechanisms of reaction;
7. identify classes of organic functional group with brief description of their chemistry;
8. discuss comparative chemistry of group 1A, IIA and IVA elements; and
9. describe basic properties of transition metals.

Course Contents
Historical survey of the development and importance of organic chemistry; fullerenes as fourth
allotrope of carbon, uses as nanotubules, nanostructures, nanochemistry. Electronic theory in
organic chemistry. Isolation and purification of organic compounds; determination of
structures of organic compounds including qualitative and quantitative analysis in organic
chemistry; nomenclature and functional group classes of organic compounds. Introductory
reaction mechanism and kinetics. Stereochemistry. The chemistry of alkanes, alkenes,
alkynes, alcohols, ethers, amines, alkyl halides, nitriles, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids
and derivatives. The chemistry of selected metals and non-metals. Comparative chemistry of
group IA, IIA and IVA elements. Introduction to transition metal chemistry.

CHM 107: General Practical Chemistry I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correct carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;

New
Engineering and Technology 940
4. state the differences between primary and secondary standards;
5. perform redox titration;
6. record observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions.

Course Contents
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.

CHM 108: General Practical Chemistry II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correctly carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. identify and carry out preliminary tests which include ignition, boiling point, melting point,
test on known and unknown organic compounds;
5. carry out solubility tests on known and unknown organic compounds;
6. carry out elemental tests on known and unknown compounds; and
7. carry out functional group/confirmatory test on known and unknown compounds which
could be acidic/basic/ neutral organic compounds.

Course Contents
Continuation of CHM 107. Additional laboratory experiments to include functional group
analysis, quantitative analysis using volumetric methods.

MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:
1. define and explain set, subset, union, intersection, complements, and demonstrate the
use of Venn diagrams;
2. solve quadratic equations;
3. solve trigonometric functions;
4. identify various types of numbers; and
5. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers. Mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.

MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units: C, LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;

New
Engineering and Technology 941
2. recognise and understand the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and
continuity;
3. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes;
4. solve function of a real variable, plot relevant graphs, identify limits and idea of continuity;
5. identify the derivative as limit of rate of change;
6. identify techniques of differentiation and perform extreme curve sketching;
7. identify integration as an inverse of differentiation;
8. identify methods of integration and definite integrals; and
9. perform integration application to areas, volumes.

Course Contents
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative, as limit of
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve sketching,
integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes (including
approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule).

PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular momentum;
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

Course Contents
Space and time; units and dimension, vectors and scalars, differentiation of vectors:
displacement, velocity and acceleration; kinematics; Newton’s laws of motion (inertial frames,
impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation); relative motion; application
of Newtonian mechanics; equations of motion; conservation principles in physics,
conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy, system of particles, centre of mass; rotational motion; torque, vector product,
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum. Polar coordinates; conservation
of angular momentum; circular motion; moments of inertia, gyroscopes and precession;
gravitation: Newton’s law of gravitation, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion, gravitational
potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits.

PHY 103: General Physics III (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;

New
Engineering and Technology 942
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing macroscopic
behaviour;
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Contents
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.

PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Contents
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity, etc. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis
should be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data
collection, analysis, and deduction.

PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs;
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.

Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction.
GNG 113: Introduction to Natural Gas Resources Technology (2 Units C: LH 30)

New
Engineering and Technology 943
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between the sectors of the Oil and Gas Industry and its value chain;
2. identify local and global historical perspective of the petroleum industry;
3. enumerate the processes involved from discovery to consumption;
4. identify the key drivers of technology and challenges in the petroleum industry and
5. identify the associated team players and opportunities available to the Petroleum and Gas
Engineers.

Course Contents
Origin of Petroleum, Crude oil and gas composition and types, Petroleum exploration
techniques, Global and local historical perspective of the petroleum industry, Overview of the
different sectors, Challenges in the oil and gas industry, renewal and non-renewal energy
drive and examples, overview of processes involved from discovery to consumption, Petroleum
industry value chain, Associated team players in petroleum and gas industry operations
Opportunities available to the petroleum and Gas Engineers.

200 Level

GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge, and
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.

Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding.

New
Engineering and Technology 944
ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence;
4. engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
5. identify key elements in innovation;
6. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
7. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
8. state the basic principles of e-commerce.

Course Contents
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.

GET 202: Engineering Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate the role of atoms and molecules (aggregates of atoms) in the building of
solid/condensed matter known as engineering materials, the electrons quantum numbers
and how the electrons are arranged in different atomic elements, and explain the role of
electronic configuration and valence electrons in bonding;
2. define metals, alloys and metalloids, demonstrate mental picture of the solid mineral
resources development as a relay race among four ‘athletes’: geologist, mining engineer,
mineral processing technologist, process metallurgical engineer, and classify metallurgical
engineering into 3Ps: process, physical and production;
3. explain the relationship between structure and properties of materials, characteristics,
components and compositions of phase diagrams and phase transformations of solid
solutions;
4. define ceramics, glass and constituents of glasses and understand application of ceramics
in mining, building, art and craft industries;

New
Engineering and Technology 945
5. define and classify polymers as a class of engineering materials and polymeric materials,
demonstrate polymerisation reactions, their types and mechanism, and applications of
polymers;
6. define properties, types and application of composite materials and fibres (synthetic and
natural);
7. define and classify nanomaterials, demonstrate applications of nanomaterials, concept,
design and classification of fracture mechanics, corrosion classification, including the five
principal ways of controlling corrosion and metal finishing processes such as sherardising,
galvanising and anodising; and
8. identify factors affecting the performance and service life of engineering
materials/metals and metallography of metals/materials (materials anatomy), which
enables metallurgical and materials engineers to prescribe appropriate solutions to test
metals/materials fitness in service through structure-property-application relationships.

Course Contents
Basic material science; atomic structure, atomic bonding and crystal structures. Engineering
materials situating metals and alloys; metals and alloys, classifications of metals, metal
extraction processes using iron and steel (ferrous) and aluminium (nonferrous) as examples,
phase diagrams/iron carbon diagrams, and mechanical workings of metals. Selection and
applications of metals and alloys for specific applications in oil, aerospace, construction,
manufacturing and transportation industries, among others. Ceramics (including glass);
definition, properties, structure and classifications of ceramics. Bioactive and glass – ceramics.
Toughing mechanism for ceramics. Polymers; definition of polymers as engineering materials,
chemistry of polymeric materials, polymer crystallisation, polymer degradation and aging.
Thermoplastic and thermosetting polymers and concepts of copolymers and homopolymers.
Composites; definition, classification, characterisation, properties and composite. Applications
of composites. Nanomaterials; definition, classification and applications of nanomaterials as
emerging technology. Processing of nanomaterials including mechanical grinding, wet
chemical synthesis, gas phase synthesis, sputtered plasma processing, microwave plasma
processing and laser ablation. Integrity assessment of engineering materials; effect of
engineering design, engineering materials processing, selection, manufacturing and
assembling on the performance and service life of engineering materials. Metallography and
fractography of materials. Mechanical testing (destructive testing) of materials such as
compressive test, tensile test, hardness test, impact test, endurance limit and fatigue test.
Non-destructive test (NDT) such as dye penetrant, x-ray and eddy current.

GET 204: Students Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify various basic hands and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement devices
and instruments, and acquire skills in their effective use and maintenance;
2. practically apply basic engineering technologies, including metrology, casting, metal
forming and joining, materials removal, machine tooling (classification, cutting tool action,
cutting forces, non-cutting production) and CNC machining technology;
3. master workshop and industrial safety practices, accident prevention and ergonomics;
4. physically recognise different electrical & electronic components like resistances,
inductances, capacitances, diodes, transistors and their ratings;
5. connect electric circuits, understand different wiring schemes, and check ratings of
common household electrical appliances and their basic maintenance; and
6. determine household and industrial energy consumption, and understand practical energy
conservation measures.

New
Engineering and Technology 946
Course Contents
The course comprises general, mechanical and electrical components: supervised hands-on
experience in safe usage of tools and machines for selected tasks; Use of measuring
instruments (calipers, micrometers, gauges, sine bar, wood planners, saws, sanders, and
pattern making). Machine shop: lathe work shaping, milling, grinding, reaming, metal
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry
practice.Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting
processes. Metal forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging, press-
tool work, spinning, etc.). Metal joining processes(welding, brazing and soldering). Heat
treatment. Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory of
metal cutting. Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines.
Supervised identification, use and care of various electrical and electronic components such
as resistors, inductors, capacitors, diodes and transistors. Exposure to different electric
circuits, wiring schemes, analogue and digital electrical and electronic measurements.
Household and industrial energy consumption measurements. Practical energy conservation
principles.

GET 205: Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to :
1. explain the properties of fluids;
2. determine forces in static fluids and fluids in motion;
3. determine whether a floating body will be stable;
4. determine the effect of various pipe fittings (valves, orifices, bends and elbows) on fluid
flow in pipes;
5. measure flow parameters with venturi meters, orifice meters, weirs, etc;
6. perform calculations based on principles of mass, momentum and energy conservation;
7. perform dimensional analysis and simple fluid modelling problems; and
8. specify the type and capacity of pumps and turbines for engineering applications.

Course Contents
Fluid properties, hydrostatics, fluid dynamics using principles of mass, momentum and energy
conservation from a control volume approach. Flow measurements in pipes, dimensional
analysis, and similitude, 2-dimensional flows. Hydropower systems.

GET 206: Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe basic concepts of thermodynamics, quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second
and third laws;
2. define and explain system, surrounding, closed and open system, control volume and
control mass, extensive and intensive properties;
3. calculate absolute and gage pressure, and absolute temperature, calculate changes in
kinetic, potential, enthalpy and internal energy;
4. evaluate the properties of pure substances i.e. evaluate the state of the pure substances
such as compressed liquid, saturated liquid-vapour mixture and superheated vapour using
property diagrams and tables; arrange the ideal and real gas equations of state,
5. formulate the first law of thermodynamics for a closed system i.e. organize the change in
energy in the closed systems via heat and work transfer;

New
Engineering and Technology 947
6. distinguish heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation, and calculate the
amount of heat energy transferred;
7. calculate the changes in moving boundary work, spring work, electrical work and shaft
work in closed systems;
8. apply the first law of thermodynamics for closed systems and construct conservation of
mass and energy equations;
9. formulate the first law of thermodynamics to the open systems i.e. describe steady-flow
open system, apply the first law of thermodynamics to the nozzles, diffusers, turbines,
compressors, throttling valves, mixing chambers, heat exchangers, pipe and duct flow;
10. construct energy and mass balance for unsteady-flow processes;
11. evaluate thermodynamic applications using second law of thermodynamics;
12. calculate thermal efficiency and coefficient of performance for heat engine, refrigerators
and heat pumps; and
13. restate perpetual-motion machines, reversible and irreversible processes.

Course Contents
Basic concepts, definitions and laws (quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second and third
laws of thermodynamics). Properties of pure substances: the two-property rule (P-V-T
behaviour of pure substances and perfect gases); state diagrams. The principle of
corresponding state; compressibility relations; reduced pressure; reduced volume;
temperature; pseudo-critical constants. The ideal gas: specific heat, polytropic processes.
Ideal gas cycles; Carnot; thermodynamic cycles, turbines, steam and gas, refrigeration. The
first law of thermodynamics – heat and work, applications to open and closed systems. The
steady flow energy equation (Bernoulli’s equation) and application. Second law of
thermodynamics, heat cycles and efficiencies.

GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank etc;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and Green’s
theorem;
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical model
of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation, etc., as well as fourier series, initial conditions and its
applications to different engineering processes.

Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.

New
Engineering and Technology 948
GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);
2. explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically solve
a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types;
3. numerically solve differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;
4. perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,
curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of
several variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;
5. solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex numbers;
6. apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations
and of results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the theory
of conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
7. evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.

Course Contents
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and
vector-valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary
complex analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity. Derivatives,
differentiation rules and differentiation of integrals. Cauchy-Riemann equation, harmonic
functions, basic theory of conformal mapping, transformation and mapping and its
applications to engineering problems. Special functions.

GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project
through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas.

Course Contents
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components

New
Engineering and Technology 949
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.

GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.

Course Contents
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or
special centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant
practical/industrial working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major.
The students are exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance
of tools, equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production
of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation, etc. (8-10 weeks during the long
vacation following 200 level).

NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of programme-specific

activities for their students.

GNG 203: Rock and Fluid Properties (2 Units C: LH 15 PH 45)

Learning Outcome
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain that reservoir rocks are porous and thus be able to make the connection as to how
Darcy’s law can then be used to discuss the concept of permeability and relative
permeability or reservoir rock;
2. describe the effect of surface tension and wettability on the phenomenon of capillarity
movement of fluid through the pores of reservoir rock; and
3. explain thermodynamic behaviour, phase equilibria and reservoir rock fluids.

Course Contents
Composition and porosity of reservoir rock. Darcy’s law and the concept of permeability and
relative permeability; capillary phenomena, surface tension forces, wettability, compressibility
and static distribution of fluids. Electric conductivity; chemical, physical and thermodynamic
properties of underground fluid. Gas laws, behavior of liquid, phase equilibrium, Viscosities of
hydrocarbons, uses of fluid properties in reservoir engineering, rock and fluid property
correlation.

Laboratory

New
Engineering and Technology 950
The laboratory section is based on materials covered in this course, including coring and core
analysis, determination of petrophysical properties, such as porosity, permeability, water
saturation and gas formation volume factor.

300 Level

GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in peace
building.

Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes, etc. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,
community leaders, etc.). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents of
conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and Imperatives.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation, collaboration, etc).
The roles of international organizations in conflict resolution ((a) The United Nations, UN and
its conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council (c) ECOWAS in
peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building. Managing post-
conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs);the role of NGOs in
post-conflict situations/crises.

ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
1. describe the key steps in venture creation;
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and

New
Engineering and Technology 951
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.

Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy, etc. Digital business and e-commerce strategies)

GET 302: Engineering Mathematics IV (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve second order differential equations;
2. solve partial differential equations;
3. solve linear integral equations;
4. relate integral transforms to solution of differential and integral equations;
5. explain and apply interpolation formulas; and
6. apply Runge-Kutta and other similar methods in solving ODE and PDEs.

Course Contents
Series solution of second order linear differential equations with variable coefficients. Bessel
and Legendre equations. Equations with variable coefficients. Sturm-Liouville boundary value
problems. Solutions of equations in two and three dimensions by separation of variables. Eigen
value problems. Use of operations in the solution of partial differential equations and Linear
integral equations. Integral transforms and their inverse including Fourier, Laplace, Mellin and
Handel Transforms. Convolution integrals and Hilbert Transforms. Calculus of finite
differences. Interpolation formulae. Finite difference equations. RungeKutta and other
methods in the solutions of ODE and PDEs. Numerical integration and differentiation.

GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and

New
Engineering and Technology 952
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.

Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis, structure Fog and Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A,B,C,D,E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills(steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports(competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.

GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3 units C: LH 30 PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the types, uses and advantages of renewable energy in relation to climate change;
2. design for use the various renewable energy systems;
3. recognise and analyse the current energy systems in Nigeria, their impacts on
development and the global energy demand and supply scenarios;
4. appreciate the environmental impact of energy exploitation and utilisation, and pursue the
sustainable development of renewable energy for various applications; and
5. recognise the exploitation, excavation, production, and processing of fossil fuels such as
coal, petroleum and natural gas, and discuss the sources, technology and contribution to
future energy demands of renewable energy.

Course Contents
Current and potential future energy systems in Nigeria and globally - resources, extraction,
concepts in energy conversion systems; parallels and differences in various conversion
systems and end-use technologies, with emphasis on meeting 21st-century national, regional
and global energy needs in a sustainable manner. Various energy technologies in each fuel
cycle stage for fossil (oil, gas, synthetic), nuclear (fission and fusion) and renewable (solar,
biomass, wind, hydro, and geothermal). Energy types, storage, transmission and
conservation. Analysis of energy mixes within an engineering, economic and social context.
Sustainable energy; emphasise sustainability in general and in the overall concept of
sustainable development and the link this has with sustainable energy as the fundamental
benefit of renewable energy.
Practical Content: Simple measurement of solar radiation, bomb calorimeter determination
of calorific value of fuels and biomass; measurement of the velocity of wind, waves and the
energy that abound in them; laboratory production of biogas and determination of energy
available in it; simple conversion of solar energy to electricity; transesterification of edible oil

New
Engineering and Technology 953
into biodiesel; simulation of geothermal energy; Geiger-Muller or Scintillation Counters’
determination of uranium or thorium energy; simple solid or salt storage of energy; hybrid
application of renewable energy.

GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and

Convergent Technologies (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:
1. explain the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications and effects of artificial
intelligence;
2. explain the fundamental concepts of machine learning, deep learning and convergent
technologies;
3. demonstrate the difference between supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised
learning;
4. demonstrate proficiency in machine learning workflow and how to implement the steps
effectively;
5. explain natural languages, knowledge representation, expert systems and pattern
recognition;
6. describe distributed systems, data and information security and intelligent web
technologies;
7. explain the concept of big data analytics, purpose of studying it, issues that can arise with
a data set and the importance of properly preparing data prior to a machine learning
exercise; and
8. explain the concepts, characteristics, models and benefits, key security and compliance
challenges of cloud computing.

Course Contents
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence paradigms;
search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired algorithms –
examples, their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding
natural languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation, mathematical and logic
foundations of AI; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition; distributed
systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent technologies
– definition, significance and engineering applications. Neural networks and deep learning.
Introduction to python AI libraries.

GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three softwares in their chosen career choices;
2. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;
3. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;,
4. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work;
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers; and
7. write a general report at the end of the training.

New
Engineering and Technology 954
The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work
experience i.e. 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged
in the more advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use
in the industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a
report at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and
encouraged to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities
and experiences to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits
include:

Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine

operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts,
gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, andwooden furniture making processes.

Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solidworks: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with SolidWorks, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solidWorks drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.

A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project.

Examples of projects should include the following:

1. design of machine components;
2. product design and innovation;
3. part modelling and drafting in solidworks; and
4. technical report writing.

PNG 308: Drilling and Well Design I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain bit selection and its evaluation of the bits ability to drill through reservoir rock by
considering bit tooth wear on bit bearings and how to terminate the bit run;
2. demonstrate understanding of the fundamentals of oil well drilling, especially the
techniques employed for oil well completion; and
3. plan a drilling operation to include cost estimation, assemblage of a drilling team, rigs
and rig power systems, hoisting.

Course Contents
Introduction to drilling engineering. Fundamental concepts in oil well drilling. Well planning
and cost estimation. Drilling team, drilling rigs, rig power system, hoisting system, circulation
system, the rotary system, the well control system, well-monitoring system, special marine

New
Engineering and Technology 955
equipment, drilling cost analysis, and bit types available. Rock failure mechanisms. Bit
selection and evaluation. Factors affecting tooth wear, bearings wear and terminating a bit
run. Factors affecting penetration rate, bit operation, drilling fluids and drilling hydraulics, and
well head equipment.

Laboratory
The laboratory section includes determination of rheological properties of drilling fluids.

PNG 310: Fundamentals of Reservoir Engineering (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain how to undertake the characterisation of a petroleum reservoir;
2. perform an in-situ-evaluation of the hydrocarbon stock in the oil and gas before gathering;
3. recommend ways to recover the hydrocarbons;
4. perform the material balance calculation required in water influx-models and be able to
apply fluid flow concepts to recover their hydrocarbons from the oil well; and
5. explain what a decline curve analysis is used for in the applications of Darcy’s law to well
formations and reservoir rocks.

Course Contents
Introduction: Functions of a reservoir engineer. Characteristics of petroleum reservoir;
geological concepts in reservoir engineering; recovery methods and definitions of reservoirs.
Determination of hydrocarbon in-place for oil and gas recovery: volumetric methods; material
balance and applications; water influx models and calculations; uncertainties in reserve
calculations. Fluid flow concepts; flow potential; Darcy’s Law. Decline curve analysis.

PNG 312: Oil and Gas Production Engineering I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate an overview knowledge of subsurface and surface production operations;
2. explain how pressure differential is used to analyse the flow of fluid at various points from
the oil and gas reservoir to the surface;
3. relate how to apply Darcy’s law in solving reservoir to sand face flow problems, solve
problems of vertical pipe flow and flow through surface restrictions (chokes);
4. state how to diagnose well problems and proffer technical solutions;
5. describe the concept of workover;
6. explain the possible actions to be taken to optimise production and the principles of well
stimulation methods; and
7. state how the various pressure maintenance methods work.

Course Contents
Introduction to Petroleum Engineering: Subsurface and surface operations. Operational
functions and output of subsurface production engineer. Nodal analysis in flow and outflow
performances: governing equations, inflow performance relationship (IPR), productivity index,
formation damage, fines migration and skin effect, vertical lift well head equipment
performance and pressure losses, and choke performance. Problem wells analysis: sand,
water, hydrate, scale, unstable flow, surge, waxy crude production, etc. Well surveillance.

New
Engineering and Technology 956
Well stimulation: fracturing and acidising. Introduction to artificial lift methods. Gas lift and
pumping system.

GNG 316: Natural Gas Utilisation and Monetisation Concepts (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. employ gas technology in acoustic and combustion engineering;
2. design furnace and burners for gas combustion;
3. explain the various processes involved in the conversion or use of gas either as a fuel or
as an ingredient (raw material) in the following industries:
o Petrochemical, cement, paper and pulp
o Fertilizer, power plants and air-conditioning
o Medical equipment/anesthetics
o Processes of gas utilisation in the industries above;
4. calculate waste heat and develop waste heat recovery programmes in plants;
5. explain domestic gas utilisation in the areas of cooking/heating/drying; and
6. highlight the effects and significance of gas prices on gas utilization/monetization.

Course Contents
Fundamental technologies and engineering aspects of industrial gas utilisation. Relevant
aspects of fluid dynamics, heat transfer, combustion and acoustics. Technology of industrial
gas utilisation, including refractory materials, burner and furnace design, safety, measurement
and control. Gas utilisation in the following industries: glass, aluminium, steel, fertilizer,
petrochemicals, cement, paper and pulp, power plants, drying and air conditioning.
Temperature control of furnaces; waste heat recovery; efficiency of furnaces. Domestic gas
utilisation. Effects of gas prices, characteristics and quality. Emphasis will be laid on safety
and control.

400 level

GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units: C; PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme.
2. Demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.
Course Contents

In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units: C; LH 30)

New
Engineering and Technology 957
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies.
2. Describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to
the society.
3. Demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices.
4. Prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review
5. Discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation.
6. Determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:
1. be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
2. bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work
methods and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways
of safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;
3. experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work and
the environment seamlessly,and expose them to contacts for eventual job placements
after graduation; and
4. be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place
of engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them;
5. exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not
necessarily limited to the student’s major (24 weeks from the end of the first semester at
400-Level to the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second
semester at 400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a
programme related industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc, for a period of 6
months under the guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised
by an academic staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits
the completed Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also, there will be a
comprehensive report covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences
(GET 299, GET 399 and GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department
for overall assessment.

GNG 405: Natural Gas Reservoir Engineering (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe gas properties and reservoir systems;
2. apply gas recovery techniques;

New
Engineering and Technology 958
3. explain how to analyse reservoirs for associate and non-associate gas; and
2. discuss the recovery of gas condensation through water influx theory.

Course Contents
Properties of gases. Gas reservoir system. Gas recovery. Associated and non-associated gas
reservoir analysis. A study of gas-condensate and under-saturated reservoir including recovery
methods and recovery factor. Water influx theory as applicable to gas recovery. Material
balance equation.

GNG 407: Gas to Power Generation and Emission Management

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the basic testing methods for determining the distribution of particulate matter in
air and gaseous emissions, combustion emissions for solid, liquid and gaseous fuel wastes;
2. highlight the basic thermodynamics of the steam cycle, gas turbine cycle, the cycles of
Rankine and OHO engines; and
3. design cooling towers.

Course Contents
Basic thermodynamics, steam power cycles, gas turbine cycles and combined cycles, cooling
towers and condensers, ideal engines cycles, refrigeration and heat pumps. Industrial air
pollution monitoring particulate and gaseous emissions. Combustion and emission calculations
for solid, liquid and gaseous fuels or wastes

GNG 409: Natural Gas Process Plant Design (3 Units C: LH45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. develop energy and material balance for the flow sheets;
2. simulate the design of gathering facilities in which contactors, separators, heat exchangers
and storage tanks may be needed; and
3. explain the need for determining the net pump suction head for pumps and the power
requirement of gas compressors as they relate to the gathering facility.

Course Contents
Process flow sheet. Material and energy balance. Design of valves. Gas gathering systems
simulation and design. Design of contactors, separators, heat exchangers and storage tanks.
Design of gas compressors and other allied equipment. Simple design projects. Software
application.

GNG 413: Natural Gas Engineering (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. discuss the compressive flow of gases in pipes as gases are transported through pipelines;
2. describe the compression in the design of compressors;
3. evaluate well performance by being able to estimate gas reserves by conventional and
unconventional means;
4. handle the sour gas problem by suggesting various gas treating methods; and

New
Engineering and Technology 959
5. design gas storage facility.

Course Contents
Production and transportation of gas: gas flow in pipes and compression. Well performance.
Estimation of gas reserves (conventional and unconventional). Field handling of natural Gas.
Sour gas problems. Gas condensate fields and storage of gas. Production from both
conventional and unconventional sources.

500 Level

GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
4. possess the skills needed for project management; and
5. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.

Course Contents
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons – functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.
Project planning, control and timeliness;decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.

GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions;
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications; and

New
Engineering and Technology 960
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principles undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically
present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an
expert witness.

Course Contents
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.
Termination/cancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.
GNG 504: Natural Gas Reservoir Modelling and Simulation (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the basic principles of reservoir modelling;
2. perform basic modelling of hydrocarbon reservoirs from the knowledge of the basic
principles in 1 above;
3. comprehend and apply the numerical methods applied in reservoir modelling;
4. perform simulation studies leveraging reservoir rock and fluid and production data; and
5. conduct history matching and production forecast using real life data.

Course Contents
Basic principles of reservoir modelling. Modelling gas, oil and gas condensate reservoir.
Numerical techniques (finite difference method, finite element, method of weighted
residuals.). Setting up a simulation study, data collection, fluid properties. History matching,
performance prediction, case studies, specialised applications, water flooding, gas cycling,
infill drilling and miscible flooding.

GNG 511: Natural Gas Technology Process Control (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. acquire a working know-how of programmable logic controllers and distributed control
systems;
2. explain the basics of controller action on centrifugal and reciprocating compressor;
3. engage in control room management exercises and training programs;
4. institute a maintenance program and trouble-shooting exercise for handling controller
difficulties; and
5. develop mathematical models for process dynamic systems as lumped or distributed
parameter systems as they apply to feedback control systems.

GNG 513: Offshore Gas Production and Flow Assurance (Production III)
(3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 961
1. describe the working operation of a production platform;
2. discuss the challenges they face during production and how the problems are solved;
3. explain subsea well completion methods and carry out completion designs;
4. know the various offshore processing equipment and perform relevant equipment design;
5. explain offshore loading and transportation systems;
6. discuss the principle of operations of multiphase pumping and metering systems relevant
to offshore gas production operations;
7. explain offshore logistics and contingencies in gas production operations;
8. discuss the effect of offshore gas operations on the environment and proffer insightful
remedy where necessary;
9. explain the various measures of corrosion control in offshore gas production operations;
and
10. comprehend the challenges facing flow of gas through pipes and apply necessary flow
assurance mechanisms.

Course Contents
Offshore production. Sub-sea well completion methods; offshore processing equipment and
design; loading systems and other transportation; multiphase pumping and metering.
Offshore operations; logistics and contingency planning; environmental considerations; oil spill
and oil removal; corrosion control. Flow assurance challenges, prediction and management;
hydrates formation; scale; erosion.

Minimum Academic Standards

Equipment
List of Laboratory Equipment in Fluid and Cement Laboratory
1. Mixers and cups
2. Marsh funnels
3. Direct indication viscometers
4. Consistometer
5. Pressure filter press
6. Constant temperature water bath
7. Roller oven
8. Standard API sand sieve
9. Retort kit
10. Resistivity meter
11. Mud rheometers
12. pH meters
13. Mud balance
14. Chemical balance
15. Standard filter press
16. Filter papers
17. Bentonite, barytes and mud additives (chemicals)
18. Cement analyzer

List of PVT Laboratory Equipment

1. Visual PVT cell
2. Recombination cell
3. Oil molecular weight tester (Cryette Cryoscope)
4. Multi-stage flash separator
5. Gasometer
6. Digital density meter

New
Engineering and Technology 962
7. High pressure high temperature density meter (Pycnometer)
8. Electromagnet viscometer or rolling ball viscometer
9. Gas cylinder
10. Oil cylinder
11. Gas chromatograph (with all support gases such as hydrogen, air and helium) for gas
analysis
12. Gas chromatograph (with all support gases such as hydrogen, air and helium) for liquid
analysis
13. Positive displacement pump
14. PVT surface sampling kits
15. Pressure generator system
16. Sample restoration apparatus
17. Weight balance

Other Accessories in the PVT Laboratory

1. Heating mantle
2. UPS
3. Digital pressure gauge
4. Piping materials for gas chromatograph installation

Core Analysis and Reservoir Engineering Laboratory

S/N Equipment Accessories
1 Resistivity meters tensiometer
2 Core slabbing crosscut and band saws
3 Core milling machine
4 Core preservation system Refrigerator, wax bath and
core trays
5 Dean stark equipment
6 Distillation assembly Compressor
7 Porosimeters Nitrogen cylinder/gas
8 Core cleaner (Soxhlet extractor) Heating mantle, oven
9 Centrifugal extractor
10 High pressure saturator
11 Capillary pressure test equipment
12 Refractometer
13 Liquid and gas permeameters Nitrogen cylinder/gas
14 Planimeter
Other Equipment
15 Core trimming/cutting machine
16 CT scanner
17 Gamma ray logging machine
18 Digital core photography camera
19 Humidity and conventional oven
20 Particle size analyzer
21 Retort oven
22 Miniature core flooding system Compressor
nitrogen cylinder/gas
23 Amott cell

New
Engineering and Technology 963
Production Laboratory
1. Viscosimeters
2. Hydrometers
3. Corrosion test kits
4. Flow meter rig
5. Centrifuge

Computer Laboratory
The computer laboratory should have at least 40 PCs with at least one of the following
software installed.

No. Area Software Purpose

1 Reservoir MBAL Material balance calculation/Decline

engineering curve analysis

2 Reservoir ECLIPSE Dynamic simulation

engineering

3 Production PROSPER Nodal analysis, stimulation and gaslift

Design

4 Formation TECHLOG Petrophysical evaluation

evaluation

5 Geology PETREL Seismic and 3-D modeling

6 Economics CYSTAL BALL Economic evaluation

7 Field QUESTOR Cost estimation and development

Development concept selection

8 Plant Design Aspen hysys Process plant design for gas

dehydration etc.

Other Requirements for Training of Students

1. CD/DVD players
2. LCD screens
3. Projectors
4. Wireless speakers
5. Audio CDs, tapes, etc., on Petroleum Engineering courses
6. Some disused oil field equipment like stabilizers, centralisers, drilling bits, well head
assembly, gas lift mandrels, etc.
7. Demonstration rigs
8. Demonstration flow stations

Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalents
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15 Units per

New
Engineering and Technology 964
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practical’s
and supervision of projects.

NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees; hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personnel

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practical’s
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.

Administrative Support Staff

The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.

Technical Support Personnel

The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation and
maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.

Minimum Number of Staff

Subject to the general standards specified by NUC:
1. there should be a minimum of two PhDs and four M.Eng degree holders full-time academic
staff to mount the programme;
2. each workshop or laboratory should have an adequate number of staff with the right mix,
such that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run efficiently; and
3. there should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate caliber for
the office of the Head of Department to run.

Student/Staff Ratio
The minimum staff-to-student ratio should be 1:15 from 200 level to 500 level.

Library
There must be adequate library facilities to cater for the interest of all the programmes in the
faculty. These include current journals, handbooks, textbooks, manuals, codes of practice,
and standards and specifications in sufficient numbers.
Classrooms, Laboratories, Workshops, Clinics and Offices

Academic and Non-Academic Spaces

The NUC recommends the following physical space requirements:

Academic m2
Professor’s office 18.50

New
Engineering and Technology 965
 Head of Department’s office 18.50
Tutorial teaching staff space 13.50
Other teaching staff space 7.00
Technical staff space 7.00
Science staff research laboratory 16.50
Engineering staff research laboratory 14.50
Seminar space per student 1.85
Drawing office space (A.O. board) (Per student) 4.60
Drawing office space (A.I. board) (Per student) 3.70
Laboratory space 7.50
Non-Academic
Secretarial space 7.00

Office Accommodation

The requirements for office accommodation are:

S/N Office No in Room Facilities

o
1. HOD 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
2. Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves and
computer unit.
4. Senior 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves and
Lecturer computer unit.
5. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet and bookshelves.
6. Lecturer II 3 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet and bookshelves

New
Engineering and Technology 966
B.Eng. Nuclear Engineering
Overview
The B.Eng. Nuclear Engineering Core Curriculum and Minimum Academic Standards (CCMAS)
is a new curriculum to be used by Nigerian universities for the educational training of Nuclear
Engineers. It is the efforts of some experts from selected universities in Nigeria and experts,
who worked together to develop it. The B.Eng. Nuclear Engineering CCMAS provides a unique
base upon which specialisation and uniqueness of individual institution can build.

The aim is to produce graduates that meet the needs of today’s nuclear industries by providing
a thorough understanding of the subject, technical competence, and transferable skills
required for the 21st Century knowledge based and digital economy. The B.Eng Nuclear
Engineering CCMAS contains 105 Units of core courses in General Studies, Basic Sciences,
General Engineering and Nuclear Engineering. It is hoped that Universities will generate and
include other courses that will reflect their local needs and mandate, to make up for the
minimum of 150 Units required for graduation by the students. In doing it is hoped that they
will strive towards specialization and development of uniqueness of offering. A possible list
(not exhaustive) of courses from which this specialization/uniqueness can be developed is
suggested. The B.Eng. Nuclear Engineering CCMAS is organized around the preliminaries, the
course structure and the semester arrangements. The course content for all the courses as
well as learning outcomes for individual courses are also outlined as guide for content delivery.
The aim is to produce Nuclear Engineers with generic skills, competencies and attitudes fit for
the 21st Century.

Philosophy
The general philosophy of the Nuclear Engineering CCMAS is to produce graduates with high
academic and soft skills competence, capable to adequately participate, transform, impact on
the Engineering and allied industries in consonance with National and Global community
values, including National Policy on Industrialisation and Self-Reliance.
Nuclear Engineering is a very diverse profession that finds application in many knowledge
areas such as science, energy, technology, security, safety and ICT. In sciences there are
application in areas from Biology to Chemistry and Mathematics and Engineering. The nuclear
energy sector and allied industries depend on nuclear engineers to make their products and
processes a reality. Hence an appropriate CCMAS must establish a broad knowledge base
upon which the required skills can be built. This begins with foundational knowledge in
chemistry, biology, physics, and mathematics. From this foundation, a core expertise in
engineering is developed in areas such as thermodynamics, security, energy conversion
processes, environmental, nuclear reactor processes, modelling and simulation. To be
equipped for the challenges of the 21st century complex and real-national and world problems,
nuclear engineers must develop engineering problem solving skills and strong analytical skills.
The modern day nuclear engineer must thus find relevance in the application of these
knowledge and skill to create innovative solutions to the 21st century industrial and societal
problems in areas such as environmental responsibilities, clean energy sources, sustainable
system, and discovery, processing and production of new materials and products.

Objectives
The objectives of the programme are, among others, to:
1. apply knowledge of Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics (STEM)
fundamentals to the solution of Nuclear Engineering related problems;

New
Engineering and Technology 967
2. design solutions for Nuclear Engineering problems and design systems, components or
processes that meet specified needs with appropriate consideration for public health and
safety, cultural, societal, environmental and other ethical considerations;
3. conduct investigations of complex problems using research-based knowledge and
research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data
and synthesis of information to provide valid conclusions;
4. create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources and modern engineering and
ICT tools: including prediction and modeling, to complex nuclear engineering activities,
with an understanding of the limitations;
5. function effectively both as an individual and as a team member or leader in diverse and
in multi-disciplinary settings;
6. communicate effectively on complex Engineering activities with the Engineering
community and with society at large, such as being able to comprehend and write
effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, as well as, give
and receive clear instructions;
7. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of Engineering and Management principles
and equally apply them in managing multi-disciplinary projects,
8. create awareness and understanding of the moral, ethical, legal, and professional
obligations needed to function as part of a professional enterprise while protecting human
health and welfare and the environment in a global society; and
9. develop entrepreneurial skills and knowledge, in addition to adequate training in human
and organisational with a spirit of self-reliance so that they can set up their own
businesses.
Employability skills
A Nuclear engineer to be able to function adequately in the 21st century national and global
industrial, economic and societal environment must possess certain skills such as:

1. problem Solving, identify, assess, formulate and solve convergent and divergent
engineering problems creatively and innovatively.

2. application of Fundamental and Specialist knowledge, apply knowledge of mathematics,

basic science and engineering from first principles to solve engineering problems,

3. engineering Design; Perform creative, procedural and non-procedural design and

synthesis of components, systems, products or processes.

4. investigations, experiments and data analysis. apply research methods; Plan and conduct
investigations and experiments using appropriate equipment; Analyze, interpret and
derive information from data; and

5. engineering methods, skills, tools and information technology, use appropriate

engineering methods, skills and tools and assess the result they yield; Use computer
packages and information technology for computation, modeling, simulation, design and
information handling appropriate to Nuclear Engineering.

Professional and technical communication

1. communicate effectively, both orally and in writing, with engineering; and
2. audiences and the community at large, using appropriate structure, style and graphical
support; To apply methods of providing information for use by others involved in
engineering activity.

New
Engineering and Technology 968
Impact of Engineering activity
1. analyse the impact of engineering activity on society and the environment, sustainability;
the need to bring into engineering analysis and design considerations of:
i. the impact of technology on society;
ii. the personal, social, cultural values and requirements of those affected by engineering
activity.

Individual, team and multi-disciplinary working

iii. work effectively as an individual, in teams and in multidisciplinary environments showing

leadership and performing critical functions.

Independent learning ability

1. maintain continued competence and to keep abreast of up-to-date tools and techniques;
and is competent to engage in lifelong learning through well-developed learning skills
obtained from independent learning;
2. responsibility for Decisions: Display a personal sense of responsibility for making decisions
on part or all of engineering activities;
3. management of Engineering Activities: Initiate, plan, lead or manage process and related
engineering activities;
4. professionalism: Maintain professionalism in the course of his/her engineering work; and
5. communication: Communicate efficiently, honestly and effectively with others in the
course of his engineering work.

21st Century skills

The B. Eng. Nuclear Engineering CCMAS has the capability of inculcating into the graduate
engineer skills essential for the 4th industrial revolution such as:

1. problem solving skills;

2. computing and data management skills;
3. modelling and simulation skills;
4. information and Communication skills;
5. self-reliance and ability to take initiative
6. critical, innovative and creative thinking abilities;
7. collaborative and team-working skills;
8. leadership skills and responsibility;
9. analysis, interpretation and synthesis of information;
10. health and safety skills;
11. capacity for sustainable development advocacy; and
12. design and conduct advanced investigation and experiments.

Unique features of the programme

There are a number of features that characterize the CCMAS curriculum:

1. More student directed learning, reduction in classroom contact time by reducing each
semester credits to 15 – 18.
2. Increased application of computer and computer software in the program in both teaching
and learning.

New
Engineering and Technology 969
3. Students are introduced into engineering discipline and Nuclear Engineering program
from 100 level.
4. Early Introduction to Specialisation: It allows institutions to introduce courses that are
foundational in their niche/specialization area as early as 200 level.
5. Development of creative and Innovative Skills: There is the introduction of special courses
in Power Plant Design to develop creative and innovative skills
6. Specialization to define Uniqueness of Program: Institutions are encouraged to specialize
in at least TWO knowledge/niche areas to define the uniqueness of that institution. This
is the practice in distinguished Nuclear Engineering programs.
7. Combination with emerging and cutting edge technologies: In a number world class
Nuclear Engineering programs, it is combined with ICT, energy, security, environment,
nanotechnology, artificial intelligence, medical sciences, etc. CCMAS provides foundation
for this to happen in Nigeria.

Job Opportunities
The versatility of nuclear engineer implies that he/she can work in nuclear and allied
industries, government and education. The nuclear industries include fuels, nuclear plants,
instrumentation, food preservation, medical applications, security and safeguard to name but
a few. Nuclear engineers work with ground-breaking technologies to enhance the qualities of
life in areas such as environmental protection, energy, and controlling of health safety.
Jobs that directly relate to the qualification/degree in industries include nuclear power plant
engineer, nuclear engineer, nuclear safety and scientists.

Admission and Graduation Requirements

Admission Requirements
Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
1. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
2. Direct Entry (DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

For the five-year degree propgramme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must include English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

Direct Entry (DE) Mode

For four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit passes
which must include English Language, Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry, candidates with
at least two passes in relevant subjects (Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry) at the GCE
Advanced Level or IJMB or JUPEB may be considered for admission. Candidates who have
good National Diploma (ND) result in relevant Engineering Technology programmes may also
be considered for admission into 200 level. Holders of upper credit pass and above at Higher
National Diploma (HND) level, are eligible for consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:

New
Engineering and Technology 970
1. Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of 150
and maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5–year engineering degree programme.
Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters.
2. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode to 200 level, shall register for a
minimum of 120 and a maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic
semesters.
3. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode at 300 level, shall register for a
minimum of 90 and a maximum of 120 units of courses during a 3–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of 6 academic
semesters.
4. HND holders who enter as Direct Entry candidates at 300 level shall register for a
minimum of 90 units of courses and a maximum of 120 units of courses.
5. The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units
respectively.
6. A student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by the
university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.
7. A student shall also have earned the 11 credit units of Students Industrial Work
Experience Scheme (SIWES), 8 credit units of University General Study courses and four
credit units of Entrepreneurship courses.

For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered,
whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the
computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it
or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each and all
attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.

Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME, 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 200-Level
and 11 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 300-Level.

Global Course Structure

Level General Basic Discipline/ Programme SIWES* Total
Studies Science GET (NUE) Units
100 4 16 3 02 - 25
200 4 - 20 03 3 30
300 4 - 13 09 4 30
400 - - 2 09 6 17
500 - - 5 11 - 16
Total 12 16 43 34 13* 105

*All 11 units of SIWES and 2 units of Engineering Valuation experiential courses are credited
in the 2nd Semester of 400 level, and do not count in total CCMAS credit units.

New
Engineering and Technology 971
Global Course Structure
100 Level

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 30 -

GST 112 Nigerian Peoples and Culture 2 C 30 -

CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C 30 -

CHM 102 General Chemistry II 2 C 30 -

CHM 107 General Practical Chemistry I 1 C - 45

CHM 108 General Practical Chemistry II 1 C - 45

MTH 101 General Mathematics I 2 C 30 -

MTH 102 General Mathematics II 2 C 30 -

PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C 30 -

PHY 102 General Physics II 2 C 30 -

PHY 107 General Practical Physics I 1 C - 45

PHY 108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45

GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C 15

GET 102 Engineering Graphics and Solid 2 C 15 30

Modelling I

NUE 102 Fundamentals of Nuclear Engineering 2 C 30 -

Total Units 25

200 Level

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

Philosophy, Logic, Environment and 2 C 30

GST 212
Sustainable Development

GST 213 Peace and Conflict Studies 2 C 30 -

GET 201 Applied Electricity I 3 C 45

GET 202 Engineering Materials 3 C 45 -

GET 204 Students Workshop Practice 2 C 15 45

GET 205 Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 3 C 45 -

GET 206 Fundamentals of Thermodynamics 3 C 45 -

New
Engineering and Technology 972
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 45 -

GET 210 Engineering Mathematics II 3 C 45 -

GET 211 Computing and Software Engineering 3 C 30 45

NUE 201 Nuclear Reactions and Radiation 2 C 30

9
GET 299 SIWES I 3 C
Weeks

Total 30

300 Level

Course code Course Title Units Status LH PH

ENT 311 Entrepreneurship and Innovation 2 C 30 -

GET 301 Engineering Mathematics III 3 C 45 -

GET 302 Engineering Mathematics IV 3 C 30 -

Engineering Communication,
GET 304 2 C 30 -
Technical Writing and Presentation

Engineering Statistics and Data

GET 305 3 C 45
Analytics

Introductory Artificial Intelligence,

GET 307 Machine Learning and Convergent 3 C 30
Technologies

NUE 301 Nuclear Materials 3 C 45

Radiation Detection and

NUE 302 2 C 15 30
Measurement

Analysis and Processes in Nuclear

NUE 303 2 C 30 -
Fuel Cycles

Introduction to Nuclear Reactor C 45

NUE 304 Theory 3

C 12
GET 399 SIWES II 4 Weeks

Total 30

400 Level

New
Engineering and Technology 973
 Course Status LH PH
Code Course Title Unit

GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 C 90

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Costing 2 C 30
NUE 401 Nuclear Reactors Thermal Hydraulics 2 C 30
NUE 403 Radiation Protection, Dosimetry and 2 C 30
Shielding
NUE 405 Radioactive Waste and 2 C 30
Environmental Management
NUE 407 Radiation Dosimetry Lab 1 C 45
NUE 411 Nuclear Engineering Lab 1 C 45
NUE 409 Nuclear Safety, Security and 1 C 15
Safeguards
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12
Weeks
Total 17

SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

500 Level

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 501 Engineering Project Management 3 C 45

GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30

NUE 501 Nuclear Engineering Plant Design 3 C 30 45

NUE 502 Introduction to Controlled Fusion 2 C 30

NUE 504 Technical Seminar 1 C 15

NUE 599 Final Year Project 5 C 225

Total 16

New
Engineering and Technology 974
Learning Outcomes and Course Contents

100 Level

GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.

Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology); English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations); major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional); grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality). Reading
and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking; reasoning
methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy, generalisation and
explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements. Writing activities
(pre-writing, brainstorming and outlining), writing (paragraphing, punctuation and
expression), post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing (summary, essays,
letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making). Mechanics of writing. Information and
Communication Technology in modern language learning. Language skills for effective
communication. The art of public speaking.
GST 112: Nigerian peoples and culture (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the historical foundation of the Nigerian culture and arts in pre-colonial times;
2. list and identify the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
3. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political unit;
4. analyse the concepts of Trade, Economic and Self-reliance status of the Nigerian peoples
towards national development;
5. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian State towards Nation building;
6. analyse the role of the Judiciary in upholding people’s fundamental rights;
7. identify acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria; and
8. list and suggest possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and
value problems.
Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and culture,
peoples and culture of the ethnic minority groups). Nigeria under colonial rule: (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria, Colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914, formation of political parties in Nigeria, Nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian civil war). Concept of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system, indigenous apprenticeship system among
Nigeria people, trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justices and national

New
Engineering and Technology 975
development (law definition and classification). Judiciary and fundamental human rights.
Individual, norms, and values (basic Nigeria norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition, citizenship and civic responsibilities, indigenous languages, usage, and
development, negative attitudes and conducts. Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3R’s – reconstruction, rehabilitation and
re-orientation strategies, operation feed the nation (OFN), green revolution, austerity
measures, war against indiscipline (WAI), war against indiscipline and corruption (WAIC),
mass mobilization for self-reliance; social justice and economic recovery (MAMSER), national
orientation agency (NOA), current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria).
CHM 101: General Chemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. define atom, molecules and chemical reactions;
2. discuss the Modern electronic theory of atoms;
3. write electronic configurations of elements on the periodic table;
4. justify the trends of atomic radii, ionization energies, electronegativity of the elements
based on their position in the periodic table;
5. identify and balance oxidation – reduction equation and solve redox titration problems;
6. illustrate shapes of simple molecules and hybridized orbitals;
7. identify the characteristics of acids, bases and salts, and solve problems based on their
quantitative relationship;
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using LeChatelier’s principle to
predict the effect of concentration, pressure and temperature changes on equilibrium
mixtures;
9. analyse and perform calculations with the thermodynamic functions, enthalpy, entropy
and free energy; and
10. determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and
temperature.

Course Contents
Atoms, molecules, elements and compounds and chemical reactions. Modern electronic theory
of atoms. Electronic configuration, periodicity and building up of the periodic table.
Hybridization and shapes of simple molecules. Valence Forces. Structure of solids. Chemical
equations and stoichiometry; Chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, kinetic theory of
matter. Elementary thermochemistry. Rates of reaction, equilibrium and thermodynamics.
Acids, bases and salts. Properties of gases. Redox reactions and introduction to
electrochemistry. Radioactivity.
CHM 102: General Chemistry II (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the importance and development of organic chemistry;
2. define fullerenes and their applications;
3. discuss electronic theory;
4. determine the qualitative and quantitative of structures in organic chemistry;
5. describe rules guiding nomenclature and functional group classes of organic chemistry;
6. determine rate of reaction to predict mechanisms of reactions;
7. identify classes of organic functional group with brief description of their chemistry;
8. discuss comparative chemistry of group 1A, IIA and IVA elements; and
9. describe basic properties of Transition metals.

New
Engineering and Technology 976
Course Contents
Historical survey of the development and importance of Organic Chemistry. Fullerenes as
fourth allotrope of carbon, uses as nanotubules, nanostructures, nanochemistry. Electronic
theory in organic chemistry. Isolation and purification of organic compounds. Determination
of structures of organic compounds including qualitative and quantitative analysis in organic
chemistry. Nomenclature and functional group classes of organic compounds. Introductory
reaction mechanism and kinetics. Stereochemistry. The chemistry of alkanes, alkenes,
alkynes, alcohols, ethers, amines, alkyl halides, nitriles, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids
and derivatives. The Chemistry of selected metals and non-metals. Comparative chemistry of
group IA, IIA and IVA elements. Introduction to transition metal chemistry.
CHM 107: General Chemistry Practical I (1 Unit C: PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correctly carrying out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. identify the differences between primary and secondary standards;
5. perform redox titration;
6. recording observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions.
Course Contents
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.
CHM 108: General Chemistry Practical II (1 Unit C: PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correctly carrying out Chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. identify and carry out preliminary tests which includes ignition, boiling point, melting
point, test on known and unknown organic compounds;
5. perform solubility tests on known and unknown organic compounds;
6. conduct elemental tests on known and unknown compounds; and
7. conduct functional group/confirmatory test on known and unknown compounds which
could be acidic / basic / neutral organic compounds.
Course Contents
Continuation of CHM 107. Additional laboratory experiments to include functional group
analysis, quantitative analysis using volumetric methods.
MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)
(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain basic definition of set, subsets, union, intersection, complements and use of
2. Venn diagrams;
3. solve quadratic equations;
4. solve trigonometric functions;

New
Engineering and Technology 977
5. identify various types of numbers; and
6. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers, mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem. Complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the Argand diagram. De-Moivre’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.
MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
4. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
5. describe the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and continuity; and
6. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes.
Course Contents
Function of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative as limit of rate
of change. Techniques of differentiation. Extreme curve sketching. Integration as an inverse
of differentiation. Methods of integration. Definite integrals. Application to areas, volumes.
PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular
momentum;
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

Course Contents
Space and time. Units and dimension. Vectors and scalars. Differentiation of vectors
(displacement, velocity and acceleration). Kinematics. Newton’s laws of motion (Inertial
frames, impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation). Relative motion.
Application of Newtonian mechanics. Equations of motion. Conservation principles in physics
(conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy). System of particles. Centre of mass. Rotational motion (torque, vector product,
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum). Coordinate systems. Polar
coordinates. Conservation of angular momentum. Circular motion. Moments of inertia
(gyroscopes, and precession). Gravitation (Newton’s Law of Gravitation, Kepler’s laws of
planetary motion, gravitational potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits).
PHY 103: General Physics III (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

New
Engineering and Technology 978
Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing
macroscopic behaviour;
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Content
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.

PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
6. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
7. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
8. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
9. plot and analyse graphs; and
10. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Contents
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity, etc. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis
should be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data
collection, analysis, and deduction.
PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1Unit C: PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs;
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.
Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that

New
Engineering and Technology 979
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction
GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs); and
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.
Course Contents
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.
GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple every day and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength and cost;
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical and
other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the analytical
nature of the courses they take; and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.
Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete terms.
Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3D objects.
Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and perspectives.
Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection and rendering.
This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid works, solid edge
or equivalent.

New
Engineering and Technology 980
NUE 102: Fundamentals of Nuclear Engineering (2 Credits, LH 30)

Learning Outcomes:

On completion, the student should be able to:

1. Understand and quantitatively characterize a stable and unstable nuclide.

2. Understand the stability regime of nuclides and the relationship with the
respective number and ratio of nucleons in the nucleus.
3. Know the class of nuclides, particularly the Actinides and the dynamics of their
decay leading to the release of energy and fission products
4. Quantify the energy released by the decay of a nuclide, either spontaneously
or induced based on Einstein theory of relativity.
5. The meaning of nuclear fission induced by neutrons and the physics of the
process
6. Understand the basic elements of neutrons release in a fission chain reaction;
multiplication of neutrons in a fission reactor, the meaning of subcritical, critical
and super critical chain reaction.
7. Understand the physics of the control of the fission reaction.
8. Understand how a nuclear power reactor is used to control the process and the
released energy is transferred, and used to create steam and drive a turbine to
produce electricity; the different types of power reactors.
9. Understand the science and engineering of various cooling mechanisms and
coolants and applications in reactor design.
Course Contents

The nucleus and nuclear properties; fission process and chain reaction; survey of design and
operation of reactors and associated equipment; effects, uses, and detection of radiation.

Types of nuclear reactors: boiling water reactor (BWR), pressurized water reactor (PWR),
heavy water reactor (HWR), early graphite systems, breeders, metal-cooled systems, liquid
metal-cooled fast breather reactor (LMFB), etc. Design philosophy of nuclear reactor systems.
Evolution into modern systems.

200 Level
GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge; and

New
Engineering and Technology 981
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.
Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding.
ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence; engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
4. identify key elements in innovation;
5. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
6. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
7. state the basic principles of e-commerce.
Course Contents
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce
GET 201: Applied Electricity I (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. discuss the fundamental concepts of electricity and electrical d.c. circuits;
2. state, explain and apply the basic d.c. circuit theorems;
3. explain the basic a.c. circuit theory and
4. apply to solution of simple circuits.
Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 982
Fundamental concepts: Electric fields, charges, magnetic fields. current, B-H curves Kirchhoff’s
laws, superposition. Thevenin, Norton theorems, Reciprocity, RL, RC, RLC circuits. DC, AC
bridges, Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance measurement, Transducers, Single phase
circuits, Complex j - notation, AC circuits, impedance, admittance, susceptance.
GET 202: Engineering Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate the role of atoms and molecules (aggregates of atoms) in the building of
solid/condensed matter known as engineering materials, the electrons quantum numbers
and how the electrons are arranged in different atomic elements, and explain the role of
electronic configuration and valence electrons in bonding;
2. define metals, alloys and metalloids, demonstrate mental picture of the solid mineral
resources development as a relay race among four ‘athletes’: geologist, mining engineer,
mineral processing technologist, process metallurgical engineer, and classify metallurgical
engineering into 3Ps: process, physical and production;
3. explain the relationship between structure and properties of materials, characteristics,
components and compositions of phase diagrams and phase transformations of solid
solutions;
4. define ceramics, glass and constituents of glasses and understand application of ceramics
in mining, building, art and craft industries;
5. define and classify polymers as a class of engineering materials and polymeric materials,
demonstrate polymerisation reactions, their types and mechanism, and applications of
polymers;
6. define properties, types and application of composite materials and fibres (synthetic and
natural);
7. define and classify nanomaterials, demonstrate applications of nanomaterials, concept,
design and classification of fracture mechanics, corrosion classification, including the five
principal ways of controlling corrosion and metal finishing processes such as sherardising,
galvanising and anodizing; and
8. identify factors affecting the performance and service life of engineering materials/metals
and metallography of metals/materials (materials anatomy), which enables metallurgical
and materials engineers to prescribe appropriate solutions to test metals/materials fitness
in service through structure-property-application relationships.
Course Contents
Basic material science; atomic structure, atomic bonding and crystal structures. Engineering
materials situating metals and alloys; metals and alloys, classifications of metals, metal
extraction processes using iron and steel (ferrous) and aluminium (nonferrous) as examples,
phase diagrams/iron carbon diagrams, and mechanical workings of metals. Selection and
applications of metals and alloys for specific applications in oil, aerospace, construction,
manufacturing and transportation industries, among others. Ceramics (including glass);
definition, properties, structure and classifications of ceramics. Bioactive and glass – ceramics.
Toughing mechanism for ceramics. Polymers; definition of polymers as engineering materials,
chemistry of polymeric materials, polymer crystallisation, polymer degradation and aging.
Thermoplastic and thermosetting polymers and concepts of copolymers and homopolymers.
Composites; definition, classification, characterisation, properties and composite. Applications
of composites. Nanomaterials; definition, classification and applications of nanomaterials as
emerging technology. Processing of nanomaterials including mechanical grinding, wet
chemical synthesis, gas phase synthesis, sputtered plasma processing, microwave plasma
processing and laser ablation. Integrity assessment of engineering materials; effect of
engineering design, engineering materials processing, selection, manufacturing and

New
Engineering and Technology 983
assembling on the performance and service life of engineering materials. Metallography and
fractography of materials. Mechanical testing (destructive testing) of materials such as
compressive test, tensile test, hardness test, impact test, endurance limit and fatigue test.
Non-destructive test (NDT) such as dye penetrant, X-ray and eddy current.
GET 205: Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes

At the completion of the course, students are expected to:

1. explain the properties of fluids,

2. Determine forces in static fluids and fluids in motion,

3. Determine whether a floating body will be stable

4. Determine the effect of various instruments, (valves, orifices, bends and elbows) on fluid
flow in pipes

5. Measure flow parameters with Venturi meters, orifice meters, weirs, etc.

6. Perform calculations based on principles of mass, momentum and energy conservation

7. Perform dimensional analysis and simple fluid modeling problems.

8. Specify the type and capacity of pumps and turbines for engineering applications.

Course Contents

Fluid properties, hydrostatics - Centre of pressure, buoyancy, stability of floating bodies, fluid
dynamics using principles of mass, momentum, and energy conservation from a control
volume approach and applications. Flow Measurements in pipes, Dimensional analysis, and
Similitude, Hydropower systems. Turbomachinery - types, performance prediction, sizing.

GET 206: Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe basic concepts of thermodynamics, quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second
and third laws;
2. define and explain system, surrounding, closed and open system, control volume and
control mass, extensive and intensive properties;
3. calculate absolute and gage pressure, and absolute temperature, calculate changes in
kinetic, potential, enthalpy and internal energy;
4. evaluate the properties of pure substances i.e., evaluate the state of the pure substances
such as compressed liquid, saturated liquid-vapour mixture and superheated vapour using
property diagrams and tables; arrange the ideal and real gas equations of state,
5. formulate the first law of thermodynamics for a closed system i.e., organize the change
in energy in the closed systems via heat and work transfer;
6. distinguish heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation, and calculate the
amount of heat energy transferred;

New
Engineering and Technology 984
7. calculate the changes in moving boundary work, spring work, electrical work and shaft
work in closed systems;
8. apply the first law of thermodynamics for closed systems and construct conservation of
mass and energy equations;
9. formulate the first law of thermodynamics to the open systems i.e., describe steady-flow
open system, apply the first law of thermodynamics to the nozzles, diffusers, turbines,
compressors, throttling valves, mixing chambers, heat exchangers, pipe and duct flow;
10. construct energy and mass balance for unsteady-flow processes;
11. evaluate thermodynamic applications using second law of thermodynamics;
12. calculate thermal efficiency and coefficient of performance for heat engine, refrigerators
and heat pumps; and
13. restate perpetual-motion machines, reversible and irreversible processes.

Course Contents
Basic concepts, definitions and laws (quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second and third
laws of thermodynamics). Properties of pure substances: the two-property rule (P-V-T
behaviour of pure substances and perfect gases); state diagrams. The principle of
corresponding state; compressibility relations; reduced pressure; reduced volume;
temperature; pseudo-critical constants. The ideal gas: specific heat, polytropic processes.
Ideal gas cycles; Carnot; thermodynamic cycles, turbines, steam and gas, refrigeration. The
first law of thermodynamics – heat and work, applications to open and closed systems. The
steady flow energy equation (Bernoulli’s equation) and application. Second law of
thermodynamics, heat cycles and efficiencies.

GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and
Green’s theorem;
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical
model of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation, etc., as well as fourier series, initial conditions and
its applications to different engineering processes.
Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.
GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)

New
Engineering and Technology 985
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);
2. explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically solve
a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types;
3. numerically solve differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;
4. perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,
curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of
several variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;
5. solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex
numbers;
6. apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations
and of results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the theory
of conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
7. evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.
Course Contents
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and vector-
valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary complex
analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity.
GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project
through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas.
Course Contents
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.
NUE 201: Nuclear Reactions and Radiations (2 Units C: LH 30)

New
Engineering and Technology 986
Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. have an in-depth knowledge of the composition of the atomic nucleus;
2. identify the interplay of the forces that operate within the atomic nucleus;
3. explain the energetics and nucleon interactions within the nucleus;
4. relate the meaning of stable and unstable nucleus and the resultant decay schemes
leading to emission of particles and/or radiation; alpha, betas, gammas and neutrons;
5. define the meaning of fission, fission products and energy release; and
6. analyse model and estimate the transition probabilities of nuclear disintegration and their
technological/industrial applications.
Course Contents
Energetics and kinetics of nuclear reactions and radioactive decay, fission, fusion, and
reactions of low-energy neutrons; energy levels, cross sections, decay processes,
range/energy relationships for alphas, betas, gammas, neutrons, and properties of the fission
products and the actinides. Ionization, scattering, and radioactive energy exchange
processes; nuclear models and transition probabilities. Effect of radiation on typical materials
used in the nuclear industry; both theory and application will be presented.

GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.
Course Contents
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or special
centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant practical/industrial
working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major. The students are
exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance of tools,
equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production of simple
devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation (8-10 weeks during the long vacation
following 200 level)
300 Level
GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in
peace building.

New
Engineering and Technology 987
Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes, etc. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,
community leaders.). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents of
conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and Imperatives.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue, arbitration, negotiation, collaboration, etc).
The roles of international organizations in conflict resolution ((a) The United Nations, UN and
its conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council (c) ECOWAS in
peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building. Managing post-
conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs); the role of NGOs in
post-conflict situations/crises.
ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
1. describe the key steps in venture creation;
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.
Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),

New
Engineering and Technology 988
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy. Digital business and e-commerce strategies.
GET 301: Engineering Mathematics III (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate a clear understanding of the course content, that is, possess a breadth of
knowledge in the area covered;
2. possess an in-depth knowledge upon which a solid foundation can be built in order to
demonstrate a depth of understanding in advanced mathematical topics;
3. develop simple algorithms and use computational proficiency;
4. write simple proofs for theorems and their applications; and
5. communicate the acquired mathematical knowledge effectively in speech, writing and
collaborative groups.
Course Contents
Linear Algebra. Elements of Matrices, Determinants, Inverses of Matrices. Theory of Linear
Equations. Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors. Analytical Geometry. Coordinate Transformation.
Solid Geometry. Polar, cylindrical and spherical coordinates. Elements of functions of several
variables. Surface Variables. Ordinary Integrals. Evaluation of Double Integrals, Triple
Integrals, Line Integrals and Surface Integrals. Derivation and Integrals of Vectors. The
gradient of scalar quantities. Flux of Vectors. The curl of a vector field, Gauss, Greens and
Stoke’s theorems and applications. Singular Valued Functions. Multivalued Functions.
Analytical Functions. Cauchy Riemann’s Equations. Singularities and Zeroes. Contour
Integration including the use of Cauchy’s Integral Theorems. Bilinear transformation.
GET 302: Engineering Mathematics IV (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve second order differential equations;
2. solve partial differential equations;
3. solve linear integral equations;
4. relate integral transforms to solution of differential and integral equations;
5. explain and apply interpolation formulas; and
6. apply Runge-Kutta and other similar methods in solving ODE and PDEs.

Course Contents
Series solution of second order linear differential equations with variable coefficients. Bessel
and Legendre equations. Equations with variable coefficients. Sturm-Liouville boundary value
problems. Solutions of equations in two and three dimensions by separation of variables. Eigen
value problems. Use of operations in the solution of partial differential equations and Linear
integral equations. Integral transforms and their inverse including Fourier, Laplace, Mellin and
Handel Transforms. Convolution integrals and Hilbert Transforms. Calculus of finite
differences. Interpolation formulae. Finite difference equations. RungeKutta and other
methods in the solutions of ODE and PDEs. Numerical integration and differentiation.

GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 989
1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.
Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis, structure Fog and Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A, B, C, D, E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills (steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports (competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.
GET 305: Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
4. work with data from the point of view of knowledge convergence, machine learning, and
intelligence augmentation, which significantly raises their standard for engineering
analysis (the approach forces them to learn statistics in an actionable way that helps them
to see the holistic importance of data analytics in modern engineering and technology);
5. anticipate the future with Artificial Intelligence while fulfilling the basic requirements of
conventional engineering statistical programming consistent with their future careers;
6. perform, with proficiency, statistical inference tasks with language or programming
toolboxes such as R, Python, Mathematica or MATLAB, and Design Expert to summarise
analysis and interpretation of industry engineering data, and make appropriate
conclusions based on such experimental and/or real-life industrial data;
7. construct appropriate graphical displays of data and highlight the roles of such displays
in data analysis, particularly the use of statistical software packages;
8. plan and execute experimental programmes to determine the performance of
programme-relevant industrial engineering systems, and evaluate the accuracy of the
measurements undertaken; and
9. demonstrate mastery of data analytics and statistical concepts by communicating the
results of experimental and industry-case investigations, critically reasoned scientific and
professional analysis through written and oral presentation.

New
Engineering and Technology 990
Course Contents
Descriptive statistics, frequency distribution, populations and sample, central tendency,
variance data sampling, mean, median, mode, mean deviation, percentiles, etc. Probability.
Binomial, poison hyper-geometric, normal distributions, etc. Statistical inference intervals, test
hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big data analytics and
cloud computing applications. Introduction to the R language; R as a calculator; Vectors,
matrices, factors, data frames and other R collections. Iteration and looping control structures.
Conditionals and other controls. Designing, using and extending functions. The Apply Family.
Statistical modelling and inference in R.
GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and Convergent
Technologies (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:
1. explain the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications and effects of artificial
intelligence;
2. explain the fundamental concepts of machine learning, deep learning and convergent
technologies;
3. demonstrate the difference between supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised
learning;
4. demonstrate proficiency in machine learning workflow and how to implement the steps
effectively;
5. explain natural languages, knowledge representation, expert systems and pattern
recognition;
6. describe distributed systems, data and information security and intelligent web
technologies;
7. explain the concept of big data analytics, purpose of studying it, issues that can arise with
a data set and the importance of properly preparing data prior to a machine learning
exercise; and
8. explain the concepts, characteristics, models and benefits, key security and compliance
challenges of cloud computing.
Course Contents
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence paradigms;
search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired algorithms –
examples, their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding
natural languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation, mathematical and logic
foundations of AI; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition; distributed
systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent technologies
– definition, significance and engineering applications. Neural networks and deep learning.
Introduction to python AI libraries.
NUE 301: Nuclear Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. freely discuss using the right terminologies, the mechanical and atomic properties of
materials used in nuclear reactors;
2. describe the reactor fuel fabrication process starting with uranium dioxide pellets,
cladding, fuel pin and fuel bundles;
3. identify how radiation affects materials used in nuclear reactors;
4. describe how fission affects swelling and release of nuclear materials;

New
Engineering and Technology 991
5. analyse engineered barriers for the containment of fusion products;
6. explain how structural alloys are damaged by neutrons and suggest method(s) of
reducing this damage; and
7. explain the properties and how uranium dioxide fuels are fabricated.

Course Contents
Effects of irradiation on the atomic and mechanical properties of materials in nuclear reactors.
Materials for cladding, fuel rods and bundles. Fission product swelling and release; neutron
damage to structural alloys; fabrication and properties of uranium dioxide fuel.

NUE 302: Radiation Detection and Measurement (2 Units C: LH 15, PH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. describe the basic principles radiation detection based on the interaction of radiations
with matter
2. explain the technical aspects of the equipment and instrumentation for radiation
detection; detectors, pre-amplifiers, amplifiers, multi-channel analyzers;
3. Learn the basic operational modalities of different types of detectors; sodium iodites, high
purity germanium detectors, scintillation detectors, etc;
4. Calibrate detector systems and coincidence detector systems;
5. relate the detector systems for alpha and beta particles and gamma rays;
6. Be well acquainted with the basic principles underlying detection of rays, neutrons and
charged particles;
7. Properly use, calibrate and maintain laboratory detection and measurement equipment;
and
8. Be able to conduct, take and analyze measured results for all the experiment scheduled
for the course under the guidance and supervision of the lecturers and technologists;

Course contents
Basic principles of interaction of nuclear radiations with matter. Principles underlying
instrumental methods for detection and energy determination of gamma rays, neutrons and
charged particles. Applications to applied radiation physics, health physics and reactor
technology. Laboratory experiments on gas-filled, scintillation and semiconductor detectors/
nuclear electronics such as pulse amplifiers, multichannel analysers and coincidence
techniques; applications to neutron activation analysis. X-ray fluorescence measurement,
thermal neutron cross-sections, radiation dosimetry and decay scheme determination.
In-depth consideration of radiation detection systems and nuclear measurement
techniques. Experiments using semiconductor devices, MCA/MSCs, sampling techniques,
dosimeters, tracer techniques, and radiochemistry. Emphasis on selection of sampling
techniques and instrumentation for measuring low levels of radiation in air, soil and water.

NUE 303: Analysis and Processes in Nuclear Fuel Cycles (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. relate the various technical and non-technical aspects of nuclear fuel cycle;
2. have a deep knowledge of various uranium mining process and beneficiation;
3. describe the enrichment processes and respective technologies;

New
Engineering and Technology 992
4. learn the fuel fabrication processes;
5. Know the different reactor fuel types and their properties;
6. explain fuel cycle economics and management; and
7. identify the non-proliferation issues associated with spent fuels.

Course Contents
Studies the relationship between technical and policy elements of the nuclear fuel cycle. Topics
include uranium supply, enrichment, fuel fabrication, in-core reactivity and fuel management
of uranium and other fuel types, used fuel reprocessing, and waste disposal. Presents
principles of fuel cycle economics and the applied reactor physics of both contemporary and
proposed thermal and fast reactors. Examine non-proliferation aspects, disposal of excess
weapons plutonium, and transmutation of long-lived radioisotopes in spent fuel.

NUE 304: Introduction to Nuclear Reactor Theory (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to
1. describe the neutron generation and transport reactor core principles
2. explain the concept of thermalizing of fast neutrons and resonance absorptions;
3. Learn the neutron diffusion theory;
4. Learn the multiplication factors and criticality and the effect of delayed neutrons;
5. define basic reactor terms such as neutron interaction, nuclear fission, chain; and
reaction;
6. describe the different types of reactors;
7. calculate critical concentrations, mass and dimensions;
8. relate the reactor core basic systems and components as well as be able to solve core
design problem;
9. Use of relevant computer codes for criticality studies and reactor control; and
10. describe reactor dynamics.

Course Contents
Neutron interactions, nuclear fission, and chain reacting systematics in thermal and fast
nuclear reactors. Diffusion and slowing down of neutrons. Criticality condition and calculations
of critical concentrations, mass and dimensions, core design problems, computer methods and
applications, few-group approximation, and point kinetics. Nuclear reactor dynamics and
reactivity feedbacks.

GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (3 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three softwares in their chosen career choices;
2. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;
3. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;
4. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work;
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers; and

New
Engineering and Technology 993
 7. write a general report at the end of the training.

The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.
Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work experience
i.e., 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged in the more
advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use in the
industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a report
at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and encouraged
to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities and experiences
to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits include:
Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine
operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts,
gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, and wooden furniture making processes.
Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solidworks: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with SolidWorks, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solidWorks drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.
A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project.
Examples of projects should include the following:
. Design of machine components;
. Product design and innovation;
. Part modelling and drafting in SolidWorks; and
. Technical report writing.
400 Level

GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units: C; PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme.
2. Demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.
Course Contents

In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering

New
Engineering and Technology 994
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units: C; LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies.
2. Describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to
the society.
3. Demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices.
4. Prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review
5. Discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation.
6. Determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

NUE 401: Nuclear Reactor Thermal-hydraulics (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to
1. describe and quantify the sources of energy production and transfer parameters;
2. describe the heat and mass transfer flow characteristics of power reactors;
3. explain and use transport equations for single and two phase flows;
4. calculate the heat transfer and pressure losses;
5. perform thermal analysis of fuel elements; and
6. formulate and solve of the reactor thermal hydraulic design problems.

Course Contents
Nuclear system heat transfer and fluid flow; convection in single and two phase flow; liquid
metal heat transfer, pressure loss calculations; fuel element design and heat transfer; thermal-
hydraulics design of nuclear systems; thermal stress analysis.

NUE 403: Radiation Protection, Dosimetry and Shielding (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. explain the nature of interaction of radiation with matter at the atomic and cellular levels;
2. describe the types of radiation and the nature of their interactions; α, β, γ, and neutron.
3. Characterize and quantify the deposition of energy by radiation in matter and attendant
ionization;
4. explain the ranges of ionizing radiation in matter and straggling;
5. calculate radiation exposure, absorbed dose, dose rate, dose equivalent and dose
equivalent rates;

New
Engineering and Technology 995
6. analyse the physical, chemical and biological effect of radiation on matter, particularly on
living tissue;
7. explain the concept of radiation shielding and nature of shielding materials;
8. relate the science and technology of radiation dose measurement and implications for
radiation protection; and
9. identify the use of various types of Dosimeters and attendant detection equipment and
calibration techniques.

Course Contents
Introduction to basic properties of ionizing radiations and their uses in medicine, industry,
science, and environmental studies. Natural and man-made radiation sources, energy
deposition and dose calculations, various physical, chemical, and biological processes and
effects of radiation with examples of their uses, and principles of radiation protection and
regulations; theory and use of α, β, γ, and neutron detectors; applications in imaging and
dosimetry; γ-ray spectroscopy; design and operation of automated data acquisition
experiments using virtual instruments.

NUE 405: Radiation Dosimetry Lab (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. relate the science and technology of radiation dose measurement and implications in
radiation protection;
2. explain the technical aspects of instrumentation and equipment used in dosimetry;
3. develop the capacity to characterize gas, liquid and solid dosimetry materials.
4. develop the technical knowhow to calibrate and use relevant equipment and dosimeters
for applications in imaging and dosimetry; film badges, γ-ray spectrometers;
5. describe the use of various types of Dosimeters and attendant detection equipment and
calibration techniques.
6. acquire the ability to properly and correctly interpret dosimetric readings for different
applications; and
7. acquire the skills to maintain simple dosimetric equipment.
Course Contents
Gas, liquid and solid dosimetry materials and characterization; dose measurements. Internal
dosimetry models and measurements; external dosimetry measurements and calculations.

NUE 407: Radioactive Waste and Environmental Management (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. identify the type of radioactive wastes generated from the operation of nuclear power
plants, as well as from other sectors of the application of nuclear technology;
2. recognize the back end of the nuclear fuel cycle and its effect on the environment;
3. have a clear knowledge of the classification of radioactive wastes into categories: low,
medium and high level; as well as into forms/types: gaseous, liquid and solid and their
sources, as well as the respective treatment technologies;
4. explain the importance of the containment and management of the radioactive wastes;
methods of treatment and disposal;
5. describe the requirements and standards for transportation of radioactive wastes;

New
Engineering and Technology 996
6. relate the concepts of borehole disposal and geologic repositories for high level
radioactive wastes;
7. apply the key components, the economics, regulatory and operational processes of a
radioactive waste management system/facilities; and
8. develop procedures to adhere to international standards on safeguards and non-
proliferation.

Course Contents
Overview of radioactive waste management. A study of the production, utilization, waste
disposal, safeguards, and economic aspects of nuclear fuel cycles of importance in nuclear
power technology. Covers waste categories, sources, treatment and disposal methods,
minimization, transportation and current research topics.

NUE 409: Nuclear Safety, Security and Safeguards (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. communicate the essence of nuclear safety, security and safeguard;
2. have a good knowledge of safety fundamental principles, requirements and guides for
nuclear facilities from design, operation and eventual decommissioning;
3. have a good knowledge of global nuclear security regimes;
4. identify human factors in nuclear safety and nuclear security; and
5. appreciate the interrelationship between nuclear safety, nuclear security and nuclear
safeguard.

Course Contents
Definitions of Nuclear Safety, Security and Safeguard. Safety of plant design and operation.
Safety of material handling. Fundamental Safety Principles, Safety Requirements and Safety
Guides. International instruments for nuclear safety. Nuclear safety culture. Basic concepts of
Nuclear Security. International and national legal instruments for nuclear security regulation.
Potential threats to nuclear facility. Nuclear non-proliferation and counter-terrorism treaties.
Nuclear Security Culture. interrelationship between safety and security, safety and security
cultures, factors influencing nuclear security culture. Synergy between nuclear safety, security
and safeguard. Case studies.

NUE 411: Nuclear Engineering Lab (1 Units C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to
1. explain the scientific basis for radiation detection and measurements;
2. describe the basic principles of neutron analysis;
3. calibrate detector systems and coincidence detector systems;
4. measure the neutron diffusion length using sub-critical pile; and
5. properly analyse and interpret experimental results.

Course Contents
Basic science of radiation measurement, nuclear instrumentation, neutronics, pulse neutron
experiments, subcritical assembly measurement and radiation dosimetry. The lectures
emphasize the principles of radiation detection. The weekly laboratory applies a variety of
radiation detection systems to the practical measurements of interest for nuclear power,

New
Engineering and Technology 997
nuclear and non-nuclear science, and environmental applications. Students are expected to
present goals and approaches of the experiments being performed.

GET 499: SIWES III ( 4 Units C: 12 Weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to;
1. develop practical skills of the theories learned in the classroom;
2. acquire working experience of the industries;
3. handle relevant tools and equipment in the industries; and
4. write technical reports on their industrial work and present seminar.

Course Contents
The practical exposure of the student through direct participation in the work of an industry,
to real life working condition. During the training, the student acquires a familiarity with
Engineering works, organization, physical layout, and the flow of information, materials and
operations. This information is expected to complement and integrate the student’s classroom
instruction and laboratory/workshop exercises. Duration: 6 months.

500 Level

GET 501: Engineering Project Management (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, students are expected to:
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. demonstrate the ability to conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary
areas;
4. demonstrate recognition or the skills needed for project management; and
5. demonstrate the ability to work within the budget when executing a project for proper
management.

Course Contents
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management,
resource management. Identification of project stakeholders, beneficiaries and impacted
persons – functions, roles, responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and
change management. Project planning, control and timeliness – decision making, forecasting,
scheduling, work breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks
(log frames), risk analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart,
CPM and PERT. Optimization, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and
materials handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs), methods of
economic and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and
environmental impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project

New
Engineering and Technology 998
business case - financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits
and invited industry professional seminars.

GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions;
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications;
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principles; and
5. undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically present
technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an expert
witness.

Course Contents
Common Law: Its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
History, definitions, general principles of law; impact of laws on engineering practice & career;
nature and divisions of law- contract, torts, common, company, labour and industrial;
intellectual property, criminal, etc.(basic principles);legal jurisdictions(local, national,
international);Nigerian legal system-origin, types and hierarchies of law courts; basic
principles of legislation production and principles of interpretation. Contract law and equity:
definitions and principles-offer, acceptance, communication, capacity, privity, legal
personality, breaches, damages and remedies, termination. General principles of criminal law.
Law of torts: definition, classification and liabilities/professional liability and indemnity.
Patents, registered designs, intellectual property and copyrights: types, requirements,
relevant regulations(local &international),application, and infringement; Alternative Dispute
Resolution (ADR)-arbitration law, principles & systems of arbitration , arbitrators-functions,
appointment, and awards, professional bodies, etc; expert witnessing and basic
court/arbitration process; decided cases and precedence; case studies & reviews and practical
demonstrations; Course must be Co-Taught by Engineering and Law Faculty.

NUE 501: Nuclear Engineering Plant Design (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. Relate the basic nuclear reactor terminology, definitions, and concepts associated with
energy conversion processes in nuclear power plant systems;
2. explain different design schemes adopted for nuclear plants used for electrical energy
generation;
3. describe the operating principles of generators that can be used for power conversion
process in a nuclear-reactor-steam turbine systems;
4. apply the knowledge acquired in nuclear thermal-hydraulics and thermodynamics for
planning, designing and operation of a nuclear power plant; and
5. perform safety analysis of a nuclear power plant facility.

New
Engineering and Technology 999
Course Contents
Energy conversion in nuclear power systems; design of fission reactors; thermal and structural
analysis of reactor core and plant components; thermal-hydraulic analysis of accidents in
nuclear power plants; safety evaluation and engineered safety systems.

NUE 502: Introduction to Controlled Fusion (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain how nuclear fusion leads to energy and discuss the energy balance and energy
conservation principles inherent in the process;
2. explain the energy-mass relations according to Einstein’s theory of relativity
3. discuss the necessary conditions for fusion, fusion energy, magnetic and inertial
confinement and neutral beam injection;
4. relate the heating and cooling methods in controlled nuclear fusion systems; and
5. Describe the material requirements and techniques of handling of tritium.

Course Contents
Introduction to energy production by controlled thermonuclear reactions. Nuclear fusion
reactions, energy balances for fusion systems, survey of plasma physics; physical conditions
required to achieve net fusion energy, plasma physics of magnetic confinement, overview of
fusion energy concepts, inertial confinement; neutral beam injection; RF heating methods;
vacuum systems; material challenges in fusion systems; tritium handling.

NUE 504: Technical Seminar (1 Unit E: LH 15)

One hour of seminar per week. Seminar Program has been designed to provide new students
with the opportunity to explore an intellectual topic with a faculty member in a small-seminar
setting.

NUE 599: Final Year Project (4 Units C: LH/PH 180)

A problem, limited and well defined in scope and adapted to the topics of this undergraduate
programme, is to be solved by the student on his own responsibility in a definite period of
time, under the supervision of an instructor. This provides the opportunity to apply
engineering knowledge and methods in a practical way, e.g. measurements in connection with
calculations, programming applications. The problem selected should have interdisciplinary
aspects. It is recommended that the project work be carried out in an industrial organization
or research institute, with the participation and supervision of the university. If nuclear
facilities are available, the project work could be performed there. The results should be
presented as a written report. One project per student.

Minimum Academic Standards

Equipment

Radiation protection and measurement

Radiation Detector (PRD); Gamma Neutron Type

Dossimeter; electronic type (EPD)

New
Engineering and Technology 1000
Radioisotope identifier; handheld type

Survey meters; general purpose type

Radiation portal monitor; pedestrian and luggage type

Nuclear Security Laboratory

Model 701 series isotope identifier

Meters and scanners

Physical protection systems analytical tool

Nuclear power plant simulation Laboratory

Three-key master generic PWR simulation system

Dinco software

Prism Software

MATLAB

Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalents
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15 Units per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practical’s
and supervision of projects.

NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees; hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personnel

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practical’s
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.

Administrative Support Staff

The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.

Technical Support Personnel

The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation and

New
Engineering and Technology 1001
maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.

Minimum Number of Staff

Subject to the general standards specified by NUC:
1. there should be a minimum of two PhDs and four M.Eng degree holders full-time academic
staff to mount the programme;
2. each workshop or laboratory should have an adequate number of staff with the right mix,
such that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run efficiently; and
3. there should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate caliber for
the office of the Head of Department to run.

Student/Staff Ratio
The minimum staff-to-student ratio should be 1:15 from 200 level to 500 level.

Library
In addition to the university and faculty libraries, the programme must have a departmental
library well equipped with specialised books and journals in both physical collections and e-
collections (E-Resources) of various types. Various field and research reports of the
programme must also be available in the library for staff, students and researchers.
The library must be connected to subscribed repository of:
institutions (national and international);
open access sources;
professional bodies’ e-learning platforms, and
relevant international organizations.

The library must also have adequate facilities.

for reading;
provisions for lending, and
reservation unit for specialised materials.

Classrooms, Laboratory, Workshops, Offices and Clinics

Academic and Non-Academic Spaces
The NUC recommends the following physical space requirement:
Academic m2
Professor’s Office 18.50
Head of Department’s Office 18.50
Tutorial Teaching Staff Space 13.50
Other Teaching Staff Space 7.00
Technical Staff Space 7.00
Science Staff Research Laboratory 16.50
Engineering Staff Research Laboratory 14.50
Seminar Space per student 1.85
Drawing Office Space (A.O. Board) (Per Student) 4.60
Drawing Office Space (A.I. Board) (Per Student) 3.70
Laboratory Space 7.50
Non-Academic
Secretarial Space 7.00

New
Engineering and Technology 1002
Office Accommodation
The requirements for office accommodation are:
1. 13 academic offices.
2. 1 professorial type in the department. Size: each of the office is about 13.5 m

S/No Office No in Room Facilities

1. HOD 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
2. Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit.
4. Senior 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
Lecturer computer unit.
5. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.
6. Lecturer II 3 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.

New
Engineering and Technology 1003
B.Eng. Petrochemical Engineering
Overview
Petrochemical Engineering applies basic principles in chemical and physical sciences to
the development, design, fabrication and construction, operation, control, and
management of plants for the processing of raw materials from petroleum and organic
sources to obtain useful products (chemicals, solvents, adhesives, detergents, plastics,
polymers and fibers, lubricants, fertilizers) for human consumption. Petrochemical
Engineering course includes subjects like Reaction Engineering, Heat Transfer, Mass Transfer,
Fluid Dynamics, Thermodynamics, Transport Phenomena are bridged with special subjects
like Petrochemical Processes, Refinery operations with due weight-age on Numerical
Computation, Process Control, Modeling & Simulation.
Philosophy
The curriculum is designed to prepare the graduates to launch their careers in Nigeria and
overseas. The program is therefore designed to impart sound knowledge in students in
both practical and theoretical senses so that the students can apply related principles
from the sciences in designing equipment and manufacturing of products in a
petrochemical plant, in manufacturing, and oil and gas companies.

Objectives
It is expected that on successful completion of the programme, the graduates of the
Petrochemical Engineering program should be able to:
1. apply the basic principles underlying the operation of Petrochemical Engineering
plants, and processes that occur in the system plants;
2. design, fabricate, model, simulate and optimise chemical technological processes
and further prepare and read engineering drawings and technological schemes;
3. set up and operate small-scale units of their own so that they can be self-employed;
4. operate, maintain and service Petrochemical Engineering plants;and
5. work safely without hazards and control pollution in any environment.

Employability skills
The program is designed so that graduates from this program can have good
employment opportunities in the following areas:
1. petroleum industry
2. petroleum refineries
3. petrochemical plants
4. soap and detergent industries
5. plastic processing plants
6. pharmaceutical industries
7. research organizations
8. technical sales
9. engineering consultancy
10. environmental consultancy

It is also intended that graduates of this program will be adequately skilled to be able
to:
1. analyse complex engineering problems, reaching substantiated conclusions by using first
principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences;

New
Engineering and Technology 1004
2. practise engineering design and apply knowledge to design solutions, systems,
components, and processes to meet specified requirements efficiently;
3. execute experimental work effectively, as an individual or in a team in multifaceted and
/or multidisciplinary settings;
4. communicate effectively, orally as well as in writing, on complex engineering activities with
the engineering community and the society at large, such as being able to comprehend
and write effective reports and do documentation, make effective presentations, and give
and receive clear instructions;
5. demonstrate management skills and apply engineering principles to their work, as a
member and/or leader in a team, and manage projects in a multidisciplinary environment;
6. apply the fundamentals of petrochemical plant design manually and with software;
7. design and prepare an assessment of the economic performance of the proposed plant;
and
8. use modern software to analyse and design Petrochemical Engineering processes.

21st Century Skills

In addition to the sound theoretical concept, the curriculum for CCMAS in Petrochemical
Engineering seeks to emphasize the 21st Century skills in the use of:
1. creativity and innovation;
2. artificial intelligence (AI);
3. critical thinking/problem solving/decision making;
4. collaboration (teamwork and ethic);
5. communication;
6. learning to learn/metacognition
7. information literacy; and
8. computational thinking.

Unique Features of the Programme

This programme was compared with the COREN BMAS 2017 and programmes of top global
universities in Petrochemical Engineering at the undergraduate level, noting however that
most universities only offer Petrochemical Engineering at the postgraduate level in the UK and
USA.
The following changes make the program unique:
1. Petroleum Economics & Engineering Management replaced with Engineering Economics &
Management to give room for more petrochemical courses;
2. Core Petrochemical Engineering courses were added to the new curriculum at 300-500-
levels because the old NUC BMAS reflected more Petroleum Engineering courses;
3. The software required by the students which are relevant to the petrochemical industry
were included, and time was allocated on the course structure to teach them alongside
the courses that require the use of software;
4. The final year project was divided into 1unit in the first semester (seminar: defence of
Chapter 1-3 and 6units in the second semester (completion of the project and final
defence);
5. inclusion of animation laboratory where students can watch animation videos (on several
petrochemical plants such as production of polymers, fuel blending, pyrolysis of
seeds to fuel oil. Ethylene glycol, ethylene acetate, production of sulphuric,
phosphoric fertilizers; production of gasoline, naphtha, kerosene, fuel, and lubricating
oils, paraffin wax, asphalt etc.), during their Year 3 SIWES II and write reports on some
of them and defend them;

New
Engineering and Technology 1005
6. inclusion of LabView software on the PCs (LABVIEW Stands for Laboratory Virtual
Instrumentation Engineering Workbench). It is mostly used for automating the usage of
processing and measuring equipment in all the laboratory setups. It is used in the field of
Industrial automation, Instrument control, data acquisition, among others);
7. It is expected that 2hrs every week should be used by students to learn how to use
software such as Microsoft Excel, POLYMATH, MATLAB, ASPEN HYSYS, ASPEN PLUS,
CHEMCAD, Scilab etc. to do simple calculations based on the course content of these
courses in the program; and
8. Knowledge of Artificial Neural Network software and DATAFIT for process
optimisation was included.

Admission and Graduation Requirements

Admission Requirement
Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
1. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
2. Direct Entry(DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

For the five-year degree programme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must include English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

Direct Entry (DE) Mode

For the four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit
passes, which must include English Language, two must be principal subjects at Advance GCE
Level or NCE and its equivalent. Holder of upper credit level at HND are eligible for
consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:
1. Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of 150
and maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5–year engineering degree programme.
Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters.
2. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode shall have registered for a minimum
of 120 and a maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4–year engineering degree
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic semesters.
3. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode at 300-Level shall have registered for
a minimum of 90 and a maximum of 120 units of courses during a 3–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of 6 academic
semesters.
4. The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units respectively.
5. A student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by the
university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.

New
Engineering and Technology 1006
6. A student shall also have earned the 15 credit units of Students Industrial Work Experience
Scheme (SIWES), 8 credit units of University General Study courses and four credit units
of Entrepreneurship courses.

For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered,
whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the
computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it
or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each and all
attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.
Prerequisite courses must be taken and passed before a particular course at a higher level.
Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME, 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 200-Level
and 11 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 300-Level.
Global Course Structure
Level GST/ENT Basic Faculty Department SIWES Total
Science (GET) (PCE)
100 4 16 3 02 25

200 4 14 02 3 23
300 4 10 14 4 32
400 2 10 6 18
500 5 15 20
Total CCMAS 12 16 34 43 13* 105

* All 15 units of SIWES and 2 units of Engineering Valuation to be credited in the 2nd
Semester of the 400-Level, and do not count in the CCMAS Credit Units.

100 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 15 45
GST 112 Nigerian people’s and 2 C 30 -
culture
CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C 30 -
CHM 102 General Chemistry II 2 C 30 -
CHM 107 General Practical Chemistry 1 C - 45
I
CHM 108 General Practical Chemistry 1 C - 45
II
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 2 C 30 -
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C 30 -
PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C 30 -
PHY 103 General Physics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 107 General Practical Physics I 1 C - 45
PHY 108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45
GET 101 Engineering in Society 1 C 15

New
Engineering and Technology 1007
 GET 102 Engineering Graphics and 2 C 15 45
solid works I
PCE 112 Introduction to -
Petrochemical Engineering 2 C 30
Total 25

200 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and 2 C 30 -
Human Existence
ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and 2 C 30 -
innovation
GET 204 Students workshop 2 C 15 45
experience
GET 206 Fundamentals of 3 C 45 -
thermodynamics
GET 209 Engineering mathematics I 3 C 45 -
GET 210 Engineering mathematics II 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing and software 3 C 30 45
engineering
PCE 201 Introduction to petro- 2 C 30
chemical engineering
calculations
*GET 299 SIWES I: SWEP 3 C 9 weeks
Total 23

300 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GST 312 Peace and conflict resolution 2 C 30 -

ENT 312 Venture Creation 2 C 15 45
GET 302 Engineering Mathematics IV 3 C 45 -
GET 304 Engineering Communication 3 C 45 -
and Technical Writing
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems 3 C 30 45
and Technologies
GET 307 Introduction to Artificial 3 C 45 -
Intelligence, Machine
Learning and Convergent
Technologies
PCE 301 Chemical Thermodynamics 2 C 30
PCE 302 Chemical Reaction Kinetics 2 C 30 -
and catalysis
PCE 303 Unit Operations of 2 C 30 -
Petrochemical Engineering
plant I
PCE 304 Unit Operations in 2 C 30 -
Petrochemical plant II

New
Engineering and Technology 1008
 PCE 305 Fundamentals of Petroleum 2 E 30 -
Engineering
PCE 306 Petrochemical Engineering 1 E - 45
Laboratory I
*GET 399 SIWES II: Supervised 4 C 12 weeks
Industrial Work Experience
Total 32

400 Level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code

GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 C 90

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Costing 2 C 30
PCE 401 Petroleum Refining 2 C 30 -
PCE 403 Petrochemical Engineering Process 2 C 30 -
Analysis
PCE 405 Instrumentation and Process 2 C 30 -
Control in Petrochemical Plant
PCE 407 Chemical Reaction Engineering in 2 C 30 -
Petrochemical plant 1
PCE 409 Heat and Mass Transfer 2 C 30
PCE 411 Process Design of Petrochemical 2 E 30 -
Plant I
PCE 413 Petrochemical Engineering 1 E - 45
Laboratory III
*GET 499 SIWES III: (3-6 months in a 4 C 12 weeks
Petrochemical plant)
Total 18

Note:

It is expected that 2hrs every week should be used by students to learn how to use
software such as CHEMCAD, HYSYS for simple calculations based on the contents of
these courses

SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

New
Engineering and Technology 1009
500 Level
Course Cod Course Title Units Status LH PH
GET 501 Engineering Project 3 C 45 -
Management
GET 502 Engineering Law 2 R 30 -
PCE 501 Petrochemical & Organic 2 C 15 45
Synthesis I
PCE 502 Process Design in 3 E 45 -
Petrochemical plant II
PCE 503 Chemical Reaction 2 C 30 -
Engineering in Petrochemical
plant II
PCE 504 Petrochemical and Organic 2 C 30 -
Synthesis II
PCE 505 Research Methods and 1 C - 45
Seminar
PCE 506 Final Year Project 3 C - 130
5
PCE 507 Process Dynamics and control 2 C 30 -
in Petrochemical plant
Total 20

Note:
It is expected that 2hrs every week should be used by students to learn how to use
modelling software such as MATLAB, POLYMATH, CHEMCAD, HYSYS, microsoft excel etc,
for simple calculations based on the contents of these courses.

Course Contents and Learning Outcomes

100 Level

GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes

At the end of this course, students should be able to:

1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.

Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology); English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations); major word formation processes; the sentence in English

New
Engineering and Technology 1010
(types: structural and functional); grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality). Reading
and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking; reasoning
methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy, generalisation and
explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements. Writing activities
(pre-writing (brainstorming and outlining), writing (paragraphing, punctuation and
expression), post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing (summary, essays,
letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making). etc. Mechanics of writing. Information
and Communication Technology in modern language learning. Language skills for effective
communication. The art of public speaking.

GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;
2. identify and list the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
3. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political entity;
4. analyse the concepts of trade and economic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation to
national development;
5. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian state regarding nation building;
6. analyse the role of the judiciary in upholding fundamental human rights
7. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria;
8. list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems.

Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and cultures;
peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria; nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system; indigenous apprenticeship system among
Nigerian peoples; trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justice and national
development (definition and classification of law); Judiciary and fundamental rights.
Individuals, norms and values (basic Nigerian norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition; citizenship and civic responsibilities; indigenous languages, usage and
development; negative attitudes and conducts [Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices]). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3Rs – Reconstruction, Rehabilitation
and Re-orientation; re-orientation strategies: Operation Feed the Nation (OFN), Green
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline and Corruption (WAIC), Mass
Mobilization for Self-Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery (MAMSER), National
Orientation Agency (NOA). Current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria.

GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs); and

New
Engineering and Technology 1011
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.
Course Contents
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.

GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple everyday and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength and cost;
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical and
other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the analytical
nature of the courses they take; and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.

Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete terms.
Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3D objects.
Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and perspectives.
Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection and rendering.
This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid works, solid edge
or equivalent.

CHM 101: General Chemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. define atom, molecules and chemical reactions;
2. discuss the modern electronic theory of atoms;
3. write electronic configurations of elements on the periodic table;
4. rationalise the trends of atomic radii, ionisation energies, electronegativity of the elements,
based on their position in the periodic table;
5. identify and balance oxidation–reduction equation and solve redox titration problems;
6. draw shapes of simple molecules and hybridised orbitals;
7. identify the characteristics of acids, bases and salts, and solve problems based on their
quantitative relationship;

New
Engineering and Technology 1012
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using LeChatelier’s principle to
predict the effect of concentration, pressure and temperature changes on equilibrium
mixtures;
9. analyse and perform calculations with the thermodynamic functions, enthalpy, entropy
and free energy; and
10. determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and temperature.

Course Contents
Atoms, molecules, elements and compounds, and chemical reactions. Modern electronic
theory of atoms. Electronic configuration, periodicity and building up of the periodic table.
Hybridisation and shapes of simple molecules. Valence forces; Structure of solids. Chemical
equations and stoichiometry; chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, kinetic theory of
matter. Elementary thermochemistry; rates of reaction, equilibrium and thermodynamics.
Acids, bases and salts. Properties of gases. Redox reactions and introduction to
electrochemistry. Radioactivity.

CHM 102: General Chemistry II (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the importance and development of organic chemistry;
2. define fullerenes and its applications;
3. discuss electronic theory;
4. determine the qualitative and quantitative of structures in organic chemistry;
5. state rules guiding nomenclature and functional group classes of organic chemistry;
6. determine the rate of reaction to predict mechanisms of reaction;
7. identify classes of organic functional group with brief description of their chemistry;
8. discuss comparative chemistry of group 1A, IIA and IVA elements; and
9. describe basic properties of transition metals.

Course Contents
Historical survey of the development and importance of organic chemistry; fullerenes as fourth
allotrope of carbon, uses as nanotubules, nanostructures, nanochemistry. Electronic theory in
organic chemistry. Isolation and purification of organic compounds; determination of
structures of organic compounds including qualitative and quantitative analysis in organic
chemistry; nomenclature and functional group classes of organic compounds. Introductory
reaction mechanism and kinetics. Stereochemistry. The chemistry of alkanes, alkenes,
alkynes, alcohols, ethers, amines, alkyl halides, nitriles, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids
and derivatives. The chemistry of selected metals and non-metals. Comparative chemistry of
group IA, IIA and IVA elements. Introduction to transition metal chemistry.

CHM 107: General Practical Chemistry I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correct carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. state the differences between primary and secondary standards;
5. perform redox titration;
6. record observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions.

New
Engineering and Technology 1013
Course Contents
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.

CHM 108: General Practical Chemistry II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correctly carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. identify and carry out preliminary tests which include ignition, boiling point, melting point,
test on known and unknown organic compounds;
5. carry out solubility tests on known and unknown organic compounds;
6. carry out elemental tests on known and unknown compounds; and
7. carry out functional group/confirmatory test on known and unknown compounds which
could be acidic/basic/ neutral organic compounds.

Course Contents
Continuation of CHM 107. Additional laboratory experiments to include functional group
analysis, quantitative analysis using volumetric methods.

MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:
1. define and explain set, subset, union, intersection, complements, and demonstrate the
use of Venn diagrams;
2. solve quadratic equations;
3. solve trigonometric functions;
4. identify various types of numbers; and
5. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers. Mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.

MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
2. recognise and understand the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and
continuity;
3. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes;
4. solve function of a real variable, plot relevant graphs, identify limits and idea of continuity;
5. identify the derivative as limit of rate of change;

New
Engineering and Technology 1014
6. identify techniques of differentiation and perform extreme curve sketching;
7. identify integration as an inverse of differentiation;
8. identify methods of integration and definite integrals; and
9. perform integration application to areas, volumes.

Course Contents
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative, as limit of
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve sketching,
integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes (including
approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule).

PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular momentum;
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

Course Contents
Space and time; units and dimension, vectors and scalars, differentiation of vectors:
displacement, velocity and acceleration; kinematics; Newton’s laws of motion (inertial frames,
impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation); relative motion; application
of Newtonian mechanics; equations of motion; conservation principles in physics,
conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy, system of particles, centre of mass; rotational motion; torque, vector product,
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum. Polar coordinates; conservation
of angular momentum; circular motion; moments of inertia, gyroscopes and precession;
gravitation: Newton’s law of gravitation, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion, gravitational
potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits.

PHY 103: General Physics III (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing macroscopic
behaviour;
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

New
Engineering and Technology 1015
Course Contents
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.

PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Contents
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity, etc. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis
should be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data
collection, analysis, and deduction.

PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs;
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.

Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction.

PCE 112: Introduction to Petrochemical Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify a petrochemical plant and explain the functions of the petrochemical engineer

New
Engineering and Technology 1016
 in the plant;
2. identify facilities in petrochemical plant, draw simple petrochemical process flow charts
and process symbols;
3. apply the concept of units and dimensions, measurement and apply them in different
systems;
4. analyses pressure, temperature, volume data; and
5. carry out simple calculations on ideal gas laws, real gas relationships, vapour
pressure, saturation, and humidity, chemical equations and stoichiometry,
andcombustion reactions.

Course Contents
Description of petrochemical plant and a petrochemical engineer. Raw materials for the
petrochemical industry and examples of petrochemicals; the importance of petrochemical to
the nation. Ancillary facilities in petrochemical plant; Petrochemical Engineering process flow
charts, and process symbols. The concept of units and dimensions: the concept and basis of
measurement and analysis of pressure, temperature, volume, and other parameters. Basic
definitions: chemical equations and stoichiometry. Combustion. Ideal gas laws. Real
gas relationships. Vapour pressure, saturation, and humidity.

200 Level
GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge, and
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.

Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding, etc.

ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 1017
1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence;
4. engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
5. identify key elements in innovation;
6. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
7. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
8. state the basic principles of e-commerce.

Course Contents
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.

GET 204: Students Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify various basic hands and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement devices
and instruments, and acquire skills in their effective use and maintenance;
2. practically apply basic engineering technologies, including metrology, casting, metal
forming and joining, materials removal, machine tooling (classification, cutting tool action,
cutting forces, non-cutting production) and CNC machining technology;
3. master workshop and industrial safety practices, accident prevention and ergonomics;
4. physically recognise different electrical & electronic components like resistances,
inductances, capacitances, diodes, transistors and their ratings;
5. connect electric circuits, understand different wiring schemes, and check ratings of
common household electrical appliances and their basic maintenance; and
6. determine household and industrial energy consumption, and understand practical energy
conservation measures.

Course Contents
The course comprises general, mechanical and electrical components: supervised hands-on
experience in safe usage of tools and machines for selected tasks; Use of measuring
instruments (calipers, micrometers, gauges, sine bar, wood planners, saws, sanders, and

New
Engineering and Technology 1018
pattern making). Machine shop: lathe work shaping, milling, grinding, reaming, metal
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry
practice.Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting
processes. Metal forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging, press-
tool work, spinning, etc.). Metal joining processes(welding, brazing and soldering). Heat
treatment. Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory of
metal cutting. Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines.
Supervised identification, use and care of various electrical and electronic components such
as resistors, inductors, capacitors, diodes and transistors. Exposure to different electric
circuits, wiring schemes, analogue and digital electrical and electronic measurements.
Household and industrial energy consumption measurements. Practical energy conservation
principles.

GET 206: Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe basic concepts of thermodynamics, quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second
and third laws;
2. define and explain system (surrounding, closed and open system), control volume and
control mass, extensive and intensive properties;
3. calculate absolute and gage pressure, and absolute temperature, calculate changes in
kinetic, potential, enthalpy and internal energy;
4. evaluate the properties of pure substances i.e. evaluate the state of the pure substances
such as compressed liquid, saturated liquid-vapour mixture and superheated vapour using
property diagrams and tables; arrange the ideal and real gas equations of state,
5. formulate the first law of thermodynamics for a closed system i.e. organize the change in
energy in the closed systems via heat and work transfer;
6. distinguish heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation, and calculate the
amount of heat energy transferred;
7. calculate the changes in moving boundary work, spring work, electrical work and shaft
work in closed systems;
8. apply the first law of thermodynamics for closed systems and construct conservation of
mass and energy equations;
9. formulate the first law of thermodynamics to the open systems i.e. describe steady-flow
open system, apply the first law of thermodynamics to the nozzles, diffusers, turbines,
compressors, throttling valves, mixing chambers, heat exchangers, pipe and duct flow;
10. construct energy and mass balance for unsteady-flow processes;
11. evaluate thermodynamic applications using second law of thermodynamics;
12. calculate thermal efficiency and coefficient of performance for heat engine, refrigerators
and heat pumps; and
13. restate perpetual-motion machines, reversible and irreversible processes.

Course Contents
Basic concepts, definitions and laws (quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second and third
laws of thermodynamics). Properties of pure substances: the two-property rule (P-V-T
behaviour of pure substances and perfect gases); state diagrams. The principle of
corresponding state; compressibility relations; reduced pressure; reduced volume;
temperature; pseudo-critical constants. The ideal gas: specific heat, polytropic processes.
Ideal gas cycles; Carnot; thermodynamic cycles, turbines, steam and gas, refrigeration. The
first law of thermodynamics – heat and work, applications to open and closed systems. The

New
Engineering and Technology 1019
steady flow energy equation (Bernoulli’s equation) and application. Second law of
thermodynamics, heat cycles and efficiencies.

GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and Green’s
theorem;
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical model
of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation as well as fourier series, initial conditions and its
applications to different engineering processes.

Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.

GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);
2. explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically solve
a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types; 3. numerically solve
differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;
3. perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,
curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of
several variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;
4. solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex numbers;
5. apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations
and of results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the theory
of conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
6. evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.

Course Contents
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and
vector-valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary

New
Engineering and Technology 1020
complex analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity. Derivatives,
differentiation rules and differentiation of integrals. Cauchy-Riemann equation, harmonic
functions, basic theory of conformal mapping, transformation and mapping and its
applications to engineering problems. Special functions.

GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units: C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project
through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas;

Course Content
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.

GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.

Course Contents
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or
special centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant
practical/industrial working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major.

New
Engineering and Technology 1021
The students are exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance
of tools, equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production
of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation. (8-10 weeks during the long
vacation following 200 level).

NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of programme-specific

activities for their students.

PCE 201: Introduction to Petrochemical Engineering Calculations

(2 Units C: LH 30; PH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. formulate and solve closed steady-state material balances on multi-stage systems with
and without a recycle and purge;
2. formulate and solve closed steady-state material balances on multi-stage systems that
include single and multiple chemical reactions;
3. formulate and solve closed steady-state material balances on multi-stage systems that
include complete and incomplete conversions;
4. formulate and solve problems involving species and elements for reacting and non-
reacting systems;
5. formulate and solve Energy balances; and
6. formulate and solve combined material and energy balances for simple petrochemical
units.

It is expected that 2hrs every week should be used by students to learn how to use
software such as CHEMCAD, HYSYS for simple calculations based on the content of this
course.

Course contents
Analysis of material balances for multiple systems. Analysis of material balances problems with
direct solutions. Material balances using algebraic techniques control surface and stage
balances for open and closed systems. Problems involving species and elements for reacting
and non-reacting systems. Material balances in process flow sheets. Energy balances
procedures, energy balances for reactive and non-reactive processes, heat capacity.
Calculation and enthalpy changes, without change of phase and for phase transitions.
The heat of reaction combined mass and energy systems for steady-state and unsteady-
state processes. Computer-aided combined mass and energy balance calculations.
300 Level
GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in peace
building.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 1022
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes, etc. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,
community leaders, etc.). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents of
conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and Imperatives.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation, collaboration, etc).
The roles of international organizations in conflict resolution ((a) The United Nations, UN and
its conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council (c) ECOWAS in
peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building. Managing post-
conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs);the role of NGOs in
post-conflict situations/crises.

ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
1. describe the key steps in venture creation;
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.

Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),

New
Engineering and Technology 1023
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy, etc. Digital business and e-commerce strategies).

GET 302: Engineering Mathematics IV (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve second order differential equations;
2. solve partial differential equations;
3. solve linear integral equations;
4. relate integral transforms to solution of differential and integral equations;
5. explain and apply interpolation formulas; and
6. apply Runge-Kutta and other similar methods in solving ODE and PDEs.

Course Contents
Series solution of second order linear differential equations with variable coefficients. Bessel
and Legendre equations. Equations with variable coefficients. Sturm-Liouville boundary value
problems. Solutions of equations in two and three dimensions by separation of variables. Eigen
value problems. Use of operations in the solution of partial differential equations and Linear
integral equations. Integral transforms and their inverse including Fourier, Laplace, Mellin and
Handel Transforms. Convolution integrals and Hilbert Transforms. Calculus of finite
differences. Interpolation formulae. Finite difference equations. RungeKutta and other
methods in the solutions of ODE and PDEs. Numerical integration and differentiation.

GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.

Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis and structure Fog Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A,B,C,D,E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills(steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports(competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and

New
Engineering and Technology 1024
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.

GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3 Units C: LH 30 PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the types, uses and advantages of renewable energy in relation to climate change;
2. design for use the various renewable energy systems;
3. recognise and analyse the current energy systems in Nigeria, their impacts on
development and the global energy demand and supply scenarios;
4. appreciate the environmental impact of energy exploitation and utilisation, and pursue the
sustainable development of renewable energy for various applications; and
5. recognise the exploitation, excavation, production, and processing of fossil fuels such as
coal, petroleum and natural gas, and discuss the sources, technology and contribution to
future energy demands of renewable energy.

Course Contents
Current and potential future energy systems in Nigeria and globally - resources, extraction,
concepts in energy conversion systems; parallels and differences in various conversion
systems and end-use technologies, with emphasis on meeting 21st-century national, regional
and global energy needs in a sustainable manner. Various energy technologies in each fuel
cycle stage for fossil (oil, gas, synthetic), nuclear (fission and fusion) and renewable (solar,
biomass, wind, hydro, and geothermal). Energy types, storage, transmission and
conservation. Analysis of energy mixes within an engineering, economic and social context.
Sustainable energy; emphasise sustainability in general and in the overall concept of
sustainable development and the link this has with sustainable energy as the fundamental
benefit of renewable energy.

Practical Content: Simple measurement of solar radiation, bomb calorimeter determination

of calorific value of fuels and biomass; measurement of the velocity of wind, waves and the
energy that abound in them; laboratory production of biogas and determination of energy
available in it; simple conversion of solar energy to electricity; transesterification of edible oil
into biodiesel; simulation of geothermal energy; Geiger-Muller or Scintillation Counters’
determination of uranium or thorium energy; simple solid or salt storage of energy; hybrid
application of renewable energy.

GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and Convergent

Technologies (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:
1. explain the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications and effects of artificial
intelligence;
2. explain the fundamental concepts of machine learning, deep learning and convergent
technologies;
3. demonstrate the difference between supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised
learning;
4. demonstrate proficiency in machine learning workflow and how to implement the steps
effectively;

New
Engineering and Technology 1025
5. explain natural languages, knowledge representation, expert systems and pattern
recognition;
6. describe distributed systems, data and information security and intelligent web
technologies;
7. explain the concept of big data analytics, purpose of studying it, issues that can arise with
a data set and the importance of properly preparing data prior to a machine learning
exercise; and
8. explain the concepts, characteristics, models and benefits, key security and compliance
challenges of cloud computing.

Course Contents
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence paradigms;
search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired algorithms –
examples, their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding
natural languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation, mathematical and logic
foundations of “ai”.; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition; distributed
systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent technologies
– definition, significance and engineering applications. Neural networks and deep learning.
Introduction to python “ai” libraries.

GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three softwares in their chosen career choices;
2. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;
3. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;,
4. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work;
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers; and
7. write a general report at the end of the training.

The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work
experience i.e. 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged
in the more advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use
in the industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a
report at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and
encouraged to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities
and experiences to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits
include:

New
Engineering and Technology 1026
Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine
operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts,
gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, andwooden furniture making processes.

Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solidworks: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with SolidWorks, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solidWorks drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.

A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project.

Examples of projects should include the following:

1. design of machine components;
2. product design and innovation;
3. part modelling and drafting in SolidWorks; and
4. technical report writing.

PCE 301: Chemical Thermodynamics (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. apply first, second and third law to ideal and real gases;
2. calculate heat requirements for reacting and non-reacting systems;
3. apply the concept of fugacity and its application to processes; and
4. apply thermodynamic principles to chemical, phase equilibrium, and electrochemical
processes.

Course Contents
First law and the energetics of chemical reactions. Second law, calculation of entropy
changes. Definitions of thermodynamic potentials. Heat of mixing. Fugacity, free energy
and work function. Chemical potentials and affinity of reactions. Equilibrium in chemical
reaction systems. Equilibrium constant of a reaction. Third law. Thermal data.
thermodynamics of electrochemical cells. Work production from chemically reacting
systems. Phase relations and thermodynamics of solutions. Equilibrium in
heterogeneous reactions.
PCE 302: Chemical Reaction Kinetics and Catalysis (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. develop rate expressions for different chemical reactors;
2. determine reaction order and activation energy;
3. apply the theories of reaction rates and their application to petrochemical processes;
and
4. formulate the different catalytic reactions, their kinetics and applications in
petrochemical processes;

New
Engineering and Technology 1027
* It is expected that 2hrs every week should be used by the students to learn how to
use software such as CHEMCAD, HYSYS for simple calculations based on the contents
of this course

Course Contents
Rate expressions for chemical reactions law of mass action. Constant volume reversible,
irreversible, parallel and consecutive reactions. Reaction order and its determination.
Variable volume reactions Arrhenius equation and activation energy. The theories of
reaction rates, especially the collision theory and theory of absolute reaction rates.
Homogeneous and heterogeneous catalytic reactions and their kinetics. Kinetics of
electrochemical processes. Equilibria in ionic solutions.
PCE 303: Unit Operations Petrochemical Plant I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the principles of separation processes;
2. explain the characteristics, applications and rating problems relative to the unit operations
mentioned in the course content for steady and unsteady state, batch and continuous,
stage- continuous contact operations;
3. discuss the regimes for the flow in tubes and pipes, Bernoulli's equation, pressure drops,
pumps, elements of external flow (Stokes' and Newton's law); and
4. apply the different methods of solid-liquid separation using the units’ operations listed in
the course content;
* It is expected that 2hrs every week should be used by students to learn how to use
software such as CHEMCAD, HYSYS for simple calculations based on the content of this
course.

Course Contents
The basic concept of unit operations in a petrochemical plant. Elementary technological
review of the importance of unit operations in the chemical industry. Steady and
unsteady state, batch and continuous, stage- continuous contact operations. Size
reduction. Types of crushers, their operation and theory of design. Particle
classification/drag forces on rigid bodies, drag coefficients, setting velocity and Stoke’s
law. Classification of solids. Centrifugal separation. Cyclones and centrifuges. Electrical
separation. Mixing of solids and fluids. Filtration. Packed and fluidised bed systems;
their applications. Drying and humidification.
PCE 304: Unit Operations in Petrochemical plant II (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to:
1. explain and analyse vapor-liquid equilibria;
2. construct vapor-liquid equilibrium curves;
3. explain and analyse distillation process; and
4. prepare material balance for single, flash and binary multistage distillation column;
5. calculate ideal equilibrium stage for binary mixtures using different methods;
6. carry out bubble and dew point calculations for multicomponent mixtures;
7. explain and analyse liquid-liquid equilibria;
8. solve problems involving single-stage liquid-liquid equilibrium extraction;
9. solve problems involving continuous multistage counter-current liquid-liquid extraction and
leaching; and

New
Engineering and Technology 1028
10. discuss and apply the theory of crystallization in mono-and multi-systems, crystal
growth, dialysis, and reverse osmosis.

* It is expected that 2hrs every week should be used by the students to learn how to
use software such as CHEMCAD, HYSYS for simple calculations based on the content
of this course.

Course Contents
Vapour-liquid equilibrium and distillation. Distillation equipment. Multicomponent
distillation. Vacuum distillation and steam stripping. Azeotropic and extraction
distillation. Liquid-liquid extraction, leaching, theory of crystallization in mono-and multi-
systems. Crystal growth. Dialysis. Reverse osmosis.

PCE 305: Fundamentals of Petroleum Engineering (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be to:
1. discuss exploration methods, drilling rigs, bits, and fluids;
2. explain on-shore and off-shore drilling processes;
3. explicate well completion, logging and production.
4. test the quality of petroleum products; and
5. elucidate store and transport petroleum products.
Course Contents
Origin and occurrence of petroleum and gas. Oil exploration methods. Drilling rigs and
drilling bits. Blow out preventers and drilling fluids. Finishing techniques. On-shore and
Off-shore drillings. Well completion. Logging. Petroleum production. The secondary
method of petroleum recovery; surface operations in petroleum production. Stabilisation
of petroleum. Oil, gas and water separation. Basic tests on petroleum quality. Petroleum
transportation and storage.

PCE 306: Petrochemical Engineering Laboratory I (1 Units E: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. work safely in the laboratory and write reports on all the experiments the students carried
out in the lab; and
2. apply and explain the importance of all the experiments carried out in the lab listed in
the course content in the Petrochemical industry.

Course Contents
Safety precautions and experimental report writing. Analysis of Experimental Error in Research
and Data Presentation; particle distribution and sieve analysis; density, specific gravity, pH
measurement in different solutions. Sampling of solids; determination of flash point of
petroleum and fuel oil and related materials. Determination of viscosity of petroleum and fuel
oil using redwood viscometer. Determination of particle and bulk density. Determination of
pour points of petroleum products and related materials. Measurement of molecular weight;
refractive index using Abbey refractometer; ASTM Distillation; aniline point determination; the
Nitrogen content of soil, water and other materials. Softening point of bitumen and petroleum
products. Measurement of surface tension and Reid vapour pressure. Evaporation and boiling
point and simple distillation processes.

New
Engineering and Technology 1029
PCE 307: Petrochemical Engineering Laboratory II (1 Units C: PH 45)

Learning Outcome
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. work safely in the laboratory and write reports on all the experiments carried out in the
lab; and
2. demonstrate the importance and applications of all the experiments carried out in the
lab listed in the course content above to the petrochemical industry.

Course Contents
Pressure drops in pipes. Sedimentation and thickening. Filtration, crushing, grinding and
mixing. Batch heating of the liquid in tanks. Leaching, liquid-liquid extraction, drying,
desorption and adsorption, integral and differential methods of analysis of laboratory kinetic
data. Application of half-life method for determination of reaction order and rate constant.
Heterogeneous reaction: cation and anion exchange capacity

400 Level

GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units: C; PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from
industry or community during the SIWES III programme.
2. Demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.
Course Contents

In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units: C; LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies.
2. Describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to
the society.
3. Demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices.
4. Prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review
5. Discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation.
6. Determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

New
Engineering and Technology 1030
GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:
1. be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
2. bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work
methods and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways
of safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;
3. experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work and
the environment seamlessly,and expose them to contacts for eventual job placements
after graduation;
4. be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place
of engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them;
and
5. exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.

Course Contents
On- the -job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not
necessarily limited to the student’s major (24 weeks from the end of the first semester at
400-Level to the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second
semester at 400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a
programme related industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc, for a period of 6
months under the guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised
by an academic staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits
the completed Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also, there will be a
comprehensive report covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences
(GET 299, GET 399 and GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department
for overall assessment.

PCE 401: Petroleum Refining I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate how a petroleum refinery works and sketch a flow diagram that integrates
all refining processes and the resulting refinery products;
2. examine how each refinery process works and how physical and chemical principles are
applied to achieve the objectives of each refinery process listed in the course content;
3. produce grease and bitumen; and
4. enumerate the safety rules and combat environmental issues in the refinery.

Course Contents
Catalytic cracking and hydrocracking. Lubricating oil properties. Manufacture of
lubricating oils. De-asphalting, phenol and furfural extraction, dewaxing, clay treatment
and hydro-finishing processes. Grease production. Refinery layout. Safety rules.
Environmental protection in the petroleum refinery. Manufacture of bitumen.
PCE 403: Petrochemical Engineering Process Analysis, and Optimization
(2 Units C: LH 30)

New
Engineering and Technology 1031
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. apply mathematical methods in solving problems involving Petrochemical
Engineering processes listed in the course content;
2. apply numerical methods in solving problems involving Petrochemical Engineering
processes listed in the course content;
3. describe optimization theory and its applications to petrochemical processes;
4. model material and energy flows around reacting and non-reacting systems using an
appropriate modelling software package;
5. define and solve engineering problems and formulate suitable strategies for problem
solutions; and
6. Apply knowledge of Artificial Neural Network software and DATAFIT in process
optimization.

* It is expected that 2hrs every week should be used by the students to learn how to use
software such as Microsoft excel, POLYMATH, (MATLAB is a computing language and
interactive environment for data visualisation, algorithm development, data analysis, and
full of numeric computation) for simple calculations based on the content of this course.

Course Contents
Review of elementary theorems and operations on vectors and matrices. Application
to Petrochemical Engineering stage processes including rectification, multicomponent
distillation, staged absorbers, complex monomolecular kinetics, stirred tanks reactions
and stage dynamics. Review of solutions of the standard form of differential equations
including series solutions. Green’s functions. Formulation of simple and complex
chemical engineering problems and their solutions. Numerical methods for solving
linear and non-linear equations, ordinary and partial differential equations. Iterative
procedures. Optimization techniques.

New
Engineering and Technology 1032
PCE 405: Instrumentation and Process Control in Petrochemical plant
(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the basic principles and importance of process control in industrial process
plants;
2. specify the required instrumentation and final elements to ensure that well-tuned
control is achieved;
3. explain the use of block diagrams and the mathematical basis for the design of control
systems;
4. explain different control modes and their application in controlling various processes;
5. explain the working of electric, hydraulic and pneumatic controllers;
6. demonstrate the workings and application of the different types of actuators and control
valves;
7. explain the importance and application of good instrumentation for efficient design
of process control loops for process engineering plants; and
8. draw a PID (Process and Instrumentation Diagram) and devise simple but effective
plant wide control strategies using appropriate heuristics.

* The students should learn how to use instrumentation software, (LABVIEW, PDMS)
Scilab (is a numerical computation package that is very important in instrumentation and
control engineering.) to solve problems exposed to them in the course content.

Course Contents
Process measurement. Pressure, force, level, flow, temperature, humidity density,
viscosity. Primary element calibration. Signals nozzles, baffle and relay principles,
balancing principles. Transmitters. Controller and valve actions and mechanisms. Control
responses: on-off, proportional, automatic, reset, pre-act, 3-ter, gap control. Automatic
controllers and inter-linked instruments. Concept of control loops. Ratio, Cascade, spilt
range, override, and point, time cycle and forward feed controllers. Instrument error and
recognition of faults.

PCE 407: Chemical Reaction Engineering in Petrochemical plant I

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. calculate conversion and extent values for different systems;
2. calculates extent and conversion values for constant volume systems;
3. develop performance equations for different types of reactors listed above using mass
balances;
4. develop chemical reaction kinetics equations for different reactors and apply it to
some Petrochemical plants;
5. develop design equations for reactors listed above; and
6. generate reaction constants.

* It is expected that 2hrs very week should be used by students to learn how to use
software such as CHEMCAD, ASPEN HYSYS for simple calculations based on the
content of this course.

New
Engineering and Technology 1033
Course Contents
Classification of reactors. Chemical kinetics as applied to batch and continuous reactors
a single ideal reactor. Steady-state mixed and plugs flow reactors. Holding time for
flow systems. Design equations for single conversion of the reactor. The batch reactor,
mixed versus plug flow reactors. Reactors in series and in parallel Recycle reactors.

PCE 409: Heat and Mass transfer (Transport Phenomena) (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. enumerate the modes of heat transfer and their applications;
2. apply heat and mass transfer principles to steady-state and, unsteady-state processes;
3. determine overall transfer coefficient;
4. apply heat and mass transfer principles to heat exchangers, conductors and dryer; and
5. differentiate between heat, mass and momentum.

Course Contents
Basic laws of heat and mass transfer processes, and their relationships. Models of heat
transfer, general heat conduction equation, steady-state conduction, unsteady heat transfer
by convection, natural and forced, laminar and turbulent. Heat transfer by radiation,
fundamentals of black and Gray bodies, combined models of heat transfer, radiation exchange
between surfaces. Applications to heat exchangers, conductors and dryers. Dimensional
analysis and heat transfer by convection. Analogy between heat, mass transfer.
Reynold’s analogy. Chilton–Colburn analogy. Analogy between heat, mass and
momentum, measurement, calculation and production of heat and mass transfer
coefficients. Mass transfer fundamentals, diffusion and convection mass transfer. steady-
state and unsteady mass transfer

PCE 411: Process Design of Petrochemical plant I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. enumerate the fundamentals of process plant design;
2. carry out material and energy balance of a simple unit manually and using Computer
software packages;
3. apply the criteria and procedures for equipment selection and sizing in design of
distillation, absorber, adsorption column;
4. prepare a comprehensive basic engineering design report manually and use computer
software packages;
5. design and prepare an assessment of the economic performance of the Petrochemical
plant manually and use computer software packages; and
6. carry out the mechanical design of columns including foundation and supporting
structures.

* It is expected that 2hrs every week should be used by students to learn how to use
software such as CHEMCAD, HYSYS to do simple Calculations based on the content of
this course.

New
Engineering and Technology 1034
Course Contents
The general scope of design. Factors influencing the cost of products. Process evaluation.
Block diagrams. Mass and energy balances. Process flowsheets. Flowsheet symbols,
engineering flowsheets symbols, engineering flowsheets, mechanical flow diagram,
utility flowsheets. Presentation and discussion of real design problems. Design codes and
standards, design information and databases. Computer software packages (Aspen Hysys,
PV Elite, Chem Cad). Selection between packed and plate towers and column internals.
Detailed design procedures for distillation, extraction and absorption and costing. the
applicability of these methods to vacuum and high-pressure operation. Mechanical design
of columns including foundation and supporting structures.

PCE 413: Petrochemical Engineering Laboratory III (1 Unit E: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate knowledge and skills regarding HSE in the chemical laboratory;
2. show the importance and applications of all the experiments carried out in the
laboratory as listed in the course content;
3. verify theoretical and experimental knowledge by planning and executing experiments in
the laboratory; and
4. work both independently and in a group in the laboratory and document the results
obtained through writing of laboratory reports.

Course Contents
HSE in the chemical laboratory gas analysis, Maleic Diene value of dry oil. Calibration of
instruments. Practical demonstration of a control loop for pneumatic and electronic
instrumentation. Vapour-Liquid equilibrium. Continuous (rectification) distillation
crystallization. Determination of saponification and unsaponification matter in fats. Solubility
of solids. Absorption using Packed column. Fluidization Engineering, film and drop condensate.
Heat exchangers.
500 Level
GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
4. possess the skills needed for project management; and
5. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.

Course Contents
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons – functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.

New
Engineering and Technology 1035
Project planning, control and timeliness;decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.

GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions;
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications; and
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principles undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically
present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an
expert witness.

Course Contents
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.
Termination/cancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.

PCE 501: Petrochemicals and Organic Synthesis I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. apply fundamental skills in performing synthesis of organic compounds listed in the course
content above;
2. apply fundamental skills in the isolation and purification of products of organic synthesis
reactions listed in the course content above;
3. can prepare a flow diagram and identify critical/important points in an organic synthesis
procedure of the process listed above; and
4. can prepare reaction schemes using the appropriate software.
Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 1036
Raw materials and their processing techniques for ethylene, acetylene, synthesis gas,
and liquid hydrocarbons; properties of olefins, thermo-dynamic stability of hydrocarbons,
olefin production; use of polymerization reactions, raw materials from aromatic
hydrocarbon, chlorination, nitration, oxidation, hydrogenation aromatization,
isomerization reactions. Synthesis on basis of acetylene, carbon monoxide, and synthesis
gas.

PCE 502: Process Design of Petrochemical plants II (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. manually design and scale-up jacketed vessels and shell-and-tube heat exchangers;
2. use pinch analysis to targeting minimum energy requirement for a process;
3. design heat exchanger networks with minimum energy target;
4. use computer-aided process design;
5. scale-up pumps and pipe networks
6. design and carry out plant layouts using computer software; and
7. design in group simple petrochemical plant with manual and computer software;

* It is expected that 2hrs every week should be used by students to learn how to use
software such as CHEMCAD, HYSYS for simple calculations based on the content of this
course.

Course Contents
Reasons for scale-up and basic principles. Heat exchanger system. Design and scale-up
of jacketed vessels and shell-and-tube heat exchangers. Fluid flow system: scale-up of
pumps and pipe networks for laminar and turbulent flow Liquid-mixing systems. General
principles of scale-up and the use of pilot plant data. Optimization of plant dimensions,
operating conditions, and the economics of alternatives. Plant layout of petrochemical
plant. Design codes and standards, design information, and databases for heat exchanger
designs. Plant Costing. Computer software packages required (ASPEN HYSYS, ASPEN PLUS,
PV ELITE).
PRE: PCE 413

PCE 503: Chemical Reaction Engineering II (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. calculate conversion for different systems listed above;
2. develop performance equations for different types of reactors above using mass
balances;
3. calculates different design parameters for parallel reactions and series reactions;
4. investigate the effect of temperature on reactor design and reaction parameters;
5. calculate enthalpy of reactions using given feed and product specifications;
6. calculate amounts of heat to be supplied or removed from a reactor;
7. develop design equations for reactors listed above;

* It is expected that 2hrs every week should be used by students to learn how to use
software such as CHEMCAD, ASPEN, HYSYS, etc, for simple calculations based on the
content of this course.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 1037
Design for multiple reactions: reactions in parallel and series. Extensions and applications
of series-parallel reactions. Temperature and pressure effects. Design of fluid-particle
reactors. Chemical reaction control and gas film diffusion control processes. Fluidized
bed reactors. Slurry reaction Kinetics. Design of fluid – reactors. Solid catalysed reactors.
Design of staged adiabatic packed bed reactors, and fluidised bed reactors. PREG. PCE
409.

PCE 504: Petrochemicals & Organic Synthesis II (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. apply fundamental skills in performing synthesis of organic compounds in the course
content;
2. apply the fundamental skills in the isolation and purification of products of organic
synthesis reactions listed in the course content;
3. prepare a flow diagram and identify critical/important points in an organic synthesis
procedure listed in the course content; and
4. prepare reaction schemes using the appropriate software.

Course Contents
Raw materials and their processing techniques for halogenation of paraffins, methane,
ethane, olefins, ethylene liquid and gaseous phase halogenation processes. Chlorination
products of olefins; methylchloride, synthetic fibers, glue and plastics, vinyl chloride from
acetylene, freezers, and antifreezes; hydrolysis, hydration, dehydration esterification
processes in the production of solvents, plastification synthetic lubricants, complex
organic ethers – monomer for polymerization reactions, oxidation of paraffin and olefins;
ethylene oxide and some higher oxides of hydrocarbons synthesis of Amides;
condensation of aldehydes with olefins: synthesis of isoprene synthesis of rubber. PREQ
PCE 501.

PCE 505: Research Method and Seminar (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At of the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. define research;
2. enumerate its characteristics and types;
3. explain its process;
4. formulate research problem, objective;
5. construct research tool and questionnaire;
6. analysis data gotten from research for the extraction of useful information for knowledge
generation;
7. distinguish between engineering research proposal and other research proposals;
8. cost engineering research proposals;
9. learn how to write and differentiate a proposal and seminar from a research project;
10. write a written report as well as an oral PowerPoint presentation for the purpose of seminar
which should be held at the department and for which the students should be graded;
11. write and present the chapter 1-3 of their project on PowerPoint in the first semester; and
12. defend the written and presented chapters.
Course Contents
Definition of research, characteristics of research; types of research; the research process;
formulating the research problem; considerations in selecting a research problem; reviewing

New
Engineering and Technology 1038
the literature; procedure for reviewing the literature; formulation of objectives; preparing the
research design; consideration for the research design; guidelines to construct a research
tool; constructing a questionnaire; piloting the questionnaire; collecting data; ethical issues
concerning research participants; ethical issues relating to the researcher; processing and
analyzing data; the data processing operations; data analyzing methods; generalization and
interpretation of the results; reporting the findings; writing research project report format;
general attributes of a research proposal; what distinguishes an engineering research
proposal; components of a research proposal; costing an engineering research proposal. The
course is designed for final year students who will be required to make seminar presentations.
Emphasis here is on how to write an introduction, literature review, methodology, results, and
discussion as well as the derivation and/or development of relevant mathematical models and
procedures. APA referencing style will also be discussed.
PCE 506: Final Year Project (3 Units C: PH 135)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. independently design and carry out experimental and correlational research that yields
valid results;
2. analyze complex engineering problems, reaching substantiated conclusions using first
principles of mathematics, natural sciences and engineering sciences;
3. practice engineering design cycle and apply knowledge to design solutions, systems,
components and processes in order to meet specified requirements efficiently;
4. carry out experimental work effectively, as an individual or in a team on multifaceted
and/or multidisciplinary settings;
5. communicate effectively, orally as well as in writing, on complex engineering activities with
the engineering community and with society at large, such as being able to comprehend
and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations using
PowerPoint;
6. demonstrate management skills and apply engineering principles to one’s work, as a
member and/or leader in a team;
7. to manage projects in a multidisciplinary environment; and
8. write and present the chapters 1-5 of their projects on PowerPoint in the second semester
and defend it before an external examiner.

Course Contents
Individual research project to be supervised by academic staff. The project should focus
on solving national and industrial problems. Topics should be given to the students in
the first semester but the project when completed should be finally graded in the second
semester to enable them to prepare their proposal (chapters 1-3) for technical writing
in the first semester.

New
Engineering and Technology 1039
PCE 507: Process Dynamics and Control of Petrochemical plants
(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. evaluate models and do an appreciation of their use in chemical engineering;
2. create mathematical models for processes governed by equilibrium, conservation
(e.g., mass, momentum, and energy), transport, and kinetic;
3. develop models of representative chemical and/or physical processes from the first
principle;
4. discern the difference between steady-state and non-steady-state behavior;
5. demonstrate an appreciation of the importance of dynamics in process design and
operation;
6. analyse feed-forward, feed-back, and PID control of systems;
7. analyse the behaviour of linear dynamic systems;
8. show how block diagrams may be used and manipulated to represent relatively
complex systems; and
9. use appropriate software tools (e.g., MATLAB Control Toolbox & Simulink) for the
modeling of plant dynamics and the design of well-tuned control loops.

* It is expected that 2hrs every week should be used by students to learn how to
use software for simple calculations based on the content of this course.

Course Contents
Introduction to process dynamics and control; review of mathematical tools needed for
modeling and simulation. Process dynamics: review of Laplace transforms. Transient behavior
of I5', 2nd, and higher-order systems. Components of a control system; operation and
design. Basic control actions, valves. Transfer functions. Use of block diagrams. Systems
response to the impulse. Step and sinusoidal inputs. Derivation of dynamics equations
for simple instruments-thermometers, liquid level, and manometer. Dynamic equations
for control of simple models-mixing vessels, single CSTR and CSTR in series, PFR.
Distillation and absorbers columns; Stability analysis/frequency response analysis; design
of feedback controllers based on transient response criteria; design of feedback controllers-
based on frequency response criteria. Design of model-based controllers such as IMC, DMC
etc. Applications of control to petrochemical plants PREG.

Minimum Academic Standards

Equipment
List of Laboratories/Workshops and Some Equipment/ Instruments/ Tools
Expected in them

Unit Operation Laboratory

Batch Drying Unit, liquid-solid Rotary Filtration Unit; Spray Dryer, Wetted Disc Absorption
Column, Apex Drier, Vacuum Distillation Unit, Double Effect Evaporator, Drying Ovens, Tray
Drier Unit, Packed Tower Gas/Liquid Unit. Fluidized Bed Unit Distillation Unit Solid/Liquid
Extraction Unit, Batch Reactor Assembly, Starch Hydrolyzing and Distillation Unit

Process Development /Petroleum testing Laboratory

Analytical equipment: viscosimeters, hydrometers, colorimeter, moisture balance,
refractometer, pH meter, conductivity meter, flash and cloud point apparatus, fluid bed dryer,

New
Engineering and Technology 1040
autoclave, cutting mill, vacuum pump, weighing balance, bomb and colorimeter, Soxhlet
extractor, automated pressure, automated pH control process, automated temperature.
Process rig, gas chromatograph, atomic absorption spectroscopy AAS, scanning electron
microscope.
Reaction, catalysis, and petrochemical analysis laboratory
Gyratory shaker, stuart with accessory, laboratory oven, water bath, rotary evaporator,
autoclave, centrifuge, liquid chemical reactor reaction vessel with pressure gauge, vacuum
pump, batch reactors, reaction distillation unit, electric heating mantle and electromagnetic
stirrer, burettes, pipette, beakers, laboratory chemicals.

Computer/Animation Laboratory
The computer laboratory should have at least 50 PCs and at least three petrochemical
engineering software (ASPEN HYSYS packages, CHEMCAD, POYMATH, MATLAB) plus AutoCAD
installed. Animation videos on several petrochemical plants such as the production of
polymers. Fuel blending, pyrolysis of seeds to fuel oil. Ethylene glycol, ethylene acetate,
production of sulphuric, phosphoric fertilizers. Production of gasoline, naphtha, kerosene,
fuel, and lubricating oils, paraffin wax, asphalt etc.
Inclusion of LabView software on the PCs. (LABVIEW Stands for Laboratory Virtual
Instrumentation Engineering Workbench). It is mostly used for automating the usage of
processing and measuring equipment in all the laboratory setup. It is used in the field of
industrial automation, instrument control, data acquisition and more).
Inclusion of SCILAB software (SCILAB is a numerical computation package that is very
important in instrumentation and control engineering. It is also used in data analysis, signal
processing, simulation of fluid dynamics and image enhancement).

Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalents
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15 Units per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practical’s
and supervision of projects.

NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees; hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personnel

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practical’s
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.

Administrative Support Staff

The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.

Technical Support Personnel

New
Engineering and Technology 1041
The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation and
maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.

Minimum Number of Staff

Subject to the general standards specified by NUC:
1. there should be a minimum of two PhDs and four M.Eng degree holders full-time academic
staff to mount the programme;
2. each workshop or laboratory should have an adequate number of staff with the right mix,
such that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run efficiently; and
3. there should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate caliber for
the office of the Head of Department to run.

Student/Staff Ratio
The minimum staff-to-student ratio should be 1:15 from 200 level to 500 level.

Library
There must be adequate library facilities to cater for the interest of all the programmes in the
faculty. These include current journals, handbooks, textbooks, manuals, codes of practice,
standards and specifications in sufficient numbers.
Classrooms, Laboratories, Workshops, Clinics and Offices
The following are the NUC requirements for various physical spaces:
Academic m2
Professor’s office 18.50
Head of Department’s office 18.50
Tutorial teaching staff space 13.50
Other teaching staff space 7.00
Technical staff space 7.00
Science staff research laboratory 16.50
Engineering staff research laboratory 14.50
Seminar space per student 1.85
Drawing office space (A.O. Board) (per student) 4.60
Drawing office space (A.I. Board) (per student) 3.70
Laboratory space 7.50
Non-academic
Secretarial space 7.00

New
Engineering and Technology 1042
Office Facilities
S/No Office No in Room Facilities
1. HOD 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
2. Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit.
4. Senior 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
Lecturer computer unit.
5. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.
6. Lecturer II 3 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves

New
Engineering and Technology 1043
B.Eng. Petroleum and Gas Engineering
Overview
The Petroleum and Gas (Oil and Gas) Engineering curriculum is designed to provide the
student with the strong foundation in science and engineering needed by petroleum and other
related industries engaged in exploitation of oil and natural gas resources from underground
reservoirs. The curriculum blends the natural sciences (mathematics, physics, chemistry and
geology), the engineering science (thermodynamics, mechanics, dynamics, hydraulics and
strength of materials), and information technology skill to create a programme that is relevant
in solving the diverse problems in the oil and gas industry.
The programme covers the fundamentals of petroleum engineering science and technology,
including the flow of fluids, drilling and production operations separation processes, unit
processes, inorganic and organic chemical equilibrium, and economics. The programme
prepares students for engineering duties in the petroleum industry as well as related chemical
process industry.
Philosophy
To achieve national goals and objectives of industrialisation and self-reliance in the energy
sector, producing competent graduates in petroleum and gas (oil and gas) engineering with
high academic standard and adequate practical background is needed to meet the manpower
requirement and the short and long-term uncertainties associated with the energy industry.
The philosophy of the program is to train and produce competent graduates in petroleum and
gas (oil and gas) engineering with high academic standard and adequate practical background
needed to meet the manpower requirement and the short and long-term uncertainties
associated with the energy industry and achieve national goals and objectives of
industrialisation and self-reliance in the energy sector.
Objectives
The objectives of the programme in Petroleum and Gas (Oil and Gas) Engineering are to:
1. train professional candidates capable of applying engineering principles and practices for
the safe and efficient exploration, development, production, transportation and
management of petroleum resources;
2. train engineers who can design processes and machines, manufacture, utilise and maintain
oilfield equipment for exploitation of the earth’s petroleum resources in an environmentally
safe and efficient manner;
3. train professionals who will be able to integrate key science and engineering principles to
address the technological challenges of the petroleum and natural gas industry;
4. make graduates exercise original thought, have good professional judgment and be able
to take responsibility for the direction of important tasks;
5. enable graduates to manage people, funds, materials and equipment; and
6. improve on indigenous technology to enhance local problems-solving capability.

New
Engineering and Technology 1044
Unique Features of the Programme
The unique features of the new Petroleum and Gas (Oil and Gas) Engineering programme
are as follows:
1. There is emphasis on outcome-based education with clearly defined course content and
learning objectives.
2. Workload is reduced to give room for independent learning and creativity.
3. The core engineering programme is enhanced with the introduction of courses like Artificial
Intelligence, Machine Learning, Convergent Technologies, Data Analytic and Renewable
Energy Resources which are important in a modern-day society.
4. The computer programming course is now streamlined to be on modern programming
languages instead of the old FORTRAN.
5. Introduction of a course on entrepreneurship in the oil and gas industry will be an eye
opener to the opportunities in the oil and gas industry. This complements the
entrepreneurship course taught as a General Studies course.
6. The refined SIWES programme will ensure that relevant practical experience is acquired
by the students before graduation.
7. There is more field exposure with the introduction of field trips in courses like Introduction
to Oil and Gas Industry and Petroleum Geology.
8. The final-year project and Research Methods are lumped together and to be started in the
first semester. This makes it possible to choose research topics and get to research
methodology before the beginning of the second semester.
9. The robust course content of our communication course will help our engineers write
better report and make good presentations.

Employability Skills
Graduates of this Petroleum and Gas (Oil and Gas) Engineering Program will have sufficient
science, engineering and programming knowledge that they can easily adapt to working in
any engineering outfit. Particularly, they should have good understanding of oil and gas
business to be employed as:
1. Reservoir Engineers
2. Production Engineers
3. Drilling Engineers
4. Petroleum Economists
5. Oil and gas research Engineers

The graduates should also be able to work in the following oil and gas service companies:
1. Reservoir management
2. Mud logging
3. Electric and slickline companies
4. Pipeline companies
5. Oil and gas facility management
6. PVT laboratory

21st Century Skills

The modern skills emphasised in this programme are as follows:
1. Software development and application skill;
2. Learning to learn/metacognition;
3. Creativity and innovation;

New
Engineering and Technology 1045
4. Artificial intelligence and data analytic skill;
5. Critical thinking/problem-solving/decision making skill;
6. Entrepreneurship skill;
7. Communication skill; and
8. Collaboration (teamwork).

Admission and Graduation Requirements

Admission Requirement
Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
1. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
2. Direct Entry (DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

For the five-year degree propgramme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must include English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

Direct Entry (DE) Mode

For the four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit
passes, which must include English Language, two must be principal subjects at Advance GCE
Level or NCE and its equivalent. Holder of upper credit level at HND are eligible for
consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:
1. Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of 150
and maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5–year engineering degree programme.
Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters.
2. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode shall have registered for minimum of
120 and maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4–year engineering degree
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic semesters.
3. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode at 300-Level shall have registered for
a minimum of 90 and a maximum of 120 units of courses during a 3–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of 6 academic
semesters.
4. The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units respectively.
5. A student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by the
university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.
6. A student shall also have earned the 15 credit units of Students Industrial Work Experience
Scheme (SIWES), 8 credit units of University General Study courses and four credit units
of Entrepreneurship courses.

For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered,
whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the
computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it

New
Engineering and Technology 1046
or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each and all
attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.
Prerequisite courses must be taken and passed before a particular course at a higher level.
Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME and 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 200-
Level and 11 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 300-Level.

Global Course Structure

Year GST/ENT Basic GET PGE SIWES Total

Science Units
100 4 18 3 2 - 27
200 4 - 23 - 3 30
300 4 - 15 15 4 38
400 - - 2 3 6 11
500 - - 5 7 - 12
12 18 48 27 (13)* 105

*All 11 SIWES units and 2 units of Engineering Valuation to be credited in the 2nd Semester
of 400-Level, and are not included in the CCMAS credit units

100 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 15 45
GST 112 Nigerian Peoples and 2 C 30 -
Cultures
GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C 30 -
GET 102 Engineering Graphics and 2 C 15 45
Solid Mechanics I
CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C 30 -
CHM 102 General Chemistry II 2 C 30 -
CHM 107 General Practical Chemistry I 1 C - 45
CHM 108 General Practical Chemistry 1 C - 45
II
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 2 C 30 -
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C 30 -
MTH 103 Elementary Mathematics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C 30 -
PHY 103 General Physics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 107 General Practical Physics I 1 C - 45
PHY 108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45
PGE 101 Introduction to Petroleum 2 C
and Gas Industry with Field 15 45
Trip
Total 27

New
Engineering and Technology 1047
200 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and 2 C 30 -

Innovation
GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and Human 2 C 30 -
Existence
GET 201 Applied Electricity I 3 C 45 -

GET 202 Engineering Materials 3 C 45 -

GET 204 Students’ Workshop Practice 2 C 15 45
GET 205 Fundamentals of Fluid 3 C 45 -
Mechanics
GET 206 Fundamentals of 3 C 45 -
Thermodynamics

GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 45 -

GET 210 Engineering Mathematics II 3 C 45 -

GET 211 Computing and Software 3 C 30 45
Engineering
*GET 299 SIWES I: Students Work 3 C 9 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 30

300 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 312 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 30 -
ENT 312 Venture Creation 2 C 15 45
GET 301 Engineering Mathematics III 3 C 45 -
GET 304 Engineering Communication, 3 C 45 -
Technical Writing and
Presentation
GET 305 Engineering Statistics and 3 C 45 -
Data Analytics
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems 3 C 30 45
and Technologies
GET 307 Introduction to Artificial 3 C 45
Intelligence, Machine
Learning and Conver-gent
Technologies
PGE 301 Rock and Fluid Properties 3 C 45 -
PGE 302 Petroleum Engineering Lab 1 2 C - 45
PGE 303 Drilling and Well Design I 3 C 45 -
PGE 304 Fundamentals of Reservoir 2 C 30 -

New
Engineering and Technology 1048
 Engineering
PGE 305 Oil and Gas Production 2 C 30 -
Engineering I
PGE 306 Gas Instrumentation 3 C - 45
Laboratory
*GET 399 SIWES II: Students Work 4 C 12 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 38

400 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 C 90
GET 404 Engineering Valuation and 2 C 30
Costing
PGE 401 Entrepreneurship and 2 E 30 -
Startup/Oil and Gas Business
Project
PGE 403 Natural Gas Engineering 3 C 45
*GET 499 SIWES III: Students Work 4 C 12 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 11

SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

500 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GET 501 Project Management 3 C 45 -
GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -
PGE 501 Natural Gas Handling, 2 C 30 -
Processing and Safety
PGE 502 Transportation and Pipeline 3 C 30 -
Technology
PGE 504 Natural Gas Utilisation and 2 C 30 -
Monetisation Concepts

Total 10

New
Engineering and Technology 1049
Course Contents and Learning Outcomes
100 Level

GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.

Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology); English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations); major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional); grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality).
Reading and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking;
reasoning methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy,
generalisation and explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements.
Writing activities (pre-writing (brainstorming and outlining), writing (paragraphing,
punctuation and expression), post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing
(summary, essays, letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making). etc. Mechanics of
writing. Information and Communication Technology in modern language learning. Language
skills for effective communication. The art of public speaking.

GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;
2. identify and list the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
3. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political entity;
4. analyse the concepts of trade and economic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation to
national development;
5. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian state regarding nation building;
6. analyse the role of the judiciary in upholding fundamental human rights
7. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria; and
8. list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems.

Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and cultures;
peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria; nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system; indigenous apprenticeship system among

New
Engineering and Technology 1050
Nigerian peoples; trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justice and national
development (definition and classification of law); Judiciary and fundamental rights.
Individuals, norms and values (basic Nigerian norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition; citizenship and civic responsibilities; indigenous languages, usage and
development; negative attitudes and conducts [Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices]). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3Rs – Reconstruction, Rehabilitation
and Re-orientation; re-orientation strategies: Operation Feed the Nation (OFN), Green
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline and Corruption (WAIC), Mass
Mobilization for Self-Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery (MAMSER), National
Orientation Agency (NOA). Current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria.

New
Engineering and Technology 1051
GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs); and
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.

Course Contents
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.

GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple everyday and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength and cost;
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical and
other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the analytical
nature of the courses they take; and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.

Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete terms.
Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3D objects.
Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and perspectives.
Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection and rendering.
This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid works, solid edge
or equivalent.

CHM 101: General Chemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 1052
1. define atom, molecules and chemical reactions;
2. discuss the modern electronic theory of atoms;
3. write electronic configurations of elements on the periodic table;
4. rationalise the trends of atomic radii, ionisation energies, electronegativity of the elements,
based on their position in the periodic table;
5. identify and balance oxidation–reduction equation and solve redox titration problems;
6. draw shapes of simple molecules and hybridised orbitals;
7. identify the characteristics of acids, bases and salts, and solve problems based on their
quantitative relationship;
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using LeChatelier’s principle to
predict the effect of concentration, pressure and temperature changes on equilibrium
mixtures;
9. analyse and perform calculations with the thermodynamic functions, enthalpy, entropy
and free energy; and
10. determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and temperature.

Course Contents
Atoms, molecules, elements and compounds, and chemical reactions. Modern electronic
theory of atoms. Electronic configuration, periodicity and building up of the periodic table.
Hybridisation and shapes of simple molecules. Valence forces; Structure of solids. Chemical
equations and stoichiometry; chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, kinetic theory of
matter. Elementary thermochemistry; rates of reaction, equilibrium and thermodynamics.
Acids, bases and salts. Properties of gases. Redox reactions and introduction to
electrochemistry. Radioactivity.

CHM 102: General Chemistry II (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the importance and development of organic chemistry;
2. define fullerenes and its applications;
3. discuss electronic theory;
4. determine the qualitative and quantitative of structures in organic chemistry;
5. state rules guiding nomenclature and functional group classes of organic chemistry;
6. determine the rate of reaction to predict mechanisms of reaction;
7. identify classes of organic functional group with brief description of their chemistry;
8. discuss comparative chemistry of group 1A, IIA and IVA elements; and
9. describe basic properties of transition metals.

Course Contents
Historical survey of the development and importance of organic chemistry; fullerenes as fourth
allotrope of carbon, uses as nanotubules, nanostructures, nanochemistry. Electronic theory in
organic chemistry. Isolation and purification of organic compounds; determination of
structures of organic compounds including qualitative and quantitative analysis in organic
chemistry; nomenclature and functional group classes of organic compounds. Introductory
reaction mechanism and kinetics. Stereochemistry. The chemistry of alkanes, alkenes,
alkynes, alcohols, ethers, amines, alkyl halides, nitriles, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids
and derivatives. The chemistry of selected metals and non-metals. Comparative chemistry of
group IA, IIA and IVA elements. Introduction to transition metal chemistry.

CHM 107: General Practical Chemistry I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

New
Engineering and Technology 1053
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correct carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. state the differences between primary and secondary standards;
5. perform redox titration;
6. record observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions.

Course Contents
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.

CHM 108: General Practical Chemistry II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correctly carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. identify and carry out preliminary tests which include ignition, boiling point, melting point,
test on known and unknown organic compounds;
5. carry out solubility tests on known and unknown organic compounds;
6. carry out elemental tests on known and unknown compounds; and
7. carry out functional group/confirmatory test on known and unknown compounds which
could be acidic/basic/ neutral organic compounds.

Course Contents
Continuation of CHM 107. Additional laboratory experiments to include functional group
analysis, quantitative analysis using volumetric methods.

MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:
1. define and explain set, subset, union, intersection, complements, and demonstrate the
use of Venn diagrams;
2. solve quadratic equations;
3. solve trigonometric functions;
4. identify various types of numbers; and
5. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers. Mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.

New
Engineering and Technology 1054
MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
2. recognise and understand the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and
continuity;
3. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes;
4. solve function of a real variable, plot relevant graphs, identify limits and idea of continuity;
5. identify the derivative as limit of rate of change;
6. identify techniques of differentiation and perform extreme curve sketching;
7. identify integration as an inverse of differentiation;
8. identify methods of integration and definite integrals; and
9. perform integration application to areas, volumes.

Course Contents
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative, as limit of
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve sketching,
integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes (including
approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule).

MTH 103: Elementary Mathematics III (Vectors, Geometry and Dynamics)

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. solve some vectors in addition and multiplication;
2. calculate force and momentum; and
3. solve differentiation and integration of vectors.

Course Contents
(Pre-requisite –MTH 101)
Geometric representation of vectors in 1-3 dimensions, components, direction cosines.
Addition, scalar, multiplication of vectors, linear independence. Scalar and vector products of
two vectors. Differentiation and integration of vectors with respect to a scalar variable. Two-
dimensional co-ordinate geometry. Straight lines, circles, parabola, ellipse, hyperbola.
Tangents, normals. Kinematics of a particle. Components of velocity and acceleration of a
particle moving in a plane. Force, momentum, laws of motion under gravity, projectiles and
resisted vertical motion. Elastic string and simple pendulum. Impulse, impact of two smooth
spheres and a sphere on a smooth surface.

PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;

New
Engineering and Technology 1055
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular momentum;
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

Course Contents
Space and time; units and dimension, vectors and scalars, differentiation of vectors:
displacement, velocity and acceleration; kinematics; Newton’s laws of motion (inertial frames,
impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation); relative motion; application
of Newtonian mechanics; equations of motion; conservation principles in physics,
conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy, system of particles, centre of mass; rotational motion; torque, vector product,
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum. Polar coordinates; conservation
of angular momentum; circular motion; moments of inertia, gyroscopes and precession;
gravitation: Newton’s law of gravitation, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion, gravitational
potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits.

PHY 103: General Physics III (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing macroscopic
behaviour;
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Contents
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.
PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 1056
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity, etc. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis
should be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data
collection, analysis, and deduction.

PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs;
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.

Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction.

PGE 101: Introduction to Petroleum and Gas Industry (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. discuss the principles and operation of the three geophysical methods (magnetic,
gravimetric and seismic) employed for oil and gas exploration activities;
2. describe the origin, formation, migration and entrapment of petroleum, oil and gas
windows and conditions necessary for accumulation or entrapment.
3. describe oil and gas well drilling operations;
4. distinguish between oil and gas reservoirs by basic conditions, using the phase diagram;
5. appreciate oil and gas production, processing and transportation systems;
6. explain unconventional sources of natural gas and be aware of the well logs combination
that could aid in the delineation of shale gas reservoirs.

Course Contents
Geophysical methods of petroleum exploration. Principles of petroleum geology. Drilling for
oil and gas: Oil and gas reservoir; oil and gas production; oil and gas processing; oil and gas
transportation. Unconventional Sources; shale gas, gas hydrates, coalbed methane, landfill
and biogas technology.

New
Engineering and Technology 1057
200 Level
GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge, and
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.

Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding.

ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence;
4. engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
5. identify key elements in innovation;
6. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
7. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
8. state the basic principles of e-commerce.

Course Contents
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation

New
Engineering and Technology 1058
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.

GET 201: Applied Electricity I (3 Units C: LH 30, PH 45)

Course Learning Outcomes

Students will be able to:
5. discuss the fundamental concepts of electricity and electrical d.c. circuits;
6. state, explain and apply the basic d.c. circuit theorems;
7. explain the basic a.c. circuit theory and
8. apply to solution of simple circuits.

Course contents
Fundamental concepts: Electric fields, charges, magnetic fields. current, B-H curves Kirchhoff’s
laws, superposition. Thevenin Norton theorems, Reciprocity, RL, RC, RLC circuits. DC, AC
bridges, Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance measurement, Transducers, Single phase
circuits, Complex j - notation, AC circuits, impedance, admittance, and susceptance.
GET 202: Engineering Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to :
1. demonstrate the role of atoms and molecules (aggregates of atoms) in the building of
solid/condensed matter known as engineering materials, the electrons quantum numbers
and how the electrons are arranged in different atomic elements, and explain the role of
electronic configuration and valence electrons in bonding;
2. define metals, alloys and metalloids, demonstrate mental picture of the solid mineral
resources development as a relay race among four ‘athletes’: geologist, mining engineer,
mineral processing technologist, process metallurgical engineer, and classify metallurgical
engineering into 3Ps: process, physical and production;
3. explain the relationship between structure and properties of materials, characteristics,
components and compositions of phase diagrams and phase transformations of solid
solutions;
4. define ceramics, glass and constituents of glasses and understand application of ceramics
in mining, building, art and craft industries;
5. define and classify polymers as a class of engineering materials and polymeric materials,
demonstrate polymerisation reactions, their types and mechanism, and applications of
polymers;
6. define properties, types and application of composite materials and fibres (synthetic and
natural);
7. define and classify nanomaterials, demonstrate applications of nanomaterials, concept,
design and classification of fracture mechanics, corrosion classification, including the five
principal ways of controlling corrosion and metal finishing processes such as sherardising,
galvanising and anodising; and
8. identify factors affecting the performance and service life of engineering
materials/metals and metallography of metals/materials (materials anatomy), which

New
Engineering and Technology 1059
 enables metallurgical and materials engineers to prescribe appropriate solutions to test
metals/materials fitness in service through structure-property-application relationships.

Course Contents
Basic material science; atomic structure, atomic bonding and crystal structures. Engineering
materials situating metals and alloys; metals and alloys, classifications of metals, metal
extraction processes using iron and steel (ferrous) and aluminium (nonferrous) as examples,
phase diagrams/iron carbon diagrams, and mechanical workings of metals. Selection and
applications of metals and alloys for specific applications in oil, aerospace, construction,
manufacturing and transportation industries, among others. Ceramics (including glass);
definition, properties, structure and classifications of ceramics. Bioactive and glass – ceramics.
Toughing mechanism for ceramics. Polymers; definition of polymers as engineering materials,
chemistry of polymeric materials, polymer crystallisation, polymer degradation and aging.
Thermoplastic and thermosetting polymers and concepts of copolymers and homopolymers.
Composites; definition, classification, characterisation, properties and composite. Applications
of composites. Nanomaterials; definition, classification and applications of nanomaterials as
emerging technology. Processing of nanomaterials including mechanical grinding, wet
chemical synthesis, gas phase synthesis, sputtered plasma processing, microwave plasma
processing and laser ablation. Integrity assessment of engineering materials; effect of
engineering design, engineering materials processing, selection, manufacturing and
assembling on the performance and service life of engineering materials. Metallography and
fractography of materials. Mechanical testing (destructive testing) of materials such as
compressive test, tensile test, hardness test, impact test, endurance limit and fatigue test.
Non-destructive test (NDT) such as dye penetrant, x-ray and eddy current.

GET 204: Students Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify various basic hands and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement devices
and instruments, and acquire skills in their effective use and maintenance;
2. practically apply basic engineering technologies, including metrology, casting, metal
forming and joining, materials removal, machine tooling (classification, cutting tool action,
cutting forces, non-cutting production) and CNC machining technology;
3. master workshop and industrial safety practices, accident prevention and ergonomics;
4. physically recognise different electrical & electronic components like resistances,
inductances, capacitances, diodes, transistors and their ratings;
5. connect electric circuits, understand different wiring schemes, and check ratings of
common household electrical appliances and their basic maintenance; and
6. determine household and industrial energy consumption, and understand practical energy
conservation measures.

Course Contents
The course comprises general, mechanical and electrical components: supervised hands-on
experience in safe usage of tools and machines for selected tasks; Use of measuring
instruments (calipers, micrometers, gauges, sine bar, wood planners, saws, sanders, and
pattern making). Machine shop: lathe work shaping, milling, grinding, reaming, metal
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry
practice.Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting
processes. Metal forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging, press-
tool work, spinning, etc.). Metal joining processes(welding, brazing and soldering). Heat

New
Engineering and Technology 1060
treatment. Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory of
metal cutting. Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines.
Supervised identification, use and care of various electrical and electronic components such
as resistors, inductors, capacitors, diodes and transistors. Exposure to different electric
circuits, wiring schemes, analogue and digital electrical and electronic measurements.
Household and industrial energy consumption measurements. Practical energy conservation
principles.

GET 205: Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to :
1. explain the properties of fluids;
2. determine forces in static fluids and fluids in motion;
3. determine whether a floating body will be stable;
4. determine the effect of various pipe fittings (valves, orifices, bends and elbows) on fluid
flow in pipes;
5. measure flow parameters with venturi meters, orifice meters, weirs, etc;
6. perform calculations based on principles of mass, momentum and energy conservation;
7. perform dimensional analysis and simple fluid modelling problems; and
8. specify the type and capacity of pumps and turbines for engineering applications

Course Contents
Fluid properties, hydrostatics, fluid dynamics using principles of mass, momentum and energy
conservation from a control volume approach. Flow measurements in pipes, dimensional
analysis, and similitude, 2-dimensional flows. Hydropower systems.

GET 206: Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe basic concepts of thermodynamics, quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second
and third laws;
2. define and explain system, surrounding, closed and open system, control volume and
control mass, extensive and intensive properties;
3. calculate absolute and gage pressure, and absolute temperature, calculate changes in
kinetic, potential, enthalpy and internal energy;
4. evaluate the properties of pure substances i.e. evaluate the state of the pure substances
such as compressed liquid, saturated liquid-vapour mixture and superheated vapour using
property diagrams and tables; arrange the ideal and real gas equations of state,
5. formulate the first law of thermodynamics for a closed system i.e. organize the change in
energy in the closed systems via heat and work transfer;
6. distinguish heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation, and calculate the
amount of heat energy transferred;
7. calculate the changes in moving boundary work, spring work, electrical work and shaft
work in closed systems;
8. apply the first law of thermodynamics for closed systems and construct conservation of
mass and energy equations;
9. formulate the first law of thermodynamics to the open systems i.e. describe steady-flow
open system, apply the first law of thermodynamics to the nozzles, diffusers, turbines,
compressors, throttling valves, mixing chambers, heat exchangers, pipe and duct flow;
10. construct energy and mass balance for unsteady-flow processes;

New
Engineering and Technology 1061
11. evaluate thermodynamic applications using second law of thermodynamics;
12. calculate thermal efficiency and coefficient of performance for heat engine, refrigerators
and heat pumps; and
13. restate perpetual-motion machines, reversible and irreversible processes.

Course Contents
Basic concepts, definitions and laws (quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second and third
laws of thermodynamics). Properties of pure substances: the two-property rule (P-v-T
behaviour of pure substances and perfect gases); state diagrams. The principle of
corresponding state; compressibility relations; reduced pressure; reduced volume;
temperature; pseudo-critical constants. The ideal gas: specific heat, polytropic processes.
Ideal gas cycles; Carnot; thermodynamic cycles, turbines, steam and gas, refrigeration. The
first law of thermodynamics – heat and work, applications to open and closed systems. The
steady flow energy equation (Bernoulli’s equation) and application. Second law of
thermodynamics, heat cycles and efficiencies.

GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:

1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank etc;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and Green’s
theorem;
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical model
of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation, etc., as well as fourier series, initial conditions and its
applications to different engineering processes.

Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.

GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);
2. explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically solve
a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types;
3. numerically solve differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;

New
Engineering and Technology 1062
4. perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,
curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of
several variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;
5. solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex numbers;
6. apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations
and of results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the theory
of conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
7. evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.

Course Contents
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and
vector-valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary
complex analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity. Derivatives,
differentiation rules and differentiation of integrals. Cauchy-Riemann equation, harmonic
functions, basic theory of conformal mapping, transformation and mapping and its
applications to engineering problems. Special functions.

GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project
through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas.

Course Contents
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.

New
Engineering and Technology 1063
GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.

Course Contents
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or
special centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant
practical/industrial working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major.
The students are exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance
of tools, equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production
of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation. (8-10 weeks during the long
vacation following 200 level).

NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of programme-specific

activities for their students.

300 Level
GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in peace
building.

Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes, etc. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,
community leaders.). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents of

New
Engineering and Technology 1064
conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and Imperatives.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation, collaboration, etc).
The roles of international organizations in conflict resolution ((a) The United Nations, UN and
its conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council (c) ECOWAS in
peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building. Managing post-
conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs);the role of NGOs in
post-conflict situations/crises.

ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
1. describe the key steps in venture creation;
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.

Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy. Digital business and e-commerce strategies).

GET 301: Engineering Mathematics III (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate a clear understanding of the course content, that is, possess a breadth of
knowledge in the area covered;
2. possess an in-depth knowledge upon which a solid foundation can be built in order to
demonstrate a depth of understanding in advanced mathematical topics;
3. develop simple algorithms and use computational proficiency;

New
Engineering and Technology 1065
4. write simple proofs for theorems and their applications; and
5. communicate the acquired mathematical knowledge effectively in speech, writing and
collaborative groups.

Course Contents
Linear Algebra. Elements of Matrices, Determinants, Inverses of Matrices. Theory of Linear
Equations. Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors. Analytical Geometry. Coordinate Transformation.
Solid Geometry. Polar, cylindrical and spherical coordinates. Elements of functions of several
variables. Surface Variables. Ordinary Integrals. Evaluation of Double Integrals, Triple
Integrals, Line Integrals and Surface Integrals. Derivation and Integrals of Vectors. The
gradient of scalar quantities. Flux of Vectors. The curl of a vector field, Gauss, Greens and
Stoke’s theorems and applications. Singular Valued Functions. Multivalued Functions.
Analytical Functions. Cauchy Riemann’s Equations. Singularities and Zeroes. Contour
Integration including the use of Cauchy’s Integral Theorems. Bilinear transformation.

GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu for
engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.

Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis, structure Fog and Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A,B,C,D,E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills(steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports(competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.

New
Engineering and Technology 1066
GET 305: Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. work with data from the point of view of knowledge convergence, machine learning, and
intelligence augmentation, which significantly raises their standard for engineering
analysis (the approach forces them to learn statistics in an actionable way that helps them
to see the holistic importance of data analytics in modern engineering and technology);
2. anticipate the future with Artificial Intelligence while fulfilling the basic requirements of
conventional engineering statistical programming consistent with their future careers;
3. perform, with proficiency, statistical inference tasks with language or programming
toolboxes such as R, Python, Mathematica or MATLAB, and Design Expert to summarise
analysis and interpretation of industry engineering data, and make appropriate conclusions
based on such experimental and/or real-life industrial data;
4. construct appropriate graphical displays of data and highlight the roles of such displays in
data analysis, particularly the use of statistical software packages;
5. plan and execute experimental programmes to determine the performance of programme-
relevant industrial engineering systems, and evaluate the accuracy of the measurements
undertaken; and
6. demonstrate mastery of data analytics and statistical concepts by communicating the
results of experimental and industry-case investigations, critically reasoned scientific and
professional analysis through written and oral presentation.

Course Contents
Descriptive statistics, frequency distribution, populations and sample, central tendency,
variance data sampling, mean, median, mode, mean deviation, percentiles, etc. Probability.
Binomial, Poisson hyper-geometric, normal distributions, etc. Statistical inference intervals,
test hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big data analytics
and cloud computing applications. Introduction to the R language; R as a calculator; Vectors,
matrices, factors, data frames and other R collections. Iteration and looping control structures.
Conditionals and other controls. Designing, using and extending functions. The Apply Family.
Statistical modelling and inference in R.
.
GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3 units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the types, uses and advantages of renewable energy in relation to climate change;
2. design for use the various renewable energy systems;
3. recognise and analyse the current energy systems in Nigeria, their impacts on
development and the global energy demand and supply scenarios;
4. appreciate the environmental impact of energy exploitation and utilisation, and pursue the
sustainable development of renewable energy for various applications; and
5. recognise the exploitation, excavation, production, and processing of fossil fuels such as
coal, petroleum and natural gas, and discuss the sources, technology and contribution to
future energy demands of renewable energy.

Course Contents
Current and potential future energy systems in Nigeria and globally - resources, extraction,
concepts in energy conversion systems; parallels and differences in various conversion
systems and end-use technologies, with emphasis on meeting 21st-century national, regional
and global energy needs in a sustainable manner. Various energy technologies in each fuel

New
Engineering and Technology 1067
cycle stage for fossil (oil, gas, synthetic), nuclear (fission and fusion) and renewable (solar,
biomass, wind, hydro, and geothermal). Energy types, storage, transmission and
conservation. Analysis of energy mixes within an engineering, economic and social context.
Sustainable energy; emphasise sustainability in general and in the overall concept of
sustainable development and the link this has with sustainable energy as the fundamental
benefit of renewable energy.

Practical Content: Simple measurement of solar radiation, bomb calorimeter determination

of calorific value of fuels and biomass; measurement of the velocity of wind, waves and the
energy that abound in them; laboratory production of biogas and determination of energy
available in it; simple conversion of solar energy to electricity; transesterification of edible oil
into biodiesel; simulation of geothermal energy; Geiger-Muller or Scintillation Counters’
determination of uranium or thorium energy; simple solid or salt storage of energy; hybrid
application of renewable energy.

GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and Convergent

Technologies (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:
1. explain the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications and effects of artificial
intelligence;
2. explain the fundamental concepts of machine learning, deep learning and convergent
technologies;
3. demonstrate the difference between supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised
learning;
4. demonstrate proficiency in machine learning workflow and how to implement the steps
effectively;
5. explain natural languages, knowledge representation, expert systems and pattern
recognition;
6. describe distributed systems, data and information security and intelligent web
technologies;
7. explain the concept of big data analytics, purpose of studying it, issues that can arise with
a data set and the importance of properly preparing data prior to a machine learning
exercise; and
8. explain the concepts, characteristics, models and benefits, key security and compliance
challenges of cloud computing.

Course Contents
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence paradigms;
search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired algorithms –
examples, their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding
natural languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation, mathematical and logic
foundations of AI; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition; distributed
systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent technologies
– definition, significance and engineering applications. Neural networks and deep learning.
Introduction to python “AI” libraries.

New
Engineering and Technology 1068
GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three softwares in their chosen career choices;
2. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;
3. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;,
4. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work;
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers; and
7. write a general report at the end of the training.

The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work
experience i.e. 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged
in the more advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use
in the industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a
report at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and
encouraged to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities
and experiences to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits
include:

Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine

operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts,
gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, andwooden furniture making processes.

Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solidworks: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with SolidWorks, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solidWorks drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.

A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project.

Examples of projects should include the following:

a. design of machine components;

b. product design and innovation;
c. part modelling and drafting in solidworks; and
d. technical report writing.

New
Engineering and Technology 1069
PGE 301: Rock and Fluid Properties (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. recognise reservoir forming rock types (sandstone and carbonate), their textures and pore
structures;
2. handle and prepare cores according to standard core handling procedures;
3. define porosity, discuss the factors which affect porosity, and describe the methods of
determining the values of porosity;
4. explain the thermodynamic behaviour and phase equilibria of reservoir rock and fluids;
5. describe methods of determining fluid saturations in reservoir rock and show relationship
between fluid saturation and capillary pressure;
6. demonstrate the techniques of averaging porosity, permeability and reservoir pressure
data;
7. appreciate the chemical and physical properties of the different reservoir fluids;
8. use reservoir phase behaviour to analyse reservoir fluid characteristics; and
9. explain fundamental concepts in the determination and evaluation of fluid properties.

Course Contents
Composition and porosity of reservoir rock. Darcy’s law and the concept of permeability and
relative permeability; capillary phenomena, surface tension forces, wettability, compressibility
and static distribution of fluids. Electric conductivity; chemical, physical and thermodynamic
properties of underground flui----d. Gas laws. Behavior of liquid. Phase equilibrium. Viscosities
of hydrocarbons. Uses of fluid properties in reservoir engineering. Rock and fluid property
correlations.
Laboratory
The laboratory section is based on materials covered in this course, including coring and core
analysis, determination of petrophysical properties such as porosity, permeability, water
saturation, gas formation volume factor, etc. (I Unit).
PGE 302: Petroleum Engineering Laboratory 1 (3 Units C: PH 135)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. analyze drill cuttings;
2. determine the lithology of a given formation;
3. determine rock properties (porosity, permeability, fluid saturations, capillary pressure
curves and others) and fluid properties (bubble point pressure, dew point pressure and oil
formation volume)

Course Contents
Analysis of drill cuttings. Determination of lithology. Determination of porosity. Fluid
saturations. Capillary Pressure. Permeability; electrical properties, effective permeability and
relative permeability. Physical properties of petroleum and its products. Gravity. Viscosity.
Surface tension. Thermodynamic behavior of naturally-occurring hydrocarbon mixtures.
Differential and flash vaporisation tests at elevated pressures and temperatures.

New
Engineering and Technology 1070
PGE 303: Drilling and Well Design I (3 Units C: 45 LH)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Understand Bit selection and evaluation the bits ability a drill Bit. Not clear
2. demonstrate an understanding of the fundamentals of oil well drilling, especially the
techniques employed for oil well completion; and
3. plan a drilling operation to include cost estimation, assemblage of a drilling team, rigs and
rig power systems, hoisting.

Course Contents
Introduction to drilling engineering. Fundamental concepts in oil well drilling. Well planning
and cost estimation. Drilling team, drilling rigs, rig power system, hoisting system, circulation
system, the rotary system, the well control system, well-monitoring system, special marine
equipment, drilling cost analysis, and bit types available. Rock failure mechanisms. Bit
selection and evaluation. Factors affecting tooth wear, bearings wear, and terminating a bit
run. Factors affecting penetration rate, bit operation, drilling fluids and drilling hydraulics, and
well head equipment.

PGE 304: Fundamentals of Reservoir Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. characterise a petroleum reservoir;
2. perform an in-situ-evaluation of the hydrocarbon stock in the oil and gas before gathering;
3. carry out various calculations to ascertain recoverable hydrocarbons;
4. perform material balance calculations required in water influx-models;
5. apply fluid flow concepts to recover hydrocarbons from oil and gas wells; and
6. use decline curve analysis to estimate recoverable hydrocarbons.

Course Contents
Introduction: Functions of a reservoir engineer; characteristics of petroleum reservoir;
geological concepts in reservoir engineering; recovery methods and definitions of reservoirs.
Determination of hydrocarbon in-place for oil and gas recovery: volumetric methods; material
balance and applications; water influx models and calculations; uncertainties in reserve
calculations. Fluid flow concepts; flow potential; Darcy’s Law. Decline curve analysis.
PGE 305: Oil and Gas Production Engineering I (2 Unit C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain subsurface and surface operation in petroleum and gas engineering;
2. use nodal analysis to analyse inflow and outflow performance;
3. explain the workings of the equations IPR;
4. calculate productivity index and skin effects;
5. appreciate how well head equipment performs in production;
6. be introduced to flow assurance problems and how to proffer solutions; and
7. discuss the application of artificial lift methods in the production of oil and gas.

Course Contents
Introduction to petroleum engineering: Subsurface and surface operations. Operational
functions and output of subsurface production engineer. Nodal analysis in flow and outflow
performances: governing equations, inflow performance relationship (IPR), productivity index,

New
Engineering and Technology 1071
formation damage, fines migration and skin effect, vertical lift well head equipment
performance and pressure losses, and choke performance. Problem wells analysis: sand,
water, hydrate, scale, unstable flow, surge, waxy crude production, etc. Well surveillance.
Well stimulation: fracturing and acidising. Introduction to artificial lift methods. Gas lift and
pumping system.
PGE 306: Gas Instrumentation Laboratory (3 Units C: PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the basic principles of measuring pressure, temperature and volume;
2. describe how flow parameters are controlled; and
3. apply and analyse results obtained from the following laboratory equipment: thermometer,
pressure gauge, thermocouple, flow meter, manometer, gas chromatography and mass
spectrometer.

Course Contents
Applications for thermometers, pressure gauges, thermocouples, flow meters, and
manometers in gas systems. Construction and operation of simple pipelines using steel and
plastic pipes. Determination of rate of heat flow and thermal efficiency of burners and furnaces
and boilers. Chemical composition and flue gas analysis. Gas chromatograhpy, mass
spectrometer and sampling system.

400 Level

GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units: C; PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme.
2. Demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.
Course Contents

In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units: C; LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies.
2. Describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to
the society.

New
Engineering and Technology 1072
3. Demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices.
4. Prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review
5. Discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation.
6. Determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (4 Units: C, 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:
1. be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
2. bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work
methods and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways
of safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;
3. experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work and
the environment seamlessly,and expose them to contacts for eventual job placements
after graduation;
4. be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place
of engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them;
and
5. exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not
necessarily limited to the student’s major (24 weeks from the end of the first semester at
400-Level to the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second
semester at 400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a
programme related industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc, for a period of 6
months under the guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised
by an academic staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits
the completed Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also, there will be a
comprehensive report covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences
(GET 299, GET 399 and GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department
for overall assessment.

PGE 401: Oil and Gas Entrepreneurship Project (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the basics of entrepreneurship and how to start one’s business;
2. describe the opportunities in the oil and gas industry;
3. leverage on the Nigerian Content Act;
4. develop a team project to exploit opportunities in the oil and gas industry; and
5. analyse the challenges in the oil and gas from case histories.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 1073
Understanding the Nigerian and global business environment. Doing business in Africa,
engineering and AfCFTA. Overview of Entrepreneurship: origins, definitions,
entrepreneurship and technopreneurship. Steps for successful entrepreneurship start-up;
Nigerian content opportunities; business registrations. Sources of funding. Gains and pains
of business growth. Joint ventures and special purpose vehicles in PPPs. Business
development – business information, promotion, marketing tools and strategies, basic
personnel management, client recruitment and management. Business proposals and plans.
Profiles of business ventures in the oil and gas industry. Business/enterprise
commercialisation and digitisation, FINTECHs, TECH hubs, etc. Financial management and
business sustainability. Entrepreneurship team projects (well testing, reservoir
management, mud-logging, core analysis, PVT analysis, environmental laboratory,
pipeline.). Guest presentations.

PGE 403: Natural Gas Engineering (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between different types of natural gas and calculate physical properties of
natural gas and associated gas;
2. differentiate between all types of gas reservoirs and identify the characteristics and
conditions for each type as well as calculate gas reserve in each type;
3. design gas well testing and analyse recorded data of pressure-flow rate for interpreting
initial reservoir pressure and expected skin factor as well as reservoir permeability;
4. analyse different types of gas reservoir deliverability tests and predict current and future
reservoir performance;
5. analyse decline rate data for predicting future gas reservoir deliverability using different
techniques of decline rate analysis (DCA);
6. identify different types of gas flow meters and apply mathematical models to calculate
gas flow rates;
7. design pipeline networks and gathering stations and apply mathematical models for the
optimum operating conditions at surface facilities;
8. handle the sour gas problem by suggesting various gas treating methods; and
9. describe the design of gas storage facility.

Course Contents
Properties of natural gases, hydrate formation. Estimation of gas and gas condensate
reserves. Gas well testing. Estimation of gas reserves (conventional and unconventional). Gas
flow measurement. Natural gas deliverability. Natural gas transmission. Design of gathering
systems. Field handling of natural gas. Sour gas problems. Gas condensate fields and storage
of gas. Compressor horsepower requirement.
500 Level
GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
4. possess the skills needed for project management; and

New
Engineering and Technology 1074
5. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.

Course Contents
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons – functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.
Project planning, control and timeliness;decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.

GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions;
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications; and
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principles undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically
present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an
expert witness.

Course Contents
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.
Termination/ancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.
PGE 501: Natural Gas Handling, Processing and Safety (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 1075
1. explain some of the basic thermodynamic concepts used in gas processing;
2. discuss the concept of fractional distillation and other distillation processing;
3. describe the mechanism and technology of absorption and adsorption in the processing of
natural gas (industrial processes); and
4. discuss the concepts of gas purification and odourisation.

Course Contents
Application of the concepts of thermodynamics and phase behavior in the processing and
conditioning of natural and liquids. Absorption, adsorption and fractionation processing;
gasoline plant design; liquefied petroleum gas (LPG); liquefied natural gas (LNG). Other
sources of gas.
PGE 502: Transportation and Pipeline Technology (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. discuss the importance of transportation in the petroleum industry;
2. explain the concepts governing rheological models;
3. apply most common pipeline design equation for simple design problems;
4. use pipeline design specifications and standards appropriately;
5. analyse the impact of corrosion and corrosion-related problems in pipeline utilisation; and
6. size and select pipeline associated equipment such as compressors, pumps and valves.

Course Contents
Transportation in the petroleum industry. Pipeline design specification and standards.
Rheology, concepts and models. Pipeline design models. Conventional models and energy cost
optimization models. Gas pipeline handing facilities, compressors/pumps, sizing, selection and
operations. Corrosion control. Pipeline surveillance. Virtual pipeline technologies.

PGE 504: Natural Gas Utilisation and Monetisation Concepts (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. use gas technology in acoustic and combustion engineering;
2. design furnace and burners for gas combustion;
3. describe the various processes involved in the conversion or use of gas either as a fuel
or as an ingredient (raw material) in the following industries:
a. Petrochemical, cement, paper and pulp
b. Fertilizer, power plants andair-conditioning
c. Medical equipment/anesthetics
d. Processes of gas utilisation in the industries above;
4. Calculate waste heat and develop waste heat recovery programs in plants;
5. explain domestic gas utilisation in the areas of cooking/heating/drying; and
6. discuss the effects and significance of gas prices on gas utilisation/monetisation.

Course Contents
Review of thermodynamic concepts. One dimensional gas dynamics. Continuity equation,
energy and euler’s equations and reservoir conditions. The momentum equation, isentropic
condition andBernoulli equation. Dynamic pressure and flow at constant area. Supersonic flow
in ducts. Frictionless flow effects of viscosity and conductivity. Fundamental technologies and
engineering aspects of industrial gas utilisation. Relevant aspects of fluid dynamics, heat

New
Engineering and Technology 1076
transfer, combustion, and acoustics. Technology of industrial gas utilisation, including
refractory materials, burner and furnace design, safety, measurement and control. Gas
utilisation in the following industries: glass, aluminium, steel, fertilizer, petrochemicals,
cement, paper and pulp, power plants, drying and air conditioning. Temperature control of
furnaces; waste heat recovery; efficiency of furnaces. Domestic gas utilisation. Effects of gas
prices, characteristics and quality. Emphasis will be laid on safety and control.

PGE 510: Research Methods and Project (6 Units C: LH 15; PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:

1. undertake and complete successfully an independent or team project;

2. source for information for engineering work; and
3. communicate engineering information.

Course Contents
The students will be taught methods on how to carry out research. The research method must
be a first semester course and the evaluation of the course will primarily depend on the ability
of the student to develop a good proposal on the topic he or she was assigned or chosen. (1
Credit)
An individual or team project selected from a list of projects at the beginning of the final year.
Work on the project continues throughout the final year under the supervision of a lecturer.
Students may also suggest their own projects. The project report must be typed, bound and
defended before the Departmental Academic Board and an external examiner before
graduation. (5 Credits)

Minimum Academic Standards

Equipment
Drilling Fluid and Cement Laboratory
Mixers and cups
Marsh funnels
Direct indication viscometers
Consistometer
Pressure filter press
Constant temperature water bath
Roller oven
Standard API sand sieve
Retort kit
Resistivity meter
Mud rheometers
pH meters
Mud balance
Chemical balance
Standard filter press
Filter papers
Bentonite, barytes and mud additives (chemicals)
Cement analyser

List oF PVT Laboratory Equipment

Visual PVT cell

New
Engineering and Technology 1077
Recombination cell
Oil molecular weight tester (Cryette Cryoscope)
Multi-stage flash separator
Gasometer
Digital density meter
High pressure high temperature density meter (Pycnometer)
Electromagnet viscometer or rolling ball viscometer
Gas cylinder
Oil cylinder
Gas chromatograph (with all support gases such as hydrogen, air and helium) for gas
analysis
Gas chromatograph (with all support gases such as hydrogen, air and helium) for liquid
analysis
Positive displacement pump
PVT surface sampling kits
Pressure generator system
Sample restoration apparatus
Weigh balance

Other Accessories in the PVT Laboratory

Heating mantle
UPS
Digital pressure gauge
Piping materials for gas chromatograph installation

Core Analysis and Reservoir Engineering Laboratory

S/N Equipment Accessories
1 Resistivity meters tensiometer
2 Core slabbing crosscut and band saws
3 Core milling machine
4 Core preservation system Refrigerator, wax bath and core
trays
5 Dean stark equipment
6 Distillation assembly Compressor
7 Porosimeters Nitrogen cylinder/gas
8 Core cleaner (Soxhlet extractor) Heating mantle and oven
9 Centrifugal extractor
10 High pressure saturator
11 Capillary pressure test equipment
12 Refractometer
13 Liquid and gas permeameters Nitrogen cylinder/gas
14 Planimeter
Other Equipment
15 Core trimming/cutting machine
16 CT scanner
17 Gamma ray logging machine
18 Digital core photography camera
19 Humidity and conventional oven
20 Particle size analyzer

New
Engineering and Technology 1078
 21 Retort oven
22 Miniature core flooding system Compressor
nitrogen cylinder/gas
23 Amott cell

Production Laboratory
Viscosimeters
Hydrometers
Corrosion test kits
Flow meter rig
Centrifuge
Computer Laboratory
The computer laboratory should have at least 40 PCs, with at least one of the following
softwares installed.

No. Area Software Purpose

1 Reservoir MBAL Material balance calculation/Decline
engineering curve analysis
2 Reservoir ECLIPSE Dynamic simulation
engineering
3 Production PROSPER Nodal analysis, stimulation, gaslift
design
4 Formation TECHLOG Petrophysical evaluation
evaluation
5 Geology PETREL Seismic and 3-D modeling
6 Economics CYRISTAL BALL Economic evaluation
7 Field QUESTOR Cost estimation and development/
development Concept selection

New
Engineering and Technology 1079
Other Requirements for Training of Students
CD/DVD players
LCD screens
Projectors
Wireless speakers
Audio CDs, tapes, etc. On petroleum engineering courses
Some disused oil field equipment like stabilizers, centralisers, drilling bits, well head assembly,
gas lift mandrels, etc.
Demonstration rigs
Demonstration flow stations

Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalents
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15 Units per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practical’s
and supervision of projects.

NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees; hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personnel

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practical’s
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.

Administrative Support Staff

The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.

Technical Support Personnel

The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation and
maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.

Minimum Number of Staff

Subject to the general standards specified by NUC:
1. there should be a minimum of two PhDs and four M.Eng degree holders full-time academic
staff to mount the programme;
2. each workshop or laboratory should have an adequate number of staff with the right mix,
such that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run efficiently; and

New
Engineering and Technology 1080
3. there should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate caliber for
the office of the Head of Department to run.

Student/Staff Ratio
The minimum staff-to-student ratio should be 1:15 from 200 level to 500 level.

Library
There must be adequate library facilities to cater for the interest of all the programmes in the
faculty. These include current journals, handbooks, textbooks, manuals, codes of practice,
and standards and specifications in sufficient numbers.

Classrooms, Laboratories, Workshops, Clinics and Offices

The NUC recommends the following physical space requirement:

Academic m2
Professor’s office 18.50
Head of Department’s office 18.50
Tutorial teaching staff space 13.50
Other teaching staff space 7.00
Technical staff space 7.00
Science staff research laboratory 16.50
Engineering staff research laboratory 14.50
Seminar space per student 1.85
Drawing office space (A.O. board) (Per student) 4.60
Drawing Office Space (A.I. board) (Per student) 3.70
Laboratory space 7.50
Non-Academic
Secretarial space 7.00

Office Accommodation
The requirements for office accommodation are:

S/No Office No in Facilities

Room
1. HOD 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
2. Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit.
4. Senior 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
Lecturer computer unit.
5. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.

6. Lecturer II 3 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves

New
Engineering and Technology 1081
B.Eng. Petroleum Engineering
Overview
The Petroleum Engineering curriculum is designed to provide students with the strong
foundation in science and engineering needed by petroleum and other related industries
engaged in exploitation of oil and natural gas resources from underground reservoirs. The
curriculum blends the natural sciences (mathematics, physics, chemistry and geology), the
engineering science (thermodynamics, mechanics, dynamics, hydraulics and strength of
materials), and information technology skills to create a programme that is relevant in solving
the diverse problems in the oil and gas industry.

The programme covers the fundamentals of petroleum engineering science and technology,
including the flow of fluids, drilling and production operations separation processes, unit
processes, inorganic and organic chemical equilibrium and economics. The programme
prepares students for engineering duties in the petroleum industry as well as related chemical
process industries. The main focus is on the identification, extraction, storage and
transportation of crude oil and natural gas. The primary specialisation is on oil well drilling,
reservoir engineering and oil and gas production engineering. The main subjects covered are
as follows:
1. classification of Reservoirs and concepts of Fluid Flow Concepts and Recovery Processes;
2. estimation of Crude Oil and Natural Gas Reserves;
3. well Drilling Equipment and Facilities required for Operations on Land, Swamp and
Offshore;
4. surface and Sub-surface Production Equipment and Operations; and
5. storage and Transportation Equipment/Facilities and Operations.

Philosophy
To produce petroleum engineering graduates with high academic and ethical standards and
adequate practical exposure for self-actualisation as well as being of immediate value to the
oil and gas industry and the community in general.
Objectives
The goal and objectives of Petroleum Engineering education and training should be in
consonance with the realisation of national needs and aspirations in relation to industrial
development and technological emancipation from foreign companies in our oil and gas
industry. The graduates of Petroleum Engineering programme must therefore be
knowledgeable, creative, resourceful and able to perform the following functions:
1. conduct investigations into complex petroleum engineering problems and produce viable
solutions that optimise the use of our local resources;
2. outline the dynamics of both the local and global oil and gas industry;
3. adapt and adopt exogenous technology in order to solve peculiar engineering problems
in the Nigerian oil and gas industry;
4. design petroleum engineering projects and supervise their implementation;
5. exercise original thought, good professional judgment and responsibility for the
execution of oil and gas projects in a manner that guarantees sustainable development;
6. show familiarity with all the materials, codes, components, machines, equipment,
production techniques and systems in the oil and gas industry;
7. manage people, fund, materials and equipment;
8. have good knowledge of the ethics of the engineering profession and application;
9. work alone or in a team, especially a multidisciplinary team, and also have good oral and
written communication skills; and

New
Engineering and Technology 1082
10. develop lifelong learning ability for continuous self-improvement.

Unique Features of the Programme

The unique features of the new Petroleum Engineering programme are as follows:
1. there is emphasis on outcome-based education with clearly defined course content and
learning objectives;
2. workload is reduced to give room for independent learning and creativity;
3. the core engineering programme is enhanced with the introduction of courses like Artificial
Intelligence, Machine Learning, Convergent Technologies, Data Analytics and Renewable
Energy Resources which are important in a modern-day society;
4. the computer programming course is now streamlined to be on modern programming
languages instead of the old FORTRAN;
5. introduction of a course on entrepreneurship in the oil and gas industry will be an eye
opener to the opportunities in the oil and gas industry. This complements the
entrepreneurship course taught as a General Studies course;
6. introduction of computer applications in many courses will help the students in this era of
software applications;
7. the refined SIWES programme will ensure that relevant practical experience is acquired
by the students before graduation;
8. there is more field exposure with the introduction of field trips in courses such as
Introduction to Oil and Gas Industry and Petroleum Geology;
9. we expect better appreciation of Nigerian fields with the introduction of case histories.
This will also bring the students closer to the industry;
10. the final-year project and Research Methods are lumped together and to be started in the
first semester. This makes it possible to choose research topics and get to research
methodology before the beginning of the second semester; and
11. the robust course content of our communication course will help our engineers write better
reports and make good presentations.

Employability Skills
Graduates of this Petroleum Engineering programme will have sufficient science, engineering
and programming knowledge that they can easily adapt to working in any engineering outfit.
Particularly, they should have good knowledge of oil and gas business that enables them to
be employed as
1. Reservoir Engineers
2. Production Engineers
3. Drilling Engineers
4. Oil and Gas Economists.
5. Oil and Gas Research Engineers

The graduates should also be able to work in the following oil and gas service companies:
1. reservoir management
2. mud logging
3. electric and slickline companies
4. pipeline companies
5. oil and gas facility management
6. PVT laboratory

New
Engineering and Technology 1083
21st Century Skills
The modern skills emphasised in this programme are as follows:
1. software development and application skill;
2. creativity and innovation;
3. learning to learn/metacognition;
4. information literacy;
5. artificial intelligence and data analytic skill;
6. critical thinking/problem-solving /decision making;l
7. entrepreneurship skill;
8. communication skill; and
9. collaboration (teamwork and ethic).

Admission and Graduation Requirements

Admission Requirements
Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
1. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
2. Direct Entry (DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

For the five-year degree programme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must include English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

Direct Entry (DE) Mode

For the four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit
passes, which must include English Language, two must be principal subjects at Advance GCE
Level or NCE and its equivalent. Holder of upper credit level at HND are eligible for
consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:
1. Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of 150
and maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5–year engineering degree programme.
Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters.
2. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode shall have registered for minimum of
120 and maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4–year engineering degree
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic semesters.
3. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode at 300-Level shall have registered for
a minimum of 90 and a maximum of 120 units of courses during a 3–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of 6 academic
semesters.
4. The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units respectively.
5. A student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by the
university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.

New
Engineering and Technology 1084
6. A student shall also have earned the 15 credit units of Students Industrial Work Experience
Scheme (SIWES), 8 credit units of University General Study courses and four credit units
of Entrepreneurship courses.

For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered,
whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the
computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it
or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each and all
attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.
Prerequisite courses must be taken and passed before a particular course at a higher level.
Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME, 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 200-Level
and 11 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 300-Level.
Global Course Structure

Year GST ENT Sciences GET PEE SIWES Total

Courses
1 4 - 18 3 2 - 27

2 2 2 - 26 3 3 36
3 2 2 - 10 16 4 34

4 - - 2 2 6 10

5 - - 5 6 - 11

Total 8 4 18 46 29 13* 105

*All 11 SIWES units and 2 units of Engineering Valuation to be credited in the 2nd Semester
of 400-Level, and are not included in the CCMAS credit units.

100 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 15 45
GST 112 Nigerian People and Culture 2 C 30 -
GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C 30 -
GET 102 Engineering Graphics and 2 C 15 30
Solid Modelling I
CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C 30 -
CHM 102 General Chemistry II 2 C 30 -
CHM 107 General Practical Chemistry 1 C - 45
I
CHM 108 General Practical Chemistry 1 C - 45
II
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 2 C 30 -
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C 30 -
MTH 103 Elementary Mathematics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C 30 -

New
Engineering and Technology 1085
 PHY 103 General Physics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 107 General Practical Physics I 1 C - 45
PHY 108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45
PEE 101 Introductory to Petroleum 2 C
and Gas Industry 15 45
Total 27

200 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and 2 C 30 -
Human Existence
ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and 2 C 30 -
Innovation
GET 201 Applied Electricity I 3 C 45 =
GET 202 Engineering Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 204 Students Workshop Practice 2 C 15 45
GET 205 Fundamentals of Fluid 3 C 45 -
Mechanics
GET 206 Fundamentals of 3 C 45 -
Thermodynamics
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 45 -
GET 210 Engineering Mathematics II 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing and Software 3 C 30 45
Engineering
GET 301 Engineering Mathematics III 3 C 45 -
PEE 201 Petroleum Geology 3 C 30 45
*GET 299 SIWES I: Students Work 3 C 9 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 36

300 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 312 Peace and Conflict 2 C 30 -
Resolution
ENT 312 Venture Creation 2 C 15 45
GET 304 Engineering Communication, 3 C 45 -
Technical Writing and
Presentation
GET 305 Engineering Statistics and 3 C 45 -
Data Analytics.
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems 3 C 30 45
and Technologies
GET 307 Introduction to Artificial 3 C 45
Intelligence, Machine
Learning and Convergent
Technologies
PEE 304 Drilling Technology I 2 C 30 -
PEE 305 Drilling Fluid Technology 1 C - 45
Laboratory
PEE 306 Rock and Fluid Properties 2 C 30 -

New
Engineering and Technology 1086
 PEE 307 Rock and Fluid Properties 1 C - 45
Laboratory
PEE 309 Petroleum Production 1 2 C 30 -
PEE 310 Fundamentals of Reservoir 2 C 30 -
Engineering
PEE 312 Production and Reservoir 2 C - 90
Laboratory
PEE 313 Applied Geophysics and 2 C 30 -
Petroleum Exploration
*GET 399 SIWES II: Students Work 4 C 12 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 34

400 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 C 90
GET 404 Engineering Valuation and 2 C 30
Costing
PEE 401 Entrepreneurship and 2 E 30 -
Startup/Oil and Gas Business
Project
PEE 405 Introduction to Well Logging 2 C 30 -
and Interpretation
GET 399 SIWES I: Students Work 4 C 12 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 8
SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

500 Levels
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GET 501 Project Management 3 C 45 -
GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -
PEE 508 Research Methods and 6 C 15 225
Project (Experiential)

Total 11

Course Contents and Learning Outcomes

New
Engineering and Technology 1087
100 Level Courses
GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes

At the end of this course, students should be able to:

1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.

Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology); English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations); major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional); grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality). Reading
and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking; reasoning
methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy, generalisation and
explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements. Writing activities
(pre-writing (brainstorming and outlining), writing (paragraphing, punctuation and
expression), post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing (summary, essays,
letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making). etc. Mechanics of writing. Information
and Communication Technology in modern language learning. Language skills for effective
communication. The art of public speaking.

GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;
2. identify and list the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
3. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political entity;
4. analyse the concepts of trade and economic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation to
national development;
5. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian state regarding nation building;
6. analyse the role of the judiciary in upholding fundamental human rights;
7. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria; and
8. list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems.

Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and cultures;
peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria; nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system; indigenous apprenticeship system among
Nigerian peoples; trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justice and national

New
Engineering and Technology 1088
development (definition and classification of law); Judiciary and fundamental rights.
Individuals, norms and values (basic Nigerian norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition; citizenship and civic responsibilities; indigenous languages, usage and
development; negative attitudes and conducts [Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices]). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3Rs – Reconstruction, Rehabilitation
and Re-orientation; re-orientation strategies: Operation Feed the Nation (OFN), Green
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline and Corruption(WAIC), Mass
Mobilization for Self-Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery (MAMSER), National
Orientation Agency (NOA). Current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria.

GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs); and
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.

Course Contents
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.

GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple everyday and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength and cost;
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical and
other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the analytical
nature of the courses they take; and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.

Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete terms.

New
Engineering and Technology 1089
Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3d objects.
Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and perspectives.
Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection and rendering.
This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid works, solid edge
or equivalent.

CHM 101: General Chemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. define atom, molecules and chemical reactions;
2. discuss the modern electronic theory of atoms;
3. write electronic configurations of elements on the periodic table;
4. rationalise the trends of atomic radii, ionisation energies, electronegativity of the elements,
based on their position in the periodic table;
5. identify and balance oxidation–reduction equation and solve redox titration problems;
6. draw shapes of simple molecules and hybridised orbitals;
7. identify the characteristics of acids, bases and salts, and solve problems based on their
quantitative relationship;
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using LeChatelier’s principle to
predict the effect of concentration, pressure and temperature changes on equilibrium
mixtures;
9. analyse and perform calculations with the thermodynamic functions, enthalpy, entropy
and free energy; and
10. determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and temperature.

Course Contents
Atoms, molecules, elements and compounds, and chemical reactions. Modern electronic
theory of atoms. Electronic configuration, periodicity and building up of the periodic table.
Hybridisation and shapes of simple molecules. Valence forces; Structure of solids. Chemical
equations and stoichiometry; chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, kinetic theory of
matter. Elementary thermochemistry; rates of reaction, equilibrium and thermodynamics.
Acids, bases and salts. Properties of gases. Redox reactions and introduction to
electrochemistry. Radioactivity.

CHM 102: General Chemistry II (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the importance and development of organic chemistry;
2. define fullerenes and its applications;
3. discuss electronic theory;
4. determine the qualitative and quantitative of structures in organic chemistry;
5. state rules guiding nomenclature and functional group classes of organic chemistry;
6. determine the rate of reaction to predict mechanisms of reaction;
7. identify classes of organic functional group with brief description of their chemistry;
8. discuss comparative chemistry of group 1A, IIA and IVA elements; and
9. describe basic properties of transition metals.

Course Contents
Historical survey of the development and importance of organic chemistry; fullerenes as fourth
allotrope of carbon, uses as nanotubules, nanostructures, nanochemistry. Electronic theory in

New
Engineering and Technology 1090
organic chemistry. Isolation and purification of organic compounds; determination of
structures of organic compounds including qualitative and quantitative analysis in organic
chemistry; nomenclature and functional group classes of organic compounds. Introductory
reaction mechanism and kinetics. Stereochemistry. The chemistry of alkanes, alkenes,
alkynes, alcohols, ethers, amines, alkyl halides, nitriles, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids
and derivatives. The chemistry of selected metals and non-metals. Comparative chemistry of
group IA, IIA and IVA elements. Introduction to transition metal chemistry.

CHM 107: General Practical Chemistry I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correct carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. state the differences between primary and secondary standards;
5. perform redox titration;
6. record observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions.

Course Contents
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.

CHM 108: General Practical Chemistry II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correctly carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. identify and carry out preliminary tests which include ignition, boiling point, melting point,
test on known and unknown organic compounds;
5. carry out solubility tests on known and unknown organic compounds;
6. carry out elemental tests on known and unknown compounds; and
7. carry out functional group/confirmatory test on known and unknown compounds which
could be acidic/basic/ neutral organic compounds.

Course Contents
Continuation of CHM 107. Additional laboratory experiments to include functional group
analysis, quantitative analysis using volumetric methods.

MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:
1. define and explain set, subset, union, intersection, complements, and demonstrate the
use of Venn diagrams;
2. solve quadratic equations;
3. solve trigonometric functions;

New
Engineering and Technology 1091
4. identify various types of numbers; and
5. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers. Mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.

MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
2. recognise and understand the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and
continuity;
3. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes;
4. solve function of a real variable, plot relevant graphs, identify limits and idea of continuity;
5. identify the derivative as limit of rate of change;
6. identify techniques of differentiation and perform extreme curve sketching;
7. identify integration as an inverse of differentiation;
8. identify methods of integration and definite integrals; and
9. perform integration application to areas, volumes.

Course Contents
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative, as limit of
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve sketching,
integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes (including
approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule).

MTH 103: Elementary Mathematics III (Vectors, Geometry and Dynamics)

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. solve some vectors in addition and multiplication;
2. calculate force and momentum; and
3. solve differentiation and integration of vectors.

Course Contents
(Pre-requisite –MTH 101)
Geometric representation of vectors in 1-3 dimensions, components, direction cosines.
Addition, scalar, multiplication of vectors, linear independence. Scalar and vector products of
two vectors. Differentiation and integration of vectors with respect to a scalar variable. Two-
dimensional co-ordinate geometry. Straight lines, circles, parabola, ellipse, hyperbola.
Tangents, normals. Kinematics of a particle. Components of velocity and acceleration of a
particle moving in a plane. Force, momentum, laws of motion under gravity, projectiles and
resisted vertical motion. Elastic string and simple pendulum. Impulse, impact of two smooth
spheres and a sphere on a smooth surface.

New
Engineering and Technology 1092
PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular momentum;
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

Course Contents
Space and time; units and dimension, vectors and scalars, differentiation of vectors:
displacement, velocity and acceleration; kinematics; Newton’s laws of motion (inertial frames,
impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation); relative motion; application
of Newtonian mechanics; equations of motion; conservation principles in physics,
conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy, system of particles, centre of mass; rotational motion; torque, vector product,
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum. Polar coordinates; conservation
of angular momentum; circular motion; moments of inertia, gyroscopes and precession;
gravitation: Newton’s law of gravitation, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion, gravitational
potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits.

PHY 103: General Physics III (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing macroscopic
behaviour;
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Contents
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.
PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

New
Engineering and Technology 1093
Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Contents
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity, etc. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis
should be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data
collection, analysis, and deduction.

PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs;
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.

Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction.

PEE 101: Introduction to Petroleum and Gas Industry (2 Units C: LH 15;PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, student should be able to:
1. understand of the principles of operation of the three geophysical methods (magnetic,
gravimetric and seismic) employed for oil and gas exploration activities;
2. understand the origin, formation, migration and entrapment of petroleum; oil and gas
windows and conditions necessary for accumulation or entrapment;
3. understand the basic knowledge of oil and gas well drilling operations;
4. distinguish between oil and gas reservoirs by basic conditions, using the phase diagram;
be aware of the well logs combination that could aid the delineation of shale gas reservoirs;
5. have an appreciation of the oil and gas production, processing and transportation systems;
6. have some understanding of unconventional sources of natural gas; and
7. be acquainted with Society of Petroleum Engineers.

Course contents

New
Engineering and Technology 1094
Historical background, sources, world supply and demand; Geophysical methods of petroleum
exploration; Principles of petroleum geology; Drilling for oil and gas: Oil and gas reservoir; Oil
and gas production methods; Oil and gas processing; Oil and gas transportation;
Unconventional Sources: Shale Gas, Gas hydrates, Coalbed Methane, Landfill and Biogas
technology. Career Development Resources including information on Society of Petroleum
Engineers and other professional groups.

200 Level
GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge, and
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.

Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding.
ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence;
4. engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
5. identify key elements in innovation;
6. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
7. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
8. state the basic principles of e-commerce.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 1095
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.

GET 201: Applied Electricity I (3 units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. discuss the fundamental concepts of electricity and electrical d.c. circuits;
2. state, explain and apply the basic d.c. circuit theorems;
3. explain the basic a.c. circuit theory and
4. apply to solution of simple circuits.

Course contents
Fundamental concepts: Electric fields, charges, magnetic fields. current, B-H curves Kirchhoff’s
laws, superposition. Thevenin Norton theorems, Reciprocity, RL, RC, RLC circuits. DC, AC
bridges, Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance measurement, Transducers, Single phase
circuits, Complex j - notation, AC circuits, impedance, admittance, and susceptance.

GET 202: Engineering Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to :
1. demonstrate the role of atoms and molecules (aggregates of atoms) in the building of
solid/condensed matter known as engineering materials, the electrons quantum numbers
and how the electrons are arranged in different atomic elements, and explain the role of
electronic configuration and valence electrons in bonding;
2. define metals, alloys and metalloids, demonstrate mental picture of the solid mineral
resources development as a relay race among four ‘athletes’: geologist, mining engineer,
mineral processing technologist, process metallurgical engineer, and classify metallurgical
engineering into 3Ps: process, physical and production;
3. explain the relationship between structure and properties of materials, characteristics,
components and compositions of phase diagrams and phase transformations of solid
solutions;
4. define ceramics, glass and constituents of glasses and understand application of ceramics
in mining, building, art and craft industries;
5. define and classify polymers as a class of engineering materials and polymeric materials,
demonstrate polymerisation reactions, their types and mechanism, and applications of
polymers;

New
Engineering and Technology 1096
6. define properties, types and application of composite materials and fibres (synthetic and
natural);
7. define and classify nanomaterials, demonstrate applications of nanomaterials, concept,
design and classification of fracture mechanics, corrosion classification, including the five
principal ways of controlling corrosion and metal finishing processes such as sherardising,
galvanising and anodising; and
8. identify factors affecting the performance and service life of engineering
materials/metals and metallography of metals/materials (materials anatomy), which
enables metallurgical and materials engineers to prescribe appropriate solutions to test
metals/materials fitness in service through structure-property-application relationships.

Course Contents
Basic material science; atomic structure, atomic bonding and crystal structures. Engineering
materials situating metals and alloys; metals and alloys, classifications of metals, metal
extraction processes using iron and steel (ferrous) and aluminium (nonferrous) as examples,
phase diagrams/iron carbon diagrams, and mechanical workings of metals. Selection and
applications of metals and alloys for specific applications in oil, aerospace, construction,
manufacturing and transportation industries, among others. Ceramics (including glass);
definition, properties, structure and classifications of ceramics. Bioactive and glass – ceramics.
Toughing mechanism for ceramics. Polymers; definition of polymers as engineering materials,
chemistry of polymeric materials, polymer crystallisation, polymer degradation and aging.
Thermoplastic and thermosetting polymers and concepts of copolymers and homopolymers.
Composites; definition, classification, characterisation, properties and composite. Applications
of composites. Nanomaterials; definition, classification and applications of nanomaterials as
emerging technology. Processing of nanomaterials including mechanical grinding, wet
chemical synthesis, gas phase synthesis, sputtered plasma processing, microwave plasma
processing and laser ablation. Integrity assessment of engineering materials; effect of
engineering design, engineering materials processing, selection, manufacturing and
assembling on the performance and service life of engineering materials. Metallography and
fractography of materials. Mechanical testing (destructive testing) of materials such as
compressive test, tensile test, hardness test, impact test, endurance limit and fatigue test.
Non-destructive test (NDT) such as dye penetrant, x-ray and eddy current.

GET 204: Students Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify various basic hands and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement devices
and instruments, and acquire skills in their effective use and maintenance;
2. practically apply basic engineering technologies, including metrology, casting, metal
forming and joining, materials removal, machine tooling (classification, cutting tool action,
cutting forces, non-cutting production) and CNC machining technology;
3. master workshop and industrial safety practices, accident prevention and ergonomics;
4. physically recognise different electrical & electronic components like resistances,
inductances, capacitances, diodes, transistors and their ratings;
5. connect electric circuits, understand different wiring schemes, and check ratings of
common household electrical appliances and their basic maintenance; and
6. determine household and industrial energy consumption, and understand practical energy
conservation measures.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 1097
The course comprises general, mechanical and electrical components: supervised hands-on
experience in safe usage of tools and machines for selected tasks; Use of measuring
instruments (calipers, micrometers, gauges, sine bar, wood planners, saws, sanders, and
pattern making). Machine shop: lathe work shaping, milling, grinding, reaming, metal
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry
practice.Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting
processes. Metal forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging, press-
tool work, spinning, etc.). Metal joining processes(welding, brazing and soldering). Heat
treatment. Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory of
metal cutting. Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines.
Supervised identification, use and care of various electrical and electronic components such
as resistors, inductors, capacitors, diodes and transistors. Exposure to different electric
circuits, wiring schemes, analogue and digital electrical and electronic measurements.
Household and industrial energy consumption measurements. Practical energy conservation
principles.

GET 205: Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to :
1. explain the properties of fluids;
2. determine forces in static fluids and fluids in motion;
3. determine whether a floating body will be stable;
4. determine the effect of various pipe fittings (valves, orifices, bends and elbows) on fluid
flow in pipes;
5. measure flow parameters with venturi meters, orifice meters, weirs, etc;
6. perform calculations based on principles of mass, momentum and energy conservation;
7. perform dimensional analysis and simple fluid modelling problems; and
8. specify the type and capacity of pumps and turbines for engineering applications

Course Contents
Fluid properties, hydrostatics, fluid dynamics using principles of mass, momentum and energy
conservation from a control volume approach. Flow measurements in pipes, dimensional
analysis, and similitude, 2-dimensional flows. Hydropower systems.

GET 206: Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe basic concepts of thermodynamics, i.e., quantitative relations of Zeroth, first,
second and third laws;
2. define and explain system, surrounding, closed and open system, control volume and
control mass, extensive and intensive properties;
3. calculate absolute and gage pressure, and absolute temperature, calculate changes in
kinetic, potential, enthalpy and internal energy;
4. evaluate the properties of pure substances i.e. evaluate the state of the pure substances
such as compressed liquid, saturated liquid-vapour mixture and superheated vapour using
property diagrams and tables; arrange the ideal and real gas equations of state,
5. formulate the first law of thermodynamics for a closed system i.e. organize the change in
energy in the closed systems via heat and work transfer;
6. distinguish heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation, and calculate the
amount of heat energy transferred;

New
Engineering and Technology 1098
7. calculate the changes in moving boundary work, spring work, electrical work and shaft
work in closed systems;
8. apply the first law of thermodynamics for closed systems and construct conservation of
mass and energy equations;
9. formulate the first law of thermodynamics to the open systems i.e. describe steady-flow
open system, apply the first law of thermodynamics to the nozzles, diffusers, turbines,
compressors, throttling valves, mixing chambers, heat exchangers, pipe and duct flow;
10. construct energy and mass balance for unsteady-flow processes;
11. evaluate thermodynamic applications using second law of thermodynamics;
12. calculate thermal efficiency and coefficient of performance for heat engine, refrigerators
and heat pumps; and
13. restate perpetual-motion machines, reversible and irreversible processes.

Course Contents
Basic concepts, definitions and laws (quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second and third
laws of thermodynamics). Properties of pure substances: the two-property rule (P-V-T
behaviour of pure substances and perfect gases); state diagrams. The principle of
corresponding state; compressibility relations; reduced pressure; reduced volume;
temperature; pseudo-critical constants. The ideal gas: specific heat, polytropic processes.
Ideal gas cycles; Carnot; thermodynamic cycles, turbines, steam and gas, refrigeration. The
first law of thermodynamics – heat and work, applications to open and closed systems. The
steady flow energy equation (Bernoulli’s equation) and application. Second law of
thermodynamics, heat cycles and efficiencies.

GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank etc;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and Green’s
theorem;
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical model
of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation as well as fourier series, initial conditions and its
applications to different engineering processes.

Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.

New
Engineering and Technology 1099
GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);
2. explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically solve
a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types;
3. numerically solve differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;
4. perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,
curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of
several variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;
5. solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex numbers;
6. apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations
and of results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the theory
of conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
7. evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.

Course Contents
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and
vector-valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary
complex analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity. Derivatives,
differentiation rules and differentiation of integrals. Cauchy-Riemann equation, harmonic
functions, basic theory of conformal mapping, transformation and mapping and its
applications to engineering problems. Special functions.

GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project
through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas.

Course Contents
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components

New
Engineering and Technology 1100
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.

GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.

Course Contents
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or
special centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant
practical/industrial working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major.
The students are exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance
of tools, equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production
of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation, etc. (8-10 weeks during the long
vacation following 200 level).

NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of programme-specific

activities for their students.

PEE 201: Petroleum Geology with Field Trip (3 Units; C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should understand the following:
1. the fundamentals of Geology that need to be understood and integrated with engineering
data to effectively and optimally manage petroleum reservoirs;
2. conditions necessary for Petroleum formation and accumulation;
3. the various methods of evaluating source rock potential;
4. the differences and peculiarities of some Nigerian basins;
5. the variety of geologic data that are integrated together to carefully describe the three-
dimensional geometry of a reservoir; and
6. be able to prepare various subsurface maps and calculate reserves;

Course Contents
Earth Structure and Depositional Systems. Origin, Maturation, Migration and Accumulation of
Petroleum. Trapping Mechanisms. Abnormal pressure. Petroleum prospecting and tools. Uses
of geological data, reservoir rocks and fluids. Subsurface maps, Correlation principles.
Petroleum as a resource. Petroleum Geology of Nigerian Sedimentary Basins and Evaluation:
Niger Delta, Chad Basin, Anambra Basin, etc.
NOTE: Geologic field trip added for completeness
300 Level

New
Engineering and Technology 1101
GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in peace
building.

Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes, etc. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,
community leaders, etc.). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents of
conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and Imperatives.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation, collaboration, etc).
The roles of international organizations in conflict resolution ((a) The United Nations, UN and
its conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council (c) ECOWAS in
peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building. Managing post-
conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs);the role of NGOs in
post-conflict situations/crises.

ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
1. describe the key steps in venture creation;
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.

Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised

New
Engineering and Technology 1102
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy, etc. Digital business and e-commerce strategies).

GET 301: Engineering Mathematics III (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate a clear understanding of the course content, that is, possess a breadth of
knowledge in the area covered;
2. possess an in-depth knowledge upon which a solid foundation can be built in order to
demonstrate a depth of understanding in advanced mathematical topics;
3. develop simple algorithms and use computational proficiency;
4. write simple proofs for theorems and their applications; and
5. communicate the acquired mathematical knowledge effectively in speech, writing and
collaborative groups.

Course Contents
Linear Algebra. Elements of Matrices, Determinants, Inverses of Matrices. Theory of Linear
Equations. Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors. Analytical Geometry. Coordinate Transformation.
Solid Geometry. Polar, cylindrical and spherical coordinates. Elements of functions of several
variables. Surface Variables. Ordinary Integrals. Evaluation of Double Integrals, Triple
Integrals, Line Integrals and Surface Integrals. Derivation and Integrals of Vectors. The
gradient of scalar quantities. Flux of Vectors. The curl of a vector field, Gauss, Greens and
Stoke’s theorems and applications. Singular Valued Functions. Multivalued Functions.
Analytical Functions. Cauchy Riemann’s Equations. Singularities and Zeroes. Contour
Integration including the use of Cauchy’s Integral Theorems. Bilinear transformation.

GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and

New
Engineering and Technology 1103
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.

Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis and structure Fog Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A,B,C,D,E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills(steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports(competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.

GET 305: Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. work with data from the point of view of knowledge convergence, machine learning, and
intelligence augmentation, which significantly raises their standard for engineering
analysis (the approach forces them to learn statistics in an actionable way that helps them
to see the holistic importance of data analytics in modern engineering and technology);
2. anticipate the future with Artificial Intelligence while fulfilling the basic requirements of
conventional engineering statistical programming consistent with their future careers;
3. perform, with proficiency, statistical inference tasks with language or programming
toolboxes such as R, Python, Mathematica or MATLAB, and Design Expert to summarise
analysis and interpretation of industry engineering data, and make appropriate conclusions
based on such experimental and/or real-life industrial data;
4. construct appropriate graphical displays of data and highlight the roles of such displays in
data analysis, particularly the use of statistical software packages;
5. plan and execute experimental programmes to determine the performance of programme-
relevant industrial engineering systems, and evaluate the accuracy of the measurements
undertaken; and
6. demonstrate mastery of data analytics and statistical concepts by communicating the
results of experimental and industry-case investigations, critically reasoned scientific and
professional analysis through written and oral presentation.

Course Contents
Descriptive statistics, frequency distribution, populations and sample, central tendency,
variance data sampling, mean, median, mode, mean deviation, percentiles, etc. Probability.
Binomial, Poisson hyper-geometric, normal distributions, etc. Statistical inference intervals,
test hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big data analytics

New
Engineering and Technology 1104
and cloud computing applications. Introduction to the R language; R as a calculator; Vectors,
matrices, factors, data frames and other R collections. Iteration and looping control structures.
Conditionals and other controls. Designing, using and extending functions. The Apply Family.
Statistical modelling and inference in R.
.
GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the types, uses and advantages of renewable energy in relation to climate change;
2. design for use the various renewable energy systems;
3. recognise and analyse the current energy systems in Nigeria, their impacts on
development and the global energy demand and supply scenarios;
4. appreciate the environmental impact of energy exploitation and utilisation, and pursue the
sustainable development of renewable energy for various applications; and
5. recognise the exploitation, excavation, production, and processing of fossil fuels such as
coal, petroleum and natural gas, and discuss the sources, technology and contribution to
future energy demands of renewable energy.

Course Contents
Current and potential future energy systems in Nigeria and globally - resources, extraction,
concepts in energy conversion systems; parallels and differences in various conversion
systems and end-use technologies, with emphasis on meeting 21st-century national, regional
and global energy needs in a sustainable manner. Various energy technologies in each fuel
cycle stage for fossil (oil, gas, synthetic), nuclear (fission and fusion) and renewable (solar,
biomass, wind, hydro, and geothermal). Energy types, storage, transmission and
conservation. Analysis of energy mixes within an engineering, economic and social context.
Sustainable energy; emphasise sustainability in general and in the overall concept of
sustainable development and the link this has with sustainable energy as the fundamental
benefit of renewable energy.

Practical Contents
Simple measurement of solar radiation, bomb calorimeter determination of calorific value of
fuels and biomass; measurement of the velocity of wind, waves and the energy that abound
in them; laboratory production of biogas and determination of energy available in it; simple
conversion of solar energy to electricity; transesterification of edible oil into biodiesel;
simulation of geothermal energy; Geiger-Muller or Scintillation Counters’ determination of
uranium or thorium energy; simple solid or salt storage of energy; hybrid application of
renewable energy.

GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three softwares in their chosen career choices;
2. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;
3. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;,
4. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work;

New
Engineering and Technology 1105
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers; and
7. write a general report at the end of the training.

The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work
experience i.e. 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged
in the more advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use
in the industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a
report at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and
encouraged to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities
and experiences to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits
include:

Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine

operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts,
gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, andwooden furniture making processes.

Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solidworks: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with SolidWorks, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solidWorks drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.

A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project.

Examples of projects should include the following:

a. design of machine components;
b. product design and innovation;
c. part modelling and drafting in solidworks; and
d. technical report writing.

PEE 304: Drilling Technology I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate understanding of the fundamentals of oil well drilling especially the
techniques employed for oil well completion;
2. understand Bit selection and evaluation and bit’s ability to drill through reservoir rock by
considering bit tooth wear on bit bearings and how to terminate the bit run; and
3. be able to plan a drilling operation to include cost estimation, assemblage of a Drilling
team, rigs and rig power systems and hoisting.

Course contents

New
Engineering and Technology 1106
Introduction to Drilling Engineering. Fundamental concepts in oil well drilling. Well planning
and cost estimation. Drilling team, drilling rigs, rig power system, hoisting system, circulation
system, the rotary system, the well control system, well-monitoring system, special marine
equipment, drilling cost analysis, Bit types. Rock failure mechanisms. Bit selection and
evaluation. Factors affecting tooth wear, bearings wear, terminating a bit run. Drilling
Performance: Factors affecting penetration rate, bit operation, drilling fluids and drilling
hydraulics. Well Head equipment.
PEE 305: Drilling Fluid Laboratory (1 Unit C: PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. appreciate the functions of drilling fluids and how their rheological properties are affected
by physical and chemical additives;
2. understand laboratory measurement of drilling fluid properties; and
3. understand why we have damaging and non-damaging drilling fluids.

Course Contents
Functions and composition of drilling fluids. Laboratory determination of rheological
properties of drilling fluids. Damaging and Non-Damaging drilling and Completion Fluids. Drill
cutting evaluation. Drilling mud calculation, control of mud properties. Drilling mud
performance evaluation. Well completion fluid.

PEE 306: Rock and Fluid Properties (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should:
1. comprehend the properties of reservoir rock: porosity, permeability, conductivity;
2. understand the reservoir fluid properties and how they vary with pressure and
temperature;
3. know the thermodynamic behaviour and phase equilibria of reservoir fluids;
4. understand the rock-fluid interaction and how they influence fluid distribution in the
reservoir;
5. undertake basic calculations using Darcy’s Law, capillary pressure data, Leverett J-
Function, etc;
6. have knowledge of the effect of surface tension and wettability on the phenomenon of
capillarity; and
7. understand PVT Experiments.

Course Contents
Composition and porosity of reservoir rock. Darcy’s Law and the concept of permeability and
relative permeability. capillary phenomena, surface tension forces, wettability, compressibility
and static distribution of fluids. Electric conductivity. chemical, physical and thermodynamic
properties of underground fluid. Gas laws. Behavior of liquid. Phase equilibrium. Viscosities of
hydrocarbons. Uses of fluid properties in Reservoir Engineering. Rock and Fluid Property
correlations. Description of PVT Experiments.

PEE 307: Rock and Fluid Properties Laboratory (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
This is the laboratory component of PEE 306. It therefore enhances understanding of PEE
306.

New
Engineering and Technology 1107
Course Contents
Laboratory section are based on materials covered in PEE 306 which includes coring and core
analysis, determination of petrophysical properties, such as porosity, permeability, water
saturation, Gas Formation Volume Factor etc.

PEE 309: Petroleum Production Engineering I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
By the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the operations and equipment required for subsurface completion;
2. discuss pressure losses in subsurface completion equipment;
3. explicate inflow-outflow relationship and implications in the life of the well;
4. elucidate the basic concepts in artificial lifting (gaslift, pumping, et cetera) of oil;
5. discuss formation damage: sources, implications and remedies; and
6. determine the use of Nodal Analysis software.

Course Contents
Introduction to Petroleum Production Engineering: subsurface operations. Operational
functions and output of subsurface production engineer. Well completion: tubing, types,
tubing equipment, uses of tubing, calculations. use of wirelines. packers-types; uses. Multiple
zone completion. Well heads - casing and tubing hangers. Christmas tree. Nodal analysis in
flow and outflow performances: governing equations, inflow performance relationship (IPR),
productivity index, formation damage, fines migration and skin effect, vertical lift well head
equipment performance and pressure losses, choke performance. Problem wells analysis:
sand, water, hydrate, scale, unstable flow, surge, waxy crude production, etc. Well
surveillance. Well stimulation: Fracturing and acidizing. Introduction to artificial lift methods.
Gas lift and pumping system. Computer Application for Nodal Analysis (Proper or alternative).

PEE 310: Fundamentals of Reservoir Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the characterisation of a petroleum reservoir based on PVT, drives;
2. perform an in-situ-evaluation of oil and gas reserve;
3. recommend ways of recovering hydrocarbons;
4. perform the material balance calculation and determine water influx;
5. apply fluid potential concept to determine flow in non-horizontal systems;
6. do Decline Curve Analysis;
7. apply Darcy’s law; and
8. determine the use of Material Balance Software.

Course Contents
Introduction: Functions of a reservoir engineer. Characteristics of petroleum reservoir.
Geological concepts in Reservoir Engineering. Recovery methods and definitions of reservoirs.
Determination of hydrocarbon in-Place for oil and gas recovery: volumetric methods; material
balance and applications. Water influx models and calculations. Uncertainties in reserve
calculations. Fluid flow concepts. Flow potential. Darcy’s Law. Decline Curve Analysis.
Computer application (MBAL or alternative).
PEE 312: Production and Reservoir Laboratory (2 Units C: PH 45)
Learning Outcomes

New
Engineering and Technology 1108
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. apply theories described in Reservoir and Production Engineering; and
2. explain the fabrication of the needed equipment

Course Contents
This course is basically to expose the students to some of the topics learnt in Fundamental of
Reservoir Engineering, Production Engineering 1: Darcy’s Law, Emulsion Treatment, Sand
Consolidation. It is expected that all the main equipment in use would be fabricated.

PEE 313: Applied Geophysics and Petroleum Exploration (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. aply the fundamental principles of geophysics applied to oil and gas industry;
2. explain elastic theory and wave propagation in different formations; and
3. explain the synergy between the petroleum engineer, geologist and geophysicist in
petroleum exploration.

Course Contents
The scope of geophysics. Solid earth geophysics. The shape of the earth. Geomagnetism.
Marine geophysics; Isostacy. Geophysical instruments. Field data processing: electrical,
seismic, radiometric, etc. Elastic theory. Waves and Ray path. Wave propagation. Seismic
refraction principles and techniques including data acquisition. Seismic reflection principles
and techniques - 2D, 3D, 4D (Time Lapse). Geophysical logging of borehole. Geophysical
prospecting and exploration.

PEE 314: Petroleum Production Engineering II (Surface Production Operations)

(1 Units C: LH 15)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. apply the concept of fluid separation using different types of separators;
2. explain the problems with fluid separation: emulsion, foaming, dehydration and treatment
processes; and
3. undertake Separator and Compressor Design and explain the thermodynamics of
compressors and compressor efficiencies.

Course Contents
Surface Equipment: Gathering systems, Design and Testing of flow lines, service and cleaning
of systems. Phase separation: Separation process, separators and components design and
construction of separators, dehydration, emulsion problems and treatment. Dew-point
depression. Absorption and adsorption.

GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

NOTE: GET 399 as earlier described under Common GET Courses:
Additional Content for Petroleum Engineering, Petroleum and Gas (Oil and Gas) Engineering
and Gas Engineering students:
Study of oil and gas industry, learning of software of oil and gas industry for applications in
Petroleum Engineering, Gas Engineering, oil, and gas Engineering. Software such as PIPESIM,

New
Engineering and Technology 1109
OLGA, PETREL, PROPER, ECLIPSE, ASPEN HYSYS PACKAGES, QUESTO, Oil field Manager. Use
of animation videos for oil and gas industry.

400 Level

GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units: C; PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme.
2. Demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.
Course Contents

In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units: C; LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies.
2. Describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to
the society.
3. Demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices.
4. Prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review
5. Discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation.
6. Determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (4 Unit C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:
1. be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
2. bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work
methods and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways
of safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;

New
Engineering and Technology 1110
3. experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work and
the environment seamlessly,and expose them to contacts for eventual job placements
after graduation;
4. be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place
of engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them;
and
5. exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.

Course Contents
On- the -job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not
necessarily limited to the student’s major (24 weeks from the end of the first semester at
400-Level to the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second
semester at 400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a
programme related industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc, for a period of 6
months under the guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised
by an academic staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits
the completed Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also, there will be a
comprehensive report covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences
(GET 299, GET 399 and GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department
for overall assessment.

PEE 401 Oil and Gas Entrepreneurship and Start-up/Oil and Gas Business Project
(2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. discuss the basics of entrepreneurship and how to start one’s business;
2. discover opportunities in the oil and gas industry and also leverage the provisions of the
Nigerian Content Act;
3. develop a team project to exploit opportunities in the oil and gas industry to encourage
the students to nurse dreams early; and
4. identify the challenges in the oil and gas sector from case histories.

Course Contents
Understanding the Nigerian and global business environment. Doing business in Africa.
Engineering and AfCFTA. Overview of entrepreneurship: origins, definitions,
entrepreneurship and technopreneurship. Steps for successful entrepreneurship start-up.
Nigerian content opportunities. Business registrations. Sources of funding. Gains and pains
of business growth. Joint ventures and special purpose vehicles in PPPs. Business
development – business information, promotion, marketing tools and strategies, basic
personnel management, client recruitment and management. Business proposals and plans,
Profiles of business ventures in the oil and gas industry. Business/enterprise
commercialization and digitization, FINTECHs, TECH Hubs, etc. Financial management,
Business sustainability. Entrepreneurship team projects (well testing, reservoir
management, mud-Logging, core analysis, PVT analysis, environmental laboratory, Pipeline,
etc). Guest presentations.

PEE 405: Well Logging and Interpretation (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes

New
Engineering and Technology 1111
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the principles of open and cased hole logging tools;
2. read linear and logarithmic log curves;
3. identify the lithological sequence penetrated in the well;
4. calculate parameters needed for formation evaluation;
5. calculate movable and residual hydrocarbons in the well;
6. develop a computer processed well log;
7. Explicate the use of TECHLOG or PETREL in log analysis; and
8. evaluate recent advances in logging and log analysis

Course Contents
Principles and operation of gamma ray. Self-potential caliper. Resistivity (micro and focused),
density neutron, sonic, cement bond and variable density, dip-meter and production well
logging tools. Interpretation of well log and their cross-plotting techniques. Determination of
formation properties such as porosity, hydrocarbon saturation, lithology, zone thickness,
shaliness, etc. Guidelines for selecting proper logs in given field conditions. Computer aided
analysis (PETREL); Recent advances in logging and log analysis.
500 Level
GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
4. possessthe skills needed for project management; and
5. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.

Course Contents
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons – functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.
Project planning, control and timeliness;decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.

New
Engineering and Technology 1112
GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions;
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications; and
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principlesundertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically
present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an
expert witness.

Course Contents
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.
Termination/ancellation of ontract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.
PEE 508: Research Methods and Research Project (6 Units C: LH 15; PH 225)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. undertake and successfully complete an independent or team project;
2. source for information for engineering work; and
3. communicate engineering information diligently and with expertise

Course Contents
The students will be taught methods of carrying out research. The research methods must
be a first semester course and the evaluation of the course will primarily depend on the ability
of the student to develop a good proposal on the topic he/she chose or was assigned. (1
Credit)
An individual or team project selected from a list of projects at the beginning of the final year.
Work on the project continues throughout the final year under the supervision of a lecturer.
The student may also suggest their own project. The project report must be typed, bound
and defended before the departmental academic board and an external examiner before
graduation. (5 Credit).
Minimum Academic Standards

Equipment
List of Laboratory Equipment and Software

Drilling Fluid and Cement Laboratory

New
Engineering and Technology 1113
1. mixers and cups
2. marsh funnels
3. direct indication viscometers
4. consistometer
5. pressure filter press
6. constant temperature water bath
7. roller oven
8. standard API sand sieve
9. retort kit
10. resistivity meter
11. mud rheometers
12. pH meters
13. mud balance
14. chemical balance
15. standard filter press
16. filter papers
17. bentonite, barytes and mud additives(chemicals)
18. cement analyzer
List of PVT Laboratory Equipment
1. visual PVT cell
2. recombination cell
3. oil molecular eight tester (Cryette Cryoscope)
4. multi-stage flash separator
5. gasometer
6. digital density meter
7. high pressure high temperature density meter (pycnometer)
8. electromagnet viscometer or rolling ball viscometer
9. gas cylinder
10. oil cylinder
11. gas chromatograph (with all support gases such as hydrogen, air, and helium) for gas
analysis
12. gas chromatograph (with all support gases such as hydrogen, air, and helium) for liquid
analysis
13. positive displacement pump
14. PVT surface sampling kits
15. pressure generator system
16. sample restoration apparatus
17. weigh balance

Other Accessories in the PVT Laboratory

1. heating mantle
2. UPS
3. digital pressure gauge
4. piping materials for gas chromatograph installation

Core Analysis and Reservoir Engineering Laboratory

S/n Equipment Accessories
1 resistivity meters tensiometer

New
Engineering and Technology 1114
 2 core slabbing crosscut and band saws
3 core milling machine
4 core preservation system refrigerator, wax bath, core trays
5 dean stark equipment
6 distillation assembly Compressor
7 Porosimeters nitrogen cylinder/gas
8 core cleaner (soxhlet extractor) heating mantle, oven
9 centrifugal extractor
10 high pressure saturator
11 capillary pressure test equipment
12 Refractometer
13 liquid and gas permeameters nitrogen cylinder/gas
14 Planimeter
Other equipment
15 core trimming/cutting machine
16 CT scanner
17 gamma ray logging machine
18 digital core photography camera
19 humidity and conventional oven
20 particle size analyzer
21 retort oven
22 miniature core flooding system compressor
nitrogen cylinder/gas
23 amott cell

Production Laboratory

a. Viscosimeters
b. Hydrometers
c. Corrosion test k
d. Flow meter rig
e. Centrifuge

Computer Laboratory

The computer laboratory should have at least 40 PCs with at least one of the following
software installed:

No Area Software Purpose

1 Reservoir Engineering MBAL material balance calculation / decline
curve analysis
2 Reservoir Engineering ECLIPSE dynamic simulation
3 Production PROSPER nodal analysis, stimulation, gaslift
design
4 Formation Evaluation TECHLOG petrophysical evaluation
5 Geology PETREL seismic and 3-D modeling
6 Economics CYRISTAL BALL economic evaluation
7 Field Development QUESTOR cost estimation and development
concept selection

New
Engineering and Technology 1115
Other requirements for training of students
1. CD/DVD players
2. LCD screens
3. projectors
4. wireless speakers
5. audio CDs, tapes on Petroleum Engineering courses
6. some disused oil field equipment like stabilizers, centralizers, drilling bits, Well head
assembly, gas lift mandrels
7. demonstration rigs
8. demonstration flow stations

Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalents
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15 Units per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practical’s
and supervision of projects.

NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees; hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personnel

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practical’s
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.

Administrative Support Staff

The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.

Technical Support Personnel

The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation and
maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.

Minimum Number of Staff

Subject to the general standards specified by NUC:
1. there should be a minimum of two PhDs and four M.Eng degree holders full-time academic
staff to mount the programme;
2. each workshop or laboratory should have an adequate number of staff with the right mix,
such that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run efficiently; and

New
Engineering and Technology 1116
3. there should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate caliber for
the office of the Head of Department to run.

Student/Staff Ratio
The minimum staff-to-student ratio should be 1:15 from 200 level to 500 level

Library
There must be adequate library facilities to cater for the interest of all the programmes in the
faculty. These include current journals, handbooks, textbooks, manuals, codes of practice,
standards and specifications in sufficient numbers.
Classrooms, Laboratories, Workshops, Clinics and Offices
The NUC recommends the following physical space requirements:
Academic m2
Professor’s Office 18.50
Head of Department’s Office 18.50
Tutorial Teaching Staff Space 13.50
Other Teaching Staff Space 7.00
Technical Staff Space 7.00
Science Staff Research Laboratory 16.50
Engineering Staff Research Laboratory 14.50
Seminar space per student 1.85
Drawing Office Space (A.O. Board) (Per Student) 4.60
Drawing Office Space (A.I. Board) (Per Student) 3.70
Laboratory Space 7.50
Non-Academic
Secretarial Space 7.00

Office Accommodation
S/N Office No in Room Facilities

1. HOD 1 table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,

computer unit, secretary and facilities.
2. Professor 1 table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, secretary and facilities.
3. Reader 1 table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit.
4. Senior 1 table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
Lecturer computer unit.
5. Lecturer I 2 table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.

6. Lecturer II 3 table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves

New
Engineering and Technology 1117
 B.Eng. Railway Engineering
Overview
The Railway Engineering is an inter-disciplinary course, designed to meet the increasing
demand (national and international) for transport engineering professionals requiring technical
skills in sustainable, integrated and intelligent rail infrastructure and rail systems. Graduates
of the programme will be able to design, build, operate and manage successfully the
sophisticated and complex interfaces characterising existing and new railways and
infrastructure.
Philosophy
The Bachelor of Engineering and Technology B.Eng/B.Tech degree programme in Railway
Engineering is based on the philosophy that the rate at which a nation progresses
technologically is determined to a great extent by the size, quality, motivation and orientation
of its science and engineering workforce. The programme should, thus, seek to train railway
engineers who can best contribute to national development. For this, they must be equipped
with the tools to understand, analyse, design and construct all possible physical facilities that
can possibly promote appropriate development by conceiving and adapting techniques,
processes and materials as necessary in railway industry and the community in general.
In consequence of the above, the programme is structured in such a way that students will
have opportunity to take courses that will provide a basic understanding of all areas of railway
engineering practice.
Objectives
The main objectives of Railway Engineering is to transform learners into railway engineers of
sufficient knowledge to meet the demands of their profession and to enable them to progress
to the status of Chartered Engineer. The specific aim of the course is to encourage students
to respond to changes and developments within technology in rail infrastructure and the wider
engineering sector, and also to
1. Enable learners to gain extensive knowledge and understanding of the most recent
theories, technologies and hands-on works in railway engineering.
2. Enable learners to analyze and solve real-world problems through learning by doing and
within the context of real-world problems.
3. Provide learners a stimulating learning environment for understanding the role of the
engineer as an important profession in the rail infrastructure sector.
4. Improve learners’ skillset to make sound judgements, and to communicate clearly to
specialist and non-specialist audiences in the rail infrastructure sector.
5. Provide learners a platform to demonstrate self-direction and originality in solving
problems, and to act autonomously in planning and implementing tasks at a professional
level with clear understanding of health and safety, ethics, sustainability and legal
dimensions.
6. Embed industry readiness in learners through engagement with industry experts and real
work experience, within the core elements of learning and assessment.
7. Prepare learners for progression in career and educational development to pursue
postgraduate studies.

The students will learn:

Knowledge
. An understanding of the practical and field procedures and techniques that will then allow the
rapid acquisition of more specialist skills.
. The principles of railway engineering; application of appropriate mathematical, physics,

New
Engineering and Technology 1118
 computational techniques and methods to model and analyse real-world engineering
problems.
. Design process, design methodologies, manufacturing and operational practice.
. Management and business practices and engineers’ roles in society.
Thinking skills
. The ability to comprehend, analyse and criticise railway engineering principles.
. Management and business practices and engineers’ roles in society.
. Evaluate commercial risks and technical risks in unfamiliar circumstances.
. Interpret and analyse results, data and other information to present them in suitable forms.
Subject-Based Practical skills
. The knowledge and skills to function effectively in industry to be able to progress in career
and educational development.
Skills for life and work (general skills)
. Personal development techniques and confidence in your abilities to enable you to become a
valued professional in the shaping of the community and society.
Learning and Teaching
Knowledge will be developed through:
1. lectures/guest presentations;
2. practical sessions, site visits and field work;
3. engaging with formative tutorial work;
4. actively participating in design and project work;
5. guided reading;
6. knowledge-based activities with feedback;
7. online discussions and activities; and
8. attending evening lectures/seminars hosted by the professional institutions.
Thinking skills are developed through:
1. analytical assessment of data;
2. solving tutorial problems;
3. critical assessment of information;
4. problem-solving practical applications;
5. design and research projects;
6. reflective activities with feedback;
7. tutorial activities & discussions; and
8. online discussions and activities/

Practical skills will be developed through:

1. laboratory and experimental work;
2. drawing and design;
3. application to real life and simulated case studies;
4. IT activities with feedback;
5. research skills-based activities with feedback; and
6. seminar preparation and presentations/

Skills for life and work (general skills) will be developed through:
1. interactive communication exercises;
2. individual and group working sessions;
3. planning activities with feedback;
4. project and team work; and

New
Engineering and Technology 1119
5. using of specialist software.

Employability Skills
The decision to revamp the curriculum of higher education in Nigeria could not have come at
a more opportune time. Employability rating of university graduates has been on a steady
decline for years. In a bid to stem this negative trend a fresh curriculum is hereby proposed,
that will allow universities to contribute a minimum of 30% innovative content to the core of
the minimum academic standard prescribed by the NUC. In tandem with this objective, the
Railway Engineering CCMAS places a high premium on the following twelve employability skills
as its desired programme outcomes in line with global best academic and professional
practices:
1. Engineering Knowledge: application of knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering
fundamentals and an engineering specialisation in solving developmental and complex
engineering problems;
2. Problem Analysis: identification, formulation, researching literature and analysing
developmental and complex engineering problems, reaching substantiated conclusions
through first principles of mathematics, natural sciences and engineering sciences;
3. Design/Development of solutions: proffering solutions for developmental or complex
engineering problems and designing systems, components or processes that meet
specified needs with appropriate consideration for public health and safety, cultural,
societal and environmental considerations;
4. Investigation: conducting investigation into developmental or complex problems using
research-based knowledge and research methods including design of experiments,
analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of information to provide valid
conclusions;
5. Modern Tools Usage: creating, selecting and applying appropriate techniques, resources
and modern Engineering and Railway Engineering tools, including prediction, modelling
and optimisation to developmental and complex engineering activities, with an
understanding of the limitations;
6. The engineer and Society: applying reasoning informed by contextual knowledge
including humanities and social sciences to assess societal, health, safety, legal and
cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to professional engineering
practice;
7. Environment and Sustainability: understanding the impact of professional engineering
solutions in societal and environmental contexts and demonstrating knowledge of and
need for sustainable development;
8. Ethics: applying ethical principles and committing to professional ethics and
responsibilities and norms of engineering practice, including adherence to the COREN
Engineers Code of Conducts;
9. Individual and Team Work: functioning effectively as an individual, and as a member or
leader in diverse teams and in multi-disciplinary settings;
10. Communication: communicating effectively on developmental or complex engineering
activities with the engineering community and with society at large, such as being able
to comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective
presentations, and give and receive clear instructions;
11. Project Management and Finance: demonstrating knowledge and understanding of
engineering, management and financial principles and applying these to one's own work,
as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multi-disciplinary
environments; and

New
Engineering and Technology 1120
12. Lifelong Learning: recognising the need for, and having the preparations and ability to
engage in independent and lifelong learning in the broadest context of technological and
social changes.

21st Century Skills

The Railway Engineering CCMAS seeks to emphasise the 21st century skills as recommended
by the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). Technical Skills:
Railway engineers need to have an in-depth knowledge of the concepts of applied science. A
greater understanding of Mathematics and Physics would help them identify and solve
complex engineering problems. With the advancement in modern technology, Railway
engineers are also needed to be well-versed in the working knowledge of other science fields
like Chemistry, Computer Science, and even Biology. This is because any errors in calculations
could lead to catastrophic events or cause potentially fatal troubles further down the line.
Communication Skills: Railway engineers at all levels need to communicate clearly and
authoritatively via written reports and correspondence regarding technical specifications and
project updates. Engineers with excellent oral and written communication skills can
communicate information in a clear and concise way to both technical and non-technical
people they work and interact with at all levels.
1. Leadership Skills: Railway engineers must possess excellent leadership skills to be able to
successfully lead the team towards finishing the project on time and budget. They need
to be able to manage, plan and prioritise projects, delegate duties when needed, make
decisions with authority, and lead the team members towards steering project outcomes
in the right direction.
2. Analytical Skills: Analytical skills are indeed absolutely vital for railway engineers to
successfully handle situations with prompt action. Analytical skills will help them evaluate
options and implement cost-effective solutions to handle the complex issues that arise
during the planning and construction of projects. They should be able to determine how
the existing system should work and how the changes in project operations, working
conditions, and the external environment influence and affect the outcome and progress
of a project. They should have the ability to harness logical reasoning from situations at
hand and identify all possible solutions along with its strengths and weaknesses to keep
the project on track.
3. Project Management Skills: Railway engineers deal with all aspects of project
management, which include pre-planning, resource allocation, budgeting, contract
negotiation, supervising, and worker coordination. They need to have prowess in
managing work materials, tools, and methodology involved in construction and repairs. It
is important for railway engineers to be able to escalate any task and manage a diverse
team of workers and professionals while staying in compliance with all norms and
regulations.
Unique Features of the Programme
The importance of the need to develop and maintain Railway transportation infrastructure
facilities cannot be over emphasized. They are the capital assets and engine of growth for
which the development of any nation or society rests. The level of development of a nation is
often judged by the sophistication (quantity and quality) of her infrastructure. Unfortunately,
these infrastructures are mostly constructed by foreign companies with foreign workers (e.g.
Chinese workers) and imported technologies and building. Hence, there is an urgent need to
develop Railway engineering curriculum that will produce competent human resources in
quality and quantity to provide for Nigeria firms with adequate personnel that will effectively
compete with foreign companies. Therefore, Nigeria, like any other nation needs to develop

New
Engineering and Technology 1121
and improve her infrastructure to be in a competitive standing among nations. Railway
Engineers are therefore required to design, construct, and maintain the infrastructure needed
for development.
The need of Railway Engineering graduates in Nigeria is strongly linked to demographic
developments and the rapid urbanization and the ever-growing transportation construction
industry and railways. The labor market demand for well-educated Railway Engineers will
continue being huge.
Admission and Graduation Requirements

Admission Requirements
Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
1. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
2. Direct Entry (DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

For the five-year degree propgramme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must include English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

Direct Entry (DE) Mode

For four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit passes
which must include English Language, Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry, candidates with
at least two passes in relevant subjects (Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry) at the GCE
Advanced Level or IJMB or JUPEB may be considered for admission. Candidates who have
good National Diploma (ND) result in relevant Engineering Technology programmes may also
be considered for admission into 200 level. Holders of upper credit pass and above at Higher
National Diploma (HND) level, are eligible for consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:
1. Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of 150
and maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5–year engineering degree programme.
Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters.
2. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode to 200 level, shall register for a
minimum of 120 and a maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic
semesters.
3. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode at 300 level, shall register for a
minimum of 90 and a maximum of 120 units of courses during a 3–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of 6 academic
semesters.
4. HND holders who enter as Direct Entry candidates at 300 level shall register for a
minimum of 90 units of courses and a maximum of 120 units of courses.
5. The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units
respectively.
6. A student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by the

New
Engineering and Technology 1122
 university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.
7. A student shall also have earned the 11 credit units of Students Industrial Work
Experience Scheme (SIWES), 8 credit units of University General Study courses and four
credit units of Entrepreneurship courses.

For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered,
whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the
computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it
or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each and all
attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.

Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME, 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 200-Level
and 11 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 300-Level.
Global Course Structure
Level/ General Basic Discipline/ Programme Total
SIWES*
Classification Studies Science GET (RAE) Units
100L 4 16 3 2 - 25
200L 4 - 28 2 3 34
300L 4 - 18 9 4 31
400L - - 2 4 6 8
500L - - 5 6 - 11
Total 12 16 52 23 (13)* 105
*All SIWES 11 credit units and 2 units of Engineering Valuation are credited in Seond Semester
of 400 Level, and not included in Total 105 units of 70% NUC CCMAS Component
100 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH* PH*
GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 15 45
GST 112 Nigerian Peoples and Culture 2 C 30 -
GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C 15
GET 102 Engineering Graphics and Solid modelling 1 2 C 15 45
CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C 30 -
CHM 102 General Chemistry II 2 C 30 -
CHM 107 General Practical Chemistry I 1 C - 45
CHM 108 General Practical Chemistry II 1 C - 45
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 2 C 30 -
MTH 103 Elementary Mathematics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C 30 -
PHY 103 General Physics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 107 General Practical Physics I 1 C - 45
PHY 108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45
RAE 102 Introduction Railway Engineering 2 C 30 -
Total 25

New
Engineering and Technology 1123
200 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and Innovation 2 C 30 -
GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence 2 C 30 -
GET 201 Applied Electricity I 3 C 45 -
GET 202 Engineering Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 203 Engineering Graphics and Solid modelling II 2 C 15 45
GET 204 Students Workshop Practice 2 C - 45
GET 205 Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 3 C 45 -
GET 206 Fundamentals of Thermodynamics 3 C 45 -
GET 208 Strength of Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 45 -
GET 210 Engineering Mathematics II 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing and Software Engineering 3 C 30 45
RAE 201 Railway Communications and Signal 2 C 30 -
GET 299 SIWES I 3* C 9 weeks
Total 34
* Not added, being experiential and undertaken during long vacation.

300 Level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GST 312 Venture Creation 2 C 15 45
ENT 312 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 30
GET 301 Engineering Mathematics III 3 C 45 -
GET 302 Engineering Mathematics IV 3 C 45 -
GET 304 Technical Writing and Communication 3 C 45 -
GET 305 Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics 3 C 45 -
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems and Technology 3 C 45 _
GET 307 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence Machine 3 C 30
Learning and Convergent Technologies
GET 399 SIWES II 4* C 12 Weeks
RAE 301 Introduction to Railway 2 C 30 -
RAE 302 Principles of Soil Mechanics and Engineering 3 C 45 -
Geology
RAE 303 Railway Train Operations Management 2 C 30 45
RAE 304 Railway Infrastructure Engineering 2 C 15 45
Total 31

* Not added, being experiential and undertaken during long vacation.

400 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

New
Engineering and Technology 1124
 GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 E 90
GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Costing 2 E 30
RAE 401 Railway Passenger Transportation 2 C 30 -
RAE 403 Railway Freight Transportation 2 C 30 -
GET 499 SIWES III 4* C 12 Weeks
Total 4
* Not added, being experiential and undertaken during long vacation.

SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

500 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GET 501 Engineering Project Management 3 C 45 -
GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -
RAE 501 Operation Management of High- 2 E 30 -
speed Railway
RAE 502 Train Operation Control system 2 E 30 -
RAE 503 Railway Station and Terminal 2 E 30 -
RAE 599 Project 6 C - 270
11
Total

Learning Outcomes and Course Contents

100 Level
GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.

New
Engineering and Technology 1125
Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology); English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations); major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional); grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality). Reading
and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking; reasoning
methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy, generalisation and
explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements. Writing activities
(pre-writing, brainstorming and outlining), writing (paragraphing, punctuation and
expression), post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing (summary, essays,
letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making). Mechanics of writing. Information and
Communication Technology in modern language learning. Language skills for effective
communication. The art of public speaking.
GST 112: Nigerian peoples and culture (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the historical foundation of the Nigerian culture and arts in pre-colonial times;
2. list and identify the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
3. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political unit;
4. analyse the concepts of Trade, Economic and Self-reliance status of the Nigerian peoples
towards national development;
5. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian State towards Nation building;
6. analyse the role of the Judiciary in upholding people’s fundamental rights;
7. identify acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria; and
8. list and suggest possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and
value problems.
Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and culture,
peoples and culture of the ethnic minority groups). Nigeria under colonial rule: (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria, Colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914, formation of political parties in Nigeria, Nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian civil war). Concept of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system, indigenous apprenticeship system among
Nigeria people, trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justices and national
development (law definition and classification). Judiciary and fundamental human rights.
Individual, norms, and values (basic Nigeria norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition, citizenship and civic responsibilities, indigenous languages, usage, and
development, negative attitudes and conducts. Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3R’s – reconstruction, rehabilitation and
re-orientation strategies, operation feed the nation (OFN), green revolution, austerity
measures, war against indiscipline (WAI), war against indiscipline and corruption (WAIC),
mass mobilization for self-reliance; social justice and economic recovery (MAMSER), national
orientation agency (NOA), current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria).
CHM 101: General Chemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. define atom, molecules and chemical reactions;

New
Engineering and Technology 1126
2. discuss the Modern electronic theory of atoms;
3. write electronic configurations of elements on the periodic table;
4. justify the trends of atomic radii, ionization energies, electronegativity of the elements
based on their position in the periodic table;
5. identify and balance oxidation – reduction equation and solve redox titration problems;
6. illustrate shapes of simple molecules and hybridized orbitals;
7. identify the characteristics of acids, bases and salts, and solve problems based on their
quantitative relationship;
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using LeChatelier’s principle to
predict the effect of concentration, pressure and temperature changes on equilibrium
mixtures;
9. analyse and perform calculations with the thermodynamic functions, enthalpy, entropy
and free energy; and
10. determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and
temperature.

Course Contents
Atoms, molecules, elements and compounds and chemical reactions. Modern electronic theory
of atoms. Electronic configuration, periodicity and building up of the periodic table.
Hybridization and shapes of simple molecules. Valence Forces. Structure of solids. Chemical
equations and stoichiometry; Chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, kinetic theory of
matter. Elementary thermochemistry. Rates of reaction, equilibrium and thermodynamics.
Acids, bases and salts. Properties of gases. Redox reactions and introduction to
electrochemistry. Radioactivity.
CHM 102: General Chemistry II (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the importance and development of organic chemistry;
2. define fullerenes and their applications;
3. discuss electronic theory;
4. determine the qualitative and quantitative of structures in organic chemistry;
5. describe rules guiding nomenclature and functional group classes of organic chemistry;
6. determine rate of reaction to predict mechanisms of reactions;
7. identify classes of organic functional group with brief description of their chemistry;
8. discuss comparative chemistry of group 1A, IIA and IVA elements; and
9. describe basic properties of Transition metals.
Course Contents
Historical survey of the development and importance of Organic Chemistry. Fullerenes as
fourth allotrope of carbon, uses as nanotubules, nanostructures, nanochemistry. Electronic
theory in organic chemistry. Isolation and purification of organic compounds. Determination
of structures of organic compounds including qualitative and quantitative analysis in organic
chemistry. Nomenclature and functional group classes of organic compounds. Introductory
reaction mechanism and kinetics. Stereochemistry. The chemistry of alkanes, alkenes,
alkynes, alcohols, ethers, amines, alkyl halides, nitriles, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids
and derivatives. The Chemistry of selected metals and non-metals. Comparative chemistry of
group IA, IIA and IVA elements. Introduction to transition metal chemistry.
CHM 107: General Chemistry Practical I (1 Unit C: PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 1127
1. describe the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correctly carrying out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. identify the differences between primary and secondary standards;
5. perform redox titration;
6. recording observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions.
Course Contents
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.
CHM 108: General Chemistry Practical II (1 Unit C: PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correctly carrying out Chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. identify and carry out preliminary tests which includes ignition, boiling point, melting
point, test on known and unknown organic compounds;
5. perform solubility tests on known and unknown organic compounds;
6. conduct elemental tests on known and unknown compounds; and
7. conduct functional group/confirmatory test on known and unknown compounds which
could be acidic / basic / neutral organic compounds.

Course Contents
Continuation of CHM 107. Additional laboratory experiments to include functional group
analysis, quantitative analysis using volumetric methods.
MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)
(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain basic definition of set, subsets, union, intersection, complements and use of
2. Venn diagrams;
3. solve quadratic equations;
4. solve trigonometric functions;
5. identify various types of numbers; and
6. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers, mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem. Complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the Argand diagram. De-Moivre’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.
MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes

New
Engineering and Technology 1128
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
2. describe the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and continuity; and
3. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes.
Course Contents
Function of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative as limit of rate
of change. Techniques of differentiation. Extreme curve sketching. Integration as an inverse
of differentiation. Methods of integration. Definite integrals. Application to areas, volumes.
PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular
momentum;
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

Course Contents
Space and time. Units and dimension. Vectors and scalars. Differentiation of vectors
(displacement, velocity and acceleration). Kinematics. Newton’s laws of motion (Inertial
frames, impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation). Relative motion.
Application of Newtonian mechanics. Equations of motion. Conservation principles in physics
(conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy). System of particles. Centre of mass. Rotational motion (torque, vector product,
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum). Coordinate systems. Polar
coordinates. Conservation of angular momentum. Circular motion. Moments of inertia
(gyroscopes, and precession). Gravitation (Newton’s Law of Gravitation, Kepler’s laws of
planetary motion, gravitational potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits).
PHY 103: General Physics III (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing
macroscopic behaviour;
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Content

New
Engineering and Technology 1129
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.

PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Contents
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity, etc. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis
should be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data
collection, analysis, and deduction.
PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1Unit C: PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs;
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.
Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction.
GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs); and

New
Engineering and Technology 1130
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.

Course Contents
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.
GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple every day and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength and cost;
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical and
other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the analytical
nature of the courses they take; and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.
Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete terms.
Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3D objects.
Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and perspectives.
Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection and rendering.
This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid works, solid edge
or equivalent.
RAE 102: Introduction to Railway Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. describe the fundamental principles for railway engineering, basic track geometry
parameters, railway superstructure and substructure components, operation and
maintenance aspects of railway system, railway electrotechnical installations,
environmental and societal impact of railway infrastructure;
2. design the track geometry for a railway line;
3. identify right components in the superstructure on the basis of traffic load;
4. carryout basic calculations of capacity on a railway section;
5. identify the influence of railway transportations in the society;
6. describe the construction of the railway infrastructure;
7. explain the cooperation/interaction between infrastructure owner and traffic companies;

New
Engineering and Technology 1131
 and
8. understand the philosophy of railway safety.

Course Contents
Introduction to the railway engineering and rail infrastructures and their impacts on the society
and on the environment. Alignment, track geometry, superstructure and substructure
components, switches, Railway planning and capacity, electrotechnical installations (power
supply and signalling control system) together with operation and maintenance of railway.

200 Level
GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day
discussions;
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge; and
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy
and logic.
Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding.
ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence; engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
4. identify key elements in innovation;
5. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
6. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
7. state the basic principles of e-commerce.

New
Engineering and Technology 1132
Course Contents
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.
GET 201: Applied Electricity I (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Course Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. discuss the fundamental concepts of electricity and electrical d.c. circuits;
2. state, explain and apply the basic d.c. circuit theorems;
3. explain the basic a.c. circuit theory and
4. apply to solution of simple circuits.
Course Contents
Fundamental concepts: Electric fields, charges, magnetic fields. current, B-H curves Kirchhoff’s
laws, superposition. Thevenin, Norton theorems, Reciprocity, RL, RC, RLC circuits. DC, AC
bridges, Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance measurement, Transducers, Single phase
circuits, Complex j - notation, AC circuits, impedance, admittance, susceptance.
GET 202: Engineering Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate the role of atoms and molecules (aggregates of atoms) in the building of
solid/condensed matter known as engineering materials, the electrons quantum numbers
and how the electrons are arranged in different atomic elements, and explain the role of
electronic configuration and valence electrons in bonding;
2. define metals, alloys and metalloids, demonstrate mental picture of the solid mineral
resources development as a relay race among four ‘athletes’: geologist, mining engineer,
mineral processing technologist, process metallurgical engineer, and classify metallurgical
engineering into 3Ps: process, physical and production;
3. explain the relationship between structure and properties of materials, characteristics,
components and compositions of phase diagrams and phase transformations of solid
solutions;
4. define ceramics, glass and constituents of glasses and understand application of ceramics
in mining, building, art and craft industries;
5. define and classify polymers as a class of engineering materials and polymeric materials,
demonstrate polymerisation reactions, their types and mechanism, and applications of
polymers;
6. define properties, types and application of composite materials and fibres (synthetic and
natural);

New
Engineering and Technology 1133
7. define and classify nanomaterials, demonstrate applications of nanomaterials, concept,
design and classification of fracture mechanics, corrosion classification, including the five
principal ways of controlling corrosion and metal finishing processes such as sherardising,
galvanising and anodizing; and
8. identify factors affecting the performance and service life of engineering materials/metals
and metallography of metals/materials (materials anatomy), which enables metallurgical
and materials engineers to prescribe appropriate solutions to test metals/materials fitness
in service through structure-property-application relationships.
Course Contents
Basic material science; atomic structure, atomic bonding and crystal structures. Engineering
materials situating metals and alloys; metals and alloys, classifications of metals, metal
extraction processes using iron and steel (ferrous) and aluminium (nonferrous) as examples,
phase diagrams/iron carbon diagrams, and mechanical workings of metals. Selection and
applications of metals and alloys for specific applications in oil, aerospace, construction,
manufacturing and transportation industries, among others. Ceramics (including glass);
definition, properties, structure and classifications of ceramics. Bioactive and glass – ceramics.
Toughing mechanism for ceramics. Polymers; definition of polymers as engineering materials,
chemistry of polymeric materials, polymer crystallisation, polymer degradation and aging.
Thermoplastic and thermosetting polymers and concepts of copolymers and homopolymers.
Composites; definition, classification, characterisation, properties and composite. Applications
of composites. Nanomaterials; definition, classification and applications of nanomaterials as
emerging technology. Processing of nanomaterials including mechanical grinding, wet
chemical synthesis, gas phase synthesis, sputtered plasma processing, microwave plasma
processing and laser ablation. Integrity assessment of engineering materials; effect of
engineering design, engineering materials processing, selection, manufacturing and
assembling on the performance and service life of engineering materials. Metallography and
fractography of materials. Mechanical testing (destructive testing) of materials such as
compressive test, tensile test, hardness test, impact test, endurance limit and fatigue test.
Non-destructive test (NDT) such as dye penetrant, X-ray and eddy current.
GET 203: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modeling II (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
Students should be able to:
1. apply mastery of the use of projections to prepare detailed working drawing of objects
and designs;
2. develop skills in parametric design to aid their ability to see design in the optimal
specification of materials and systems to meet needs;
3. be able to analyze and optimize designs on the basis of strength and material
minimization;
4. get their appetites wet in seeing the need for the theoretical perspectives that create the
basis for the analysis that are possible in design and optimization, and
recognize/understand the practical link to excite their creativity and ability to innovate;
and
5. be able to translate their thoughts and excitements to produce shop drawings for
multiphysical, multidisciplinary design.
Course Contents
Projection of lines, auxiliary views and mixed projection. Preparation of detailed working
production drawing; semi-detailed drawings, conventional presentation methods. Solid,
surface and shell modeling. Faces, bodies and surface intersections. Component-based design.
Component assembly and motion constraints. Constrained motions and animation.
Introduction to electronics modeling. Electronics board layout preparation, Component

New
Engineering and Technology 1134
libraries and Schematic design. Parametric modeling and adaptive design. Simulation for
material optimization. Designing for manufacturing. Additive and subtractive manufacturing.
Production for 3-D printing, Laser cutting and CNC machinery. Arrangement of engineering
components to form a working plant (Assembly Drawing of a Plant).
GET 204: Students Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify various basic hands and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement
devices and instruments, and acquire skills in their effective use and maintenance;
2. practically apply basic engineering technologies, including metrology, casting, metal
forming and joining, materials removal, machine tooling (classification, cutting tool action,
cutting forces, non-cutting production) and CNC machining technology;
3. master workshop and industrial safety practices, accident prevention and ergonomics;
4. physically recognise different electrical & electronic components like resistances,
inductances, capacitances, diodes, transistors and their ratings;
5. connect electric circuits, understand different wiring schemes, and check ratings of
common household electrical appliances and their basic maintenance; and
6. determine household and industrial energy consumption, and understand practical energy
conservation measures.
Course Contents
The course comprises general, mechanical and electrical components: supervised hands-on
experience in safe usage of tools and machines for selected tasks; Use of measuring
instruments (calipers, micrometers, gauges, sine bar, wood planners, saws, sanders, and
pattern making). Machine shop: lathe work shaping, milling, grinding, reaming, metal
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry practice.
Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting processes. Metal
forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging, press-tool work,
spinning, etc.). Metal joining processes (welding, brazing and soldering). Heat treatment.
Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory of metal cutting.
Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines. Supervised identification, use
and care of various electrical and electronic components such as resistors, inductors,
capacitors, diodes and transistors. Exposure to different electric circuits, wiring schemes,
analogue and digital electrical and electronic measurements. Household and industrial energy
consumption measurements. Practical energy conservation principles.
GET 205: Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics (3 Units: C, LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to :
1. explain the properties of fluids;
2. determine forces in static fluids and fluids in motion;
3. determine whether a floating body will be stable;
4. determine the effect of pipe fittings (valves, orifices, bends and elbows) on fluid flow in
pipes;
5. measure flow parameters with venturi meters, orifice meters, weirs, others;
6. perform calculations based on principles of mass, momentum and energy conservation;
7. perform dimensional analysis and simple fluid modelling problems; and
8. specify the type and capacity of pumps and turbines for engineering applications

Course Content

New
Engineering and Technology 1135
Fluid properties, hydrostatics, fluid dynamics using principles of mass, momentum and energy
conservation from a control volume approach. Flow measurements in pipes, dimensional
analysis, and similitude, 2-dimensional flows. Hydropower systems.
GET 206: Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe basic concepts of thermodynamics, quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second
and third laws;
2. define and explain system, surrounding, closed and open system, control volume and
control mass, extensive and intensive properties;
3. calculate absolute and gage pressure, and absolute temperature, calculate changes in
kinetic, potential, enthalpy and internal energy;
4. evaluate the properties of pure substances i.e., evaluate the state of the pure substances
such as compressed liquid, saturated liquid-vapour mixture and superheated vapour using
property diagrams and tables; arrange the ideal and real gas equations of state,
5. formulate the first law of thermodynamics for a closed system i.e., organize the change
in energy in the closed systems via heat and work transfer;
6. distinguish heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation, and calculate the
amount of heat energy transferred;
7. calculate the changes in moving boundary work, spring work, electrical work and shaft
work in closed systems;
8. apply the first law of thermodynamics for closed systems and construct conservation of
mass and energy equations;
9. formulate the first law of thermodynamics to the open systems i.e., describe steady-flow
open system, apply the first law of thermodynamics to the nozzles, diffusers, turbines,
compressors, throttling valves, mixing chambers, heat exchangers, pipe and duct flow;
10. construct energy and mass balance for unsteady-flow processes;
11. evaluate thermodynamic applications using second law of thermodynamics;
12. calculate thermal efficiency and coefficient of performance for heat engine, refrigerators
and heat pumps; and
13. restate perpetual-motion machines, reversible and irreversible processes.
Course Contents
Basic concepts, definitions and laws (quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second and third
laws of thermodynamics). Properties of pure substances: the two-property rule (P-V-T
behaviour of pure substances and perfect gases); state diagrams. The principle of
corresponding state; compressibility relations; reduced pressure; reduced volume;
temperature; pseudo-critical constants. The ideal gas: specific heat, polytropic processes.
Ideal gas cycles; Carnot; thermodynamic cycles, turbines, steam and gas, refrigeration. The
first law of thermodynamics – heat and work, applications to open and closed systems. The
steady flow energy equation (Bernoulli’s equation) and application. Second law of
thermodynamics, heat cycles and efficiencies.
GET 208: Strength of Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. recognise a structural system that is stable and in equilibrium;
2. determine the stress-strain relation for single and composite members based on Hooke's
law;
3. estimate the stresses and strains in single and composite members due to temperature
changes;

New
Engineering and Technology 1136
4. evaluate the distribution of shear forces and bending moments in beams with distributed
and concentrated loads;
5. determine bending stresses and their use in identifying slopes and deflections in beams;
6. use Mohr's circle to evaluate the normal and shear stresses in a multi-dimensional stress
system and transformation of these stresses into strains;
7. evaluate the stresses and strains due to torsion on circular members; and
8. determine the buckling loads of columns under various fixity conditions at the ends.
Course Contents
Consideration of equilibrium; composite members, stress-strain relation. Generalised Hooke's
law. Stresses and strains due to loading and temperature changes. Torsion of circular
members. Shear force, bending moments and bending stresses in beams with symmetrical
and combined loadings. Stress and strain transformation equations and Mohr’s circle. Elastic
buckling of columns.
GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and
Green’s theorem;
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical
model of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation, etc., as well as fourier series, initial conditions and
its applications to different engineering processes.
Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.
GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);
2. explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically solve
a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types;
3. numerically solve differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;
4. perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,
curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of
several variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;
5. solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex
numbers;

New
Engineering and Technology 1137
6. apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations
and of results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the theory
of conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
7. evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.
Course Contents
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and vector-
valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary complex
analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity.
GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project
through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas.
Course Contents
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.
GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)
Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.
Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 1138
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or special
centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant practical/industrial
working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major. The students are
exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance of tools,
equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production of simple
devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation (8-10 weeks during the long vacation
following 200 level).
RAE 201: Railway Communications and Signals (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. describe the basic concepts, structures, operation approaches, working principles;
2. analyse and explain the processing methods for their usual problems in the following
aspects: railway communications equipment, GSM-R, railway signals facilities, railway
station signals control system, railway section signals control system, hump signal
equipment, Train dispatching and controlling system, railway dispatching supervision and
train operation control system; and
3. explain the functions, development and prospects of railway communications and signals
and lays the foundation for further study of railway transportation engineer professional
courses.

Course Contents
Brief Introduction: Composition and characteristics of modern railway communication and
signal system; Development trend and characteristics of railway communication and signal
system. Railway communications: Overview about railway dedicated communications;
Delicate communication equipment; Dispatching communication; GSM-Railway. Railway
signals: Overview about railway signals; Color-light signal; Setting and displays of the signal.
Railway signal fundamental equipment: Railway signal relay; Point switch; Railway track
circuits and other train positioning facilities. Railway station signal control system: Basic
concepts of station signal control system; Electric interlocking; Microcomputer-based
interlocking. Railway section signal control system: Concepts and classification of railway block
system; Semi-automatic block system; Automatic block between railway station; Automatic
block system; Crossing signal. Marshalling shunting control system: Fundamental equipment
for marshalling station control system; Automatic hump yard; Synthetic automation of
marshalling yard. Train operation dispatching command system: Development of train
operation dispatching command system; Train dispatching command system (TDCS);
Centralized Traffic Control System (CTC); High-speed railway dispatching command system.
Train operation control system: Overview about train operation control system; Cab signaling
and train running monitor and record device; Nigerian train control system (CTCS)

300 Level
GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and

New
Engineering and Technology 1139
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in
peace building.
Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes, etc. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,
community leaders.). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents of
conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and Imperatives.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue, arbitration, negotiation, collaboration, etc).
The roles of international organizations in conflict resolution ((a) The United Nations, UN and
its conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council (c) ECOWAS in
peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building. Managing post-
conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs); the role of NGOs in
post-conflict situations/crises.
ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
1. describe the key steps in venture creation;
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.
Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).

New
Engineering and Technology 1140
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy. Digital business and e-commerce strategies.
GET 301: Engineering Mathematics III (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate a clear understanding of the course content, that is, possess a breadth of
knowledge in the area covered;
2. possess an in-depth knowledge upon which a solid foundation can be built in order to
demonstrate a depth of understanding in advanced mathematical topics;
3. develop simple algorithms and use computational proficiency;
4. write simple proofs for theorems and their applications; and
5. communicate the acquired mathematical knowledge effectively in speech, writing and
collaborative groups.
Course Contents
Linear Algebra. Elements of Matrices, Determinants, Inverses of Matrices. Theory of Linear
Equations. Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors. Analytical Geometry. Coordinate Transformation.
Solid Geometry. Polar, cylindrical and spherical coordinates. Elements of functions of several
variables. Surface Variables. Ordinary Integrals. Evaluation of Double Integrals, Triple
Integrals, Line Integrals and Surface Integrals. Derivation and Integrals of Vectors. The
gradient of scalar quantities. Flux of Vectors. The curl of a vector field, Gauss, Greens and
Stoke’s theorems and applications. Singular Valued Functions. Multivalued Functions.
Analytical Functions. Cauchy Riemann’s Equations. Singularities and Zeroes. Contour
Integration including the use of Cauchy’s Integral Theorems. Bilinear transformation.
GET 302: Engineering Mathematics IV (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve second order differential equations;
2. solve partial differential equations;
3. solve linear integral equations;
4. relate integral transforms to solution of differential and integral equations;
5. explain and apply interpolation formulas; and
6. apply Runge-Kutta and other similar methods in solving ODE and PDEs.

Course Content
Series solution of second order linear differential equations with variable coefficients. Bessel
and Legendre equations. Equations with variable coefficients. Sturn-Louville boundary value
problems. Solutions of equations in two and three dimensions by separation of variables. Eigen
value problems. Use of operations in the solution of partial differential equations and Linear
integral equations. Integral transforms and their inverse including Fourier, Laplace, Mellin and
Handel Transforms. Convolution integrals and Hilbert Transforms. Calculus of finite
differences. Interpolation formulae. Finite difference equations. RungeKutta and other
methods in the solutions of ODE and PDEs. Numerical integration and differentiation.

GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes

New
Engineering and Technology 1141
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.
Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis, structure Fog and Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A, B, C, D, E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills (steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports (competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.
GET 305: Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. work with data from the point of view of knowledge convergence, machine learning, and
intelligence augmentation, which significantly raises their standard for engineering
analysis (the approach forces them to learn statistics in an actionable way that helps them
to see the holistic importance of data analytics in modern engineering and technology);
2. anticipate the future with Artificial Intelligence while fulfilling the basic requirements of
conventional engineering statistical programming consistent with their future careers;
3. perform, with proficiency, statistical inference tasks with language or programming
toolboxes such as R, Python, Mathematica or MATLAB, and Design Expert to summarise
analysis and interpretation of industry engineering data, and make appropriate
conclusions based on such experimental and/or real-life industrial data;
4. construct appropriate graphical displays of data and highlight the roles of such displays
in data analysis, particularly the use of statistical software packages;
5. plan and execute experimental programmes to determine the performance of
programme-relevant industrial engineering systems, and evaluate the accuracy of the
measurements undertaken; and
6. demonstrate mastery of data analytics and statistical concepts by communicating the
results of experimental and industry-case investigations, critically reasoned scientific and
professional analysis through written and oral presentation.
Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 1142
Descriptive statistics, frequency distribution, populations and sample, central tendency,
variance data sampling, mean, median, mode, mean deviation, percentiles, etc. Probability.
Binomial, poison hyper-geometric, normal distributions, etc. Statistical inference intervals, test
hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big data analytics and
cloud computing applications. Introduction to the R language; R as a calculator; Vectors,
matrices, factors, data frames and other R collections. Iteration and looping control structures.
Conditionals and other controls. Designing, using and extending functions. The Apply Family.
Statistical modelling and inference in R.
GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the types, uses and advantages of renewable energy in relation to climate
change;
2. design for use the various renewable energy systems;
3. recognise and analyse the current energy systems in Nigeria, their impacts on
development and the global energy demand and supply scenarios;
4. appreciate the environmental impact of energy exploitation and utilisation, and pursue
the sustainable development of renewable energy for various applications; and
5. recognise the exploitation, excavation, production, and processing of fossil fuels such as
coal, petroleum and natural gas, and discuss the sources, technology and contribution to
future energy demands of renewable energy.
Course Contents
Current and potential future energy systems in Nigeria and globally - resources, extraction,
concepts in energy conversion systems; parallels and differences in various conversion
systems and end-use technologies, with emphasis on meeting 21st-century national, regional
and global energy needs in a sustainable manner. Various energy technologies in each fuel
cycle stage for fossil (oil, gas, synthetic), nuclear (fission and fusion) and renewable (solar,
biomass, wind, hydro, and geothermal). Energy types, storage, transmission and
conservation. Analysis of energy mixes within an engineering, economic and social context.
Sustainable energy; emphasise sustainability in general and in the overall concept of
sustainable development and the link this has with sustainable energy as the fundamental
benefit of renewable energy. Practical Contents Simple measurement of solar radiation, bomb
calorimeter determination of calorific value of fuels and biomass; measurement of the velocity
of wind, waves and the energy that abound in them; laboratory production of biogas and
determination of energy available in it; simple conversion of solar energy to electricity; trans-
esterification of edible oil into biodiesel; simulation of geothermal energy; Geiger-Muller or
Scintillation Counters’ determination of uranium or thorium energy; simple solid or salt storage
of energy; hybrid application of renewable energy.
GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and Convergent
Technologies (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:
1. explain the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications and effects of artificial
intelligence;
2. explain the fundamental concepts of machine learning, deep learning and convergent
technologies;
3. demonstrate the difference between supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised
learning;

New
Engineering and Technology 1143
4. demonstrate proficiency in machine learning workflow and how to implement the steps
effectively;
5. explain natural languages, knowledge representation, expert systems and pattern
recognition;
6. describe distributed systems, data and information security and intelligent web
technologies;
7. explain the concept of big data analytics, purpose of studying it, issues that can arise with
a data set and the importance of properly preparing data prior to a machine learning
exercise; and
8. explain the concepts, characteristics, models and benefits, key security and compliance
challenges of cloud computing.
Course Contents
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence paradigms;
search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired algorithms –
examples, their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding
natural languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation, mathematical and logic
foundations of AI; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition; distributed
systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent technologies
– definition, significance and engineering applications. Neural networks and deep learning.
Introduction to python AI libraries.
RAE 301: Introduction of Railway (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. relate the basic concepts and principles of railway construction procedures, main technical
standards, railway lines, track, bridge, tunnel and station; and
2. explain the development and prospects of railway engineering and lays the foundation
for further study of railway professional courses.

Course Contents
Introduction: Development history of transportation; Basic classification and characteristics of
modern transportation; Basic function of transportation; Characteristics of railway
transportation; Basic procedure of railway construction. The Development of Railway: History
of railway in the world; Development of Nigerian railway; Railway development planning in
Nigeria; Prospect of Nigerian railway. Railway Line: Basic classification of Railway; Basic
composition and concept of railway line; Basic composition and function of track; Construction
of track. Railway Car and Locomotive: Types of Cars and locomotives; Parameters of Cars and
locomotives; Maintenance of Cars and locomotives; Electric Multiple Units (EMU). Railway
Capacity: Parameters of passenger and freight transport quantity; Main technical standards
of railway; Concept of passenger and freight quantity and design year; Influence of the main
technical standards on operation. Railway Bridges and Tunnels: Railway bridge structure and
related basic concepts; Basic characteristics of railway tunnel structure. Railway Station &
Equipment: Basic concepts of stations; General layout pattern of station; Main points of station
design; Basic railway equipment. High-speed Railway and Maglev Railway: Basic concepts of
HSR and Maglev Railway; Basic equipment of HSR and Maglev Railway.

RAE 302: Principles of Soil Mechanics and Engineering Geology

(3 units C: LH 45)
Learning outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 1144
1. evaluate and classify soils including soil and water weight-volume relationships;
2. evaluate the state of stress and shear strength of a soil mass;
3. estimate seepage volume and settlement through a compressible soil mass; and
4. find the bearing capacity of shallow and deep foundations.

Course Content
Soil as a foundation for structures and as a material of construction. Soil formation,
classification, physical and mechanical properties, soil compaction, earth pressures,
consolidation, and shear strength.
RAE 303: Railway Train Operations Management (2 Units C: LH 30)
Pre-requisites RAE 201: Railway Communications and Signals
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. describe the system knowledge of railway transportation on the safe and effective
displacement of vehicles, locomotives and trains, master the basic concepts of railway
organizations, fundamentals and methods.
2. have the professional knowledge of organizing railway traffic
3. have the preliminary ability to analyze and solve the problem of railway traffic
organization, so as to lay a foundation for engineering capability and quality for carrying
out transportation management.
Course Contents
Part 1
Overview: Station concept and classification; Station life activities and technical operation
process; Station organization and management system. Pick up work and technical station
train technology work: Trains and their classification; Station send and receive train work;
Technology Station train technology work. Shunting work: Overview; shunting equipment and
shunting operations; shunting the basic factors and operating time standards; Shunting
operation plan of the basic preparation method. Truck assembled: basic concepts; truck
assembly time analysis and calculation; truck build-up time to find ways. Cargo truck pick-up
operation: take delivery car work summary; The number of fetch problems; radio-specific line
to take the order of the car; special branch tree take-off car sequence problems. Technical
Operating System Analysis: Coordination conditions of each sub-system of station; input flow,
the statistical distribution of the operating time; The number of technical equipment to
determine and apply; marshalling yard equipment comprehensive calculation; station
technology and equipment use. Station job planning and scheduling command: Station
Operating Plan; station scheduling command; Station Work Statistics; Station Work Analysis.
Marshalling station homework automation.
Part 2
Overview: traffic organization concept; Train Marshalling Program content and role; Train
Marshalling Program preparation procedures and information; car flow path of choice;
Preparation of program optimization of the three major factors. Loading train directly to the
train organization: The organization of the train to the convenience of the train and the
conditions of use; organization of the loading train to the benefit analysis; organization loading
train directly to the preparation and implementation of the Marshalling Plan. Technical station
train organization: The preparation of the basic principles of a single train formation plan;
absolute calculation method; form calculation method; Mathematical Programming Model;
grouping train composition plan; section of the tube grouping plan. Confirmation and
Implementation of Cargo Train Marshalling Plan.

New
Engineering and Technology 1145
Part 3
Overview: Train operation diagram significance; Train diagram of the graphical
representation; train operating chart classification. Train operating diagram elements:
Overview; station time interval; track the train time interval. Train Operation Chart Structural
Analysis: Structure Analysis of Train Operation Chart and Theory of Late Propagation. The
railway section passes capacity: Overview of railway transport capacity; deduction coefficient
calculation method; minimum train interval calculation method; passenger dedicated
maintenance skylight settings; Passenger Dedicated Capacity Calculation. Train travel speed:
train speed index and its related parameters; Train travel speed calculation; Freight Train
Travel Speed Coefficient Analysis. Sector work organization within the tube. Locomotive and
motor car use: Locomotive and locomotive system; locomotive crew organization; locomotive
turnaround time; EMU work organization. Preparation of train operation diagram: Overview;
Passenger Train Operation Chart compilation method; The preparation method of freight train
operation diagram; Semitrailer train diagram of the preparation; Electric traction section of
the train operating plans; passenger dedicated train operation diagram of the preparation;
Train diagram indicators and the implementation of the new plan before the preparatory work.
Computer preparation train operation diagram. Strengthening of railway transport capacity:
Adaptability of transport capacity; ways to enhance transport capacity; Measures to enhance
transport capacity.
RAE 304: Railway Infrastructure Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. Demonstrate knowledge of the major components of the conventional and ballasted track
systems;
2. Demonstrate an understanding of the purpose and properties of individual track
components;
3. Demonstrate an understanding of the way in which track components degrade over time;
4. Demonstrate an understanding of the way in which the components of railway track are
combined to form a structural system which can withstand the combined effects of traffic
and the environment;
5. Demonstrate knowledge of slab track systems;
6. Demonstrate knowledge about track maintenance technologies of modern rail systems;
and
7. Utilise and apply the knowledge, awareness and understanding of track components to
develop the structural design of a conventional ballasted railway track.

Course Contents
Fundamental structural components of the railway track and how they are designed to
withstand the effects of train and environmental forces so that the railway foundation is
adequately protected and train / track operating costs, passenger comfort and safety are kept
within acceptable limits. Track structure as a whole and its components parts including the
rails, fastenings, sleepers, ballast, the formation and subsoil. Switches and crossings and the
overhead line electrification system. Aspects of concreted (slab track). Track maintenance.

GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (3 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three softwares in their chosen career choices;
2. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;

New
Engineering and Technology 1146
 3. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;
4. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work;
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers; and
7. write a general report at the end of the training.
The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.
Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work experience
i.e., 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged in the more
advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use in the
industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a report
at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and encouraged
to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities and experiences
to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits include:
Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine
operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts,
gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, and wooden furniture making processes.
Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solidworks: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with SolidWorks, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solidWorks drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.
A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project.
Examples of projects should include the following:
. Design of machine components;
. Product design and innovation;
. Part modelling and drafting in SolidWorks; and
. Technical report writing.
400 Level

GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units: C; PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme.
2. Demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.

New
Engineering and Technology 1147
Course Contents

In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units: C; LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies.
2. Describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to
the society.
3. Demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices.
4. Prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review
5. Discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation.
6. Determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

RAE 401: Railway Passenger Transportation (2 Units C: LH 30)

Pre-requisites RAE 301: Introduction of Railway, RAE 303: Railway Train
Operations Management
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. relate the basic concepts and principles of railway passenger transportation
2. identify the basic concepts and principles of passenger station, passenger station
operation organization, train planning, and ticket price
3. explain the development and prospects of railway passenger transportation
4. analyse how to determine passenger demand plan, train plan and ticket price.

Course Contents
Introduction: Development history of railway passenger transportation; The characteristic of
railway passenger transportation compared with other transportation ways; Basic function of
railway passenger transportation. Passenger Station: The function of passenger station; The
facilities of passenger station; The Layout of all kinds of facilities in passenger station. Rolling
stock depot: The function of Rolling stock depot; The layout of rolling stock depot; The
organization of rolling stock depot. Train planning: The content of train plan; The method of
train planning. Train operational organization: The content of train operation organization;
Some concepts of train operation organization; The calculation of train crews. Price: Some
concepts about price; The formation of ticket price; The calculation of ticket price.

RAE 403: Railway Freight Transportation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

New
Engineering and Technology 1148
Pre-requisites RAE 301: Introduction of Railway
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. organize and operate the railway transportation;
2. develop the corresponding technology of freight transportation;
3. understand the technology, organization, marketing and development of railway freight
transportation; and
4. develop the knowledge, ability and quality of railway freight transportation for the elite
talents in the railway transportation industry who are required to understand the
technology, management and operation well.

Course Contents
Railway freight transportation facilities and equipment: Starting from the facilities and
equipment requirements of freight transportation, to guide the student to conceive of the
types, plan and layout of railway freight transportation; to demonstrate various railway freight
transportation facilities and equipment by case teaching. Railway freight transportation
organization: To demonstrate the railway freight organization process by case teaching; to
encourage students to consult the literature and summarize the characteristics of railway
freight market. Railway freight transportation technology: Through laboratory visits and
hands-on operations to deepen the understanding and mastery of railway freight
transportation technology. Tendency of railway freight transportation: To expand the thought;
to forecast future tendency of railway freight transportation.

Practical content
Course Project of Railway Freight Transportation: Design a Railway Freight Yard for 1 week

GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:
1. be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
2. bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work
methods and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways
of safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;
3. experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work
and the environment seamlessly, and expose them to contacts for eventual job
placements after graduation;
4. be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place
of engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them;
and
5. exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.

Course Contents
On- the -job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (12 weeks from the end of the first semester at 400-Level to
the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second semester at
400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a programme related
industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc, for a period of 6 months under the

New
Engineering and Technology 1149
guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised by an academic
staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits the completed
Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also, there will be a comprehensive report
covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences (GET 299, GET 399 and
GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department for overall assessment.

500 Level
GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
4. possess the skills needed for project management; and
5. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.

Course Contents
Project management fundamentals: definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons: functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.
Project planning, control and timeliness; decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.

GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions;
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications; and
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal

New
Engineering and Technology 1150
 principles undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically
present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an
expert witness.

Course Contents
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.
Termination/cancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.

RAE 501: Operation Management of High-speed Railway (2 Units E: LH 30)

Pre-requisites RAE 401: Railway passenger transport
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. apply high-speed railway operation organization and management knowledge;
2. apply high-speed railway transport organization mode, train operation plan, train
operation diagram, EMU technology, high-speed railway capacity calculation, operation
dispatching command, terminal management and so on;
3. identify the needs of modern construction and operation and management of high-speed
railway development;
4. master specialized knowledge and related technologies in high-speed railway operation
and management; and
5. demonstrate abilities and qualities in high-speed railway operation and management.

Course Contents
Overview of High-Speed Railway (Foreign); Overview of High-Speed Railway (Domestic high-
speed railway planning, development and construction); Organization and Management
transport mode of Special Line for Passenger Train; Passenger Train Operation Plan of Special
Line for Passenger Train; Calculation of train diagram and carrying capacity of Special Line for
Passenger Train; High-speed railway construction and maintenance organizations; The using
plan and the Crew of Basic concepts of EMU on Special Line for Passenger Train; The work
organization of High-speed railway station; Operation scheduling command system of Special
Line for Passenger Train

RAE 502: Train Operation Control system (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. acquaint modern railway equipment which are widely used in high-speed and traditional
railway system;
2. develop status of primary principles and key technology of Train Control System (TCS);
3. explain the basic composition and functions of CTCS-2 and CTCS-3; and
4. learn professional foundation for further practical work in railway system after their
graduation.

New
Engineering and Technology 1151
Course Contents
Introduction: Development history and primary function of Train Control System (TCS);
Current applications in the world; Technologies development of CTCS. Basic principle of TCS:
Train blocking, speed protection, TCS composition. Principle and composition of CTCS-2:
System requirements, technical principles, system principles and composition, track circuit
coding, balise message, temporary speed restriction, section logic occupation checking,
operation scene. Land-based equipment of CTCS-2: Land-based equipment of Locomotive
signal system, train control center, balise, temporary speed restriction server. Train-based
equipment of CTCS-2: Composition and function, work mode and driver machine interface.
Land-based equipment of CTCS-3: Introduction, operation scene, radio block center. Train-
based equipment of CTCS-3: Functions and principle of work, key technology, composition of
hardware, work mode.

RAE 503: Railway Station and Terminal (2 Units E: LH 30)

Pre-requisites RAE 403: Railway Freight Transportation, RAE 303: Railway Train
Operations Management
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. master the basic theoretical knowledge of designing railway station and terminal;
2. demonstrate how to layout all kinds of equipment in the station; and
3. analyze route cross and how to design all kinds of station, including intermediate station,
district station and marshaling station.

Course Contents
Railway station introduction: Basic classification and function of railway station. Basics of
Railway Station design: Classification of Railway track, turnout, connection of railway track,
the effective length of track, throat. Intermediate station: Intermediate station, Passing
station, Overtaking station. District station: Main task, the operation procedure of all kinds of
train in the station, three types district station plan. Marshalling station: Main task, the
operation procedure of all kinds of goods train in the station, all types marshaling station plan.
Hump: Purpose and Composition of hump, Theory of energy altitude line. Terminal: 8 types
terminal plan

RAE 599: Project (6 Units C: PH 270)

Learning Outcomes
Upon completion of this course, students should be able to:
1. initiate worthwhile projects of a research or professional nature;
2. analyse the project problem and develop creative proposals for the solution;
3. execute the proposal for the solution to the problem; and
4. clearly and persuasively communicate solutions orally and in writing.

Course Content
For proper guidance of the students, projects will depend on the available academic staff
expertise and interest but the projects should be preferably of investigatory nature.
Preferably, students should be advised to choose projects in the same area as their option
subjects.

New
Engineering and Technology 1152
Minimum Academic Standards
Equipment
Structural Engineering Laboratory
 Civil engineering materials
equipment
 Routine testing equipment
 Equipment for models and
prototype testing,
 Studio/design office.

Geotechnical Engineering Laboratory

 Field soil survey and testing
kits (including sub-soil
investigation and drilling)
 Laboratory soil/rock testing
equipment.

Geodetic Engineering & Photogrammetry Laboratory

 Laboratory equipment stores
 Photogrammetric and remote
sensing laboratory
equipment.

Highway and Transportation Engineering Laboratory

. Highway materials testing
laboratory equipment
. Pavement laboratory
equipment

Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalents
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15 Units per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practical’s
and supervision of projects.

NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees; hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personnel

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practical’s
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.

Administrative Support Staff

New
Engineering and Technology 1153
The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.

Technical Support Personnel

The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation and
maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.

Minimum Number of Staff

Subject to the general standards specified by NUC:
1. there should be a minimum of two PhDs and four M.Eng degree holders full-time academic
staff to mount the programme;
2. each workshop or laboratory should have an adequate number of staff with the right mix,
such that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run efficiently; and
3. there should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate caliber for
the office of the Head of Department to run.

Student/Staff Ratio
The minimum staff-to-student ratio should be 1:15 from 200 level to 500 level.

Library
University Library
Library books, journals and other resource materials should be adequate in number and
currency
Electronic Library
The University library should subscribe to some on-line databases relevant to structural
engineering degree programme such as: ASTM standards, ASTM digital library, compendex,
Google Scholar, ICE virtual library – Ebooks, and computer-aided Civil and Infrastructure
Engineering. Journals subscription should include volumes such as: IEEE Transactions on
Intelligent Transportation Systems, Automation in Construction, Building and Environment,
Energy and Buildings, Transportation Research Part B, Methodological, Transportation
Research Part E, Logistics and Transportation Review, Structural Safety, Journal of Hydrology,
and Tunnelling and Underground Space Technology.
Faculty/Departmental Library
A faculty or departmental library should be available for the use of staff and students. Current,
local, national and international journals relevant to Structural Engineering should be available
e.g. Nigerian Society of Engineers technical transactions, relevant codes and standards should
also be available.
Classrooms, Workshops, Clinics, and Offices
List of basic equipment/instruments/machines/tools expected in laboratories/
workshops common to all engineering disciplines
Central Workshop

New
Engineering and Technology 1154
Fitting and Machining Section
(i) workbenches with vices for metal work
(ii) tool boxes containing hand tools such as screw drivers, wrenches, hammers, hacksaws,
files, centre punch chisel, scrapers, etc.
(iii) lathe machines
(iv) milling machines
(v) power hacksaw
(vi) shaping machines
(vii) NC lathe machine
(viii) NC milling machine
(ix) drilling machines
(x) vernier callipers and micrometer screw gauges
(xi) sheet metal folding machine
(xii) grinding machine, etc.

Foundry Section
(i) Furnaces and casting facilities

Welding and Fabrication Section

(i) arc welding machines and accessories
(ii) gas welding facilities
(iii) safety goggles, eye and ear protectors
(iv) pop riveting machine
(v) guillotine Cutting Machine
(vi) rolling machine, etc.

Carpentry and Woodwork Section

(i) band saw, radial arm saw, circular saw
(ii) surfacing machine
(iii) mortise machine
(iv) thicknessing / Planing machine
(v) wood lathe machine
(vi) portable sander machine
(vii) jig saw, rip saw, cross-cut saw, panel saw, tenon saw, compass saw
(viii) drilling machine
(ix) chest drill
(x) spraying machine
(xi) oil stone
(xii) wood workbenches with vices
(xiii) G clamp, F clamp, sash clamp
(xiv) jack planes, smooth planes
(xv) Other hand tools such as tri square, claw hammer, pincer, marking gauge, mortise gauge,
spirit level, flat chisel, wood rasp, round chisel, wood mallet, spoke shave, screw drivers, tape
rule, scraper, etc.

Electrical/Electronic Section
(i) water distillers
(ii) hydrometers
(iii) multimeters, voltmeters, ammeters and clamp meters
(iv) soldering irons
(v) battery chargers

New
Engineering and Technology 1155
(vi) standard tool boxes for electrical and electronics works
(vii) electrical/electronics data books
(viii) oscilloscopes
(ix) tachometers and phase sequence meters
(x) logic probes
(xi) etching machines complete with accessories
(xii) coil winding machine, etc.

Thermodynamics and Fluid Mechanics Laboratory

(i) manometers
(ii) hydrostatic forces on plane & curved surfaces apparatus
(iii) stability of floating bodies’ apparatus
(iv) laminar and turbulent flow apparatus
(v) temperature measurement apparatus
(vi) pressure measurement apparatus
(vii) thermal conductivity apparatus
(viii) apparatus for flow through nozzle and orifice

Strength of Materials/Materials Laboratory

(i) simple bending apparatus
(ii) apparatus for tensile, compression and torsion tests
(iii) strain gauges, wheatstone bridge, etc.

Basic Electrical Engineering Laboratory

(i) D. C. and A. C. power supplies
(ii) signal generators
(iii) function generators
(iv) oscilloscopes
(v) voltmeters, ammeters, multimeters
(vi) frequency counters
(vii) circuit components such as resistors, capacitors, inductors, transistors, etc.
(viii) potentiometers, etc.

Teaching Facilities
Classrooms
There should be adequate lecture theatres and classrooms for the programme. At least three
adequate and dedicated classrooms should be available with lecture theatres.
Offices Size
Offices should be 18.5 m2 while research laboratory should be 14.5 m2
Safety, Sanitation and Environmental Sanitation of Teaching Facilities
Buildings should be safe and in compliance with Federal, State and Local Government Laws
relating to safety, fire hazards, etc. All buildings should have functional fire-extinguishers, fire
buckets with sand, and water source/reservoir and all staff and students should have some
knowledge on how to operate all the fire equipment.
Drawing Office and Equipment
There should be space and furniture in the graphics room for at least 20% of the students in
200 Level in the faculty to be able to carry out their drawings at the same time. All the students

New
Engineering and Technology 1156
are expected to own portable drawing boards, instruments and T-square. There should be
some provision for computer-aided graphics.
Teaching Aids
The programme should have adequate numbers of projectors installed in the classrooms.
There should be good white boards and public address systems for large lecture rooms.
Modern facilities such as interactive magic boards are expected in all the lecture rooms. Each
student is expected to own and use a computer/Laptop.
Virtual Laboratory, Simulation Systems and Models
Virtual laboratory facilities, audio-visual recording studio, models, and simulation computer
software packages, should be available.
All other items as specified in the Discipline Section.

New
Engineering and Technology 1157
B.Eng. Structural Engineering
Overview
Structural Engineering focuses on analysing and designing structures with the aim of making
sure they withstand the external forces that they experience including gravity loads,
earthquake, wind, snow, and hydrodynamic forces. Structural engineers design buildings,
bridges, dams, offshore oil platforms, jetties, industrial structures, power plants, and
communication towers, among others.

Philosophy
The philosophy and mission statement of the Structural Engineering programme are to
achieve the goals and objectives of the National Policy on Industrialisation, Self-Reliance
and Economic Transformation. The overriding Philosophy is “to train structural engineering
graduates that can operate at the highest level in solving the problems of our society in
particular and contribute to the technical development of the world.” In other word, “to
produce graduates with high academic and ethical standards and adequate practical
exposure for self-actualisation as well as being of immediate value to industry and the
community in general”.
Essentially, the Mission of the programme is to provide:

1. broad–based foundation and practical exposure in Engineering and Technology

applications as well as specialised knowledge and practice in Structural Engineering;
2. adequate training in human behaviour, organisational management, entrepreneurial
proclivity, sense of public responsibility and spirit of self-reliance;
3. basis for nurturing of partnerships between the academia and industry for effective
programme delivery;
4. an awareness and understanding of the moral, ethical, legal, and professional obligations
needed to function as part of a professional enterprise while protecting human health
and welfare and the environment in a global society; and
5. an awareness and understanding of the need to develop leadership and team building
skills to maximize the benefits of Structural Engineering and its application in solving
societal problems.

Objectives
The general goal and objectives of Structural Engineering education and training should be
in consonance with the realisation of national needs and aspirations vis-à-vis industrial
development and technological emancipation. The graduates of Structural Engineering must
therefore be knowledgeable, creative, resourceful and able to perform the following
functions:
1. conducting investigations into structural engineering problems;
2. designing structural engineering projects, systems, machines, equipment and
supervising their implementation;
3. designing and developing new products and production techniques in industries;
4. installing and maintaining complex structural engineering systems for optimal
performance in our environment;
5. adapting and adopting exogenous technology in order to solve local structural
engineering problems;
6. exercising original thought, having good professional judgment and taking responsibility
for the execution of important tasks;
7. managing people, fund, materials and equipment;

New
Engineering and Technology 1158
8. familiarising with all the materials, components, machines, equipment, production
techniques and systems in Structural Engineering;
9. manning and maintaining specific production equipment in structural engineering;
10. acquiring proficiency in the useof standards, codes, and modern information and
communication technology tools in structural engineering practice;
11. possessing the ability to consider the human, social, environment and sustainability
dimensions in finding solutions to complex structural engineering problems;
12. possessing good knowledge of the ethics of the Structural Engineering profession and
applying the knowledge as appropriate;
13. working alone or in a team, especially a multidisciplinary team, and also displaying oral
and written communication skills; and
14. engaging in lifelong learning for continuous self-improvement.

Employability Skills
The decision to revamp the curriculum of higher education in Nigeria could not have come at
a more opportune time. Employability rating of university graduates has been on a steady
decline for years. In a bid to stem this negative trend a fresh curriculum is hereby proposed,
that will allow universities to contribute a minimum of 30% innovative content to the core of
the minimum academic standard prescribed by the NUC. In tandem with this objective, the
Structural Engineering CCMAS places a high premium on the following twelve employability
skills as its desired programme outcomes in line with global best academic and professional
practices:
1. Engineering Knowledge: application of knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering
fundamentals and an engineering specialisation in solving developmental and complex
engineering problems;
2. Problem Analysis: identification, formulation, researching literature and analysing
developmental and complex engineering problems, reaching substantiated conclusions
through first principles of mathematics, natural sciences and engineering sciences;
3. Design/Development of solutions: proffering solutions for developmental or complex
engineering problems and designing systems, components or processes that meet
specified needs with appropriate consideration for public health and safety, cultural,
societal and environmental considerations;
4. Investigation: conducting investigation into developmental or complex problems using
research-based knowledge and research methods including design of experiments,
analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of information to provide valid
conclusions;
5. Modern Tools Usage: creating, selecting and applying appropriate techniques, resources
and modern Engineering and Structural Engineering tools, including prediction, modelling
and optimisation to developmental and complex engineering activities, with an
understanding of the limitations;
6. The engineer and Society: applying reasoning informed by contextual knowledge
including humanities and Social sciences to assess societal, health, safety, legal and
cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to professional engineering
practice;
7. Environment and Sustainability: understanding the impact of professional engineering
solutions in societal and environmental contexts and demonstrating knowledge of and
need for sustainable development;
8. Ethics: applying ethical principles and committing to professional ethics and
responsibilities and norms of engineering practice, including adherence to the COREN
Engineers Code of Conducts;
9. Individual and Team Work: functioning effectively as an individual, and as a member or
leader in diverse teams and in multi-disciplinary settings;

New
Engineering and Technology 1159
10. Communication: communicating effectively on developmental or complex engineering
activities with the engineering community and with society at large, such as being able
to comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective
presentations, and give and receive clear instructions;
11. Project Management and Finance: demonstrating knowledge and understanding of
engineering, management and financial principles and applying these to one's own work,
as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multi-disciplinary
environments; and
12. Lifelong Learning: recognising the need for, and having the preparations and ability to
engage in independent and lifelong learning in the broadest context of technological and
social changes.

21st Century Skills

The Structural Engineering CCMAS seeks to emphasise the 21st century skills as recommended
by the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). Technical Skills:
Structural engineers need to have an in-depth knowledge of the concepts of applied science.
A greater understanding of Mathematics and Physics would help them identify and solve
complex engineering problems by applying crtical thinking/problem solving/decision making.
Communication Skills: Structural engineers at all levels need to communicate clearly and
authoritatively via written reports and correspondence regarding technical specifications and
project updates. Engineers with excellent oral and written communication skills can
communicate information in a clear and concise way to both technical and non-technical
people they work and interact with at all levels.
Collaboration skills through teamwork and ethics/citizenship (local and global), information
literacy and learning to learn/metacognition.
Leadership Skills: Structural engineers must possess excellent leadership skills to be able to
successfully lead the team towards finishing the project on time and budget. They need to be
able to manage, plan and prioritise projects, delegate duties when needed, make decisions
with authority, and lead the team members towards steering project outcomes in the right
direction.
Analytical Skills: Analytical skills are indeed absolutely vital for structural engineers to
successfully handle situations with prompt action. Analytical skills will help them evaluate
options and implement cost-effective solutions to handle the complex issues that arise during
the planning and construction of projects. They should be able to determine how the existing
system should work and how the changes in project operations, working conditions, and the
external environment influence and affect the outcome and progress of a project. They should
have the ability to harness logical reasoning from situations at hand and identify all possible
solutions along with its strengths and weaknesses to keep the project on track.
Project Management Skills: Structural engineers deal with all aspects of project management,
which include pre-planning, resource allocation, budgeting, contract negotiation, supervising,
and worker coordination. They need to have prowess in managing work materials, tools, and
methodology involved in construction and repairs. It is important for structural engineers to
be able to escalate any task and manage a diverse team of workers and professionals while
staying in compliance with all norms and regulations.

Unique Features of the Programme

The field of Structural Engineering deals with principles and methods for the design of
buildings and civil engineering structures. The objective of design is to create structures with

New
Engineering and Technology 1160
adequate safety and serviceability under the influence of the relevant loads and actions during
the lifetime of the structure. The education in Structural Engineering covers behaviour, load
bearing capacity and methods for the design of structural elements and joints in concrete,
steel, timber and masonry. Principles of design and models for loads and actions are also
included as well as computer aided draughting and design. Design of structural systems for
houses, bridges, tunnels and other civil engineering structures is an important part of the
teaching activities. The uniqueness already established for the CCMAS in the engineering and
technology discipline totally applies to the Structural Engineering Programme.
Admission and Graduation Requirements
Admission Requirements
Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
1. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
2. Direct Entry (DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

For the five-year degree programme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must include English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

Direct Entry (DE) Mode

For the four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit
passes, which must include English Language, two must be principal subjects at Advance GCE
Level or NCE and its equivalent. Holder of upper credit level at HND are eligible for
consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:
1. Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of 150
and maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5–year engineering degree programme.
Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters.
2. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode shall have registered for minimum of
120 and maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4–year engineering degree
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic semesters.
3. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode at 300-Level shall have registered for
a minimum of 90 and a maximum of 120 units of courses during a 3–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of 6 academic
semesters.
4. The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units respectively.
5. A student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by the
university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.
6. A student shall also have earned the 15 credit units of Students Industrial Work Experience
Scheme (SIWES), 8 credit units of University General Study courses and four credit units
of Entrepreneurship courses.

New
Engineering and Technology 1161
For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered,
whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the
computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it
or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each and all
attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.
Prerequisite courses must be taken and passed before a particular course at a higher level.
Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME, 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 200-Leve
and 11 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 300-Level.

Global Course Structure

Level ENT/ Basic Faculty Departmental *SIWES Total
GST Sciences (GET) (STE) Units
100 4 16 3 2 - 25
200 4 - 28 - 3 35
300 4 - 15 8 4 31
400 - - 2 8 6 16
500 - - 5 6 - 11
Total 12 16 53 24 13* 105
* All 11 units of SIWES and 2 units of Engineering Valuation are credited in the 2 Semester
nd

of 400 Level, and not included in the CCMAS credit units

100 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 15 45
GST 112 Nigerian Peoples and Culture 2 C 30
GET 101 Engineers in Society 1 C 15 -

GET 102 Introduction to Engineering 2 C 15 45

Graphics and Solid Modelling I
CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C 30 -
CHM 102 General Chemistry II 2 C 30 -
CHM 107 General Practical Chemistry I 1 C - 45
CHM 108 General Practical Chemistry II 1 C - 45
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 2 C 30 -
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C 30
PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C 30 -
PHY 103 General Physics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 107 General Practical Physics I 1 C - 45
PHY 108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45
STE 102 Introduction to Structural 2 C 30 -
Engineering.
Total Units 25

New
Engineering and Technology 1162
200 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and Human 2 C 30 -

Existence
ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and Innovation 2 C 30 -

GET 201 Applied Electricity I 3 C 45 -

GET 202 Engineering Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 203 Engineering Graphics and Solid 2 C 15 45
Modelling II
GET 204 Students Workshop Practice 2 C 15 45
GET 205 Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 3 C 45
GET 206 Fundamentals of Thermodynamics 3 C 45 -
GET 208 Strength of Materials 3 C 45
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 45 -
GET 210 Engineering Mathematics II 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing and Software Engineering 3 C 30 45

*GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks

Total units 35
*Not added to CCMAS credit units

300 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
ENT 312 Venture Creation 2 C 15 45
GST 312 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 30 -
GET 301 Engineering Mathematics III 3 C 45 -
GET 304 Technical Writing and 3 C 45 -
Communication
GET 305 Engineering Statistics and Data 3 C 45
Analytics.
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems and 3 C 30 45
Technologies
GET 307 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, 3 C 45 -
Machine Learning and Convergent
Technologies
STE 303 Structural Mechanics 3 C 45 -
STE 304 Construction Technology 3 C 45 -
STE 306 Principles of Soil Mechanics and 3 C 45 -
Engineering Geology
*GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
Total 28

New
Engineering and Technology 1163
400 Level
Course code Course title Units Status LH PH
GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 C 90
GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Costing 2 C 30
STE 405 Structural Dynamics 3 C 30 45
STE 407 Finite Element Method 3 C 45 -
STE 409 Design of Reinforced Concrete 2 C 30 -
Structures
*GET 499 SIWES III: Students Work 4 C 12 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 16

SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

500 Level
Course code Course title Units Status LH PH
GET 501 Engineering Project 3 C 45
Management
GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -
STE 501 Steel Structures 3 C 45 -
STE 502 Design and Construction of 3 C 45 -
Tall Buildings
Total 11

Course Contents and Learning Outcomes

100 Level
GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.

New
Engineering and Technology 1164
Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology). English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations). major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional). grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality). Reading
and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking; reasoning
methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy, generalisation and
explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements. Writing activities
(pre-writing (brainstorming and outlining). writing (paragraphing, punctuation and
expression). post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing (summary, essays,
letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making). etc. Mechanics of writing. Information
and Communication Technology in modern language learning. Language skills for effective
communication. The art of public speaking.

GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;
2. identify and list the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
3. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political entity;
4. analyse the concepts of trade and economic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation to
national development;
5. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian state regarding nation building;
6. analyse the role of the judiciary in upholding fundamental human rights
7. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria; and
8. list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems.

Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and cultures;
peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria; nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system; indigenous apprenticeship system among
Nigerian peoples; trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justice and national
development (definition and classification of law); Judiciary and fundamental rights.
Individuals, norms and values (basic Nigerian norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition; citizenship and civic responsibilities; indigenous languages, usage and
development; negative attitudes and conducts [Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices]). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3Rs – Reconstruction, Rehabilitation
and Re-orientation; re-orientation strategies: Operation Feed the Nation (OFN), Green
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline and Corruption(WAIC), Mass
Mobilization for Self-Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery (MAMSER), National
Orientation Agency (NOA). Current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria.

GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 1165
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs); and
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.

Course Contents
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.

GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple everyday and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength, cost;
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical and
other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the analytical
nature of the courses they take; and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.

Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete terms.
Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3D objects.
Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and perspectives.
Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection and rendering.
This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid works, solid edge
or equivalent.

CHM 101: General Chemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. define atom, molecules and chemical reactions;
2. discuss the modern electronic theory of atoms;
3. write electronic configurations of elements on the periodic table;

New
Engineering and Technology 1166
4. rationalise the trends of atomic radii, ionisation energies, electronegativity of the elements,
based on their position in the periodic table;
5. identify and balance oxidation–reduction equation and solve redox titration problems;
6. draw shapes of simple molecules and hybridised orbitals;
7. identify the characteristics of acids, bases and salts, and solve problems based on their
quantitative relationship;
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using LeChatelier’s principle to
predict the effect of concentration, pressure and temperature changes on equilibrium
mixtures;
9. analyse and perform calculations with the thermodynamic functions, enthalpy, entropy
and free energy; and
10. determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and temperature.

Course Contents
Atoms, molecules, elements and compounds, and chemical reactions. Modern electronic
theory of atoms. Electronic configuration, periodicity and building up of the periodic table.
Hybridisation and shapes of simple molecules. Valence forces; Structure of solids. Chemical
equations and stoichiometry; chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, kinetic theory of
matter. Elementary thermochemistry; rates of reaction, equilibrium and thermodynamics.
Acids, bases and salts. Properties of gases. Redox reactions and introduction to
electrochemistry. Radioactivity.

CHM 102: General Chemistry II (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the importance and development of organic chemistry;
2. define fullerenes and its applications;
3. discuss electronic theory;
4. determine the qualitative and quantitative of structures in organic chemistry;
5. state rules guiding nomenclature and functional group classes of organic chemistry;
6. determine the rate of reaction to predict mechanisms of reaction;
7. identify classes of organic functional group with brief description of their chemistry;
8. discuss comparative chemistry of group 1A, IIA and IVA elements; and
9. describe basic properties of transition metals.

Course Contents
Historical survey of the development and importance of organic chemistry; fullerenes as fourth
allotrope of carbon, uses as nanotubules, nanostructures, nanochemistry. Electronic theory in
organic chemistry. Isolation and purification of organic compounds; determination of
structures of organic compounds including qualitative and quantitative analysis in organic
chemistry; nomenclature and functional group classes of organic compounds. Introductory
reaction mechanism and kinetics. Stereochemistry. The chemistry of alkanes, alkenes,
alkynes, alcohols, ethers, amines, alkyl halides, nitriles, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids
and derivatives. The chemistry of selected metals and non-metals. Comparative chemistry of
group IA, IIA and IVA elements. Introduction to transition metal chemistry.

CHM 107: General Practical Chemistry I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;

New
Engineering and Technology 1167
2. collect scientific data and correct carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. state the differences between primary and secondary standards;
5. perform redox titration;
6. record observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions.

Course Contents
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.

CHM 108: General Practical Chemistry II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correctly carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. identify and carry out preliminary tests which include ignition, boiling point, melting point,
test on known and unknown organic compounds;
5. carry out solubility tests on known and unknown organic compounds;
6. carry out elemental tests on known and unknown compounds; and
7. carry out functional group/confirmatory test on known and unknown compounds which
could be acidic/basic/ neutral organic compounds.

Course Contents
Continuation of CHM 107. Additional laboratory experiments to include functional group
analysis, quantitative analysis using volumetric methods.

MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:
1. define and explain set, subset, union, intersection, complements, and demonstrate the
use of Venn diagrams;
2. solve quadratic equations;
3. solve trigonometric functions;
4. identify various types of numbers; and
5. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers. Mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.

New
Engineering and Technology 1168
MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units: C, LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
2. recognise and understand the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and
continuity;
3. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes;
4. solve function of a real variable, plot relevant graphs, identify limits and idea of continuity;
5. identify the derivative as limit of rate of change;
6. identify techniques of differentiation and perform extreme curve sketching;
7. identify integration as an inverse of differentiation;
8. identify methods of integration and definite integrals; and
9. perform integration application to areas, volumes.

Course Contents
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative, as limit of
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve sketching,
integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes (including
approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule).

PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular momentum;
and
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

Course Contents
Space and time; units and dimension, vectors and scalars, differentiation of vectors:
displacement, velocity and acceleration; kinematics; Newton’s laws of motion (inertial frames,
impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation); relative motion; application
of Newtonian mechanics; equations of motion; conservation principles in physics,
conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy, system of particles, centre of mass; rotational motion; torque, vector product,
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum. Polar coordinates; conservation
of angular momentum; circular motion; moments of inertia, gyroscopes and precession;
gravitation: Newton’s law of gravitation, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion, gravitational
potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits.

New
Engineering and Technology 1169
PHY 103: General Physics III (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing macroscopic
behaviour;
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Contents
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.

PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Contents
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity, etc. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis
should be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data
collection, analysis, and deduction.

PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs;
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.

New
Engineering and Technology 1170
Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction.

STE 102: Introduction to Structural Engineering. (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate that computational procedures are useful in analysing structures;
2. explain structural behaviour;
3. demonstrate an in-depth exposure to computer-based analysis methods;
4. show that computer-based methods can be used to determine, with minimal effort, how
structures respond to loads;
5. establish the extreme values of design variables required for design detailing; and
6. develop ability to validate computer-based predictions of structures.

Course Contents
Introduction to scope of Structural Engineering profession: earthquake, environmental,
geotechnical, transportation, and water resources engineering and their relationship to civil
engineering.
200 Level
GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge, and
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.

Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding.
ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)

New
Engineering and Technology 1171
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence;
4. engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
5. identify key elements in innovation;
6. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
7. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
8. state the basic principles of e-commerce.

Course Contents
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.

GET 201: Applied Electricity I (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. discuss the fundamental concepts of electricity and electrical d.c. circuits;
2. state, explain and apply the basic d.c. circuit theorems;
3. explain the basic a.c. circuit theory and
4. apply to solution of simple circuits.

Course contents
Fundamental concepts: Electric fields, charges, magnetic fields. current, B-H curves Kirchhoff’s
laws, superposition. Thevenin, Norton theorems, Reciprocity, RL, RC, RLC circuits. DC, AC
bridges, Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance measurement, Transducers, Single phase
circuits, Complex j - notation, AC circuits, impedance, admittance, susceptance.

New
Engineering and Technology 1172
GET 202: Engineering Materials (3 Units E: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate the role of atoms and molecules (aggregates of atoms) in the building of
solid/condensed matter known as engineering materials, the electrons quantum numbers
and how the electrons are arranged in different atomic elements, and explain the role of
electronic configuration and valence electrons in bonding;
2. define metals, alloys and metalloids, demonstrate mental picture of the solid mineral
resources development as a relay race among four ‘athletes’: geologist, mining engineer,
mineral processing technologist, process metallurgical engineer, and classify metallurgical
engineering into 3Ps: process, physical and production;
3. explain the relationship between structure and properties of materials, characteristics,
components and compositions of phase diagrams and phase transformations of solid
solutions;
4. define ceramics, glass and constituents of glasses and understand application of ceramics
in mining, building, art and craft industries;
5. define and classify polymers as a class of engineering materials and polymeric materials,
demonstrate polymerisation reactions, their types and mechanism, and applications of
polymers;
6. define properties, types and application of composite materials and fibres (synthetic and
natural);
7. define and classify nanomaterials, demonstrate applications of nanomaterials, concept,
design and classification of fracture mechanics, corrosion classification, including the five
principal ways of controlling corrosion and metal finishing processes such as sherardising,
galvanising and anodising; and
8. identify factors affecting the performance and service life of engineering
materials/metals and metallography of metals/materials (materials anatomy), which
enables metallurgical and materials engineers to prescribe appropriate solutions to test
metals/materials fitness in service through structure-property-application relationships.

Course Contents
Basic material science; atomic structure, atomic bonding and crystal structures. Engineering
materials situating metals and alloys; metals and alloys, classifications of metals, metal
extraction processes using iron and steel (ferrous) and aluminium (nonferrous) as examples,
phase diagrams/iron carbon diagrams, and mechanical workings of metals. Selection and
applications of metals and alloys for specific applications in oil, aerospace, construction,
manufacturing and transportation industries, among others. Ceramics (including glass);
definition, properties, structure and classifications of ceramics. Bioactive and glass – ceramics.
Toughing mechanism for ceramics. Polymers; definition of polymers as engineering materials,
chemistry of polymeric materials, polymer crystallisation, polymer degradation and aging.
Thermoplastic and thermosetting polymers and concepts of copolymers and homopolymers.
Composites; definition, classification, characterisation, properties and composite. Applications
of composites. Nanomaterials; definition, classification and applications of nanomaterials as
emerging technology. Processing of nanomaterials including mechanical grinding, wet
chemical synthesis, gas phase synthesis, sputtered plasma processing, microwave plasma
processing and laser ablation. Integrity assessment of engineering materials; effect of
engineering design, engineering materials processing, selection, manufacturing and
assembling on the performance and service life of engineering materials. Metallography and
fractography of materials. Mechanical testing (destructive testing) of materials such as
compressive test, tensile test, hardness test, impact test, endurance limit and fatigue test.
Non-destructive test (NDT) such as dye penetrant, x-ray and eddy current.

New
Engineering and Technology 1173
GET 203: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modeling II (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
Students should be able to:
1. apply mastery of the use of projections to prepare detailed working drawing of objects
and designs
2. develop skills in parametric design to aid their ability to see design in the optimal
specification of materials and systems to meet needs.
3. be able to analyze and optimize designs on the basis of strength and material minimization.
4. get their appetites wetted in seeing the need for the theoretical perspectives that create
the basis for the analysis that are possible in design and optimization, and
recognize/understand the practical link to excite their creativity and ability to innovate.
and
5. be able to translate their thoughts and excitements to produce shop drawings for multi-
physical, multidisciplinary design.

Course Contents
Projection of lines, auxiliary views and mixed projection. Preparation of detailed working
production drawing; semi-detailed drawings, conventional presentation methods. Solid,
surface and shell modeling. Faces, bodies and surface intersections. Component-based design.
Component assembly and motion constraints. Constrained motions and animation.
Introduction to electronics modeling. Electronics board layout preparation, Component
libraries and Schematic design. Parametric modeling and adaptive design. Simulation for
material optimization. Designing for manufacturing. Additive and subtractive manufacturing.
Production for 3-D printing, Laser cutting and CNC machinery.Arrangement of engineering
components to form a working plant (Assembly Drawing of a Plant).

GET 204: Students Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify various basic hands and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement devices
and instruments, and acquire skills in their effective use and maintenance;
2. practically apply basic engineering technologies, including metrology, casting, metal
forming and joining, materials removal, machine tooling (classification, cutting tool action,
cutting forces, non-cutting production) and CNC machining technology;
3. master workshop and industrial safety practices, accident prevention and ergonomics;
4. physically recognise different electrical & electronic components like resistances,
inductances, capacitances, diodes, transistors and their ratings;
5. connect electric circuits, understand different wiring schemes, and check ratings of
common household electrical appliances and their basic maintenance; and
6. determine household and industrial energy consumption, and understand practical energy
conservation measures.

Course Contents
The course comprises general, mechanical and electrical components: supervised hands-on
experience in safe usage of tools and machines for selected tasks; Use of measuring
instruments (calipers, micrometers, gauges, sine bar, wood planners, saws, sanders, and
pattern making). Machine shop: lathe work shaping, milling, grinding, reaming, metal
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry
practice.Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting
processes. Metal forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging, press-
tool work, spinning, etc.). Metal joining processes(welding, brazing and soldering). Heat

New
Engineering and Technology 1174
treatment. Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory of
metal cutting. Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines.
Supervised identification, use and care of various electrical and electronic components such
as resistors, inductors, capacitors, diodes and transistors. Exposure to different electric
circuits, wiring schemes, analogue and digital electrical and electronic measurements.
Household and industrial energy consumption measurements. Practical energy conservation
principles.

GET 206: Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe basic concepts of thermodynamics, quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second
and third laws;
2. define and explain system, surrounding, closed and open system, control volume and
control mass, extensive and intensive properties;
3. calculate absolute and gage pressure, and absolute temperature, calculate changes in
kinetic, potential, enthalpy and internal energy;
4. evaluate the properties of pure substances i.e. evaluate the state of the pure substances
such as compressed liquid, saturated liquid-vapour mixture and superheated vapour using
property diagrams and tables; arrange the ideal and real gas equations of state,
5. formulate the first law of thermodynamics for a closed system i.e. organize the change in
energy in the closed systems via heat and work transfer;
6. distinguish heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation, and calculate the
amount of heat energy transferred;
7. calculate the changes in moving boundary work, spring work, electrical work and shaft
work in closed systems;
8. apply the first law of thermodynamics for closed systems and construct conservation of
mass and energy equations;
9. formulate the first law of thermodynamics to the open systems i.e. describe steady-flow
open system, apply the first law of thermodynamics to the nozzles, diffusers, turbines,
compressors, throttling valves, mixing chambers, heat exchangers, pipe and duct flow;
10. construct energy and mass balance for unsteady-flow processes;
11. evaluate thermodynamic applications using second law of thermodynamics;
12. calculate thermal efficiency and coefficient of performance for heat engine, refrigerators
and heat pumps; and
13. restate perpetual-motion machines, reversible and irreversible processes.

Course Contents
Basic concepts, definitions and laws (quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second and third
laws of thermodynamics). Properties of pure substances: the two-property rule (P-V-T
behaviour of pure substances and perfect gases); state diagrams. The principle of
corresponding state; compressibility relations; reduced pressure; reduced volume;
temperature; pseudo-critical constants. The ideal gas: specific heat, polytropic processes.
Ideal gas cycles; Carnot; thermodynamic cycles, turbines, steam and gas, refrigeration. The
first law of thermodynamics – heat and work, applications to open and closed systems. The
steady flow energy equation (Bernoulli’s equation) and application. Second law of
thermodynamics, heat cycles and efficiencies.
GET 208: Strength of Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 1175
1. recognise a structural system that is stable and in equilibrium;
2. determine the stress-strain relation for single and composite members based on Hooke's
law;
3. estimate the stresses and strains in single and composite members due to temperature
changes;
4. evaluate the distribution of shear forces and bending moments in beams with distributed
and concentrated loads;
5. determine bending stresses and their use in identifying slopes and deflections in beams;
6. use Mohr's circle to evaluate the normal and shear stresses in a multi-dimensional stress
system and transformation of these stresses into strains;
7. evaluate the stresses and strains due to torsion on circular members; and
8. determine the buckling loads of columns under various fixity conditions at the ends.

Course Contents
Consideration of equilibrium; composite members, stress-strain relation. Generalised Hooke's
law. Stresses and strains due to loading and temperature changes. Torsion of circular
members. Shear force, bending moments and bending stresses in beams with symmetrical
and combined loadings. Stress and strain transformation equations and Mohr’s circle. Elastic
buckling of columns.

GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and Green’s
theorem;
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical model
of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation as well as fourier series, initial conditions and its
applications to different engineering processes.

Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.

New
Engineering and Technology 1176
GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);
2. explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically solve
a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types;
3. numerically solve differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;
4. perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,
curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of
several variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;
5. solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex numbers;
6. apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations
and of results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the theory
of conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
7. evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.

Course Contents
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and
vector-valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary
complex analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity. Derivatives,
differentiation rules and differentiation of integrals. Cauchy-Riemann equation, harmonic
functions, basic theory of conformal mapping, transformation and mapping and its
applications to engineering problems. Special functions.

GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project
through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas.

Course Contents
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components

New
Engineering and Technology 1177
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.

GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.

Course Contents
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or
special centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant
practical/industrial working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major.
The students are exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance
of tools, equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production
of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation, etc. (8-10 weeks during the long
vacation following 200 level).

NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of programme-specific activities for their
students.

300 Level
GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in peace
building.

Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes, etc. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,

New
Engineering and Technology 1178
community leaders.). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents of
conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and Imperatives.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation, collaboration, etc).
The roles of international organizations in conflict resolution ((a) The United Nations, UN and
its conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council (c) ECOWAS in
peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building. Managing post-
conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs);the role of NGOs in
post-conflict situations/crises.

ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
1. describe the key steps in venture creation;
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.

Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy, etc. Digital business and e-commerce strategies).

New
Engineering and Technology 1179
GET 301: Engineering Mathematics III (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate a clear understanding of the course content, that is, possess a breadth of
knowledge in the area covered;
2. possess an in-depth knowledge upon which a solid foundation can be built in order to
demonstrate a depth of understanding in advanced mathematical topics;
3. develop simple algorithms and use computational proficiency;
4. write simple proofs for theorems and their applications;; and
5. communicate the acquired mathematical knowledge effectively in speech, writing and
collaborative groups.

Course Contents
Linear Algebra. Elements of Matrices, Determinants, Inverses of Matrices. Theory of Linear
Equations. Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors. Analytical Geometry. Coordinate Transformation.
Solid Geometry. Polar, cylindrical and spherical coordinates. Elements of functions of several
variables. Surface Variables. Ordinary Integrals. Evaluation of Double Integrals, Triple
Integrals, Line Integrals and Surface Integrals. Derivation and Integrals of Vectors. The
gradient of scalar quantities. Flux of Vectors. The curl of a vector field, Gauss, Greens and
Stoke’s theorems and applications. Singular Valued Functions. Multivalued Functions.
Analytical Functions. Cauchy Riemann’s Equations. Singularities and Zeroes. Contour
Integration including the use of Cauchy’s Integral Theorems. Bilinear transformation.

GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.

Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis and structure Fog Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A,B,C,D,E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills(steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports(competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and

New
Engineering and Technology 1180
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.

GET 305: Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. work with data from the point of view of knowledge convergence, machine learning, and
intelligence augmentation, which significantly raises their standard for engineering
analysis (the approach forces them to learn statistics in an actionable way that helps them
to see the holistic importance of data analytics in modern engineering and technology);
2. anticipate the future with Artificial Intelligence while fulfilling the basic requirements of
conventional engineering statistical programming consistent with their future careers;
3. perform, with proficiency, statistical inference tasks with language or programming
toolboxes such as R, Python, Mathematica or MATLAB, and Design Expert to summarise
analysis and interpretation of industry engineering data, and make appropriate conclusions
based on such experimental and/or real-life industrial data;
4. construct appropriate graphical displays of data and highlight the roles of such displays in
data analysis, particularly the use of statistical software packages;
5. plan and execute experimental programmes to determine the performance of programme-
relevant industrial engineering systems, and evaluate the accuracy of the measurements
undertaken; and
6. demonstrate mastery of data analytics and statistical concepts by communicating the
results of experimental and industry-case investigations, critically reasoned scientific and
professional analysis through written and oral presentation.

Course Contents
Descriptive statistics, frequency distribution, populations and sample, central tendency,
variance data sampling, mean, median, mode, mean deviation, percentiles, etc. Probability.
Binomial, Poisson hyper-geometric, normal distributions, etc. Statistical inference intervals,
test hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big data analytics
and cloud computing applications. Introduction to the R language; R as a calculator; Vectors,
matrices, factors, data frames and other R collections. Iteration and looping control structures.
Conditionals and other controls. Designing, using and extending functions. The Apply Family.
Statistical modelling and inference in R.

GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3 Units C: LH 30 PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the types, uses and advantages of renewable energy in relation to climate change;
2. design for use the various renewable energy systems;
3. recognise and analyse the current energy systems in Nigeria, their impacts on
development and the global energy demand and supply scenarios;
4. appreciate the environmental impact of energy exploitation and utilisation, and pursue the
sustainable development of renewable energy for various applications; and
5. recognise the exploitation, excavation, production, and processing of fossil fuels such as
coal, petroleum and natural gas, and discuss the sources, technology and contribution to
future energy demands of renewable energy.

New
Engineering and Technology 1181
Course Contents
Current and potential future energy systems in Nigeria and globally - resources, extraction,
concepts in energy conversion systems; parallels and differences in various conversion
systems and end-use technologies, with emphasis on meeting 21st-century national, regional
and global energy needs in a sustainable manner. Various energy technologies in each fuel
cycle stage for fossil (oil, gas, synthetic), nuclear (fission and fusion) and renewable (solar,
biomass, wind, hydro, and geothermal). Energy types, storage, transmission and
conservation. Analysis of energy mixes within an engineering, economic and social context.
Sustainable energy; emphasise sustainability in general and in the overall concept of
sustainable development and the link this has with sustainable energy as the fundamental
benefit of renewable energy.

Practical Contents
Simple measurement of solar radiation, bomb calorimeter determination of calorific value of
fuels and biomass; measurement of the velocity of wind, waves and the energy that abound
in them; laboratory production of biogas and determination of energy available in it; simple
conversion of solar energy to electricity; transesterification of edible oil into biodiesel;
simulation of geothermal energy; Geiger-Muller or Scintillation Counters’ determination of
uranium or thorium energy; simple solid or salt storage of energy; hybrid application of
renewable energy.

GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and

Convergent Technologies (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:
1. explain the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications and effects of artificial
intelligence;
2. explain the fundamental concepts of machine learning, deep learning and convergent
technologies;
3. demonstrate the difference between supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised
learning;
4. demonstrate proficiency in machine learning workflow and how to implement the steps
effectively;
5. explain natural languages, knowledge representation, expert systems and pattern
recognition;
6. describe distributed systems, data and information security and intelligent web
technologies;
7. explain the concept of big data analytics, purpose of studying it, issues that can arise with
a data set and the importance of properly preparing data prior to a machine learning
exercise; and
8. explain the concepts, characteristics, models and benefits, key security and compliance
challenges of cloud computing.

Course Contents
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence paradigms;
search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired algorithms –
examples, their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding
natural languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation, mathematical and logic
foundations of AI.; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition; distributed
systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent technologies

New
Engineering and Technology 1182
– definition, significance and engineering applications. Neural networks and deep learning.
Introduction to python “AI” libraries.

GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three softwares in their chosen career choices;
2. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;
3. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;
4. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work;
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers; and
7. write a general report at the end of the training.

The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work
experience i.e. 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged
in the more advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use
in the industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a
report at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and
encouraged to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities
and experiences to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits
include:

Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine

operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts,
gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, and wooden furniture making processes.

Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solid works: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with Solid Works, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solidWorks drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.

A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project.

Examples of projects should include the following:

a. design of machine components;

New
Engineering and Technology 1183
b. product design and innovation;
c. part modelling and drafting in SolidWorks; and
d. technical report writing.

STE 303: Structural Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Course Contents
Analysis of stress and strain, phenomenological material behaviour, extension, bending, and
transverse shear stresses in beams with general cross-sections, shear centre, deflection of
beams, torsion of beams, warping, column instability and failure. Analysis of truss and frame
structures using matrix methods; matrix force methods; matrix displacement method; analysis
concepts based on theorem of virtual work; moment distribution.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. determine the design loading on structures using design codes and assessing the load
paths for common structural forms;
2. identify points of certainty regarding structures deformation/rotation to qualitatively
construct shear force and bending moment diagrams for both statically determinate and
indeterminate structures;
3. apply the principle of virtual work to calculate the deflections of truss, beam and frame
structures;
4. employ the principles of virtual work and compatibility to evaluate the internal forces and
deflections of truss, beam and frame structures; and
5. demonstrate the analysis of both sway and no-sway frame structures using the slope-
deflection equations.

STE 304 Construction Technology (3 Units: C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course. the students should be able to:
1. introduce and master construction safety precaution and awareness;
2. reinforce basic math skills by incorporation of practical application;
3. identify hand and power tools and describe their uses.
4. introduce the students to reading and interpreting construction blueprints;
5. identify construction materials and describe their uses; and
6. introduce the students to basic skills and knowledge in the fields of rigging, carpentry,
electrical wiring, masonry, and plumbing.

Course Contents
Principles of building strength and stability. Site mobilisation, setting out and building process.
Types and methods of construction of principal building elements. Basic structural building
frames. Elements of industrialised building systems.

New
Engineering and Technology 1184
STE 306. Principles of Soil Mechanics and Engineering Geology
(3 units C: LH 45)
Learning outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:

1. evaluate and classify soils including soil and water weight-volume relationships;
2. evaluate the state of stress and shear strength of a soil mass;
3. estimate seepage volume and settlement through a compressible soil mass; and
4. find the bearing capacity of shallow and deep foundations.

Course Contents
Soil as a foundation for structures and as a material of construction. Soil formation,
classification, physical and mechanical properties, soil compaction, earth pressures,
consolidation, and shear strength.
400 Level

GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units: C; PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme.
2. Demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.
Course Contents

In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units: C; LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies.
2. Describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to
the society.
3. Demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices.
4. Prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review
5. Discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation.
6. Determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

New
Engineering and Technology 1185
GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:
1. be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
2. bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work
methods and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways
of safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;
3. experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work and
the environment seamlessly, and expose them to contacts for eventual job placements
after graduation;
4. be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place
of engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them;
and
5. exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not
necessarily limited to the student’s major (24 weeks from the end of the first semester at
400-Level to the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second
semester at 400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a
programme related industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc, for a period of 6
months under the guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised
by an academic staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits
the completed Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also, there will be a
comprehensive report covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences
(GET 299, GET 399 and GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department
for overall assessment.

New
Engineering and Technology 1186
STE 405: Structural Dynamics (2 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. analyse indeterminate structures and adopt an appropriate structural analysis technique;
and
2. determine the response of structures by classical, iterative and matrix methods.

CourseContent
Basic structural dynamics course for Civil Engineering students. Elastic free, forced vibration,
and earthquake response spectra analysis for single and multi-degree of freedom systems.
Axial, bending, and torsional vibration of beams. Calibration of instrumentation for dynamic
measurements. Determination of natural frequencies and damping factors from free
vibrations. Determination of natural frequencies, mode shapes, and damping factors from
forced vibrations. Dynamic similitude.
STE 407: Finite Element Methods. (2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the numerical methods involved in finite element theory;
2. discuss the role and significance of shape functions in finite element formulations and use
linear, quadratic, and cubic shape functions for interpolation;
3. apply direct and formal (basic energy and weighted residual) methods for deriving finite
element equations;
4. explicate global, local, and natural coordinates;
5. explain the formulation of one-dimensional elements (truss and beam);
6. elucidate the formulation of two-dimensional elements (triangle and quadrilateral
continuum and shell elements);
7. discuss the formulation of three-dimensional elements (tetrahedral and brick elements);
8. select appropriate space (planar (plane stress or strain), axisymmetric, or spatial),
idealization (type of element), and modelling techniques; and
9. perform and verify finite element analysis (FEA) using commercial FEA software; and
10. recognise sources of errors in FEA.

Course-contents
Direct approach for truss analysis, strong form and weak form, approximation functions for
finite element methods, weighted residual methods, Ritz method, variational method,
convergence criteria and rate of convergence, natural coordinates and shape functions, iso-
parametric finite elements, finite element formulation of multidimensional heat flow and
elasticity, numerical integration and approximation properties, finite element formulation of
beam.

STE 409: Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. generalise the guiding principles of the serviceability limit state and the ultimate limit state
concepts and how they relate to the design of structures;
2. summarise the fundamental mechanics of reinforced concrete and the empirical
assumptions made for analysis;
3. identify reinforced concrete failure modes from crack patterns;

New
Engineering and Technology 1187
4. apply fundamental mechanics to the design of reinforced concrete beams and slabs at the
serviceability limit state including determination of short- and long-term deflection and
crack widths;
5. apply fundamental mechanics to the design of reinforced concrete beams and slabs at the
ultimate limit state including determination of member strength (flexural and shear) and
ductility;
6. apply fundamental mechanics to the design of reinforced concrete columns at the ultimate
limit state including determination of strength under uniaxial and biaxial bending; and
7. design basic structural elements (beams, columns and slabs) according to the design
approach of internationally acceptable standards.

Course Contents
Beams, columns and slabs in reinforced concrete structures. Properties of reinforced concrete
materials. Design of beams and slabs for flexure, shear, anchorage of reinforcement, and
deflection. Design of columns for axial force, bending and shear, ultimate strength design
methods.
500 Level
GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
4. possess the skills needed for project management; and
5. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.

Course Contents
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons – functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.
Project planning, control and timeliness; decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.

GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

New
Engineering and Technology 1188
Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions;
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications; and
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principles undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically
present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an
expert witness.

Course Contents
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.
Termination/Cancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.
STE 501: Design and Construction of Steel Structures. (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. learn the basic elements of a steel structure;
2. learn the fundamentals of structural steel fasteners;
3. design basic elements of steel structure like tension members, compression members,
beams and beam-columns; and
4. design column splices and bases.

CourseContents
Introduction to building codes. Fundamentals of load and resistance factor design of steel
elements. Design of tension and compression members. Design of beams and beam columns.
Simple connection design. Introduction to computer modelling methods.
STE 502. Design and Construction of Tall Buildings (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the various types of materials used in tall buildings together with their
characteristics;
2. explain wind and seismic effects on behaviour of tall structures;
3. discuss various structural systems of tall buildings constructed using concrete, steel and
steel/concrete composite material;
4. analyse the behaviour of various structural systems under gravity and lateral loading along
with their advantages and limitations;
5. explain the use of structural engineering software for analysis and design of high-rise
structures;
6. explicate the foundation system used for high rise buildings; and

New
Engineering and Technology 1189
7. elucidate the latest trend in tall buildings in Nigeria and abroad.

Course Contents
Introduction to total design process and professional participants. Systematic presentation of
advantages and limitations of different structural forms and systems. Identification of critical
design factors influenced by tallness. Foundation systems. Construction site visits, costing,
and scheduling.
Minimum Academic Standards
Equipment

Structural Engineering Laboratory

1. Civil engineering materials equipment
2. Routine testing equipment
3. Equipment for models and prototype testing, for example, trusses, columns, beams and
frames.
4. Studio/design office.

Geotechnical Engineering Laboratory

1. Field soil survey and testing kits (including sub-soil investigation and drilling)
2. Laboratory soil/rock testing equipment.

Geodetic Engineering & Photogrammetry Laboratory

1. Laboratory equipment stores
2. Photogrammetric and remote sensing laboratory equipment.

Highway and Transportation Engineering Laboratory

1. Highway materials testing laboratory equipment
2. Pavement laboratory equipment

Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalents
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15 Units per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practical’s
and supervision of projects.

NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees; hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personnel

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practical’s
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.

Administrative Support Staff

New
Engineering and Technology 1190
The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.

Technical Support Personnel

The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation and
maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.

Minimum Number of Staff

Subject to the general standards specified by NUC;

Student/Staff Ratio
The minimum staff-to-student ratio should be 1:15 from 200 level to 500 level.

Library
University Library
Library books, journals and other resource materials should be adequate in number and
currency
Electronic Library
The University library should subscribe to some on-line databases relevant to structural
engineering degree programme such as: ASTM standards, ASTM digital library, compendex,
Google Scholar, ICE virtual library – Ebooks, and computer-aided Civil and Infrastructure
Engineering. Journals subscription should include volumes such as: IEEE Transactions on
Intelligent Transportation Systems, Automation in Construction, Building and Environment,
Energy and Buildings, Transportation Research Part B, Methodological, Transportation
Research Part E, Logistics and Transportation Review, Structural Safety, Journal of Hydrology,
and Tunnelling and Underground Space Technology.
Faculty/Departmental Library
A faculty or departmental library should be available for the use of staff and students. Current,
local, national and international journals relevant to Structural Engineering should be available
e.g. Nigerian Society of Engineers technical transactions, relevant codes and standards should
also be available.

New
Engineering and Technology 1191
List of basic equipment/instruments/machines/tools expected in laboratories/
workshops common to all engineering disciplines
Central Workshop
Fitting and Machining Section
1. workbenches with vices for metal work
2. tool boxes containing hand tools such as screw drivers, wrenches, hammers, hacksaws,
files, centre punch chisel, scrapers, etc.
3. lathe machines
4. milling machines
5. power hacksaw
6. shaping machines
7. NC lathe machine
8. NC milling machine
9. drilling machines
10. vernier callipers and micrometer screw gauges
11. sheet metal folding machine
12. grinding machine.

Foundry Section
Furnaces and casting facilities

Welding and Fabrication Section

1. arc welding machines and accessories
2. gas welding facilities
3. safety goggles, eye and ear protectors
4. pop riveting machine
5. guillotine Cutting Machine
6. rolling machine, etc.

Carpentry and Woodwork Section

1. band saw, radial arm saw, circular saw
2. surfacing machine
3. mortise machine
4. thicknessing / Planing machine
5. wood lathe machine
6. portable sander machine
7. jig saw, rip saw, cross-cut saw, panel saw, tenon saw, compass saw
8. drilling machine
9. chest drill
10. spraying machine
11. oil stone
12. wood workbenches with vices
13. G clamp, F clamp, sash clamp
14. jack planes, smooth planes
15. Other hand tools such as tri square, claw hammer, pincer, marking gauge, mortise gauge,
spirit level, flat chisel, wood rasp, round chisel, wood mallet, spoke shave, screw drivers,
tape rule and scraper.

Electrical/Electronic Section
water distillers

New
Engineering and Technology 1192
hydrometers
multimeters, voltmeters, ammeters and clamp meters
soldering irons
battery chargers
standard tool boxes for electrical and electronics works
electrical/electronics data books
oscilloscopes
tachometers and phase sequence meters
logic probes
etching machines complete with accessories
coil winding machine.
Thermodynamics and Fluid Mechanics Laboratory
manometers
hydrostatic forces on plane & curved surfaces apparatus
stability of floating bodies’ apparatus
laminar and turbulent flow apparatus
temperature measurement apparatus
pressure measurement apparatus
thermal conductivity apparatus
apparatus for flow through nozzle and orifice

Strength of Materials/Materials Laboratory

simple bending apparatus
apparatus for tensile, compression and torsion tests
strain gauges, wheatstone bridge.

Basic Electrical Engineering Laboratory

D. C. and A. C. power supplies
signal generators
function generators
oscilloscopes
voltmeters, ammeters, multimeters
frequency counters
circuit components such as resistors, capacitors, inductors, transistors.
potentiometers.

Teaching Facilities
Classrooms
There should be adequate lecture theatres and classrooms for the programme. At least three
adequate and dedicated classrooms should be available with lecture theatres.

Office Accommodation
Offices should be 18.5 m2 while research laboratory should be 14.5 m2
Safety, Sanitation and Environmental Sanitation of Teaching Facilities
Buildings should be safe and in compliance with Federal, State and Local Government Laws
relating to safety, fire hazards, etc. All buildings should have functional fire-extinguishers, fire
buckets with sand, and water source/reservoir and all staff and students should have some
knowledge on how to operate all the fire equipment.

New
Engineering and Technology 1193
Drawing Office and Equipment
There should be space and furniture in the graphics room for at least 20% of the students in
200 Level in the faculty to be able to carry out their drawings at the same time. All the students
are expected to own portable drawing boards, instruments and T-square. There should be
some provision for computer-aided graphics.
Teaching Aids
The programme should have adequate numbers of projectors installed in the classrooms.
There should be good white boards and public address systems for large lecture rooms.
Modern facilities such as interactive magic boards are expected in all the lecture rooms. Each
student is expected to own and use a computer/lLaptop.
Virtual Laboratory, Simulation Systems and Models
Virtual laboratory facilities, audio-visual recording studio, models, and simulation computer
software packages, should be available.
All other items as specified in the Discipline Section.

Classrooms, Laboratories, Workshops, Clinics, and Offices

The NUC recommends the following physical space requirement:

Academic m2
Professor’s Office 18.50
Head of Department’s Office 18.50
Tutorial Teaching Staff Space 13.50
Other Teaching Staff Space 7.00
Technical Staff Space 7.00
Science Staff Research Laboratory 16.50
Engineering Staff Research Laboratory 14.50
Seminar Space per student 1.85
Drawing Office Space (A.O. Board) (Per Student) 4.60
Drawing Office Space (A.I. Board) (Per Student) 3.70
Laboratory Space 7.50
Non-Academic
Secretarial Space 7.00

Office Facilities
S/No Office No in Room Facilities
1. HOD 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
2. Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit.
4. Senior 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
Lecturer computer unit.
5. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.
6. Lecturer II 3 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves

New
Engineering and Technology 1194
B.Eng. Systems Engineering
Overview
The content of this curriculum is for Bachelor of Engineering (B.Eng) degree programme in
Systems Engineering. Systems Engineering takes a synthetic systems approach to engineering
education, and is cognisant of the reality that the typical engineer faces in industry and
practice based on the fact that problems are not easily classified into neat compartments that
they are used to in the university.

Philosophy
The graduates of this programme will be able to take a multidisciplinary and multiphysical
approach to society’s challenges from the perspective of providing solutions that are efficient
and effective. It will draw on a wide range of physical and scientific knowledge base that
were previously seen as distinct – making them into a uniform continuum.

Objectives
The products of this programme will therefore be in a position to:
1. relate easily to the products of several other engineering disciplines such as Mechanical,
Civil, Chemical, Electronics and Electrical, Biomechanical and Industrial engineering since
they have covered similar scopes of work as these engineers in related fields.
2. function in place of several of these engineering experts because a substantial portion of
the essentials of these related fields is covered in a synthetic approach that is inherent in
the Systems Engineering approach.
3. bring multi-physical and multi-disciplinary rigour into engineering problem solving and
function in mechatronics roles, Software Engineering, AI, machine learning as well as data
analytics.
To achieve this end, the department’s courses are divided into four broad areas: Multiphysical
Design, Artificial Intelligence & Machine Learning, Industrial Systems, Electronics & Controls
Systems. The Multiphysical Design area covers the essence of mechanical, thermal and
electronics design and analysis in a number of courses by leveraging the Continuum Mechanics
approach with a heavy dose of simulation, analysis, prototyping and optimisation relying on
modern engineering design tools such as fusion 360 and computational fluid dynamics.
Employability Skills
Employment opportunities for the products of this program covers the entire range of several
engineering disciplines including but not limited to: Mechanical, Electrical and electronics
Engineering, Information Technology and Software systems, Artificial Intelligence and
Machine Learning. They should also be able to play coordinating roles in multifaceted
industries where several engineering and science disciplines collaborate to bring solutions.
Their training should make them relate seamlessly with various other engineers.

They should therefore be able to pursue careers in traditional as well as non-traditional roles
of engineers. They should be able to bring the rigour of software and hardware experience to
the modernisation of other disciplines as they rely more on ICT to achieve their objectives.
Small companies will be able to hire them for roles that should have required more than one
or two engineers trained in some of the related disciplines.

New
Engineering and Technology 1195
21st Century Skills
The 21st century skills are as follows:
1. critical thinking/problem solving/decision making;
2. creativity and innovation;
3. learning to learn/metacognition;
4. communication;
5. collaboration (teamwork and ethics);
6. information literacy;
7. growth mindset;
8. computational thinking; and
9. citinzenship (local and global).

Unique Features of the Programme

This program follows the modern trend in unifying the technology approach to problem
solving. This has created a number of new fields such as Financial Engineering, and the use
of turbulence in areas such as fluid mechanics to model economic systems. This trend will
continue. Systems Engineering is a good preparation for our nation to retool and move into
the technological trends that makes many nations prosper.
It is our attempt to change the game from trying to catch up with mature technologies to an
innovative approach where we play at the point of development of new ways of doing things.
Admission and Graduation Requirements
Admission Requirements
Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
1. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
2. Direct Entry (DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

For the five-year degree propgramme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must include English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

Direct Entry (DE) Mode

For the four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit
passes, which must include English Language, two must be principal subjects at Advance GCE
Level or NCE and its equivalent. Holder of upper credit level at HND are eligible for
consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:
1. Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of
150 and maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5–year engineering degree
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters.
2. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode shall have registered for minimum
of 120 and maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4–year engineering degree
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic
semesters.

New
Engineering and Technology 1196
3. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode at 300-Level shall have registered
for a minimum of 90 and a maximum of 120 units of courses during a 3–year
engineering degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of 6
academic semesters.
4. The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units
respectively.
5. A student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by the
university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point
Average (CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.
6. A student shall also have earned the 15 credit units of Students Industrial Work
Experience Scheme (SIWES), 8 credit units of University General Study courses and
four credit units of Entrepreneurship courses.

For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered,
whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the
computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it
or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each and all
attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.
Prerequisite courses must be taken and passed before a particular course at a higher level.
Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME, 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 200-Level
and 11 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 300-Level.
Global Course Structure
Level GST/ENT Basic GET SSG SIWES courses Units
Science
100 4 18 3 25
200 4 24 2 3 33
300 4 18 4 4 30
400 2 7 6 15
500 5 10 15
Total 12 18 52 23 13* 105

* All 11 SIWES units and 2 units of Engineering Valuation are to be credited in the 2nd
Semester of 400-Level, and not added to the 105 units of 70% of CCMAS
100 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 15 45
GST 112 Nigerian Peoples and Culture 2 C 30
GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C 15 -
GET 102 Introduction to Graphics and 2 C 15 45
Solid Modelling I
CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C 30 -
CHM 102 General Chemistry II 2 C 30 -
CHM 107 General Practical Chemistry I 1 C - 45
CHM 108 General Practical Chemistry II 1 C - 45

New
Engineering and Technology 1197
 MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 2 C 30 -
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C 30 -
PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C 30 -
PHY 103 General Physics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 107 General Practical Physics I 1 C - 45
PHY 108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45
SSG 102 Introduction to Systems 2 C 30 -
Engineering
Total 25

200 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and Innovation 2 C 30 -
GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and Human 2 C 30 -
Existence
GET 201 Applied Electricity I 3 C 45 -
GET 202 Engineering Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 205 Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics 3 C 45 -
GET 206 Fundamentals of Thermodynamics 3 C 45 -
GET 208 Strength of Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 45 -
GET 210 Engineering Mathematics II 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing and Software 3 C 30 45
Engineering
SSG 203 Solid Modelling and Design 2 C 30 -
*GET 299 SIWES I: Students Work 3 C 9 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 33

300 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
ENT 312 Venture Creation 2 C 15 45
GST 312 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 30 -
GET 301 Engineering Mathematics III 3 C 45 -
GET 302 Engineering Mathematics IV 3 C 45 -
GET 304 Technical Writing and 3 C 45 -
Communication (including
Seminar Presentation
GET 305 Engineering Statistics and Data 3 C 45 -
Analytics.
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems and 3 C 45 -
Technology
GET 307 Introduction to Artificial 3 C 30 45
Intellegence, Machine Learning
and Convergent Technologies

New
Engineering and Technology 1198
 SSG 321 Continuum Mechanics I 2 C 30 -
SSG 322 Control Theory I 2 C 30 -
*GET 399 SIWES II: Students Work 4 C 12 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 30

400 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 C 90

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Costing 2 C 30
SSG 415 Mechatronics & Robotics 2 C 30 -
SSG 431 Continuum Mechanics II 2 C 30 -
SSG 433 Introduction to Micro 2 E 30 -
Electromechanical Systems
SSG 435 Control Systems 3 C 45 -
*GET 499 SIWES III: Students Work 4 C 12 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 15

SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

500 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 501 Engineering Project Management 3 C 45 -

GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -
SSG 518 Machine Learning & AI 2 C 15 45
SSG 531- Final Year Project 1 3 C 15 90
SSG 532 Design Simulation, Analysis and 2 C 15 45
Optimization
SSG 560 Final Year Project II 3 C - 135
Total 15

Course Contents and Learning Outcomes

New
Engineering and Technology 1199
100 Level
GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.

Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology). English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations). Major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional). Grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality). Reading
and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking; reasoning
methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy, generalisation and
explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements. Writing activities
(pre-writing (brainstorming and outlining). Writing (paragraphing, punctuation and
expression). post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing (summary, essays,
letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making, etc. Mechanics of writing. Information
and Communication Technology in modern language learning. Language skills for effective
communication. The art of public speaking.

GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;
2. identify and list the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
3. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political entity;
4. analyse the concepts of trade and economic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation to
national development;
5. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian state regarding nation building;
6. analyse the role of the judiciary in upholding fundamental human rights
7. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria; and
8. list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems.

Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and cultures;
peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria; nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system; indigenous apprenticeship system among
Nigerian peoples; trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justice and national
development (definition and classification of law); Judiciary and fundamental rights.

New
Engineering and Technology 1200
Individuals, norms and values (basic Nigerian norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition; citizenship and civic responsibilities; indigenous languages, usage and
development; negative attitudes and conducts [Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices]). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3Rs – Reconstruction, Rehabilitation
and Re-orientation; re-orientation strategies: Operation Feed the Nation (OFN), Green
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline and Corruption (WAIC), Mass
Mobilization for Self-Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery (MAMSER), National
Orientation Agency (NOA). Current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria.
GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:

1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to

innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs);
and
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.

Course Contents
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.

GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple everyday and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength and cost;
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical and
other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the analytical
nature of the courses they take; and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.

Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and

New
Engineering and Technology 1201
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete terms.
Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3D objects.
Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and perspectives.
Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection and rendering.
This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid works, solid edge
or equivalent.

CHM 101: General Chemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. define atom, molecules and chemical reactions;
2. discuss the modern electronic theory of atoms;
3. write electronic configurations of elements on the periodic table;
4. rationalise the trends of atomic radii, ionisation energies, electronegativity of the elements,
based on their position in the periodic table;
5. identify and balance oxidation–reduction equation and solve redox titration problems;
6. draw shapes of simple molecules and hybridised orbitals;
7. identify the characteristics of acids, bases and salts, and solve problems based on their
quantitative relationship;
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using LeChatelier’s principle to
predict the effect of concentration, pressure and temperature changes on equilibrium
mixtures;
9. analyse and perform calculations with the thermodynamic functions, enthalpy, entropy
and free energy; and
10. determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and temperature.

Course Contents
Atoms, molecules, elements and compounds, and chemical reactions. Modern electronic
theory of atoms. Electronic configuration, periodicity and building up of the periodic table.
Hybridisation and shapes of simple molecules. Valence forces; Structure of solids. Chemical
equations and stoichiometry; chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, kinetic theory of
matter. Elementary thermochemistry; rates of reaction, equilibrium and thermodynamics.
Acids, bases and salts. Properties of gases. Redox reactions and introduction to
electrochemistry. Radioactivity.

CHM 102: General Chemistry II (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the importance and development of organic chemistry;
2. define fullerenes and its applications;
3. discuss electronic theory;
4. determine the qualitative and quantitative of structures in organic chemistry;
5. state rules guiding nomenclature and functional group classes of organic chemistry;
6. determine the rate of reaction to predict mechanisms of reaction;
7. identify classes of organic functional group with brief description of their chemistry;
8. discuss comparative chemistry of group 1A, IIA and IVA elements; and
9. describe basic properties of transition metals.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 1202
Historical survey of the development and importance of organic chemistry; fullerenes as fourth
allotrope of carbon, uses as nanotubules, nanostructures, nanochemistry. Electronic theory in
organic chemistry. Isolation and purification of organic compounds; determination of
structures of organic compounds including qualitative and quantitative analysis in organic
chemistry; nomenclature and functional group classes of organic compounds. Introductory
reaction mechanism and kinetics. Stereochemistry. The chemistry of alkanes, alkenes,
alkynes, alcohols, ethers, amines, alkyl halides, nitriles, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids
and derivatives. The chemistry of selected metals and non-metals. Comparative chemistry of
group IA, IIA and IVA elements. Introduction to transition metal chemistry.

CHM 107: General Practical Chemistry I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correct carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. state the differences between primary and secondary standards;
5. perform redox titration;
6. record observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions.

Course Contents
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.

CHM 108: General Practical Chemistry II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correctly carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. identify and carry out preliminary tests which include ignition, boiling point, melting point,
test on known and unknown organic compounds;
5. carry out solubility tests on known and unknown organic compounds;
6. carry out elemental tests on known and unknown compounds; and
7. carry out functional group/confirmatory test on known and unknown compounds which
could be acidic/basic/ neutral organic compounds.

Course Contents
Continuation of CHM 107. Additional laboratory experiments to include functional group
analysis, quantitative analysis using volumetric methods.

MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:
1. define and explain set, subset, union, intersection, complements, and demonstrate the
use of Venn diagrams;

New
Engineering and Technology 1203
2. solve quadratic equations;
3. solve trigonometric functions;
4. identify various types of numbers; and
5. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers. Mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.

MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
2. recognise and understand the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and
continuity;
3. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes;
4. solve function of a real variable, plot relevant graphs, identify limits and idea of continuity;
5. identify the derivative as limit of rate of change;
6. identify techniques of differentiation and perform extreme curve sketching;
7. identify integration as an inverse of differentiation;
8. identify methods of integration and definite integrals; and
9. perform integration application to areas, volumes.

Course Contents
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative, as limit of
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve sketching,
integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes (including
approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule).

PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular momentum;
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

New
Engineering and Technology 1204
Course Contents
Space and time; units and dimension, vectors and scalars, differentiation of vectors:
displacement, velocity and acceleration; kinematics; Newton’s laws of motion (inertial frames,
impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation); relative motion; application
of Newtonian mechanics; equations of motion; conservation principles in physics,
conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy, system of particles, centre of mass; rotational motion; torque, vector product,
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum. Polar coordinates; conservation
of angular momentum; circular motion; moments of inertia, gyroscopes and precession;
gravitation: Newton’s law of gravitation, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion, gravitational
potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits.

PHY 103: General Physics III (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing macroscopic
behaviour;
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Contents
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.

PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Contents
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity, etc. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis

New
Engineering and Technology 1205
should be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data
collection, analysis, and deduction.

PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs;
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.

Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction.

200 Level
GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge, and
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.

Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding.
.

New
Engineering and Technology 1206
 New
Engineering and Technology 1207
ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence;
4. engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
5. identify key elements in innovation;
6. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
7. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
8. state the basic principles of e-commerce.

Course Contents
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.

GET 201: Applied Electricity I (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. discuss the fundamental concepts of electricity and electrical d.c. circuits;
2. state, explain and apply the basic d.c. circuit theorems;
3. explain the basic a.c. circuit theory and
4. apply to solution of simple circuits.

Course contents
Fundamental concepts: Electric fields, charges, magnetic fields. current, B-H curves Kirchhoff’s
laws, superposition. Thevenin, Norton theorems, Reciprocity, RL, RC, RLC circuits. DC, AC
bridges, Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance measurement, Transducers, Single phase
circuits, Complex j - notation, AC circuits, impedance, admittance, susceptance.

New
Engineering and Technology 1208
GET 202: Engineering Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to :
1. demonstrate the role of atoms and molecules (aggregates of atoms) in the building of
solid/condensed matter known as engineering materials, the electrons quantum numbers
and how the electrons are arranged in different atomic elements, and explain the role of
electronic configuration and valence electrons in bonding;
2. define metals, alloys and metalloids, demonstrate mental picture of the solid mineral
resources development as a relay race among four ‘athletes’: geologist, mining engineer,
mineral processing technologist, process metallurgical engineer, and classify metallurgical
engineering into 3Ps: process, physical and production;
3. explain the relationship between structure and properties of materials, characteristics,
components and compositions of phase diagrams and phase transformations of solid
solutions;
4. define ceramics, glass and constituents of glasses and understand application of ceramics
in mining, building, art and craft industries;
5. define and classify polymers as a class of engineering materials and polymeric materials,
demonstrate polymerisation reactions, their types and mechanism, and applications of
polymers;
6. define properties, types and application of composite materials and fibres (synthetic and
natural);
7. define and classify nanomaterials, demonstrate applications of nanomaterials, concept,
design and classification of fracture mechanics, corrosion classification, including the five
principal ways of controlling corrosion and metal finishing processes such as sherardising,
galvanising and anodising; and
8. identify factors affecting the performance and service life of engineering
materials/metals and metallography of metals/materials (materials anatomy), which
enables metallurgical and materials engineers to prescribe appropriate solutions to test
metals/materials fitness in service through structure-property-application relationships.

Course Contents
Basic material science; atomic structure, atomic bonding and crystal structures. Engineering
materials situating metals and alloys; metals and alloys, classifications of metals, metal
extraction processes using iron and steel (ferrous) and aluminium (nonferrous) as examples,
phase diagrams/iron carbon diagrams, and mechanical workings of metals. Selection and
applications of metals and alloys for specific applications in oil, aerospace, construction,
manufacturing and transportation industries, among others. Ceramics (including glass);
definition, properties, structure and classifications of ceramics. Bioactive and glass – ceramics.
Toughing mechanism for ceramics. Polymers; definition of polymers as engineering materials,
chemistry of polymeric materials, polymer crystallisation, polymer degradation and aging.
Thermoplastic and thermosetting polymers and concepts of copolymers and homopolymers.
Composites; definition, classification, characterisation, properties and composite. Applications
of composites. Nanomaterials; definition, classification and applications of nanomaterials as
emerging technology. Processing of nanomaterials including mechanical grinding, wet
chemical synthesis, gas phase synthesis, sputtered plasma processing, microwave plasma
processing and laser ablation. Integrity assessment of engineering materials; effect of
engineering design, engineering materials processing, selection, manufacturing and
assembling on the performance and service life of engineering materials. Metallography and
fractography of materials. Mechanical testing (destructive testing) of materials such as
compressive test, tensile test, hardness test, impact test, endurance limit and fatigue test.
Non-destructive test (NDT) such as dye penetrant, x-ray and eddy current.

New
Engineering and Technology 1209
GET 205: Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to :
1. explain the properties of fluids;
2. determine forces in static fluids and fluids in motion;
3. determine whether a floating body will be stable;
4. determine the effect of various pipe fittings (valves, orifices, bends and elbows) on fluid
flow in pipes;
5. measure flow parameters with venturi meters, orifice meters, weirs;
6. perform calculations based on principles of mass, momentum and energy conservation;
7. perform dimensional analysis and simple fluid modelling problems; and
8. specify the type and capacity of pumps and turbines for engineering applications.

Course Contents
Fluid properties, hydrostatics, fluid dynamics using principles of mass, momentum and energy
conservation from a control volume approach. Flow measurements in pipes, dimensional
analysis, and similitude, 2-dimensional flows. Hydropower systems.

GET 206: Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe basic concepts of thermodynamics, i.e., quantitative relations of Zeroth, first,
second and third laws;
2. define and explain system, surrounding, closed and open system, control volume and
control mass, extensive and intensive properties;
3. calculate absolute and gage pressure, and absolute temperature, calculate changes in
kinetic, potential, enthalpy and internal energy;
4. evaluate the properties of pure substances i.e. evaluate the state of the pure substances
such as compressed liquid, saturated liquid-vapour mixture and superheated vapour using
property diagrams and tables; arrange the ideal and real gas equations of state,
5. formulate the first law of thermodynamics for a closed system i.e. organize the change in
energy in the closed systems via heat and work transfer;
6. distinguish heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation, and calculate the
amount of heat energy transferred;
7. calculate the changes in moving boundary work, spring work, electrical work and shaft
work in closed systems;
8. apply the first law of thermodynamics for closed systems and construct conservation of
mass and energy equations;
9. formulate the first law of thermodynamics to the open systems i.e. describe steady-flow
open system, apply the first law of thermodynamics to the nozzles, diffusers, turbines,
compressors, throttling valves, mixing chambers, heat exchangers, pipe and duct flow;
10. construct energy and mass balance for unsteady-flow processes;
11. evaluate thermodynamic applications using second law of thermodynamics;
12. calculate thermal efficiency and coefficient of performance for heat engine, refrigerators
and heat pumps; and
13. restate perpetual-motion machines, reversible and irreversible processes.
Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 1210
Basic concepts, definitions and laws (quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second and third
laws of thermodynamics). Properties of pure substances: the two-property rule (P-v-T
behaviour of pure substances and perfect gases); state diagrams. The principle of
corresponding state; compressibility relations; reduced pressure; reduced volume;
temperature; pseudo-critical constants. The ideal gas: specific heat, polytropic processes.
Ideal gas cycles; Carnot; thermodynamic cycles, turbines, steam and gas, refrigeration. The
first law of thermodynamics – heat and work, applications to open and closed systems. The
steady flow energy equation (Bernoulli’s equation) and application. Second law of
thermodynamics, heat cycles and efficiencies.
GET 208: Strength of Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. recognise a structural system that is stable and in equilibrium;
2. determine the stress-strain relation for single and composite members based on Hooke's
law;
3. estimate the stresses and strains in single and composite members due to temperature
changes;
4. evaluate the distribution of shear forces and bending moments in beams with distributed
and concentrated loads;
5. determine bending stresses and their use in identifying slopes and deflections in beams;
6. use Mohr's circle to evaluate the normal and shear stresses in a multi-dimensional stress
system and transformation of these stresses into strains;
7. evaluate the stresses and strains due to torsion on circular members; and
8. determine the buckling loads of columns under various fixity conditions at the ends.

Course Contents
Consideration of equilibrium; composite members, stress-strain relation. Generalised Hooke's
law. Stresses and strains due to loading and temperature changes. Torsion of circular
members. Shear force, bending moments and bending stresses in beams with symmetrical
and combined loadings. Stress and strain transformation equations and Mohr’s circle. Elastic
buckling of columns.

GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and Green’s
theorem;
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical model
of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation, as well as fourier series, initial conditions and its
applications to different engineering processes

New
Engineering and Technology 1211
Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.

GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);
2. explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically solve
a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types;
3. numerically solve differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;
4. perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,
curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of
several variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;
5. solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex numbers;
6. apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations
and of results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the theory
of conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
7. evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.

Course Contents
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and
vector-valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary
complex analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity. Derivatives,
differentiation rules and differentiation of integrals. Cauchy-Riemann equation, harmonic
functions, basic theory of conformal mapping, transformation and mapping and its
applications to engineering problems. Special functions.

GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project
through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas;

New
Engineering and Technology 1212
Course Contents
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.

GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.

Course Contents
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or
special centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant
practical/industrial working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major.
The students are exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance
of tools, equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production
of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation (8-10 weeks during the long
vacation following 200 level).

NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of programme-specific

activities for their students.

SSG 203: Solid Modeling & Design (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. turn engineering artifacts, components, and designs int actionable 3D solid models;
2. animate systems;
3. simulate simple linear systems ; and
4. mix ideas from multiphysical environments into a solution of real life problems.

Course Contents
Solid, surface and shell modeling. Faces, bodies and surface intersections. Component-based
design. Component assembly and motion constraints. Constrained motions and animation.
Introduction to electronics modeling. Electronics board layout preparation, Component
libraries and Schematic design. Parametric modeling and adaptive design. Simulation for
material optimization. Designing for manufacturing. Additive and subtractive manufacturing.
Production for 3-D printing, Laser cutting and CNC machinery.

New
Engineering and Technology 1213
Prerequisite: GET 102

300 Level

GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in peace
building.

Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes, etc. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,
community leaders, etc.). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents of
conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and Imperatives.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation, collaboration, etc).
The roles of international organizations in conflict resolution ((a) The United Nations, UN and
its conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council (c) ECOWAS in
peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building. Managing post-
conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs);the role of NGOs in
post-conflict situations/crises.

ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
1. describe the key steps in venture creation;
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.

New
Engineering and Technology 1214
Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy, etc. Digital business and e-commerce strategies).

GET 301: Engineering Mathematics III (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate a clear understanding of the course content, that is, possess a breadth of
knowledge in the area covered;
2. possess an in-depth knowledge upon which a solid foundation can be built in order to
demonstrate a depth of understanding in advanced mathematical topics;
3. develop simple algorithms and use computational proficiency;
4. write simple proofs for theorems and their applications; and
5. communicate the acquired mathematical knowledge effectively in speech, writing and
collaborative groups.

Course Contents
Linear Algebra. Elements of Matrices, Determinants, Inverses of Matrices. Theory of Linear
Equations. Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors. Analytical Geometry. Coordinate Transformation.
Solid Geometry. Polar, cylindrical and spherical coordinates. Elements of functions of several
variables. Surface Variables. Ordinary Integrals. Evaluation of Double Integrals, Triple
Integrals, Line Integrals and Surface Integrals. Derivation and Integrals of Vectors. The
gradient of scalar quantities. Flux of Vectors. The curl of a vector field, Gauss, Greens and
Stoke’s theorems and applications. Singular Valued Functions. Multivalued Functions.
Analytical Functions. Cauchy Riemann’s Equations. Singularities and Zeroes. Contour
Integration including the use of Cauchy’s Integral Theorems. Bilinear transformation.

GET 302: Engineering Mathematics IV (3 UnitsC: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve second order differential equations;
2. solve partial differential equations;
3. solve linear integral equations;

New
Engineering and Technology 1215
4. relate integral transforms to solution of differential and integral equations;
5. explain and apply interpolation formulas; and
6. apply Runge-Kutta and other similar methods in solving ODE and PDEs.

Course Contents
Series solution of second order linear differential equations with variable coefficients. Bessel
and Legendre equations. Equations with variable coefficients. Sturm-Liouville boundary value
problems. Solutions of equations in two and three dimensions by separation of variables. Eigen
value problems. Use of operations in the solution of partial differential equations and Linear
integral equations. Integral transforms and their inverse including Fourier, Laplace, Mellin and
Handel Transforms. Convolution integrals and Hilbert Transforms. Calculus of finite
differences. Interpolation formulae. Finite difference equations. RungeKutta and other
methods in the solutions of ODE and PDEs. Numerical integration and differentiation.

GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.

Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis and structure Fog Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A,B,C,D,E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills(steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports(competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.

GET 305: Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 1216
1. work with data from the point of view of knowledge convergence, machine learning, and
intelligence augmentation, which significantly raises their standard for engineering
analysis (the approach forces them to learn statistics in an actionable way that helps them
to see the holistic importance of data analytics in modern engineering and technology);
2. anticipate the future with Artificial Intelligence while fulfilling the basic requirements of
conventional engineering statistical programming consistent with their future careers;
3. perform, with proficiency, statistical inference tasks with language or programming
toolboxes such as R, Python, Mathematica or MATLAB, and Design Expert to summarise
analysis and interpretation of industry engineering data, and make appropriate conclusions
based on such experimental and/or real-life industrial data;
4. construct appropriate graphical displays of data and highlight the roles of such displays in
data analysis, particularly the use of statistical software packages;
5. plan and execute experimental programmes to determine the performance of programme-
relevant industrial engineering systems, and evaluate the accuracy of the measurements
undertaken; and
6. demonstrate mastery of data analytics and statistical concepts by communicating the
results of experimental and industry-case investigations, critically reasoned scientific and
professional analysis through written and oral presentation.

Course Contents
Descriptive statistics, frequency distribution, populations and sample, central tendency,
variance data sampling, mean, median, mode, mean deviation, percentiles. Probability.
Binomial, Poisson hyper-geometric, normal distributions. Statistical inference intervals, test
hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big data analytics
and cloud computing applications. Introduction to the R language; R as a calculator; Vectors,
matrices, factors, data frames and other R collections. Iteration and looping control structures.
Conditionals and other controls. Designing, using and extending functions. The Apply Family.
Statistical modelling and inference in R.

GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the types, uses and advantages of renewable energy in relation to climate change;
2. design for use the various renewable energy systems;
3. recognise and analyse the current energy systems in Nigeria, their impacts on
development and the global energy demand and supply scenarios;
4. appreciate the environmental impact of energy exploitation and utilisation, and pursue the
sustainable development of renewable energy for various applications; and
5. recognise the exploitation, excavation, production, and processing of fossil fuels such as
coal, petroleum and natural gas, and discuss the sources, technology and contribution to
future energy demands of renewable energy.

Course Contents
Current and potential future energy systems in Nigeria and globally - resources, extraction,
concepts in energy conversion systems; parallels and differences in various conversion
systems and end-use technologies, with emphasis on meeting 21st-century national, regional
and global energy needs in a sustainable manner. Various energy technologies in each fuel
cycle stage for fossil (oil, gas, synthetic), nuclear (fission and fusion) and renewable (solar,
biomass, wind, hydro, and geothermal). Energy types, storage, transmission and
conservation. Analysis of energy mixes within an engineering, economic and social context.
Sustainable energy; emphasise sustainability in general and in the overall concept of

New
Engineering and Technology 1217
sustainable development and the link this has with sustainable energy as the fundamental
benefit of renewable energy.

Practical Contents
Simple measurement of solar radiation, bomb calorimeter determination of calorific value of
fuels and biomass; measurement of the velocity of wind, waves and the energy that abound
in them; laboratory production of biogas and determination of energy available in it; simple
conversion of solar energy to electricity; transesterification of edible oil into biodiesel;
simulation of geothermal energy; Geiger-Muller or Scintillation Counters’ determination of
uranium or thorium energy; simple solid or salt storage of energy; hybrid application of
renewable energy.

GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and

Convergent Technologies (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:
1. explain the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications and effects of artificial
intelligence;
2. explain the fundamental concepts of machine learning, deep learning and convergent
technologies;
3. demonstrate the difference between supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised
learning;
4. demonstrate proficiency in machine learning workflow and how to implement the steps
effectively;
5. explain natural languages, knowledge representation, expert systems and pattern
recognition;
6. describe distributed systems, data and information security and intelligent web
technologies;
7. explain the concept of big data analytics, purpose of studying it, issues that can arise with
a data set and the importance of properly preparing data prior to a machine learning
exercise; and
8. explain the concepts, characteristics, models and benefits, key security and compliance
challenges of cloud computing.

Course Contents
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence paradigms;
search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired algorithms –
examples, their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding
natural languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation, mathematical and logic
foundations of AI; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition; distributed
systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent
technologies – definition, significance and engineering applications. Neural networks and
deep learning. Introduction to python AI libraries.

GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three softwares in their chosen career choices;

New
Engineering and Technology 1218
2. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;
3. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;,
4. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work;
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers; and
7. write a general report at the end of the training.

The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work
experience i.e. 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged
in the more advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use
in the industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a
report at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and
encouraged to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities
and experiences to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits
include:

Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine

operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts,
gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, andwooden furniture making processes.

Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solidworks: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with SolidWorks, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solidWorks drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.

A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project.

Examples of projects should include the following:

a. design of machine components;
b. product design and innovation;
c. part modelling and drafting in SolidWorks; and
d. technical report writing.

SSG 321: Continuum Mechanics I (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. strengthen their background in the basic prerequisites to Continuum Mechanics;

New
Engineering and Technology 1219
2. master vector analyses, tensor theory and kinematics;
3. develop the ability to use general models and equations that apply to all materials in solid,
liquid, gaseous or any combination of forms; and
4. explain the differential and integral formulations of the governing equations.

Course Contents
Mathematical preliminaries for continuum mechanics. Linear Independence, basis vectors,
dimensionality. The Einstein summation convention. Scaling, scalar, vector and tensor
products. Cartesian and curvilinear orthogonal coordinate systems. Tensors as linear
transformations. Tensor invariants. Additive and multiplicative decompositions. Differentiation
of vectors and tensors. Gradient, divergence and curl. Integral theorems of stokes and gauss.
Use of symbolic algebra and computed graphical illustrations. Thermodynamic laws.

Prerequisite: GET 301, GET 302

SSG 322: Control Theory I (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Explain the differences in frequency and time domain modelling;
2. generate and analyse transfer functions for linear control systems; and
3. familiarise with various methods of analyses and their applications to practical problems.

Course Contents
Dynamic systems. Time domain and frequency domain modelling and response analysis of
linear control systems. State Space representations, the exponential matrix and transfer
functions. Detailed time response analysis of linear second order control systems. Routh’s
method for determination of BIBO stability of linear control systems. Steady State Error
Analysis and Design of Feedback Control Systems. Discrete time analysis for digital control
systems.

400 Level

GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units: C; PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme.
2. Demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.
Course Contents

In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

New
Engineering and Technology 1220
GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units: C; LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies.
2. Describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to
the society.
3. Demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices.
4. Prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review
5. Discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation.
6. Determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

SSG 415: Mechatronics and Robotics (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. visualise how robots are embodiments of the Artificial intelligence they have learned.
2. comprehend how this combination of programming with electronics and
3. mechanical systems enable them to see how in real life these all work together to provide
solutions to problems encountered in daily life as distinct from the analytical approach of
seeing these differently.

Course Contents
Introduction to mechatronics, robotics and measurement systems. Design and development
of simple mechatronics/robotics systems. Analysis and design of sensor and actuator systems.
Solenoids, relays, motors, pneumatics, and smart actuators. Class project.
SSG 431: Continuum Mechanics II (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. derive the integral as well as differential forms of the governing equations of continua that
arise from natural balances;
2. apply these equations to fixed control volumes and moving masses that convect with
systems; and
3. apply these equations to solid bodies, fluid bodies and combinations of these.

Course Contents
Referential and spatial descriptions of deformation and motion. Polar decomposition theorem.
The deformation gradient and other measures of shape changes. Material and spatial time
derivatives. Referential and spatial gradients. Leibniz-Reynold’s transport theorem. Theory of
stress and heat flow. Cauchy’s lemma. Cauchy stress law, balance laws of mass, momentum
and energy. The second law of thermodynamics. Introduction to constitutive modelling.
Prerequisite: SSG 321

SSG 433: Introduction to Micro-electromechanical Systems (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes

New
Engineering and Technology 1221
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. design electronics controls for mechanical systems;
2. model and simulate systems that combines mechanical, electrical and electronics aspects;
and
3. analyse, design and simulate multiphysical systems.

Course Contents
Overview of microelectromechanical systems (MEMS). Use of MEMS with radio frequency,
optical and biomedical devices. Basic MEMS building blocks; cantilever and clamped-clamped
beams. Actuation mechanisms of mechanical, thermal and electrostatic microdevices. The thin
film fabrication process, deposition, lithography, etching and release. MEMS in circuits,
switches, capacitors, and resonators.

Prerequisites: SSG 350, SSG 321. Corequisite SSG 438

SSG 435: Control Systems & Applications (3 Units E: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. design linear and non-linear filters and regulators
2. optimize autonomous systems, and
3. decide on optimal solution techniques

New
Engineering and Technology 1222
Course Contents
Introduction to optimum systems control problems in engineering. Calculus of extrema and
single-stage decision processes. State estimation techniques and design of linear filters.
Vibrational calculus and continuous optimal control. Design of Linear Quadratic Regulators;
the minimum time, minimum fuel, and minimum energy control policies. The maximum
principle and Hamilton Jacobi theory. Applied optimum systems control examples.

GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:
1. be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
2. bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work
methods and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways
of safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;
3. experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work and
the environment seamlessly,and expose them to contacts for eventual job placements
after graduation;
4. be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place
of engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them;
and
5. exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not
necessarily limited to the student’s major (24 weeks from the end of the first semester at
400-Level to the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second
semester at 400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a
programme related industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc, for a period of 6
months under the guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised
by an academic staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits
the completed Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also, there will be a
comprehensive report covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences
(GET 299, GET 399 and GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department
for overall assessment.

GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
4. possess the skills needed for project management; and
5. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.

New
Engineering and Technology 1223
Course Contents
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons – functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.
Project planning, control and timeliness;decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.

GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions;
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications; and
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principles undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically
present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an
expert witness.

Course Contents
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.
Termination/cancellation of ontract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.

New
Engineering and Technology 1224
SSG 518: Machine Learning & AI (2 Units C: LH 15; PH45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the use of AI as an intelligence augmentation tool;
2. discuss deep learning, its scope, achievements, limitations, and failures; and
3. use AI and ML software to augment intelligence and solve practical problems.

Course Contents
Introduction to search methods in Artificial Intelligence problems. Self-organizing systems.
Information theory, rational decision making and pattern recognition. Parametric and
nonparametric training for pattern classifiers. Problem solving. Minimax and alpha-beta
algorithm. Heuristic approaches to state-space search problems.
Prerequisite: SSG 311

SSG 531: Final Year Project 1 (3 Units C: LH 15; PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. complete the proposal, evaluation, and design phase of a capstone project;
2. demonstrate the connection between the chosen problem and a number of theory courses
they have taken;
3. perform an evaluation of the needed supply and support for the capstone project; and
4. present their proposals to a committee of advisers.

Course Contents
The students, preferably working in groups, should select and do preliminary work on a
capstone project in one or more of the base teaching areas of Systems Engineering. The
students can also go beyond the department and engage in multidisciplinary undertakings
provided permission is obtained from the HoD through the assigned project advisor. Literature
survey, review of existing systems etc. must be achieved to a satisfactory extent in the first
semester.

SSG 532: Design Simulation, Analysis and Optimization

(2 Units E: LH 15; PH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. analyse design alternatives using finite element tools to solve the differential equations
that arise from the combination of general balance laws and the specific constitutive
models;
2. perform linear analysis and simulation; and
3. optimise design for material reduction and strength maximization.

Course Contents
Computer graphics for modelling, design, and analysis. GUI based interaction with graphic
design software. API graphics programming using Python or C++. Introduction to design
applications in finite elements using computational fluid dynamics and multiphysical simulation
for linear and nonlinear constitutive models; simulation and analysis tools such as fusion 360,

New
Engineering and Technology 1225
NASTRAN, ANSYS, or solid works. Graphics for scenario analysis automation and optimization.
Design project.

Prerequisite: SSG 431

SSG 560: Final Year Project II (3 Units C: PH 135)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
3. complete the design phase of the capstone project begun in SSG 530;
4. implement the design by analysis, optimisation and prototyping; and
5. demonstrate the connection between product-making and the theory courses they have
learned.

Course Contents
The design, execution phase of the capstone project. This could include analysis, simulation
and or prototyping. For students in a multidisciplinary project, deep dive into the way theory
interacts with design and prototyping decisions is essential.
Prerequisite: SSG 530.
Minimum Academic Standards
Equipment

Laboratory Equipment Requirements

List of Laboratories/Workshop
Microprocessors Laboratory
controls laboratory
robotics laboratory
software development laboratory
List of Major Equipment
Testing Laboratory
1. Universal testing machine with accessories for tension, compression, transverse 180o cold
bend, double shear, punching and brunel hardness tests. Capacity – 10000KN, Transverse
Beam – 500KN.
2. Proto-type tests facilities for testing of proto-type in structural elements, i.e. beams,
frames, trusses, etc. accessories for the purpose include 1000KN, 250KN load rings,
electronic load cells, faculty workshop facilities, DEMEC high accuracy auges, hydraulic
jacks
3. Fatigue and microtesting machine.
Software Development Laboratory
high speed graphics capable computers and single board computers.
Controls Laboratory
Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning Laboratory
Manufacturing Laboratory
1. 5-axis CNC machine
2. 3-printers (1 to 20 students)
3. laser cutter

New
Engineering and Technology 1226
Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalent
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15 Units per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practicals
and supervision of projects.
NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees, hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personnel

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practicals
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.

Administrative Support Staff

The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.

Technical Support Personnel

The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation and
maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.

Minimum Number of Staff

Subject to the general standards specified by NUC;
1. there should be a minimum of two PhDs and four M.Eng degree holders full-time academic
staff to mount the programme;
2. each workshop or laboratory should have an adequate number of staff with the right mix,
such that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run efficiently; and
3. there should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate calibre for
the office of the Head of Department to run.

Student/Staff Ratio
The minimum staff-to-student ratio should be 1:15 from 200 level to 500 level.

New
Engineering and Technology 1227
Library

Library Facilities
The following facilities should be provided to enable users make maximum use of library
services:
1. reading rooms
2. 24-hour reading rooms
3. Visually impaired resource centre
4. radio frequency identification (RFID) security gate for theft detection
5. RFID tags for book tagging
6. Notebook computers for loan service
7. over two hundred computers distributed at the various service points for database search
at the university library and faculty libraries
8. workstations at the faculty libraries for database search
9. projectors and creens for presentations
10. photocopying machines
11. scanners
12. visually impaired resource centre
13. information display screen

Classrooms, Laboratories, Workshops, Clinics and Offices

The NUC recommends the following physical space requirement:

Academic m2
Professor’s Office 18.50
Head of Department’s Office 18.50
Tutorial Teaching Staff Space 13.50
Other Teaching Staff Space 7.00
Technical Staff Space 7.00
Science Staff Research Laboratory 16.50
Engineering Staff Research Laboratory 14.50
Seminar Space per student 1.85
Drawing Office Space (A.O. Board) (Per Student) 4.60
Drawing Office Space (A.I. Board) (Per Student) 3.70
Laboratory Space 7.50
Non-Academic
Secretarial Space 7.00

Office Facilities
S/No Office No in Room Facilities
1. HOD 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
2. Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit.
4. Senior 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
Lecturer computer unit.
5. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.
6. Lecturer II 3 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves

New
Engineering and Technology 1228
B.Eng. Telecommunications Engineering
Overview
Telecommunication Engineering involves the design, construction, installation, operation and
maintenance of telecommunication systems, components or processes to meet desired needs
while considering economic, environmental, social, ethical and sustainability constraints. The
programme incorporates strong elements of electrical and electronics engineering. It allows
graduates to address a wide range of applications, which require in-depth knowledge of
electronics, modern computer technologies, and software and information systems.
Consequently, the programme is designed to expose students to telecommunications systems
encompassing both hardware and software needed by professional engineers in
telecommunications systems.

The early introduction to scientific and engineering foundation of Computing, Electronics,

Physics and Mathematics prepares the ground for introduction to the specialised
telecommunications engineering courses including telecommunications systems modelling,
computer networks, voice telecommunications and emerging technologies including 3G video
phones, high speed domestic broadband and network security. Relevant technologies include:
complex electronic switching systems, transmission systems from copper wires to optical fibre,
satellites, cellular networks, Internet Protocol networks and digital television; digital
representation of audio, video and other multimedia; and the control, design and analysis of
massive communications networks.

Philosophy
The philosophy of the Telecommunications Engineering programme is to develop enterprising
professionals who have an innovative disposition, the confidence and abilities to assume
leadership roles in technology, business and the community. The programme is designed to
give the skills essential for the graduate engineers to become immediately employable in the
global competitive environment. Emphasis is placed on underlying principles and techniques
so that graduates will be able to learn and apply new technologies as they emerge in the
future.

Objectives
The objectives of the programme include:
1. imparting a sound knowledge in Telecommunications Engineering and Technology,
including design and maintenance of telecommunications equipment and facilities,
Software Engineering, systems analysis and design, as well as the dissemination of
mathematical skills necessary for applying scientific solutions to problems;
2. producing graduates that will meet Nigeria's need for telecommunication systems
engineers with employment prospects in manufacturing and production industries,
research and educational establishments, government services;
3. producing graduates that can effectively set up on their own through the entrepreneurial
training facilities they have been exposed to;
4. being able to design solutions for complex engineering problems and design
telecommunication systems, components, or processes that meet specified needs with
appropriate consideration for public health and safety, cultural, societal, and
environmental considerations;
5. being capable of investigating telecommunication engineering problems in a methodical
way including literature survey, design and conduct of experiments, analysis and

New
Engineering and Technology 1229
 interpretation of experimental data, and synthesis of information to derive valid
conclusions;
6. creating, selecting and applying appropriate techniques, resources, and modern
engineering and IT tools, including prediction and modeling, to complex engineering
activities, with an understanding of the limitations;
7. being able to apply reasoning informed by contextual knowledge to assess societal, health,
safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to
professional engineering practice and solution to telecommunication engineering
problems;
8. working effectively, as an individual or in a team, on multifaceted and/or multidisciplinary
settings; and
9. recognising the importance of lifelong learning, and pursuing lifelong learning in the
broader context of innovation and technological developments.

Unique Features of the Programme

1. The programme offers the opportunity to develop relevant skills necessary to be at the
forefront of the ever-expanding field of telecommunications. Its unique features include:
2. development of essential digital skills for the needs of the telecommunications industry;
3. exposure to both hardware, software and collaborative tools needed by professional
engineers;
4. equipping graduates for competitive entry into the engineering technology workforce with
practical knowledge of existing telecommunications systems;
5. student-centered learning process, infused with entrepreneurial mindset, that will lead to
start-ups in the telecommunication sector; and
6. engagement of 21st century skills to cope with emerging technologies in the
telecommunications sector.

Employability Skills
The programme will inculcate the following employability skills in graduates:
1. ability to configure, apply test conditions, and evaluate outcomes of experimental systems;
2. ability to design systems, components, or processes that conform to given specifications
and cost constraints;
3. in‐depth ability to use a combination of software, instrumentation, and experimental
techniques practised in circuits, physical electronics, communication, networks and
systems, hardware, programming, and computer science theory;
4. ability to work cooperatively, respectfully, creatively, and responsibly as a member of a
team;
5. ability to identify, formulate, and solve telecommunication engineering problems;
6. ability to communicate effectively by oral, written, and graphical means;
7. an awareness of global and societal concerns and their importance in developing
engineering solutions;
8. understanding the norms of expected behaviour in telecommunication engineering
practice and their underlying ethical foundations;
9. knowledge of contemporary issues; and
10. ability to independently acquire and apply required information, and an appreciation of
the associated process of life‐long learning.

21st Century Skills

The 21st century skills includes:

New
Engineering and Technology 1230
1. creativity and innovation;
2. critical thinking/problem solving/decision making;
3. learning to learn/metacognition;
4. collaboration (teamwork and ethics);
5. computational thinking;
6. information literacy;
7. leadership: lead diverse teams; integrate knowledge and content across sectors;
8. make ethical decisions: navigate ethically challenging professional situations;
9. communicate effectively: translate concepts across disciplines; and
10. work in cross-disciplinary teams: work in cross-disciplinary teams, understand and
promote diversity in the workplace through conscientious decisions and initiatives;

Admission and Graduation Requirements

Admission Requirements
Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
1. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
2. Direct Entry (DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

For the five-year degree propgramme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must include English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

Direct Entry (DE) Mode

For the four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit
passes, which must include English Language, two must be principal subjects at Advance GCE
Level or NCE and its equivalent. Holder of upper credit level at HND are eligible for
consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:
1. Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of 150
and maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5–year engineering degree programme.
Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters.
2. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode shall have registered for minimum of
120 and maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4–year engineering degree
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic semesters.
3. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode at 300-Level shall have registered for
a minimum of 90 and a maximum of 120 units of courses during a 3–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of 6 academic
semesters.
4. The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units respectively.
5. A student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by the
university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.

New
Engineering and Technology 1231
6. A student shall also have earned the 15 credit units of Students Industrial Work Experience
Scheme (SIWES), 8 credit units of University General Study courses and four credit units
of Entrepreneurship courses.

For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered,
whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the
computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it
or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each and all
attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.
Prerequisite courses must be taken and passed before a particular course at a higher level.
Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME, 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 200-Level
and 11 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 300-Level.
Global Course Structure
Level GST Basic Faculty Programme SIWES Total
Science (GET) (TEE) Courses* units
100 4 18 3 2 - 27
200 4 - 23 - 3 30
300 4 - 17 9 4 34
400 - 2 10 6 18
500 - 3 6 - 09
Total 12 18 48 27 13* 105
*All 11 SIWES units and 2 units of Engineering Valuation to be credited in the 2nd Semester
of 400-Level, and are not included in the CCMAS credit units.

100 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 15 45
GST 112 Nigerian Peoples and Culture 2 C 30 -
CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C 30 -
CHM 102 General Chemistry II 2 C 30 -
CHM 107 General Chemistry Practical I 1 C - 45
CHM 108 General Chemistry Practical II 1 C - 45
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 2 C 30 -
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C 30 -
MTH 103 Elementary Mathematics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C 30 -
PHY 103 General Physics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 107 General Practical Physics I 1 C - 45
PHY 108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45
GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C 15 -
GET 102 Engineering Graphics and Solid 2 C 15 45
Modelling I
TEE 102 Introduction to Telecommunications 2 C 30 -
Engineering
Total 27

New
Engineering and Technology 1232
200 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and Human 2 C 30 -

Existence
ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and Innovation 2 C 30 -
GET 201 Applied Electricity I 3 C 45 -
GET 202 Engineering Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 204 Students Workshop Practice 2 C 15 45
GET 206 Fundamentals of Thermodynamics 3 C 45 -
GET 207 Applied Mechanics 3 C 45 -
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 45 -
GET 210 Engineering Mathematics II 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing and Software Engineering 3 C 30 45
*GET 299 SIWES I: Students Work Experience 3 C 9 Wks
Scheme
Total 30

300 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 312 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 30 -
ENT 312 Venture Creation 2 C 15 45
GET 301 Engineering Mathematics III 3 C 45 -
GET 302 Engineering Mathematics IV 3 C 45
GET 304 Technical Writing and Communication 3 C 45 -
GET 305 Engineering Statistics and Data 3 C 45 -
Analytics
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems and 3 C 30 45
Techniques
GET 307 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, 3 C 45 -
Machine Learning and Convergent
Technologies
TEE 301 Communication Principles 2 C 30 -
EEE 311 Electric Circuit Theory 2 E 30 -
EEE 321 Analogue Electronic Circuits I 2 E 30 -
EEE 322 Digital Electronic Circuits 2 E 30 -
*GET 399 SIWES II: Students Work Experience 4 C 12 Wks
Scheme
Total 34

400 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 C 90
GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Costing 2 C 30
TEE 401 Digital Systems Design with VHDL 3 C 30 45

New
Engineering and Technology 1233
 TEE 403 Assembly Language Programming 3 C 30 45
EEE 403 Digital Signal processing 2 C 30 -
TEE 405 Digital Communication Systems 2 C 30 -
*GET 499 SIWES III: Students Work 4 C 12 Wks
Experience Scheme
Total 18

SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

500 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 501 Engineering Project Management 3 C 45 -

GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -
TEE 501 Telecommunications Systems Planning 2 C 30 -
TEE 502 Optical Communication Systems 2 C 30 -
TEE 503 Mobile Communication System 2 E 30 -
Total 9

Course Contents and Learning Outcomes

100 Level
GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.

Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology). English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations). major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional); grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality). Reading

New
Engineering and Technology 1234
and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking; reasoning
methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy, generalisation and
explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements. Writing activities
(pre-writing (brainstorming and outlining). writing (paragraphing, punctuation and
expression). post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing (summary, essays,
letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making). etc. Mechanics of writing. Information
and Communication Technology in modern language learning. Language skills for effective
communication. The art of public speaking.

GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;
2. identify and list the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
3. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political entity;
4. analyse the concepts of trade and economic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation
to national development;
5. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian state regarding nation building;
6. analyse the role of the judiciary in upholding fundamental human rights
7. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria; and
8. list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems.

Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and cultures;
peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria; nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system; indigenous apprenticeship system among
Nigerian peoples; trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justice and national
development (definition and classification of law); Judiciary and fundamental rights.
Individuals, norms and values (basic Nigerian norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition; citizenship and civic responsibilities; indigenous languages, usage and
development; negative attitudes and conducts [Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices]). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3Rs – Reconstruction, Rehabilitation
and Re-orientation; re-orientation strategies: Operation Feed the Nation (OFN), Green
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline and Corruption (WAIC), Mass
Mobilization for Self-Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery (MAMSER), National
Orientation Agency (NOA). Current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria.

GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs); and
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.

New
Engineering and Technology 1235
Course Contents
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.

GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple everyday and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength and cost;
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical and
other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the analytical
nature of the courses they take; and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.

Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete terms.
Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3D objects.
Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and perspectives.
Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection and rendering.
This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid works, solid edge
or equivalent.

CHM 101: General Chemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. define atom, molecules and chemical reactions;
2. discuss the modern electronic theory of atoms;
3. write electronic configurations of elements on the periodic table;
4. rationalise the trends of atomic radii, ionisation energies, electronegativity of the elements,
based on their position in the periodic table;
5. identify and balance oxidation–reduction equation and solve redox titration problems;
6. draw shapes of simple molecules and hybridised orbitals;
7. identify the characteristics of acids, bases and salts, and solve problems based on their
quantitative relationship;

New
Engineering and Technology 1236
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using LeChatelier’s principle to
predict the effect of concentration, pressure and temperature changes on equilibrium
mixtures;
9. analyse and perform calculations with the thermodynamic functions, enthalpy, entropy
and free energy; and
10. determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and temperature.

Course Contents
Atoms, molecules, elements and compounds, and chemical reactions. Modern electronic
theory of atoms. Electronic configuration, periodicity and building up of the periodic table.
Hybridisation and shapes of simple molecules. Valence forces; Structure of solids. Chemical
equations and stoichiometry; chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, kinetic theory of
matter. Elementary thermochemistry; rates of reaction, equilibrium and thermodynamics.
Acids, bases and salts. Properties of gases. Redox reactions and introduction to
electrochemistry. Radioactivity.

CHM 102: General Chemistry II (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the importance and development of organic chemistry;
2. define fullerenes and its applications;
3. discuss electronic theory;
4. determine the qualitative and quantitative of structures in organic chemistry;
5. state rules guiding nomenclature and functional group classes of organic chemistry;
6. determine the rate of reaction to predict mechanisms of reaction;
7. identify classes of organic functional group with brief description of their chemistry;
8. discuss comparative chemistry of group 1A, IIA and IVA elements; and
9. describe basic properties of transition metals.

Course Contents
Historical survey of the development and importance of organic chemistry; fullerenes as fourth
allotrope of carbon, uses as nanotubules, nanostructures, nanochemistry. Electronic theory in
organic chemistry. Isolation and purification of organic compounds; determination of
structures of organic compounds including qualitative and quantitative analysis in organic
chemistry; nomenclature and functional group classes of organic compounds. Introductory
reaction mechanism and kinetics. Stereochemistry. The chemistry of alkanes, alkenes,
alkynes, alcohols, ethers, amines, alkyl halides, nitriles, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids
and derivatives. The chemistry of selected metals and non-metals. Comparative chemistry of
group IA, IIA and IVA elements. Introduction to transition metal chemistry.

CHM 107: General Practical Chemistry I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correct carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. state the differences between primary and secondary standards;
5. perform redox titration;
6. record observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions.

New
Engineering and Technology 1237
Course Contents
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.

CHM 108: General Practical Chemistry II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correctly carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. identify and carry out preliminary tests which include ignition, boiling point, melting point,
test on known and unknown organic compounds;
5. carry out solubility tests on known and unknown organic compounds;
6. carry out elemental tests on known and unknown compounds; and
7. carry out functional group/confirmatory test on known and unknown compounds which
could be acidic/basic/ neutral organic compounds.

Course Contents
Continuation of CHM 107. Additional laboratory experiments to include functional group
analysis, quantitative analysis using volumetric methods.

MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:
1. define and explain set, subset, union, intersection, complements, and demonstrate the
use of Venn diagrams;
2. solve quadratic equations;
3. solve trigonometric functions;
4. identify various types of numbers; and
5. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers. Mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.

MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
2. recognise and understand the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and
continuity;
3. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes;
4. solve function of a real variable, plot relevant graphs, identify limits and idea of continuity;

New
Engineering and Technology 1238
5. identify the derivative as limit of rate of change;
6. identify techniques of differentiation and perform extreme curve sketching;
7. identify integration as an inverse of differentiation;
8. identify methods of integration and definite integrals; and
9. perform integration application to areas, volumes.

Course Contents
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative, as limit of
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve sketching,
integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes (including
approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule).

MTH 103: Elementary Mathematics III (Vectors, Geometry and Dynamics)

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. solve some vectors in addition and multiplication;
2. calculate force and momentum; and
3. solve differentiation and integration of vectors.

Course Contents
(Pre-requisite –MTH 101)
Geometric representation of vectors in 1-3 dimensions, components, direction cosines.
Addition, scalar, multiplication of vectors, linear independence. Scalar and vector products of
two vectors. Differentiation and integration of vectors with respect to a scalar variable. Two-
dimensional co-ordinate geometry. Straight lines, circles, parabola, ellipse, hyperbola.
Tangents, normals. Kinematics of a particle. Components of velocity and acceleration of a
particle moving in a plane. Force, momentum, laws of motion under gravity, projectiles and
resisted vertical motion. Elastic string and simple pendulum. Impulse, impact of two smooth
spheres and a sphere on a smooth surface.

PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular momentum;
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

Course Contents
Space and time; units and dimension, vectors and scalars, differentiation of vectors:
displacement, velocity and acceleration; kinematics; Newton’s laws of motion (inertial frames,

New
Engineering and Technology 1239
impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation); relative motion; application
of Newtonian mechanics; equations of motion; conservation principles in physics,
conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy, system of particles, centre of mass; rotational motion; torque, vector product,
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum. Polar coordinates; conservation
of angular momentum; circular motion; moments of inertia, gyroscopes and precession;
gravitation: Newton’s law of gravitation, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion, gravitational
potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits.

PHY 103 : General Physics III (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing macroscopic
behaviour;
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Contents
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.

PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Contents
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity, etc. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis
should be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data
collection, analysis, and deduction.

PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

New
Engineering and Technology 1240
Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs;
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.

Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction.

TEE 102: Introduction to Telecommunications Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the field of telecommunication and its relationship with other branches of Electrical
Engineering;
2. describe the various types of signals and waveforms;
3. explain the concept of time and frequency representation of signals;
4. compare various transmission media for telecommunication signals;
5. appreciate networking services and their impact on society; and
6. discuss the basic switching schemes.

Course Contents
Introduction to Telecommunication; relationship with other fields of Engineering. Taxonomies
of telecom systems; signal waveforms and information, audio, data, video; conversion of
sound to electrical signals; amplitude, frequency, phase, wave-shape, the relationship
between velocity (v), frequency (f) and wavelength (λ). Analog and digital signals, time and
frequency domain representations of signals; transmission of signals through various media;
copper pairs, coaxial, waveguides, radio, optical fibres and satellite. Introduction to networks
services and their impact on society, LANs, MANs, and WANs. Data networks; the internet,
global navigation. Electromagnetic spectrum and frequency allocation for various services;
basic principles of switching; space and time division switching networks; store-and-forward
switching; examples of switching systems.
200 Level
GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;

New
Engineering and Technology 1241
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge, and
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.

Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding, etc.

ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence;
4. engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
5. identify key elements in innovation;
6. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
7. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
8. state the basic principles of e-commerce.

Course Contents
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.

GET 201: Applied Electricity I (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes

New
Engineering and Technology 1242
Students will be able to:
1. discuss the fundamental concepts of electricity and electrical d.c. circuits;
2. state, explain and apply the basic d.c. circuit theorems;
3. explain the basic a.c. circuit theory and
4. apply to solution of simple circuits.

Course content
Fundamental concepts: Electric fields, charges, magnetic fields. current, B-H curves Kirchhoff’s
laws, superposition. Thevenin, Norton theorems, Reciprocity, RL, RC, RLC circuits. DC, AC
bridges, Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance measurement, Transducers, Single phase
circuits, Complex j - notation, AC circuits, impedance, admittance, susceptance.

GET 202: Engineering Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate the role of atoms and molecules (aggregates of atoms) in the building of
solid/condensed matter known as engineering materials, the electrons quantum numbers
and how the electrons are arranged in different atomic elements, and explain the role of
electronic configuration and valence electrons in bonding;
2. define metals, alloys and metalloids, demonstrate mental picture of the solid mineral
resources development as a relay race among four ‘athletes’: geologist, mining engineer,
mineral processing technologist, process metallurgical engineer, and classify metallurgical
engineering into 3Ps: process, physical and production;
3. explain the relationship between structure and properties of materials, characteristics,
components and compositions of phase diagrams and phase transformations of solid
solutions;
4. define ceramics, glass and constituents of glasses and understand application of ceramics
in mining, building, art and craft industries;
5. define and classify polymers as a class of engineering materials and polymeric materials,
demonstrate polymerisation reactions, their types and mechanism, and applications of
polymers;
6. define properties, types and application of composite materials and fibres (synthetic and
natural);
7. define and classify nanomaterials, demonstrate applications of nanomaterials, concept,
design and classification of fracture mechanics, corrosion classification, including the five
principal ways of controlling corrosion and metal finishing processes such as sherardising,
galvanising and anodising; and
8. identify factors affecting the performance and service life of engineering
materials/metals and metallography of metals/materials (materials anatomy), which
enables metallurgical and materials engineers to prescribe appropriate solutions to test
metals/materials fitness in service through structure-property-application relationships.

Course Contents
Basic material science; atomic structure, atomic bonding and crystal structures. Engineering
materials situating metals and alloys; metals and alloys, classifications of metals, metal
extraction processes using iron and steel (ferrous) and aluminium (nonferrous) as examples,
phase diagrams/iron carbon diagrams, and mechanical workings of metals. Selection and
applications of metals and alloys for specific applications in oil, aerospace, construction,
manufacturing and transportation industries, among others. Ceramics (including glass);
definition, properties, structure and classifications of ceramics. Bioactive and glass – ceramics.
Toughing mechanism for ceramics. Polymers; definition of polymers as engineering materials,

New
Engineering and Technology 1243
chemistry of polymeric materials, polymer crystallisation, polymer degradation and aging.
Thermoplastic and thermosetting polymers and concepts of copolymers and homopolymers.
Composites; definition, classification, characterisation, properties and composite. Applications
of composites. Nanomaterials; definition, classification and applications of nanomaterials as
emerging technology. Processing of nanomaterials including mechanical grinding, wet
chemical synthesis, gas phase synthesis, sputtered plasma processing, microwave plasma
processing and laser ablation. Integrity assessment of engineering materials; effect of
engineering design, engineering materials processing, selection, manufacturing and
assembling on the performance and service life of engineering materials. Metallography and
fractography of materials. Mechanical testing (destructive testing) of materials such as
compressive test, tensile test, hardness test, impact test, endurance limit and fatigue test.
Non-destructive test (NDT) such as dye penetrant, x-ray and eddy current.

GET 204: Students Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify various basic hands and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement devices
and instruments, and acquire skills in their effective use and maintenance;
2. practically apply basic engineering technologies, including metrology, casting, metal
forming and joining, materials removal, machine tooling (classification, cutting tool action,
cutting forces, non-cutting production) and CNC machining technology;
3. master workshop and industrial safety practices, accident prevention and ergonomics;
4. physically recognise different electrical & electronic components like resistances,
inductances, capacitances, diodes, transistors and their ratings;
5. connect electric circuits, understand different wiring schemes, and check ratings of
common household electrical appliances and their basic maintenance; and
6. determine household and industrial energy consumption, and understand practical energy
conservation measures.

Course Contents
The course comprises general, mechanical and electrical components: supervised hands-on
experience in safe usage of tools and machines for selected tasks; Use of measuring
instruments (calipers, micrometers, gauges, sine bar, wood planners, saws, sanders, and
pattern making). Machine shop: lathe work shaping, milling, grinding, reaming, metal
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry
practice.Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting
processes. Metal forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging, press-
tool work, spinning, etc.). Metal joining processes(welding, brazing and soldering). Heat
treatment. Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory of
metal cutting. Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines.
Supervised identification, use and care of various electrical and electronic components such
as resistors, inductors, capacitors, diodes and transistors. Exposure to different electric
circuits, wiring schemes, analogue and digital electrical and electronic measurements.
Household and industrial energy consumption measurements. Practical energy conservation
principles.

GET 206: Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 1244
1. describe basic concepts of thermodynamics, quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second
and third laws;
2. define and explain system, surrounding, closed and open system, control volume and
control mass, extensive and intensive properties;
3. calculate absolute and gage pressure, and absolute temperature, calculate changes in
kinetic, potential, enthalpy and internal energy;
4. evaluate the properties of pure substances i.e. evaluate the state of the pure substances
such as compressed liquid, saturated liquid-vapour mixture and superheated vapour using
property diagrams and tables; arrange the ideal and real gas equations of state,
5. formulate the first law of thermodynamics for a closed system i.e. organize the change in
energy in the closed systems via heat and work transfer;
6. distinguish heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation, and calculate the
amount of heat energy transferred;
7. calculate the changes in moving boundary work, spring work, electrical work and shaft
work in closed systems;
8. apply the first law of thermodynamics for closed systems and construct conservation of
mass and energy equations;
9. formulate the first law of thermodynamics to the open systems i.e. describe steady-flow
open system, apply the first law of thermodynamics to the nozzles, diffusers, turbines,
compressors, throttling valves, mixing chambers, heat exchangers, pipe and duct flow;
10. construct energy and mass balance for unsteady-flow processes;
11. evaluate thermodynamic applications using second law of thermodynamics;
12. calculate thermal efficiency and coefficient of performance for heat engine, refrigerators
and heat pumps; and
13. restate perpetual-motion machines, reversible and irreversible processes.

Course Contents
Basic concepts, definitions and laws (quantitative relations of Zeroth, first, second and third
laws of thermodynamics). Properties of pure substances: the two-property rule (P-V-T
behaviour of pure substances and perfect gases); state diagrams. The principle of
corresponding state; compressibility relations; reduced pressure; reduced volume;
temperature; pseudo-critical constants. The ideal gas: specific heat, polytropic processes.
Ideal gas cycles; Carnot; thermodynamic cycles, turbines, steam and gas, refrigeration. The
first law of thermodynamics – heat and work, applications to open and closed systems. The
steady flow energy equation (Bernoulli’s equation) and application. Second law of
thermodynamics, heat cycles and efficiencies.

GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank etc;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and Green’s
theorem;

New
Engineering and Technology 1245
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical model
of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation, etc., as well as fourier series, initial conditions and its
applications to different engineering processes

Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.

GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);
2. explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically solve
a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types;
3. numerically solve differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;
4. perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,
curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of
several variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;
5. solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex numbers;
6. apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations
and of results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the theory
of conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
7. evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.

Course Contents
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and
vector-valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary
complex analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity. Derivatives,
differentiation rules and differentiation of integrals. Cauchy-Riemann equation, harmonic
functions, basic theory of conformal mapping, transformation and mapping and its
applications to engineering problems. Special functions.

GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project
through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;

New
Engineering and Technology 1246
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas;

Course Contents
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.

GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.

Course Contents
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or
special centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant
practical/industrial working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major.
The students are exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance
of tools, equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production
of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation, etc. (8-10 weeks during the long
vacation following 200 level).

NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of programme-specific activities for their
students.

300 Level
GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;

New
Engineering and Technology 1247
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in peace
building.

Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes, etc. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,
community leaders, etc.). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents of
conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and Imperatives.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation, collaboration, etc).
The roles of international organizations in conflict resolution ((a) The United Nations, UN and
its conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council (c) ECOWAS in
peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building. Managing post-
conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs);the role of NGOs in
post-conflict situations/crises.

ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
1. describe the key steps in venture creation;
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.

Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).

New
Engineering and Technology 1248
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy, etc. Digital business and e-commerce strategies).

GET 301: Engineering Mathematics III (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate a clear understanding of the course content, that is, possess a breadth of
knowledge in the area covered;
2. possess an in-depth knowledge upon which a solid foundation can be built in order to
demonstrate a depth of understanding in advanced mathematical topics;
3. develop simple algorithms and use computational proficiency;
4. write simple proofs for theorems and their applications; and
5. communicate the acquired mathematical knowledge effectively in speech, writing and
collaborative groups.

Course Contents
Linear Algebra. Elements of Matrices, Determinants, Inverses of Matrices. Theory of Linear
Equations. Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors. Analytical Geometry. Coordinate Transformation.
Solid Geometry. Polar, cylindrical and spherical coordinates. Elements of functions of several
variables. Surface Variables. Ordinary Integrals. Evaluation of Double Integrals, Triple
Integrals, Line Integrals and Surface Integrals. Derivation and Integrals of Vectors. The
gradient of scalar quantities. Flux of Vectors. The curl of a vector field, Gauss, Greens and
Stoke’s theorems and applications. Singular Valued Functions. Multivalued Functions.
Analytical Functions. Cauchy Riemann’s Equations. Singularities and Zeroes. Contour
Integration including the use of Cauchy’s Integral Theorems. Bilinear transformation.

GET 302: Engineering Mathematics IV (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve second order differential equations;
2. solve partial differential equations;
3. solve linear integral equations;
4. relate integral transforms to solution of differential and integral equations;
5. explain and apply interpolation formulas; and
6. apply Runge-Kutta and other similar methods in solving ODE and PDEs.

Course Contents
Series solution of second order linear differential equations with variable coefficients. Bessel
and Legendre equations. Equations with variable coefficients. Sturm-Liouville boundary value
problems. Solutions of equations in two and three dimensions by separation of variables. Eigen
value problems. Use of operations in the solution of partial differential equations and Linear
integral equations. Integral transforms and their inverse including Fourier, Laplace, Mellin and
Handel Transforms. Convolution integrals and Hilbert Transforms. Calculus of finite

New
Engineering and Technology 1249
differences. Interpolation formulae. Finite difference equations. RungeKutta and other
methods in the solutions of ODE and PDEs. Numerical integration and differentiation.

GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.

Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis and structure Fog Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A,B,C,D,E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills(steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports(competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.

GET 305: Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. work with data from the point of view of knowledge convergence, machine learning, and
intelligence augmentation, which significantly raises their standard for engineering
analysis (the approach forces them to learn statistics in an actionable way that helps them
to see the holistic importance of data analytics in modern engineering and technology);
2. anticipate the future with Artificial Intelligence while fulfilling the basic requirements of
conventional engineering statistical programming consistent with their future careers;
3. perform, with proficiency, statistical inference tasks with language or programming
toolboxes such as R, Python, Mathematica or MATLAB, and Design Expert to summarise
analysis and interpretation of industry engineering data, and make appropriate conclusions
based on such experimental and/or real-life industrial data;
4. construct appropriate graphical displays of data and highlight the roles of such displays in
data analysis, particularly the use of statistical software packages;

New
Engineering and Technology 1250
5. plan and execute experimental programmes to determine the performance of programme-
relevant industrial engineering systems, and evaluate the accuracy of the measurements
undertaken; and
6. demonstrate mastery of data analytics and statistical concepts by communicating the
results of experimental and industry-case investigations, critically reasoned scientific and
professional analysis through written and oral presentation.

Course Contents
Descriptive statistics, frequency distribution, populations and sample, central tendency,
variance data sampling, mean, median, mode, mean deviation, percentiles. Probability.
Binomial, Poisson hyper-geometric, normal distributions. Statistical inference intervals, test
hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big data analytics
and cloud computing applications. Introduction to the R language; R as a calculator; Vectors,
matrices, factors, data frames and other R collections. Iteration and looping control structures.
Conditionals and other controls. Designing, using and extending functions. The Apply Family.
Statistical modelling and inference in R.

GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the types, uses and advantages of renewable energy in relation to climate change;
2. design for use the various renewable energy systems;
3. recognise and analyse the current energy systems in Nigeria, their impacts on
development and the global energy demand and supply scenarios;
4. appreciate the environmental impact of energy exploitation and utilisation, and pursue the
sustainable development of renewable energy for various applications; and
5. recognise the exploitation, excavation, production, and processing of fossil fuels such as
coal, petroleum and natural gas, and discuss the sources, technology and contribution to
future energy demands of renewable energy.

Course Contents
Current and potential future energy systems in Nigeria and globally - resources, extraction,
concepts in energy conversion systems; parallels and differences in various conversion
systems and end-use technologies, with emphasis on meeting 21st-century national, regional
and global energy needs in a sustainable manner. Various energy technologies in each fuel
cycle stage for fossil (oil, gas, synthetic), nuclear (fission and fusion) and renewable (solar,
biomass, wind, hydro, and geothermal). Energy types, storage, transmission and
conservation. Analysis of energy mixes within an engineering, economic and social context.
Sustainable energy; emphasise sustainability in general and in the overall concept of
sustainable development and the link this has with sustainable energy as the fundamental
benefit of renewable energy.

Practical Content: Simple measurement of solar radiation, bomb calorimeter determination

of calorific value of fuels and biomass; measurement of the velocity of wind, waves and the
energy that abound in them; laboratory production of biogas and determination of energy
available in it; simple conversion of solar energy to electricity; transesterification of edible oil
into biodiesel; simulation of geothermal energy; Geiger-Muller or Scintillation Counters’
determination of uranium or thorium energy; simple solid or salt storage of energy; hybrid
application of renewable energy.

New
Engineering and Technology 1251
GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and Convergent
Technologies (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:
1. explain the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications and effects of artificial
intelligence;
2. explain the fundamental concepts of machine learning, deep learning and convergent
technologies;
3. demonstrate the difference between supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised
learning;
4. demonstrate proficiency in machine learning workflow and how to implement the steps
effectively;
5. explain natural languages, knowledge representation, expert systems and pattern
recognition;
6. describe distributed systems, data and information security and intelligent web
technologies;
7. explain the concept of big data analytics, purpose of studying it, issues that can arise with
a data set and the importance of properly preparing data prior to a machine learning
exercise; and
8. explain the concepts, characteristics, models and benefits, key security and compliance
challenges of cloud computing.

Course Contents
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence paradigms;
search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired algorithms –
examples, their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding
natural languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation, mathematical and logic
foundations of AI; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition; distributed
systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent
technologies – definition, significance and engineering applications. Neural networks and
deep learning. Introduction to python AI libraries.

GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three softwares in their chosen career choices;
2. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;
3. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;
4. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work;
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers; and
7. write a general report at the end of the training.

The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 1252
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work
experience i.e. 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged
in the more advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use
in the industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a
report at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and
encouraged to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities
and experiences to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits
include:

Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine

operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts,
gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, and wooden furniture making processes.

Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solidworks: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with SolidWorks, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solidWorks drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.

A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project.

Examples of projects should include the following:

a. design of machine components;
b. product design and innovation;
c. part modelling and drafting in SolidWorks; and
d. technical report writing.

TEE 301: Electromagnetic Fields and Waves (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state and explain the various electromagnetic laws;
2. derive and explain Maxwell’s equation in rectangular coordinates; and
3. explain wave propagation mechanism in conductors and unbounded dielectric media.

Course Contents
Review of electromagnetic laws in integral form, Gauss’s Law, Ampere’s and Faraday’s Laws;
Electrostatic fields due to distribution of charge, magnetic fields in and around current carrying
conductors, time-varying magnetic and electric fields; conduction and displacement current;
Maxwell’s equation (in rectangular co-ordinates and vector-calculus notation): derivation of
Maxwell’s equations; electromagnetic potential and waves; Poynting vector; boundary
conditions; wave propagation in good conductors, skin effect; plane waves in unbounded
dielectric media.

EEE 311: Electric Circuit Theory (2 Units C: LH 30)

New
Engineering and Technology 1253
Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. state, explain and apply circuit theorems to d.c. circuits;
2. obtain the network response to certain input signals using phasor notations and diagrams;
3. state and apply Laplace transforms to solve passive circuits; and
4. plot Bode diagrams of a given transfer function

Course contents
Passive circuit elements: R, L, C, transformers; circuit theorems: Ohm’s, KVL, KCL, loop
current, node potential, superposition. Network response to step, ramp and impulses.
Network functions: response to exponential, sinusoidal sources. Laplace transform and
transfer functions: pole-zero configuration and application in solving circuits, resonance; two-
port analysis and parameters.

EEE 321: Analogue Electronic Circuits (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. classify, describe and discuss the principles of operation and applications of FET and BJT;
2. calculate amplifier parameters; and
3. design simple amplifiers using BJT and FET with given specifications.

Course Contents
Review of single-stage transistor amplifiers using BJT and FET equivalent circuits and
calculation of current gain, voltage gain, power gain, input and output impedance.
Operational amplifiers: description, parameters and applications. Feedback, broadband and
narrowband amplifies. Power amplifiers. Voltage and current stabilizing circuits. Voltage
amplifiers, multi storage amplifiers using BJTs and FETs.

EEE 322: Digital Electronic Circuits (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. classify, describe and discuss the various logic gates and flip-flops and multivibrators;
2. apply logic simplification schemes in digital circuits; and
3. design simple logic and sequential circuits using logic gates and flip-flops.

Course Contents
Number systems and codes. Logic gate simplification of logic expressions using Boolean
algebra. Simplification of logic expressions using Karnaugh method. Design of combinational
circuit. Flip-flops. application of flip-flops in the design of counters, registers and timers.
Switching and wave shaping circuits. Generation of non-sinusoidal signal (multivibrators).
Introduction to ADC and DAC. Design of logic gates (Diode, DTL, TTL, ECL etc). Sequential
circuits. Introduction to microprocessors.

400 Level

GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units: C; PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:

New
Engineering and Technology 1254
1. Complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme.
2. Demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.
Course Contents

In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units: C; LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies.
2. Describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to
the society.
3. Demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices.
4. Prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review
5. Discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation.
6. Determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:
1. be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
2. bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work
methods and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways
of safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;
3. experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work and
the environment seamlessly,and expose them to contacts for eventual job placements
after graduation;
4. be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place
of engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them;
and
5. exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 1255
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not
necessarily limited to the student’s major (24 weeks from the end of the first semester at
400-Level to the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second
semester at 400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a
programme related industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc, for a period of 6
months under the guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised
by an academic staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits
the completed Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also, there will be a
comprehensive report covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences
(GET 299, GET 399 and GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department
for overall assessment.

TEE 401: Digital System Design with VHDL (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe finite state machine and its applications in designing digital circuits;
2. build advanced digital logic circuits by applying various reduction techniques and schemes;
3. operate, debug, simulate and analyse complex digital designs in modern VHDL software;
4. analyse and synthesise digital circuits using commercially available VHDL software;
5. create FPGA designs and implement state-of-the-art ASIC/FPGA design methodologies for
computer-aided design of logic circuits; and
6. demonstrate practical skills in designing, synthesising and simulating digital systems.

Course Contents
Finite state machine: definition, Mealy and Moore models, state diagram, state table, transition
table. Sequential circuits design using flip-flops; asynchronous, and synchronous circuit
design. Algorithm State Machine. Design examples and exercises. Structured design: design
constructs, design levels, geometry-based interchange formats, computer aided electronic
system design tools, Sshematic circuit capture, hardware description languages, design
process (simulation, synthesis), structural design decomposition. Introduction to VHDL: VHDL
language abstractions, design hierarchies, VHDL component, lexical description, VHDL source
file, data types, data objects, language statements, concurrent VHDL, sequential VHDL,
advanced features of VHDL (library, package and subprograms). Structural level modelling,
register-transfer level modelling, FSM with data path level modelling, algorithmic level
modelling. Introduction of ASIC, types of ASIC, ASIC design process, standard cell ASIC
synthesis, FPGA design paradigm, FPGA synthesis, FPGA/CPLD architectures. VHDL design:
top-down design flow, verification, simulation alternatives, simulation speed, formal
verification, recommendations for verification, writing RTL VHDL code for synthesis, top-down
design with FPGA. VHDL synthesis, optimization and mapping, constraints, technology library,
delay calculation, synthesis tool, synthesis directives. Computer-aided design of logic circuits.

TEE 403: Assembly Language Programming (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe the underlying principle in machine-level data representations, computing, and
programming;
2. gain proficiency in assembly programming for the x86 architecture, including register
operations, control structures, bitwise operations, and subprograms;
3. perform tasks like compiling, linking, loading, and debugging;

New
Engineering and Technology 1256
4. build a program on a microprocessor using arithmetic and logical instruction set of 8086;
5. analyse abstract problems and apply a combination of hardware and software to address
the problem; and
6. review design issues when generating complex digital systems (including microprocessors)
and resolve them.

Course Contents
Introduction: language level of abstraction and effect on machine, characteristics of machine
code, advantages, justifications of machine code programming, instruction set and
dependency on underlying processor. Intel 8086 microprocessor assembly language
programming: programming model as resources available to programmer, addressing modes,
instruction format, instruction set- arithmetic, logical, string, branching, program control,
machine control, input/output , etc; assembler directives, hand-assembling, additional
80x86/Pentium instructions. Modular programming. Interrupt and service routine. Interfacing
of assembly language to C. Intel 80x87 floating point programming. Introduction to MMX and
SSE programming. Motorola 680x0 assembly language programming. Extensive practical
engineering problems solving in assembly language using MASM for Intel, and cross-assembler
for Motorola.

EEE 403: Digital Signal Processing (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the Fourier transform and its application in networks;
2. synthesize analogue and digital filters from network function; and
3. explain basic image processing concepts.

Course Contents
Discrete signals and Z-transform, digital Fourier transform, fast Fourier transform. The
approximation problem in network theory. Synthesis of low-pass filters. Spectral transforms
and their application in synthesis of high-pass and band-pass filters. Digital filtering, digital
transfer function aliasing, one-dimensional recursive and non-recursive filters; computer
techniques in filter synthesis, realisation of filters in hardware and software. Basic image
processing concepts.

TEE 405: Digital Communication Systems (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concept of random processes and their parameters;
2. discuss the Hilbert transform and Markov processes and their application in digital
systems; and
3. discuss the different types of digital modulation techniques and their characteristic
features, including spread spectrum schemes;

Course Contents
Review of probability: basic concepts. Conditional and total probability. Distribution and
density functions. Random variables: single and multiple variables. Mean variance and
moments. Basic concepts, definition, and classification of random processes. Stationary
process and independence property. Autocorrelation and correlation functions. Ergodicity.
Power density spectrum. Linear systems. Hilbert Transforms. Noise modelling. Linear system
response to random signal. Narrowband, bandlimited and bandpass processes. Optimal linear

New
Engineering and Technology 1257
systems: matched filter for white noise and coloured noise, Wiener filters, minimum mean-
squared error. Optimisation by parameter selection. Poisson points and renewals. Markov
processes. Applications of random signal theory in communications. Digital modulation
techniques: ASK, FSK, PSK, DPSK, M-ary modulation, continuous phase FSK, MSK, QAM, DSL
Schemes. Line coding, intersymbol interference (ISI), Nyquist wave shaping, eye pattern,
adaptive equalisation. Transmission over bandpass channel. Spread spectrum
communications: pseudo noise sequences, direct sequence spread spectrum, frequency
hopping spread spectrum, CDMA, application examples.

500 Level

GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
4. possess the skills needed for project management; and
5. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.

Course Contents
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons – functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.
Project planning, control and timeliness;decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.

GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions;

New
Engineering and Technology 1258
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications; and
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principles undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically
present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an
expert witness.

Course Contents
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.
Termination/cancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.
TEE 501: Telecommunications Systems Planning (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. describe the telecommunications standard and regulatory issues;
2. explain network planning and dimensioning to minimize data loss and delay;
3. explain spectrum management and regulatory body involvements;
4. discuss radio planning, spectrum policy and allocation procedures at various levels; and
5. discuss the role integrated data and environment in networks for optimum performance.

Course Contents
Telecommunications standards, monitoring and regulation: International
Telecommunications Union (history, structure and functions). Global telecommunications
standards collaboration: international and regional. Nigerian Communications Act. Nigerian
Communications Commission. Spectrum Management: basics of spectrum management: RF
spectrum, classifications and features, spectrum utilization, need for spectrum management,
spectrum management goals. Spectrum management functions. Spectrum policy, planning
and assignment: frequency assignment and allocation procedures, national, regional and
international spectrum management regulatory frameworks. Spectrum management
applications (e.g. aeronautics, radio astronomy, radar, broadcasting, satellite networks, etc.).
Spectrum management responsibilities: spectrum management improvement techniques,
ITU's radio regulation and recommendations, ITU-R activities and study groups, CEPT, ETSI,
NTIA, Ofcom, Nigerian Communications Commission (NCC), spectrum management in
selected developing countries.

TEE 502: Optical Communication Systems (2 Units C:LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the configuration and architecture of optical communication system;
2. analyse system based on important parameters for characterising optical fiber, optical
source, detector and amplifier;

New
Engineering and Technology 1259
3. analyse the techniques and design methodology of optical fiber system, calculate and
simulate the important design parameters; and
4. describe the high-bit-rate data transmission and free-space optical communications
systems for deep space application.

Course Contents
Optical transmitting devices, LEDs optical receivers, optical fibres/types, features, joining,
coupling/deep space communication system/capacity, reliability economy/application of PCM
and A DPCM concepts.

TEE 503: Mobile Communication Systems (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end ot this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the evolution of mobile networks;
2. explain the basic cellular system and its characteristics and parameters;
3. state international standards and regulations;
4. discuss the frequency management mechanisms; and
5. discuss field strength prediction models and their attributes.

Course Contents
Evolution of mobile radio communications: 1G, 2G, 3G, 4G and 5G. Examples of mobile radio
systems: radio paging, cordless telephones, cellular radio. Trends in cellular radio and personal
communication systems. A basic cellular system, frequency reuse, roaming, hand-off
strategies, co-channel interference, traffic and grade of service, system capacity, improving
capacity of cellular system. Doppler effect. Co-channel interference and reduction; adjacent
channel interference; near-far problem. Standards and overview of analogue and digital
cellular systems; frequency management and channel assignment, speech coding, channel
coding, bandwidth consideration, equalisation, modulation techniques, multiple access
techniques. GSM: architecture, elements, and standard interfaces; FDMA/TDMA structure;
speech and channel coding; time slots and bursts; signaling; hand-offs; DCS 1800; GPRS;
data services over gsm. Field strength prediction models, propagation path loss, multipath
propagation problem, Rayleigh fading, Rician distribution. Other applications of wireless
communications, especially in the financial sector.

Minimum Academic Standards

Equipment
Computer Laboratory (Hardware and Software)
1. Control and instrumentation laboratory
2. Electronics and telecommunication laboratory
3. Signal processing laboratory
4. Data communication and internetworking laboratory
5. Communication systems aboratory
6. RF microwave laboratory
7. Antenna laboratory.

Intermediate Network Laboratory

New
Engineering and Technology 1260
 S/n Description of Equipment
1 D3000 Virtual Instrument Platform (VIP2)
2 D3000 9.0 Experimental Master PCB
3 D3000 21.1 AM Communications PCB
4 D3000 21.2 Superhet Receiver PCB
5 D3000 21.4 Digital Communications PCB
6 D3000 21.5 PAM PCB
7 D3000 21.8 PCM PCB

Transmission Laboratory

S/ Description of Equipment
N
1 Ctl Modicom 1 "Signal sampling and reconstruction module"
2 02 Modicom 2 "Time division multiplexer PAM Module"
3 CT3/1 and CT3/2 Modicom 3 "pulse code modulation Transmitter/Receiver
4 system"
CT4 Modicom 4 " Delta modulation Module"
5 CT5/1 and CT5/2 Modicom 5 " Data conditioning and carrier modulation system"
6 CT7 Audio Input Module
7 CT8 Audio Output Module
8 CT20 Anacom 1/1 and V2 "Introductory Analogue Communication Module"
9 CT21 Anacom 2"Introductory Analogue Communication Module"
10 CT30 Transmission Line Trainer
11 Digital Communication System Trainer
12 Analog Communication System Trainer
13 PS20 Power Supply
14 FG2 Function Generators
15 OSC1 Oscilloscopes

Fiber Optic Laboratory

S/N Description of Equipment

1 06 Modicom 6 "Fiber-Optic Transmitter/Receiver system"

2 NTC-1 03.000 "Fiber-Optic Communication" Training stand
3 Pulse Semi-conductor Laser
4 Photodiode Current Meter
5 Continuous Semiconductor Laser
6 Current Generator
7 Fast Photo detector
8 Stand to study photo detector operation
9 Optical Fiber Coupler

New
Engineering and Technology 1261
 Microwave Laboratory
S/N Description of Equipment

1 CT60 Microwave Communications Trainer: Receiver Transmitter Probe

2 Spectrum Analyzer " 9kHz -3GHz
3 Indoor TV Antenna
4 NTC-1 04 " Radio Engineering & Telecommunication with MPMS"
5 Microwave Trainer MST 532
6 Microstrip Trainer MNT 530
7 18GHz Spectrum Analyzer
8 18GHz Network Analyzer
Networking Laboratory
S/N Description of Equipment
Nn
1 NTC-1 42.000 "Global, Local, Wired & Wireless Networks" Training stand
2 D-Link Switch
3 Cisco 1 900 Router
4 D-Link Router

Basic Electronic Equipment

1. Frequency meter
2. Digital energy meter
3. Digital wattmeter, single phase
4. Digital wattmeter, 3-phase
5. Semiconductor curve tracer
6. Digital transistor tester
7. Decade resistance box
8. Decade capacitance box
9. Decade inductance box
10. Digital multifunction documenting calibrators
11. Digital function generator (different frequency ranges)
12. Electrical tools box
13. Digital stroboscope
14. Digital DC A ammeters multi-range
15. Digital AC voltmeters multi range
16. Digital DC volt meters multi range
17. Digital DC volt meters multi range
18. Digital damp meter
19. Standard digital earth loop/PSC/tester
20. Photo/contact tachometer
21. LCD Display 3-phase rotation tester
22. Rheostat (different ranges)
23. Wheatstone bridge
24. Portable DC potentiometer
25. Analog dual oscilloscopes (different frequency ranges)
26. Signal trace/lnjector
27. Digital RF signal generators
28. Klystron microwave trainer complete set
29. Antenna laboratory trainer complete set

New
Engineering and Technology 1262
30. PCB Fabrication equipment complete set
31. Standard analog multimeters
32. AVO meters
33. Digital logic analyzer
34. Smart logic design experimental Kit
35. Digital logic circuit design experiment kit microcomputer trainer
36. GSM/GPS experimental trainer
37. Programmable logic controller system trainer
38. Digital 3 phase power analyzer with SD card real time data recorder
39. Digital storage color display 2/4-channel oscilloscope
40. Digital spectrum analyzer (9kHz -3GHz)
41. Instrumentation trainer using transducers complete set
42. Solar power system training kit
43. Electrical and electronic system trainer
44. Power electronic training system
45. Programmable dual output DC power upply units (different ranges)
46. Variable transformer
47. Portable wind power generator training kit universal EPROM programmable (48 Pins)
48. B ench digital multi-meter digit (various digit ranges)

Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalent
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15 Units per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practicals
and supervision of projects.
NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees, hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personnel

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practicals
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.

Administrative Support Staff

The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.

Technical Support Personnel

The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation and

New
Engineering and Technology 1263
maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.

Minimum Number of Staff

Subject to the general standards specified by NUC;
1. there should be a minimum of two Ph.Ds and four M.Eng degree holders full-time academic
staff to mount the programme;
2. each workshop or laboratory should have an adequate number of staff with the right mix,
such that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run efficiently; and
3. there should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate calibre for
the office of the Head of Department to run.

Student/Staff Ratio
The minimum staff-to-student ratio should be 1:15 from 200 level to 500 level

Library

Library and Information Resources

There must be adequate library facilities to cater for the interest of all the programmes in the
faculty. These include current journals, handbooks, textbooks, manuals, codes of practice,
standards and specifications etc. in sufficient numbers
Library Facilities
The following facilities should be provided to enable users make maximum use of library
services:
a. Reading rooms
b. 24-hour reading rooms
c. Visually impaired resource centre
d. Radio frequency identification (RFID) security gate for theft detection
e. RFID tags for book tagging
f. Notebook computers for loan service
g. Over two hundred computers distributed at the various service points for database search
at the university library and faculty libraries
h. Workstations at the faculty libraries for database search
i. Projectors and creens for presentations
j. Photocopying machines
k. Scanners
l. Visually impaired resource centre
m. Information display screen
n. E-library (postgraduate and undergraduate sections)

Classroom, Laboratories, Workshops, Clinics and Offices

The NUC recommends the following physical space requirement:

Academic m2
Professor’s Office 18.50
Head of Department’s Office 18.50
Tutorial Teaching Staff Space 13.50
Other Teaching Staff Space 7.00
Technical Staff Space 7.00
Science Staff Research Laboratory 16.50

New
Engineering and Technology 1264
 Engineering Staff Research Laboratory 14.50
Seminar Space per student 1.85
Drawing Office Space (A.O. Board) (Per Student) 4.60
Drawing Office Space (A.I. Board) (Per Student) 3.70
Laboratory Space 7.50
Non-Academic
Secretarial Space 7.00

Office Facilities
S/No Office No in Room Facilities
1. HOD 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
2. Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit.
4. Senior 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
Lecturer computer unit.
5. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.
6. Lecturer II 3 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves

New
Engineering and Technology 1265
B.Eng. Water Resources Engineering
Overview
Water Resources Engineering involves the application of engineering sciences and ecological
principles to the study of hydrological and hydraulic of watershed flow systems which can be
used as input into the design of water management systems and strategies. The management
of water includes: regulation of water flow rate through hydraulic turbines for electric power
generation; flood prevention, warning and control; erosion prevention and control; drainage;
design of natural channels, and treatment and supply of water for municipal, industrial and
agricultural purposes. This programme is also concerned with identifying potential point and
diffused sources of pollutants so that efficient environmentally-friendly and economical
methods can be developed to treat or preserve the water for it to be of sufficiently high quality
to sustain human life and water dependent ecosystems.
Philosophy
The programme aims to produce graduates who are versed with broad knowledge,
understanding and skills in water resources systems design, operation and management. The
programme provides the essentials in beginning a professional carrier development,
consultancy and employment in public service, private sector and nongovernmental
organisations.

Objectives
In line with its philosophy, the objectives of the Water Resources Engineering programme
are to:
1. develop and apply essential concepts, theories and principles of engineering and its
underpinning science and mathematics to water resources problems;
2. analyse processes driving the hydrological cycle and the physico-chemical processes
associated with water and wastewater treatment;
3. plan, design, construct, operate and maintain water diversions, storage, supply and control
structures;
4. plan and design water distribution systems, sanitary and storm water collection systems,
and the pumping and storage infrastructure required by these systems;
5. manage rivers and reservoirs for recreation, flood control, irrigation, and other multi-use
functions;
6. develop groundwater resources and remediate polluted groundwater resources;
7. perform engineering activities by fulfilling legal requirements governing engineering
practice; and
8. use specific computer software in design and analysis of water resources systems.

Unique Features of the Programme

The unique features of the curriculum include:
Digital literacy: The curriculum incorporates significant digital programmes for graduates to
remain competitive within today’s digital economy. Competency based outcome: establishes
the desired knowledge, skills, and behaviors of a graduating students that enable them to
successfully perform in professional, educational and other contexts.
1. focus on learning: the curriculum is devised to focus on learning to enhance the learning
experience of the students by integrating diverse techniques and complementary
technologies.
2. entrepreneurial skills for knowledge based and digital economy.

New
Engineering and Technology 1266
3. collaborative: the curriculum provides for collaboration with the industry in order to realise
the much-needed practical knowledge and skills required to take on the present-day
challenges

Employability Skills
Graduates of Water Resources Engineering programme are actively sought by employers in
both the private and public sectors. Potential employers include large and small businesses,
government at all levels, national and multinational corporations and universities. Self-
employment as engineering consultants and other technically applied positions is an
expanding career option for water resource engineering professionals.
Water Resources engineering graduates will be equipped with the following employability
skills:
1. communication skills: the ability to present ideas effectively with confidence through aural,
oral and written modes, not only with engineers but also with the community at large;
2. information literacy: The ability to access, evaluate, synthesise and share information from
multi-disciplinary / interdisciplinary sources;
3. competence in application and practice: the ability to use techniques, skills, and modern
engineering tools for solving engineering problems;
4. team working skills: the ability to function effectively as an individual and in a group with
the capacity to be a leader as well as an effective team member;
5. problem solving and decision-making skills: the ability to solve engineering problem
through critical thinking, system thinking and effective decision making;
6. engineering System Approach: the ability to utilize systems approach to design and
evaluate operational performance;
7. knowledge of contemporary issues: the ability to continue learning independently in the
acquisition of new knowledge, skills and technologies. The use of information,
communication and computing technologies are very essential in the knowledge-based
era; and
8. understand professional, social and ethical responsibilities: the ability to understand the
social, cultural, global and environmental responsibilities of a professional engineer, and
commitment to professional and ethical responsibilities.

21st Century Skills

The programme will lead to the development of the following 21st century skills:
1. professional and interpersonal skills with competence in the areas of professionalism and
teamwork.
2. business and management skills with competence in management, entrepreneurship and
leadership.
3. mental and thinking skills consisting of competences in critical thinking, decision making,
creativity and innovation.
4. information and communication skills.
5. Collaboration (teamwork and ethics);
6. Information literacy;

Admission and graduation requirements

Admission Requirements
Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
7. Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
8. Direct Entry (DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

New
Engineering and Technology 1267
Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode
For the five-year degree propgramme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must include English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

Direct Entry (DE) Mode

For the four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit
passes, which must include English Language, two must be principal subjects at Advance GCE
Level or NCE and its equivalent. Holder of upper credit level at HND are eligible for
consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:
1. Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of 150
and maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5–year engineering degree programme.
Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters.
2. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode shall have registered for minimum of
120 and maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4–year engineering degree
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic semesters.
3. Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode at 300-Level shall have registered for
a minimum of 90 and a maximum of 120 units of courses during a 3–year engineering
degree programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of 6 academic
semesters.
4. The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units respectively.
5. A student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by the
university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.
6. A student shall also have earned the 15 credit units of Students Industrial Work Experience
Scheme (SIWES), 8 credit units of University General Study courses and four credit units
of Entrepreneurship courses.

For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered,
whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the
computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it
or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each and all
attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.
Prerequisite courses must be taken and passed before a particular course at a higher level.
Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME, 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 200-Level
and 11 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 300-Level.

New
Engineering and Technology 1268
Global Course Structure
Level GST/ENT Basic Discipline Programme SIWES* Total
Science (GET) (WRE) Units
100 4 16 03 02 - 25
200 4 - 17 - 3 24
300 4 - 12 09 4 29
400 - - 2 09 6 17
500 - - 05 18 - 23
Total 12 16 39 38 13* 105
*All 11 units of SIWES and 2 units of Engineering xaluation are credited in the 2nd Semester
of 400-Level, and are not counted with the CCMAS Credits

100 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 15 45
GST 211 Nigerian People and 2 C 30 -
Culture
GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C 15 -
GET 102 Engineering Graphics and 2 C 15 30
Solid Modelling I
CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C 30 -
CHM 102 General Chemistry II 2 C 30 -
CHM 107 General Practical 1 C - 45
Chemistry I
CHM 108 General Practical 1 C - 45
Chemistry II
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 2 C 45 -
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C 45 -
PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C 30 -
PHY 103 General Physics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 107 General Practical Physics I 1 C - 45
PHY 108 General Practical Physics II 1 C - 45
WRE 101 Introduction to Water 2 C
Resources Engineering 30 -
Total 25

New
Engineering and Technology 1269
200 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and 2 C 30 -
Human Existence
ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and 2 C 30 -
Innovation
GET 204 Students Workshop 2 C 15 45
Practice
GET 205 Fundamentals of Fluid 3 C 45 -
Mechanics
GET 208 Strength of Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 45 -
GET 210 Engineering Mathematics 3 C 45 -
II
GET 211 Computing and Software 3 C 30 45
Engineering
*GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
Total 24

300Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

ENT 312 Venture Creation 2 C 15 45

GST 321 Peace and Conflict 2 C 30 -
Resolution
GET 304 Technical Writing and 3 C 45 -
Communication
GET 305 Engineering Statistics and 3 C 45 -
Data Analytics.
GET 306 Renewable Energy 3 C 30 45
Systems and Technologies
GET 307 Introduction to Artificial 3 C 45 -
Intelligence, Machine
Learning and Convergent
Technologies

CEE 304 Civil Engineering Materials 2 C 30 -

WRE 301 Public Health Engineering 3 C 45 -
WRE 303 Hydraulics and Hydrology I 2 C 30 -
WRE 308 Engineering Geology 2 C 30 -
*GET 399 SIWES II: Students Work 4 C 12 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 29

New
Engineering and Technology 1270
400 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 C 90

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and 2 C 30
Costing
WRE 401 Soil Mechanics and 3 C 45 -
Foundation Engineering
WRE 403 Hydraulics and Hydrology II 3 E 45 -
WRE 405 Design of Hydraulic 3 E 45 -
Structures
*GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
Total 17

SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

500 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 501 Engineering Project 3 C 45 -

Management
GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -
WRE 501 Engineering Project II 6 C - 270
WRE 503 Design of Treatment Plants 3 C 45 -
WRE 504 Hydrogeology (Groundwater 3 C 45 -
Hydrology)
WRE 505 Water and Waste Water 3 C 45 -
Engineering
WRE 506 Environmental Pollution 2 E 30 -
Engineering
WRE 507 Drainage and Irrigation 3 C 45 -
Engineering
Total 25

Course Contents and Learning Outcomes

100 Level

New
Engineering and Technology 1271
GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
2. list notable language skills;
3. classify word formation processes;
4. construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
5. apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
6. demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
7. write simple and technical reports.

Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology). English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations). Major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional). Grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality). Reading
and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking; reasoning
methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy, generalisation and
explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements. Writing activities
(pre-writing (brainstorming and outlining). Writing (paragraphing, punctuation and
expression). post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing (summary, essays,
letter, curriculum vitae, report writing, note-making). etc. Mechanics of writing. Information
and Communication Technology in modern language learning. Language skills for effective
communication. The art of public speaking.

GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;
2. identify and list the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
3. explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political entity;
4. analyse the concepts of trade and economic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation to
national development;
5. enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian state regarding nation building;
6. analyse the role of the judiciary in upholding fundamental human rights
7. identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria; and
8. list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems.

Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and cultures;
peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria; nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system; indigenous apprenticeship system among
Nigerian peoples; trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justice and national
development (definition and classification of law); Judiciary and fundamental rights.
Individuals, norms and values (basic Nigerian norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition; citizenship and civic responsibilities; indigenous languages, usage and

New
Engineering and Technology 1272
development; negative attitudes and conducts [Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices]). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3Rs – Reconstruction, Rehabilitation
and Re-orientation; re-orientation strategies: Operation Feed the Nation (OFN), Green
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline and Corruption (WAIC), Mass
Mobilization for Self-Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery (MAMSER), National
Orientation Agency (NOA). Current socio-political and cultural developments in Nigeria.

GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
2. distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists,
technicians and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
3. identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
4. categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs); and
5. identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.

Course Contents
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.

GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I(2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply
such to solving simple everyday and also complex problems;
2. recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
3. show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and
put such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
4. analyse such models for strength and cost;
5. prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
6. recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical and
other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the analytical
nature of the courses they take; and
7. analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.

Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete terms.
Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3D objects.
Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and perspectives.
Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection and rendering.

New
Engineering and Technology 1273
This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid works, solid edge
or equivalent.

CHM 101: General Chemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. define atom, molecules and chemical reactions;
2. discuss the modern electronic theory of atoms;
3. write electronic configurations of elements on the periodic table;
4. rationalise the trends of atomic radii, ionisation energies, electronegativity of the elements,
based on their position in the periodic table;
5. identify and balance oxidation–reduction equation and solve redox titration problems;
6. draw shapes of simple molecules and hybridised orbitals;
7. identify the characteristics of acids, bases and salts, and solve problems based on their
quantitative relationship;
8. apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using LeChatelier’s principle to
predict the effect of concentration, pressure and temperature changes on equilibrium
mixtures;
9. analyse and perform calculations with the thermodynamic functions, enthalpy, entropy
and free energy; and
10. determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and temperature.

Course Contents
Atoms, molecules, elements and compounds, and chemical reactions. Modern electronic
theory of atoms. Electronic configuration, periodicity and building up of the periodic table.
Hybridisation and shapes of simple molecules. Valence forces; Structure of solids. Chemical
equations and stoichiometry; chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, kinetic theory of
matter. Elementary thermochemistry; rates of reaction, equilibrium and thermodynamics.
Acids, bases and salts. Properties of gases. Redox reactions and introduction to
electrochemistry. Radioactivity.

CHM 102: General Chemistry II (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the importance and development of organic chemistry;
2. define fullerenes and its applications;
3. discuss electronic theory;
4. determine the qualitative and quantitative of structures in organic chemistry;
5. state rules guiding nomenclature and functional group classes of organic chemistry;
6. determine the rate of reaction to predict mechanisms of reaction;
7. identify classes of organic functional group with brief description of their chemistry;
8. discuss comparative chemistry of group 1A, IIA and IVA elements; and
9. describe basic properties of transition metals.

Course Contents
Historical survey of the development and importance of organic chemistry; fullerenes as fourth
allotrope of carbon, uses as nanotubules, nanostructures, nanochemistry. Electronic theory in
organic chemistry. Isolation and purification of organic compounds; determination of
structures of organic compounds including qualitative and quantitative analysis in organic
chemistry; nomenclature and functional group classes of organic compounds. Introductory

New
Engineering and Technology 1274
reaction mechanism and kinetics. Stereochemistry. The chemistry of alkanes, alkenes,
alkynes, alcohols, ethers, amines, alkyl halides, nitriles, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids
and derivatives. The chemistry of selected metals and non-metals. Comparative chemistry of
group IA, IIA and IVA elements. Introduction to transition metal chemistry.

CHM 107: General Practical Chemistry I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correct carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. state the differences between primary and secondary standards;
5. perform redox titration;
6. record observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
7. analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions.

Course Contents
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.

CHM 108: General Practical Chemistry II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
2. collect scientific data and correctly carry out chemical experiments;
3. identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
4. identify and carry out preliminary tests which include ignition, boiling point, melting point,
test on known and unknown organic compounds;
5. carry out solubility tests on known and unknown organic compounds;
6. carry out elemental tests on known and unknown compounds; and
7. carry out functional group/confirmatory test on known and unknown compounds which
could be acidic/basic/ neutral organic compounds.

Course Contents
Continuation of CHM 107. Additional laboratory experiments to include functional group
analysis, quantitative analysis using volumetric methods.

MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)

(2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:
1. define and explain set, subset, union, intersection, complements, and demonstrate the
use of Venn diagrams;
2. solve quadratic equations;
3. solve trigonometric functions;
4. identify various types of numbers; and
5. solve some problems using binomial theorem.

New
Engineering and Technology 1275
Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers. Mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.

MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
2. recognise and understand the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and
continuity;
3. solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes;
4. solve function of a real variable, plot relevant graphs, identify limits and idea of continuity;
5. identify the derivative as limit of rate of change;
6. identify techniques of differentiation and perform extreme curve sketching;
7. identify integration as an inverse of differentiation;
8. identify methods of integration and definite integrals; and
9. perform integration application to areas, volumes.

Course Contents
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative, as limit of
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve sketching,
integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes (including
approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule).

PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
2. differentiate between vectors and scalars;
3. describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of
mechanics;
4. apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
5. evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or
rotating objects;
6. explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular momentum;
7. describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
8. explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving
under gravity.

Course Contents
Space and time; units and dimension, vectors and scalars, differentiation of vectors:
displacement, velocity and acceleration; kinematics; Newton’s laws of motion (inertial frames,
impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation); relative motion; application
of Newtonian mechanics; equations of motion; conservation principles in physics,
conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy, system of particles, centre of mass; rotational motion; torque, vector product,

New
Engineering and Technology 1276
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum. Polar coordinates; conservation
of angular momentum; circular motion; moments of inertia, gyroscopes and precession;
gravitation: Newton’s law of gravitation, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion, gravitational
potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits.

PHY 103: General Physics III (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
2. define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
3. describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of
entropy;
4. state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing macroscopic
behaviour;
5. deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
6. describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Contents
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.

PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs; and
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Contents
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity, etc. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis
should be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data
collection, analysis, and deduction.

PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
1. conduct measurements of some physical quantities;

New
Engineering and Technology 1277
2. make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
3. identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
4. plot and analyse graphs;
5. draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
6. prepare and present practical reports.

Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction.

WRE 101: Introduction to Water Resources Engineering (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the focus and scope of the Water Resources Engineering Programme;
2. recognise the domestic and industrial use of water;
3. familiarise with the concept of water exploration through boreholes; and
4. gain awareness of career opportunities for the water resources engineer in the public and
private space.

Course Contents
Introduction: Definition and scope of water resources engineering. Use of water for irrigation,
water supply and wastewater engineering, navigation, hydropower generation, environmental
sanitation and industrial use. Introduction to surface water hydrology and groundwater
hydraulics, control structures such as dams, reservoirs, e.t.c. Introduction to pollution control
and abatement. Introduction to field measurement and computation in water resources
engineering. Career opportunities in water resources engineering.
200 Level
GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
2. identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical
discourse;
3. know the elementary rules of reasoning;
4. distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
5. think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;
6. critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
7. develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of
knowledge, and
8. guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and
logic.

Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of

New
Engineering and Technology 1278
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding.
ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
1. explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity
seeking, new value creation and risk-taking;
2. state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
3. analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence;
4. engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
5. identify key elements in innovation;
6. describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including
business planning;
7. describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world;
and
8. state the basic principles of e-commerce.

Course Contents
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.

GET 204: Students Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. identify various basic hands and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement devices
and instruments, and acquire skills in their effective use and maintenance;
2. practically apply basic engineering technologies, including metrology, casting, metal
forming and joining, materials removal, machine tooling (classification, cutting tool action,
cutting forces, non-cutting production) and CNC machining technology;
3. master workshop and industrial safety practices, accident prevention and ergonomics;
4. physically recognise different electrical & electronic components like resistances,
inductances, capacitances, diodes, transistors and their ratings;

New
Engineering and Technology 1279
5. connect electric circuits, understand different wiring schemes, and check ratings of
common household electrical appliances and their basic maintenance; and
6. determine household and industrial energy consumption, and understand practical energy
conservation measures.

Course Contents
The course comprises general, mechanical and electrical components: supervised hands-on
experience in safe usage of tools and machines for selected tasks; Use of measuring
instruments (calipers, micrometers, gauges, sine bar, wood planners, saws, sanders, and
pattern making). Machine shop: lathe work shaping, milling, grinding, reaming, metal
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry
practice.Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting
processes. Metal forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging, press-
tool work, spinning, etc.). Metal joining processes(welding, brazing and soldering). Heat
treatment. Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory of
metal cutting. Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines.
Supervised identification, use and care of various electrical and electronic components such
as resistors, inductors, capacitors, diodes and transistors. Exposure to different electric
circuits, wiring schemes, analogue and digital electrical and electronic measurements.
Household and industrial energy consumption measurements. Practical energy conservation
principles.

GET 205: Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to :
1. explain the properties of fluids;
2. determine forces in static fluids and fluids in motion;
3. determine whether a floating body will be stable;
4. determine the effect of various pipe fittings (valves, orifices, bends and elbows) on fluid
flow in pipes;
5. measure flow parameters with venturi meters, orifice meters, weirs, etc;
6. perform calculations based on principles of mass, momentum and energy conservation;
7. perform dimensional analysis and simple fluid modelling problems; and
8. specify the type and capacity of pumps and turbines for engineering applications.

Course Contents
Fluid properties, hydrostatics, fluid dynamics using principles of mass, momentum and energy
conservation from a control volume approach. Flow measurements in pipes, dimensional
analysis, and similitude, 2-dimensional flows. Hydropower systems.

GET 208: Strength of Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. recognise a structural system that is stable and in equilibrium;
2. determine the stress-strain relation for single and composite members based on Hooke's
law;
3. estimate the stresses and strains in single and composite members due to temperature
changes;
4. evaluate the distribution of shear forces and bending moments in beams with distributed
and concentrated loads;

New
Engineering and Technology 1280
5. determine bending stresses and their use in identifying slopes and deflections in beams;
6. use Mohr's circle to evaluate the normal and shear stresses in a multi-dimensional stress
system and transformation of these stresses into strains;
7. evaluate the stresses and strains due to torsion on circular members; and
8. determine the buckling loads of columns under various fixity conditions at the ends.

Course Contents
Consideration of equilibrium; composite members, stress-strain relation. Generalised Hooke's
law. Stresses and strains due to loading and temperature changes. Torsion of circular
members. Shear force, bending moments and bending stresses in beams with symmetrical
and combined loadings. Stress and strain transformation equations and Mohr’s circle. Elastic
buckling of columns.

GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear
independence and dependence of vectors, rank etc;
2. describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their
applications to physical phenomena;
3. solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
4. describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume
of engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and Green’s
theorem;
5. explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical model
of linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient
conditions for total differential equations; and
6. analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation, etc., as well as fourier series, initial conditions and its
applications to different engineering processes

Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.

GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);
2. explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically solve
a wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types;
3. numerically solve differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;
4. perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,
curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of
several variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;
5. solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex numbers;

New
Engineering and Technology 1281
6. apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations
and of results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the theory
of conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
7. evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.

Course Contents
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and
vector-valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary
complex analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity. Derivatives,
differentiation rules and differentiation of integrals. Cauchy-Riemann equation, harmonic
functions, basic theory of conformal mapping, transformation and mapping and its
applications to engineering problems. Special functions.

GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and
standards appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
2. develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and
software development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project
through practical object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a
specific modern language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
3. use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
4. develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
5. recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant
to engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and
6. acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable
by means of short Internet courses in specific areas.

Course Contents
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.

GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
1. acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
2. learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;

New
Engineering and Technology 1282
3. build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
4. acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of
their practical experiences.

Course Contents
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or
special centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant
practical/industrial working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major.
The students are exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance
of tools, equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production
of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation, etc. (8-10 weeks during the long
vacation following 200 level).

NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of programme-specific

activities for their students.

300 Level
GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
1. analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
2. list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
3. differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
4. enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
5. describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in peace
building.

Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes, etc. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,
community leaders, etc.). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents of
conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and Imperatives.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation, collaboration, etc).
The roles of international organizations in conflict resolution ((a) The United Nations, UN and
its conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council (c) ECOWAS in
peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building. Managing post-
conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs);the role of NGOs in
post-conflict situations/crises.

ENT 312: Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

New
Engineering and Technology 1283
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
1. describe the key steps in venture creation;
2. spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
3. state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
4. develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
5. identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;
6. implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
7. conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
8. apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
9. appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.

Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy, etc. Digital business and e-commerce strategies).

GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
2. demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and
problems in engineering communication and presentation; and
3. demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant
practice on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu
for engineering designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.

Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and

New
Engineering and Technology 1284
passive sentences Lexis and structure Fog Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A,B,C,D,E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills(steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports(competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.

GET 305: Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. work with data from the point of view of knowledge convergence, machine learning, and
intelligence augmentation, which significantly raises their standard for engineering
analysis (the approach forces them to learn statistics in an actionable way that helps them
to see the holistic importance of data analytics in modern engineering and technology);
2. anticipate the future with Artificial Intelligence while fulfilling the basic requirements of
conventional engineering statistical programming consistent with their future careers;
3. perform, with proficiency, statistical inference tasks with language or programming
toolboxes such as R, Python, Mathematica or MATLAB, and Design Expert to summarise
analysis and interpretation of industry engineering data, and make appropriate conclusions
based on such experimental and/or real-life industrial data;
4. construct appropriate graphical displays of data and highlight the roles of such displays in
data analysis, particularly the use of statistical software packages;
5. plan and execute experimental programmes to determine the performance of programme-
relevant industrial engineering systems, and evaluate the accuracy of the measurements
undertaken; and
6. demonstrate mastery of data analytics and statistical concepts by communicating the
results of experimental and industry-case investigations, critically reasoned scientific and
professional analysis through written and oral presentation.

Course Contents
Descriptive statistics, frequency distribution, populations and sample, central tendency,
variance data sampling, mean, median, mode, mean deviation, percentiles. Probability.
Binomial, Poisson hyper-geometric, normal distributions. Statistical inference intervals, test
hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big data analytics
and cloud computing applications. Introduction to the R language; R as a calculator; Vectors,
matrices, factors, data frames and other R collections. Iteration and looping control structures.
Conditionals and other controls. Designing, using and extending functions. The Apply Family.
Statistical modelling and inference in R.
.
GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3 units C: LH 30 PH 45)

Learning Outcomes

New
Engineering and Technology 1285
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
1. identify the types, uses and advantages of renewable energy in relation to climate change;
2. design for use the various renewable energy systems;
3. recognise and analyse the current energy systems in Nigeria, their impacts on
development and the global energy demand and supply scenarios;
4. appreciate the environmental impact of energy exploitation and utilisation, and pursue the
sustainable development of renewable energy for various applications; and
5. recognise the exploitation, excavation, production, and processing of fossil fuels such as
coal, petroleum and natural gas, and discuss the sources, technology and contribution to
future energy demands of renewable energy.

Course Contents
Current and potential future energy systems in Nigeria and globally - resources, extraction,
concepts in energy conversion systems; parallels and differences in various conversion
systems and end-use technologies, with emphasis on meeting 21st-century national, regional
and global energy needs in a sustainable manner. Various energy technologies in each fuel
cycle stage for fossil (oil, gas, synthetic), nuclear (fission and fusion) and renewable (solar,
biomass, wind, hydro, and geothermal). Energy types, storage, transmission and
conservation. Analysis of energy mixes within an engineering, economic and social context.
Sustainable energy; emphasise sustainability in general and in the overall concept of
sustainable development and the link this has with sustainable energy as the fundamental
benefit of renewable energy.

Practical Content: Simple measurement of solar radiation, bomb calorimeter determination

of calorific value of fuels and biomass; measurement of the velocity of wind, waves and the
energy that abound in them; laboratory production of biogas and determination of energy
available in it; simple conversion of solar energy to electricity; transesterification of edible oil
into biodiesel; simulation of geothermal energy; Geiger-Muller or Scintillation Counters’
determination of uranium or thorium energy; simple solid or salt storage of energy; hybrid
application of renewable energy.

GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and Convergent

Technologies (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:
1. explain the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications and effects of artificial
intelligence;
2. explain the fundamental concepts of machine learning, deep learning and convergent
technologies;
3. demonstrate the difference between supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised
learning;
4. demonstrate proficiency in machine learning workflow and how to implement the steps
effectively;
5. explain natural languages, knowledge representation, expert systems and pattern
recognition;
6. describe distributed systems, data and information security and intelligent web
technologies;
7. explain the concept of big data analytics, purpose of studying it, issues that can arise with
a data set and the importance of properly preparing data prior to a machine learning
exercise; and

New
Engineering and Technology 1286
8. explain the concepts, characteristics, models and benefits, key security and compliance
challenges of cloud computing.

Course Contents
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence paradigms;
search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired algorithms –
examples, their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding
natural languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation, mathematical and logic
foundations of AI; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition; distributed
systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent technologies
– definition, significance and engineering applications. Neural networks and deep learning.
Introduction to python AI libraries.

GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
1. demonstrate proficiency in at least any three softwares in their chosen career choices;
2. demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube)
in their chosen careers;
3. carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;,
4. demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
5. demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work;
6. fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers;
7. write a general report at the end of the training.

The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work
experience i.e. 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged
in the more advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use
in the industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a
report at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and
encouraged to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities
and experiences to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits
include:

Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine

operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts,
gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, andwooden furniture making processes.

Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solidworks: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with SolidWorks, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solidWorks drawing drafting. Top-down assembly

New
Engineering and Technology 1287
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.

A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project.

Examples of projects should include the following:

a. design of machine components;
b. product design and innovation;
c. part modelling and drafting in SolidWorks; and
d. technical report writing.

WRE 301: Public health Engineering (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Upon successful completion of the course, the students should be able to:
1. be aware of the importance of environmental sanitation and interventions to spread
infectious diseases;
2. to design interventions in solid and hazardous waste treatment and management;
3. understand water and wastewater quality characteristics and their importance in every
good public health;
4. plan and design onsite sanitation technology option in any given situation; and
5. understand the importance of natural self-purification on the water quality and
environment.

Course Contents
Introduction to sanitary Engineering, Structure and growth of Micro-organisms. Sterilisation
and culture techniques. Water use and water-related diseases. Physical, chemical and
biological characteristics of water and wastewater, their determination and significance.
Appropriate technology of water supply and treatment. Coagulation, storage, filtration,
disinfection and distribution. Onsite sanitation; design and management of different types of
non-water borne sanitation systems (traditional pit latrines and improved latrines), Water
borne sanitation system (vaults, cesspools, septic tanks, pour flush toilets, relevant to Nigerian
situation) and wastewater treatment. Sewage. Source and Effects of pollution. Water quality
standards and controls. Agents of Air pollution, Effects and control. Management and finance
of PHE systems. Introduction to self-purification of surface water bodies.
WRE 303: Hydraulics and Hydrology I (3 Units C: LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain in detail the concept of the hydrologic cycle and compute components of the
hydrologic cycle;
2. estimate and analyse the hydrograph;
3. discuss the basics of flood routing and unsteady gradually varied flow;
4. analyse simple rapidly varied unsteady flow problems; conduct flood frequency analysis
and flood routing; and
5. identify the fundamentals of groundwater occurrence and evaluate yields of aquifers.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 1288
Introduction: hydrologic cycle, precipitation, evaporation and transpiration. Quantitative
Hydrology: hydrography, volume runoff, storage routing. Groundwater: occurrence,
hydraulics, well, yield.
Open channels: hydraulics of open channel flow, culverts and bridges. Steady uniform flow.
Steady gradually varied flow. Hydraulic Jump. Surge Waves. Measurement of flow in open
channels.

WRE 308 Engineering Geology (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcome
At the end of this course, students should be able to;
1. demonstrate understanding of geological structures and mapping;
2. understand the properties of rocks and minerals;
3. understand time scale, fossils and their importance;
4. be familiar investigation of sites for water resources projects; and
5. perform basic engineering geology assessment and analyses.

Course Content s
Geological structures and mapping. Rocks and minerals. Stratigraphy – time scale – fossils
and their importance: Special reference to Nigeria.
Introduction to geology of Nigeria: Engineering Applications – Water supply – site
investigations, geophysical investigation (vertical electrical sounding), – Dams, Dykes.

CEE 304: Civil Engineering Materials (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. demonstrate the suitability for use of the following Civil Engineering materials: concrete,
structural steel (and other important structural metals), timber, masonry, etc;
2. conduct tests of engineering properties of Civil Engineering materials and utilise these for
quality control;
3. explain the limitations of these materials under various uses; and
4. elucidate the characterisation of some of the variability and uncertainty associated with
these materials.

Course Contents
Concrete technology: types of cements, aggregates, properties. Concrete mix, design,
properties and their determination. Steel Technology: production fabrication and properties;
corrosion and its prevention. Tests on steel and quality control. Timber technology: types of
wood, properties, defects, stress grading. Preservation and fire protection; timber products,
rubber, plastics, asphalt, tar, glass, lime, bricks, Applications to buildings, roads and bridges.
400 Level

GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units: C; PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme.

New
Engineering and Technology 1289
2. Demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical
courses they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.
Course Contents

In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units: C; LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty
and responsibility and valuation terminologies.
2. Describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to
the society.
3. Demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices.
4. Prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review
5. Discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation.
6. Determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:
1. be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
2. bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to
real-life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work
methods and ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways
of safeguarding the work environment – human and materials;
3. experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work and
the environment seamlessly,and expose them to contacts for eventual job placements
after graduation;
4. be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place
of engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them;
and
5. exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not
necessarily limited to the student’s major (24 weeks from the end of the first semester at
400-Level to the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second

New
Engineering and Technology 1290
semester at 400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a
programme related industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc, for a period of 6
months under the guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised
by an academic staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits
the completed Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also, there will be a
comprehensive report covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences
(GET 299, GET 399 and GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department
for overall assessment.

WRE 401: Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the principles of field and laboratory compaction and its application;
2. determine strength properties of soil for engineering applications;
3. determine compressibility and strength properties of soil for design of shallow and deep
foundations;
4. identify and calculate the parameters needed for the design of foundations, including
footing settlement, end bearing of piles, and earth pressure coefficients; and
5. gain the ability to use modern soil mechanics equipment and soil investigation procedures.

Course Contents
Soil structures, compaction and soil stabilisation, stability of slopes earth pressures, retaining
walls. Concepts of permeability, stress distribution, shear strength and pressure in relation to
foundation engineering; bearing capacity of soils; shallow and deep foundations, pile
foundations; Site Investigation.

WRE 403: Hydraulics and Hydrology II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcome
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain deeply the theories and concepts of different types of flows;
2. discuss the principles of surface water hydrology for assessment and evaluation of floods;
3. explicate the techniques for collection, processing and analysis of hydrological data and
the application of catchment hydrological modelling and aquifer modelling techniques; and
4. demonstrate knowledge of the application of the principles of continuity and momentum
to pipe flow.

Course Contents
Laminar and Turbulent flows. Boundary layer separation lift and drag stream function, velocity
potential and application to flow nets. Steady and Unsteady flow in closed conduits. Principles
of surface water hydrology. Analysis of hydrological data. Land drainage and inland navigation
problems.

WRE 405: Design of Hydraulic Structures (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcome
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the fundamentals of reinforced concrete design;
2. select materials for different structural problems;
3. design structural elements in reinforced concrete;

New
Engineering and Technology 1291
4. discuss the principles of the design of hydraulic structures to address water resources
problems; and
5. design structures such as dams, spillways and gates.

Course Contents
Fundamentals of design process, material selection, building regulations and codes of practice.
Design philosophy. Elastic design: limit state design. Design of structural elements in
reinforced concrete. Hydraulic models: hydraulic design criteria, problems of reservoirs, river
training and regulations, transition structures. Dams; weirs, spillways, gates and outlet work,
stilling basins. Cofferdams, breakwaters, moldes, surge tanks. Design of open channels,
conduit systems and hydraulic machinery. Design of municipal storm drains, land drainage
systems and culverts and bridges. Design of (i) drainage inlets, (ii) manholes, and (iii) catch
basins. Introduction to multiple purpose designs involving flood control, water supply,
irrigation, recreation, drainage navigation and erosion control. Computer-aided design of
structures.

500 Level

GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
3. conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
4. possess the skills needed for project management; and
5. work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.

Course Content
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons – functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.
Project planning, control and timeliness;decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.

GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

New
Engineering and Technology 1292
Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
1. describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;
2. describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts
and legal jurisdictions;
3. describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering
design and management services and their professional liability implications; and
4. develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principles undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically
present technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an
expert witness.

Course Contents
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.
Termination/cancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.
WRE 501: Project (6 Units C: PH 270)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. acquire knowledge of technical report writing and presentation;
2. familiarise with the art of research on specific subject matter;
3. collect and evaluate information on specific subject matter;
4. analyse data and synthesize research findings; and
5. report research findings in written and verbal forms

Course Contents
Projects will depend on staff expertise and interest but should be of investigatory nature.
Preferably, students should be advised to choose projects in the area of their option/elective
subjects.

WRE 503: Design of Treatment Plants (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. discuss the details of the design of storm water and sewage systems;
2. explain the treatment of waste through biological and chemical processes;
3. familiarise with the treatment process of water and wastewater; and
4. draw treatment schemes such as activated sludge system, trickling filter, stabilization
ponds.

Course Contents
Wastewater

New
Engineering and Technology 1293
Storm water sewage: rational method for design. Preliminary treatment: flow measurement,
weirs, flumes, flow separation, screening, storm water settlement, grit removal, overflow
rates.
Batch settlement analysis; radial and rectangular design. Secondary treatment: activated
sludge process, percolating filters, oxidation ponds, biological kinetics and application in
sludge treatment and disposal. Anaerobic digestion. Sludge processing, pumping and power
requirements.
Water Supply
Flow diagrams for the treatment of surface and groundwater. Preliminary treatment:
screening, coagulation, flocculation and sedimentation. Slow sand, rapid sand and pressure
filters. Disinfection: water softening, iron and manganese removal. Chemicals for water
Treatment.

WRE 504: Hydrogeology (Groundwater Hydrology) (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Upon the successful completion of the course the students should be able to:
1. describe the characteristics of groundwater flow;
2. identify and measure aquifer properties and their effects on groundwater flow;
3. Compute groundwater recharge, flow and discharge;
4. decide on appropriate qualitative and quantitative methods commonly used in physical
hydrogeology; and
5. employ physical based equations that describe flow in the unsaturated zone, groundwater
flow under natural conditions and around a pumping well.

Course Contents
Groundwater and Aquifers: Physical Properties of Aquifers. Darcy’s Law and Hydraulic
conductivity. Well Flow Systems: Measurement of hydraulic conductivity, Transmissivity,
Specific yield and storage coefficient. Groundwater Exploration, well construction and
pumping. Mathematical Techniques – Analytical and numerical solutions and simulation.
Digital Computers – Finite Difference and Finite Element techniques in groundwater modelling.
Unsaturated Flow. Surface – Subsurface water relations. Computer Aided Design in Water
Resources

WRE 505: Water and Waste Water Engineering (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. recognise the processes for the treatment of both surface and groundwater;
2. develop design criteria necessary for the designs for water and wastewater treatment unit
operations and processes; and
3. design water supply and distribution systems including storage and pumping systems;
4. explain the design procedure and process of wastewater collection, treatment and
disposal.

Course Contents
Water and wastewater inter-relationship, water and health water-borne diseases. Elements
of water chemistry. Treatment processes for surface water and for groundwater. Design
fundamentals for water supply treatment and water distribution systems, including storage,
pumping and piping.
Sources of wastewater, industrial and domestic wastewater surveys. Elements of wastewater,
microbiology; waste -water collection, treatment and disposal and their designs. Wastewater
re-use-option and alternatives. Effluent standards.

New
Engineering and Technology 1294
WRE 506: Environmental Pollution Engineering (2 Units E: LH 30)
Learning Outcome
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
recognise the different types of environmental pollution, techniques for their monitoring and
control;
identify and value the effect of the pollutants on the environment: atmosphere, water and
soil;
analyse an industrial activity and identify the environmental problems;
explain the design of control systems for different types of pollution;
plan strategies to control, reduce and monitor pollution;
select the most appropriate technique to purify and/or control the emission of pollutants;
discuss the effects of solid waste on water sources; and
elucidate the laws and regulations governing environmental pollution.

Course Contents
Air pollution: monitoring and control, air pollutants, characteristics, sources, dispersion of
pollutants in air, dispersion models, equations, design of air pollution control systems.
Water pollution: types of water pollution, point sources and non-point sources, effects of
pollutants on water, control and management of water pollution. Solid waste management,
classification, quantification and composition of solid waste disposal methods; environmental
protection regulations.
WRE 507: Drainage and Irrigation Engineering (3 Units C: LH45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
explain the irrigation requirements for crops/-plants for effective delivery;
discuss soil-water relationship in respect of irrigation;
elucidate the principles of design, construction, operation and maintenance of different
irrigation systems; and
explicate the sources and quality of water appropriate for effective irrigation.

Course Contents
Land classification: crop water requirements;
Crop: irrigation requirements; farm delivery requirements; diversion requirements; soil-water
relationships; movement of soil moisture; measurement of infiltration and soil Moisture.
Irrigation water quality. Irrigation planning criteria. Irrigation methods; supplemental
irrigation, irrigation structures. Design, construction, operation and maintenance of surface,
sub-surface and sprinkler irrigation systems. Surveys and investigation – sources of water,
soils and salinity. Water tables; drainage structures. Subsurface drains. Design criteria –
Drain size, materials used; installation of subsurface drains; urban storm drainage. Land
drainage.

Minimum Academic Standards

Equipment
Fluid Mechanics Laboratory
Air flow equipment
Subsonic wind tunnel
Flow visualization table
Metacentric height apparatus
Orifice and free flow apparatus

New
Engineering and Technology 1295
Reynolds number apparatus
Centre of pressure apparatus
Impact of jet apparatus
Flow measurement apparatus
Venture meter
Pressure gauge apparatus
Vortex apparatus
Floating body apparatus
Manometer

Hydraulic Laboratory
Reciprocating pump test rig centrifugal pump test rig
Kaplan, francis and pelton wheel turbine
381 mm tilting flume
102mm tilting flume
305mm tilting flume
76mm tilting flume
203mm tilting flume
Hydraulic bench
Surge tank apparatus
610 mm sand bed table
Turbine/pump test rig
Orifice plate apparatus
V-notch apparatus
Pipe energy loss apparatus
Function loss in pipes apparatus
Flow channel
Volumetric hydraulic bench

Hydrology Laboratory and Display Room

Sunshine recorder
Recording rain gauge
Gouge height recorder
Current meter
Engineering seismograph
Mini flow meter
Wave height generator & recorder
Stream flow mini current meter
Ester line graph recorder
Wind vane/anemometer
Thermometers
Barometer
Water level recorder
Rain gauge (non-recording type)

Soil Analysis Laboratory

Resistivity meter
Soil moisture and density meter

Simulation Room
At least 10 desktop computers
Special Infrastructural Requirements

New
Engineering and Technology 1296
Drilling rig complete with accessories and compressor;
Model dam and reservoir;
Meteorological station;
Hydrology apparatus with permeability measurement ; and
Large laboratory spaces for flumes and scaled models.

Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalent
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15 Units per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practicals
and supervision of projects.
NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees, hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personnel

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practicals
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.

Administrative Support Staff

The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.

Technical Support Personnel

The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation and
maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.

Minimum Number of Staff

Subject to the general standards specified by NUC;
there should be a minimum of two PhDs and four M.Eng degree holders full-time academic
staff to mount the programme;
each workshop or laboratory should have an adequate number of staff with the right mix,
such that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run efficiently; and
there should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate calibre for the
office of the Head of Department to run.

Library
In addition to the university and faculty libraries, the programme must have a departmental
library well-equipped with specialised books and journals in both physical collections and E-

New
Engineering and Technology 1297
collections (E-Resources) of various types. Various field and research reports of the
programme must also be available in the library for staff, students and researchers.
The library must be connected to subscribed repository of:
national and international institutions
open access sources
professional bodies’ e-learning platforms
relevant international organizations
The library must also have adequate facilities for reading, lending and to include reservation
unit for specialized materials

Classrooms, Laboratories, Workshops, Clinics and Offices

Sizes of Office Spaces
The NUC recommends the following physical space requirement:

Academic m2
Professor’s Office 18.50
Head of Department’s Office 18.50
Tutorial Teaching Staff Space 13.50
Other Teaching Staff Space 7.00
Technical Staff Space 7.00
Science Staff Research Laboratory 16.50
Engineering Staff Research Laboratory 14.50
Seminar Space per student 1.85
Drawing Office Space (A.O. Board) (Per Student) 4.60
Drawing Office Space (A.I. Board) (Per Student) 3.70
Laboratory Space 7.50
Non-Academic
Secretarial Space 7.00

Office Facilities
S/No Office No in Room Facilities
1. HOD 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
2. Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit, Secretary and facilities.
3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
computer unit.
4. Senior 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves,
Lecturer computer unit.
5. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.
6. Lecturer II 3 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves

New
Engineering and Technology 1298
B.Eng. Wood Products Engineering
Overview
This is the new curriculum for Wood Products Engineering students in Nigerian universities. It
has an improvement over the old one because it places more emphasis on both the basic and
derived products of wood. It gives more time to the study of products which are recoverable
from wood residue which can lead to integral utilization of the trees from our forests which in
turn will contribute to the amelioration of problems arising from the climate change. The
students will have access to more areas of research and specialisation. Furthermore, the
primary purpose of the programme is to prepare students for career in the wood products
industry. The courses are packaged to prepare graduates for immediate employment in
various aspects of wood products business management/marketing, process and product
quality control, and research and development. Graduates will also have opportunities for
involvement in the wider scope of the industry – from harvesting to the use of wood, fibre,
and chemical products. Students are exposed to basic operations such as: roundwood
processing to lumber and plywood; drying and protection of wood and fibre products;
adhesives and coatings; reconstructed wood composites; paper manufacture; board products;
construction and housing.
Philosophy
The programme is to give prominence to sound scientific training and provide the much
required impetus for rapid technological and industrial development in wood products
industry. The programmes is therefore designed to give students the required academic and
practical background in areas of wood harvesting and utilization of forest trees. It also
emphasises the overall use of wood for different products required by different people which
include furniture, plywood, particleboard, fibre board, pulp and paper and many other
products needed for day-to-day activities. The students are trained to design, fabricate and
maintain the specialised machines in the wood industry.

Objectives
Students in Wood Products Engineering are trained to:
design and implement components, machines, equipment and engineering systems required
in wood and wood products manufacture;
design and develop new products and production techniques for wood products;
install and maintain complex engineering systems for optimal performance in such a way that
the wood residues generated do not constitute problems to the environment;
adapt and adopt exogenous technology in order to solve problems requiring engineering
methods in the wood industry;
exercise original thought, have good professional judgment and be able to take responsibility
for the execution of important tasks relating to manufacturing of wood and wood-based
products;
improve on existing indigenous solutions to problems relating to the utilisation of wood and
wood products;
familiarise with all the materials, components, machines, equipment, production techniques
and systems in the processing of wood and wood-based products;
man and maintain the specific production equipment used in the processing and production
of wood-based materials and products;
plan, manage and be responsible for quality control of the products and processes in the
respective wood-based industry where they will work in the future; and
possess managerial skills for effective management of people, fund, materials and
equipment.

New
Engineering and Technology 1299
Employability Skills
Ability to plan and establish a modern wood industry
Able to run an existing wood industry successfully
Ability to design a new wood or wood-based product
Able to work design machines and tools relevant in the wood industry
Ability to train incoming personnel in requisite engineering skills personnel wood industry

21st Century skills

Graduates of Wood Products Engineering have the abilities and competence to:
adapt wood production processes to information communication and other emerging digital
4IR technologies (ICT plus);
critically thinking/problem solving/decision making;
collaboration (teamwork and ethics);
citizenship (local and global);
use important software for the design of new wood products;
information literacy; and
learning to learn/metacognition.
Unique Features of the Programmme
It combines Mechanical Engineering concepts and entrepreneurial zeal with the innovative
and creative use of wood as raw material. The new programme is student centred and makes
them adatable to the world of work and professional practice.
Admission and Graduation Requirements
Admission Requirements
Candidates are admitted into the degree programme in either of the following two ways:
Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode (5 Year Degree Programme)
Direct Entry (DE) Mode (4 Year Degree Programme)

Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) Mode

For the five-year degree programme, in addition to acceptable passes in the Unified Tertiary
Matriculation Examination (UTME), the minimum admission requirement is credit level passes
in Senior School Certificate (SSC) in at least five subjects, which must include English
Language, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry and other acceptable science subjects at not more
than two sittings.

Direct Entry (DE) Mode

For the four-year Direct Entry, in addition to five (5) Senior School Certificate (SSC) credit
passes, which must include English Language, two must be principal subjects at Advance GCE
Level or NCE and its equivalent. Holder of upper credit level at HND are eligible for
consideration for admission into 300 level.

Graduation Requirements
The following regulations shall govern the conditions for the award of a honours degree in
Engineering and Technology:
Candidates admitted through the UTME mode shall have registered for a minimum of 150 and
maximum of 180 units of courses during the 5–year engineering degree programme. Such
candidates shall have spent a minimum of ten academic semesters.

New
Engineering and Technology 1300
Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode shall have registered for minimum of 120
and maximum of 150 units of courses during a 4–year engineering degree programme. Such
candidates shall have spent a minimum of eight academic semesters.
Candidates admitted through the Direct entry mode at 300-Level shall have registered for a
minimum of 90 and a maximum of 120 units of courses during a 3–year engineering degree
programme. Such candidates shall have spent a minimum of 6 academic semesters.
The minimum and maximum credit load per semester is 15 and 24 credit units respectively.
A student shall have completed and passed all the Courses registered for, including all
compulsory courses and such elective /optional courses as may be specified by the
university/faculty or department; obtained a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) specified by the university but not less than 1.00.
A student shall also have earned the 15 credit units of Students Industrial Work Experience
Scheme (SIWES), 8 credit units of University General Study courses and four credit units of
Entrepreneurship courses.

For the purpose of calculating a student’s cumulative grade point average (CGPA) in order to
determine the class of Degree to be awarded, grades obtained in ALL the courses registered,
whether compulsory or optional and whether passed or failed must be included in the
computation. Even when a student repeats the same course once or more before passing it
or substitutes another course for a failed optional course, grades scored at each and all
attempts shall be included in the computation of the GPA.
Prerequisite courses must be taken and passed before a particular course at a higher level.
Furthermore, if a student fails to graduate at the end of normal academic session, he or she
would not be allowed to exceed a total of 15 semesters in the case of students admitted
through UTME, 13 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 200-Level
and 11 semesters in the case of Direct Entry students who entered at 300-Level.

Global Course Structure

Level GST ENT Basic GET Programme SIWES Total

Sciences (WPE) & GET Units
404
100 4 - 19 3 2 - 28
200 4 2 - 21 3 3 33
300 - 2 - 11 10 4 27
400 - - - 2 11 6 19
500 - - - 5 6 - 11
Total 8 4 19 42 32 13* 105

* All 11 units of SIWES and 2 units of Engineering valuation are credited in the 2nd Semeter
of 400-level, and not included in the CCMAS Credit units

New
Engineering and Technology 1301
100 Level
Course Course Title Units Status LH PH
Code
GST 111 Communication in English 2 C 15 45
GST 112 Nigerian Peoples and Culture 2 C 30
GET 101 Engineer in Society 1 C 30 -
GET 102 Engineering Graphics and Solid 2 C 15 30
Modelling
CHM 101 General Chemistry I 2 C 30 -
CHM 102 General Chemistry II 2 C 30 -
CHM 107 General Practical Chemistry I 1 C - 45
CHM 108 General Practical Chemistry II 1 C - 45
MTH 101 Elementary Mathematics I 2 C 30 -
MTH 102 Elementary Mathematics II 2 C 30 -
PHY 101 General Physics I 2 C 30 -
PHY 103 General Physics III 2 C 30 -
PHY 107 General Practical Physics I 2 C - 45
BIO 101 General Biology I 3 C 15 30
WPE 102 Introduction to Wood Products 2 C 30
Engineering
Total 28
200 Level
Course Title Units Status LH PH
Course
Code
GST 212 Philosophy, Logic and Human 2 C 30 -
Existence
ENT 211 Entrepreneurship and 2 C 30 -
Innovation
GET 201 Applied Electricity I 3 C 45 -
GET 202 Engineering Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 204 Students Workshop Practice 2 C 15 45
GET 205 Fundamentals of Fluid 3 C 45 -
Mechanics
GET 207 Applied Mechanics 3 E 45 -
GET 208 Strength of Materials 3 C 45 -
GET 209 Engineering Mathematics I 3 C 45 -
GET 210 Engineering Mathematics II 3 C 45 -
GET 211 Computing and Software 3 C 30 45
Engineering
*GET 299 SIWES I: Students Work 3 C 9 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 33

New
Engineering and Technology 1302
300 Level
Course Code Course Title Status LH PH
Units
GST 312 Peace and Conflict Resolution 2 C 30
ENT 312 Venture Creation 2 C 15 45
GET 304 Technical Writing and 3 C 45 -
Communication
GET 305 Engineering Statistics and Data 3 C 45 -
Analytics.
GET 306 Renewable Energy Systems 3 C 30 45
and Technologies
GET 307 Introduction Artificial 3 C 45
Intelligence, Machine Learning
and Convergent Technologies
WPE 305 Silviculture 2 C 15 45
WPE 306 Basic Properties of Wood 2 C 15 45
WPE 307 Wood Harvesting 2 C 15 45
WPE 311 Wood Workshop Practice 1 C - 45
*GET 399 SIWES III: Students Work 4 C 12 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 27

400 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GET 402 Engineering Project I 2 C 90
GET 404 Engineering Valuation and 2 C 30
Costing
WPE 401 Engineering Properties of 2 C 15 45
Wood
WPE 403 Wood Physics 2 C 15 45
WPE 405 Wood Deterioration and 2 C 15 45
Preservation
WPE 407 Wood-Based Panel Products I 3 C 30 45
(Veneer and Plywood)
WPE 409 Sawmilling 2 C 15 45
WPE 411 Furniture Design and 2 E 15 45
Production
*GET 499 SIWES III: Students Work 4 C 12 Weeks
Experience Scheme
Total 19
SIWES courses and Engineering valuation*

Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH

GET 299 SIWES I 3 C 9 weeks
GET 399 SIWES II 4 C 12 weeks
GET 499 SIWES III 4 C 12 weeks
GET 404 Engineering Valuation 2 C 6 weeks
Total 13*

New
Engineering and Technology 1303
* All credited in the 2nd Semester of 400-Level

500 Level
Course Code Course Title Units Status LH PH
GET 501 Engineering Project 3 C 45 -
Management
GET 502 Engineering Law 2 C 30 -
WPE 511 Final year Project 6 C - 270
Total 11

Course Contents and Learning Outcomes

100 Level

GST 111: Communication in English (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
identify possible sound patterns in English Language;
list notable language skills;
classify word formation processes;
construct simple and fairly complex sentences in English;
apply logical and critical reasoning skills for meaningful presentations;
demonstrate an appreciable level of the art of public speaking and listening; and
write simple and technical reports.

Course Contents
Sounds and sound patterns in English Language (vowels and consonants, phonetics and
phonology). English word classes (lexical and grammatical words, definitions, forms,
functions, usages, collocations). Major word formation processes; the sentence in English
(types: structural and functional). Grammar and usage (tense, concord and modality). Reading
and types of reading, comprehension skills, 3RsQ. Logical and critical thinking; reasoning
methods (logic and syllogism, inductive and deductive argument, analogy, generalisation and
explanations). Ethical considerations, copyright rules and infringements. Writing activities
(pre-writin (brainstorming and outlining). Writing (paragraphing, punctuation and expression).
post- writing (editing and proofreading). Types of writing (summary, essays, letter, curriculum
vitae, report writing, note-making, etc. Mechanics of writing. Information and Communication
Technology in modern language learning. Language skills for effective communication. The
art of public speaking.

GST 112: Nigerian Peoples and Cultures (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
analyse the historical foundation of Nigerian cultures and arts in pre-colonial times;
identify and list the major linguistic groups in Nigeria;
explain the gradual evolution of Nigeria as a political entity;

New
Engineering and Technology 1304
analyse the concepts of trade and economic self-reliance of Nigerian peoples in relation to
national development;
enumerate the challenges of the Nigerian state regarding nation building;
analyse the role of the judiciary in upholding fundamental human rights
identify the acceptable norms and values of the major ethnic groups in Nigeria; and
list possible solutions to identifiable Nigerian environmental, moral and value problems.
Course Contents
Nigerian history, culture and art up to 1800 (Yoruba, Hausa and Igbo peoples and cultures;
peoples and cultures of the minority ethnic groups). Nigeria under colonial rule (advent of
colonial rule in Nigeria; colonial administration of Nigeria). Evolution of Nigeria as a political
unit (amalgamation of Nigeria in 1914; formation of political parties in Nigeria; nationalist
movement and struggle for independence). Nigeria and challenges of nation building (military
intervention in Nigerian politics; Nigerian Civil War). Concepts of trade and economics of self-
reliance (indigenous trade and market system; indigenous apprenticeship system among
Nigerian peoples; trade, skill acquisition and self-reliance). Social justice and national
development (definition and classification of law); Judiciary and fundamental rights.
Individuals, norms and values (basic Nigerian norms and values, patterns of citizenship
acquisition; citizenship and civic responsibilities; indigenous languages, usage and
development; negative attitudes and conducts [Cultism, kidnapping and other related social
vices]). Re-orientation, moral and national values (The 3Rs – Reconstruction, Rehabilitation
and Re-orientation; re-orientation strategies: Operation Feed the Nation (OFN), Green
Revolution, Austerity Measures, War Against Indiscipline (WAI), War Against Indiscipline and
Corruption(WAIC), Mass Mobilization for Self-Reliance, Social Justice and Economic Recovery
(MAMSER), National Orientation Agency (NOA). Current socio-political and cultural
developments in Nigeria.

GET 101: Engineer in Society (1 Unit C: LH 15)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
differentiate between science, engineering and technology, and relate them to innovation;
distinguish between the different cadres of engineering – engineers, technologists, technicians
and craftsmen and their respective roles and competencies;
identify and distinguish between the relevant professional bodies in engineering;
categorise the goals of global development or sustainable development goals (SDGs); and
identify and evaluate safety and risk in engineering practice.

Course Contents
History, evolution and philosophy of science. engineering and technology. The engineering
profession – engineering family (engineers, technologists, technicians and craftsmen),
professional bodies and societies. Engineers' code of conduct and ethics, and engineering
literacy. Sustainable development goals (SDGs), innovation, infrastructures and nation
building - economy, politics, business. Safety and risk analysis in engineering practice.
Engineering competency skills – curriculum overview, technical, soft and digital skills. Guest
seminars and invited lectures from different engineering professional associations.

GET 102: Engineering Graphics and Solid Modelling I(2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
have a good grasp of design thinking and be obsessed with the determination to apply such
to solving simple everyday and also complex problems;

New
Engineering and Technology 1305
recognise the fundamental concepts of engineering drawing and graphics;
show skills to represent the world of engineering objects in actionable solid models, and put
such models in a form where they can be inputs for simulation and analyses;
analyse such models for strength and cost;
prepare the objects for modern production and manufacturing techniques of additive and
subtractive manufacturing;
recognise that engineering is multidisciplinary in the sense that mechanical, electrical and
other parts of physical structures are modelled in context as opposed to the analytical nature
of the courses they take; and
analyse and master the basics of mechanical and thermal loads in engineering systems.

Course Contents
Introduction to design thinking and engineering graphics. First and third angle orthogonal
projections. Isometric projections; sectioning, conventional practices, conic sections and
development. Freehand and guided sketching – pictorial and orthographic. Visualisation and
solid modelling in design, prototyping and product-making. User interfaces in concrete
terms. Design, drawing, animation, rendering and simulation workspaces. Sketching of 3D
objects. Viewports and sectioning to shop drawings in orthographic projections and
perspectives. Automated viewports. Sheet metal and surface modelling. Material selection
and rendering. This course will use latest professional design tools such as fusion 360, solid
works, solid edge or equivalent.

CHM 101: General Chemistry I (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
define atom, molecules and chemical reactions;
discuss the modern electronic theory of atoms;
write electronic configurations of elements on the periodic table;
rationalise the trends of atomic radii, ionisation energies, electronegativity of the elements,
based on their position in the periodic table;
identify and balance oxidation–reduction equation and solve redox titration problems;
draw shapes of simple molecules and hybridised orbitals;
identify the characteristics of acids, bases and salts, and solve problems based on their
quantitative relationship;
apply the principles of equilibrium to aqueous systems using LeChatelier’s principle to predict
the effect of concentration, pressure and temperature changes on equilibrium mixtures;
analyse and perform calculations with the thermodynamic functions, enthalpy, entropy and
free energy; and
determine rates of reactions and its dependence on concentration, time and temperature.

Course Contents
Atoms, molecules, elements and compounds, and chemical reactions. Modern electronic
theory of atoms. Electronic configuration, periodicity and building up of the periodic table.
Hybridisation and shapes of simple molecules. Valence forces; Structure of solids. Chemical
equations and stoichiometry; chemical bonding and intermolecular forces, kinetic theory of
matter. Elementary thermochemistry; rates of reaction, equilibrium and thermodynamics.
Acids, bases and salts. Properties of gases. Redox reactions and introduction to
electrochemistry. Radioactivity.

New
Engineering and Technology 1306
CHM 102: General Chemistry II (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
state the importance and development of organic chemistry;
define fullerenes and its applications;
discuss electronic theory;
determine the qualitative and quantitative of structures in organic chemistry;
state rules guiding nomenclature and functional group classes of organic chemistry;
determine the rate of reaction to predict mechanisms of reaction;
identify classes of organic functional group with brief description of their chemistry;
discuss comparative chemistry of group 1A, IIA and IVA elements; and
describe basic properties of transition metals.

Course Contents
Historical survey of the development and importance of organic chemistry; fullerenes as fourth
allotrope of carbon, uses as nanotubules, nanostructures, nanochemistry. Electronic theory in
organic chemistry. Isolation and purification of organic compounds; determination of
structures of organic compounds including qualitative and quantitative analysis in organic
chemistry; nomenclature and functional group classes of organic compounds. Introductory
reaction mechanism and kinetics. Stereochemistry. The chemistry of alkanes, alkenes,
alkynes, alcohols, ethers, amines, alkyl halides, nitriles, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids
and derivatives. The chemistry of selected metals and non-metals. Comparative chemistry of
group IA, IIA and IVA elements. Introduction to transition metal chemistry.

CHM 107: General Practical Chemistry I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
collect scientific data and correct carry out chemical experiments;
identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
state the differences between primary and secondary standards;
perform redox titration;
record observations and measurements in the laboratory notebooks; and
analyse the data to arrive at scientific conclusions.

Course Contents
Laboratory experiments designed to reflect topics presented in courses CHM 101 and CHM
102. These include acid-base titrations, qualitative analysis, redox reactions, gravimetric
analysis, data analysis and presentation.

CHM 108: General Practical Chemistry II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
state the general laboratory rules and safety procedures;
collect scientific data and correctly carry out chemical experiments;
identify the basic glassware and equipment in the laboratory;
identify and carry out preliminary tests which include ignition, boiling point, melting point, test
on known and unknown organic compounds;
carry out solubility tests on known and unknown organic compounds;

New
Engineering and Technology 1307
carry out elemental tests on known and unknown compounds; and
carry out functional group/confirmatory test on known and unknown compounds which could
be acidic/basic/ neutral organic compounds.

Course Contents
Continuation of CHM 107. Additional laboratory experiments to include functional group
analysis, quantitative analysis using volumetric methods.

MTH 101: Elementary Mathematics I (Algebra and Trigonometry)

(2 Units C: LH 30)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:
define and explain set, subset, union, intersection, complements, and demonstrate the use of
Venn diagrams;
solve quadratic equations;
solve trigonometric functions;
identify various types of numbers; and
solve some problems using binomial theorem.

Course Contents
Elementary set theory, subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams. Real
numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers. Mathematical induction, real sequences
and series, theory of quadratic equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, algebra of
complex numbers, the argand diagram. De-Moiré’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular
measure, trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.

MTH 102: Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
identify the types of rules in differentiation and integration;
recognise and understand the meaning of function of a real variable, graphs, limits and
continuity;
solve some applications of definite integrals in areas and volumes;
solve function of a real variable, plot relevant graphs, identify limits and idea of continuity;
identify the derivative as limit of rate of change;
identify techniques of differentiation and perform extreme curve sketching;
identify integration as an inverse of differentiation;
identify methods of integration and definite integrals; and
perform integration application to areas, volumes.

Course Contents
Functions of a real variable, graphs, limits and idea of continuity. The derivative, as limit of
rate of change. Techniques of differentiation, maxima and minima. Extreme curve sketching,
integration, definite integrals, reduction formulae, application to areas, volumes (including
approximate integration: Trapezium and Simpson's rule).

New
Engineering and Technology 1308
PHY 101: General Physics I (Mechanics) (2 Units: C, LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
identify and deduce the physical quantities and their units;
differentiate between vectors and scalars;
describe and evaluate motion of systems on the basis of the fundamental laws of mechanics;
apply Newton’s laws to describe and solve simple problems of motion;
evaluate work, energy, velocity, momentum, acceleration, and torque of moving or rotating
objects;
explain and apply the principles of conservation of energy, linear and angular momentum;
describe the laws governing motion under gravity; and
explain motion under gravity and quantitatively determine behaviour of objects moving under
gravity.

Course Contents
Space and time; units and dimension, vectors and scalars, differentiation of vectors:
displacement, velocity and acceleration; kinematics; Newton’s laws of motion (inertial frames,
impulse, force and action at a distance, momentum conservation); relative motion; application
of Newtonian mechanics; equations of motion; conservation principles in physics,
conservative forces, conservation of linear momentum, kinetic energy and work, potential
energy, system of particles, centre of mass; rotational motion; torque, vector product,
moment, rotation of coordinate axes and angular momentum. Polar coordinates; conservation
of angular momentum; circular motion; moments of inertia, gyroscopes and precession;
gravitation: Newton’s law of gravitation, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion, gravitational
potential energy, escape velocity, satellites motion and orbits.

PHY 103: General Physics III (Behaviour of Matter) (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the students should be able to:
explain the concepts of heat and temperature and relate the temperature scales;
define, derive and apply the fundamental thermodynamic relations to thermal systems;
describe and explain the first and second laws of thermodynamics, and the concept of entropy;
state the assumptions of the kinetic theory and apply techniques of describing macroscopic
behaviour;
deduce the formalism of thermodynamics and apply it to simple systems in thermal
equilibrium; and
describe and determine the effect of forces and deformation of materials and surfaces.

Course Contents
Heat and temperature, temperature scales; gas laws; general gas equation; thermal
conductivity; first Law of thermodynamics; heat, work and internal energy, reversibility;
thermodynamic processes; adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric; second law of thermodynamics;
heat engines and entropy, Zero’s law of thermodynamics; kinetic theory of gases; molecular
collisions and mean free path; elasticity; Hooke's law, Young's shear and bulk moduli;
hydrostatics; pressure, buoyancy, Archimedes' principles; Bernoullis equation and
incompressible fluid flow; surface tension; adhesion, cohesion, viscosity, capillarity, drops and
bubbles.
PHY 107: General Practical Physics I (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes

New
Engineering and Technology 1309
On completion, the student should be able to:
conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
plot and analyse graphs; and
draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data.

Course Contents
This introductory course emphasizes quantitative measurements. Experimental techniques.
The treatment of measurement errors. Graphical analysis. The experiments include studies of
meters, the oscilloscope, mechanical systems, electrical and mechanical resonant systems,
light, heat, viscosity, etc. (covered in PHY 101, 102, 103 and PHY 104). However, emphasis
should be placed on the basic physical techniques for observation, measurements, data
collection, analysis, and deduction.

PHY 108: General Practical Physics II (1 Unit C: PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
On completion, the student should be able to:
conduct measurements of some physical quantities;
make observations of events, collect and tabulate data;
identify and evaluate some common experimental errors;
plot and analyse graphs;
draw conclusions from numerical and graphical analysis of data; and
prepare and present practical reports.

Course Contents
This practical course is a continuation of PHY 107 and is intended to be taught during the
second semester of the 100 level to cover the practical aspect of the theoretical courses that
have been covered with emphasis on quantitative measurements, the treatment of
measurement errors, and graphical analysis. However, emphasis should be placed on the basic
physical techniques for observation, measurements, data collection, analysis and deduction.

BIO 101: General Biology (3 Units: C, LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students should be able to:
explain the characteristics of living and non-living things;
outline the taxonomy of living organisms – microbes, plants including field and herbarium
methods, animals including vertebrates and invertebrates;
describe the scientific methods to biology concepts;
explain the cell concepts, structure, organisation, functions, and chemical and physical
characteristics; and
state the elements of biological chemistry, and of ecology and types of herb.

New
Engineering and Technology 1310
Course Contents
Characteristics of living and non-living things. Scientific methods to biology concepts.
Taxonomy of living organisms – microbes, plants including field and herbarium methods,
animals including vertebrates and invertebrates. Morphology and life cycles of phyla and plant
kingdoms. Cell concepts, structure, organization, functions, and chemical and physical
characteristics. Cells, tissues and organ systems, and organisms. Elements of biological
chemistry – cellular metabolism - aspects of organic, inorganic and physical chemistry relevant
to biology. Elements of ecology and types of habitats

WPE 102: Introduction to Wood Products Engineering (2 Units, C: LH 30)

Learning outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
discuss the importance of wood products engineering as a profession;
explain of available opportunities to a graduate of wood products engineering; and
develop interest in the course.

Course Contents
Wood as a forest resource in Nigeria and at the world level. The need for wood products in
our society. Wood Products Engineering as a means to satisfy need. Contributions of Wood
Products Engineering to national economy and industrial development. Scientific research in
the wood industry. Overview of different wood industries in Nigeria. Available opportunities
to graduates of Wood Products Engineering.

200 Level

GST 212: Philosophy, Logic and Human Existence (2 Units: C, LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
know the basic features of philosophy as an academic discipline;
identify the main branches of philosophy & the centrality of logic in philosophical discourse;
know the elementary rules of reasoning;
distinguish between valid and invalid arguments;
think critically and assess arguments in texts, conversations and day-to-day discussions;
critically asses the rationality or otherwise of human conduct under different existential
conditions;
develop the capacity to extrapolate and deploy expertise in logic to other areas of knowledge,
and
guide his or her actions, using the knowledge and expertise acquired in philosophy and logic.

Course Contents
Scope of philosophy; notions, meanings, branches and problems of philosophy. Logic as an
indispensable tool of philosophy. Elements of syllogism, symbolic logic— the first nine rules of
inference. Informal fallacies, laws of thought, nature of arguments. Valid and invalid
arguments, logic of form and logic of content — deduction, induction and inferences. Creative
and critical thinking. Impact of philosophy on human existence. Philosophy and politics,
philosophy and human conduct, philosophy and religion, philosophy and human values,
philosophy and character molding.

New
Engineering and Technology 1311
ENT 211: Entrepreneurship and Innovation (2 Units: C, LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to:
explain the concepts and theories of entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, opportunity seeking,
new value creation and risk-taking;
state the characteristics of an entrepreneur;
analyse the importance of micro and small businesses in wealth creation, employment
generation and financial independence;
engage in entrepreneurial thinking;
identify key elements in innovation;
describe the stages in enterprise formation, partnership and networking, including business
planning;
describe contemporary entrepreneurial issues in Nigeria, Africa and the rest of the world; and
state the basic principles of e-commerce.

Course Contents
The concept of entrepreneurship (entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship/corporate
entrepreneurship); theories, rationale and relevance of entrepreneurship (Schumpeterian and
other perspectives, risk-taking, necessity and opportunity-based entrepreneurship, and
creative destruction); characteristics of entrepreneurs (opportunity seeker, risk-taker, natural
and nurtured, problem solver and change agent, innovator and creative thinker);
entrepreneurial thinking (critical thinking, reflective thinking and creative thinking). Innovation
(The concept of innovation, dimensions of innovation, change and innovation, knowledge and
innovation). Enterprise formation, partnership and networking (basics of business plan, forms
of business ownership, business registration and alliance formation, and joint ventures).
Contemporary entrepreneurship issues (knowledge, skills and technology, intellectual
property, virtual office and networking). Entrepreneurship in Nigeria (biography of
inspirational entrepreneurs, youth and women entrepreneurship, entrepreneurship support
institutions, youth enterprise networks and environmental and cultural barriers to
entrepreneurship). Basic principles of e-commerce.

GET 201: Applied Electricity I (3 Units, C, LH 30, PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
discuss the fundamental concepts of electricity and electrical d.c. circuits;
state, explain and apply the basic d.c. circuit theorems;
explain the basic a.c. circuit theory and
apply to solution of simple circuits.

Course contents
Fundamental concepts: Electric fields, charges, magnetic fields. current, B-H curves Kirchhoff’s
laws, superposition. Thevenin, Norton theorems, Reciprocity, RL, RC, RLC circuits. DC, AC
bridges, Resistance, Capacitance, Inductance measurement, Transducers, Single phase
circuits, Complex j - notation, AC circuits, impedance, admittance, susceptance.

New
Engineering and Technology 1312
GET 202: Engineering Materials (3 Units: C, LH 45)
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to :
demonstrate the role of atoms and molecules (aggregates of atoms) in the building of
solid/condensed matter known as engineering materials, the electrons quantum numbers and
how the electrons are arranged in different atomic elements, and explain the role of electronic
configuration and valence electrons in bonding;
define metals, alloys and metalloids, demonstrate mental picture of the solid mineral resources
development as a relay race among four ‘athletes’: geologist, mining engineer, mineral
processing technologist, process metallurgical engineer, and classify metallurgical
engineering into 3Ps: process, physical and production;
explain the relationship between structure and properties of materials, characteristics,
components and compositions of phase diagrams and phase transformations of solid
solutions;
define ceramics, glass and constituents of glasses and understand application of ceramics in
mining, building, art and craft industries;
define and classify polymers as a class of engineering materials and polymeric materials,
demonstrate polymerisation reactions, their types and mechanism, and applications of
polymers;
define properties, types and application of composite materials and fibres (synthetic and
natural);
define and classify nanomaterials, demonstrate applications of nanomaterials, concept, design
and classification of fracture mechanics, corrosion classification, including the five principal
ways of controlling corrosion and metal finishing processes such as sherardising, galvanising
and anodising; and
identify factors affecting the performance and service life of engineering materials/metals
and metallography of metals/materials (materials anatomy), which enables metallurgical
and materials engineers to prescribe appropriate solutions to test metals/materials fitness
in service through structure-property-application relationships.

Course Contents
Basic material science; atomic structure, atomic bonding and crystal structures. Engineering
materials situating metals and alloys; metals and alloys, classifications of metals, metal
extraction processes using iron and steel (ferrous) and aluminium (nonferrous) as examples,
phase diagrams/iron carbon diagrams, and mechanical workings of metals. Selection and
applications of metals and alloys for specific applications in oil, aerospace, construction,
manufacturing and transportation industries, among others. Ceramics (including glass);
definition, properties, structure and classifications of ceramics. Bioactive and glass – ceramics.
Toughing mechanism for ceramics. Polymers; definition of polymers as engineering materials,
chemistry of polymeric materials, polymer crystallisation, polymer degradation and aging.
Thermoplastic and thermosetting polymers and concepts of copolymers and homopolymers.
Composites; definition, classification, characterisation, properties and composite. Applications
of composites. Nanomaterials; definition, classification and applications of nanomaterials as
emerging technology. Processing of nanomaterials including mechanical grinding, wet
chemical synthesis, gas phase synthesis, sputtered plasma processing, microwave plasma
processing and laser ablation. Integrity assessment of engineering materials; effect of
engineering design, engineering materials processing, selection, manufacturing and
assembling on the performance and service life of engineering materials. Metallography and
fractography of materials. Mechanical testing (destructive testing) of materials such as
compressive test, tensile test, hardness test, impact test, endurance limit and fatigue test.
Non-destructive test (NDT) such as dye penetrant, x-ray and eddy current.

New
Engineering and Technology 1313
GET 204: Students Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
identify various basic hands and machine tools, analogue and digital measurement devices
and instruments, and acquire skills in their effective use and maintenance;
practically apply basic engineering technologies, including metrology, casting, metal forming
and joining, materials removal, machine tooling (classification, cutting tool action, cutting
forces, non-cutting production) and CNC machining technology;
master workshop and industrial safety practices, accident prevention and ergonomics;
physically recognise different electrical & electronic components like resistances, inductances,
capacitances, diodes, transistors and their ratings;
connect electric circuits, understand different wiring schemes, and check ratings of common
household electrical appliances and their basic maintenance; and
determine household and industrial energy consumption, and understand practical energy
conservation measures.

Course Contents
The course comprises general, mechanical and electrical components: supervised hands-on
experience in safe usage of tools and machines for selected tasks; Use of measuring
instruments (calipers, micrometers, gauges, sine bar, wood planners, saws, sanders, and
pattern making). Machine shop: lathe work shaping, milling, grinding, reaming, metal
spinning. Hand tools, gas and arc welding, cutting, brazing and soldering. Foundry
practice.Industrial safety and accident prevention, ergonomics, metrology. Casting
processes. Metal forming processes: hot-working and cold-working processes (forging, press-
tool work, spinning, etc.). Metal joining processes(welding, brazing and soldering). Heat
treatment. Material removal processes. machine tools and classification. Simple theory of
metal cutting. Tool action and cutting forces. Introduction to CNC machines.
Supervised identification, use and care of various electrical and electronic components such
as resistors, inductors, capacitors, diodes and transistors. Exposure to different electric
circuits, wiring schemes, analogue and digital electrical and electronic measurements.
Household and industrial energy consumption measurements. Practical energy conservation
principles.

GET 205: Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to :
explain the properties of fluids;
determine forces in static fluids and fluids in motion;
determine whether a floating body will be stable;
determine the effect of various pipe fittings (valves, orifices, bends and elbows) on fluid flow
in pipes;
measure flow parameters with venturi meters, orifice meters, weirs;
perform calculations based on principles of mass, momentum and energy conservation;
perform dimensional analysis and simple fluid modelling problems; and
specify the type and capacity of pumps and turbines for engineering applications

New
Engineering and Technology 1314
Course Contents
Fluid properties, hydrostatics, fluid dynamics using principles of mass, momentum and energy
conservation from a control volume approach. Flow measurements in pipes, dimensional
analysis, and similitude, 2-dimensional flows. Hydropower systems.

GET 207: Applied Mechanics (3 Units E: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
Students will acquire the ability to:
explain the fundamental principles of applied mechanics, particularly equilibrium analysis,
friction, kinematics and momentum;
identify, formulate, and solve complex engineering problems by applying principles of
engineering, science, mathematics and applied mechanics;
synthesize Newtonian Physics with static analysis to determine the complete load impact (net
forces, shears, torques, and bending moments) on all components (members and joints) of a
given structure with a load; and
apply engineering design principles to produce solutions that meet specified needs with
consideration of public health, safety, and welfare, as well as global, cultural, social,
environmental, and economic factors.

Course Contents
Forces, moments, couples. Equilibrium of simple structures and machine parts. Friction.
First and second moments of area; centroids. Kinematics of particles and rigid bodies in
plane motion. Newton's laws of motion. Kinetic energy and momentum analyse

GET 208: Strength of Materials (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
recognise a structural system that is stable and in equilibrium;
determine the stress-strain relation for single and composite members based on Hooke's law;
estimate the stresses and strains in single and composite members due to temperature
changes;
evaluate the distribution of shear forces and bending moments in beams with distributed and
concentrated loads;
determine bending stresses and their use in identifying slopes and deflections in beams;
use Mohr's circle to evaluate the normal and shear stresses in a multi-dimensional stress
system and transformation of these stresses into strains;
evaluate the stresses and strains due to torsion on circular members; and
determine the buckling loads of columns under various fixity conditions at the ends.

Course Contents
Consideration of equilibrium; composite members, stress-strain relation. Generalised Hooke's
law. Stresses and strains due to loading and temperature changes. Torsion of circular
members. Shear force, bending moments and bending stresses in beams with symmetrical
and combined loadings. Stress and strain transformation equations and Mohr’s circle. Elastic
buckling of columns.

New
Engineering and Technology 1315
GET 209: Engineering Mathematics I (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes

At the end of the course, the students should be able to:

solve qualitative problems based on vector and matrix analyses such as linear independence
and dependence of vectors, rank etc;
describe the concepts of limit theory and nth order differential equations and their applications
to physical phenomena;
solve the problems of differentiation of functions of two variables and know about the
maximization and minimization of functions of several variables;
describe the applications of double and triple integration in finding the area and volume of
engineering solids, and explain the qualitative applications of Gauss, Stoke’s and Green’s
theorem;
explain ordinary differential equations and applications, and develop a mathematical model of
linear differential equations, as well as appreciate the necessary and sufficient conditions for
total differential equations; and
analyse basic engineering models through partial differential equations such as wave
equation, heat conduction equation, etc., as well as fourier series, initial conditions and its
applications to different engineering processes.

Course Contents
Limits, continuity, differentiation, introduction to linear first order differential equations, partial
and total derivatives, composite functions, matrices and determinants, vector algebra, vector
calculus, directional derivatives.

GET 210: Engineering Mathematics II (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
describe physical systems using ordinary differential equations (ODEs);
explain the practical importance of solving ODEs, solution methods, and analytically solve a
wide range of ODEs, including linear constant coefficient types;
numerically solve differential equations using MATLAB and other emerging applications;
perform calculus operations on vector-valued functions, including derivatives, integrals,
curvature, displacement, velocity, acceleration, and torsion, as well as on functions of several
variables, including directional derivatives and multiple integrals;
solve problems using the fundamental theorem of line integrals, Green's theorem, the
divergence theorem, and Stokes' theorem, and perform operations with complex numbers;
and
apply the concept and consequences of analyticity and the Cauchy-Riemann equations and of
results on harmonic and entire functions of complex variables, as well as the theory of
conformal mapping to solve problems from various fields of engineering; and
evaluate complex contour integrals directly and by the fundamental theorem, apply the
Cauchy integral theorem in its various versions, and the Cauchy integral formula.

Course Contents
Introduction to ordinary differential equations (ODEs); theory, applications, methods of
solution; second order differential equations. Advanced topics in calculus (vectors and
vector-valued function, line integral, multiple integral and their applications). Elementary
complex analysis including functions of complex variables, limits and continuity. Derivatives,
differentiation rules and differentiation of integrals. Cauchy-Riemann equation, harmonic

New
Engineering and Technology 1316
functions, basic theory of conformal mapping, transformation and mapping and its
applications to engineering problems. Special functions.

GET 211: Computing and Software Engineering (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
describe and apply computing, software engineering knowledge, best practices, and standards
appropriate for complex engineering software systems;
develop competence in designing, evaluating, and adapting software processes and software
development tools to meet the needs of an advanced development project through practical
object-oriented programming exposure taught in concrete terms with a specific modern
language – preferable selected from Python, Java or C++;
use widely available libraries to prepare them for machine learning, graphics and design
simulations;
develop skills in eliciting user needs and designing an effective software solution;
recognise human, security, social, and entrepreneurial issues and responsibilities relevant to
engineering software and the digitalisation of services; and
acquire capabilities that can further be developed to make them productively employable by
means of short Internet courses in specific areas;

Course Contents
Introduction to computers and computing; computer organisation – data processing, memory,
registers and addressing schemes; Boolean algebra; floating-point arithmetic; representation
of non-numeric information; problem-solving and algorithm development; coding (solution
design using flowcharts and pseudo codes). Data models and data structures; computer
software and operating system; computer operators and operators precedence; components
of computer programs; introduction to object oriented, structured and visual programming;
use of MATLAB in engineering applications. ICT fundamentals, Internet of Things (IoT).
Elements of software engineering.

GET 299: Students Industrial Work Experience I (3 Units C: 9 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
SIWES I should provide opportunity for the students to:
acquire industrial workplace perceptions, ethics, health and safety consciousness, inter-
personal skills and technical capabilities needed to give them a sound engineering
foundation;
learn and practise basic engineering techniques and processes applicable to their
specialisations;
build machines, devices, structures or facilities relevant to their specific engineering
programmes and applications; and
acquire competence in technical documentation (log-book) and presentation (report) of their
practical experiences.

Course Contents
Practical experience in a workshop or industrial production facility, construction site or
special centres in the university environment, considered suitable for relevant
practical/industrial working experience but not necessarily limited to the student’s major.
The students are exposed to hands-on activities on workshop safety and ethics, maintenance
of tools, equipment and machines, welding, fabrication and foundry equipment, production

New
Engineering and Technology 1317
of simple devices; electrical circuits, wiring and installation, etc. (8-10 weeks during the long
vacation following 200 level).

NOTE: Each programme to indicate additional details of programme-specific

activities for their students.

300 Level

GST 312: Peace and Conflict Resolution (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this Course, students should be able to:
analyse the concepts of peace, conflict and security;
list major forms, types and root causes of conflict and violence;
differentiate between conflict and terrorism;
enumerate security and peace building strategies; and
describe the roles of international organisations, media and traditional institutions in peace
building.

Course Contents
The concepts of peace, conflict and security in a multi-ethnic nation. Types and theories of
conflicts: ethnic, religious, economic, geo-political Conflicts; structural conflict theory, realist
theory of conflict, frustration-aggression conflict theory; root causes of conflict and violence
in Africa: indigene and settlers phenomenon, boundaries/boarder disputes, political disputes,
ethnic disputes and rivalries, economic inequalities, social disputes, nationalist movements
and agitations; selected conflict case studies – Tiv-Junkun, ZangoKartaf, chieftaincy and land
disputes, etc. Peace building, management of conflicts and security: Peace & Human
Development. Approaches to Peace & Conflict Management (religious, government,
community leaders, etc.). Elements of peace studies and conflict resolution: Conflict dynamics
assessment Scales: Constructive & Destructive. Justice and Legal framework: Concepts of
Social Justice; The Nigeria Legal System. Insurgency and terrorism. Peace mediation and
peace keeping. Peace and Security Council (international, national and local levels). Agents of
conflict resolution – Conventions, Treaties Community Policing: Evolution and Imperatives.
Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) (dialogue,. arbitration, negotiation, collaboration, etc).
The roles of international organizations in conflict resolution ((a) The United Nations, UN and
its conflict resolution organs. (b) The African Union & Peace Security Council (c) ECOWAS in
peace keeping). The media and traditional institutions in peace building. Managing post-
conflict situations/crises: Refugees. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs);the role of NGOs in
post-conflict situations/crises.

ENT 312 : Venture Creation (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students, through case study and practical approaches, should be
able to:
describe the key steps in venture creation;
spot opportunities in problems and in high potential sectors, regardless of geographical
location;
state how original products, ideas and concepts are developed;
develop a business concept for further incubation or pitching for funding;
identify key sources of entrepreneurial finance;

New
Engineering and Technology 1318
implement the requirements for establishing and managing micro and small enterprises;
conduct entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce;
apply a wide variety of emerging technological solutions to entrepreneurship; and
appreciate why ventures fail due to lack of planning and poor implementation.

Course Contents
Opportunity identification (sources of business opportunities in Nigeria, environmental
scanning, demand and supply gap/unmet needs/market gaps/market research, unutilised
resources, social and climate conditions and technology adoption gap). New business
development (business planning, market research). Entrepreneurial finance (venture capital,
equity finance, micro-finance, personal savings, small business investment organizations and
business plan competition). Entrepreneurial marketing and e-commerce (principles of
marketing, customer acquisition & retention, B2B, C2C and B2C models of e-commerce, First
Mover Advantage, E-commerce business models and successful e-commerce companies).
Small business management/family business: Leadership & Management, basic book keeping,
nature of family business and family business growth model. Negotiation and business
communication (strategy and tactics of negotiation/bargaining, traditional and modern
business communication methods). Opportunity discovery demonstrations (business idea
generation presentations, business idea contest, brainstorming sessions, idea pitching).
Technological solutions (The concept of market/customer solution, customer solution and
emerging technologies, business applications of new technologies - artificial intelligence (AI),
virtual/mixed reality (VR), Internet of things (IoTs), blockchain, cloud computing, renewable
energy, etc. Digital business and e-commerce strategies).

GET 304: Technical Writing and Communication (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
demonstrate the concept of clear writing, common pitfalls and unambiguous language in
engineering communication, including technical reporting for different applications and
emotional comportment;
demonstrate the skills of language flexibility, formatting, logic, data presentation styles,
referencing, use of available aids, intellectual property rights, their protection, and problems
in engineering communication and presentation; and
demonstrate good interpersonal communication skills through hands-on and constant practice
on real-life communication issues for engineers in different sociocultural milieu for engineering
designs, structural failure scenarios and presentation of reports.

Course Contents
A brief review of common pitfalls in writing. Principles of clear writing (punctuations and
capitalization). Figures of speech. Units of grammar. Tenses and verb agreement. Active and
passive sentences Lexis, structure Fog and Index concept. Skills for communication and
communication algorithm. Types and goals of communication; Interpersonal communication;
features and the Finger Model or A,B,C,D,E of good interpersonal communication (accuracy
of technical terms, brevity of expression, clarity of purpose, directness of focus and
effectiveness of the report). Language and organisation of reports. Technical report writing
skills(steps, problems in writing, distinguishing technical and other reports, significance,
format and styles of writing technical reports). Different formats for communication; styles of
correspondences – business report and proposal, business letter, memorandum, e-mails, etc.
Proposals for projects and research; format, major steps and tips of grant-oriented proposals.
Research reports(competency, major steps, components and formats of research reports and
publishable communication). Sources and handling of data, tables, figures, equations and

New
Engineering and Technology 1319
references in a report. Presentation skills; overview, tips, organisation, use of visual aids and
practising of presentation. Intellectual property rights in research reports. Case studies of
major engineering designs, proposals and industrial failures with professional presentation of
reports.

GET 305: Engineering Statistics and Data Analytics (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
work with data from the point of view of knowledge convergence, machine learning, and
intelligence augmentation, which significantly raises their standard for engineering analysis
(the approach forces them to learn statistics in an actionable way that helps them to see the
holistic importance of data analytics in modern engineering and technology);
anticipate the future with Artificial Intelligence while fulfilling the basic requirements of
conventional engineering statistical programming consistent with their future careers;
perform, with proficiency, statistical inference tasks with language or programming toolboxes
such as R, Python, Mathematica or MATLAB, and Design Expert to summarise analysis and
interpretation of industry engineering data, and make appropriate conclusions based on such
experimental and/or real-life industrial data;
construct appropriate graphical displays of data and highlight the roles of such displays in data
analysis, particularly the use of statistical software packages;
plan and execute experimental programmes to determine the performance of programme-
relevant industrial engineering systems, and evaluate the accuracy of the measurements
undertaken; and
demonstrate mastery of data analytics and statistical concepts by communicating the results
of experimental and industry-case investigations, critically reasoned scientific and professional
analysis through written and oral presentation.

Course Contents
Descriptive statistics, frequency distribution, populations and sample, central tendency,
variance data sampling, mean, median, mode, mean deviation, percentiles. Probability.
Binomial, Poisson hyper-geometric, normal distributions. Statistical inference intervals, test
hypothesis and significance. Regression and correlation. Introduction to big data analytics
and cloud computing applications. Introduction to the R language; R as a calculator; Vectors,
matrices, factors, data frames and other R collections. Iteration and looping control structures.
Conditionals and other controls. Designing, using and extending functions. The Apply Family.
Statistical modelling and inference in R.
.
GET 306: Renewable Energy Systems and Technology (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the students should be able to:
identify the types, uses and advantages of renewable energy in relation to climate change;
design for use the various renewable energy systems;
recognise and analyse the current energy systems in Nigeria, their impacts on development
and the global energy demand and supply scenarios;
appreciate the environmental impact of energy exploitation and utilisation, and pursue the
sustainable development of renewable energy for various applications; and
recognise the exploitation, excavation, production, and processing of fossil fuels such as coal,
petroleum and natural gas, and discuss the sources, technology and contribution to future
energy demands of renewable energy.

New
Engineering and Technology 1320
Course Contents
Current and potential future energy systems in Nigeria and globally - resources, extraction,
concepts in energy conversion systems; parallels and differences in various conversion
systems and end-use technologies, with emphasis on meeting 21st-century national, regional
and global energy needs in a sustainable manner. Various energy technologies in each fuel
cycle stage for fossil (oil, gas, synthetic), nuclear (fission and fusion) and renewable (solar,
biomass, wind, hydro, and geothermal). Energy types, storage, transmission and
conservation. Analysis of energy mixes within an engineering, economic and social context.
Sustainable energy; emphasise sustainability in general and in the overall concept of
sustainable development and the link this has with sustainable energy as the fundamental
benefit of renewable energy.

Practical Contents
Simple measurement of solar radiation, bomb calorimeter determination of calorific value of
fuels and biomass; measurement of the velocity of wind, waves and the energy that abound
in them; laboratory production of biogas and determination of energy available in it; simple
conversion of solar energy to electricity; transesterification of edible oil into biodiesel;
simulation of geothermal energy; Geiger-Muller or Scintillation Counters’ determination of
uranium or thorium energy; simple solid or salt storage of energy; hybrid application of
renewable energy.

GET 307: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and Convergent

Technologies (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the completion of the course, the students are expected to be able:
explain the meaning, purpose, scope, stages, applications and effects of artificial intelligence;
explain the fundamental concepts of machine learning, deep learning and convergent
technologies;
demonstrate the difference between supervised, semi-supervised and unsupervised learning;
demonstrate proficiency in machine learning workflow and how to implement the steps
effectively;
explain natural languages, knowledge representation, expert systems and pattern recognition;
describe distributed systems, data and information security and intelligent web technologies;
explain the concept of big data analytics, purpose of studying it, issues that can arise with a
data set and the importance of properly preparing data prior to a machine learning exercise;
and
explain the concepts, characteristics, models and benefits, key security and compliance
challenges of cloud computing.

Course Contents
Concepts of human and artificial intelligence; artificial/computational intelligence paradigms;
search, logic and learning algorithms. Machine learning and nature-inspired algorithms –
examples, their variants and applications to solving engineering problems; understanding
natural languages; knowledge representation, knowledge elicitation, mathematical and logic
foundations of AI; expert systems, automated reasoning and pattern recognition; distributed
systems; data and information security; intelligent web technologies; convergent technologies
– definition, significance and engineering applications. Neural networks and deep learning.
Introduction to python AI libraries.

GET 399: Students Industrial Work Experience II (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

New
Engineering and Technology 1321
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the SIWES, students should be able to:
demonstrate proficiency in at least any three softwares in their chosen career choices;
demonstrate proficiency in some animation videos (some of which are free on YouTube) in
their chosen careers;
carry out outdoor hands-on construction activities to sharpen their skills in their chosen
careers;,
demonstrate proficiency in generating data from laboratory analysis and develop empirical
models;
demonstrate proficiency in how to write engineering reports from lab work ;
fill logbooks of all experience gained in their chosen careers; and
write a general report at the end of the training.

The experience is to be graded and the students must pass all the modules of the
attachment and shall form part of CGPA.

Course Contents
On-the-job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not necessarily
limited to the student’s major (Students are to proceed on three months of work
experience i.e. 12 weeks during the long vacation following 300 level). Students are engaged
in the more advanced workshops, indoor software design training similar to what they will use
in the industry and outdoor construction activities to sharpen their skills. The use of relevant
animation videos that mimic industrial scenarios is encouraged. Students are to write a
report at the end of the training. As much as possible, students should be assisted and
encouraged to secure 3 months placement in the industry. Examples of outline of activities
and experiences to which students are expected to be exposed to earn prescribed credits
include:

Section A: Welding and fabrication processes, automobile repairs, · lathe machine

operations: machining and turning of simple machine elements, such as screw threads, bolts,
gears, etc. Simple milling machine operations, machine tool maintenance and trouble-
shooting, andwooden furniture making processes.

Section B: Mechanical design with computer graphics and CAD modelling and drafting.
Introduction to Solidworks: software capabilities, design methodologies and applications.
Basics part modelling: sketching with SolidWorks, building 3D components, using extruded
Bose base · Basic assembly modelling, and solidWorks drawing drafting. Top-down assembly
technique exploded view, exploded line sketch. Introduction to PDMS 3D design software;
autoCAD mechanical, SPSS.

A comprehensive case study design project. The student should be introduced to the concept
of product/component design and innovation and then be given a comprehensive design
project.

Examples of projects should include the following:

design of machine components;
product design and innovation;
part modelling and drafting in SolidWorks; and
technical report writing.

New
Engineering and Technology 1322
WPE 305: Silviculture (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
explain the purpose of silviculture and relate it to availability of wood resources in the wood
industry;
discuss ways of raising tree crops and understanding the problems inherent in raising trees;
and
elucidate how to process and store seeds, raise tree seedlings and show understanding of
the underlying principles in the choice of tree species for plantation establishment.

Course Contents
Types of forests including their differences. Plantation establishment including types of
nursery and mechanisation of nursery and plantation practices. Site preparation methods
such as the use of manual, chemicals, fire and mechanised methods including their
advantages and disadvantages. Processes relating to planting of trees and tending
operations including beating-up, thinning, pruning, weeding, etc.

WPE 306: Basic Properties of Wood (2 Units E: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
describe how wood is formed, know the principal cell types and their function in wood;
relate the anatomy and cell wall structure of wood to its physical and mechanical
properties;
identify some major commercial timber species in Nigeria; and
discuss wood and moisture relationship, problems and measures to control its effect in
wood utilisation.

Course Contents
Structure of woods and its influence on wood properties; gross characteristics of wood;
macro and microscopic features of hardwoods. Wood and water interactions. General
consideration of physical and mechanical properties of wood. Identifications of Nigeria wood
at the macroscopic level.

WPE 307: Wood Harvesting and Transport (2 Units E: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
explain the legal requirements for tree felling;
discuss the methods of harvesting trees, the tools and equipment for harvesting and the
various of system of transportation from the point of harvesting of trees until the
harvested timber reaches the desired destination;
prepare guidelines for tree harvesting from the forest; and
maintain schedule for power chain saw, which is a major equipment for harvesting wood
from trees.

Course Contents
Methods of harvesting. Terrain and its effects on harvesting. Equipment for harvesting. Age
and maturity determination in forest trees. Wood transportation systems. Equipment for
transportation.

New
Engineering and Technology 1323
WPE 311: Wood Workshop Practice (2 Units C: LH /PH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
explain the safety guidelines for smooth workshop operations and particularly those related
to individual equipment in the workshop;
discuss how to use different wood processing equipment such as band saw, universal
planning machine, circular saws, spindle moulder, etc.; and
elucidate the scheduled maintenance practices for the wood processing equipment.

Course Contents
Different practical works in the wood workshop will include the use of simple tools in wood
work such as cramps and shooting boards; cutting tools including saws, chisels and planes;
other fixing tools such as nail punches, mallets, hammers, screw drivers and the rachet
brace. Ideal layout of a wood workshop; wood conversion methods such as slabbing, quarter
sawing and tangential sawing. Identification of types and sizes/dimensions of timber in the
market. Construction of different wood joints including widening joints, tongue and grove,
mitre, tee and cross-halving joints, dowel, etc.

400 Level

GET 402 Engineering Project I (2 Units: C; PH 90)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
Complete the design phase of a complex engineering problem sourced from industry or
community during the SIWES III programme.
Demonstrate the connection between engineering product-making and the theoretical courses
they have learned following the applicable industry best practices.
Course Contents

In the second semester of the 400-level students, preferably in groups, work from the
university on the identified industry or organization to tackle industry complex engineering
problems. Theoretical issues may be provided by the department faculty or industry experts.
During the vacation, students will now work full time with the organisation/industry on the
project as part of the SIWES III. The students can also go beyond the department and engage
in multidisciplinary undertakings. Literature survey, review of existing systems etc. must be
achieved to a satisfactory extent.

GET 404 Engineering Valuation and Appraisal (2 Units: C; LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
Identify at least three (3) objectives of engineering valuation work, valuer's primary duty and
responsibility and valuation terminologies.
Describe at least four (4) Valuer's obligation to his or her client, to other valuers, and to the
society.
Demonstrate with example the engineering valuation methods, valuation standards, and
practices.

New
Engineering and Technology 1324
Prepare engineering valuation and appraisal reports and review
Discuss expert witnessing and ethics in valuation.
Determine price, cost, value, depreciation and obsolescence in real property, personal
property, personal property, machinery and equipment, oil, gas, mines, and quarries
valuation.

GET 499: Students Industrial Work Experience III (4 Units C: 12 weeks)

Learning Outcomes
Students on Industrial Work Experience Scheme (SIWES) are expected to:
be exposed and prepared for the Industrial work situation they are likely to meet after
graduation, by developing their occupational competencies;
bridge the existing gap between theory and practice of programmes through exposure to real-
life situations, including machines and equipment handling, professional work methods and
ethics, human relations, key performance assessment methods, and ways of safeguarding the
work environment – human and materials;
experience/simulate the transition phase of students from school to the world of work and the
environment seamlessly,and expose them to contacts for eventual job placements after
graduation;
be motivated to identify the industrial and practice engineering challenges of their place of
engagement and the larger society and creatively device impactful solutions to them; and
exploit the opportunity to improve and utilise their acquired critical thinking and innate
creativity skills, during the program and SIWES Seminar presentation respectively.

Course Contents
On- the -job experience in industry chosen for practical working experience but not
necessarily limited to the student’s major (24 weeks from the end of the first semester at
400-Level to the beginning of the first semester of the following session. Thus, the second
semester at 400-Level is spent in industry). Each student is expected to work in a
programme related industry, research institute or regulatory agencies etc, for a period of 6
months under the guidance of an appropriate personnel in the establishment but supervised
by an academic staff of the Department. On completion of the training, the student submits
the completed Log book on the experience at the establishment., Also, there will be a
comprehensive report covering the whole of the student’s industrial training experiences
(GET 299, GET 399 and GET 499), on which a seminar will be presented to the Department
for overall assessment.

WPE 401: Engineering Properties of Wood (2 Units C: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
explain the relationship between anisotropy and orthotropic behaviour of wood;
discuss how the various cellular components of wood and their structure influences the
mechanical behaviour of wood;
explicate how wood is graded either for structural use or non-structural applications; and
elucidate ways of determining the mechanical and visco-elastic properties of wood.

Course Contents
Orthotropic nature of wood, structural models of wood, standard tests and stress
calculations, creep and relaxation. Non-destructive testing. Effect of density, moisture
content and temperature on strength; natural defects in wood and their effects on its
properties; wood deterioration and casual; grading rules.

New
Engineering and Technology 1325
WPE 403: Wood Physics (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
1. explain the meaning of anisotropy and how anisotropic nature of wood affects properties
such as transmission of heat, sounds, electricity etc. in different directions of wood, i.e., in
the longitudinal, radial and tangential.

Course Contents
Wood anisotropy, elasticity and rheology. Wood fracture; wood mass; heat and charge
transport; electrical and acoustic properties, thermodynamics, wood-fluid interactions.

WPE 405: Wood Deterioration and Preservation (2 Units E: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
discuss the basic requirements for wood deterioration either by fungi, insects including
marine borers;
explain how to differentiate how abiotic agents leads to wood degradation; and
elucidate the treatment methods and chemicals for preventing wood deterioration and
the environmental guidelines and restrictions that apply.

Course Contents
Deterioration of wood by fungi, insects, and marine borers. Types of decay organisms,
decay, condition mechanisms, and consequences. Other agents of wood degradation; fire
weathering, discolourations. Wood protection against deterioration; chemical used for wood
preservation and techniques applied in wood preservation.

WPE 407: Wood-Based Panel Products I (3 Units C: LH 30; PH 45)

(Veneer and Plywood)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
discuss how to select raw materials for production of these products and the processes
involved in their production; and
elucidate the methods used in testing and grading the products to various end-users.

Course Contents
Classification and properties of wood for veneer. Preparation of wood for veneer. Veneer
cutting methods. Drying and storage. Uses of veneer. Preparation of veneer for plywood.
Plywood production: sorting, glue addition, pressing, acclimatization and dimensioning.
Different equipment used in each stage of production. Methods of testing of plywood.
Grading and plywood storage

WPE 409: Sawmilling (2 Units E: LH 15; PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the students should be able to:
discuss the various types of machines used in log processing;
explain the methods of log conservation and conversion; and

New
Engineering and Technology 1326
learn ways of preventing possible accidents in a typical sawmill and while taking safety
precautions.

Course Contents
Wood log yard. Grading or sorting of wood. Preservation of logs. Determination of sawing
patterns. Sawing of wood. Resawing. Sorting, grading and storage of boards. Production
measurements in mills. Mill efficiency. Sawing equipment in the sawmill.

WPE 411: Furniture Design and Production (2 Units, E: LH 15 PH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course,the students should be able to:
identify the various requirements for design of furniture for various end-uses;
classify the functions of various tools and equipment for furniture production;
construct and test wood joints; and
explain the principles of furniture design and the use software such as Auto-CAD, Pro 100
furniture design.

Course Contents
Classification of furniture products. Principle of furniture design. Design interpretation. Raw
materials in furniture production. Production conditions and interchangeability (dimensions,
deviations, tolerance and classes of precision). Operation sequence, machines and formation
of components parts, assembly of furniture parts. Furniture finishing processes.

New
Engineering and Technology 1327
500 Level

GET 501: Engineering Project Management (3 Units C: LH 45)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
explain the basics of project management as it relates to the Engineering discipline;
demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering, management and financial
principles and apply these to their own work, as a member and/or leader in a team, to manage
projects and in multi-disciplinary environments;
conduct, manage and execute projects in multi-disciplinary areas;
possess the skills needed for project management; and
work within the budget when executing a project for proper management.

Course Contents
Project management fundamentals – definitions, project environment, nature and
characteristics, development practice, management by objectives, and the centrality of
engineering to projects, infrastructures, national and global development. The scope of project
management – organisational, financial, planning and control, personnel management, labour
and public relations, wages and salary administration and resource management.
Identification of project stakeholders; beneficiaries and impacted persons – functions, roles,
responsibilities. Project community relations, communication and change management.
Project planning, control and timeliness;decision making, forecasting, scheduling, work
breakdown structure (WBS), deliverables and timelines, logical frameworks (log frames), risk
analysis, role of subject matter experts (SMEs), role conflicts; Gantt Chart, CPM and PERT.
Optimisation, linear programming as an aid to decision making, transport and materials
handling. Monitoring and Evaluation – key performance indices (KPIs); methods of economic
and technical evaluation. Industrial psychology, ergonomics/human factors and environmental
impact considerations in engineering project design and management. Project business case
- financial, technical and sustainability considerations. Case studies, site visits and invited
industry professional seminars. General principles of management and appraisal techniques.
Breakthrough and control management theory; production and maintenance management.
Training and manpower development. The manager and policy formulation, objective setting,
planning, organising and controlling, motivation and appraisal of results.

GET 502: Engineering Law (2 Units C: LH 30)

Learning Outcomes
Students will be able to:
describe and explain the basic concept, sources and aspects of law;
describe and explain the major differences between the various categories of law, courts and
legal jurisdictions;
describe and explain legal principles and their application in professional engineering design
and management services and their professional liability implications; and
develop reasoned analysis of real-life or hypothetical engineering scenarios using the legal
principles undertake critical analysis of reliable information to develop, and practically present
technical reports for use in varying judicial/quasi-judicial settings including as an expert
witness.

Course Contents

New
Engineering and Technology 1328
Common Law: its history, definition, nature and division. Legislation, codification
interpretation. Equity: definition and its main spheres. Law of contracts for Engineers: Forms
of contract and criteria for selecting contractors; offer, acceptance, communication
termination of contract. Terms of Contracts; suppliers’ duties – Damages and other Remedies.
Termination/cancellation of contract Liquidation and Penalties; exemption clauses, safety and
risk. Health and Safety. Duties of employers towards their employees. Duties imposed on
employees. Fire precautions act. Design for safety. General principles of criminal law. Law of
torts: definition, classification and liabilities. Patents: requirements, application, and
infringement. Registered designs: application, requirements, types and infringement.
Company law. Labour law and Industrial Law. Business registration.
WPE 511: Final Year Project (6 Units C: PH 270)

Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course/project, the students should be able to:
undertake and complete successfully an independent or team project;
source for information for engineering work; and
communicate the outcome and implications of engineering work.

Course Contents
Final year research project will be undertaken by individual students under the supervision
of members of staff. A report of the research work will be presented in form of a dissertation
to be followed by an oral examination.

Minimum Academic Standards

Equipment
List of Minimum Equipment, Tools, Laboratories
a standard wood workshop with basic cutting machines which include: universal circular
saw, planning machine, spindle moulder or router machine, narrow band saw, wood turning
lathe, hand tools for wood workshop;
a laboratory equipped with universal testing machine, in addition to normal basic laboratory
facilities such as glass wares (pipettes, burettes, oven, measuring balances, scales.); and
laboratory size sawing machine, peeling machine, slicing machine, hammer mill, and single
day-light press.

S/No. Equipment
Measuring Tools and Instruments
1 Pocket rule with belt clip (235m)
2 Steel measuring tape caliper rule
3 Procession external micrometer
4 Universal measuring instrument for depth measurement
5 Procession inside micrometer
6 Dial indicator
7 Outside spring caliper
8 Inside spring caliper
9 Metal bar divider
10 Precision tri square
30 Technician tool box (empty)
Woodwork Equipment
1 Band saw-table size-700 x 980mm - 3hp

New
Engineering and Technology 1329
 2 Radial arm saw 3hp (with extra blade)
3 Circular saw-blade dia-400mm with external blades
4 Universal woodworker combined-4hp seven works model
5 Single cylinder planner-4hp (surface planner with extra blades)
6 Vertical Motorize-chain motorise-3hp with extra bits
7 Router drilling machine-3hp
8 Combined tennoning and scribing machine
9 Belt sanding machine-2hp (with extra sanding paper reels)
Hand Tools (Carpentry)
1 Marking gauge
2 Mortise gauge
3 B. spirit level universal
4 Motorize chisel-(6.4, 9.6, 12.7, 16) mm
5 Flat chisel-(6.4, 9.6, 12.7, 16) mm
6 Bevel edge chisel – (6.4, 9.6, 12.7, 16) mm
7 Round chisel (6.4, 9.6, 12.7, 16) mm
8 Smooth plane-jack plane, plough plane
9 Wood rasp
10 Hand saw or panel saw
11 Ripsaw, crosscut
12 C- Clamp
13 F- Clamp
14 Wood bench vice
15 Jack plane
16 Hand drilling machine/rachet brazed bits
17 Sanding machine-heavy duty
18 Surface and thickness (100-150) mm blade
19 Extra knives carpentry machine planner and thicknesser
20 Air compressor-tank capacity 500 litres complete with accessories-type
spray gun and air blow-gun
21 Hydraulic garage jack (1, 2, 6 ton)
22 Hydraulic workshop crane (2.5 tones)
23 Battery tester, cell tester, acid tester
24 Battery fast and slow charger (6-24V,20Λ)
25 Battery service equipment
26 Spark plug tester and cleaner
27 Hydraulic mobile crane (1.5 – 5tons)
28 Wire rope winch- (1500 – 3000kg)
29 Chain host

Engineering Graphics and Design Studio

S/No. Equipment
1 50 Computer work stations with design and graphic software from the
AutoCad suite (FUSION 360, etc.), 3-D printers and accessories.
2 50 drawing boards and T-squares
3 Large screen and projector

New
Engineering and Technology 1330
Staffing
Academic Staff
The NUC guidelines on staff/student ratio of 1:15 for Engineering and Technology
departments shall apply. However, there should be a minimum of six full-time equivalent
of Staff in the department. There is need to have a reasonable number of Staff with doctoral
degrees as well as sufficient industrial experience. With a minimum load of 15 Units per
semester for students and a minimum of six full-time equivalent of staff in each programme,
staff should have a maximum of 15 contact hours per week for lectures, tutorials, practicals
and supervision of projects.

NUC requirement encourages all academic staff to have PhD degrees, hence appointment
of academic staff is preferably to the Lecturer cadre. Only in exceptional cases are
candidates with great promise appointed to Graduate Assistant and Assistant Lecturer
positions for the purpose of being developed to the Lecturer cadre as registered PhD
candidates.

Academic Support Personnel

Teaching Assistant/Demonstrators to help lecturers in the conduct of tutorials, practicals
and field work. This category of personnel is not expected to be regular staff as they are to
be paid on the basis of approved hourly rate.

Administrative Support Staff

The services of the administrative support staff are indispensable in the proper
administration of the departments and faculty offices. It is important to recruit very
competent senior staff that are computer literate.

Technical Support Personnel

The services of technical support staff, which are indispensable in the proper running of
laboratories and workshop/studios are required. It is important to recruit very competent
senior technical staff to maintain teaching and research equipment. They are also to
undergo regular training to keep them abreast of developments in equipment operation and
maintenance. The minimum of academic staff to technical staff ratio of 5:1 should be
maintained.

Minimum Number of Staff

Subject to the general standards specified by NUC;
there should be a minimum of two PhDs and four M.Eng degree holders full-time academic
staff to mount the programme;
each workshop or laboratory should have an adequate number of staff with the right mix,
such that each unit or section in that workshop or laboratory can run efficiently; and
there should be an adequate number of administrative staff of the appropriate calibre for the
office of the Head of Department to run.

Student/Staff Ratio
The minimum staff-to-student ratio should be 1:15 from 200 level to 500 level.

Library
Aside from the university library, there must be well stocked library for the Department of
Wood Products Engineering.

New
Engineering and Technology 1331
There must be adequate library facilities to cater for the interest of all the programmes in the
Department. These include current journals, handbooks, textbooks, manuals, codes of
practice, standards and specifications in sufficient numbers.
Classrooms, Laboratories, Workshops, Clinics and Offices
Academic and Non-Academic Spaces
The NUC recommends the following physical space requirement:
Academic m2
Professor’s Office 18.50
Head of Department’s Office 18.50
Tutorial Teaching Staff Space 13.50
Other Teaching Staff Space 7.00
Technical Staff Space 7.00
Science Staff Research Laboratory 16.50
Engineering Staff Research Laboratory 14.50
Seminar Space per student 1.85
Drawing Office Space (A.O. Board) (Per Student) 4.60
Drawing Office Space (A.I. Board) (Per Student) 3.70
Laboratory Space 7.50
Non-Academic
Secretarial Space 7.00

Office Facilities
The requirements for office accommodation are:
1.13 academic offices on paper
2. 1 professorial type in the department. Size: each of the office is about 13.5 m
S/N Office No in Room Facilities
o
1. HOD 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
unit, Secretary and facilities.
2. Professor 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
unit, Secretary and facilities.
3. Reader 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
unit.
4. Senior Lecturer 1 Table, chairs, A/C, filing cabinet, bookshelves, computer
unit.
5. Lecturer I 2 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves.
6. Lecturer II 3 Table, chairs, fan, filing cabinet, bookshelves

New
Engineering and Technology 1332